Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 18, 2018

Registration No. 333 –                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Puxin Limited

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   8200   Not Applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion, No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District,

Beijing, 100080, the People’s Republic of China

+86 10 8260 5578

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Cogency Global Inc.

10 E. 40th Street, 10th Floor

New York, New York 10016

(800) 221-0102

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Li He, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

2201 China World Office 2

No. 1 Jian Guo Men Wai Avenue

Chaoyang District, Beijing 100004

People’s Republic of China

+86 10 8567-5000

 

James C. Lin, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

c/o 18th Floor

The Hong Kong Club Building
3A Chater Road, Central
Hong Kong
+852 2533-3300

 

Dan Ouyang, Esq.

Weiheng Chen, Esq.

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati

Suit 1509, 15F, Jardine House

1 Connaught Place, Central

Hong Kong

+852 3972-4955

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☒

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each class of

securities to be registered

  Proposed
maximum aggregate
offering price (3)
  Amount of
registration fee

Ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share (1)(2)

  US$300,000,000   US$37,350

 

 

(1) American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby will be registered pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No. 333-            ). Each American depositary share represents              ordinary shares.
(2) Includes ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public, and also includes shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option. These ordinary shares are not being registered for the purpose of sales outside the United States.
(3) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED            , 2018

American Depositary Shares

 

LOGO

Puxin Limited

Representing              Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of American depositary shares, or ADSs, of Puxin Limited. We are offering              ADSs. Each ADS represents              ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs or our ordinary shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price of the ADSs will be between US$             and US$             per ADS.

We have applied to have the ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the symbol “NEW.”

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable U.S. federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

Investing in the ADSs involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

Neither the United States Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per ADS      Total  

Initial public offering price

   US$                   US$               

Underwriting discount and commissions (1)

   US$                   US$               

Proceeds, before expenses, to the Issuer

   US$                   US$               

 

  (1) For a description of compensation payable to the underwriters, see “Underwriting.”

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional ADSs from us at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in U.S. dollars on                 , 2018.

 

 

 

Citigroup   Deutsche Bank Securities   Barclays   Haitong International   CICC

 

 

Prospectus dated             , 2018


Table of Contents

LOGO

Market Leadership
397 learning centers
19 provinces
1,275,723 student enrollments
35 cities
4,000+ full-time teachers and consultants
TOP 3
After-school Tutoring Service Provider in China
Comprehensive Product & Service Offerings IELTS TOEFL K-12
All categories 3 years old
All ages X-2MC3
All platforms H2O
All disciplines


Table of Contents

LOGO

Industry Consolidator
Acquisition + Integration Strategy
K-12+ Study-abroad Market Coverage
Strategy-driven
Robust Growth Acquisition + Integration Strategy
Operational Excellence Effective Operations Underpinned by Modular and Evolving Management System
78.9% student retention rate(1) 180.4% YoY student enrollments increment in 2017
75.4% class utilization rate(2) 192.0% revenue growth in 2017
Outstanding Academic Results 89.9% of parents indicated that their children’s academic results improved[3]
Systematic Talent Pipeline Buildup 766 students were admitted into the global 50 institutions in 2017[4]
“Puxin Star” for top teachers 95.3% of our students improved their study abroad test scores
“Puxin Talents” for mid-level management
“Puxin Leadership” for senior management
[1] K-12 group class, in the first quarter of 2018 for schools operating under Puxin’s management for over 12 months
[2] K-12 group class, in the first quarter of 2018
[3] Since attending Puxin’s Classes
[4] Students who enrolled in our study-abroad consulting programs and applied for overseas universities
[5] Students enrolled in study abroad test preparation courses


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

     P AGE  

Prospectus Summary

     1  

The Offering

     8  

Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

     10  

Risk Factors

     16  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     53  

Use of Proceeds

     55  

Dividend Policy

     56  

Capitalization

     57  

Exchange Rate Information

     59  

Dilution

     60  

Enforceability of Civil Liabilities

     62  

Corporate History and Structure

     64  

Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data

     71  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     76  

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Data

     109  

Industry Overview

     114  

Business

     120  

Regulation

     146  

Management

     164  

Principal Shareholders

     171  

Related Party Transactions

     173  

Description of Share Capital

     174  

Description of American Depositary Shares

     186  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     196  

Taxation

     198  

Underwriting

     204  

Expenses Relating to This Offering

     213  

Legal Matters

     214  

Experts

     215  

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     216  

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1  

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on our behalf or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the ADSs only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or the sale of any ADS.

We have not taken any action to permit a public offering of the ADSs outside the United States or to permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who came into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

Until             , 2018 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and the financial statements and the related notes, before deciding whether to invest in our ADSs. This prospectus contains information from an industry report commissioned by us and prepared by Frost & Sullivan, a third-party research firm, to provide information regarding our industry and market position in China. We refer to this report as the Frost & Sullivan report.

Our Mission

We believe that education inspires personal growth and opens up opportunities. Our mission is to empower people to build better lives through learning. We are committed to providing high quality education services to students, as well as upgrading the service quality in China’s after-school education industry by applying our acquisition and integration expertise.

Overview

We are a successful consolidator of the after-school education industry in China. We have strong acquisition and integration expertise to effectively improve education quality and operational performance of acquired schools. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have grown rapidly and became the third largest after-school education service provider in China in 2017 in terms of student enrollments, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. Since our inception, we had acquired 48 schools and built a nationwide network of 397 learning centers across 35 cities in China as of March 31, 2018. Our total student enrollments increased 180.4% from 454,945 in 2016 to 1,275,723 in 2017, representing the fastest growth among major after-school education service providers in China, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. In the first quarter of 2017 and 2018, our total student enrollments were 185,446 and 260,973, respectively.

We offer a full spectrum of K-12 and study-abroad tutoring programs designed to help students achieve academic excellence, as well as prepare for admission tests and applications for top schools, universities and graduate programs in China and other countries. In addition to classroom-based tutoring, we have also developed online and mobile applications to increase students’ after-class exposure to our services and enhance their learning experience.

Market Opportunity

China’s after-school education market is fast-growing. Its market size reached RMB483.4 billion in 2017 and is expected to grow substantially to RMB804.9 billion in 2022, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. At the same time, this market is highly fragmented and competitive. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, as of December 31, 2017, there were over 100,000 K-12 after-school tutoring service providers in China, among which the top five players had less than 4% market share in 2017 in terms of revenue. Many service providers operate limited number of learning centers, often at a loss, and lack the scale or management expertise necessary to invest in curriculum development, instructor training and technology necessary to improve students’ academic results and attract more students.

The continued growth of China’s after-school education market is driven by a number of factors, including rapid economic growth, intensified competition for high-quality educational resources and the increasing demand for overseas education and experience.



 

1


Table of Contents

Chinese culture attaches great importance to education as a means of enhancing an individual’s worth and promoting his or her career and social status. Given the pressure to excel on entrance exams to high schools and universities, the shortened school hours required by recent government policies (such as the National Plan for Medium- and Long-Term Education Reform and Development (2010-2020) issued in July 2010 and the Administrative Standards for Compulsory Education Schools issued in December 2017), as well as the limited supply of quality schools, a large number of parents and students choose private after-school tutoring services to complement public school education. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, urban students in China spent on average 10.6 hours per week on after-school tutoring in 2017. The demand for study-abroad test preparation and consulting services has also benefited from the growing number of Chinese students pursuing higher education abroad.

We believe that this large and fragmented market presents an attractive consolidation opportunity for us to leverage our acquisition and operational expertise, strong teaching quality, brand and reputation.

Our Solutions

We have developed a business model effectively combining strategic acquisitions and organic growth achieved through successful post-acquisition integration, which has differentiated us from other after-school education service providers in China. This approach has enabled us to achieve rapid growth and capture consolidation opportunities in China’s fragmented after-school education market.

We have adopted a systematic and disciplined approach towards acquisitions. We screen and evaluate potential acquisitions through a set of rigorous criteria, including the targets’ geographic location, reputation in the local market, growth potential, synergies with our existing schools and the probability of successful integration. Since our inception, we identified and contacted over 1,000 targets, of which we acquired 48 schools. These acquisitions enabled us to penetrate our target markets with relatively low customer acquisition and marketing costs by leveraging the well-established presence of our acquired schools in local markets.

We are able to efficiently complete our acquisitions and rapidly improve operations and management of acquired schools because of our superior post-acquisition management and operational capabilities. In all acquired schools, we implement our modular management system, Puxin Business System, or PBS. It is designed in-house by our core management team reflecting over 15 years of accumulated management experience in China’s education industry. PBS incorporates the best practices of operating after-school learning centers in a standard, common collection of business processes and process improvement methodologies. It covers over 3,000 management processes and we use PBS tools to analyze schools’ growth potential and formulate improvement plans.

We are committed to providing our students with high quality services and outstanding learning experience. Our commitment is reflected in recruitment, training and retaining the best teachers, developing and improving our curriculum and course materials, as well as standardizing operating procedures and learning practices throughout our network. This focus on quality has led to a high level of student satisfaction and strong academic results, enabling us to reach high student retention rate and contributing to student recruitment. As a result, most of our acquired schools achieved robust organic growth under our operations.

We believe that our track record of successful acquisitions and post-acquisition integration has not only created network effects attracting increasing number of independent after-school operators seeking potential exit, but also created entry barriers for potential competitors. We have established “Puxin” as one of the most-recognized brand names among industry participants and built our first-mover advantage to capture consolidation opportunities in China’s after-school education market.



 

2


Table of Contents

Our net revenues increased by 192.0% from RMB439.2 million in 2016 to RMB1,282.6 million (US$204.5 million) in 2017. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our net revenues reached RMB495.7 million (US$79.0 million), an increase of 150.1% from RMB198.2 million for the same period in 2017. Our net loss was RMB127.6 million, RMB397.2 million (US$63.3 million) and RMB355.0 million (US$56.6 million) in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, our deferred revenue was RMB318.3 million, RMB1,035.4 million (US$165.1 million) and RMB875.2 million (US$139.5 million), respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was RMB(62.5) million and RMB(219.4) million (US$(35.0) million) in 2016 and 2017, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, our adjusted EBITDA was RMB(14.8) million and RMB(19.0) million (US$(3.0) million), respectively. For a detailed description of our non-GAAP measures, see “Summary Consolidated Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors:

 

    leading position in China’s after-school education market;

 

    modular and evolving management system;

 

    track record of disciplined acquisitions;

 

    established reputation underpinned by teaching quality; and

 

    visionary management team and sophisticated talent system.

Our Strategies

We plan to pursue the following strategies to expand our business and further strengthen our leadership in the education market in China:

 

    expand our network and geographic coverage;

 

    improve performance, scale and profitability of our schools;

 

    cultivate and acquire talent;

 

    promote online initiatives and invest in technology; and

 

    enhance our brand name.

Risks and Uncertainties

Investing in our ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties summarized below, the risks described under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of, and the other information contained in, this prospectus before you decide whether to purchase our ADSs:

 

    our ability to achieve and maintain profitability;

 

    our ability to attract and retain students to enroll in our courses and study-abroad consulting programs;

 

    our ability to effectively manage our business expansion and successfully integrate businesses we acquire;

 

    our ability to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified teachers and consultants;

 

    our ability to improve the content of our existing courses or to develop new courses;


 

3


Table of Contents
    our ability to comply with the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC; and

 

    our ability to exercise effective control over our variable interest entity structure.

Corporate History and Structure

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In September 2014, Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Beijing Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.), or Puxin Education, was incorporated in Beijing, China. We operate our business through Puxin Education and its subsidiaries in China.

Beginning in March 2017, we underwent a series of restructuring in contemplation of this offering. In particular:

 

    Incorporation of the listing entity . In March 2017, we incorporated Puxin Limited under the laws of the Cayman Islands as our proposed listing entity in the Cayman Islands.

 

    Incorporation of Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries . In April 2017, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited, or Prepshine Holdings, to be our intermediate holding company and to facilitate our initial public offering in the United States. In January 2018, we also established a wholly-owned subsidiary in China, Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., or Purong Beijing, through which we obtained control over Puxin Education based on a series of contractual arrangements entered into on February 5, 2018.

 

    Contractual arrangements . Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership in education services, we carry out our business in China through Puxin Education and its subsidiaries. In February 2018, we, through our PRC subsidiary, Purong Beijing, entered into a series of contractual arrangements with (i) Puxin Education, and (ii) the shareholders of Puxin Education, to obtain effective control of our variable interest entity.

Subsequent to the establishment of Puxin Education, we acquired and established a number of entities to grow our business. From 2015 to 2017, the total number of our learning centers increased from 99 as of December 31, 2015 to 231 as of December 31, 2016, and further increased to 400 as of December 31, 2017. The number of our learning centers slightly decreased to 397 as of March 31, 2018, reflecting the combination of 25 learning centers we closed and 22 learning centers we constructed in the first quarter of 2018. We closed the 25 learning centers during our integration process of acquired schools, some of which were combined with other learning centers to improve operational efficiency of our learning centers.



 

4


Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Mr. Liang Gao, Mr. Gang Li, Mr. Yun Xiao, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership hold a 5.698%, 3.419%, 1.140%, 18.233%, 3.6335% and 3.6335% equity interest in Puxin Education, respectively.

Corporate Information

Our corporate headquarters is located at Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion, No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing, the People’s Republic of China. Our telephone number at this address is +86 10 8260 5578.

Our registered office in the Cayman Islands is located at the offices of Osiris International Cayman Limited, Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, PO Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands.



 

5


Table of Contents

Our agent for service of process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc. located at 10 East 40th Street, 10th Floor, New York, New York 10016.

Our website can be found at http://www.pxjy.com . The information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as the term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act,” and, as such, we are subject to certain reduced public company reporting requirements. See the applicable disclosure under the section captioned “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our ADSs and This Offering.”

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in total annual gross revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements compared to those that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of the ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.

Conventions that Apply to this Prospectus

Except where the context otherwise indicates and for the purpose of this prospectus only:

 

    “ADSs” refers to our American depositary shares, each representing              of our ordinary shares, and “ADRs” refer to the American depositary receipts that evidence our ADSs;

 

    “China” or “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, excluding, for purposes of this prospectus, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan;

 

    “K-12” refers to the three years before the first grade through the last year of high school;

 

    “K-12 course withdrawal rate” refers to the ratio of the number of students withdrawing from a K-12 course to the total number of students enrolled at the beginning of that course;

 

    “K-12 group class utilization rate” refers to the number of students enrolled in a K-12 tutoring group class course as a percentage of the maximum number of students for that course;


 

6


Table of Contents
    “K-12 group class student retention rate” refers to the number of students who continue to enroll in K-12 tutoring group class courses (excluding promotional programs) at our learning centers after completing a K-12 tutoring group class course in a particular period as a percentage of the total number of students who complete K-12 tutoring group class courses during the same period;

 

    “learning centers” refers to the physical establishment of an education facility providing K-12 tutoring services, study-abroad test preparation courses or study-abroad consulting services at a specific geographic location, directly owned and operated by our VIE or its subsidiaries. For the avoidance of doubt, references to and calculations of “learning centers” do not include the franchised schools operated under the brand of Global Education;

 

    “ordinary shares” refers to our ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share, carrying one vote per share;

 

    “RMB” or “Renminbi” refers to the legal currency of China;

 

    “school” or “schools,” with respect to our acquisitions and business, refers to (i) entities providing K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad test preparation services which are required to obtain the private school operation permits in China, and (ii) entities providing study-abroad consulting services or online education services in China;

 

    “student enrollments” refers to the cumulative total number of courses registered and paid for by our students during a given period of time; if one student enrolls in multiple courses, it will be counted as multiple student enrollments;

 

    “tier-1 cities” refers to cities with strong economic development and high per capita disposable income, including Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou and Shenzhen;

 

    “tier-2 cities” refers to capital cities in 30 provinces and certain economically developed prefecture-level cities;

 

    “training institution” or “training institutions” refers to the learning centers providing K-12 tutoring services or study-abroad test preparation services, which are registered as corporate or private non-enterprise entities with relevant PRC government authorities;

 

    “U.S. dollars,” “US$” or “dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States;

 

    “variable interest entity,” “VIE” or “Puxin Education” refers to Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd., which is a PRC company in which we do not have equity interests but whose financial results have been consolidated into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP due to our having effective control over, and our being the primary beneficiary of, such entity;

 

    “we,” “us,” “our company,” “our,” or “Puxin Limited” refers to Puxin Limited, a Cayman Islands company and its subsidiaries, and unless the context requires otherwise, includes its VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries.

The translations from RMB to U.S. dollars and from U.S. dollars to RMB in this prospectus were made at a rate of RMB6.2726 to US$1.00, the exchange rates set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on March 30, 2018. We make no representation that the RMB or U.S. dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. On May 11, 2018, the exchange rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board for RMB was RMB6.3333 to US$1.00.



 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Offering price

We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between US$             and US$             per ADS.

 

ADSs offered by us

             ADSs (or              ADSs if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

Ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering

             ordinary shares (or              ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

ADSs outstanding immediately after this offering

             ADSs (or              ADSs if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full).

 

The ADSs

Each ADS represents              ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

 

  The depositary will hold the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. You will have rights as provided in the deposit agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

  If we declare dividends on our ordinary shares, the depositary will pay you the cash dividends and other distributions it receives on our ordinary shares, after deducting its fees and expenses.

 

  You may turn in your ADSs to the depositary in exchange for ordinary shares. The depositary will charge you fees for any exchange.

 

  We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended.

 

  To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the “Description of American Depositary Shares” section of this prospectus. You should also read the deposit agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted to the underwriters an option, which is exercisable within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional              ADSs.

 

Use of proceeds

Our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately US$             million, assuming an initial public offering price per ADS of US$            , the midpoint of the estimated public offering price range, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.


 

8


Table of Contents
  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:

 

    approximately 70%, or US$             million for financing potential strategic acquisitions and launch of new schools in China;

 

    approximately 15%, or US$             million for upgrading our information technology systems and promoting online platforms;

 

    approximately 10%, or US$             million for marketing and brand promotion; and

 

    the remaining amount to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

Lockup

We, our officers and directors, [certain of our employees, certain of our shareholders and certain option and warrant holders] have agreed with the underwriters, without the prior written consent of [the underwriters], not to sell, transfer, dispose of or hedge any of our ordinary shares, ADSs, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the prospectus. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

We have applied to have the ADSs listed on the NYSE under the symbol “NEW.” Our ADSs and ordinary shares will not be listed on any other stock exchange or traded on any automated quotation system.

 

Payment and settlement

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment therefor through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company on             , 2018.

 

Depositary

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

 

Reserved ADSs

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to              ADSs offered by this prospectus to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved ADSs, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of ADSs available to the general public. Any reserved ADSs not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other ADSs.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of risks that you should carefully consider before investing in our ADSs.


 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

We present below our summary consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The following summary consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the summary consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Puxin Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Puxin Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future periods.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations:

           

Net revenues

    439,181       1,282,562       204,471       198,203       495,708       79,028  

Cost of revenues (including share-based compensation expenses of nil, RMB1,152, RMB46 and RMB976 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    257,995       794,342       126,637       120,075       273,458       43,596  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    181,186       488,220       77,834       78,128       222,250       35,432  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Selling expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB991, RMB3,058, RMB527 and RMB2,236 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    123,370    

 

444,927

 

 

 

70,932

 

    54,920       164,647       26,249  

General and administrative expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB50,272, RMB51,625, RMB8,619 and RMB282,202 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    185,496       362,748       57,831       54,177       383,373       61,119  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    308,866       807,675       128,763       109,097       548,020       87,368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

10


Table of Contents
    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Operating loss

    (127,680     (319,455     (50,929     (30,969     (325,770     (51,936

Interest expense

    —         5,556       886       —         5,040       803  

Interest income

    464       549       88       346       103       16  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

    —         70,336       11,213       —         23,665       3,773  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         900       143  

Loss before income taxes

    (127,216     (394,798     (62,940     (30,623     (355,272     (56,639

Income tax expenses (benefits)

    388       2,436       388       189       (223     (36
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (127,604     (397,234     (63,328     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest

    (48     79       13    

 

(16

 

 

(25

 

 

(4

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

    (127,556     (397,313     (63,341     (30,796     (355,024     (56,599

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Updates 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) issued by Financial Accounting Standards Board. The main impact on our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was an increase of RMB7.9 million in our net revenues.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Allocation of Share-based Compensation Expenses

           

Cost of revenues

    —         1,152       184       46       976       156  

Selling expenses

    991       3,058       487       527       2,236       356  

General and administrative expenses

    50,272       51,625       8,230       8,619       282,202       44,990  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    51,263       55,835       8,901       9,192       285,414       45,502  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 


 

11


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

     As of December 31,     As of March 31,  
     2016     2017     2018  
     RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
     (in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Balance Sheets:

          

Current assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,109       164,684       26,255       66,019       10,525  

Inventories

     —         10,408       1,659       9,522       1,518  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     36,262       132,473       21,119       145,435       23,186  

Amounts due from related parties

     9       113       18       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     136,380       307,678       49,051       220,976       35,229  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

          

Restricted cash

     5,409       24,478       3,902       28,472       4,539  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     33,723       221,212       35,266       225,605       35,967  

Intangible assets

     55,167       243,927       38,888       235,875       37,604  

Goodwill

     346,972       1,152,913       183,802       1,152,913       183,801  

Deferred tax assets

     637       3,012       480       5,203       829  

Rental deposit

     15,829       55,173       8,796       58,609       9,344  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     457,737       1,700,715       271,134       1,706,677       272,084  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     594,117       2,008,393       320,185       1,927,653       307,313  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     173,395       350,446       55,869       383,471       61,134  

Income taxes payable

     2,925       10,022       1,598       11,646       1,857  

Deferred revenue

     318,319       1,035,370       165,062       875,217       139,530  

Amounts due to related parties

     3,048       3,836       612       180,000       28,696  

Deferred tax liabilities

     13,734       77,580       12,368       75,516       12,039  

Franchise deposits

     —         3,856       615       1,221       195  

Convertible notes

     —         499,192       79,583       352,520       56,200  

Promissory note

     —         162,658       25,932       350,215       55,833  

Derivative liabilities

     —         18,218       2,904       17,563       2,800  

Warrants

     —         —         —         15,100       2,407  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     511,421       2,161,178       344,543       2,262,469       360,691  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

     120,000       120,000       19,131       71,088       11,333  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Puxin Limited shareholders’ deficit

     (37,202     (272,762     (43,485     (405,856     (64,703
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     (102     (23     (4     (48     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deficit

     (37,304     (272,785     (43,489     (405,904     (64,711
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and total shareholders’ deficit

     594,117       2,008,393       320,185       1,927,653       307,313  

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated



 

12


Table of Contents

quarterly financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair representation of our operating results for the quarters presented.

 

    For the Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March
31, 2018
 
          (RMB in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations

                 

Net revenues

    61,402       91,236       140,134       146,409       198,203       238,047       418,360       427,952       495,708  

Cost of revenues

    37,252       52,076       81,141       87,526       120,075       141,535       258,806       273,926       273,458  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    24,150       39,160       58,993       58,883       78,128       96,512       159,554       154,026       222,250  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Selling expenses

    17,078       24,457       35,955       45,880       54,920       72,686       140,677       176,644       164,647  

General and administrative expenses

    35,310       39,354       51,526       59,306       54,177       65,769       100,270       142,532       383,373  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    52,388       63,811       87,481       105,186       109,097       138,455       240,947       319,176       548,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (28,238     (24,651     (28,488     (46,303     (30,969     (41,943     (81,393     (165,150     (325,770

Interest expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         2,150       3,406       5,040  

Interest income

    87       67       126       184       346       110       53       40       103  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         22,795       47,541       23,665  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         900  

Loss before income taxes

    (28,151     (24,584     (28,362     (46,119     (30,623     (41,833     (106,285     (216,057     (355,272

Income tax expenses (benefits)

    86       75       86       141       189       258       656       1,333       (223

Net loss

    (28,237     (24,659     (28,448     (46,260     (30,812     (42,091     (106,941     (217,390     (355,049
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018. The main impact on our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was an increase of RMB7.9 million in our net revenues.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements which are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we also use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss as additional non-GAAP financial measures. We present



 

13


Table of Contents

these non-GAAP financial measures because they are used by our management to evaluate our operating performance. We also believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated results of operations in the same manner as our management and in comparing financial results across accounting periods and to those of our peer companies.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance. Investors are encouraged to compare the historical non-GAAP financial measures with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to our data. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss, which excludes depreciation, amortization, interest expense, interest income and income tax expenses (benefits), before share-based compensation expenses, loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants and loss on extinguishment of convertible notes. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net loss

     (127,604      (397,234      (63,328      (30,812      (355,049      (56,603

Add:

                 

Income tax expenses (benefits)

     388        2,436        388        189        (223      (36

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     3,735        20,545        3,275        2,707        13,347        2,128  

Amortization of intangible assets

     10,158        23,644        3,769        4,241        8,052        1,284  

Interest expense

     —          5,556        886        —          5,040        803  

Interest income

     (464      (549      (88      (346      (103      (16

EBITDA

     (113,787      (345,602      (55,098      (24,021      (328,936      (52,440

Add:

                 

Share-based compensation expenses

     51,263        55,835        8,901        9,192        285,414        45,502  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

     —          70,336        11,213        —          23,665        3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

     —          —          —          —          900        143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     (62,524      (219,431      (34,984      (14,829      (18,957      (3,022
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


 

14


Table of Contents

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before share-based compensation expenses, loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants and loss on extinguishment of convertible notes. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

     (127,604      (397,234      (63,328      (30,812      (355,049      (56,603

Add:

                 

Share-based compensation expenses

     51,263        55,835        8,901        9,192        285,414        45,502  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

            70,336        11,213        —          23,665        3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

     —          —          —          —          900        143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

     (76,341      (271,063      (43,214      (21,620      (45,070      (7,185
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key Operating Data

The following table presents our key operating data for the periods indicated:

 

    

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

    For the Three
months ended
March 31,
2018
 
     2016     2017    

Student enrollments (1)

      

K-12 tutoring services

     451,353       1,238,070       244,638  

Study-abroad tutoring services

     3,592       37,653       16,335  

Number of learning centers (2)

     231       400       397  

K-12 group class student retention rate (3)

     65.1     70.1     78.9

K-12 course withdrawal rate (4)

     4.7     4.7     4.2

 

(1) Refers to the cumulative total number of courses registered and paid for by our students during a given period of time; if one student enrolls in multiple courses, it will be counted as multiple student enrollments.
(2) Refers to the total number of locations of our premises providing educational services.
(3) Refers to the number of students who continue to enroll in K-12 tutoring group class courses (excluding promotional programs) at schools operating under our management for over 12 months after completing a K-12 tutoring group class course in a particular period as a percentage of the total number of students who complete K-12 tutoring group class courses during the same period.
(4) Refers to the number of students withdrawing from a K-12 course as a percentage of the total number of students enrolled in that course at the beginning.


 

15


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the ADSs entails a significant level of risk. Before investing in the ADSs, you should carefully consider all of the risks and uncertainties mentioned in this section, in addition to all of the other information in this prospectus, including the financial statements and related notes. We may face additional risks and uncertainties aside from the ones mentioned below. There may be risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently do not consider material, that may become important factors that adversely affect our business in the future. Any of the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In such case, the market prices of the ADSs could decline and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risk Factors Related to Our Business and Industry

We have limited operating history and our historical financial and operating results, growth rates and profitability may not be indicative of future performance.

We began to provide K-12 tutoring services in May 2015 and study-abroad tutoring services in June 2015. In 2016 and 2017, we had 451,353 and 1,238,070 student enrollments in our K-12 courses and 3,592 and 37,653 student enrollments in our study-abroad tutoring programs, respectively. In the first quarter of 2018, our student enrollments in our K-12 courses and study-abroad tutoring programs reached 244,638 and 16,335, respectively. Despite the rapid growth in our business size and operation scale in the recent years, we incurred operating loss of RMB127.7 million and RMB319.5 million (US$50.9 million) in 2016 and 2017, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, we incurred operating loss of RMB325.8 million (US$51.9 million). As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, we had accumulated deficit of RMB282.3 million, RMB679.6 million (US$108.3 million) and RMB986.3 million (US$157.2 million), respectively. We expect that both our cost and our operating expenses will increase as we continue our business expansions and that we may face difficulties in achieving or maintaining profitability. As we plan to continue to expand our business, we may need to devote substantial resources to planning for acquisitions of new schools or entities, integrating newly acquired schools, upgrading our services and programs and marketing our brands and recruiting teachers. Any failure to realize anticipated revenue growth could result in further operating losses. Thus, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or maintain profitability or that we will not incur losses in the future.

We may not be able to effectively manage our business expansion and increasingly complicated operations and successfully integrate businesses we acquire, which could harm our business.

We have expanded rapidly through both acquisitions and internal growth, and we plan to continue to expand our operations in different geographic areas as we address growth in our customer base and market opportunities. Since the commencement of our operations in May 2015, the number of our directly operated learning centers increased to 231, 400 and 397 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively. Our rapid expansion has resulted, and will continue to result, in substantial demands on our management, personnel, operational, technological and other resources. The sustainable post-acquisition organic growth is largely dependent on our ability to integrate operations, system infrastructure and management philosophies of acquired schools. The integration of acquired schools is extremely complicated and time-consuming and requires significant resource commitment, standardized integration process, and adequate planning and implementation. The main challenges involved in integrating acquired schools include the following:

 

    implementing standardized integration process and performance management systems to ensure management philosophies, group-wide strategies and evaluation benchmarks can be effectively carried out at each acquired school;

 

    demonstrating to students of our acquired schools that the acquisitions will not result in adverse changes in the service quality and business focus;

 

    retaining qualified education professionals of our acquired schools;

 

16


Table of Contents
    integrating and streamlining different system infrastructure;

 

    consolidating service offerings of different acquired schools;

 

    preserving strategic, marketing or other important relationships of the acquired schools;

 

    coordinating and optimizing research and development activities to launch new products and technologies with reduced cost; and

 

    integrating our data management system in newly acquired schools.

We may not successfully integrate the schools we acquire in a timely manner and may not effectively and efficiently manage our expansion, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, we need to be registered as the sponsor or shareholders of sponsor companies of the acquired schools. We are in the process of being registered with local authorities as the sponsor or shareholders of sponsor companies of four subsidiaries. Although pursuant to our acquisition agreements with original sponsors or shareholders of the acquired schools, the original sponsors or shareholders have obligations to cooperate with us to complete such registrations with local competent authorities, we cannot assure you that we are able to complete such registration in a timely manner.

Failure to attract and retain students to enroll in our courses and study-abroad consulting programs may have a material adverse impact on our business and prospects.

The success of our business depends heavily on the number of student enrollments in our courses and study-abroad consulting programs. Our ability to continue to attract students to enroll in our courses and consulting programs is critical to the continued success and growth of our business. This ability is dependent on a variety of factors, including our ability to acquire schools that create synergies and complement our businesses, develop new programs and improve our existing programs to respond to changes in market trends and student demand, continually develop high-quality educational content and consultation services, expand our geographic reach, manage our growth while maintaining consistent and high teaching quality, effectively market our programs to a broader base of prospective students and respond effectively to competitive pressures.

Our ability to retain existing students and their parents by improving students’ academic performance and delivering a satisfactory learning experience is also critical to the success of our business. Our ability to improve the academic performance of our students is largely dependent upon the learning ability, attitude, efforts and time and resource commitments of each student, which are beyond our control. Students may feel dissatisfied with our services or fail to perform up to expectation after attending our programs. In addition, our programs may not be able to satisfy all of our students or their parents’ requirements. Satisfaction with our services may be affected by a number of factors, many of which may not relate to the quality or effectiveness of our course or consultancy program curriculum and content. If students or parents feel that we are not providing them the learning experience they have subscribed for, they may choose to withdraw from or not to renew their existing courses. For our K-12 group classes and study-abroad test preparation courses, we usually offer refunds for remaining classes to students who decide to withdraw from a course. For our K-12 personalized courses, we offer refunds to students who decide to withdraw from a course for all the remaining classes. For our study-abroad consulting services, we usually offer refunds of the consulting fees to the students who fail to gain any admission or obtain the relevant visa, which is consistent with market practices. Although we have not experienced any significant refund requests in the past, if an increasing number of students request refunds, our cash flow, revenues and results of operations may be adversely affected. In addition, the students who fail to improve their performance after attending our programs or have unsatisfactory learning experiences with us may also choose not to refer other students to us, which in turn may adversely affect the number of student enrollments.

If we are unable to attract and retain students to enroll in our courses and study-abroad consulting programs, our revenues may decline, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

We may not be able to effectively identify or pursue targets for acquisitions as we did in the past several years, and even if we are able to identify suitable targets, we may not be able to complete such transactions in a cost-effective manner, which may cause us to lose anticipated benefits from such acquisitions.

Historically, we have significantly expanded our network by selected acquisitions of new schools and businesses. We expect to continue to selectively acquire or invest in new schools or businesses that complement our existing operations. We may not, however, be able to identify suitable candidates for acquisitions or investments in the future due to a decrease in the amount of small and medium-sized targets or an increase in the number of acquirers. Even if we are able to identify suitable candidates, we may be unable to complete a transaction on terms commercially acceptable to us or finance the transaction. If we fail to identify appropriate candidates or complete the desired transactions, our growth and expansion may be impeded.

We are subject to uncertainties brought by the amended Law on the Promotion of Private Education Law of the PRC.

Our business is regulated by, among others, the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC. On November 7, 2016, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress promulgated the Decision on Amending the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC, or the Amended Private Education Law, which became effective on September 1, 2017. The Amended Private Education Law classifies private schools into non-profit schools and for-profit schools by whether they are established and operated for profit-making purposes. The sponsors of private schools may at their own discretion choose to establish non-profit or for-profit private schools, but are not allowed to establish for-profit private schools that are engaged in compulsory education.

On December 30, 2016, the Implementation Regulations for Classification Registration of Private Schools, or the Classification Registration Regulations, were promulgated by five PRC government authorities, including the Ministry of Education, or the MOE. According to the Classification Registration Regulations, the existing private schools are required to choose to register as non-profit or for-profit private schools with competent government authorities. If a private school elects to register as for-profit school, it is required to (i) undertake financial liquidation, (ii) clarify the ownership of land, school premises and properties, (iii) pay relevant taxes and duties, and (iv) re-apply for a new private school operation permit and re-register with relevant authorities. See “Regulation—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Implementation Regulations for Classification Registration of Private Schools.”

We expect that the Amended Private Education Law, accompanied with its relevant implementation rules and regulations, will bring significant changes to the compliance regime that we are subject to, including but not limited to school registration, student recruitment, premises conditions and qualification requirements for teachers. We plan to register all of our training institutions as for-profit private schools pursuant to the Amended Private Education Law and obtain new licenses and permits or renew existing licenses and permits. However, the local specific requirements and procedures for when and how existing training institutions can be registered as for-profit schools and complete filings for their tutoring branches remain unclear in most cities in China. As of the date of this prospectus, it remains uncertain how the Amended Private Education Law will be interpreted and implemented and impact our business operations. There is no assurance that we will be able to operate our business in full compliance with the Amended Private Education Law or any relevant regulations in a timely manner or at all. Should we fail to fully comply with the Amended Private Education Law or any relevant regulations as interpreted by the relevant government authorities, we may be subject to administrative fines or penalties, an order to suspend the operation and refund the tuition fee or other negative consequences which could materially and adversely affect our brand name and reputation, and our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents

We are required to obtain various operating licenses and permits and to make registrations and filings for our tutoring services in China; failure to comply with these requirements may materially and adversely affect our business operations.

Under PRC laws and regulations, training institutions are required to obtain a number of licenses, permits and approvals from, and make filings or complete registrations with, relevant government authorities in order to provide tutoring services. Pursuant to the Amended Private Education Law which became effective on September 1, 2017 and the Implementing Rules on the Supervision and Administration of For-Profit Private Schools which was published on December 30, 2016, or the Implementing Rules, each training institution that operates for profit shall be registered as a corporate entity and apply for the private school operation permit and obtain a business license. In addition, their tutoring branches are required to complete the required filings for permits or registrations.

On April 20, 2018, the MOE issued a discussion draft of the proposed Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC, or the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, for public review and comment. According to the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, private training institutions are allowed to establish tutoring branches within the approved cities after completing the filings for registrations with the approval authorities of such private training institutions and the local educational authorities where the tutoring branches are located.

As of the date of this prospectus, we have 104 training institutions which are required to obtain private school operation permits and 296 tutoring branches which are required to complete filings for permits or registrations. Among these training institutions and tutoring branches, 24 training institutions do not possess the private school operation permits and 216 tutoring branches have not completed the required filings with the local education authorities. While we intend to obtain the required permits and licenses pursuant to the Amended Private Education Law and the Implementing Rules, most of local government authorities have not begun to accept applications or issue permits for for-profit training institutions or accept filings for tutoring branches as of the date of this prospectus because the local implementing rules and regulations of the Amended Private Education Law have not been published to the public and the application procedures have not been formulated by local government authorities in most cities. See “Regulations—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC and Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC” for further details on the license requirements applicable to our training institutions and tutoring branches.

On February 13, 2018, the MOE, together with three other government authorities, jointly promulgated the Circular on Alleviating After-school Burden on Elementary and Middle School Students and Implementing Inspections on After-school Training Institutions, or Circular 3. Pursuant to Circular 3, these government authorities seek to alleviate after-school burden on elementary and middle school students by carrying out a series of inspections on after-school training institutions and order those with material potential safety risks to suspend business for self-inspection and rectification and those without proper establishment licenses or private school operation permits to apply for relevant qualifications and certificates under the guidance of competent government authorities. Circular 3 mandates that the foregoing inspections and rectification be completed by the end of 2018. For more details about Circular 3, see “Regulations—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Circular on Alleviating After-school Burden on Elementary and Middle School Students and Implementing Inspections on After-school Training Institutions.” As of the date of this prospectus, two of our tutoring branches providing K-12 tutoring services in Xi’an which do not hold private school operation permits have been requested by local education bureaus to complete rectification within a certain prescribed period. We are in the process of applying for private school operation permits for these two learning centers and expect to complete the required rectification within the timeframe required by the local education bureaus.

Given the significant amount of discretion owned by local PRC authorities in interpreting, implementing and enforcing relevant rules and regulations, as well as other factors beyond our control, we may not be able to

 

19


Table of Contents

obtain and maintain all requisite licenses, permits, approvals and filings or pass all requisite assessments. If any of our current or future training institutions or their tutoring branches fail to receive the requisite licenses, permits and approvals, make the necessary filings, or complete all requisite registrations, such training institutions or their tutoring branches may be subject to penalties. These may include fines, orders to promptly rectify the non-compliance, or if the non-compliance is deemed by the regulators to be serious, the school may be ordered to return tuition and fees collected and pay a multiple of the amount of returned tuition and fees to regulators as a penalty or may even be ordered to cease operations.

We face intense competition in our industry, and if we fail to compete effectively, we may lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely affected.

The private education market in China is highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition to persist and intensify. We face competition in each type of services we offer, including in on-line and off-line forms, and in each geographic market in which we operate.

Some of our competitors may have more resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources than we can to the development, promotion and sale of their programs, services and products and respond more quickly than we can to changes in student needs, exam materials, admission standards, market trends or new technologies. As a result, our student enrollments may decrease due to intense competition. In addition, in contrast to our comprehensive program offerings, some of our competitors focus on a single area of our business, and may be able to devote all of their resources to that business line. These companies may be able to more quickly adapt to changing technology, student preferences and market conditions in these markets than we can. As a result, certain of our competitors may, therefore, have a competitive advantage over us with respect to these business areas.

The increasing use of the Internet and advancement in technologies, such as web video conferencing and online testing simulators, are eliminating geographic and physical facility-related entry barriers to providing private education services. Although we have launched online services for our businesses and plan to expand our online service offerings, the pace at which we promote and expand our online services may not be as fast as our competitors. As a result, many international brands or local smaller service providers may be able to use the Internet to quickly and cost-effectively offer their programs, services and products to a large number of students with less capital expenditure than previously required. Consequently, we may be required to reduce course fees or increase spending in response to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue new market opportunities, which could result in a decrease in our revenues and profitability. We will also face increased competition as we expand our operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position or otherwise respond to competitive pressure effectively, we may lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely affected.

We may not be able to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified teachers and consultants.

Teachers and study-abroad consultants help us maintain the quality of our education and services, as well as our brand and reputation. Our ability to continue to attract teachers and consultants with the necessary experience and qualifications is a key factor in the success of our operations. We seek to hire experienced teachers and consultants who are dedicated to teaching and are able to follow our teaching and consulting service protocols and deliver effective instructions. The market for teacher recruitment in China is competitive, and we must also provide continued training to ensure that our teachers and consultants stay abreast of changes in student demands, teaching methodologies and other necessary changes. Further, the Measures of Punishment for Violation of Professional Ethics of Elementary and Secondary School Teachers, promulgated by the MOE, on January 11, 2014, prohibits teachers of elementary and secondary schools from providing paid tutoring in schools or in out-of-school training institutions. Some of our part-time teachers are teachers of public schools. If such

 

20


Table of Contents

part-time teachers cannot continue to teach courses in our schools due to the foregoing regulation, we may have to recruit full-time teachers to maintain our class offerings. In addition, we hire foreign teachers and we need to apply for work and residence permits for them in China. If we cannot obtain such permits for our foreign teachers, we may have to terminate our employment relationship with them.

In order to recruit experienced full-time teachers, we must provide candidates with competitive compensation packages and offer attractive career development opportunities. Although we have not experienced major difficulties in recruiting or training qualified teachers and consultants in the past, we cannot guarantee we will be able to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified teachers and consultants in the future, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and financial performance may suffer if we fail to successfully develop and launch new education services.

The future success of our business depends partly on our ability to develop new education services. The planned timing or launch of new education services is subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual timing may differ materially from any originally proposed timeframe. For example, we only recently launched certain web-based and mobile-based services such as Puxin Superior Classes, Puxin Dual-Teacher Classrooms, Recorded Lectures, foreign teacher classes and Puxin Teacher & Student App. While we have not experienced material technological difficulties in these newly launched services, we cannot assure you there will not be system outages or errors for these new online services in the future. Unexpected operational, technical or other issues could delay or prevent the launch of one or more of our new education services or programs. In addition, significant investment of human capital, financial resources and management time and attention may be required to successfully launch features of our new education programs. If we fail to manage the expansion of our portfolio of education services cost-effectively, our business could be negatively affected.

We cannot assure you that any of our new services will achieve market acceptance or generate incremental revenue or that our operation of such new services or programs will comply with our business scope or applicable licensing requirements. If our efforts to develop, market and sell our new education services and programs to the market are not successful, our business, financial position and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

We have limited operating history with our study-abroad test preparation courses and study-abroad consulting services. Our newer courses and services may not be as attractive as our K-12 tutoring services.

Prior to the acquisitions of Global Education and ZMN Education in 2017, a significant majority of our revenue and operations was derived from K-12 tutoring services. We have limited operating history with our study-abroad test preparation courses and study-abroad consulting services. As we plan to continue to dedicate resources to integrating and expanding our study-abroad test preparation courses and study-abroad consulting services, our efforts to improve, expand, and promote our study-abroad test preparation courses and study-abroad consulting services may not be successful and we may not achieve comparable profitability to our K-12 tutoring services, or at all.

We may not be able to improve the content of our existing courses or to develop new courses on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner.

We regularly and constantly update the content of our existing courses and develop new courses to meet students’ demands and the latest market trends. We also closely follow any changes in curriculum, examination systems, testing materials, admission standards and technologies. Admission and assessment tests in China and overseas countries constantly undergo changes and development in terms of tested subjects, skill focus, question types and manners of test administration. For example, most of the major English tests, such as TOEFL and IELTS, are increasingly being offered in a computer-based testing format, and there are certain universities in

 

21


Table of Contents

China that have been allowed to admit a small portion of their students through independently administered examinations and admission procedures. These changes require us to continually update and enhance our course materials and our teaching methods. Furthermore, offering new courses or modifying existing courses may require us to have more input into curriculum and course development, train new teachers or provide continued training to existing teachers, increase marketing efforts and re-allocate resources. We may have limited experience with new course content and may need to modify our systems to incorporate new courses into our existing course offerings. If we cannot respond effectively to changes in market demands or launch new courses on a timely basis and in a cost-effective manner, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on the continuing efforts of our senior management team and other key personnel and our business may be harmed if we lose their services.

Our success depends in part on the continued application of services, efforts and motivation of our senior management team and key personnel, in particular, our founder, chairman and chief executive officer, Mr. Yunlong Sha. If one or more of our senior management members or key personnel are unable to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to find suitable replacements, and our business may be disrupted.

We will need to continue to hire additional personnel as our business grows. A shortage in the supply of personnel with requisite skills could negatively impact our ability to manage our existing products and services, launch new services and expand our operations. Competition for experienced management personnel in the private education industry is intense with a small pool of qualified candidates, and we may not be able to retain services of our senior executives, experienced principals of our schools or other key personnel, or attract and retain high-quality senior executives or key personnel in the future. Although we have established an internal training and promotion system to develop good candidates for senior management team and principals, the number of these candidates and the speed of training these candidates to be capable and qualified to their prospective positions may not align with our rapid growth. In addition, if any member of our senior management team, principals or any of our other key personnel joins a competitor or forms a competing company, we may lose teachers, students and staff members. Each of our executive officers and key employees is subject to the duty of confidentiality and non-competition restrictions. However, if any disputes arise between any of our senior executives or key personnel and us, it may be difficult to successfully pursue legal actions against these individuals because of the uncertainties in China’s legal system.

Any damage to the brand and reputation of our learning centers may adversely affect our overall business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

We believe that market awareness of our “Puxin,” “Global Education,” “ZMN Education,” and other brands and our solid reputation in the K-12 tutoring and study-abroad tutoring industry have contributed significantly to the success of our business. We also believe that maintaining and promoting our brands are critical to sustaining our competitive advantage. Our brand and reputation could be adversely affected under many circumstances, including the following:

 

    our students are not satisfied with our services and their learning experience;

 

    we fail to maintain the quality and consistency of our service standards as we expand our course offerings into different subjects and extend our geographic or product reach;

 

    our learning center facilities do not meet the standards expected by parents and students;

 

    our teachers, study-abroad consultants or staff fail to provide students and their parents with prompt feedback and adequate attention;

 

    our teachers, study-abroad consultants or staff behave or are perceived to behave inappropriately or illegally;

 

22


Table of Contents
    we lose a license, permit or any other governmental authorization to operate a learning center; and

 

    operators of learning centers with lower quality abuse our brands or those with brand names similar to ours conduct fraudulent activities and create confusion in the market.

The likelihood of any above-mentioned circumstances increases as we expand our network of learning centers. These events could influence the perception of our learning centers not only by our students and their parents, but also by other constituencies in the education sector and the general public.

In addition, Global Education also has franchised schools. Our control over our franchisees is based on the contracts with them and our standardized supervision and monitoring procedures, which may not be as effective as direct ownership. Although we maintain comprehensive and rigorous supervisory procedures, set standards to guide our franchisees on operations of their learning centers and require all teachers and management personnel of our franchise teaching facilities to complete our mandatory trainings, our franchisees manage their businesses independently and are therefore responsible for the day-to-day operation of the franchise facilities. Furthermore, it is the franchisees and their teachers and employees that interact directly with students and their parents. In the event of any unsatisfactory performance or illegal actions by the franchisees or their employees or any incidents or operational issues in the franchise facilities, we may suffer reputational or financial damage which in turn might adversely affect our business as a whole. As we mainly rely on word-of-mouth referrals to attract prospective students, if our brand name or reputation deteriorates, our overall business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Furthermore, third-party service providers with whom we have a business relationship could damage our reputation and brands due to their unsatisfactory or illegal actions arising from the interactions with our students. We have close cooperation relationships with third-party service providers, such as printers that provide services to print course materials, organizations that host events or organize mathematics or other science competitions, and overseas education service providers that provide overseas study tours and summer and winter camps. These third-party service providers may directly interact with our students in providing their services. Although we selectively establish cooperation relationships with reliable and reputational service providers, we cannot assure you that these third-party service providers will not conduct any unsatisfactory, inappropriate or illegal actions that will damage our reputation and brands, which consequently could cause our business to be harmed.

Accidents or injuries suffered by our students or other people on our premises may adversely affect our reputation, subject us to liability and cause us to incur substantial costs.

In the event of accidents or injuries or other harm to students or other people on our premises, including those caused by or otherwise arising from the actions or negligence of our employees or contractors on our premises, our facilities may be perceived to be unsafe, which may make parents unwilling to allow their children to attend our classes. We could also face negligence claims for inadequate maintenance of our facilities or lack of supervision of our teachers and other employees. Although we have not encountered any injury to our students on our premises that has materially and adversely affected our business or financial condition, we cannot assure you that there will not be any in the future. Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to fully protect us from all kinds of claims. See “—We have limited liability insurance coverage and do not carry business disruption insurance.” A liability claim against us or any of our employees or independent contractors could adversely affect our reputation and ability to attract and retain students. Even if such claim is unsuccessful, it could create unfavorable publicity, cause us to incur substantial expenses and divert the time and attention of our management.

Failure to control rental costs, obtain leases at desired locations at reasonable prices or comply with relevant regulation regarding our leased premises could materially and adversely affect our business.

Substantially all of our offices and learning centers are presently located on leased premises. At the end of each lease term, we must negotiate an extension of the lease. If we are not able to negotiate an extension on terms

 

23


Table of Contents

acceptable to us, we will be forced to move to a different location, or the rent may increase significantly given that the real estate prices in China have kept rising for years. This could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our profitability. We also compete with many other businesses for sites in certain highly desirable locations and some landlords may have entered into long-term leases with our competitors for prime locations. As a result, we may not be able to obtain new leases at desirable locations or renew our existing leases on acceptable terms or at all, which could adversely affect our business.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, among our 653 lease contracts, we have not been able to receive copies of the valid title certificates or proof of authorization to lease properties to us from the lessors for 103 leased properties. Our use of some of leased properties does not comply with the approved use stipulated in the title certificates of such properties or the lease agreements. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any actions, claims or investigations threatened against us or our lessors with respect to the defects in our leasehold interests. However, if any of our leases are terminated as a result of challenges by third parties or governmental authorities for lack of title certificates or proof of authorization to lease, we do not expect to be subject to any fines or penalties but we may be forced to relocate the affected learning center and incur additional expenses relating to such relocation. If we fail to find suitable replacement sites in a timely manner or on terms commercially acceptable to us, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, under the applicable PRC laws and regulations, we are required to register and file executed leases with the relevant government authorities, but we have failed to do so in certain instances. While the lack of registration will not affect the validity and enforceability of the lease agreements under the PRC Law, a fine ranging from RMB1,000 to RMB10,000 may be imposed on the parties for each non-registered lease, if the requirement of registration failed to be fulfilled after a period of time demanded by a relevant local authority.

A significant portion of our training institutions are not in compliance with fire safety regulations.

According to the PRC fire safety laws and regulations, construction projects and decoration projects are generally required to obtain fire safety permits or complete fire safety filings except for certain statutory exemptions. See “Regulations—Regulations on Fire Safety” for further details on the fire safety regulations applicable to our business premises. As of the date of this prospectus, we have leased 560 business premises for our training institutions and their tutoring branches, and we have complied with the foregoing fire safety permit and filing requirements for 389 of these premises. We have arranged inspections for 59 premises by local fire control authorities and obtained written records of passing the fire safety inspections. As advised by Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC counsel, for these 59 premises, the risk that we will be subject to material administrative penalties imposed by such local fire control authorities for our failure to comply with the fire safety permit or filing requirement is relatively low. Besides, the construction units have obtained the fire safety permits in connection with the construction of the buildings where another 68 premises are located, and we are in the process of completing further fire safety filings with respect to the interior decoration of such premises, which represented 14.1% of our revenues in 2017. However, as of the date of this prospectus, we have neither obtained the fire safety permits or written evidence for passing the fire safety inspection nor made the requisite fire safety filings for the remaining 44 leased business premises, which represented 10.6% of our revenues in 2017. We cannot assure you that we may be able to obtain the fire safety permits, rectify our non-compliance or otherwise fully comply with the relevant fire safety laws and regulations at all of our current locations in a timely manner or at all, and we may be subject to fines and orders to rectify within a specified period of time or to suspend operations for our non-compliance. As a result, we may not be able to occupy certain of our current locations and may be ordered to relocate our operations to other locations that comply with the relevant fire safety laws and regulations, and we cannot assure you that such alternative locations will be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial conditions.

In addition, according to PRC fire safety laws and regulations, venues for children’s activities generally may not be located above the third floor of a building, depending on its fireproof conditions. As of the date of this

 

24


Table of Contents

prospectus, 111 of our business premises for children’s activities, including certain sections of our K-12 and study-abroad programs that target children are located above the third floor of a building. Nevertheless, we have either complied with the fire safety filing requirement or arranged fire safety inspections by the local fire control authorities and obtained written records of passing the fire safety inspections for 62 business premises. We generated approximately 8.99% of our revenues from the remaining 49 business premises in 2017. We may be subject to fines and orders to suspend operations if these 49 business premises are inspected and found to be in violation of the fire safety regulations, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Moving training institutions and their tutoring branches in order to comply with fire safety regulations would require us to terminate or break our existing leases and pay any associated termination or breakage costs in addition to the costs of relocation, renovation and decoration, and it may also disrupt our scheduled courses and force us to postpone or cancel some courses and refund the related tuition fees, all of which could materially and adversely affect our financial results.

We may face risks and uncertainties with respect to the licensing requirements for our online platforms.

We may be required to obtain additional licenses or permits for our operations because the interpretation and implementation of current PRC laws and regulations are still evolving, and new laws and regulations may also be promulgated. For example, the content we use on our websites and mobile apps, including course materials and audio-visual content, may be deemed as “Internet cultural products,” and our use of such content may be regarded as “Internet cultural activities.” Thus, our VIE and its subsidiaries may be required to obtain an Internet culture business operating license for provision of such content through our websites or mobile apps as currently there is no further official or publicly available interpretation of whether such content would be deemed “Internet cultural products.” In addition, according to the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, the entities which provide online academic training services to children and teenagers are required to apply for the private school operation permits. See “Regulations—Regulations on Private Education in the PRC—Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC.”

In addition, we offer certain audio-visual content on our websites as supplementary course materials. If the governmental authorities determine that our relevant activities fall within the definition of “Internet audio-visual program service” under the Administrative Measures Regarding Internet Audio-Visual Program Services, our VIE and its subsidiaries may be required to obtain a license for disseminating audio-visual programs through Internet. Moreover, we may be required to obtain the online publishing services permit for our online educational products, such as Puxin Superior Classes, Puxin Dual-Teacher Classrooms and GEDU online. We are in the process of applying for the Internet Content Provider License, or ICP License. If we are not able to obtain such licenses, we may further be subject to fines, legal sanctions or an order to suspend our on-line courses providing service.

No material fines or other penalties have been imposed on us for non-compliance with licensing requirements for our online platforms in the past. However, if we are not able to comply with all applicable legal requirements, we may be subject to fines, confiscation of the gains derived from our non-compliant operations, suspension of our non-compliant operations or revocation of the operation permits of the non-compliant schools, any of which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may need to record a significant charge to earnings if our goodwill or intangible assets arising from acquisitions become impaired, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

In accordance with U.S. GAAP, we account for our acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, and such acquisitions have resulted in significant goodwill and intangible assets. These assets may become impaired in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations following such acquisitions. We are required under U.S. GAAP to review our amortizable intangible assets for impairment when

 

25


Table of Contents

events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently, if facts and circumstances warrant a review. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our amortizable intangible assets may not be recoverable include a decline in stock price and market capitalization and slower or declining growth rates in our industry. In the future, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets is determined, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we did not recognize any impairment loss in relation to goodwill or intangible assets arising from our acquisitions. In the future, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets is determined, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, our brand and business may suffer.

We consider our copyrights, trademarks, trade names and Internet domain names invaluable to our ability to continue to develop and enhance our brand recognition. Unauthorized use of our copyrights, trademarks, trade names and domain names may damage our reputation and brand. Our major brand names, logos and domain names are registered in China. Our proprietary curricula and course materials are protected by copyrights. Unauthorized use of any of our intellectual property by third parties may adversely affect our business and reputation. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secrets laws and confidentiality agreements with our employees and contractors to protect our intellectual property rights. We also regularly monitor any infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights. Nevertheless, third parties may still obtain and use our intellectual property without due authorization, and enforcement of intellectual property rights by Chinese regulatory agencies involves uncertainty. We may need to resort to litigation and other legal proceedings to enforce our intellectual property rights. Any such action, litigation or other legal proceedings could be difficult, costly and time-consuming and divert our management’s attention and resources. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to enforce our intellectual property rights effectively or otherwise prevent others from the unauthorized use of our intellectual property. If we are unable to adequately protect our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property rights in the future, we may lose these rights, our brand name may be harmed and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We may encounter disputes from time to time relating to our use of the intellectual property of third parties.

We cannot assure you that our trademarks, logos, trade names, technologies, products, courseware, course materials or any intellectual property developed or used by us do not or will not infringe the intellectual property rights held by third parties. We and our schools have been involved in disputes with third parties claiming infringement of intellectual property rights by us, and we may be subject to such disputes in the future. On July 7, 2017, Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd., or Beijing Global Education, which we acquired in August 2017, received a letter issued by the legal counsel of IDP Education Limited, The Chancellor Masters and Scholars of the University of Cambridge Acting by the University of Cambridge Local Examination Syndicate and the British Council (collectively the “IDP Claimants”). In such letter, the IDP Claimants alleged that Beijing Global Education infringes their trademark rights and requested Beijing Global Education and all of its schools and learning centers to deregister and stop the use of any trademarks that contain the words of “IELTS,” “YASI,” “ LOGO ” and “ LOGO ” and remove these words from their trade names and logos. On July 24, 2017, Beijing Global Education sent a response letter to the IDP Claimants in which Beijing Global Education raised its arguments against certain of the IDP Claimants’ claims and agreed to conduct investigations on the trademarks used by its schools and learning centers. We are in the process of negotiating with the IDP Claimants to reach an agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, the IDP Claimants have not initiated any litigations or legal proceedings against Beijing Global Education or us. However, there is no assurance that we would eventually be able to reach an agreement with the IDP Claimants to resolve such claims or that the IDP Claimants would not initiate any litigations or legal proceedings against Beijing Global Education or us in the future.

 

26


Table of Contents

In August 2017, Beijing Global Education received a cease-and-desist letter from Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd., or Pearson Beijing, alleging that Beijing Global Education and certain of its franchised schools have infringed the intellectual property of Pearson PLC, including but not limited to “ LOGO /Longman” trademarks and certain other trademarks and brands, and demanding that the infringers immediately cease the infringement. Beijing Global Education has subsequently ceased the alleged infringement and sent a letter to all franchise schools involving the use of the intellectual property of Pearson PLC, requesting them to cease the alleged infringement. We cannot guarantee that these franchise schools will cease the alleged infringement in a timely manner, or at all, or that our corrective measures will prove to be satisfactory to Pearson Beijing or Pearson PLC. As of the date of this prospectus, neither Pearson Beijing nor Pearson PLC has taken any further action, including legal proceedings, against Beijing Global Education or us for the alleged infringement. However, there is no assurance that Pearson Beijing or Pearson PLC would not initiate any legal proceedings against Beijing Global Education or us in the future.

If any of the above-mentioned parties or other third parities initiate litigation against us alleging infringement upon their intellectual property rights, defense against any of these or other claims would be both costly and time-consuming, and could significantly divert the efforts and resources of our management and other personnel. An adverse determination in any such litigation or proceedings to which we may become a party could subject us to significant liability to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties, pay ongoing royalties, or subject us to injunctions prohibiting the distribution and marketing of the relevant brand or services. To the extent that licenses are not available to us on commercially reasonable terms or at all, we may be required to spend considerable time and resources sourcing alternative technologies or designing alternative trademarks or brands, if any, or we may be forced to delay or suspend the sale of the relevant services or the promotion of the relevant brand. We may incur substantial expenses and require significant attention of management in defending against these third-party infringement claims, regardless of their merit. Protracted litigation could also result in our customers or potential customers deferring, reducing or canceling their use of our services. In addition, we could face disruptions to our business operations as well as damage to our reputation as a result of such claims, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations, which may cause our results of operations to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and result in the volatility in the price of our ADSs.

Our industry generally experiences seasonality, primarily due to seasonal changes in service days and student enrollments. Seasonal fluctuations have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our business. In general, we generate higher revenues during summer breaks as more students are enrolled in our courses. We also generally experience lower revenues in the first quarter as we deliver fewer classes during the winter breaks due to the Chinese New Year holiday and the relatively short length of winter breaks. Because we recognize revenues from K-12 tutoring courses and study-abroad test preparation courses based on the delivery of services, we expect our revenues in certain months to be negatively impacted by such seasonality factors. Our costs and expenses, however, do not necessarily correspond with changes in our student enrollments, service days or net revenues because we incur expenses and costs on marketing and promotion, teacher recruitment, teacher training and course development throughout the year. Overall, although the historical seasonality of our business has been relatively mild, we expect to continue to experience seasonal fluctuations in our results of operations. These fluctuations may result in volatility in and adversely affect the price of our ADSs.

Failure to make adequate contributions to various mandatory social security plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

PRC laws and regulations require us to pay several statutory social welfare benefits for our employees, including pensions, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance and housing provident fund contributions. Local governments usually implement localized requirements as to mandatory social security plans considering differences in economic development in different

 

27


Table of Contents

regions. Our failure in making contributions to various mandatory social security plans and in complying with applicable PRC labor-related laws may subject us to late payment penalties. We may be required to make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We have limited liability insurance coverage and do not carry business disruption insurance.

We are exposed to various risks associated with our business and operations, and we have limited insurance coverage. See “Business—Insurance” for more information. We are exposed to risks including, among other things, accidents or injuries in our learning centers, loss of key management and personnel, business interruption, natural disasters, terrorist attacks and social instability or any other events beyond our control. The insurance industry in China is still at an early stage of development, and as a result insurance companies in China offer limited business-related insurance products. We do not have any business interruption insurance or key-man life insurance. The coverage of our liability insurance may not be adequate to fully protect us from all kinds of claims, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain sufficient liability insurance in the future on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Any business disruption, legal proceeding or natural disaster or other events beyond our control could result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any disruption or interruption to our information technology systems or a leak of student data could damage our reputation and disrupt our operations.

The successful development, stable operation and effective maintenance of our systems and information technology infrastructure, such as our CRM system, ERP system, Puxin Teacher & Student App and a variety of cloud-based online products and services, is critical to the attractiveness of our online and offline programs and the management of our business operations. Thus, any material breakdown of our information technology systems, any interruptions or malfunctions to our information technology systems or any loss of the right to use the programs licensed from third parties could cause interruption to our business. In addition, we would suffer economic and reputational damage if a technical failure of our systems causes a leak of student data, including identification or contact information. As of the date of this prospectus, our information systems have not encountered material errors or technical issues and there is no material leak of student data which could damage our reputation and disrupt our operations. If we encounter errors or other service quality or reliability issues, or if we are unable to design, develop, implement and utilize information systems, our ability to realize our strategic objectives and our profitability could be adversely affected, and may harm our reputation and brand names and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our relationships with overseas education service providers may deteriorate.

We collaborate with various overseas publishers on content development and overseas schools and institutions to provide overseas study tours and summer and winter camps to students. For example, for our English for Children programs, we cooperated with Macmillan Younger Learners and introduced “Happy Campers” series of American English learning materials to provide memorable and positive learning experience for our students. These relationships allow us to offer more diverse programs and classes and charge a premium for the programs we offer with other overseas education service providers. We can also enhance our brand and reputation and have more exposure to international education methods and experiences through these relationships.

If our relationships with any of these overseas education service providers deteriorate or are otherwise damaged or terminated, or if the benefits we derive from these relationships diminish, whether as a result of our own actions, actions of our partners, actions of any third party, including our competitors, or of regulatory authorities or other entities beyond our control, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

We operate schools and provide after-school education services under several brands, which may have a dilutive effect on brand recognition among our students and their parents.

We operate substantially all of our K-12 after-school tutoring schools and a small portion of our study-abroad tutoring schools under the co-brand names, such as “Puxin-YESSAT” and “Puxin-Fubusi.” We operate the majority of our study-abroad tutoring schools under multiple different brands, such as ZMN Education, Global Education and Milestone Education. Maintaining multiple brands may have a dilutive effect on brand recognition among our students and their parents and increase our overall marketing expenses as we need to allocate resources among different brands. In the long term, we intend to promote a unified brand “Puxin” to foster our corporate image, which represents the entire spectrum of education services we offer. We may seek to transition our co-brand names and different brands to “Puxin” in the future if the market responds favorably to our new corporate image. We cannot assure you, however, that our prospective students will embrace our new brand given its limited market exposure and recognition. We may incur significant financial resources for, and divert considerable management attention to, the integration of our existing brands with our new corporate image, which may adversely affect our business, results of operation and financial condition.

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

The education industry is vulnerable to health epidemics such as the outbreak of avian influenza, severe acute respiratory syndrome, or SARS, Ebola or other epidemics. Additionally, our business could be disrupted or otherwise adversely affected by severe weather conditions, such as snow, storm or hurricane, and natural disasters, such as earthquakes. These occurrences could cause cancelations of student enrollment and require the temporary or long-term closure of our learning centers while we may still remain obligated to pay rent and other expenses for these facilities. We may also face litigation and have to incur extra expenses if we are found negligent in the prevention and control of health epidemics in our facilities. Any outbreak of health epidemics and any occurrence of natural disasters in China therefore may severely disrupt our business operations and materially and adversely affect our liquidity, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting as well as other control deficiencies as of December 31, 2017, in accordance with the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States.

The material weakness identified relates to our lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We have implemented and are continuing to implement a number of measures to remedy this material weakness and the other control deficiencies. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” We have also adopted measures to improve our internal control over financial reporting. We cannot assure you, however, that these measures may fully address these deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting or that we may conclude that they have been fully remedied.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we

 

29


Table of Contents

include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2018. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. Generally speaking, if we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

We have granted and will continue to grant share options and other equity incentives in the future, which may result in increased share-based compensation expenses.

Puxin Education adopted its 2014 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan in December 2014, and granted an aggregate of 142,783,400 options to purchase Puxin Education’s equity interest from 2015 to 2017 under this plan. We refer this plan as the Original Plan. In March 2018, we adopted Puxin Limited 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan to replace the Original Plan and granted options to purchase 6,592,538 ordinary shares of Puxin Limited under this plan to replace the granted and outstanding options under the Original Plan. As of March 31, 2018, there were 6,565,494 options outstanding which entitle their holders to purchase 6,565,494 ordinary shares of Puxin Limited under this plan. In addition, we adopted Puxin Limited 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan in February 2018, which permits granting of share options to purchase up to 16,400,000 ordinary shares pursuant to all awards under this plan. On March 31, 2018, we granted options to purchase 16,400,000 ordinary shares under this plan.

We are required to account for share based compensation in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, which generally requires a company to recognize, as an expense, the fair value of share options and other equity incentives to employees based on the fair value of equity awards on the date of the grant, with the compensation expense recognized over the period in which the recipient is required to provide service in exchange for the equity award. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we incurred share-based compensation expense of RMB51.3 million, RMB55.8 million (US$8.9 million) and RMB285.4 million (US$45.5 million). Expenses associated with share-based compensation awards granted under our share incentive plans may materially reduce our future net income. However, if we limit the size of grants under our share incentive plans to minimize share-based compensation expenses, we may not be able to attract or retain key personnel.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risk Factors Related to Our Corporate Structure

If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for operating our business do not comply with applicable PRC laws and regulations, we could be subject to severe penalties.

PRC laws and regulations currently require any foreign entity that invests in the education business in China to be an educational institution with relevant experience in providing education services outside China. Our Cayman Islands holding company is not an educational institution and does not provide education services. Due to these restrictions, we operate our K-12 tutoring business and study-abroad tutoring business in China primarily through Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd, or Puxin Education or VIE, and its subsidiaries. We entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Puxin Education and its shareholders. Our VIE and its subsidiaries are the entities that hold certain licenses and permits relating to the K-12 tutoring business and study-abroad tutoring business in China. We have been and expect to continue to be dependent on our VIE and its subsidiaries to operate our business. See “Corporate History and Structure—Our Corporate Structure” for more information.

If our ownership structure and contractual arrangements are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we fail to obtain any of the required licenses and permits, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities including the MOE, which regulates the education industry in the PRC, the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, which regulate the foreign investments in China, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, which regulates the registration of non-profit private schools in the PRC after the Amended Private Education Law became effective, and the State Administration for Market Regulation (formerly known as the State Administration for Industry and Commerce), or the SAIC, which regulates the registration and operation of for-profit private schools in the PRC after the Amended Private Education Law became effective, would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

    revoking the business and operating licenses held by our PRC subsidiaries and/or our VIE and its subsidiaries;

 

    discontinuing or restricting the operations of any related-party transactions among our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries;

 

    confiscating the income of our VIE and its subsidiaries;

 

    imposing fines, penalties or other requirements with which we, our PRC subsidiaries, or our VIE and its subsidiaries may not be able to comply;

 

    requiring us to restructure the relevant ownership structure or operations, terminate the contractual arrangements with our VIE or deregister the pledges on the equity interest in our VIE, which in turn would affect our ability to consolidate, derive economic interest from or exert effective control over our VIE;

 

    restricting or prohibiting our use of the proceeds of this offering to finance our business and operations in China; or

 

    restricting the use of financing sources by us or our VIE and its subsidiaries, or otherwise restricting our or their ability to conduct business.

As of the date of this prospectus, similar ownership structure and contractual arrangements have been used by many China-based companies listed overseas, including in the United States. However, we cannot assure you that penalties will not be imposed on any other companies or us in the future. If any of the above fines or punishments is imposed on us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

If any of these penalties results in our inability to direct the activities of Puxin Education and its subsidiaries, or results in our failure to receive the economic benefits from Puxin Education and its subsidiaries,

 

31


Table of Contents

we may not be able to consolidate Puxin Education and its subsidiaries in our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, we do not believe that such actions would result in the liquidation or dissolution of our company, our wholly-owned subsidiary in the PRC, Purong Beijing, Puxin Education or its subsidiaries.

We face uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the Draft Foreign Investment Law, which proposes significant changes to the PRC foreign investment legal regime and has a material impact on businesses in China controlled by foreign-invested enterprises primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.

On January 19, 2015, the MOFCOM published the Draft Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments. At the same time, the MOFCOM published an accompanying explanatory note of the Draft Foreign Investment Law, which contains important information about the Draft Foreign Investment Law, including its drafting philosophy and principles, main content, plans to transition to the new legal regime and treatment of business in China controlled by foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, primarily through contractual arrangements. The Draft Foreign Investment Law is intended to replace the current foreign investment legal regime consisting of three laws which are the Sino-Foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-Foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Foreign Owned Enterprise Law, as well as detailed implementing rules. The Draft Foreign Investment Law proposes significant changes to the PRC foreign investment legal regime and may have a material impact on Chinese companies listed or to be listed overseas. The Draft Foreign Investment Law is to regulate FIEs in the same way as PRC domestic entities, except for those FIEs that operate in industries deemed to be either foreign “restricted” or “prohibited.” The Draft Foreign Investment Law also provides that only FIEs operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries will require entry clearance and other approvals that are not required of PRC domestic entities. As a result of the entry clearance and approvals, certain FIEs operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries may not be able to continue their operations through contractual arrangements.

The specifics of the application of the Draft Foreign Investment Law to variable interest entity structures have yet to be proposed, but it is anticipated that the Draft Foreign Investment Law will regulate variable interest entities.

The MOFCOM suggests both registration and approval as potential options for the regulation of variable interest entity structures, depending on whether they are “Chinese” or “foreign-controlled.” One of the core concepts of the Draft Foreign Investment Law is “de facto control,” which emphasizes substance over form in determining whether an entity is “Chinese” or “foreign-controlled.” This determination requires considering the nature of the investors that exercise control over the entity. “Chinese investors” are natural persons who are Chinese nationals, Chinese government agencies and any domestic enterprise controlled by Chinese nationals or government agencies. “Foreign investors” are foreign citizens, foreign governments, international organizations and entities controlled by foreign citizens and entities. In its current form, the Draft Foreign Investment Law will make it difficult for foreign financial investors, including private equity and venture capital firms, to obtain a controlling interest of a Chinese enterprise in a foreign restricted industry.

We face uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the Draft Foreign Investment Law, which proposes significant changes to the PRC foreign investment legal regime and has a material impact on businesses in China controlled by foreign-invested enterprises primarily through contractual arrangements, such as our business.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders for our operations in China, which may not be as effective in providing operational control as direct ownership.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders to operate our K-12 tutoring and study-abroad tutoring businesses. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure—Our Corporate Structure.” However, these

 

32


Table of Contents

contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct equity ownership in providing us with control over our VIE and its subsidiaries. Any failure by our VIE and its shareholders to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements would have a material adverse effect on the financial position and performance of our company. For example, the contractual arrangements are governed by PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in the PRC. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with arbitral procedures as contractually stipulated. The commercial arbitration system in the PRC is not as developed as in some other jurisdictions, such as the United States.

As a result, uncertainties in the commercial arbitration system or legal system in the PRC could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. In addition, if the legal structure and the contractual arrangements were found to violate any existing or future PRC laws and regulations, we may be subject to fines or other legal or administrative sanctions.

If any government action causes us to lose our right to direct the activities of our VIE and its subsidiaries or lose our right to receive substantially all the economic benefits and residual returns from our VIE and its subsidiaries and we are not able to restructure our ownership structure and operations in a satisfactory manner, we would no longer be able to consolidate the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries.

Our VIE or its shareholders may fail to perform their obligations under the contractual arrangements.

If Puxin Education or any of its shareholders fails to perform its obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and resources to enforce our rights under the contracts, and rely on legal remedies under the PRC law, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief and claiming damages, which may not be effective. For example, if the shareholders of Puxin Education were to refuse to transfer their equity interest in Puxin Education to us or our designee when we exercise the call option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations.

All the material agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by the PRC law and provide for the resolution of disputes under the agreements through arbitration in Beijing. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with the PRC law and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is not as developed as some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements. Under PRC law, rulings by arbitrators are final, parties cannot appeal the arbitration results in courts, and the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would incur additional expenses and delay. In the event that we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our VIE and its subsidiaries, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

The shareholders of our VIE may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us and not act in the best interests of our company.

The shareholders of Puxin Education, namely, Mr. Yunlong Sha, Mr. Liang Gao, Mr. Gang Li, Mr. Yun Xiao, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd., or Shanghai Trustbridge, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, or Ningbo Zhimei, and Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, or Tianjin Puxian, may have actual or potential conflicts of interest with us. These shareholders may refuse to sign or breach, or cause our VIE to breach or refuse to renew the existing contractual arrangements, which would have a material and adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our VIE and its subsidiaries and receive economic benefits from them. For example, these shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with our VIE to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We

 

33


Table of Contents

cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and these shareholders, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

We rely on dividends, fees and other distributions paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could hinder our ability to conduct our business.

We are a holding company and rely principally on dividends and fees paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash needs, including paying dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders to the extent we choose to do so, servicing any debt we may incur and paying our operating expenses. The income for our PRC subsidiaries in turn depends on the service fees paid by our VIE. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. Under the applicable requirements of PRC law, our PRC subsidiaries may only distribute dividends after they have made allowances to fund certain statutory reserves. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. After our schools are registered as for-profit private schools pursuant to the Amended Private Education Law, each of such schools may be required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. And according to the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, each of our for-profit private schools is required to set aside no less than 25% of its annual net income to its development fund reserve. Furthermore, if our PRC subsidiaries or our VIE incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments to us. Any such restrictions may materially affect such entities’ ability to make dividends or make payments as service fees or other fees to us, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Contractual arrangements between our VIE and us may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities who may find that we or our VIE and its subsidiaries owe additional taxes.

Under PRC laws and regulations, transactions between related parties should be conducted on an arm’s-length basis and may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities. We could face material adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements among our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary Purong Beijing, our VIE and its shareholders are not conducted on an arm’s-length basis and adjust the income of our VIE through the transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in, for PRC tax purposes, increased tax liabilities of Purong Beijing and our VIE. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require us to disgorge our prior tax benefits, and require us to pay additional taxes for prior tax years and impose late payment fees and other penalties on Purong Beijing and our VIE for underpayment of prior taxes. To date, similar contractual arrangements have been used by many public companies, including companies listed in the United States, and, to our knowledge, the PRC tax authorities have not imposed any material penalties on those companies. However, we cannot assure you that such penalties will not be imposed on any other companies or us in the future. Our net income may be reduced if the tax liabilities of our VIE materially increase or if they are found to be subject to additional tax obligations, late payment fees or other penalties.

If any of our VIE and its subsidiaries becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or liquidation proceeding, we may lose the ability to use and enjoy assets held by such entity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We currently conduct our operations in the PRC through a series of contractual arrangements among our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary Purong Beijing, our VIE, its shareholders and its subsidiaries. As part of these

 

34


Table of Contents

arrangements, substantially all of our education-related assets that are critical to the operation of our business are held by our VIE and its subsidiaries. If any of these entities goes bankrupt and all or part of their assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, we may be unable to continue some or all of our business activities, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. If any of our VIE and its subsidiaries undergoes a voluntary or involuntary liquidation proceeding, its equity owner or unrelated third-party creditors may claim rights relating to some or all of these assets, which would hinder our ability to operate our business and could materially and adversely affect our business, our ability to generate revenues and the market price of our ADSs.

The custodians or authorized users of our controlling non-tangible assets, including chops and seals, may fail to fulfill their responsibilities, or misappropriate or misuse these assets.

Under PRC law, legal documents for corporate transactions, including agreements and contracts that our business relies on, are executed using the chop or seal of the signing entity or with the signature of a legal representative whose designation is registered and filed with the relevant PRC industry and commerce authorities.

In order to maintain the physical security of our chops, we generally have them stored in secured locations accessible only to authorized employees. Although we monitor such authorized employees, the procedures may not be sufficient to prevent all instances of abuse or negligence. There is a risk that our employees could abuse their authority, for example, by entering into a contract not approved by us or by seeking to gain control of our subsidiaries, our VIE or any of its subsidiaries. If any employee obtains, misuses or misappropriates our chops and seals or other controlling intangible assets for whatever reason, we could experience disruption to our normal business operations. We may have to take corporate or legal action, which could involve significant time and resources to resolve and divert management from our operations.

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering in the manner described in “Use of Proceeds,” we may (1) make loans to our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries, (2) make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, (3) establish new PRC subsidiaries and make capital contributions to them, and (4) acquire offshore entities with business operations in the PRC in an offshore transaction. However, most of these uses are subject to PRC regulations and approvals. For example:

 

    loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries cannot exceed a statutory limit and shall be filed with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC, or the SAFE, after the loan agreement is signed and at least three business days before the borrower makes any drawdown under the loan; and

 

    capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries shall be filed with the MOFCOM or its local counterparts and also be registered with the local banks authorized by the SAFE.

The maximum aggregate amount that we can loan to the PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries may vary with changes in the relevant entities’ net assets at the time of calculation.

In addition, on March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming Management of the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or Circular 19, a regulation regarding the conversion by a foreign-invested company of its capital contribution in foreign currency into Renminbi. Circular 19 launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capital of foreign-invested enterprises and allows foreign-invested enterprises to settle their foreign exchange capital at

 

35


Table of Contents

their discretion, but continues to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign exchange capital for expenditures beyond their business scopes. In June 2016, the SAFE promulgated the Notice on Reforming and Standardizing the Administrative Provisions on Capital Account Foreign Exchange Settlement, or Circular 16. Circular 19 and Circular 16 continue to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from, among other things, using the Renminbi fund converted from its foreign exchange capital for expenditure beyond its business scope, investment and financing (except for security investment or guarantee products issued by bank), providing loans to non-affiliated enterprises or constructing or purchasing real estate not for self-use. As we expect to use the proceeds of this offering in China in the form of RMB, our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and our VIE’s subsidiaries will need to convert any capital contributions or loans from U.S. dollars to RMB before using such capital contribution or loans. As a result, Circular 19, Circular 16 and relevant foreign exchange rules may significantly limit our ability to convert the net proceeds from this offering in US dollar to RMB and transfer the net proceeds to our VIE and its subsidiaries through our PRC subsidiaries, which may adversely affect our ability to expand our business.

Risk Factors Related to Doing Business in the PRC

PRC economic, political and social conditions, as well as changes in any government policies, laws and regulations, could adversely affect the overall economy in China or the education services market.

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our revenue is derived from China. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations are subject, to a significant extent, to economic, political and legal developments in China.

The PRC economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects. Although the PRC economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy since the late 1970s, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating the industry. The PRC government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling the incurrence and payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. Changes in any of these policies, laws and regulations could adversely affect the economy in China or the market for educational services, which could harm our business. For example, recent policy changes in certain cities indicate that the scope of after-school tutoring services may be further regulated. Shanghai and Chengdu promulgated local regulations and policies, which, among others, prohibit private tutoring service providers from providing elementary education services to pre-school children and from enrolling full-time students at compulsory education stage except during winter and summer breaks.

While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past two to three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. Demand for our educational services depends, in large part, on economic conditions in China. Any significant slowdown in China’s economic growth may cause our potential students to delay or cancel their plans to enroll in our schools, which in turn could reduce our revenue. In addition, any sudden changes to China’s political system or the occurrence of social unrest could have a material and adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system could adversely affect us.

The PRC legal system is a civil law system based on written statutes. Unlike the common law system, prior court decisions in a civil law system may be cited as reference but have limited precedential value. Since 1979, PRC laws and regulations have significantly enhanced the protections of interest relating to foreign investments in China. However, given the short history of these laws and regulations and the rapid evolvement of the PRC legal system, the interpretations of such laws and regulations may not always be consistent, and the enforcement of these laws and regulations involves significant uncertainties, any of which could limit the available legal

 

36


Table of Contents

protections. Another uncertainty is that the PRC administrative and judicial authorities have significant discretion in interpreting, implementing or enforcing statutory rules and contractual terms, and it may be more difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and judicial proceedings and the level of legal protection we may enjoy in the PRC than under some more developed legal systems. These uncertainties may affect our decisions on the policies and actions to be taken to comply with PRC laws and regulations, and may affect our ability to enforce our rights. In addition, the regulatory uncertainties may be exploited through unmerited legal actions or threats in an attempt to extract payments or benefits from us. Such uncertainties may therefore increase our operating expenses and costs, and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. We conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, all our senior executive officers reside within China for a significant portion of the time and most are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to effect service of process upon us or those persons inside mainland China. In addition, China does not have treaties providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the Cayman Islands and many other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

Substantially all of our revenues is denominated in Renminbi. As a result, restrictions on currency exchange may limit our ability to use revenues generated in Renminbi to fund any business activities we may have outside the PRC in the future or to make dividend payments to our shareholders and ADS holders in U.S. dollars. Under current PRC laws and regulations, Renminbi is freely convertible for current account items, such as trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions and dividend distributions. However, Renminbi is not freely convertible for direct investment or loans or investments in securities outside the PRC, unless such use is approved by SAFE. For example, foreign exchange transactions under our PRC subsidiaries’ capital accounts, including principal payments in respect of foreign currency-denominated obligations, are subject to significant foreign exchange controls and the approval requirement of SAFE. These limitations could affect our ability to obtain foreign exchange for capital expenditures.

Our PRC subsidiaries are permitted to declare dividends to our offshore subsidiary holding their equity interest, convert the dividends into a foreign currency and remit to its shareholder outside the PRC. In addition, in the event that our PRC subsidiaries liquidate, proceeds from the liquidation may be converted into foreign currency and distributed outside the PRC to our overseas subsidiary holding its equity interest. Furthermore, in the event that Puxin Education liquidates, Purong Beijing may, pursuant to a power of attorney it has entered into with Mr. Yunlong Sha, Mr. Liang Gao, Mr. Gang Li, Mr. Yun Xiao, Shanghai Trustbridge, Ningbo Zhimei and Tianjin Puxian, respectively, require Mr. Yunlong Sha, Mr. Liang Gao, Mr. Gang Li, Mr. Yun Xiao, Shanghai Trustbridge, Ningbo Zhimei and Tianjin Puxian to transfer all assets they might receive in connection with the liquidation of Puxin Education to Purong Beijing at no consideration or the minimum consideration as permitted under PRC laws. Purong Beijing then may distribute such proceeds to us after converting them into foreign currency and remit them outside the PRC in the form of dividends or other distributions. Once remitted outside the PRC, dividends, distributions or other proceeds from liquidation paid to us will not be subject to restrictions under PRC regulations on its further transfer or use.

Other than the above distributions by and through our PRC subsidiaries which are permitted to be made without the necessity to obtain further approvals, any conversion of the Renminbi-denominated revenues generated by our VIE for direct investment, loan or investment in securities outside the PRC will be subject to

 

37


Table of Contents

the limitations discussed above. To the extent we need to convert and use any Renminbi-denominated revenues generated by our VIE and its subsidiaries not paid to our PRC subsidiaries and revenues generated by our PRC subsidiaries not declared and paid as dividends, the limitations discussed above will restrict the convertibility of, and our ability to directly receive and use such revenues. As a result, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, we cannot assure you that the PRC regulatory authorities will not impose more stringent restrictions on the convertibility of Renminbi in the future, especially with respect to foreign exchange transactions.

We may be required to obtain prior approval of the CSRC of the listing and trading of our ADSs on the NYSE.

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory authorities, including the MOFCOM, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, SAIC and SAFE, jointly issued the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which were subsequently amended on June 22, 2009. This regulation, among other things, requires that the listing and trading on an overseas stock exchange of securities in an offshore special purpose vehicle formed for purposes of holding direct or indirect equity interests in PRC companies and controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals be approved by the CSRC. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website the procedures for such approval process. In particular, certain documents are required to be filed with the CSRC as part of the approval procedures and it could take several months to complete the approval process.

While the implementation and interpretation of the M&A Rules and its later amendments remains unclear, we believe, based on the advice of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC counsel, that approval by the CSRC is not required for this offering because we are not a special purpose vehicle formed for listing purpose through acquisition of domestic companies that are controlled by our PRC individual shareholders, as we acquire contractual control rather than equity interests in our VIE in the PRC. However, we cannot assure you that the relevant PRC regulatory authorities, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as our PRC counsel. If the CSRC or other PRC regulatory authority subsequently determines that we need to obtain the CSRC’s approval for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory authorities. In such event, these regulatory authorities may, among other things, impose fines and penalties on or otherwise restrict our operations in the PRC or delay or restrict any remittance of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to suspend or terminate this offering before settlement and delivery of the ADSs. Any such or other actions taken could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs.

Certain PRC regulations, including the M&A Rules and national security regulations, may require a complicated review and approval process which could make it difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

The M&A Rules established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities in China by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. For example, the MOFCOM must be notified in the event a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. Although the amendment to the M&A Rules in 2016 generally eased the restrictions imposed on merger and acquisition activities, certain acquisitions of domestic companies by offshore companies that are related to or affiliated with the same entities or individuals of the domestic companies, are still subject to approval by the MOFCOM. In addition, the Implementing Rules Concerning Security Review on Mergers and Acquisitions by Foreign Investors of Domestic Enterprises, issued by the MOFCOM in August 2011, require that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors in “any industry with national security concerns” be subject to national security review by the MOFCOM. In addition, any activities attempting to circumvent such review process, including structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement, are strictly prohibited.

 

38


Table of Contents

There is significant uncertainty regarding the interpretation and implementation of these regulations relating to merger and acquisition activities in China. In addition, complying with these requirements could be time-consuming, and the required notification, review or approval process may materially delay or affect our ability to complete merger and acquisition transactions in China. As a result, our ability to seek growth through acquisitions may be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, if the MOFCOM determines that we should have obtained its approval for our entry into contractual arrangements with our VIE and its shareholders, we may be required to file for remedial approvals. We cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain such approval from the MOFCOM. We may also be subject to administrative fines or penalties by the MOFCOM that may require us to limit our business operations in the PRC, delay or restrict the conversion and remittance of our funds in foreign currencies into the PRC or take other actions that could have material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

PRC regulations relating to foreign exchange registration of overseas investment by PRC residents may subject our PRC resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into the PRC subsidiaries, limit PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us, or may otherwise adversely affect us.

The SAFE has promulgated regulations, including the Notice on Relevant Issues Relating to Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Investment and Financing and Round-Trip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or Circular 37, effective on July 4, 2014, and its appendices, that require PRC residents, including PRC institutions and individuals, to register with local branches of the SAFE in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of an offshore entity for the purpose of overseas investment and financing with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests, referred to in Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle.” The term “control” under Circular 37 is broadly defined as the operation rights, beneficiary rights or decision-making rights acquired by the PRC residents in the offshore special purpose vehicles by such means as acquisition, trust, proxy, voting rights, repurchase, convertible bonds or other arrangements. Circular 37 further requires amendment to the registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material event. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill the required registration with the SAFE, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and the special purpose vehicle may be restricted in its ability to contribute additional capital into its PRC subsidiaries. Further, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for foreign exchange evasion.

On February 13, 2015, the SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or Notice 13, which became effective on June 1, 2015. Under Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of the SAFE. The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of the SAFE.

These regulations apply to our direct and indirect shareholders who are PRC residents and may apply to any offshore acquisitions or share transfers that we make in the future if our shares are issued to PRC residents. However, in practice, different local SAFE branches may have different views and procedures on the application and implementation of SAFE regulations, and since Circular 37 was recently issued, there remains uncertainty with respect to its implementation.

As of the date of this prospectus, all PRC residents known to us that currently hold direct or indirect interests in our company have completed the necessary registrations as required by Circular 37. We cannot assure

 

39


Table of Contents

you that any shareholders or beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents will be able to successfully complete the registration or update the registration of their direct and indirect equity interest as required in the future. If any of them fail to make or update the registration, our PRC subsidiaries could be subject to fines and legal penalties, and the SAFE could restrict our cross-border investment activities and our foreign exchange activities, including restricting our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to, or obtain loans denominated in foreign currencies from, our company, or prevent us from contributing additional capital into our PRC subsidiaries. As a result, our business operations and our ability to make distributions to you could be materially and adversely affected.

Higher labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Labor costs in the PRC have increased with the PRC’s economic development. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the average wage of private education institution employees in urban cities in China increased at a CAGR of 10.8% nationwide between 2011 and 2016. We expect that our labor costs, including wages, various statutory employee benefits, including those for full-time and part-time teachers, consultants and administrative staff, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our students by increasing prices for our services, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

Employee participants in our share incentive plans who are PRC citizens may be required to register with the SAFE. We also face regulatory uncertainties in the PRC that could restrict our ability to grant share incentive awards to our employees who are PRC citizens.

Pursuant to the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in a Stock Incentive Plan of an Overseas Publicly-Listed Company issued by the SAFE on February 15, 2012, or Circular 7, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with the SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. Such PRC individuals’ foreign exchange income received from the sale of shares and dividends distributed by the overseas listed company and any other income shall be fully remitted into a collective foreign currency account in the PRC opened and managed by the PRC domestic agent before distribution to such individuals. In addition, such domestic individuals must also retain an overseas entrusted institution to handle matters in connection with their exercise of share options and their purchase and sale of shares. The PRC domestic agent also needs to update registration with the SAFE within three months after the overseas-listed company materially changes its share incentive plan or make any new share incentive plans.

From time to time, we need to apply for or update our registration with the SAFE or its local branches on behalf of our employees who receive options or other equity-based incentive grants under our share incentive plans or material changes in our share incentive plan. However, we may not always be able to make applications or update our registration on behalf of our employees who hold any type of share incentive awards in compliance with Circular 7, nor can we ensure you that such applications or update of registration will be successful. If we or the participants of our share incentive plans who are PRC citizens fail to comply with Circular 7, we and/or such participants of our share incentive plans may be subject to fines and legal sanctions, there may be additional restrictions on the ability of such participants to exercise their share options or remit proceeds gained from sale of their shares into the PRC, and we may be prevented from further granting share incentive awards under our share incentive plans to our employees who are PRC citizens.

Fluctuations in the value of the Renminbi could have a material and adverse effect on your investment.

The change in value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by various factors such as changes in political and economic conditions in the PRC. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government

 

40


Table of Contents

changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Any significant appreciation or revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material adverse effect on the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ADSs in foreign currency terms. More specifically, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. In addition, appreciation or depreciation in the exchange rate of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar could materially and adversely affect the price of our ADSs in U.S. dollars without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise,” which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.

The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules provide that enterprises established outside of the PRC whose “de facto management bodies” are located in the PRC are considered “resident enterprises” under PRC tax laws. The implementing rules define the term “de facto management bodies” as a management body which substantially manages, or has control over the business, personnel, finance and assets of an enterprise. On April 22, 2009, the SAT issued Circular 82, which provides that a foreign enterprise controlled by a PRC company or a group of PRC companies will be classified as a “resident enterprise” with its “de facto management body” located within the PRC if all of the following requirements are satisfied: (1) the senior management and core management departments in charge of its daily operations function are mainly in the PRC; (2) its financial and human resources decisions are subject to determination or approval by persons or bodies in the PRC; (3) its major assets, accounting books, company seals, and minutes and files of its board and shareholders’ meetings are located or kept in the PRC; and (4) at least half of the enterprise’s directors with voting right or senior management reside in the PRC. The SAT issued a bulletin on July 27, 2011 to provide more guidance on the implementation of Circular 82. The bulletin clarifies certain matters relating to resident status determination, post-determination administration and competent tax authorities. Although both the circular and the bulletin only apply to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises and not offshore enterprises controlled by PRC individuals, the determination criteria set forth in the circular and administration clarification made in the bulletin may reflect the general position of the SAT on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of offshore enterprises and how the administration measures should be implemented, regardless of whether they are controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC individuals.

From the year in which the entity is determined as a “resident enterprise,” any dividend, profit and other equity investment gain shall be taxed in accordance with the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules.

We believe we are not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. As the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to the determination by the PRC tax authorities, if we are deemed as a PRC “resident enterprise,” we will be subject to PRC Enterprise Income Tax on our worldwide income at a uniform tax rate of 25%, although dividends distributed to us from our existing PRC subsidiaries and any other PRC subsidiaries which we may establish from time to time could be exempt from the PRC dividend withholding tax due to our PRC “resident recipient” status. This could have a material adverse effect on our overall effective tax rate, our

 

41


Table of Contents

income tax expenses and our net income. Furthermore, dividends, if any, paid to our shareholders and ADS holders may be decreased as a result of the decrease in distributable profits. In addition, if we were to be considered a PRC “resident enterprise,” dividends we pay with respect to our ADSs or ordinary shares and the gains realized from the transfer of our ADSs or ordinary shares may be considered income derived from sources within the PRC. In such case, we may be required to withhold a 10% tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our ADSs. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 10% on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid to our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% (which, in the case of dividends, may be withheld at source). Any PRC tax liability may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty. However, it is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares.

There are significant uncertainties under the EIT Law relating to the withholding tax liabilities of our PRC subsidiaries, and dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to our offshore subsidiaries may not qualify to enjoy certain treaty benefits.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, the profits of a foreign-invested enterprise generated through operations, which are distributed to its immediate holding company outside the PRC, will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%. Pursuant to a special arrangement between Hong Kong and the PRC, such rate may be reduced to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns more than 25% of the equity interest in the PRC company. Our PRC subsidiaries are wholly owned by our Hong Kong subsidiary.

Moreover, under the Notice on Issues regarding the Administration of the Dividend Provision in Tax Treaties promulgated by the SAT on February 20, 2009, the taxpayer needs to satisfy certain conditions to enjoy the benefits under a tax treaty. These conditions include: (1) the taxpayer must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends, and (2) the corporate shareholder to receive dividends from the PRC subsidiaries must have continuously met the direct ownership thresholds during the 12 consecutive months preceding the receipt of the dividends. Further, the SAT promulgated the Notice on Issues Related to the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties on February 3, 2018, which sets forth certain detailed factors in determining the “beneficial owner” status.

Entitlement to a lower tax rate on dividends according to tax treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions is subject to inspection or approval by the relevant tax authorities. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be entitled to any preferential withholding tax rate under tax treaties for dividends received from our PRC subsidiaries.

We face uncertainty with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises, or Bulletin 7, which partially replaced and supplemented previous rules under the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698, issued by the SAT on December 10, 2009. Under Bulletin 7, an “indirect transfer” of assets by non-PRC resident enterprises, including transfers of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, may be re-characterized and treated as a direct transfer of PRC taxable assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax. According to Bulletin 7, “PRC taxable assets” include assets attributed to an establishment in the PRC, immoveable properties in the PRC, and equity investments in PRC resident enterprises. In respect of an indirect offshore transfer of assets of a PRC establishment, the relevant gain is to be

 

42


Table of Contents

regarded as effectively connected with the PRC establishment and therefore included in its enterprise income tax filing, and would consequently be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at a rate of 25%. Where the underlying transfer relates to the immoveable properties in the PRC or equity investments in a PRC resident enterprise, which is not effectively connected to a PRC establishment of a non-resident enterprise, a PRC enterprise income tax at 10% would apply, subject to available preferential tax treatment under applicable tax treaties or similar arrangements, and the party who is obligated to make the transfer payments has the withholding obligation. In addition, Bulletin 7 has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and purchases and sales of equity through a public securities market.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017 and abolished Circular 698. The Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practices and procedures for the withholding of the non-PRC resident enterprise income tax.

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructurings, sales of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries and investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxes if our company is transferor in such transactions, and may be subject to withholding obligations if our company is transferee in such transactions, under SAT Bulletin 7 and SAT Bulletin 37. For transfers of shares in our company by investors who are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filings under Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial conditions and results of operations.

The audit report included in this prospectus is prepared by auditors who are not fully inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and as such, you are deprived of the benefits of such inspection.

Our independent registered public accounting firm issues the audit report included in this prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. As auditors of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB, our independent registered public accounting firm, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. Because our auditors are located in China, a jurisdiction where PCAOB is currently unable to conduct full inspections without the approval of the Chinese authorities, our auditors are not currently inspected by PCAOB.

Inspections of other firms that PCAOB has conducted outside China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. This lack of full PCAOB inspections in China prevents PCAOB from regularly evaluating our auditor’s audits and its quality control procedures. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of PCAOB inspections.

The inability of PCAOB to conduct full inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to PCAOB inspections. Investors may lose confidence in our reported financial information and procedures and the quality of our financial statements.

 

43


Table of Contents

If additional remedial measures are imposed on the Big Four PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, in administrative proceedings brought by the SEC alleging the firms’ failure to meet specific criteria set by the SEC, we could be unable to timely file future financial statements in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

Beginning in 2011, the Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms (including our independent registered public accounting firm) were affected by a conflict between the U.S. and Chinese law. Specifically, for certain U.S.-listed companies operating and audited in China, the SEC and PCAOB sought to obtain access to the audit work papers and related documents of the Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms. The accounting firms were, however, advised and directed that, under Chinese law, they could not respond directly to the requests of the SEC and PCAOB and that such requests, and similar requests by foreign regulators for access to such papers in China, had to be channeled through the CSRC.

In late 2012, this impasse led the SEC to commence administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 against the Chinese accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm. In January 2014, the administrative law judge made an initial decision to impose penalties on the firms, including a temporary suspension of their right to practice before the SEC. The accounting firms filed a petition for review of the initial decision. On February 6, 2015, before a review by the commissioners of the SEC took place, the firms reached a settlement with the SEC. Under the settlement, the SEC accepts that future requests by the SEC for the production of documents will normally be made to the CSRC. The firms will receive matching Section 106 requests, and are required to follow a detailed set of procedures with respect to such requests, which in substance require them to facilitate production via the CSRC. If they fail to meet specified criteria, the SEC has authority to impose a variety of additional remedial measures on the firms depending on the nature of the failure. Remedies for any future noncompliance could include, as appropriate, an automatic six-month bar on a single firm’s performance of certain audit work, commencement of a new proceeding against a firm, or in extreme cases the resumption of the current proceeding against all four firms.

In the event that the SEC restarts administrative proceedings, depending upon the final outcome, listed companies in the U.S. with major PRC operations may find it difficult or impossible to retain auditors in respect of their operations in China, which could result in their financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, including possible delisting. Moreover, any negative news about any such future proceedings against the firms may cause investor uncertainty regarding China-based, U.S.-listed companies, including our company, and the market price of our shares may be adversely affected.

If our independent registered public accounting firm was denied, even temporarily, the ability to practice before the SEC and we were unable to timely find another registered public accounting firm to audit and issue an opinion on our financial statements, our financial statements could be determined not to be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Such a determination could ultimately lead to the delisting of our shares from the NYSE or deregistration from the SEC, or both, which would substantially reduce or effectively terminate the trading of our shares in the United States.

Risk Factors Related to Our ADSs and This Offering

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.

 

44


Table of Contents

The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

An active trading market for our ordinary shares or our ADSs may not develop and the trading price for our ADSs may fluctuate significantly.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or the ordinary shares underlying our ADSs. We intend to apply for listing our ADSs on the NYSE, but we cannot assure you that a liquid public market for our ADSs will develop. If an active public market for our ADSs does not develop following the completion of this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. The initial public offering price for our ADSs was determined by negotiation among us and the underwriters based upon several factors, and the trading price of our ADSs after this offering may decline below the initial public offering price. As a result, investors in our securities may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ADSs due to insufficient or a lack of market liquidity of the ADSs.

The trading price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.

The trading price of our ADSs is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, akin to the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. A number of Chinese companies have listed or are in the process of listing their securities on U.S. stock markets. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility, including price declines in connection with their initial public offerings. The trading performances of these Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the perception and attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States in general and consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance.

In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for our ADSs may be highly volatile due to a number of factors, including the following:

 

    regulatory developments affecting us or our industry, and customers of our education services;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results;

 

    changes in the market condition, market potential and competition in education services;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new education services, expansions, investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;

 

    fluctuations in global and Chinese economies;

 

    changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

 

    adverse publicity about us;

 

    additions or departures of our key personnel and senior management;

 

    release of lockup or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities; and

 

    potential litigation or regulatory investigations.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade.

 

45


Table of Contents

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our ADSs in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs. In connection with this offering, [we and our officers, directors, shareholders and certain option and warrant holders] have agreed not to sell any ordinary shares or ADSs for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have              ordinary shares outstanding, including              ordinary shares represented by              ADSs, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs. The ADSs sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining ordinary shares outstanding immediately after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the 180-day lockup period, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. In addition, the underwriters may exercise the discretion to release the securities held by the parties subject to the lockup restriction prior to the expiration of the lockup period. If the securities subject to lockup are released before the expiration of the lockup period, their sale or perceived sale into the market may cause the price of our ADSs to decline. Furthermore, certain of our convertible notes holders have the right to elect to convert the convertible notes into our ordinary shares after this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of the ADSs. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

In addition, certain of our shareholders will have the right to cause us to register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. See “Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Sales of these registered shares in the public market could cause the price of our ADSs to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our ADSs, the market price for our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ADSs will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our ADSs or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our ADSs to decline.

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on a price appreciation of our ADSs for a return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash

 

46


Table of Contents

dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ADSs. We cannot guarantee that our ADSs will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs and you may even lose your entire investment in our ADSs.

Because the initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for each ADS on a per share basis than the corresponding amount paid by existing shareholders for their ordinary shares. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately US$             per ADS. This number represents the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value US$             per ADS as of March 31, 2018, after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, which is the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the cover page of this prospectus. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our ADSs will be diluted upon the completion of this offering.

There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for 2018 or any other taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors in our ADSs or ordinary shares.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that owns at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and received directly its proportionate share of the income of the other corporation. Cash is a passive asset for purposes of the PFIC rules. Goodwill that is associated with an active income-producing activity of a non-U.S. corporation is generally an active asset unless, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the non-U.S. corporation is a controlled foreign corporation, or CFC, which is not publicly traded “for the taxable year.” We were a CFC during a portion of 2018, but do not expect to be a CFC for the remainder of 2018.

Because we were both non-publicly traded and a CFC during a portion of 2018, it is not clear whether we can use the value of our assets rather than their tax basis in determining our PFIC status for 2018. We believe it is reasonable to use our assets’ value for this purpose. Assuming this position is respected, and based upon the nature of our business, the composition of our income and assets and the estimated value of our assets, (which is based on the expected price of our ADSs), we do not expect to be a PFIC for 2018 or in the foreseeable future. However, in light of the uncertainty as to whether the value of our assets (rather than their tax basis) can be taken into account in determining our PFIC status for 2018, and because in any event we have significant cash balances (taking into account the expected proceeds from this offering), it is not clear whether we will be a PFIC for 2018.

 

47


Table of Contents

In addition, our PFIC status for any taxable year is a factual determination that can be made only after the end of such year, and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets for such year. Moreover, because we hold, and may continue to hold, a significant amount of cash, our PFIC status for any taxable year may depend on the value of our goodwill which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of our ADSs, which may change from time to time. In addition, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between us and our VIE will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules. If it were determined that we are not the owner of the stock of our VIE for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we could be treated as a PFIC. In light of the foregoing, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor holds ADSs or ordinary shares, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to such U.S. investor. See “Taxation—U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

Our memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

We plan to adopt second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our post-offering memorandum and articles of association contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction. For example, our board of directors has the authority subject to any resolution of the shareholders to the contrary, to issue preferred shares in one or more series and to fix their designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights associated with our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise. Preferred shares could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or make removal of management more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue preferred shares, the price of our ADSs may fall and the voting and other rights of the holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

The Cayman Islands courts are also unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws, or (ii) to impose liabilities against

 

48


Table of Contents

us, in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, based on certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws that are penal in nature.

There is no statutory recognition in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, although the courts of the Cayman Islands will in certain circumstances recognize and enforce a non-penal judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by our management, members of our board of directors or our large shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital—Differences in Corporate Law.”

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are a Cayman Islands company and all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Substantially all of our current operations are conducted in the PRC. In addition, a majority of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of the PRC may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies.

Because we are a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

 

    the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K with the SEC;

 

    the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

    the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

    the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis through press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the NYSE. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information, which would be made available to you, were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

 

49


Table of Contents

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NYSE corporate governance listing standards; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NYSE corporate governance listing standards.

As a Cayman Islands company listed on NYSE, we are subject to the corporate governance listing standards under the NYSE. However, NYSE Listed Company Manual permits a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country.

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the corporate governance listing standards under the NYSE. Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, differ significantly from requirements for companies incorporated in other jurisdictions such as the United States. To the extent we choose to follow home country practice with respect to corporate governance matters, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would under rules and regulations applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

The voting rights of holders of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to vote your ordinary shares.

As a holder of our ADSs, you will only be able to exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you must vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will vote the underlying ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. You will not be able to directly exercise your right to vote with respect to the underlying shares unless you withdraw the shares and become the registered holder of such shares prior to the record date for the general meeting. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the minimum notice period required for convening a general meeting is ten days.

When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice to withdraw the shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming vote and will arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

 

50


Table of Contents

The depositary for our ADSs will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our ordinary shares underlying your ADSs if you do not vote at shareholders’ meetings, except in limited circumstances, which could adversely affect your interests and the ability of our shareholders as a group to influence the management of our company.

Under the deposit agreement for the ADSs, if you do not give voting instructions to the depositary to direct how the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are voted, the depositary will give us a discretionary proxy to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs at shareholders’ meetings unless:

 

    we have failed to timely provide the depositary with notice of meeting and related voting materials;

 

    we have instructed the depositary that we do not wish a discretionary proxy to be given;

 

    we have informed the depositary that there is substantial opposition as to a matter to be voted on at the meeting;

 

    a matter to be voted on at the meeting would have a material adverse impact on shareholders; or

 

    the voting at the meeting is to be made on a show of hands.

The effect of this discretionary proxy is that if you do not give voting instructions to the depositary to direct how the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are voted, you cannot prevent the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs from being voted, except under the circumstances described above. This may make it more difficult for shareholders to influence the management of our company. Holders of our ordinary shares are not subject to this discretionary proxy.

You may not receive dividends or other distributions on our ordinary shares and you may not receive any value for them, if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to you.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not feasible to distribute certain property through the mail. Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

You may experience dilution of your holdings due to the inability to participate in rights offerings.

We may, from time to time, distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire securities. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not distribute rights to holders of ADSs unless the distribution and sale of rights and the securities to which these rights relate are either exempt from registration under the Securities Act with respect to all holders of ADSs, or are registered under the provisions of the Securities Act.

The depositary may, but is not required to, attempt to sell these undistributed rights to third parties, and may allow the rights to lapse. We may be unable to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of ADSs may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of their holdings as a result.

 

51


Table of Contents

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may close its books from time to time for a number of reasons, including in connection with corporate events such as a rights offering, during which time the depositary needs to maintain an exact number of ADS holders on its books for a specified period. The depositary may also close its books in emergencies, and on weekends and public holidays. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of our ADSs generally when our share register or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary thinks it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, have detailed requirements concerning corporate governance practices of public companies. As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth company to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

We expect these rules and regulations applicable to public companies to increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC. Our management will be required to devote substantial time and attention to our public company reporting obligations and other compliance matters. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. Our reporting and other compliance obligations as a public company may place a strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future.

In the past, shareholders of a public company often brought securities class action suits against the company following periods of instability in the market price of that company’s securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations, which could harm our results of operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

52


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in, but not limited to, the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    our goals and strategies;

 

    our ability to retain and increase our student enrollments;

 

    our ability to offer new courses and services;

 

    our ability to engage, train and retain new teachers and consultants;

 

    our ability to maintain and improve technology infrastructure necessary to operate our online platform;

 

    our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

 

    expected changes in our revenues, costs or expenditures;

 

    growth of and competition trends in our industry;

 

    our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our services and our brand;

 

    our expectation regarding the use of proceeds from this offering;

 

    general economic and business conditions in the markets in which we operate;

 

    relevant government policies and regulations relating to our corporate structure, business and industry; and

 

    assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance.

This prospectus also contains certain data and information, which we obtained from various government and private publications. Although we believe that the publications and reports are reliable, we have not independently verified the data. Statistical data in these publications includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions. If any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data is later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Although we will become a public company after this

 

53


Table of Contents

offering and have ongoing disclosure obligations under United States federal securities laws, we do not intend to update or otherwise revise the forward-looking statements in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

54


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$             million if the over-allotment option is not exercised, and US$             million if the over-allotment option is exercised, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We anticipate using the net proceeds of this offering for the following purposes:

 

    approximately 70%, or US$             million for financing potential strategic acquisitions and launch of new schools in China;

 

    approximately 15%, or US$             million for upgrading our information technology systems and promoting online platforms;

 

    approximately 10%, or US$             million for marketing and brand promotion; and

 

    the remaining amount to fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes.

The foregoing represents our current intentions with respect to the use and allocation of the net proceeds of this offering based upon our present plans and business conditions, but our management will have significant flexibility and discretion in applying the net proceeds of this offering. The occurrence of unforeseen events or changed business conditions may result in application of the proceeds of this offering in a manner other than as described in this prospectus.

In utilizing the proceeds from this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and to our VIE and its subsidiaries only through loans, and only if we satisfy the applicable government registration and approval requirements. Under the PRC laws and regulations, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are required to be filed with the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterparts and also be registered with the local banks authorized by the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC, or the SAFE. Any loan that we provide our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries may not exceed a statutory limit and is required to be filed with the SAFE after the loan agreement is signed and at least three business days prior to any drawdown by the borrower under the loan. Although it usually takes no more than 30 days to complete or receive aforesaid governmental filings, registrations or approvals after submission of all required application documents, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete or obtain these governmental filings, registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Corporate Structure—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

 

55


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we have no intention to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our shares or the ADSs representing our ordinary shares. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business.

Our board of directors has complete discretion in deciding whether to distribute dividends. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

If we pay any dividends, our ADS holders will be entitled to such dividends to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

We are a holding company with no material operations of our own. We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries in China. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. As a result, our ability to pay dividends and to finance any debt we may incur depends upon dividends paid by our subsidiaries. If our existing subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us.

 

56


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of March 31, 2018:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of 11,917,880 Series A preferred shares into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, and (ii) the conversion of convertible notes issued to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, or Haitong, and CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited, or CICC ALPHA, at the conversion price of US$             per share upon completion of this offering assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of initial public offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of 11,917,880 Series A preferred shares into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (ii) the conversion of convertible notes issued to Haitong and CICC ALPHA at the conversion price of US$             per share upon completion of this offering assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of initial public offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus, and (iii) the issuance and sale of              ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of initial public offering price shown on the front cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs).

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements, the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

    As of March 31, 2018  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma as Adjusted (1)  
    RMB     US$     RMB     US$     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Debt

           

Convertible notes

    352,520       56,200          

Promissory note

    350,215       55,833          

Derivative liabilities

    17,563       2,800          

Mezzanine equity

           

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

    71,088       11,333          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders’ deficit

           

Ordinary shares (par value of US$0.00005 per share; 988,082,120, 152,082,120, 126,778,396 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (3) on a pro forma basis and on a pro forma as adjusted basis)

    50       8          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

    545,425       86,954          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    34,990       5,578          

Accumulated deficit

    (986,321     (157,243        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ deficit of Puxin Limited

    (405,856     (64,703        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

    (48     (8        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ deficit

    (405,904     (64,711        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity and equity

    (334,816     (53,378        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our additional paid-in capital, accumulative deficit, accumulative other comprehensive income, total shareholder’s equity and total capitalization following the completion of this offering are subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

57


Table of Contents
(2) Assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, a US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ equity and total capitalization by US$             million.
(3) We issued 8,200,000 ordinary shares to Long belief Limited and 17,103,724 ordinary shares to Long favor Limited in February 2018. The purpose of issuing these shares to Long belief Limited and Long favor Limited were to establish a reserve pool for share incentive awards to our employees or for future acquisition payments. All shareholder rights of these 25,303,724 ordinary shares, including but not limited to voting rights and dividend rights, are unconditionally waived until the corresponding ordinary shares are transferred to the employees or the shareholders of future acquired entities. These 25,303,724 ordinary shares are excluded from the number of our outstanding ordinary shares in our capitalization table.

 

58


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

We conduct substantially all of our operations in China. All of our revenue, costs and expenses are denominated in Renminbi. This prospectus contains translations of certain Renminbi amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. Unless otherwise stated, the translation of Renminbi into U.S. dollars has been made at the rate of RMB6.2726 to US$1.00, the exchange rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board on March 30, 2018. We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. The PRC government imposes controls over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. On May 11, 2018, the exchange rate as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board was RMB6.3333 to US$1.00.

The following table sets forth information concerning the rates of exchange of US$1.00 into RMB for the periods indicated. These rates are provided solely for your convenience and are not necessarily the exchange rates that we used in this prospectus or will use in the preparation of our periodic reports or any other information to be provided to you.

 

     Noon Buying Rate  

Period

   Period End      Average (1)      Low      High  
     (RMB per US$1.00)  

2013

     6.0537        6.1412        6.2438        6.0537  

2014

     6.2046        6.1704        6.2591        6.0402  

2015

     6.4778        6.2869        6.4896        6.1870  

2016

     6.9430        6.6549        6.9580        6.4480  

2017

     6.5063        6.7350        6.9575        6.4773  

November

     6.6090        6.6200        6.6385        6.5967  

December

     6.5063        6.5932        6.6210        6.5063  

2018

           

January

     6.2841        6.4233        6.5263        6.2841  

February

     6.3280        6.3183        6.3471        6.2649  

March

     6.2726        6.3174        6.3565        6.2685  

April

     6.3325        6.2967        6.3340        6.2655  

May (through May 11)

     6.3333        6.3526        6.3690        6.3325  

 

Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release

Notes:

(1) Annual averages are calculated from month-end rates. Monthly averages are calculated using the average of the daily rates during the relevant period.

 

59


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares. The total number of outstanding shares that we use in the calculation of per share value does not include 8,200,000 ordinary shares held by Long belief Limited and 17,103,724 ordinary shares held by Long favor Limited which were issued to establish a reserve pool for share incentive awards to our employees or for future acquisition payments. All shareholder rights of these 25,303,724 ordinary shares, including but not limited to voting rights and dividend rights, are unconditionally waived until the corresponding ordinary shares are transferred to the employees or the shareholders of future acquired entities.

Our net tangible book value was approximately US$             million, or US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS as of March 31, 2018. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated tangible assets, less the amount of our total consolidated liabilities. Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per ordinary share, after giving effect to the proceeds we will receive from this offering, from the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after March 31, 2018, other than to give effect to our sale of the ADSs offered in this offering, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2018 would have been US$             million, or US$             per outstanding ordinary share, and US$             per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:    

 

     Per Ordinary Share      Per ADS  

Initial public offering price per ordinary share

   US$               US$           

Net tangible book value

   US$               US$           

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares and convertible notes

   US$               US$           

Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share as adjusted after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares, convertible notes and this offering

   US$               US$           

Amount of dilution in net tangible book value to new investors in this offering

   US$               US$           

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$             per ADS (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$             million, the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by US$             per ordinary share and US$             per ADS, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

60


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes according to the pro forma as adjusted basis described above as of March 31, 2018, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares (in the form of ADSs or ordinary shares) purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share/ADS paid before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses. The total number of ordinary shares does not include ordinary shares underlying the ADSs issuable upon the exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.

 

     Ordinary Shares
Purchased
     Total Consideration      Average
Price Per
Ordinary
Share
     Average
Price Per
ADS
 
     Number      %      Amount      %        

Existing shareholder

               US$               US$           

New investors

               US$               US$           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1) Assumes an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price.

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$             per ADS (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by US$             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of any outstanding share options and no vesting of any share awards as of March 31, 2018. As of March 31, 2018, there were 22,965,494 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding share options granted to the eligible persons at a weighted average exercise price of US$6.02 per ordinary share. See “Management—Share Incentive Plans.” To the extent that any of these awards are exercised or vested, there will be further dilution to new investors.

 

61


Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system, a favorable tax system, the absence of foreign exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection for investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

Our constitutional documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be subject to arbitration.

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, most of our directors and executive officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and all or a substantial portion of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It may also be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors.

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc., as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in connection with this offering under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York in connection with this offering under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Walkers, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provision of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Walkers has informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), a judgment obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands without any re-examination of the merits at common law, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment in the courts of the Cayman Islands where the judgment:

 

  (i) is final and conclusive;

 

  (ii) is one in respect of which the foreign court had jurisdiction over the defendant according to Cayman Islands conflict of law rules;

 

  (iii) is either for a liquidated sum not in respect of penalties or taxes or a fine or similar fiscal or revenue obligations or, in certain circumstances, for in personam non-money relief (following Bandone Sdn Bhd v Sol Properties Inc. [2008] CILR 301 ); and

 

62


Table of Contents
  (iv) was neither obtained in a manner, nor is of a kind enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

However, the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities law if such judgment is determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature.

Because such a determination has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such civil liability judgments from U.S. courts would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands.

People’s Republic of China

Tian Yuan Law Firm has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions.

Tian Yuan Law Firm has advised us further that under PRC law, a foreign judgment, which does not otherwise violate basic legal principles, state sovereignty, safety or social public interest, may be recognized and enforced by a PRC court, based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. As there existed no treaty or other form of reciprocity between China and the U.S. or Cayman Islands governing the recognition and enforcement of judgments as of the date of this prospectus, including those predicated upon the liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws, there is uncertainty whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce judgments rendered by United States courts or Cayman Islands courts.

 

63


Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

Our History

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In September 2014, Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (formerly known as Beijing Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.), or Puxin Education, was incorporated in Beijing, China. We operate our business through Puxin Education in China.

Beginning in March 2017, we underwent a series of restructuring in contemplation of this offering. In particular:

 

    Incorporation of the listing entity . In March 2017, we incorporated Puxin Limited under the laws of the Cayman Islands as our proposed listing entity in the Cayman Islands.

 

    Incorporation of Hong Kong and PRC subsidiaries . In April 2017, we established a wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited, or Prepshine Holdings, to be our intermediate holding company and to facilitate our initial public offering in the United States. In January 2018, we also established a wholly-owned subsidiary in China, Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., or Purong Beijing, through which we obtained control over Puxin Education based on a series of contractual arrangements entered into on February 5, 2018.

 

    Contractual arrangements . Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership in education services, we carry out our business in China through Puxin Education and its subsidiaries. On February 5, 2018, we, through our PRC subsidiary, Purong Beijing, entered into a series of contractual arrangements with (i) Puxin Education, and (ii) the shareholders of Puxin Education, to obtain effective control of our VIE. On February 25, 2018, we amended the agreements of the contractual arrangements to reflect the change of Puxin Education’s shareholders.

Subsequent to the establishment of Puxin Education, we acquired and established a number of entities to grow our business. See “—Our Corporate Structure.” From 2015 to 2017, the total number of our learning centers increased from 99 as of December 31, 2015 to 231 as of December 31, 2016, and further increased to 400 as of December 31, 2017. As of March 31, 2018, we had 397 learning centers.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure

The following diagram illustrates our corporate structure immediately following the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Mr. Liang Gao, Mr. Gang Li, Mr. Yun Xiao, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership hold a 5.698%, 3.419%, 1.140%, 18.233%, 3.6335% and 3.6335% equity interest in Puxin Education, respectively.

The following table presents information about Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holdings Limited, ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. and other 39 directly and wholly-owned subsidiaries of Puxin Education.

 

Name of Wholly-owned Subsidiary  

Time of Acquisition* or
Establishment

 

Brand Name

1   Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Established in July 2015   Meitong

 

65


Table of Contents
Name of Wholly-owned Subsidiary  

Time of Acquisition* or
Establishment

 

Brand Name

2   Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holdings Limited   Acquired in August 2017   Global Education
3  

ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

  Acquired in July 2017   ZMN Education
4   Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Established in September 2014  

Shangxin

Beijing Hope

Beijing Quakers Education

5   Taiyuan Puxin Culture and Arts Co., Ltd.  

Acquired in April 2015

  Taiyuan Fubusi
6   Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in May 2015  

Guangzhou Lixiang

Guangzhou Yingxun

7   Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Established in June 2015   —  
8   Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Acquired in June 2015   Taiyuan Mercan Education
9   Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Acquired in June 2015  

Tianjin Shengjia

10   Beijing Puda Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Established in August 2015   —  
11   Dalian Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in August 2015   Dalian Oriental Magic Arts
12   Shenyang Meitong Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in August 2015  

Shenyang Oriental Magic Arts

Shenyang Being

13   Beijing Pule Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Established in September 2015   —  
14   Jinan Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in October 2015   Jinan Daozhen
15   Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in November 2015   Beijing Ruibao
16   Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in November 2015   Guiyang Tiantian
17   Lighthouse Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in November 2015   Lighthouse Beijing
18   Beijing Jiameixin Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in December 2015   Beijing YESSAT
19   Jinan Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in December 2015   Jinan Delin
20   Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in January 2016   Jinan Qiru
21   Nanjing Diyu Investment Management Co., Ltd.   Acquired in January 2016   Nanjing Innovation
22   Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in January 2016   Shaoxing Lingxian
23   Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.   Established in January 2016   —  
24   Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in February 2016   Ningbo Wei’en

 

66


Table of Contents
Name of Wholly-owned Subsidiary  

Time of Acquisition* or
Establishment

 

Brand Name

25   Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in March 2016   Chengdu Shucai
26   Nanjing Dreams & Stars Information Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in March 2016   Nanjing Zhumengtang
27   Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Established in March 2016   —  
28   Shenzhen Davis Information Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in April 2016   Shenzhen Daiweisi
29   Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in May 2016   Shanghai Xinkebiao
30   Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in July 2016   Luoyang Caihong
31   Beijing Pule Travel Co., Ltd.   Established in August 2016   —  
32   Dalian Pude Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Acquired in November 2016   Dalian Tongfang
33   Xi’an Shanghe Culture Development Co., Ltd.   Acquired in November 2016   Xi’an Yangjian
34   Luzhou Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd.   Acquired in December 2016   Luzhou Hanlin
35   Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in January 2017   Beijing Puxing
36   Shenyang Puxin Yingcai Education Consulting Co., Ltd.   Established in February 2017   Shenyang Yingcai
37   Chongqing Puxin Technology Co., Ltd. (1)   Acquired in April 2017   Chongqing Wuyou
38   Shenyang Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in May 2017   Shenyang Zhongying Yulong
39   Jilin Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in June 2017   Jilin Shiji Dongfang
40   Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education Training Co., Ltd. (2)   Acquired in June 2017   Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang
41   Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.   Acquired in July 2017   Fuzhou Xueyoufang
42   Hangzhou Puxin Technology Co., Ltd. (3)   Acquired in September 2017  

Hangzhou Feiyue

Hangzhou Yulan

 

* Time of acquisition refers to the time when we obtained effective control over the operations and management of the entities acquired.
(1) Puxin Education is in the process of being registered with local government authorities as shareholder of Chongqing Puxin Technology Co., Ltd.
(2) Puxin Education is in the process of being registered with local government authorities as shareholder of Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education Training Co., Ltd.
(3) Puxin Education is in the process of being registered with local government authorities as shareholder of Hangzhou Puxin Technology Co., Ltd.

Contractual Arrangements with Puxin Education

PRC laws and regulations place certain restrictions on foreign investment in and ownership of private education businesses. We conduct our operations in the PRC principally through our VIE, namely Puxin Education, and its subsidiaries. We have effective control over our VIE and its subsidiaries through a series of contractual arrangements among our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary Purong Beijing, our VIE and its shareholders.

 

67


Table of Contents

The contractual arrangements, as described in more detail below, collectively allow us to:

 

    exercise effective control over each of our VIE and its subsidiaries;

 

    receive substantially all of the economic benefits of our VIE and its subsidiaries; and

 

    have an exclusive call option to purchase all or part of the equity interests in and/or assets of each of our VIE and its subsidiaries when and to the extent permitted by PRC laws.

As a result of these contractual arrangements, we are the primary beneficiary of our VIE and its subsidiaries, and, therefore, have consolidated the financial results of our VIE and its subsidiaries in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Below is a summary of the currently effective contractual arrangements by and among our wholly-owned subsidiary Purong Beijing, our VIE and its shareholders.

Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement

Pursuant to the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement among Purong Beijing, our VIE and the shareholders of our VIE, Purong Beijing has the exclusive right to provide or designate any third party to provide, among other things, education management consultancy services, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support to our VIE and its subsidiaries. In exchange, our VIE and its subsidiaries pay service fees to Purong Beijing in an amount at Purong Beijing’s discretion. Without the prior written consent of Purong Beijing, our VIE and its subsidiaries cannot accept services provided by or establish similar cooperation relationship with any third party. Purong Beijing owns the exclusive intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement unless otherwise provided by PRC laws or regulations. The agreement was entered into on February 5, 2018 and became effective on February 5, 2018 and will remain effective unless unanimously agreed by the parties concerned or unilaterally terminated by Purong Beijing with a written notice. This agreement was amended on February 25, 2018 because Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd., or Shanghai Trustbridge, became a shareholder of Puxin Education. Unless otherwise required by applicable PRC laws, our VIE and its shareholders do not have any right to terminate the exclusive service agreement.

Exclusive Call Option Agreement

Under the exclusive call option agreement among Purong Beijing, our VIE and its shareholders, each of the shareholders of our VIE irrevocably granted Purong Beijing a right to purchase, or designate a third party to purchase, all or any part of their equity interests in our VIE at a purchase price equal to the lowest price permissible by the then-applicable PRC laws and regulations at Purong Beijing’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC law. The shareholders of our VIE shall promptly give all considerations they received from the exercise of the options to Puxin Education, Purong Beijing or a designated third party of Purong Beijing. Without Purong Beijing’s prior written consent, our VIE and its shareholders shall not enter into any major contract or transfer any equity of our VIE. Without Purong Beijing’s prior written consent, our VIE and its shareholders shall not sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of any of our VIE’s assets or allow any encumbrance of any assets, except for the disposal or the encumbrances of the assets that are treated as necessary for their daily business operations with the value of the assets involved in a single transaction not exceeding RMB100,000. Our VIE shall not be dissolved or liquidated without the written consent by Purong Beijing. This agreement was entered into on February 5, 2018 and became effective on February 5, 2018 and shall remain in effect upon expiry or early termination of this agreement. This agreement was amended on February 25, 2018 because Shanghai Trustbridge became a shareholder of Puxin Education.

Equity Pledge Agreement

Under the equity interest pledge agreement among Purong Beijing, our VIE and its shareholders, our VIE’s shareholders pledged all of their equity of our VIE to Purong Beijing as security for performance of the

 

68


Table of Contents

obligations of our VIE and its shareholders under the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreements. If any of the specified events of default occurs, Purong Beijing may exercise the right to enforce the pledge immediately. Purong Beijing may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the equity pledge agreement to its designee(s) at any time. The equity pledge agreement is binding on our VIE’s shareholders and their successors. The equity pledge agreement became effective on February 5, 2018 and the pledge under the equity pledge agreement became effective on February 5, 2018 and will remain in effect until the fulfillment of all the obligations under the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreements. This agreement was amended on February 25, 2018 because Shanghai Trustbridge became a shareholder of Puxin Education. The pledge of the equity interests of Shanghai Trustbridge became effective on February 26, 2018.

Powers of Attorney

Pursuant to the powers of attorney executed by our VIE and our VIE’s shareholders, each of them irrevocably authorized Purong Beijing to act on their respective behalf as exclusive agent and attorney, to the extent permitted by law, with respect to all rights of shareholders concerning all the equity interest and sponsor interest held by each of them in our VIE or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to proposing to convene or attend shareholder meetings, board meetings or council meetings, signing the resolutions and minutes of such meetings, exercising all the rights as shareholders or sponsors (including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights, appointment rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all the equity or the sponsor interest held in part or in whole).

Spousal Consent Letters

Pursuant to the spousal consent letters executed by the spouses of certain shareholders of our VIE, the signing spouses confirm and agree to the execution of the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the equity pledge agreement described above by the applicable shareholders. They further undertake not to hinder the disposal of the equity and not to make any assertions in connection with the equity of our VIE held by the applicable shareholders, and confirm that the applicable shareholders can perform the relevant transaction documents described above and further amend or terminate such transaction documents without the authorization or consent from such spouse. The spouse of each applicable shareholder agrees and undertakes that if he/she obtains any equity of our VIE held by the applicable shareholders for any reasons, he/she would be bound by the transaction documents described above.

Letters of Commitment

Pursuant to the letters of commitment executed by the shareholders of Shanghai Trustbridge and the partners of Tianjin Puxian Education Technology Limited Partnership, or Tianjin Puxian, and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, or Ningbo Zhimei, which are the shareholders of our VIE, all the shareholders of Shanghai Trustbridge and all the partners of Tianjin Puxian and Ningbo Zhimei irrecoverably promise that they will not pledge, sell or dispose of the equity interest or the partnership interest in Shanghai Trustbridge, Tianjin Puxian or Ningbo Zhimei held by them, respectively, grant a security interest or a priority right in such equity interest or partnership interest to any third party or enter into any transactions with the same economic results that may affect the priority of the equity pledge and the stable implementation of structural contracts, including the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management service and business cooperation agreement, the equity pledge agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreements.

Loan Agreements

Pursuant to the loan agreement among Purong Beijng and Ningbo Zhimei, Purong Beijing has granted an interest-free loan to Ningbo Zhimei, the shareholder of our VIE, which may only be used for the purpose of

 

69


Table of Contents

acquiring its equity interests in the VIE. Purong Beijing may require acceleration of repayment at its absolute discretion. When Ningbo Zhimei makes early repayment of the outstanding amount, Purong Beijing or a third party designated by it may purchase the equity interests held by Ningbo Zhimei in our VIE at a price equal to the outstanding amount of the loan, subject to any applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations. Ningbo Zhimei undertakes not to enter into any prohibited transactions in relation to our VIE, including the transfer of any business, material assets or equity interests in our VIE to any third party.

Pursuant to the loan agreement between Purong Beijing and Mr. Yunlong Sha, Purong Beijing has granted an interest-free loan to Mr. Yunlong Sha, the shareholder of our VIE, which may only be used for acquiring the equity interests in our VIE from certain former shareholders. Purong Beijing may require acceleration of repayment at its absolute discretion. When Mr. Yunlong Sha makes early repayment of the outstanding amount, Purong Beijing or a third party designated by it may purchase the corresponding equity interests held by him in our VIE at a price equal to the outstanding amount of the loan, subject to any applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations. Mr. Yunlong Sha undertakes not to enter into any prohibited transactions in relation to our VIE, including the transfer of any business, material assets or equity interests in our VIE to any third party.

In the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC legal counsel, the contractual arrangements among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and its shareholders are valid, binding and enforceable under current PRC law. However, these contractual arrangements may not be as effective in providing control as direct ownership. There are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations. For a description of the risks related to our corporate structure, please see “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Corporate Structure.”

 

70


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA

We present below our selected consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and the selected consolidated balance sheets data as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of Puxin Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2018 have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of Puxin Limited included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results for any future periods.

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Summary of Consolidated Statements of Operations:

           

Net revenues

    439,181       1,282,562       204,471       198,203       495,708       79,028  

Cost of revenues (including share-based compensation expenses of nil, RMB1,152, RMB46 and RMB976 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    257,995       794,342       126,637       120,075       273,458       43,596  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    181,186       488,220       77,834       78,128       222,250       35,432  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

           

Selling expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB991, RMB3,058, RMB527 and RMB2,236 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    123,370       444,927    

 

70,932

 

    54,920       164,647       26,249  

General and administrative expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB50,272, RMB51,625, RMB8,619 and RMB282,202 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    185,496       362,748       57,831       54,177       383,373       61,119  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    308,866       807,675       128,763       109,097       548,020       87,368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents
    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Operating loss

    (127,680     (319,455     (50,929     (30,969     (325,770     (51,936
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

    —         5,556       886       —         5,040       803  

Interest income

    464       549       88       346       103       16  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

    —         70,336       11,213       —         23,665       3,773  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         900       143  

Loss before income taxes

    (127,216     (394,798     (62,940     (30,623     (355,272     (56,639

Income tax expenses (benefits)

    388       2,436       388       189       (223     (36
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (127,604     (397,234     (63,328     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest

    (48     79       13       (16     (25     (4

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

    (127,556     (397,313     (63,341     (30,796     (355,024     (56,599

 

72


Table of Contents

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2016      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Current assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,109        164,684        26,255        66,019        10,525  

Inventories

     —          10,408        1,659        9,522        1,518  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     36,262        132,473        21,119        145,435        23,186  

Amounts due from a related party

     9        113        18        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     136,380        307,678        49,051        220,976        35,229  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

              

Restricted cash

     5,409        24,478        3,902        28,472        4,539  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     33,723        221,212        35,266        225,605        35,967  

Intangible assets

     55,167        243,927        38,888        235,875        37,604  

Goodwill

     346,972        1,152,913        183,802        1,152,913        183,801  

Deferred tax assets

     637        3,012        480        5,203        829  

Rental deposit

     15,829        55,173        8,796        58,609        9,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

     457,737        1,700,715        271,134        1,706,677        272,084  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

     594,117        2,008,393        320,185        1,927,653        307,313  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     173,395        350,446        55,869        383,471        61,134  

Income taxes payable

     2,925        10,022        1,598        11,646        1,857  

Deferred revenue

     318,319        1,035,370        165,062        875,217        139,530  

Amounts due to related parties

     3,048        3,836        612        180,000        28,696  

Deferred tax liabilities

     13,734        77,580        12,368        75,516        12,039  

Franchise deposits

     —          3,856        615        1,221        195  

Convertible notes

     —          499,192        79,583        352,520        56,200  

Promissory note

     —          162,658        25,932        350,215        55,833  

Derivative liabilities

     —          18,218        2,904        17,563        2,800  

Warrants

     —          —          —          15,100        2,407  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     511,421        2,161,178        344,543        2,262,469        360,691  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mezzanine equity

     120,000        120,000        19,131        71,088        11,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Puxin Limited shareholders’ deficit

     (37,202      (272,762      (43,485      (405,856      (64,703
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     (102      (23      (4      (48      (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deficit

     (37,304      (272,785      (43,489      (405,904      (64,711
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and total shareholders’ deficit

     594,117        2,008,393        320,185        1,927,653        307,313  

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements which are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we also use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss as additional non-GAAP financial measures. We present these non-GAAP financial measures because they are used by our management to evaluate our operating performance. We also believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated results of operations in the same manner as our management and in comparing financial results across accounting periods and to those of our peer companies.

 

73


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance. Investors are encouraged to compare the historical non-GAAP financial measures with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to our data. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss, which excludes depreciation, amortization, interest expense, interest income and income tax expenses (benefits), before share-based compensation expenses, loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants and loss on extinguishment of convertible notes. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

     (127,604      (397,234      (63,328      (30,812      (355,049      (56,603

Add:

                 

Income tax expenses (benefits)

     388        2,436        388        189        (223      (36

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     3,735        20,545        3,275        2,707        13,347        2,128  

Amortization of intangible assets

     10,158        23,644        3,769        4,241        8,052        1,284  

Interest expense

            5,556        886        —          5,040        803  

Interest income

     (464      (549      (88      (346      (103      (16

EBITDA

     (113,787      (345,602      (55,098      (24,021      (328,936      (52,440

Add:

                 

Share-based compensation expenses

     51,263        55,835        8,901        9,192        285,414        45,502  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

            70,336        11,213        —          23,665        3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

                                 900        143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     (62,524      (219,431      (34,984      (14,829      (18,957      (3,022
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before share-based compensation expenses, loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants and loss on extinguishment of convertible notes. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

     (127,604      (397,234      (63,328      (30,812      (355,049      (56,603

Add:

                 

Share-based compensation expenses,

     51,263        55,835        8,901        9,192        285,414        45,502  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

            70,336        11,213        —          23,665        3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

                                 900        143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

     (76,341      (271,063      (43,214      (21,620      (45,070      (7,185
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key Operating Data

The following table presents our key operating data for the periods indicated:

 

    

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

    For the Three
months ended
March 31,
2018
 
     2016     2017    

Student enrollments (1)

      

K-12 tutoring services

     451,353       1,238,070       244,638  

Study-abroad tutoring services

     3,592       37,653       16,335  

Number of learning centers (2)

     231       400       397  

K-12 group class student retention rate (3)

     65.1     70.1     78.9

K-12 course withdrawal rate (4)

     4.7     4.7     4.2

 

(1) Refers to the cumulative total number of courses registered and paid for by our students during a given period of time; if one student enrolls in multiple courses, it will be counted as multiple student enrollments.
(2) Refers to the total number of locations of our premises providing educational services.
(3) Refers to the number of students who continue to enroll in K-12 tutoring group class courses (excluding promotional programs) at our schools operating under our management for over 12 months after completing a K-12 tutoring group class course in a particular period as a percentage of the total number of students who complete K-12 tutoring group class courses during the same period.
(4) Refers to the number of students withdrawing from a K-12 course as a percentage of the total number of students enrolled in that course at the beginning.

 

75


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data and Operating Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a successful consolidator of the after-school education industry in China. We have strong acquisition and integration capabilities to effectively improve education quality and operational performance of acquired schools. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have grown rapidly and became the third largest after-school education service provider in China in 2017 in terms of student enrollments, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. Since our inception, we have acquired 48 schools and built a nationwide network of 397 learning centers across 35 cities in China as of March 31, 2018. Our total student enrollments increased 180.4% from 454,945 in 2016 to 1,275,723 in 2017, representing the fastest growth among major after-school education service providers in China, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. In the first quarter of 2017 and 2018, our total student enrollments were 185,446 and 260,973, respectively.

We offer a full spectrum of K-12 and study-abroad tutoring programs designed to help students achieve academic excellence, as well as prepare for admission tests and applications for top schools, universities and graduate programs in China and other countries. In addition to classroom-based tutoring, we have also developed online and mobile applications to increase students’ after-class exposure to our services and enhance their learning experience.

Our net revenues increased by 192.0% from RMB439.2 million in 2016 to RMB1,282.6 million (US$204.5 million) in 2017. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our net revenues reached RMB495.7 million (US$79.0 million), an increase of 150.1% from RMB198.2 million for the same period in 2017. Our net loss was RMB127.6 million, RMB397.2 million (US$63.3 million) and RMB355.0 million (US$56.6 million) in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, our deferred revenue was RMB318.3 million, RMB1,035.4 million (US$165.1 million) and RMB875.2 million (US$139.5 million), respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was RMB(62.5) million and RMB(219.4) million (US$(35.0) million) in 2016 and 2017, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, our adjusted EBITDA was RMB(14.8) million and RMB(19.0) million (US$(3.0) million), respectively. For a detailed description of our non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

Effect of Acquisition of ZMN Education

On July 31, 2017, we acquired ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd., or ZMN Education. Since the date of the acquisition, ZMN Education has been our wholly owned subsidiary and has been consolidated into our results of operations.

Prior to the acquisition, ZMN Education had net revenues of RMB197.4 million and RMB136.4 million, operating expenses of RMB144.3 million and RMB91.1 million and net loss of RMB64.4 million and RMB12.7 million in 2016 and for the period from January 1, 2017 to July 31, 2017, respectively, which are not included in our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

ZMN Education contributed RMB39.9 million (US$6.4 million) to our net revenues and RMB43.8 million (US$7.0 million) to our total cost of revenues from July 31, 2017, when we acquired ZMN Education, to

 

76


Table of Contents

December 31, 2017. In the first quarter of 2018, ZMN Education contributed RMB29.0 million (US$4.6 million) to our net revenues and RMB21.8 million (US$3.5 million) to our cost of revenues. For the period from July 31, 2017 to December 31, 2017, ZMN Education had selling expenses of RMB34.4 million (US$5.5 million) and general and administrative expenses of RMB23.2 million (US$3.7 million). For the three months ended March 31, 2018, ZMN Education had selling expenses of RMB15.8 million (US$2.5 million) and general and administrative expenses of RMB13.4 million (US$2.1 million). As a result, ZMN Education incurred operating loss of RMB61.5 million (US$9.8 million) for the period from July 31, 2017 to December 31, 2017 and RMB22.0 million (US$3.5 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Intangible assets identified in connection with our acquisition of ZMN Education are subject to amortization. Amortization expenses of RMB2.5 million (US$0.4 million) were recognized in 2017. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had RMB324.4 million (US$51.7 million) of goodwill in connection with our acquisition of ZMN Education, which represented approximately 16.2% of our total assets. Goodwill is an unidentifiable asset and is not amortized. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the end of the fourth quarter of each year, or earlier if impairment indicators arise. No impairment charge was recognized for the goodwill of ZMN Education for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Effect of Acquisition of Global Education

On August 16, 2017, we acquired Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd., or Global Education. Since the date of the acquisition, Global Education has been our wholly owned subsidiary and has been consolidated into our results of operations.

Prior to the acquisition, Global Education had net revenues of RMB653.0 million and RMB421.4 million, operating expenses of RMB441.7 million and RMB275.2 million and net loss of RMB82.7 million and RMB48.2 million in 2016 and for the period from January 1, 2017 to August 16, 2017, respectively, which are not included in our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Global Education contributed RMB197.9 million (US$31.5 million) to our net revenues and RMB117.6 million (US$18.7 million) to our total cost of revenues from August 16, 2017, when we acquired Global Education, to December 31, 2017. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, Global Education contributed RMB156.1 million (US$24.9 million) to our net revenues and RMB69.6 million (US$11.1 million) to our total cost of revenues. For the period from August 16, 2017 to December 31, 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018, Global Education had selling expenses of RMB108.9 million (US$17.4 million) and RMB68.1 million (US$10.9 million), respectively, and general and administrative expenses of RMB46.1 million (US$7.3 million) and RMB27.1 million (US$4.3 million), respectively. As a result, Global Education incurred operating loss of RMB74.7 million (US$11.9 million) for the period from August 16, 2017 to December 31, 2017 and RMB8.7 million (US$1.4 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Definite intangible assets identified in connection with our acquisition of Global Education are subject to amortization. Amortization expenses of RMB0.7 million (US$0.1 million) and RMB0.5 million (US$0.1 million) were recognized in 2017 and the first quarter of 2018. In addition, as of December 31, 2017, we had RMB323.4 million (US$51.6 million) of goodwill in connection with our acquisition of Global Education, which represented approximately 16.1% of our total assets. No impairment charge was recognized for the goodwill of Global Education for the year ended December 31, 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Major Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We operate in China’s after-school education market, and our results of operations and financial condition are significantly affected by general factors driving this market. China’s rapid economic growth and higher per capita disposable income have led to both increased spending on after-school education services and intensified competition for high-quality education resources.

 

77


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we expect to benefit from the positive effect of China’s new population policies. In recent years, China has relaxed its “One-Child Policy.” Starting from 2015, each family is allowed to have two children. We believe in coming years this change in policy will drive the growth of K-12 student population and in turn the demand for after-school education services.

We are also affected by the regulatory environment governing the PRC after-school education industry, including the qualification and licensing requirements for entities providing education services.

In addition to general economic conditions and industry factors, we believe the following company-specific factors have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on our results of operations.

Number of Student Enrollments

Our revenues primarily consist of tuition from students enrolled in our courses and consulting programs, which is directly driven by the increase in student enrollments. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, our total student enrollments were 454,945, 1,275,723 and 260,973, respectively. Our growth in student enrollments is directly affected by our ability to recruit new students and retain our current students.

Our ability to attract new students is largely dependent on our reputation and brand recognition and the varieties of our courses and service offerings. Our reputation and brand recognition were primarily driven by the proven academic performance of our students and the high-quality of our teaching faculty. Besides, we have expanded our service offerings to a full spectrum of after-school education services to students of all age groups in various class formats since establishment. Currently, our course and service offerings cover all core subjects in China’s school curricula at each grade level of the K-12 system, as well as certain extra-curricular courses, such as painting and calligraphy. We initially offered group class tutoring services and personalized tutoring services in May 2015 and began offering online courses in August 2017. We started study-abroad test preparation courses and study-abroad consulting services in July 2015 and September 2015, respectively. By acquiring Global Education in August 2017, we have further expanded our course and service offerings and strengthened our brand recognition.

In addition, a high K-12 group class student retention rate has also contributed to our total student enrollment growth. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, the K-12 group class student retention rate of our schools operating under our management for over 12 months reached 65.1%, 70.1% and 78.9%, respectively, as a result of our high-quality services and the high satisfaction rate of our current students and their parents. Besides, our expansion of courses and service offerings also allows us to conduct cross-selling, improve student stickiness to realize synergies across business lines and maximize student lifetime value for our long-term growth.

We expect our student enrollments will continue to grow and our net revenues will continue to grow. We believe that the after-school education market is less sensitive to changes in economic conditions, and we therefore do not expect the changes in macro-economic conditions to have any immediate significant impact on our business.

Network of Learning Centers

Our ability to expand our network of learning centers is one of the most important factors affecting our results of operations. We have expanded our network primarily through acquisitions. This approach enables us to acquire large student base in a new market with customer acquisition and marketing costs in a cost-effective manner by leveraging the well-established reputation of the acquired schools in local markets. We also build schools and learning centers by ourselves to expand our network when we identify good opportunities.

Our learning centers grew from 99 as of December 31, 2015 to 231 as of December 31, 2016 and to 400 as of December 31, 2017. The number of our learning centers slightly decreased to 397 as of March 31, 2018,

 

78


Table of Contents

reflecting the combination of 25 learning centers we closed and 22 learning centers we constructed in the first quarter of 2018. We closed the 25 learning centers during our integration process of acquired schools, some of which were combined with other learning centers to improve operational efficiency of our learning centers. The table below sets forth the number of our learning centers in operating throughout the period indicated and the number of our newly acquired and constructed centers during each period:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the
Three Months
Ended
March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2018  

Learning centers at the beginning of the period

     99        231        400  

Newly acquired learning centers during the period

     119        155        —    

Newly constructed learning centers during the period

     33        46        22  

Closed or suspended learning centers during the period

     (20      (32      (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Learning centers at the end of the period

     231        400        397  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The table below sets forth cohort analyses of schools we acquired and constructed in 2015 and 2016 for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  

Schools under our management since 2015 (1)

       

Student enrollments:

       

Regular-priced K-12 tutoring programs (number of enrollments)

    270,879       348,140       60,914       71,272  

Study-abroad tutoring programs (number of enrollments)

    1,573       2,404       395       569  

Net revenues (in millions of RMB)

    291       419       96       120  

Gross margin

    43.3     41.7     43.2     45.6

Selling expenses as a percentage of net revenues

    25.8     24.9     23.7     21.6

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues

    23.0     17.9     19.2     13.3

Operating margin

    (5.5 )%      (1.2 )%      0.2     10.8

Schools under our management since 2016 (2)

       

Student enrollments:

       

Regular-priced K-12 tutoring programs (number of enrollments)

    81,505       162,069       63,549       84,475  

Study-abroad tutoring programs (number of enrollments)

    1,814       3,975       1,200       1,535  

Net revenues (in millions of RMB)

    120       203       95       135  

Gross margin

    38.8     41.7     36.4     40.3

Selling expenses as a percentage of net revenues

    32.0     26.5     31.0     26.5

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues

    22.9     16.0     15.7     10.5

Operating margin

    (16.1 )%      (0.8 )%      (10.3 )%      3.3

 

(1) Includes schools we acquired and we built in 2015. The data for schools under our management since 2015 reflect the full-year results of these schools in 2016 and 2017 and their results in the first quarter of 2017 and 2018.
(2) Includes schools we acquired and we built in 2016. To make a comparable comparison for the data of these schools in 2016 and 2017, the 2016 data for these schools reflect the results for the period from the first full quarter after we started to operate each of such schools to the end of 2016 and the 2017 data reflect the results of each school during the respective corresponding period in 2017. The data for these schools for the first quarter in 2017 and 2018 reflect their quarterly results in the first quarter of 2017 and 2018.

 

79


Table of Contents

We plan to continue to grow our network of learning centers primarily through acquisitions, which will enable us to enlarge our nationwide coverage, penetrate target markets where we do not have presence currently and enhance our market position where we already operate in.

Pricing

Our revenues and profitability are directly affected by the pricing for our services. For K-12 tutoring and study-abroad test preparation courses, we typically charge students tuition based on the hourly rate of the student’s course type and the total number of class hours the student takes. We set hourly rates for our courses based on a number of factors, including class size, course type, customer segmentation, geographic location of the course offered and our competitors’ fee rates for similar offerings. For study-abroad consulting services, we charge students fees based on the overall services we provide to them, such as preparing application materials based on their target schools and universities, making study plans and preparing visa applications.

In addition to courses we offer at our regular prices, we also offer promotional K-12 tutoring programs to attract new students primarily during the summer and winter breaks, as well as the Labor Day and National Day holidays in China. The prices for such promotional programs are usually at a substantial discount of our regular tuition fees. As a result, the profit margin of our promotional tutoring programs is lower than our regular tutoring programs, and the mix of our regular tutoring programs and promotional tutoring programs affects our profitability.

For each acquired school, we usually continue to follow its tuition fee standards prior to our acquisition to maintain the stable student retention and operations of the school. We may adjust the tuition fees for new contracts when the acquired school’s product and service quality has been improved. The tuition fee levels of our schools remained relatively stable in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018. In the long run, we seek to gradually increase our tuition fee level without compromising our student enrollments.

Our Ability to Control Costs and Improve Our Operating Efficiency

Our profitability depends significantly on our ability to control our costs and improve our operating efficiency.

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of teaching staff costs, rental and facility maintenance expenses for our learning centers. Teaching staff costs depend on the number of our teaching staff and their level of compensation. We offer attractive compensation to our teachers to attract and retain the best teaching talent. The number of our full-time teachers and consultants increased from 1,914 as of December 31, 2016 to 4,388 as of December 31, 2017, in line with our efforts to enhance our teaching quality, the growth of student enrollments and the expansion of our network and course offerings. As of March 31, 2018, we had 4,233 full-time teachers and consultants. We are able to improve our operating efficiency and operating leverage through increased classroom utilization and increased number of courses that each teacher instructs, which allows us to increase our gross margin.

Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing expenses, and general and administrative expenses. Historically, we have incurred relatively low sales and marketing expenses primarily because we expanded student base through acquisitions of schools and relied on word-of-mouth referrals to recruit new students.

Going forward, we expect that our total costs and expenses will increase in line with the expansion of our network and education service offerings and additional costs and expenses associated with becoming a public company. However, this increase is likely to be partially offset by our increasing economies of scale and improved operating efficiency.

 

80


Table of Contents

Key Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenues

Our net revenues primarily consist of revenues generated from (i) K-12 tutoring services, and (ii) study-abroad tutoring services, consisting of study-abroad test preparation services and study-abroad consulting services. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we derived substantially all of our net revenues from tuition that we charge our students for these services.

In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we generated net revenues of RMB439.2 million, RMB1,282.6 million (US$204.5 million) and RMB495.7 million (US$79.0 million), respectively. The following table sets forth the breakdown of our total net revenues, both in absolute amounts and as a percentage of total net revenues, for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
    (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Net revenues :

                   

K-12 tutoring services

    370,712       84.4       884,148       140,954       68.9       176,112       88.9       276,568       44,091       55.8  

Study-abroad tutoring services (1)

    68,469       15.6       398,414       63,517       31.1       22,091       11.1       219,140       34,937       44.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenues

    439,181       100.0       1,282,562       204,471       100.0       198,203       100.0       495,708       79,028       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of study-abroad test preparation services and study-abroad consulting services.

K-12 Tutoring Services

In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, our net revenues from K-12 tutoring services were RMB370.7 million, RMB884.1 million (US$141.0 million) and RMB276.6 million (US$44.1 million), representing 84.4%, 68.9% and 55.8% of our total net revenues, respectively. We typically collect tuition from students in advance for the classes that they purchase and record the tuition initially as deferred revenues. We recognize tuition as revenues proportionally as the tutoring services are delivered.

For group class courses, we offer tuition refunds to the students who withdraw from the course after attending the first few classes. For personalized tutoring courses, we offer refunds for undelivered classes to students who withdraw from the courses at any time. Historically, we did not experience material refunds for our K-12 tutoring services. Refunds are deducted from deferred revenues and have no material impact on recognized revenues.

Study-abroad Tutoring Services

Our study-abroad tutoring services consist of study-abroad test preparation services and study-abroad consulting services. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, our net revenues from study-abroad tutoring services were RMB68.5 million, RMB398.4 million (US$63.5 million) and RMB219.1 million (US$34.9 million), representing 15.6%, 31.1% and 44.2% of our total net revenues, respectively.

We collect tuition from students in advance for the study-abroad test preparation classes that they purchase and initially record the tuition as deferred revenues. We recognize tuition as revenue proportionally as the tutoring services are delivered. Our refund policies for study-abroad test preparation services are generally same as those for K-12 tutoring services. Historically, we did not experience material refunds for our study-abroad tutoring services. Refunds are deducted from deferred revenues and have no material impact on recognized revenues.

 

81


Table of Contents

We charge each student consulting fees in advance based on the scope of study-abroad consulting services requested by the student and recognize such consulting fees as revenue when the consulting services are delivered. Consistent with market practices, we offer refunds of the consulting fees, excluding a small portion to cover the costs in connection with the services we delivered, to the students who fail to gain any admission or obtain the relevant visa. Historically, we did not experience material refunds for our study-abroad consulting services. Refunds are deducted from deferred revenues or refund liabilities, under Topic 606, and have no material impact on recognized revenues.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues consists primarily of (i) teaching staff cost, primarily including salaries, bonuses, social insurance and benefits for our teaching staff, (ii) rental expenses for classroom, (iii) facility maintenance expenses for classroom, and (iv) course material expenses. Our cost of revenues accounted for 58.7%, 61.9% and 55.2%, respectively, of our net revenues in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018. The following table sets forth the components of cost of revenues, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of net revenues, for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
    (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Net revenues

    439,181       100.0       1,282,562       204,471       100.0       198,203       100.0       495,708       79,028       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues:

                   

Teaching staff cost (1)

    178,919       40.7       549,048       87,531       42.8       82,313       41.5       183,924       29,322       37.1  

Rental expenses

    53,663       12.2       159,998       25,507       12.5       23,394       11.8       59,945       9,557       12.1  

Facility maintenance expenses

    10,454       2.4       44,860       7,152       3.5       4,924       2.5       18,988       3,027       3.8  

Others

    14,959       3.4       40,436       6,447       3.1       9,444       4.8       10,601       1,690       2.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    257,995       58.7       794,342       126,637       61.9       120,075       60.6       273,458       43,596       55.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expenses of nil, RMB1,152,000, RMB46,000 and RMB976,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Teaching staff cost is the largest component of our cost of revenues. We rely on our teachers to deliver educational services. Our teachers consist of both full-time teachers and part-time teachers. Compensation and benefits of our full-time teachers consist primarily of base salary, teaching fees based on hourly rates, performance-linked bonuses, as well as social insurance and benefits. Compensation of our part-time teachers is comprised of teaching fees based on hourly rates and teaching hours.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our cost of revenues by our business segments, both in absolute amounts and as a percentage of total net revenues, for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
    (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Net revenues

    439,181       100.0       1,282,562       204,471       100.0       198,203       100.0       495,708       79,028       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenues :

                   

K-12 tutoring services

    217,797       49.6       555,885       88,621       43.3       105,323       53.1       164,264       26,188       33.1  

Study-abroad tutoring services (1)

    40,198       9.1       238,457       38,016       18.6       14,752       7.5       109,194       17,408       22.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenues

    257,995       58.7       794,342       126,637       61.9       120,075       60.6       273,458       43,596       55.2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of study-abroad test preparation services and study-abroad consulting services.

We anticipate that our total cost of revenues will continue to increase as we continue to acquire schools to expand our network and hire additional teachers.

 

82


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit was RMB181.2 million, RMB488.2 million (US$77.8 million) and RMB222.3 million (US$35.4 million) and our gross margin was 41.3%, 38.1% and 44.8% in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, respectively. The following table sets forth the breakdown of our gross profit by our business segments for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

K-12 tutoring services

    152,915       328,263       52,333       70,789       112,304       17,903  

Study-abroad tutoring services (1)

    28,271       159,957       25,501       7,339       109,946       17,529  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    181,186       488,220       77,834       78,128       222,250       35,432  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of study-abroad test preparation services and study-abroad consulting services.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of selling expenses and general and administrative expenses. The following table sets forth the components of operating expenses, in absolute amounts and as a percentage of total net revenues, for the periods indicated.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     %     RMB     US$     %     RMB     %     RMB     US$     %  
    (in thousands, except for percentages)  

Net revenues

    439,181       100.0       1,282,562       204,471       100.0       198,203       100.0       495,708       79,028       100.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling expenses (1)

    123,370       28.1       444,927       70,932       34.7       54,920       27.7       164,647       26,249       33.2  

General and administrative expenses (2)

    185,496       42.2       362,748       57,831       28.3       54,177       27.3       383,373       61,119       77.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    308,866       70.3       807,675       128,763       63.0       109,097       55.0       548,020       87,368       110.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Includes share-based compensation expenses of RMB991,000, RMB3,058,000, RMB527,000 and RMB2,236,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.
(2) Includes share-based compensation expenses of RMB50,272,000, RMB51,625,000, RMB8,619,000 and RMB282,202,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

Selling Expenses

Selling expenses consist primarily of (i) salaries, performance-based bonuses and employee benefits for our sales and marketing personnel, (ii) advertising and promotion expenses, (iii) office rental and general expenses associated with the sales and marketing of our business, and (iv) traveling and communication expenses associated with the sales and marketing. We expect that our selling expenses will continue to increase as we further expand into new geographic locations and enhance our brand recognition.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of (i) salaries, employee benefits and other headcount-related expenses associated with the administration of our business, (ii) office rental and facilities maintenance expenses, (iii) professional service fees, (iv) depreciation and amortization expenses associated with the office space used in our general and administrative activities, (v) traveling and communication expenses

 

83


Table of Contents

associated with office and administrative functions, and (vi) share-based compensation expenses in connection with options we granted our management staff. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in the near term as we hire additional personnel and incur additional costs in connection with the expansion of our business and with being a public company, including costs to enhance our internal controls.

Our operating expenses include share-based compensation charges. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Share-Based Compensation.”

Taxation

Cayman Islands

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current law of the Cayman Islands, we are not subject to income or capital gains tax. In addition, dividend payments are not subject to withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.

Hong Kong

Our wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited, or Prepshine Holdings, is subject to an income tax rate of 16.5% for taxable income earned in Hong Kong. No Hong Kong profit tax has been levied as we did not have assessable profit that was earned in or derived from our wholly-owned Hong Kong subsidiaries during the period indicated. Hong Kong does not impose a withholding tax on dividends.

PRC

Our subsidiaries and consolidated VIE in China are companies incorporated under PRC law and, as such, are subject to PRC enterprise income tax on their taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws. Pursuant to the EIT Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008, a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate is generally applicable to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where a special preferential rate applies. The enterprise income tax is calculated based on the entity’s global income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards.

We are subject to business tax before May 2016. Since May 2016, VAT was phased in to replace the business tax that was previously applicable to the services we provide. We are subject to VAT at a rate of 6% on the services we provide, less any deductible VAT we have already paid or borne. We are also subject to surcharges on VAT payments in accordance with PRC law. In addition, some of our subsidiaries in China that participate in the non-diploma education service industry choose the simplified method of taxation where the VAT collection rate is 3%.

As a Cayman Islands holding company, we may receive dividends from our PRC subsidiaries through Prepshine Holdings. The PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementing rules provide that dividends paid by a PRC entity to a non-resident enterprise for income tax purposes is subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of 10%, subject to reduction by an applicable tax treaty with China. Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise may be reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or SAT Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to apply the reduced withholding tax rate: (i) it must be a company; (ii) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (iii) it must have directly owned such required percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. In August 2015, the State

 

84


Table of Contents

Administration of Taxation promulgated the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatment under Tax Treaties, or SAT Circular 60, which became effective on November 1, 2015. SAT Circular 60 provides that non-resident enterprises are not required to obtain pre-approval from the relevant tax authority in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax. Instead, non-resident enterprises and their withholding agents may, by self-assessment and on confirmation that the prescribed criteria to enjoy the tax treaty benefits are met, directly apply the reduced withholding tax rate, and file the necessary forms and supporting documents when performing tax filings, which will be subject to post-tax filing examinations by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, Prepshine Holdings may be able to benefit from the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends it receives from Purong Beijing, if it satisfies the conditions prescribed under SAT Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to SAT Circular 81 and SAT Circular 60, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future.

If our holding company in the Cayman Islands or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the EIT Law, it would be subject to enterprise income tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Doing Business in the PRC—Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or the EIT Law, we may be classified as a PRC “resident enterprise,” which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.”

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting.

In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2017 and for the year ended December 31, 2017, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and other control deficiencies as of December 31, 2017. As defined in the standards established by the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The material weakness identified relates to our lack of comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We do not believe that this material weakness or the other control deficiencies had a significant impact on our financial reporting. To remedy the identified material weakness and the other control deficiencies, we have implemented, and plan to continue to develop, a full set of U.S. GAAP accounting policies and financial reporting procedures as well as related internal control policies, including implementing a comprehensive accounting manual to guide the day-to-day accounting operation and reporting work and measures to improve controls over our information systems. We intend to remediate this material weakness and the other control deficiencies in multiple phases and expect that we will incur certain costs for implementing our remediation measures. The implementation of the measure, however, may not fully address the material weaknesses and the other control deficiencies identified in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Business and Industry—If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately or timely report our results of operations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence and the market price of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires our management to make judgment, estimates and assumptions. We continually evaluate these judgments, estimates and assumptions

 

85


Table of Contents

based on our own historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, our expectations regarding the future based on available information and various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable, which together form our basis for making judgments about matters that are not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, our actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require a higher degree of judgment than others in their application.

The selection of critical accounting policies, the judgments and other uncertainties affecting application of those policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions are factors that should be considered when reviewing our financial statements. We believe the following accounting policies involve the most significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements. You should read the following description of critical accounting policies, judgments and estimates in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and other disclosures included in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition

We provide K-12 tutoring services, study-abroad test preparation services and study-abroad consulting services to students. Under FASB Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), we recognize revenues when the following four revenue recognition criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the service has been performed and received by the customer, (iii) the amount of fees from the customer is fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

On January 1, 2018, we adopted Topic 606 applying the modified retrospective method to all contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the prior period. Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that we expect to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

Our revenues represent amounts received for services provided in the normal course of our business, net of discounts and sales-related tax. The primary sources of our revenues are as follows:

K-12 Tutoring Services

We provide various types of after-school tutoring services to help students ranging from ages three to 18 to improve their academic performance and enroll in their desired schools and universities. The after-school tutoring services primarily consist of after-school group class courses and personalized tutoring courses. The K-12 tutoring services are accounted for as a single performance obligation. Tuition fees are generally collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue. Such deferred revenue is recognized as revenue proportionally as the tutoring sessions are delivered. We usually provide tuition refunds to students if they decide to withdraw from the courses within a trial period.

Study-abroad Test Preparation Services

We provide study-abroad test preparation services to help students prepare for admission tests for high schools, universities and graduate programs primarily in English-speaking countries. Tutoring fees are collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue which is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered. We provide students with trial classes for the courses that they subscribe and tuition fees are refundable in the full amount if a student decides to withdraw from the course after the trial classes. No refund will be provided to a student who withdraws from a course after the trial period. The study-abroad test preparation services are accounted for as a single performance obligation.

 

86


Table of Contents

Study-abroad Consulting Services

We provide study-abroad consulting services to offer quality advisory guidance for students who intend to study abroad. We charge each student upfront prepaid consulting service fees based on the scope of consulting services requested by the student and recognize revenue as the services are delivered. A portion of the prepaid services fee are refundable if a student does not successfully gain any admission, which are accounted for as variable consideration under Topic 606. The study-abroad consulting services are accounted for as a single performance obligation. We estimate the variable consideration to be earned and recognize revenues over the service period.

Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations

Our contracts with customers may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, we allocate revenues to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. We generally determine standalone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers.

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity

Our consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Puxin Limited, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries. All profits, transactions and balances among Puxin Limited, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries and schools have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Purong Beijing, our wholly-owned PRC subsidiary, holds the power to direct the activities of Puxin Education and its subsidiaries that most significantly affect our economic performance and bears the economic risks and receives the economic benefits of Puxin Education and its subsidiaries through a series of contractual agreements with Puxin Education and/or its nominee shareholders, including:

 

    exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement;

 

    equity pledge agreement;

 

    exclusive call option agreement;

 

    powers of attorney;

 

    loan agreements;

 

    spousal consent letters; and

 

    letters of commitment

Based on the advice of our PRC legal counsel, we believe above-mentioned contractual agreements are currently legally enforceable under PRC law and regulations.

As a result of these contractual arrangements, we believe we are entitled to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of Puxin Education, and receive the economic benefits of Puxin Education. In making the conclusion that we are the primary beneficiary of Puxin Education, we believe our rights under the exclusive call option agreements and powers of attorney have reinforced our abilities to direct the activities most significantly impacting Puxin Education’s economic performance. We also believe that this ability to exercise control ensures that Puxin Education would continue to execute and renew service agreements and pay service fees to us. By charging service fees, and by ensuring that service agreements are executed and renewed indefinitely, we have the rights to receive substantially all of the economic benefits from Puxin Education. Accordingly, as the primary beneficiary of Puxin Education and in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we consolidate its financial results and assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements.

As advised by our PRC legal counsel, our corporate structure in China complies with all existing PRC laws and regulations. However, our PRC legal counsel has also advised us that as there are substantial uncertainties

 

87


Table of Contents

regarding the interpretation and application of PRC laws and regulations, and we cannot assure you that the PRC government would agree that our corporate structure or any of the above-mentioned contractual arrangements comply with current or future PRC laws or regulations. PRC laws and regulations governing the validity of these contractual arrangements are uncertain and the relevant government authorities may have broad discretion in interpreting these laws and regulations.

Business Combinations

Business combinations are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to the tangible assets, liabilities, identifiable intangible assets acquired and non-controlling interest, if any, based on their estimated fair value as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are expensed as incurred.

In order to recognize the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, mainly consisting of intangible assets, goodwill and warrants granted to the shareholders of the entities acquired as acquisition consideration, we used valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis, ratio analysis in comparison to comparable companies in similar industries under the income approach, market approach and cost approach. Major factors considered include historical financial results and assumptions including future growth rates, an estimate of weighted average cost of capital and the effect of expected changes in regulation. Most of the valuations of our acquired businesses have been performed by independent valuation specialists under our management’s supervision. We believe that the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates that market participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The useful life of an intangible asset is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows.

We test goodwill for impairment annually at the end of the fourth quarter, or sooner if impairment indicators arise. In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, we may perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If it is not, no further analysis is required. If it is, a two-step goodwill impairment test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit, if any.

The first step compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

Based on the results of our annual goodwill impairment tests, as of testing date, no impairment was identified for all the periods presented.

Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill consist of (i) student base, (ii) trademarks, (iii) relationship with partnership schools, and (iv) franchise agreements, which are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment.

 

88


Table of Contents

We have determined that certain trademarks do not have determinable useful lives. Consequently, the carrying amounts of trademarks are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. Such impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the trademarks with their carrying amounts and an impairment loss is recognized if and when the carrying amounts of the trademarks exceed their fair values. The estimates of fair values of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using various discounted cash flow valuation methodologies. Significant assumptions are inherent in this process, including estimates of discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. No impairment loss was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and three months ended March 31, 2018, respectively.

Income Taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Net operating loss carry forwards and credits are applied using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more-likely-than-not that a portion of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.

Fair Value of Ordinary Shares

Prior to our initial public offering, we were a private company with no quoted market prices for our ordinary shares. We therefore needed to make estimates of the fair value of our ordinary shares at various dates for the purpose of determining the fair value of our ordinary shares at the date of the grant of share-based compensation awards to our employees to determine the grant date fair value of the award.

The following table sets forth the fair value of our ordinary shares estimated at different times prior to our initial public offering with the assistance from an independent valuation firm:

 

Date

  

Class of Shares

   Fair Value
per Share
     DLOM     Discount Rate    

Purpose of Valuation

          (RMB)                   

March 31, 2016

   Ordinary shares      23.665        20     16.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

June 30, 2016

   Ordinary shares      24.616        20     16.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

September 30, 2016

   Ordinary shares      27.091        15     16.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

December 31, 2016

   Ordinary shares      28.226        15     16.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

March 31, 2017

   Ordinary shares      29.457        15     15.5   To determine the fair value of share option grant

June 30, 2017

   Ordinary shares      41.799        15     15.5   To determine the fair value of share option grant

September 30, 2017

   Ordinary shares      45.549        15     15.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

December 31, 2017

   Ordinary shares      48.311        10     15.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

March 31, 2018

   Ordinary shares      49.665        10     15.0   To determine the fair value of share option grant

 

89


Table of Contents

The valuations of our ordinary shares were performed using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Guide. The determination of the fair value of our ordinary shares requires complex and subjective judgments to be made regarding our projected financial and operating results, our unique business risks, the liquidity of our shares and our operating history and prospects at the time of valuation. The option-pricing method was used to allocate our equity value to preferred shares or other senior securities and ordinary shares, taking into account the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Practice Guide. This method treats ordinary shares and preferred shares or other senior securities as call options on the equity value, with exercise prices based on their respective payoffs upon a liquidity event.

In determining our equity value, we applied the discounted cash flow analysis based on our projected cash flow using our best estimate as of the valuation date. The major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of our equity include:

 

    Discount Rates . The discount rates listed out in the table above were based on the weighted average cost of capital, which was determined based on a number of factors including risk-free rate, comparative industry risk, equity risk premium, company size and non-systemic risk factors.

 

    Comparable Companies . In deriving the weighted average cost of capital used as the discount rate under the income approach, seven publicly traded companies were selected for reference as our guideline companies. The guideline companies were selected based on the following criteria: (i) Chinese companies operate in the education service industry and (ii) their shares are publicly traded in the United States and Hong Kong.

 

    Discount for Lack of Marketability, or DLOM . We applied DLOM to reflect the fact that there is no ready market for shares in a closely-held company like us. When determining the DLOM, the Black-Scholes option pricing model was used. Under this option-pricing method, the cost of the put option, which can hedge the price change before the privately held shares can be sold, was considered as a basis to determine the discount for lack of marketability. This option pricing method was used because it takes into account certain company-specific factors, including the timing of the expected initial public offering and the volatility of the share price of the guideline companies engaged in the same industry.

The continued increase in the fair value of our ordinary shares from RMB23.665 per share as of March 31, 2016 to RMB49.665 per share as of March 31, 2018 was primarily attributable to our strategic acquisitions and continuous organic growth of our business.

Share-based Compensation

We measure the cost of employee share options based on the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes compensation cost over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award, which generally is the vesting period. For the graded vesting share options, we recognize the compensation cost over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award is, in substance, multiple awards. When no future services are required to be performed by the employee in exchange for an award of equity instruments, the cost of the award is expensed on the grant date.

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the share options granted to our employees at different dates in 2015, 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018:

 

Grant Date

  Number of
Options
Granted
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price per
Option
    Weighted Average Fair
Value per Option at
the Grant Dates
    Intrinsic Value per
Option at the
Grant Dates
    Type of Valuation
          (RMB)     (RMB)     (RMB)      

March 1, 2015

    1,156,200       0.244       5.085       5.073     Retrospective

June 30, 2015

    8,560,800       0.244       5.091       5.091     Retrospective

September 30, 2015

    2,066,400       0.268       12.896       12.884     Retrospective

December 31, 2015

    5,805,600       0.262       13.860       13.860     Retrospective

March 31, 2016

    803,600       0.305       23.372       23.360     Retrospective

June 30, 2016

    483,800       0.512       24.116       24.104     Retrospective

September 30, 2016

    499,462       0.585       26.530       26.506     Retrospective

December 31, 2016

    739,476       0.610       27.634       27.616     Retrospective

March 31, 2017

    1,087,895       8.123       24.119       21.334     Retrospective

June 30, 2017

    741,952       18.674       29.027       23.125     Retrospective

September 30, 2017

    345,023       27.647       28.236       17.901     Retrospective

December 31, 2017

    1,126,270       31.347       29.629       16.964     Retrospective

March 31, 2018

    16,400,000       48.780       24.200       0.885     Retrospective

The valuation was performed retrospective valuations instead of contemporaneous valuations because, at the time of the valuation dates, the financial and limited human resources were principally focused on business development efforts. This approach is consistent with the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Audit and Accounting Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

In determining the value of share options, we have used the binomial option pricing model, with assistance from an independent third-party valuation firm. Under this option pricing model, certain assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividends on the underlying ordinary shares, and the expected volatility of the price of the underlying shares for the contractual term of the options are required in order to determine the fair value of our options.

The fair value of an option award is estimated on the date of grant using the binomial option pricing model that uses the following assumptions:

 

     Grant Date
     2015    2016    2017    Three Months
Ended March 31,
2018

Risk-free rate of interest (1)

   2.37%-2.68%    1.94%-2.92%    2.84%-2.97%    3.40%

Volatility (2)

   48%-53%    47%    45%-47%    46%

Dividend yield (3)

   —      —      —      —  

Exercise multiples (4)

   2.2-2.8    2.2-2.8    2.2-2.8    2.2-2.8

Life of options (years) (5)

   7.0    7.0    7.0    7.0

 

(1) We estimate risk-free interest rate based on the daily treasury long term rate of U.S. Department of the Treasury with a maturity period close to the expected term of the options, plus the country default spread of China.
(2) We estimated expected volatility based on the annualized standard deviation of the daily return embedded in historical share prices of comparable companies with a time horizon close to the expected expiry of the term.
(3) We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate any dividend payments on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future.
(4) The expected exercise multiple was estimated as the average ratio of the stock price to the exercise price as at the time when employees would decide to voluntarily exercise their vested options. As we did not have sufficient information of past employee exercise history, it was estimated by referencing to a widely-accepted academic research publication.
(5) Extracted from option agreements.

 

91


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Convertible Notes, Derivative Liabilities and Warrants

Convertible notes for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. We determine the fair value of convertible notes associated with the issuances of the convertible notes as Level 3 liabilities, with the assistance of an independent third-party appraiser. To determine the fair value of the convertible notes, we used probability expected return method. To determine the fair value of the derivative liabilities, we used binomial model. To determine the fair value of warrants, we used the modified discount cash flow model.

The key assumptions used in valuation of convertible notes are summarized in the table below:

 

     2017      For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018
 

Probability for conversion

     80%        80%  

Probability for redemption

     20%        20%  

Remaining life

     2.5 – 4.8        2.3 – 4.3  

The key assumptions used in valuation of derivative liabilities are summarized in the table below:

 

     2017      For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018
 

Probability for conversion

     80%        80%  

Exit period

     June 30, 2018 – June 30, 2019        June 30, 2018 – June 30, 2019  

Volatility

     40%        40%  

The key assumptions used in valuation of warrants are summarized in the table below:

 

     For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2018
 

Probability for conversion

     80

Conversion price discount rate

     90

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to predict our future operating results. The operating results in any period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period.

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations:

           

Net revenues

    439,181       1,282,562       204,471       198,203       495,708       79,028  

Cost of revenues (including share-based compensation expenses of nil, RMB1,152, RMB46 and RMB976 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    257,995       794,342       126,637       120,075       273,458       43,596  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    181,186       488,220       77,834       78,128       222,250       35,432  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
    (in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

           

Selling expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB991, RMB3,058, RMB527 and RMB2,236 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    123,370    

 

444,927

 

    70,932       54,920       164,647       26,249  

General and administrative expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB50,272, RMB51,625, RMB8,619 and RMB282,202 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

    185,496       362,748       57,831       54,177       383,373       61,119  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    308,866       807,675       128,763       109,097       548,020       87,368  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (127,680     (319,455     (50,929     (30,969     (325,770     (51,936

Interest expense

    —         5,556       886       —         5,040       803  

Interest income

    464       549       88       346       103       16  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

    —         70,336       11,213       —         23,665       3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         900       143  

Loss before income taxes

    (127,216     (394,798     (62,940     (30,623     (355,272     (56,639
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expenses (benefits)

    388       2,436       388       189       (223     (36
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (127,604     (397,234     (63,328     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest

    (48     79       13       (16     (25     (4

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

    (127,556     (397,313     (63,341     (30,796     (355,024     (56,599

Three Months Ended March 31, 2018 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2017

Net Revenues

Our net revenues increased by 150.1% from RMB198.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB495.7 million (US$79.0 million) for the same period in 2018. This increase was primarily driven by increases in net revenues from our study-abroad tutoring services and K-12 tutoring services.

 

    Net revenues from study-abroad tutoring services significantly increased by 891.4% from RMB22.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB219.1 million (US$34.9 million) for the same period of 2018. This increase was primarily due to the increase in student enrollments of our study-abroad tutoring services, reflecting (i) our acquisitions of ZMN Education in July 2017 and Global Education in August 2017, and (ii) our sales efforts to attract and retain students at existing schools. Our student enrollments of study-abroad tutoring services increased significantly from 1,596 in the first quarter of 2017 to 16,335 in the same period of 2018.

 

   

Net revenues from K-12 tutoring services increased by 57.1% from RMB176.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB276.6 million (US$44.1 million) for the same period of 2018, primarily due to the increase in student enrollments of our K-12 tutoring services. The increase in student enrollments was largely attributable to (i) the increased number of learning centers in our network as a result of our acquisitions, which increased our overall student base and service capacity, and (ii) our efforts to improve our operations and to attract and retain students at existing schools. Our

 

93


Table of Contents
 

student enrollments of K-12 tutoring services increased by 33.1% from 183,850 in the first quarter of 2017 to 244,638 in the same period of 2018.

We adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018. The main impact on our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was an increase of RMB7.9 million in our net revenues.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues increased by 127.7% from RMB120.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB273.5 million (US$43.6 million) for the same period in 2018, primarily due to the increases in our teaching staff cost, rental expenses and facility maintenance expenses.

 

    Teaching staff cost increased by 123.5% from RMB82.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB183.9 million (US$29.3 million) for the same period of 2018. This increase was primarily due to (i) the growth of the number of our full-time teachers and consultants in line with our overall business growth , and (ii) teaching staff cost incurred by ZMN Education and Global Education after our acquisitions. The number of our full-time teachers and consultants increased from 2,543 as of March 31, 2017 to 4,233 as of March 31, 2018.

 

    Rental expenses increased by 156.0% from RMB23.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB59.9 million (US$9.6 million) for the same period of 2018. Facility maintenance expenses significantly increased from RMB4.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB19.0 million (US$3.0 million) for the same period of 2018. These increases were primarily due to (i) the increased number of our learning centers as a result of our expanded network, and (ii) the relatively high rental and facility maintenance expenses incurred by ZMN Education and Global Education for their learning centers usually in prime locations. The number of learning centers in our network increased from 254 as of March 31, 2017 to 397 as of March 31, 2018.

Gross Profit

As a result of the foregoing, our gross profit increased by 184.6% from RMB78.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB222.3 million (US$35.4 million) for the same period in 2018.

Our gross margin increased from 39.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 44.8% for the same period in 2018, primarily reflecting our improved operational efficiency and the economies of scale as a result of our continued business growth.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses significantly increased from RMB109.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB548.0 million (US$87.4 million) for the same period in 2018.

Selling Expenses

Our selling expenses significantly increased from RMB54.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB164.6 million (US$26.2 million) for the same period in 2018, primarily due to (i) an increase in advertising and promotion expenses attributable to such expenses incurred by ZMN Education and Global Education, and (ii) an increase in salaries and employee benefits for our sales and marketing personnel attributable to increased performance-based salaries and bonuses. As a percentage of our net revenues, selling expenses increased from 27.7% for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 33.2% for the same period of 2018.

 

94


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses significantly increased from RMB54.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB383.4 million (US$61.1 million) for the same period in 2018, primarily due to (i) a significant increase in share-based compensation expenses relating to the options we granted our management staff in the first quarter of 2018 to attract and retain key employees, and (ii) an increase in office rental and facilities maintenance expenses attributable to an increase in our learning centers. In March 2018, we granted options to purchase 16,400,000 ordinary shares under our 2018 Grand Talent Plan. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of our net revenues increased from 27.3% in the three months ended March 31, 2017 to 77.4% in the same period of 2018.

Operating Loss

As a result of foregoing, our operating loss increased from RMB31.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB325.8 million (US$51.9 million) for the same period in 2018.

Interest Expense

We incurred interest expense of RMB5.0 million (US$0.8 million) in the first quarter of 2018, consisting of (i) the interest for the promissory note we issued in August 2017 to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, or Haitong, and (ii) the interest for our loans under credit facilities provided by Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., or Huazhong, as a result of amended arrangements for the convertible debt agreement we entered into with Huazhong in June 2017. For more details, see “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances—Convertible Debt Arrangement with Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.” We did not incur any interest expense in the first quarter of 2017.

Interest Income

Our interest income consists primarily of interest on our cash deposit balances with banks. Our interest income amounted to RMB346,000 in the first quarter of 2017 and RMB103,000 (US$16,000) in the same period of 2018, primarily reflecting our cash position.

Loss on Changes in Fair Value of Convertible Notes, Derivative Liabilities and Warrants

In the first quarter of 2018, we incurred a loss of RMB23.7 million (US$3.8 million) due to changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants in connection with (i) our convertible debt arrangement with Huazhong in June 2017, the convertible note issued to Haitong in August 2017 and the convertible note issued to CICC ALPHA, in September 2017, and (iii) the warrants issued to China Central International Asset Management Co,. Ltd., or China Central International, in March 2018. For more details about the convertible notes and warrants, see “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances.” We did not have convertible notes in the same period of 2017.

Loss on Extinguishment of Convertible Notes

We incurred loss on extinguishment of convertible notes of RMB0.9 million (US$0.1 million) in the first quarter of 2018 due to the difference between the fair value of our convertible debt issued to Huazhong in June 2017 and the fair values of loans under credit facilities provided by Huazhong and warrants issued to China Central International as a result of the amended arrangements for the convertible debt with Huazhong. The amendment of the convertible debt arrangement with Huazhong was accounted for as an extinguishment of the original convertible note, and issuance of a new note and warrants. We did not have such loss in the same period of 2017.

 

95


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expenses (Benefits)

We had income tax benefits of RMB0.2 million (US$0.04 million) in the first quarter of 2018, primarily due to the amortization of our deferred tax liabilities. We had income tax expenses of RMB0.2 million in the first quarter of 2017, primarily due to our taxable income for certain profit-making schools, which are subject to enterprise income tax in China.

Net Loss

As a result of foregoing, our net loss increased significantly from RMB30.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2017 to RMB355.0 million (US$56.6 million) for the same period in 2018.

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net Revenues

Our net revenues increased by 192.0% from RMB439.2 million in 2016 to RMB1,282.6 million (US$204.5 million) in 2017, primarily reflecting the increases in net revenues from our K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad tutoring services.

 

    Net revenues from K-12 tutoring services increased by 138.5% from RMB370.7 million in 2016 to RMB884.1 million (US$141.0 million) in 2017. This increase was primarily due to the increase in student enrollments of our K-12 tutoring services, which was largely attributable to (i) the increased number of learning centers in our network as a result of our acquisitions, which increased our overall student base and service capacity, and (ii) our sales efforts to attract and retain students at existing schools. Our student enrollments of K-12 tutoring services increased by 174.3% from 451,353 in 2016 to 1,238,070 in 2017.

 

    Net revenues from study-abroad tutoring services significantly increased from RMB68.5 million in 2016 to RMB398.4 million (US$63.5 million) in 2017. This increase was primarily due to the increase in student enrollments of our study-abroad tutoring services, reflecting (i) our acquisitions of ZMN Education in July 2017 and Global Education in August 2017, and (ii) our sales efforts to attract and retain students at existing schools. Our student enrollments of study-abroad tutoring services increased significantly from 3,592 in 2016 to 37,653 in 2017.

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues significantly increased from RMB258.0 million in 2016 to RMB794.3 million (US$126.6 million) in 2017, primarily due to the increases in our teaching staff cost, rental expenses and facility maintenance expenses.

 

    Teaching staff cost significantly increased from RMB178.9 million in 2016 to RMB549.0 million (US$87.5 million) in 2017. This increase was primarily due to (i) the growth of the number of our full-time teachers and consultants as we continued to attract new and retain our existing teaching staff, and (ii) teaching staff cost incurred by ZMN Education and Global Education after our acquisitions. The number of our full-time teachers and consultants increased from 1,914 as of December 31, 2016 to 4,388 as of December 31, 2017.

 

    Rental expenses significantly increased from RMB53.7 million in 2016 to RMB160.0 million (US$25.5 million) in 2017. Facility maintenance expenses significantly increased from RMB10.5 million in 2016 to RMB44.9 million (US$7.2 million) in 2017. These increases were primarily due to the increased number of our learning centers as a result of our expanded network. The number of learning centers in our network increased from 231 as of December 31, 2016 to 400 as of December 31, 2017.

 

96


Table of Contents

Gross Profit

Our gross profit increased by 169.4% from RMB181.2 million in 2016 to RMB488.2 million (US$77.8 million) in 2017.

Our gross margin decreased from 41.3% in 2016 to 38.1% in 2017, primarily due to a decrease in gross margins of K-12 tutoring services. The gross margin of K-12 tutoring services decreased from 41.2% in 2016 to 37.1% in 2017, primarily due to our increased promotional K-12 tutoring programs in 2017. The gross margin of study-abroad tutoring services remained relatively stable at 41.3% in 2016 and 40.1% in 2017.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by 161.5% from RMB308.9 million in 2016 to RMB807.7 million (US$128.8 million) in 2017, reflecting the increases in our selling expenses and general and administrative expenses.

Selling Expenses

Our selling expenses significantly increased from RMB123.4 million in 2016 to RMB444.9 million (US$70.9 million) in 2017, mainly driven by (i) an increase in salaries and employee benefits for our sales and marketing personnel, attributable to increased performance-based salaries for our sales and marketing team, (ii) the advertising and promotion expenses incurred by ZMN Education and Global Education after our acquisitions in 2017, and (iii) an increase in advertising and promotion expenses of our existing schools in line with our business growth. As a percentage of our net revenues, selling expenses increased from 28.1% in 2016 to 34.7% in 2017.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses increased by 95.6% from RMB185.5 million in 2016 to RMB362.7 million (US$57.8 million) in 2017, primarily due to (i) an increase in salaries and employee benefits for administrative staff, reflecting the increased headcount as a result of the increase of our learning centers, (ii) an increase in office rental and facilities maintenance expenses attributable to our increased learning centers, and (iii) an increase in professional service fees attributable our acquisitions and financing transactions and consulting projects in 2017.

General and administrative expenses as a percentage of our net revenues decreased from 42.2% in 2016 to 28.3% in 2017, primarily reflecting the economies of scale as a result of our continued business growth.

Operating L oss

As a result, our operating loss increased from RMB127.7 million in 2016 to RMB319.5 million (US$50.9 million) in 2017. Our operating margin was (29.1)% and (24.9)% in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Interest Expense

We incurred interest expense of RMB5.6 million (US$0.9 million) in 2017 in connection with the promissory note we issued in August 2017 to Haitong. We did not incur any interest expense in 2016.

Interest Income

Our interest income consists primarily of interest on our cash deposit balances with banks. Our interest income amounted to RMB464,000 in 2016 and RMB549,000 (US$88,000) in 2017.

 

97


Table of Contents

Loss on Changes in Fair Value of Convertible Notes and Derivative Liabilities

In 2017, we incurred a loss of RMB70.3 million (US$11.2 million) due to changes in fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities in connection with the convertible debt arrangement we entered into with Huazhong in June 2017, the convertible note we issued to Haitong in August 2017 and the convertible note we issued to CICC ALPHA, in September 2017. We did not have convertible notes in 2016.

Income Tax Expense

Our income tax expense increased from RMB0.4 million in 2016 to RMB2.4 million (US$0.4 million) in 2017, primarily due to the increase in our taxable income for certain profit-making schools, which were subject to enterprise income tax in China.

Net Loss

As a result of foregoing, we had net loss of RMB127.6 million and RMB397.2 million (US$63.3 million) in 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

98


Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operation for the periods indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our consolidated financial statements. The unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair representation of our operating results for the quarters presented.

 

    For the Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
 
          (RMB in thousands)  

Summary Consolidated Statements of Operations

                 

Net revenues

    61,402       91,236       140,134       146,409       198,203       238,047       418,360       427,952       495,708  

Cost of revenues

    37,252       52,076       81,141       87,526       120,075       141,535       258,806       273,926       273,458  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    24,150       39,160       58,993       58,883       78,128       96,512       159,554       154,026       222,250  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                 

Selling expenses

    17,078       24,457       35,955       45,880       54,920       72,686       140,677       176,644       164,647  

General and administrative expenses

    35,310       39,354       51,526       59,306       54,177       65,769       100,270       142,532       383,373  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    52,388       63,811       87,481       105,186       109,097       138,455       240,947       319,176       548,020  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (28,238     (24,651     (28,488     (46,303     (30,969     (41,943     (81,393     (165,150     (325,770

Interest expense

    —         —         —         —         —         —         2,150       3,406       5,040  

Interest income

    87       67       126       184       346       110       53       40       103  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

    —         —         —         —         —         —         22,795       47,541       23,665  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         900  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (28,151     (24,584     (28,362     (46,119     (30,623     (41,833     (106,285     (216,057     (355,272

Income tax expenses (benefits)

    86       75       86       141       189       258       656       1,333       (223
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (28,237     (24,659     (28,448     (46,260     (30,812     (42,091     (106,941     (217,390     (355,049
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018. The main impact on our results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018 was an increase of RMB7.9 million in our net revenues.

Our quarterly net revenues increased on a year-on-year basis in the nine quarters presented above, primarily due to the continual increases in student enrollments attributable to our acquisitions of schools and improved operational results that our acquired schools achieved as a result of effective integration after our acquisitions.

Seasonal student enrollment trends have affected, and are likely to continue to affect, our business. We have relatively stronger performance in the third and fourth quarters of each year, largely because many students have

 

99


Table of Contents

a greater opportunity to enroll in our courses during their summer breaks in the third quarters and we proactively enhance our student recruitment during the summer breaks which usually enlarge our student base for the fourth quarters.

On the other hand, certain types of our costs and expenses, including rental expenses and depreciation and amortization expenses, for each learning center are not significantly affected by seasonal factors as such costs and expenses are fixed. In addition, our total costs and expenses are also affected, to a certain extent, by the costs and expenses incurred by newly-acquired schools.

We expect our quarterly results to continue to be influenced by seasonal student enrollment trends and our acquisitions of schools.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

To supplement our consolidated financial statements which are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, we also use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss as additional non-GAAP financial measures. We present these non-GAAP financial measures because they are used by our management to evaluate our operating performance. We also believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our consolidated results of operations in the same manner as our management and in comparing financial results across accounting periods and to those of our peer companies.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance. Investors are encouraged to compare the historical non-GAAP financial measures with the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to our data. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss, which excludes depreciation, amortization, interest expense, interest income and income tax expenses (benefits), before share-based compensation expenses, loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants and loss on extinguishment of convertible notes. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Year Ended December 31,     For the Three
Months Ended March 31,
 
    2016     2017     2017     2018  
    RMB     RMB     US$     RMB     RMB     US$  
   

(in thousands)

 

Net loss

    (127,604     (397,234     (63,328     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603

Add:

           

Income tax expenses (benefits)

    388       2,436       388       189       (223     (36

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

    3,735       20,545       3,275       2,707       13,347       2,128  

Amortization of intangible assets

    10,158       23,644       3,769       4,241       8,052       1,284  

Interest expense

    —         5,556       886       —         5,040       803  

Interest income

    (464     (549     (88     (346     (103     (16

EBITDA

    (113,787     (345,602     (55,098     (24,021     (328,936     (52,440

Add:

           

Share-based compensation expenses

    51,263       55,835       8,901       9,192       285,414       45,502  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

    —         70,336       11,213    

 

—  

 

 

 

23,665

 

 

 

3,773

 

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

    —         —         —         —         900       143  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

    (62,524     (219,431     (34,984     (14,829     (18,957     (3,022
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

100


Table of Contents

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before share-based compensation expenses, loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants and loss on extinguishment of convertible notes. The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Year Ended December 31,  
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
    

(in thousands)

               

Net loss

     (127,604      (397,234      (63,328      (30,812      (355,049      (56,603

Add:

                 

Share-based compensation expenses

     51,263        55,835        8,901        9,192        285,414        45,502  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

     —          70,336        11,213        —          23,665        3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

     —          —          —          —          900        143  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted net loss

     (76,341      (271,063      (43,214      (21,620      (45,070      (7,185
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, our principal sources of liquidity have been cash generated from operating activities, and to a lesser extent, proceeds from the issuance of our convertible notes.

As of March 31, 2018, we had RMB66.0 million (US$10.5 million) in cash and cash equivalents, substantially all of which were held by our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries in China. Our cash and cash equivalents consist primarily of bank deposits which are primarily denominated in Renminbi. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents and anticipated cash flow from operating and financing activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs, including our cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures, for at least the next 12 months without considering the proceeds from this offering.

We incurred net loss of RMB127.6 million, RMB397.2 million (US$63.3 million) and RMB355.0 million (US$56.6 million) in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, we had accumulated deficit of RMB282.3 million, RMB679.6 million (US$108.3 million) and RMB986.3 million (US$157.2 million) and total shareholders’ deficit of RMB37.3 million, RMB272.8 million (US$43.5 million) and RMB405.9 million (US$64.7 million), respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, we had net current liability of RMB342.0 million, RMB963.1 million (US$153.5 million) and RMB1,129.3 million (US$180.0 million), respectively, primarily due to our deferred revenue of RMB299.0 million, RMB906.5 million (US$144.5 million) and RMB775.2 million (US$123.6 million), respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, the consideration payable in connection with our business acquisitions was RMB93.6 million, RMB68.2 million (US$10.9 million) and RMB55.5 million (US$8.9 million), respectively. We believe that our cash and anticipated cash flow from operating and financing activities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, including:

 

    We had net cash generated from operating activities in 2016 and 2017; and

 

    Pursuant to a convertible debt investment agreement dated June 15, 2017 among Huazhong, Mr. Yunlong Sha and Puxin Education, Huazhong agreed to provide a credit facility in an amount up to RMB300 million (US$47.8 million) to Puxin Education. As of the date of this prospectus, Puxin Education has drawn down a principal amount of RMB190 million (US$30.3 million) under this credit facility.

 

101


Table of Contents

We intend to finance our future working capital requirements and capital expenditures from cash generated from operating activities and financing activities, including the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. We may, however, require additional cash resources due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including acquisitions or investments we may decide to selectively pursue. If our existing cash resources are insufficient to meet our requirements, we may seek to issue equity or debt securities or obtain credit facilities. The issue of additional equity securities, including convertible debt securities, would result in further dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could result in operating covenants that would restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in the amounts we need or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain additional equity or debt financing as required, our business operations and prospects may suffer.

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,      For the Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB      US$      RMB      RMB      US$  
    

(in thousands)

 

Net cash generated from (used in) operating activities

     81,409        80,266        12,796        (10,192      (143,927      (22,945

Net cash used in investing activities

     (89,259      (629,704      (100,390      (36,891      (20,703      (3,300

Net cash generated from financing activities

     70,000        629,386        100,339        —          70,000        11,159  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     62,150        83,644        13,335        (47,083      (94,671      (15,093

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the period

     43,368        105,518        16,822        105,518        189,162        30,157  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the period

     105,518        189,162        30,157        58,435        94,491        15,064  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating Activities

We had net cash used in operating activities of RMB143.9 million (US$22.9 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily attributable to (i) the net loss of RMB355.0 million (US$56.6 million), (ii) a decrease in deferred revenue of RMB73.9 million (US$11.8 million) primarily because a portion of tuition fees for courses in winter break and spring semester of each year are collected in the fourth quarter of the preceding year as we usually provide promotions in the fourth quarter to encourage students to enroll courses in winter break and spring semester one time, and (iii) a decrease of prepaid expenses and other current assets of RMB25.7 million (US$4.1 million). This was positively adjusted for certain non-cash expenses consisting primarily of the share-based compensation of RMB285.4 million (US$45.5 million) and loss on change in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants of RMB23.7 million (US$3.8 million).

Net cash generated from operating activities amounted to RMB80.3 million (US$12.8 million) in 2017, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in deferred revenue of RMB200.6 million (US$32.0 million) as a result of the increased prepayments from our students in line with our increased student enrollments in 2017, and (ii) an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of RMB140.3 million (US$22.4 million) reflecting increase salary and welfare payable, which were partially offset by the net loss of RMB397.2 million (US$63.3 million). This was positively adjusted for certain non-cash expenses consisting primarily of the share-based compensation of RMB55.8 million (US$8.9 million), loss on change in fair value of convertible notes and derivatives of RMB70.3 million (US$11.2 million) and amortization of intangible assets of RMB23.6 million (US$3.8 million).

 

102


Table of Contents

Net cash generated from operating activities amounted to RMB81.4 million in 2016, which was primarily attributable to (i) an increase in deferred revenue of RMB107.5 million as a result of the increased advance payments from our students in line with our growth of student enrollments, and (ii) an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities reflecting increased consideration payable for acquisitions and increased salaries and welfare payables, which were partially offset by the net loss of RMB127.6 million. This was positively adjusted for certain non-cash expenses consisting primarily of the share-based compensation of RMB51.3 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to RMB20.7 million (US$3.3 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2018, primarily attributable to (i) installment payments for the schools and businesses we acquired in 2017 in the amount of RMB12.7 million (US$2.0 million), and (ii) property refurbishment and purchase of teaching equipment in the amount of RMB8.0 million (US$1.3 million) to support our business growth.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to RMB629.7 million (US$100.4 million) in 2017, which was primarily attributable to (i) payments for the schools we acquired in 2017 in the amount of RMB565.0 million (US$90.1 million), including the consideration price we paid for the acquisitions of ZMN Education and Global Education, and (ii) property refurbishment and purchase of teaching equipment in the amount of RMB64.7 million (US$10.3 million) to support our business growth.

Net cash used in investing activities amounted to RMB89.3 million in 2016, which was primarily attributable to (i) payments for the schools we acquired in 2016 in the amount of RMB68.2 million, and (ii) property refurbishment and purchase of teaching equipment in the amount of RMB21.1 million to support our business growth.

Financing Activities

Net cash generated from financing activities amounted to RMB70.0 million (US$11.2 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2018, attributable to (i) proceeds from issuance of the convertible notes, and (ii) advances provided by third parties.

Net cash generated from financing activities amounted to RMB629.4 million (US$100.3 million) in 2017, attributable to (i) proceeds from issuances of the convertible note to Haitong in August 2017 and the convertible note to CICC ALPHA in September 2017, and the loan drawn down from the convertible credit facility with Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., and (ii) proceeds from issuance of the promissory note to Haitong in August 2017.

Net cash generated from financing activities in 2016 amounted to RMB70.0 million, attributable to the proceeds from the capital injection by Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Capital Expenditures

Our capital expenditures are incurred primarily in connection with renovation of facilities, purchase of educational equipment and investment in IT infrastructures. Our capital expenditures were RMB64.7 million (US$10.3 million) in 2017 and RMB8.0 million (US$1.3 million) for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Contractual Obligations

We lease certain offices and schools under non-cancelable operating leases that expire at various dates. In 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we incurred rental expenses for all operating leases amounted to

 

103


Table of Contents

RMB215.4 million (US$34.3 million) and RMB79.4 million (US$12.7 million), respectively. The following table sets forth our future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and schools as of March 31, 2018.

 

     Payment Due by Period  
     Total      Less than One Year      One to Three Years      More than Three Years  
     (RMB in millions)  

Operating lease commitments (1)

     643.5        164.2        289.6        189.7  

 

(1) Represents minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and schools.

Other than the above, we did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of March 31, 2018.

Off-Balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of any third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

Holding Company Structure

Puxin Limited is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our subsidiaries (Purong Beijing and Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd.), our consolidated VIE (Puxin Education) and its subsidiaries in China. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our subsidiaries and fees paid by our VIE to Purong Beijing. If our subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us.

In addition, our subsidiaries in China are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with the Accounting Standards for Business Enterprise as promulgated by the Ministry of Finance of the PRC, or PRC GAAP. Under PRC law, each of our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries which is not a private school is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory surplus reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital and to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profit to fund the reserve fund at the discretion of our board of directors. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. In addition, prior to the effectiveness of the Amended Private Education Law, at the end of each fiscal year, each of our private schools in China was required to allocate a certain amount out of its annual net income, if any, to its development fund for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrade of educational equipment. For our schools which have elected to require reasonable returns, this amount shall be no less than 25% of the annual net income of the school, and for our schools which have elected not to require reasonable returns, this amount shall be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual increase in the net assets of the school, if any. When our schools are registered as for-profit private schools pursuant to the Amended Private Education Law, each of such schools may be required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. And according to the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, each of our for-profit private schools is required to set aside no less than 25% of its annual net income to its development fund reserve. Our PRC subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations.

 

104


Table of Contents

As an offshore holding company, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding from the proceeds of our offshore fund raising activities to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions, and to our consolidated affiliated entity only through loans, in each case subject to the satisfaction of the applicable government registration and approval or filing requirements. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Corporate Structure—PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries, which could harm our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.” As a result, there is uncertainty with respect to our ability to provide prompt financial support to our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated VIE when needed. Notwithstanding the forgoing, our PRC subsidiaries may use its own retained earnings (rather than Renminbi converted from foreign currency denominated capital) to provide financial support to our consolidated affiliated entity either through entrustment loans from our PRC subsidiaries to our consolidated VIE or direct loans to such consolidated affiliated entity’s nominee shareholders, which would be contributed to the consolidated variable entity as capital injections. Such direct loans to the nominee shareholders would be eliminated in our consolidated financial statements against the consolidated affiliated entity’s share capital.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk

Substantially all of our revenue and expenses are denominated in Renminbi, which is the functional currency of our subsidiaries, our VIE and its subsidiaries in the PRC. Therefore, we have limited exposure to foreign exchange risk for operational activity and we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. Although in general, our exposure to foreign exchange risks should be limited, the value of your investment in our ADSs will be affected by the foreign exchange rate between U.S. dollars and Renminbi because the value of our business is effectively denominated in Renminbi, while the ADSs will be traded in U.S. dollars.

The Renminbi is not freely convertible into foreign currencies for capital account transactions. The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions and China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

Changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and Renminbi will affect the value of the proceeds from this offering in Renminbi terms. We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately US$             million from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on the initial offering price of US$             per ADS. Assuming that we convert the full amount of the net proceeds from this offering into Renminbi, a 10% appreciation of the U.S. dollar against Renminbi, from a rate of RMB6.2726 to US$1.00, the rate in effect as of March 30, 2018, to a rate of RMB6.8999 to US$1.00, will result in an increase of RMB             million in our net proceeds from this offering. Conversely, a 10% depreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi, from a rate of RMB6.2726 to US$1.00, the rate in effect as of March 30, 2018, to a rate of RMB5.6453 to US$1.00, will result in a decrease of RMB             million in our net proceeds from this offering.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk primarily relates to the interest income generated by excess cash, which is mostly held in interest-bearing bank deposits. We have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage

 

105


Table of Contents

our interest risk exposure. Interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. We have not been exposed, nor do we anticipate being exposed, to material risks due to changes in interest rates. However, our future interest income may be lower than expected due to changes in market interest rates.

Inflation Risk

Since our inception, inflation in China has not materially impacted our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent change in the consumer price index for December 2017 was an increase of 1.8%. Although we have not in the past been materially affected by inflation since our inception, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected in the future by higher rates of inflation in China.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. ASU 2015-02 modifies existing consolidation guidance related to (1) limited partnerships and similar legal entities, (2) the evaluation of variable interests for fees paid to decision makers or service providers, (3) the effect of fee arrangements and related parties on the primary beneficiary determination, and (4) certain investment funds. These changes are expected to limit the number of consolidation models and place more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest. ASU 2015-02 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. We have adopted the new standards in 2016, which did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-16 related to the accounting for measurement period adjustments recognized in a business combination. Under the previous standard, when adjustments were made to amounts previously reported as part of a business combination during the measurement period, entities were required to revise comparative information for prior periods. Under the new standard, entities must recognize these adjustments in the reporting period in which the amounts are determined rather than retrospectively. We adopted the new standard in 2016, which did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-17 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The amendments in this ASU require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a taxpaying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this ASU. For public business entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The amendments in this ASU may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. We adopted this guidance in 2016, retroactively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-09 related to stock compensation to facilitate improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to improve the accounting for employee share-based payments and affect all organizations that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. Several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions are simplified, including: (1) income tax consequences; (2) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; (3) accruals of compensation costs based on the forfeitures; (4) classification on the statement of cash flows. For public companies, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. We adopted this guidance in 2016, retroactively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

106


Table of Contents

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this ASU require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that have restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents and are required to present a statement of cash flows under Topic 230. We early adopted the amendments on a retrospective basis and restricted cash has been presented as part of cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, restricted cash of RMB5,409 is included in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the consolidated statement of cash flows.

In May 2014, Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Updates, or ASU, 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. An entity has the option to apply the provisions of ASU 2014-09 either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognized at the date of initial application. ASU2014-09 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. In August 2015, FASB updated this standard to ASU 2015-14, the amendments in this ASU defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09, that the ASU should be applied to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. In May 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in this ASU do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. Rather, the amendments in this ASU affect only the narrow aspects of Topic 606. The areas improved include: (1) Assessing the Collectability Criterion in Paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) and Accounting for Contracts That Do Not Meet the Criteria for Step 1; (2) Presentation of Sales Taxes and Other Similar Taxes Collected from Customers; (3) Noncash Consideration; (4) Contract Modifications at Transition; (5) Completed Contracts at Transition; and (6) Technical Correction. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments in this ASU are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for Topic 606 (and any other Topic amended by ASU 2014-09). We adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018, as allowed, using the modified retrospective method. We recognized the cumulative effect of applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit at the beginning of 2018. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the period presented.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements not yet Adopted

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02 related to Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date including a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (i.e., January 1, 2019, for a calendar year entity). Early application is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on our consolidated financial statements and expect the adoption will result in a material increase in assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet but it is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.

 

107


Table of Contents

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Under the new accounting guidance, an entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity will perform its goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value but not to exceed the total amount of the goodwill of the reporting unit. In addition, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment, if applicable. The provisions of the new accounting guidance are required to be applied prospectively. The new accounting guidance is effective for our company for goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. We are in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new guidance.

In May, 2017, FASB issued a new pronouncement, ASU 2017-09, which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The ASU provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The new accounting guidance is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. We are in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new guidance.

 

108


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the year ended December 31, 2017 is derived from the audited financial statements of (i) Puxin Limited for the year ended December 31, 2017, (ii) ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd., or ZMN Education, for the seven months ended July 31, 2017, and (iii) Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd., or Global Education, for the period from January 1 to August 16, 2017, all included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effects to the pro forma adjustments described in the notes to such pro forma financial information.

The preparation of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations appearing below is based on financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These principles require the use of estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The objective of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 is to provide information on the impact of two significant acquisition of education services businesses, including ZMN Education in July 2017 and Global Education in August 2017. We refer these two education service businesses collectively as the Acquired Businesses.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 presents adjustments as if the acquisitions of Acquired Businesses had been consummated on January 1, 2017. An unaudited pro forma balance sheet is not included because the acquisitions of Acquired Businesses are fully reflected in our audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2017.

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with our audit consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017 and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

While the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is helpful in showing the financial characteristics of the consolidated companies, it is not intended to show how the consolidated companies would have actually performed as if the events described above had in fact occurred on the dates acquired or to project the results of operations or financial position for any future date or period. We have included in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary of a fair presentation of the operating results in the historical periods. We believe that the assumptions utilized to prepare the pro forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects of the transactions and that the unaudited pro forma adjustments are factually supportable, give appropriate effect to the impact of the events that are directly attributable to the transactions, and reflect those items expected to have a continuing impact on our financial condition.

 

109


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

    For the Year Ended December 31, 2017  
    Puxin
Limited
    ZMN
Education
    Global
Education
    Pro forma
Adjustments
    Note     Pro Forma     Pro Forma  
    RMB     RMB     RMB     RMB           RMB     US$ (Note)  
    (in thousands, except for the number of shares and per share data)  

Net revenues

    1,282,562       136,375       421,428       —           1,840,365       293,397  

Cost of revenues

    794,342       57,825       204,786       893       (1     1,057,846       168,646  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    488,220       78,550       216,642       (893       782,519       124,751  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

             

Selling expenses

    444,927       47,085       187,988       4,915       (1     684,915       109,192  

General and administrative expenses

    362,748       43,984       87,170       —           493,902       78,740  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    807,675       91,069       275,158       4,915         1,178,817       187,932  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

    (319,455     (12,519     (58,516     (5,808       (396,298     (63,181

Interest expense

    5,556       226       —         37,208       (2     42,990       6,854  

Interest income

    549       —         3,191       —           3,740       596  

Other income

    —         43       —         —           43       7  

Other expense

    —         7       —         —           7       1  

Government subsidy income

    —         —         2,649       —           2,649       422  

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

    —         —         5,621       —           5,621       896  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities

    70,336       —         —         —           70,336       11,213  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (394,798     (12,709     (47,055     (43,016       (497,578     (79,328

Income tax expenses

    2,436       —         1,141       (1,452     (1     2,125       339  

Loss from equity method investment

    —         —         16       —           16       3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (397,234     (12,709     (48,212     (41,564       (499,719     (79,670

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interest

    79       —         —         —           79       13  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

    (397,313     (12,709     (48,212     (41,564       (499,798     (79,683
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited Basic and diluted

    (3.98             (5.01     (0.80
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating basic and diluted net loss per share

    99,705,361               99,705,361       99,705,361  
 

 

 

           

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Notes :

 

Pro forma adjustments comprise of the following:

 

  (1) Adjustments of RMB5.8 million reflect incremental amortization of intangible assets and incremental depreciation of property, plant and equipment as a result of measuring acquired assets at fair value as if the Acquired Businesses had been acquired on January 1, 2017 and included in the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. Tax effects of amortization and depreciation charges of RMB1.5 million were adjusted based on respective statutory tax rate of 25% and included in the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

110


Table of Contents

The adjustments of the amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of property, plant and equipment as described above are included in the pro forma as follows:

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2017  
     (RMB in thousands)  

Cost of revenues

     893  

Selling expenses

     4,915  
  

 

 

 
     5,808  
  

 

 

 

 

  (2) Adjustments of RMB37.2 million reflect the incremental interest expense related to debt financing for acquisition as if the Acquired Businesses had been acquired on January 1, 2017 and included in the pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. An increase of 0.125% interest rate will result in an additional interest expense of RMB0.4 million. Tax effects of interest expense charges under the convertible promissory notes and promissory notes for the year ended December 31, 2017 was nil as Puxin Limited is a tax-exempt entity incorporated in Cayman Islands.

 

We conduct business primarily in mainland China and all of our revenues are denominated in Renminbi. However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate as of the balance sheet date, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated data from Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the year ended December 31, 2017 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at a rate of RMB6.2726 to US$1.00, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on March 30, 2018. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into U.S. dollar amounts at that rate on March 30, 2018, or at any other rate.

Information of Significant Acquisitions

Acquisition of ZMN Education

On July 31, 2017, we acquired the 100% equity interest in ZMN Education. On March 15, 2018, we entered into a restated and amended agreement to the original equity transfer agreement entered into on July 31, 2017. The total consideration for the acquisition of ZMN Education was RMB135.9 million, consisting of (i) RMB65.3 million in cash and (ii) the warrants to be issued to the sellers which entitle them to purchase the ordinary shares of Long faith Limited, which is a shareholder of Puxin Limited. As the ordinary shares of Puxin Limited held by Long faith Limited were transferred by our controlling shareholder to Long faith Limited, the warrants issued by Long faith Limited were recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to us by our controlling shareholder.

ZMN Education operates study-abroad tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of ZMN Education’s service centers with its well-known brand and strong teaching team allows us to provide high quality, competitively-priced and diversified services to students.

 

111


Table of Contents

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

     RMB      Depreciation or Amortization Period  
     (in thousands)         

Cash and cash equivalents

     21,407     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,266     

Restricted cash

     1,008     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     9,723        3 - 5 years  

Rental deposits

     7,285     

Deferred revenue

     (208,345   

Account payables

     (564   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (32,857   

Loans to a third parties

     (23,802   

Intangible assets-trademark

     32,400        5.4 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (8,100   

Goodwill

     324,429     
  

 

 

    

Total

     135,850     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. We have incorporated certain assumptions including projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprises of (a) the assembled work force, and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Acquisition of Global Education

On August 16, 2017, Prepshine HK, the subsidiary of Puxin Limited, acquired the 100% equity interest in Global Education for cash consideration of US$72.3 million (equivalent to RMB483.7 million).

Global Education operates study-abroad tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Global Education’s training centers with its well-known brand and strong teaching team allows us to provide high-quality, competitively-priced and diversified services to students.

 

112


Table of Contents

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

    RMB     Depreciation or Amortization Period  
    (in thousands)        

Cash and cash equivalents

    89,437    

Inventories

    6,620    

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    117,333    

Restricted cash

    14,332    

Property, plant and equipment, net

    132,844       2 - 37 years  

Deferred tax assets

    2,547    

Rental deposits

    18,381    

Accounts payable

    (6,197  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    (79,167  

Income tax payable

    (2,505  

Deferred revenue

    (221,484  

Franchise deposits

    (7,344  

Intangible assets-trademark

    140,000       Indefinite  

Intangible assets-relationship with partnership school

    5,300       6.4 years  

Intangible assets- franchise agreement

    4,400       3.4 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (54,164  

Goodwill

    323,354    
 

 

 

   

Total

    483,687    
 

 

 

   

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. We have incorporated certain assumptions including projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprises of (a) the assembled work force, and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

 

113


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

Certain information, including statistics and estimates, set forth in this section and elsewhere in this prospectus has been derived from an industry report commissioned by us and independently prepared by the Frost & Sullivan report in connection with this offering. We believe that the sources of such information are appropriate, and we have taken reasonable care in extracting and reproducing such information. We have no reason to believe that such information is false or misleading in any material respect or that any fact has been omitted that would render such information false or misleading in any material respect. However, neither we nor any other party involved in this offering has independently verified such information, and neither we nor any other party involved in this offering makes any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of such information. Therefore, investors are cautioned not to place any undue reliance on the information, including statistics and estimates, set forth in this section or similar information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

China’s After-school Education Market

Overview

China’s after-school education market for academic purposes is a large, growing and fragmented market, which consists of K-12 after-school tutoring, study-abroad test preparation and consulting sectors. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, the total revenue of China’s after-school education market has grown rapidly from RMB263.8 billion in 2012 to RMB483.4 billion in 2017, representing a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of 12.9%. This massive market size is expected to grow substantially to RMB804.9 billion in 2022, representing a CAGR of 10.7% from 2017 to 2022.

Different from schools and universities in the United States, where both academic grades and extracurricular activities have a comprehensive effect on admissions, schools and universities in China’s formal education system are primarily based on students’ academic performance. In addition, there is a gap between the huge number of students and the limited number of quality schools and universities. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, in 2017, there were 13.1 million high school graduates in China, among which 9.4 million attended Gaokao. Only 3.7 million students were admitted to universities and 1.2 million students were admitted to 1st-tier universities. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, the acceptance rates of four-year degree colleges and the top 50 universities in China in 2017 were only 39.6% and 2.5%, respectively, substantially lower than such rates of 55.8% and 23.5% in the United States in 2017, respectively. The pressure of being admitted into a quality college extends down to high schools, middle schools, and even the lower grades of the K-12 education system. This generates demands for additional courses, such as English courses for children as young as three years old.

In addition, Chinese parents typically attach great importance to their children’s education. The diagram below compares China’s per capita private expenditure on education in 2016 as percentage of per capita annual expenditure, in comparison with that of South Korea, Japan, the United States and United Kingdom.

Comparison of Per Capita Private Expenditure on Education in 2016

 

LOGO

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan report

 

114


Table of Contents

While China has a lower absolute amount of per capita private expenditure on education of US$112.3 in 2016, compared to US$539.6 of the United States in 2016, its per capita private expenditure on education as percentage of per capita annual expenditure reached 4.2%, higher than 2.4% of the United States.

With growing pressure of quality education and high aspirations of better academic performance, an increasing number of parents choose after-school tutoring services to better prepare their children for entrance exams from the very beginning of K-12 education. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, after-school education has become the second largest category among all kinds of expenditures on academic education, after formal education, representing 41.7% of China’s household expenditure on education in 2016.

Facing the scarcity of education resources and fierce competition in entrance examinations in China, Chinese students see studying abroad as an alternative channel for better education and greater career opportunities. Furthermore, China’s ongoing involvement in globalization, Chinese families’ steadily growing disposable income and the emphasis for global vision contribute to the trend of studying abroad.

Currently, China’s after-school education market remains highly fragmented. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, the total revenue of K-12 after-school tutoring service market reached RMB465.3 billion in 2017, yet the top five players in K-12 after-school tutoring market only accounted for approximately 3.9% of the total revenue in 2017.

Growth Drivers of After-school Education Market

We believe the following drivers have contributed to, and are expected to continue to fuel the growth of China’s after-school education market:

China’s Steady Growth in GDP and Disposable Income

China’s nominal GDP of RMB82.7 trillion in 2017 represents a steady year on year growth rate of 11.2% and ranks second in the world. China’s disposable income per capita is expected to grow at a CAGR of 7.0% from 2017 to 2022, showing Chinese families’ potential growing purchasing power on after-school tutoring and overseas study.

Increased Number of Affluent Families

A significant rise in the number of affluent families drives the growth of China’s after-school education market. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, 13.2% of Chinese families had an annual income of above RMB250,000 in 2017 and such percentage is expected to reach 27.7% in 2022. Due to their stronger financial background and greater appreciation for quality education, most affluent families have stronger willingness to spend on after-school tutoring and send their children to study abroad.

Growing Household Expenditure on Education

Chinese families place great emphasis on children’s education. In concert with the constant growth of nominal GDP per capita and disposable income per capita, the total household expenditure on education in China experienced significant growth from RMB735.6 billion in 2012 to RMB1,114.3 billion in 2017 and is expected to reach RMB1,743.4 billion in 2022.

Rapid Urbanization

China’s rapid urbanization further supports growth in China’s after-school education market. Increasing number of people in urban areas compete for jobs, pushing up pressure in job hunting and career advancement.

 

115


Table of Contents

There is growing recognition that higher education and better academic performance may lead to better future career prospects and higher income, distinguishing one from his/her competitors. Thus, rapid urbanization serves as an important factor for the growing demand in China’s after-school education market.

Relaxation of the “One-Child Policy”

China implemented the “Two-Child Policy” in 2015 and officially lifted the “One-Child Policy,” which was implemented approximately 40 years before phasing out in the early 2010s. This policy stimulates China’s population growth, pushes the number of newborn babies rising from 16.3 million in 2012 to 17.2 million in 2017, representing a CAGR of 1.1%, and the number of newborn babies is expected to further increase to 19.9 million in 2022, representing a CAGR of 2.9%, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. This policy is expected to contribute to the growth of China’s after-school education market as the K-12 school-age population is expected to reach 269.9 million in 2022, representing a CAGR of 1.3% from 253.5 million in 2017, according to the Frost & Sullivan report.

China’s After-school K-12 Tutoring Market

Overview

On top of traditional classroom learning, K-12 after-school tutoring complements formal education in schools to nurture the development of well-rounded students. Asian families culturally value K-12 after-school tutoring as it equips their children with competitive edge that can maximize the possibility to achieve their academic aspirations. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, approximately 12.7% of kindergarten children, 21.9% of elementary school students, 36.8% of middle school students and 57.8% of high school students in China enrolled in K-12 after-school tutoring courses in 2017. The revenue of K-12 after-school tutoring market in China had been growing at a CAGR of 12.7% from 2012 to 2017, and is expected to continue to grow at a CAGR of 10.6% from 2017 to 2022.

Key Drivers for K-12 After-school Tutoring Market

We believe the following drivers have contributed to the K-12 after-school tutoring market:

Inadequate Quality Education Resources

In China, quality education resources at all levels are scarce. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, in 2017, there were 13.1 million high school graduates in China, among which only 1.2 million students were admitted to 1st-tier universities, representing an admission rate of approximately 9.2%. According to the Ministry of Education in China, or the MOE, there were approximately 178,000 regular elementary schools in China in 2016, which decreased by 6.3% from 2015. During the same period, the enrollment of regular elementary schools in China increased by 2.3%, or 220,000 people from 2015. Middle school enrollment displayed the same pattern in 2016, with a decreasing total number of schools and a steady increase in total enrollments. As a result, this trend may result in lower teacher-to-student ratios, over-worked teachers, inadequate student interaction and limited personalized instruction in middle schools and high schools.

Strong Emphasis on Academic Excellence among Chinese Parents

Chinese culture attaches great importance to education as a means of enhancing an individual’s worth and promoting his or her career and social status. A large number of families assign very high priority to education-related expenditures. Given the intense competition in being admitted into quality high schools and universities, many parents choose to enroll their children in after-school tutoring courses to assist their children in better mastering the course content of public school education. Combined with the rise in disposable income in China, this trend creates demand for K-12 after-school education market.

 

116


Table of Contents

China’s Study-abroad Tutoring Market

Overview

China’s study-abroad tutoring market, consisting of study-abroad test preparation market and study-abroad consulting services market, is an emerging market with rapid growth in the past decade. In order to address the scarcity of quality education and intensified competition in China’s education system, more and more students choose to study abroad for global vision and better career opportunity in the international market, instead of taking Gaokao and attending graduate schools in China. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, there were approximately 587,000 Chinese students who commenced their study abroad in 2017. The number is expected to increase to approximately 830,500 in 2022, representing a CAGR of 7.2% from 2017 to 2022.

Total Number of Chinese Students Commencing Overseas Education (2012-2022E)

 

LOGO

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan report

Note: “Others” illustrated in the chart includes students enrolled in K-12, junior college, diploma, vocational training and other undergraduate or lower level studies.

 

117


Table of Contents

Study-abroad Test Preparation Market

Language proficiency tests, including but not limited to SAT, TOEFL and IELTS, are prerequisites to studying abroad for both communication and application purposes. As a result, there is an increasing number of students taking the language tests in recent years. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, the number of students enrolled in study-abroad test preparation courses grew at a CAGR of 8.9% from 2012 to 2017.

Total Number of Student Enrollments in Study-abroad Test Preparation in China (2012-2022E)

 

LOGO

 

Source: Frost & Sullivan report

According to the Frost & Sullivan report, total revenue of the study-abroad test preparation market increased from RMB5.2 billion in 2012 to RMB12.5 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 19.2%. The total revenue of this market is expected to grow further at a CAGR of 16.6% from 2017 to 2022, reaching RMB26.9 billion in 2022.

Study-abroad Consulting Services Market

According to the Frost & Sullivan report, total revenue of the study-abroad consulting services market increased from RMB7.5 billion in 2012 to RMB16.5 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 17.1%. The revenue is expected to grow further at a CAGR of 14.9% from 2017 to 2022.

Key Drivers for China’s Study-abroad Tutoring Market

Growing Student Population Pursuing Overseas Education at a Younger Age

Along with China’s rapid globalization, a greater number of Chinese students are choosing to pursue education abroad at a younger age. The number of students pursuing undergraduate degree grew at a CAGR of 10.9% from 2012 to 2017, significantly higher than that of the number of students pursuing a graduate degree , which was 5.1% from 2012 to 2017. Such number is expected to continue growing at a CAGR of 8.2% from 2017 to 2022.

Increasing Wealth of Chinese Families

China continues to experience high economic growth which has resulted in increasing disposable income per capita. This has led to an increase in wealth for Chinese families and the number of wealthy people in the country has grown tremendously in recent years. Given the widely held belief that education from a globally recognized institution improves career prospects, Chinese families have a relatively higher tendency to spend on overseas education. This phenomenon, in turn, drives the steady growth in China’s study abroad tutoring market.

 

118


Table of Contents

Limited Guidance on Overseas Application from Formal Education

Public schools in China do not provide direct guidance or support related to study-abroad applications and related language tests. Vast number of students who desire to study abroad have to seek help from service providers of study-abroad test preparation and consulting services, supporting the continuing growth in this market.

Competition and Expected Consolidation in China’s After-school Education Market

China’s after-school education market remains highly fragmented with a large number of market players of various sizes, lacking sizable players with nationwide coverage and dominant market share. Our major competitors in K-12 tutoring services include TAL, New Oriental and certain local players. Our major competitors in study-abroad tutoring services include New Oriental.

Given the significant economies of scale in China’s after-school education market, there are promising opportunities for industry consolidation. Most of the major market participants have taken up this opportunity to penetrate into more cities and businesses in recent years through establishing new learning centers, increasing franchised schools and acquiring local existing institutions, in an attempt to enlarge their market shares. A less fragmented market will provide consumers with more stable and predictable services, and more importantly, will significantly reduce the cost of operation, increase operating leverage and improve the quality of services.

We believe that industry players with strong integration capabilities are well-positioned to deliver quality services and maintain reputable brand names, while expanding their student network. Therefore, these players are most likely to further capture consolidation opportunities and gain larger market share in China’s after-school education landscape.

 

119


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Mission

We believe that education inspires personal growth and opens up opportunities. Our mission is to empower people to build better lives through learning. We are committed to providing high quality education services to students, as well as upgrading the service quality in China’s after-school education industry by applying our acquisition and integration expertise.

Overview

We are a successful consolidator of the after-school education industry in China. We have strong acquisition and integration capabilities to effectively improve education quality and operational performance of acquired schools. Through acquisitions and organic growth, we have grown rapidly and became the third largest after-school education service provider in China in 2017 in terms of student enrollments, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. Since our inception, we have acquired 48 schools and built a nationwide network of 397 learning centers across 35 cities in China as of March 31, 2018. Our total student enrollments increased 180.4% from 454,945 in 2016 to 1,275,723 in 2017, representing the fastest growth among major after-school education service providers in China, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. In the first quarter of 2017 and 2018, our total student enrollments were 185,446 and 260,973, respectively.

We offer a full spectrum of K-12 and study-abroad tutoring programs designed to help students achieve academic excellence, as well as prepare for admission tests and applications for top schools, universities and graduate programs in China and other countries. In addition to classroom-based tutoring, we have also developed online and mobile applications to increase students’ after-class exposure to our services and enhance their learning experience.

Market Opportunity

China’s after-school education market is fast-growing. Its market size reached RMB483.4 billion in 2017 and is expected to grow substantially to RMB804.9 billion in 2022, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. At the same time, this market is highly fragmented and competitive. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, as of December 31, 2017, there were over 100,000 K-12 after-school tutoring service providers in China, among which the top five players had less than 4% market share in 2017 in terms of revenue. Many service providers operate limited number of learning centers, often at a loss, and lack the scale or management expertise necessary to invest in curriculum development, instructor training and technology necessary to improve students’ academic results and attract more students.

The continued growth of China’s after-school education market is driven by a number of factors, including rapid economic growth, intensified competition for high-quality educational resources and the increasing demand for overseas education and experience.

Chinese culture attaches great importance to education as a means of enhancing an individual’s worth and promoting his or her career and social status. Given the pressure to excel on entrance exams to high schools and universities, the shortened school hours required by recent government policies (such as the National Plan for Medium- and Long-Term Education Reform and Development (2010-2020) issued in July 2010 and the Administrative Standards for Compulsory Education Schools issued in December 2017), as well as the limited supply of quality schools, a large number of parents and students choose private after-school tutoring services to complement public school education. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, urban students in China spent on average 10.6 hours per week in 2017 on after-school tutoring. The demand for study-abroad test preparation and consulting services has also benefited from the growing number of Chinese students pursuing higher education abroad.

 

120


Table of Contents

We believe that this large and fragmented market presents an attractive consolidation opportunity for us to leverage our acquisition and operational expertise, strong teaching quality, brand and reputation.

Our Solutions

We have developed a business model effectively combining strategic acquisitions and organic growth achieved through successful post-acquisition integration, which has differentiated us from other after-school education service providers in China. This approach has enabled us to achieve rapid growth and capture consolidation opportunities in China’s fragmented after-school education market.

We have adopted a systematic and disciplined approach towards acquisitions. We screen and evaluate potential acquisitions through a set of rigorous criteria, including the targets’ geographic location, reputation in the local market, growth potential, synergies with our existing schools and the probability of successful integration. Since our inception, we identified and contacted over 1,000 targets, of which we acquired 48 schools. These acquisitions enabled us to penetrate our target markets with relatively low customer acquisition and marketing costs by leveraging the well-established presence of our acquired schools in local markets.

We are able to efficiently complete our acquisitions and rapidly improve operations and management of acquired schools because of our superior post-acquisition management and operational capabilities. In all acquired schools, we implement our modular management system, Puxin Business System, or PBS. It is designed in-house by our core management team reflecting over 15 years of accumulated management experience in China’s education industry. PBS incorporates the best practices of operating after-school learning centers in a standard, common collection of business processes and process improvement methodologies. It covers over 3,000 management processes and we use PBS tools to analyze schools’ growth potential and formulate improvement plans.

We are committed to providing our students with high quality education services and outstanding learning experience. Our commitment is reflected in recruitment, training and retaining the best teachers, developing and improving our curriculum and course materials, as well as standardizing operating procedures and learning practices throughout our network. This focus on quality has led to a high level of student satisfaction and strong academic results, enabling us to reach high student retention rate and contributing to student recruitment. As a result, most of our acquired schools achieved robust organic growth under our operations.

We believe that our track record of successful acquisitions and post-acquisition integration has created network effects attracting increasing number of independent after-school operators seeking potential exit, enabling us to maintain robust acquisition pipeline and sustainable growth trajectory. We have established “Puxin” as one of the most-recognized brand names among industry participants and built our first-mover advantage to capture consolidation opportunities in China’s after-school education market.

Our net revenues increased by 192.0% from RMB439.2 million in 2016 to RMB1,282.6 million (US$204.5 million) in 2017. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, our net revenues reached RMB495.7 million (US79.0 million), an increase of 150.1% from RMB198.2 million for the same period in 2017. Our net loss was RMB127.6 million, RMB397.2 million (US$63.3 million) and RMB355.0 million (US$56.6 million) in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, our deferred revenue was RMB318.3 million, RMB1,035.4 million (US$165.1 million) and RMB875.2 million (US$139.5 million), respectively. Our adjusted EBITDA was RMB(62.5) million and RMB(219.4) million (US$(35.0) million) in 2016 and 2017, respectively, and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, our adjusted EBITDA was RMB(14.8) million and RMB(19.0) million (US$(3.0) million), respectively. For a detailed description of our non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Consolidated Financial and Operating Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

 

121


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

We believe the following strengths contribute to our success and differentiate us from our competitors.

Leading position in China’s after-school education market

We are the third largest after-school education service provider in China in terms of student enrollments in 2017, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. We are one of the few players that operates on a nationwide scale. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, we had a network of 397 directly operated K-12 learning centers and study-abroad learning centers across 35 cities in 19 provinces in China. As one of the very few providers in China that offer a full spectrum of tutoring services and products, we provide full K-12 curriculum tutoring, English for children, study-abroad test preparation and study-abroad consulting services. We offer our services to students in multiple forms, including offline group classes and personalized tutoring classes, as well as online programs. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, in 2017, we ranked the third largest provider for K-12 tutoring services in terms of student enrollments and the second largest provider for study-abroad test preparation services in China in terms of revenues.

We have grown our business rapidly. From 2016 to 2017, the number of learning centers in our network increased to 400 as of December 31, 2017 from 231 as of December 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2018, we had 397 learning centers. Our total student enrollments increased 180.4% from 454,945 in 2016 to 1,275,723 in 2017, representing the fastest growth among after-school education service providers in China, according to the Frost & Sullivan report. In the first quarter of 2017 and 2018, our total student enrollments were 185,446 and 260,973, respectively.

Modular and evolving management system

We have strong and effective operation capabilities and a proven system for acquiring and integrating schools.

We implement a modular management system, PBS, which is a standard, common collection of business processes and process improvement methodologies. PBS is designed in-house by our core management team reflecting over 15 years of accumulated experience in China’s education industry. It covers over 3,000 operation and management processes, including organizational structure, financial management, operating manuals, product development, student recruitment, teacher management, marketing, human resources and knowledge management. For our acquisitions, we apply PBS tools to analyze the growth potential of the target and formulate improvement plans as early as during the due diligence process. PBS also provides us with guidance for formulating corporate strategies and allocating our resources based on customers’ demand. In our daily operations, we carry out effective and efficient execution by following comprehensive and detailed task lists set forth in PBS.

The PBS is a dynamic and forward-looking system which evolves with inputs from multiple levels of our leadership teams across the enterprise. We have established an open, forward-looking and result-oriented culture and built ourselves into a learning organization. We encourage our management and employees to seek continuous improvement in operations and share their firsthand experience within our group. Our PBS continually incorporates the best practices and eliminates outdated or inefficient practices throughout our network, which makes it an inclusive and evolving system containing industry-leading practices.

By implementing our standardized and centralized operation management system, we have achieved industry-leading operating performance. For schools operating under our management for over 12 months, our K-12 group class student retention rate reached 70.1% and 78.9% in 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 respectively, higher than 64.2% and 70.8%, the average of the seven major players in China’s K-12 after-school tutoring service market in the same periods, and our average K-12 group class utilization rate achieved 68.6% and 75.4% in 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 respectively, higher than 64.6% and 67.3%, the average of these seven major players in the same periods, according to the Frost & Sullivan report.

 

122


Table of Contents

Track record of disciplined acquisitions

Our acquisition driven business model and strong post-acquisition integration capabilities enable us to achieve rapid growth and claim first-mover advantages to capture the consolidation opportunities in China’s fragmented after-school education market.

We have adopted a systematic and disciplined approach towards acquisitions by applying our four-stage acquisition target selection funnel process. Please see “—Our Acquisitions—Target Selection and Execution of Acquisitions” for details. We apply a set of rigorous criteria, including the target’s geographic location, reputation in the local market, growth potential, synergies with our existing schools and the probability for successful integration, as key considerations for acquisitions. Leveraging our modular management system and our management’s strong execution capabilities, we are able to efficiently complete the acquisitions and rapidly improve the operations and management of the acquired schools. Since our inception, we identified and contacted over 1,000 targets in China as our potential acquisition targets of which we acquired 48, including Global Education.

In all acquired schools, we implement PBS to improve every aspect of its operations. We formulate a detailed 100-day execution plan for all post-acquisition operations and management functions and set forth 21 post-acquisition milestones, through which we can monitor the integration process of each acquired school in a timely manner and ensure our group-wide operation methodologies and corporate culture implemented effectively. This systematic approach underpins robust organic growth of the acquired schools. For K-12 tutoring schools we acquired prior to 2017, we have achieved a growth in student enrollments in regular-price courses from 441,375 in 2016 to 662,958 in 2017, implying a growth rate of 50.2% on a comparable basis. For these schools, the K-12 group class student retention rate in regular-price courses also increased from 57.7% in the first quarter post acquisition to 70.1% after 12 months post acquisition.

As a result, we have established “Puxin” as a well-recognized brand among industry participants. According to a survey conducted by Frost & Sullivan, 70.8% of respondents chose Puxin as one of the preferred partners or buyers when they seek potential acquirors of their business. Our strong brand name among industry participants provides us with access to a large number of high-quality acquisition targets. In 2017, more than 100 after-school education service providers reached out to us to explore potential transactions. Our successful track record of improving operations and growing student enrollments reinforces our brand recognition, which in turn attracts more high-quality management and teaching talent to join us.

We believe that our successful track record of acquisitions and post-acquisition management and operation capabilities have not only created network effects for us to attract increasing number of school operators seeking potential acquirors of their business but also created entry barriers for potential competitors, which enable us to maintain a sustainable and rapid growth in the future.

Established reputation underpinned by teaching quality

We believe most of our schools have strong reputation in local markets. Our acquired schools have an average operating history of ten years, with the longest about 21 years of operation history before our acquisition. According to the brand recognition survey conducted by Frost & Sullivan, our Puxin-branded and co-branded schools are ranked top three in nine cities among the 23 cities where we provide K-12 after-school tutoring services. We adopt a co-branding strategy to operate our acquired K-12 tutoring schools, which not only enables us to leverage the established reputation of the acquired schools but also promotes the recognition of our “Puxin” brand in local markets. In addition, we believe our “Puxin” brand has been strengthened through acquisitions of premium high quality brands, such as Global Education, in the study-abroad tutoring market in China.

Our strong reputation is underpinned by our consistently high teaching quality and standards. We have developed our “Nine Steps” methodology, which standardizes our teachers’ teaching activities such as class

 

123


Table of Contents

preparation, before-class assessment for students, in-class teaching and after-class review and evaluation. The Nine Steps methodology enables our teachers to obtain critical information about students’ learning pattern, aptitude and performance, which help them refine their course contents. As our teachers are critical to the quality of our services and our reputation, we take many measures to maintain a team of dedicated and highly qualified teachers, including selective teacher hiring process, continued teacher training and rigorous evaluation, competitive performance-based compensation and opportunities for career advancement.

Our teaching quality for K-12 tutoring services has been recognized by parents. The K-12 group class student retention rate of schools operating under our management for over 12 months reached 65.1% and 70.1% in 2016 and 2017, respectively, which we believe can reflect the parents’ satisfaction with our tutoring services. In addition, according to our survey of parents conducted in 2017, 89.9% of parents indicated that their children’s academic results improved since attending our classes. In 2017, 95.3% of our students enrolled in study-abroad test preparation courses improved their test scores on such tests, including TOEFL, IELTS, SAT and GRE. In 2017, 766 students who enrolled in our study-abroad consulting programs and applied for overseas universities were admitted into the global top 50 institutions, as ranked by either the QS World University Rankings or U.S. News, including Princeton University, Harvard University, Yale University and Columbia University.

Visionary management team and sophisticated talent system

We have an innovative and entrepreneurial management team with a passion for education and extensive operational experience. Our founder and chief executive officer, Mr. Yunlong Sha, previously served as senior vice president at New Oriental Education. With 20 years of operational experience in the education sector, Mr. Yunlong Sha has in-depth-knowledge in operations and integration of schools. Our core management, including Mr. Peng Wang as chief financial officer, Mr. Liang Gao in charge of our group’s teaching activities, Mr. Hongwei Zhang as head of our study-abroad business, Mr. Ruguo Zhang as compliance head, Mr. Zhong Zhuang in charge of our operations in Shanghai, and Mr. Yun Xiao as head of our K-12 group class business, are leaders and pioneers in the industry with an average of over 16 years of experience in the education industry. Under our management team’s leadership, we have successfully executed our growth strategies to focus on after-school education services and have become an industry leader.

We are focused on attracting, developing and retaining talent which underpins our successful execution of PBS and strategic acquisitions. We have launched systematic career advancement programs, including “Puxin Star” for top teachers, “Puxin Talents” for mid-level management and “Puxin Leadership” for senior management, to build a talent reserve for our long-term growth. We provide participants in these programs with guidance for qualification exam preparations, career coaching and advanced training to enhance their teaching and management skills. All our school principals undergo rigorous internal training to ensure their command of our academic and operational best practices. Part of our school principals’ compensation is in a form of share incentive plan aligning their interests to our performance. We enjoy strong corporate loyalty evident in our 100% retention rate among our school principals since starting of our business.

Our Strategies

We plan to pursue the following strategies to expand our business and further strengthen our leadership in the education market in China.

Expand our network and geographic coverage

We intend to further strengthen our market position and capture new market opportunities by expanding our network of directly operated learning centers. We plan to acquire additional schools in cities where we already have presence to increase our market share in the local market. We will also seek to acquire schools to penetrate into new cities where we currently do not have presence and the demand for tutoring services is growing rapidly while markets are underserved. We may also consider build learning centers by ourselves if it is cost-efficient and offers us good opportunities to expand into markets where no suitable targets are available.

 

124


Table of Contents

In addition, we seek to acquire companies that are complementary to our business, including education technology companies, Internet platforms and content providers. We target to invest in companies upstream and downstream from our business.

Improve performance, scale and profitability of our schools

We will continue to implement PBS to strengthen lean management over daily operations of our schools and learning centers to promote our organic growth. With PBS, we can eliminate inefficiencies and improve our schools’ performance to realize synergies created through acquisitions.

We intend to continue cross-selling across business lines to realize synergies and maximize our students’ lifetime value for our long-term growth. Currently, the majority of our students are elementary school and middle school students. The panoramic range of our service and product offering allows us to maximize the lifetime value of these enrollments by satisfying the entire breadth of our student’s educational needs. By offering a wide array of high-quality education services for almost all K-12 subjects, we continue to increase the number of courses that each student enrolls. In the meantime, with a younger age of students studying abroad, we also continue to cross-sell our study-abroad tutoring services to K-12 student base, and vice versa, extending our presence in students’ academic careers. In addition, we also strive to maximize synergies across different business lines within our group and improve our overall operational efficiency through resources sharing.

We will take various measures to improve key performance indicators, such as K-12 group class utilization rate, K-12 group class student retention rate and K-12 course withdrawal rate, to maintain the rigor of our service quality. Our centralized management system for curriculum development, academic training, and information technology will help us concentrate capabilities and simplify core processes.

We plan to further improve our education quality and consulting services. We will refine our “Nine Steps” methodology to enhance the effect of our teaching activities and improve students’ academic results.

Cultivate and acquire talent

We believe that the recruitment, retention, motivation and nurturing of talented and experienced management team and teaching faculties are critical to our success. We will continue to invest in our people and attract, cultivate and retain talent.

We will strengthen our performance-based incentive mechanism. We will improve our remuneration system commensurate with position and performance, which can motivate our employees in a scientific, reasonable and effective manner. We plan to continue to increase lateral hires by providing competitive compensation and benefits, ongoing training and better promotion opportunities to attract and retain managerial talent and qualified teachers. We plan to continue our “Puxin Talents” and “Puxin Leadership” programs to identify managerial talents and develop mid-level managers who have demonstrated management capabilities and leadership. Through internal development programs and lateral hires, we will continue to strengthen our multi-level and extensive talent cultivation system to attract, nurture and incentivize employees and offer them growth and development opportunities.

Promote online initiatives and invest in technology

We have launched an array of online education services, such as Puxin Superior Classes, Puxin Dual-Teacher Lectures, Recorded Lectures, Foreign Teacher Classes and Puxin Teacher & Student App, to increase students’ after-class exposure to our services and facilitate reasonable allocation of education resources. According to the Frost & Sullivan report, the gross billing of the online education market in China increased from RMB66.7 billion in 2012 to RMB214.3 billion in 2017, representing a CAGR of 26.3%, and it is expected to grow further at a CAGR of 25.2% from 2017 to 2022, reaching RMB659.8 billion in 2022. As this is a market

 

125


Table of Contents

with great potential, we plan to continue devoting additional resources to our online platforms to diversify our revenue sources, enhance customer stickiness and attract potential customers. The online collection of data on student enrollments, study motivations and learning pattern through our web- and mobile-based applications also enables us to efficiently design course contents, schedule classes and arrange classrooms in advance for the purpose of improving the teaching effectiveness and the utilization rate of our teaching facilities and resources.

We intend to upgrade our management systems, including ERP system, CRM system and knowledge management system, to further optimize our management efficiency. We plan to build our ERP system into a platform for data-driven decisions. In addition, we plan to build PBS into our ERP system to monitor the execution of tasks in PBS to further strengthen lean management.

We will invest in artificial intelligence and intelligent learning tools which can collect and analyze data of students and generate accurate profiles of the students. Based on the analysis of student profiles, we can design the educational materials and plan the suitable delivery methods for each student, therefore improve adaptive teaching and learning of teachers and students.

Enhance our brand name

We intend to enhance our brand-name recognition among students and parents through various marketing initiatives. We plan to maintain a consistent corporate image across all of our learning centers and further promote our brand recognition through word-of-mouth marketing. We plan to continue to maintain the established brand names of acquired schools to benefit from their brand recognition in local markets. After the successful integration and expansion to a certain scale, we will use co-branded names for the acquired school to promote our “Puxin” brand. We will continue to focus on improving our education quality and customer service quality to enhance the recognition of our brand.

Our Services and Programs

We offer a variety of educational services and products to students to improve their academic performance and reach their potential. Our educational services consist of K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad tutoring services. In 2017, 68.9% and 31.1% of our net revenues were derived from K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad tutoring services, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2018, 55.8% and 44.2% of our net revenues were derived from K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad tutoring services, respectively.

K-12 Tutoring Services

We offer comprehensive after-school tutoring services designed to help students ranging from ages three to 18 to achieve academic excellence and enroll in top schools and universities in China. Our K-12 tutoring services primarily include K-12 after-school tutoring services and English for children program.

K-12 After-school Tutoring Services

Our K-12 after-school tutoring services provide result-oriented educational services in group class settings and through personalized tutoring sessions to help students enhance their academic results, including scores for PRC high school entrance exams, or Zhongkao, and university entrance exams, or Gaokao. We provide a study plan tailored to fit a student’s aptitude, grade level, past academic performance, future academic goals, and other pertinent factors.

 

126


Table of Contents

Our curricula cover all K-12 academic subjects, including mathematics, English, Chinese, physics, chemistry, biology, politics science, geography and history. The following table provides a list of our current course offerings:

 

     Kindergarten      Elementary School      Middle School      High School  
     K      1      2      3      4      5      6      7      8      9      10      11      12  

Mathematics

     —                                                                                

English

     p                                                                                  

Chinese

     —                                                                                

Physics

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          p                             

Chemistry

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          p        p                      

Biology

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —                                      

Political Science

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —                                      

Geography

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —                                      

History

     —          —          —          —          —          —          —                                      

 

: Currently offered by us.
: Not offered at the corresponding grade level in public schools in China.
p : Currently offered by us but not offered at the corresponding grade level in public schools in China due to high demand of learning ahead of the curricula in public schools.

Group Class Courses

Group class courses are our main form of service offering in terms of the number of student enrollments. We typically enroll a maximum of 50 students for group classes. Group class courses typically range from two to six course hours per week during spring and fall school semesters, and 12 to 16 course hours per week during summer and winter breaks. We charge tuition fees for K-12 courses based on the type of the subject, level of sophistication of the course, geographical region and customer segmentation. The average course fee for our regular group class courses of each school range from RMB22 to RMB133 per hour depending on the type of the subject, level of sophistication of the course, customer segmentation and geographical region. We generally allow students to withdraw from courses and refund tuition for undelivered classes.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, we offered group classes at 201, 239 and 223 K-12 learning centers, respectively. We had 373,243, 1,089,117 and 216,342 student enrollments in our K-12 tutoring group class courses, respectively, in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018. For schools operating under our management for over 12 months, the K-12 group class student retention rate reached 70.1% and 78.9% and the K-12 group class utilization rate reached 68.6% and 75.4% in 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, respectively.

For each new student, we evaluate the student’s past and current academic performance and future academic goals, and provide course recommendations based on subjects, grade level, as well as timing and budget, to meet his or her learning need. Many of our courses for the same subject and grade level are offered at different levels of pace and sophistication. For example, we offer K-12 mathematics tutoring at three different levels, including: (1) Standard Courses, which are taught at a pace similar or slightly faster than formal public school curriculum with a focus on solidifying students’ understanding of the fundamental concepts; (2) Advanced Courses, which are taught at a pace significantly faster than formal public school curriculum and include certain contents beyond school curriculum, such as curriculum mixing math competition and formal school materials; and (3) Elite Courses, which are our most advanced courses with a curriculum designed for exceptional students focusing on mathematics competitions. Students are required to pass admission tests to enroll in advanced courses and elite courses. We periodically assess our students’ progress, and based on the results of such assessment, reassign students to different classes on an as-needed basis to help them progress to the best of their ability.

We strive to provide a supportive learning environment to our students by efficient and responsive communications. Our teachers and teaching assistants keep track of each student’s performance and progress and

 

127


Table of Contents

regularly communicate with our students and their parents. Each class is assigned a teaching assistant who is in close contact with the students and parents to provide comprehensive supporting services, such as class scheduling, homework assignments and collection of feedback on teaching quality. We also seek to involve the parents of our students in each stage of the tutoring process. During the tutoring sessions and throughout our service period, we periodically communicate with the parents, encourage them to provide feedback and suggestions on our courses and update them on the progress that their children have achieved in our courses.

Personalized Tutoring Courses

In addition to group classes, we also offer personalized K-12 tutoring courses to adapt to each student’s learning pace, pattern and approach. Our personalized tutoring courses typically consist of no more than six students per session to ensure each student can improve their academic performance by, among other things, addressing weaknesses in particular subjects or topics, strengthening test-taking skills and fostering studying habits and incentives. Our students enroll in a personalized tutoring course two to three times per week during each spring and fall school semester and four to five times per week during each winter and summer break, with each class lasting for approximately two hours. Course fees for our regular personalized tutoring courses typically range from RMB100 to RMB510 per course hour, depending on the level of sophistication of the course and geographical region. We generally allow students to withdraw from courses at any time and refund tuition for undelivered classes.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, we offered personalized tutoring services at 148 out of our 212 K-12 learning centers, 173 out of our 281 K-12 learning centers and 159 out of our 275 K-12 learning centers, respectively, mainly in tier-1 and tier-2 cities in China. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we had 10,448, 32,152 and 8,030 student enrollments in our K-12 personalized tutoring classes.

Our personalized tutoring services generally comprise of three main components: (i) assessment and study plan formation, (ii) personalized tutoring and (iii) monitoring and tracking of an individual student’s progress. For each new student, we commence with a consultation followed by a comprehensive assessment designed to evaluate the student’s existing academic knowledge, test-taking skills and learning patterns. Our professional consultants and teachers use the results of the assessment to analyze each student’s academic strengths and weaknesses, and craft customized study plan based on each student’s aptitude and learning needs. Based on the customized study plans, our teachers will provide individualized sessions to the students to enhance their understanding of the subjects and practice test-taking skills. We have a designated team which continuously monitors and tracks an individual student’s progress to ensure personalized tutoring courses are tailored to the pace and learning pattern of each student.

English for Children Program

We provide English tutoring services for children in kindergarten through grade six. Our English for children courses are designed to cultivate children’s English skills outside the primary schools’ English curricula and guide and inspire them to develop self-motivated learning skills. We use course materials published by international education content providers and publishers while tailor the contents to adapt to children’s abilities and needs. We teach students to master the basics of the language in various fun ways, including interactive games, activities and cultural studies.

Our English for children classes are divided into classes of approximately five to 30 students per class. Students attend class one to five times per week during each spring and fall school semesters and one to seven times per week during each winter and summer breaks for 45 minutes to two hours per class. Course fees for our regular English for children courses typically range from RMB26 to RMB120 per course hour, depending on the size of class, level of sophistication and geographical region.

In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we had 67,662, 116,801 and 20,266 student enrollments in our English for children program.

 

128


Table of Contents

Other Services

In addition to the K-12 after-school tutoring services and English for children program, we also offer certain extra-curricular courses to students, such as painting, calligraphy, music, debate and science. Our courses are designed to inspire students’ creativity, enhancing their critical thinking and problem-solving abilities and enriching their life experience.

As of March 31, 2018, we have four schools providing extra-curricular education courses.

Study-abroad Tutoring Services

Our study-abroad tutoring services are designed to help students prepare for admission tests and applications for high schools, universities and graduate programs primarily in English-speaking countries. We offer study-abroad test preparation courses and study-abroad consulting services through our learning centers located in 25 cities. In addition to our directly operated learning centers, we also have franchised schools operated under the brand of Global Education.

Study-abroad Test Preparation Courses

We offer study-abroad test preparation courses to students taking language and entrance exams used by educational institutions in the United States and Commonwealth countries, such as the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand. We offer test preparation courses for major overseas exams, including IELTS, SSAT, SAT, TOEFL, AP, ACT, A-level, GRE and GMAT.

Our test preparation courses focus on quality instruction and test-taking techniques designed to help students achieve high scores on the admissions and assessment tests. Our experienced teachers generally teach in small and medium-sized classes ranging from one to 26 students. Course fees for our test preparation courses typically range from RMB73 to RMB1,500 per course hour, depending on the size of class, level of sophistication of the course and geographical region. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we had 3,254, 35,718 and 15,828 student enrollments in our study-abroad test preparation courses, respectively.

IELTS preparation courses . Our IELTS preparation courses target students who choose to pursue undergraduate and graduate degrees in countries that predominately refer to IELTS scores for school and university admissions, such as the United Kingdom, Australia and New Zealand. We provide IELTS courses in various forms, such as large classroom lectures, small seminar, one-on-one tutoring, and online tutoring. Our IELTS courses generally range from 40 to 202 course hours. Course fees for our regular IELTS preparation courses typically range from RMB73 to RMB234 per course hour.

TOEFL / SAT / SSAT preparation courses . Our TOEFL, SAT and SSAT preparation courses are targeting middle school, high school and college students who desire to pursue education in the United States or Canada. We offer a range of basic and advanced TOEFL courses, and courses for the SAT and SSAT subject tests. Our TOEFL, SAT and SSAT preparation courses generally range from 40 to 183 course hours. Course fees for our regular TOEFL, SAT and SSAT preparation courses typically range from RMB130 to RMB547 per course hour.

Other test preparation courses . We offer test preparation courses for students who take subject-based AP and A-Level exams to supplement their application for universities in the United States and United Kingdom. We also offer preparation courses for GRE and GMAT for students who wish to continue graduate studies in the United States or Canada. We currently operate an international school in Hangzhou to offer internationally accredited education programs, including A-Level, to meet the demands of students who seek to pursue higher education in the United Kingdom.

 

129


Table of Contents

Study-abroad Consulting Services

We provide quality guidance for students and working adults who intend to study in United States or Commonwealth countries. In 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018, we had 338, 1,935 and 507 student enrollments in our study-abroad consulting services, respectively. In 2017, 766 students who enrolled in our study-abroad consulting programs and applied for overseas universities were admitted into the global top 50 institutions, as ranked by either the QS World University Rankings or U.S. News, including Princeton University, Harvard University, Yale University and Columbia University.

We provide one-on-one customized comprehensive one-stop plan for each student, including:

 

    Profiling and Positioning : To ensure that we accurately advise on the best country, university and major, we first conduct a comprehensive profiling exercise for each student. We assign to each student a professional admission consultant who has in-depth knowledge and experience in admission application for overseas schools and universities. Based on students’ academic qualifications, career goals, financial status and work experience, our consultants will help them choose the optimal target schools that address their aspirations and goals.

 

    Application Guidance : We offer comprehensive guidance for our students throughout the application process. Leveraging their own overseas studying experience and comprehensive expertise of the application requirements and procedures, our consultants provide guidance tailored for each student on their application packages. To help students prepare for the school interviews, we also offer a number of interview preparation sessions. The interview preparation sessions are conducted by professionals who have extensive experience in interview techniques and are well versed with the nature and scope of interview questions that universities usually ask candidates.

 

    Visa Assistance : We assist students in preparing for visa applications and interviews.

Fees for our study-abroad consulting services vary among our learning centers throughout China as well as among service packages, depending on, among other things, local market conditions, type and length of the service, and consultant costs. Consistent with market practices, our service fees, excluding a small portion to cover our costs incurred, are generally refunded if a student fails to gain any admission or obtain the relevant visa.

Online Platforms

In addition to classroom-based educational services and products, we also provide a variety of in-house developed online learning platforms to accommodate our students’ individual learning habits and objectives.

We developed both web-based and mobile-based platforms for K-12 tutoring services.

Mobile Application

We launched our mobile application, Puxin Teacher & Student App, in February 2017. Our Puxin Teacher & Student App is a one-stop mobile platform among students, teachers and parents.

Through our Puxin Teacher & Student App, we offer Puxin Superior Classes to our students with an engaging learning experience. Puxin Superior Classes provide students with additional courses in a variety of subjects which can be subscribed based on the students’ interest. Students can view lecture videos online anytime or download for offline viewing based on their own schedules or studying paces. In addition, Puxin Superior Classes make it convenient for students to communicate with teachers. Students can view assignments online, raise questions or obtain teachers’ review on their coursework. For teachers, our Puxin Teacher & Student App allows them to bring the classroom on iOS and Android devices. Teachers can use our mobile application to upload their lecture videos and course materials, collect assignments from students, organize group discussions, provide feedback and track students’ progress.

 

130


Table of Contents

In addition, our students’ parents can enroll in new courses and make payments through Puxin Teacher & Student App, which allows us to allocate our teaching recourses in advance according to the data collected online. As of March 31, 2018, in schools which adopted Puxin Teacher & Student App for over three months, 81.7% of our teachers and 72.4% of our enrolled students had opened their accounts on Puxin Teacher & Student App.

Online Products and Services

In addition to our mobile application, we offer a variety of cloud-based products and services for K-12 tutoring and study-abroad tutoring services.

Puxin Dual-Teacher Classrooms . We offer live streaming classes where a teacher from one of our learning center partners with another teacher located in other learning centers to jointly conduct online lectures to students.

Recorded Lectures . We offer recorded lectures online for students to access lectures anytime and anywhere. Online recorded lectures primarily target students from tier-3 and tier-4 cities where we have not yet established learning centers.

Foreign Teacher Classes . We offer online interactive classes for students to interact with native speakers of foreign languages. Our foreign teacher classes are mostly one-on-one classes.

GEDU Online . GEDU Online is the web-based platform of Global Education for students to enroll in online recorded IELTS or other study-abroad test preparation courses. The primary audience for GEDU Online is students in tier-3 and tier-4 cities where we have not yet established presence.

Our Network

We deliver our educational services to students through an extensive network of directly operated learning centers. Our physical network of learning centers comprises K-12 learning centers, study-abroad test preparation learning centers and study-abroad learning centers. As of March 31, 2018, we had 397 learning centers in 35 cities in China. Certain of our K-12 learning centers and study-abroad learning centers share business premises.

 

131


Table of Contents

The following map and table set forth the total number of directly operated learning centers we operate in each province as of March 31, 2018.

 

LOGO

 

132


Table of Contents
     Number of Learning
Centers
 
     K-12
Tutoring
     Study-abroad
Tutoring
 

Beijing

     3        28  

Shanghai

     10        15  

Tianjin

     21        2  

Chongqing

     12        1  

Guangdong Province

     4        18  

Jilin Province

     12        1  

Liaoning Province

     53        9  

Shandong Province

     21        2  

Shanxi Province

     27        2  

Jiangsu Province

     11        15  

Zhejiang Province

     17        5  

Henan Province

     19        4  

Fujian Province

     2        —    

Shaanxi Province

     14        5  

Hubei Province

     —          6  

Hunan Province

     —          1  

Guizhou Province

     25        1  

Yunnan Province

     7        2  

Sichuan Province

     17        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     275        122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

We provide K-12 tutoring services through directly operated learning centers. Each of our directly operated learning centers is administered by a private school or a corporation. Each school or corporation is managed by a principal, who is responsible for daily operations, sales and marketing, academic support and customer services for all the learning centers of the private school or the corporation.

Most of our learning centers have classroom facilities to serve students who attend our courses. Our K-12 learning centers are generally located near elementary schools, middle schools or residential areas. Our study-abroad test preparation learning centers are generally located near colleges and universities or testing centers. Each of our learning centers includes office and classroom space, ranging from 94.4 to 10,153.2 square meters in site area. We lease substantially all of our facilities, office and classroom spaces for each learning centers.

For our study-abroad tutoring services, in addition to our directly operated learning centers, we have franchised schools which are franchisees of Global Education. As of March 31, 2018, we had 196 franchised learning centers operated by the franchisees of Global Education. We charge franchise fees every year ranging from RMB10,000 to RMB300,000 as consideration for the right we granted to the franchisees and do not share any revenue that franchised schools generate. After all of the existing franchise agreements expire or are terminated, we do not plan to renew or grant any rights to third parties to conduct the business of educational services under any of our brands or trademarks.

Centralized and Standardized Management

We have implemented centralized and standardized management throughout our school network to consistently manage key aspects of their operations by applying our Puxin Business System, or PBS. PBS is a standard, common collection of business processes and process improvement methodologies. Designed by our core management team, PBS has reflected our management’s accumulated experience in the education industry and incorporated the best practices in the operations and management of our schools.

 

133


Table of Contents

PBS is the prime methodology that we apply throughout the entire operating process, covering strategy deployment, budget planning and management, internal reporting and communication, execution control, and performance review and management. It covers as many as over 3,000 operation and management processes, including, among others, organizational structure, financial management, operating manuals, product development, student recruitment, teacher management, marketing, human resources and knowledge management. PBS sets forth task lists for each operation and management process and contains more than 10,000 tasks that our schools are required to perform during day-to-day school operations. With PBS, our management can monitor the management and operating performance of each school on a timely manner and ensure our group-wide strategies and principles are implemented effectively.

Our PBS is supported and constantly updated by our knowledge management system. We encourage our management and employees to seek continuous improvement in operations and share their firsthand experience within our group. Our knowledge management system at the headquarters collects experience and knowledge submitted in various forms, including weekly, monthly and quarterly work reports, local market surveys, study and research on specific topics, as well as audio and video materials. The dedicated knowledge management staff at our headquarters and the head of each business line periodically review the information submitted by our schools and identify the good practices which will be incorporated into our PBS and followed by our schools during their operations. Our PBS continually incorporates the best practices and eliminates outdated or inefficient practices throughout our schools, which makes it an ever-evolving system containing industry-leading practices.

Our Acquisitions

We have grown our business through strategic acquisitions of businesses. Since our inception, we have acquired 48 schools in China through equity or assets purchases. We have strong capabilities of and rich experiences in successful acquisitions and integration of schools. Through our acquisitions, we have realized significant economies of scale by increasing student enrollments, enlarging our team of teachers and consultants and expanding our geographic reach. Leveraging our comprehensive product and service offerings, we are able to achieve synergies by cross-selling across business lines, sharing facilities and resources and streamlining management and administrative functions.

 

134


Table of Contents

The following tables list our acquisitions:

 

2015

Acquisitions (1)

  

Principal office
location

  

Service offerings

  

Time of
acquisitions (2)

Taiyuan Fubusi ( LOGO )

  

Taiyuan

  

K-12 tutoring

  

April 2015

Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang ( LOGO )

  

Guangzhou

  

K-12 tutoring

  

May 2015

Tianjin Shengjia ( LOGO )

  

Tianjin

  

K-12 tutoring

  

June 2015

Taiyuan Mercan ( LOGO )

  

Taiyuan

  

K-12 tutoring; study-abroad tutoring

  

June 2015

Dalian Oriental Magic Arts ( LOGO )

  

Dalian

  

K-12 tutoring

  

August 2015

Shenyang Oriental Magic Arts ( LOGO )

  

Shenyang

  

K-12 tutoring

  

August 2015

Jinan Daozhen ( LOGO )

  

Jinan

  

K-12 tutoring

  

October 2015

Beijing Ruibao ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

K-12 tutoring

  

November 2015

Guiyang Tiantian ( LOGO )

  

Guiyang

  

K-12 tutoring

  

November 2015

Lighthouse Beijing ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

November 2015

Beijing YESSAT ( LOGO YESSAT)

  

Beijing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

December 2015

Jinan Delin ( LOGO )

  

Jinan

  

K-12 tutoring

  

December 2015

Tianjin Kexin ( LOGO )

  

Tianjin

  

K-12 tutoring

  

December 2015

 

2016

Acquisitions (1)

  

Principal office
location

  

Service offerings

  

Time of
acquisitions (2)

Jinan Qiru ( LOGO )

  

Jinan

  

K-12 tutoring

  

January 2016

Nanjing Innovation ( LOGO )

  

Nanjing

  

K-12 tutoring

  

January 2016

Shaoxing Lingxian ( LOGO )

  

Shaoxing

  

K-12 tutoring

  

January 2016

Ningbo Wei’en ( LOGO )

  

Ningbo

  

K-12 tutoring

  

February 2016

Chengdu Shucai ( LOGO )

  

Chengdu

  

K-12 tutoring

  

March 2016

Nanjing Zhumengtang ( LOGO )

  

Nanjing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

March 2016

Shenzhen Daiweisi ( LOGO )

  

Shenzhen

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

April 2016

Guangzhou Butong ( LOGO )

  

Guangzhou

  

K-12 tutoring

  

May 2016

Shanghai Xinkebiao ( LOGO )

  

Shanghai

  

K-12 tutoring

  

May 2016

Guangzhou Qiji ( LOGO )

  

Guangzhou

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

June 2016

Beijing Hope ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

June 2016

Jinan Jinmenqiao ( LOGO )

  

Jinan

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

July 2016

Luoyang Caihong ( LOGO )

  

Luoyang

  

K-12 tutoring

  

July 2016

Beijing Quakers ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

August 2016

Shenyang Being ( LOGO )

  

Shenyang

  

K-12 tutoring

  

August 2016

Dalian Tongfang ( LOGO )

  

Dalian

  

K-12 tutoring

  

November 2016

Xi’an Yangjian ( LOGO )

  

Xi’an

  

K-12 tutoring

  

November 2016

Dalian Zhemei ( LOGO )

  

Dalian

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

December 2016

Luzhou Hanlin ( LOGO )

  

Luzhou

  

K-12 tutoring

  

December 2016

 

135


Table of Contents

2017

Acquisitions (1)

  

Principal office
location

  

Service offerings

  

Time of
acquisitions (2)

Shenyang Yingcai ( LOGO )

  

Shenyang

  

K-12 tutoring

  

January 2017

Beijing Puxing ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

K-12 tutoring

  

January 2017

Tianjin Juming ( LOGO )

  

Tianjin

  

K-12 tutoring

  

February 2017

Nanjing Baifenbi ( LOGO )

  

Nanjing

  

K-12 tutoring

  

April 2017

Fanzhuan Chengdu ( LOGO )

  

Chengdu

  

Online education

  

April 2017

Chengdu Wuyou ( LOGO )

  

Chengdu

  

K-12 tutoring

  

April 2017

Chongqing Wuyou ( LOGO )

  

Chongqing

  

K-12 tutoring

  

April 2017

Beijing Zhihuasheng ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

Online education

   May 2017

Shenyang Zhongying Yulong ( LOGO )

  

Shenyang

  

K-12 tutoring

  

May 2017

Jilin Shiji Dongfang ( LOGO )

  

Jilin

  

K-12 tutoring

  

June 2017

Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang ( LOGO )

  

Yancheng

  

K-12 tutoring

  

June 2017

Fuzhou Xueyoufang ( LOGO )

  

Fuzhou

  

K-12 tutoring

  

July 2017

ZMN Education ( LOGO ) (3)

  

Beijing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

July 2017

Global Education ( LOGO )

  

Beijing

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

August 2017

Hangzhou Feiyue ( LOGO )

  

Hangzhou

  

K-12 tutoring

  

September 2017

Hangzhou Yulan ( LOGO )

  

Hangzhou

  

Study-abroad tutoring

  

September 2017

 

(1) Acquisitions include equity purchase or assets purchase conducted by our VIE, Puxin Education, and its subsidiaries.
(2) Time of acquisitions refers to (i) with respect to equity acquisitions, the time when we obtained the control over the operations and management of the entities acquired, and (ii) with respect to assets acquisitions, the time of closing of the acquisition.
(3) In July 2017, we entered into an equity transfer agreement to acquire 100% equity interest in ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd., or ZMN Education, and obtained the control over the operations and management of ZMN Education. In March 2018, we entered into a restated and amended agreement in connection with this acquisition and Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd., one of Puxin Education’s subsidiaries, completed the registration with local government authorities as shareholder of ZMN Education.

Target Selection and Execution of Acquisitions

We have adopted a systematic approach towards acquisitions by applying our four-stage acquisition target selection funnel process. Below is a flow chart setting forth our four-stage acquisition target selection funnel process.

 

LOGO

We have a dedicated acquisition team systematically screen, evaluate and track the potential target schools in China. In stage one, we initiate the process by conducting extensive market research to identify high-quality targets in a specific city or province. We apply a set of rigorous criteria, including the target’s geographic location, reputation in the local market, growth potential, key performance indicators (KPI), synergies with our

 

136


Table of Contents

existing schools and the probability for successful integration, as key considerations for acquisitions. We currently have identified approximately 1,550 potential acquisition targets.

In stage two, we begin outreach and initial conversations with target management and vetting the potential targets internally.

In stage three, when we identify proper target schools, we conduct thorough and rigorous due diligence on these schools covering business operations, financial management, human resources and marketing of the target schools. During such due diligence process, we identify both the weakness and potentials of the target schools and therefore determine whether to acquire the target schools and the estimated valuation and propose appropriate development strategies including PBS plan for such schools. We currently have approximately 300 targets with which we are in active discussion regarding the potential acquisitions.

In stage four, we proceed with the acquisition plans for which we have obtained internal pre-approvals and will complete the acquisitions if the acquisition conditions are met. Currently we have obtained internal pre-approvals for approximately 100 targets and are in negotiations with them regarding the acquisition plans.

Our acquisition team is experienced in designing acquisition transaction structure. Leveraging our effective centralized management model and our management’s strong execution capability, we are able to efficiently complete the acquisitions and effectively integrate the operations and management of the acquired schools. Since our inception, we identified and contacted over 1,000 targets in China as our potential acquisition targets, among which we have acquired equity interests in or assets of 48 schools, including Global Education.

Integration of Acquired Schools

As early as during the pre-acquisition due diligence of a target school, our acquisition project team identifies key operating indicators to be improved and proposes growth plan for the target school. We usually assign the acquired school a principal who has extensive experience in operating other schools in our group. Before starting his responsibility, the principal will visit the school to understand the operational status and conduct his comprehensive research covering the local market landscape, operations of competitors, as well as economic and demographic conditions of the city where the acquired school is located. All of these lay a solid foundation for effective post-acquisition integration.

We implement our PBS at each acquired school to effectively integrate it into our management system and improve its operating performance. Our senior management conduct on-site training to the acquired schools’ management team and teachers to familiarize them with our culture and operation management system. Based on the methodologies of PBS, we formulate a detailed 100-day execution plan and set forth 21 post-acquisition milestones for each acquired school covering every key operational aspects:

 

    Student recruitment and marketing : Based on our thorough pre-acquisition due diligence and market research, we take various marketing measures to increase the acquired schools’ student enrollments. We focus on increasing the existing students’ retention rate and the number of courses enrolled by each student. In addition, we proactively encourage students and their parents to make referrals to other students and offer classes with promotion prices to attract new students. We also make specific marketing plans for the acquired schools.

 

    Curriculum and service offering : Each acquired school will adopt our unified curricula and course materials to provide courses with consistent quality. We formulate full-year syllabi based on the schedules of admission tests of elementary schools, middle schools, Zhongkao and Gaokao to ensure well-organized teaching activities at each acquired school. We also require the acquired schools to implement our standardized student service protocol to offer better services to students and their parents.

 

137


Table of Contents
    Teachers : We provide comprehensive training for the existing teachers of the acquired schools so that they can adopt and apply our teaching methodologies in their teaching activities. Based on the need of each school, we recruit new teachers and provide them with training on teaching skills and techniques. We conduct systematic performance reviews for existing teachers and provide them with better incentive and career development prospects to ensure the stability of the outstanding teaching staff of the acquired schools.

 

    IT systems : We usually integrate the key aspects of an acquired school into our IT systems within three months. Each acquired school is required to apply our unified ERP system, CRM system and knowledge management system.

 

    Financial management : Our headquarters perform centralized financial management over acquired schools. We set forth budget plans for each school in relation to the number of classes and student enrollments, as well as performance targets.

During the entire integration process, our dedicated acquisition team at the headquarters oversees the executions at the acquired schools and provides guidance to the principal. The principal is required to submit daily, weekly and monthly reports about the day-to-day operations of the acquired school to our headquarters for at least three months.

Our systematic integration approach underpins robust post-acquisition growth of the acquired schools. For K-12 tutoring schools we acquired prior to 2017, we achieved a growth in student enrollment in regular-price courses from 441,375 in 2016 to 662,958 in 2017, representing a growth rate of 50.2% on a comparable basis. For these schools, the K-12 group class student retention rate in regular-price courses also increased from 57.7% in the first quarter post acquisition to 70.1% after 12 months post acquisition.

Acquisition Case Study – Tianjin Shengjia

In June 2015, we acquired Tianjin Shengjia which is a leading regional K-12 tutoring service provider in Tianjin and the third school we acquired since the inception of our business.

As part of our detailed acquisition process, we conducted comprehensive pre-acquisition market research and due diligence to analyze Tianjin Shgnejia’s growth potential and formulated detailed integration and improvement plans, in line with PBS. The tasks undertaken as part of the efficient and effective integration include:

 

    Strategy deployment : based on our analysis of the competitive landscape, local economic condition and regulatory environment, we decided to expand Tianjin Shengjia’s service offerings to provide English for children program, courses for middle school students and personalized tutoring classes, and improve its student recruitment through providing promotional programs;

 

    Budget planning : we developed a detailed budget for 2015 and conducted quarterly reviews of performance to budget;

 

    Improved reporting : we implemented a daily and weekly reporting process with the management team of Tianjin Shengjia and organized weekly meetings to review its operations;

 

    Talent management : we replaced the existing principal, recruited new teachers and course material development staff and set up training systems for teachers;

 

    Student retention : we improved services and products to attract and retain students, which in turn improved the student retention rate; and

 

    Performance review and management : we designed and adopted performance-based compensation system for teachers and staff.

 

138


Table of Contents

As a result of our integration and improvement plans, Tianjin Shengjia improved its operating performance as follows:

 

    its student enrollments increased by 74.5% from 70,756 in 2016 to 123,496 in 2017, and reached 19,903 in the first quarter of 2018;

 

    its K-12 group class retention rate increased from 67.0% in 2016 to 73.8% in 2017, and reached 82.9% in the first quarter of 2018; and

 

    it had operating margin of 5.9% in 2017 and 16.0% in the first quarter of 2018 compared to the operating margin of (37.6)% in 2016.

The table below sets forth quarterly student enrollments of Tianjin Shengjia in 2016, 2017 and the first quarter of 2018:

 

    For the Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    December 31,
2016
    March 31,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    December 31,
2017
    March 31,
2018
 

Student enrollments

    7,221       25,943       17,963       19,629       19,406       42,712       32,081       29,297       19,903  

Course Material Development

We emphasize the quality of our course materials which is crucial to effectiveness of our teaching methodologies. Most of our K-12 tutoring curricula and course materials are developed and updated at the course research and development centers in Beijing and Taiyuan with a focus on the universal academic and examination requirements in the PRC education system. Our schools can adopt these curricula and course materials with modifications to satisfy local requirements and demands. We encourage all teachers and consultants to actively participate in our course materials development activities and contribute their talents and experiences. In addition, we had a dedicated team of 318 as of March 31, 2018, which is responsible for developing, updating and improving our curricula and course materials. All the team members have solid education background, extensive teaching experience and research achievements in the field of a certain subject.

We have devoted significant resources to course material development to ensure that our course offerings are up-to-date, engaging and effective. We review and make reference to recent teaching and testing materials of leading public schools’ curriculum. To address different educational requirements and needs of our students at each grade level, we have also developed curricula and course materials tailored for classes of different difficulty levels based on students’ learning ability as well as their strengths and weaknesses.

We update our K-12 tutoring and study-abroad tutoring course materials periodically to keep up with the ongoing changes in the standard K-12 curriculum and admission tests for overseas countries. We also look into each year’s examination papers of Zhongkao and Gaokao and IELTS, TOEFL, SAT and SSAT to update our practice question database and course materials. Our updated course materials are reviewed by an expert group consisting of teachers of public schools, teaching researchers and our own teachers who have significant teaching experience in the subject. At the end of each course’s term, we evaluate, update, and improve course materials based upon feedback from teachers, students and parents as well as student performance in their examinations.

Currently, we offer children’s English courses to children in kindergarten through grade six. Our course materials for the children’s English are largely based on materials originally published by international education content providers and publishers.

Our Teachers and Consultants

Our teachers are critical to maintain the quality of our services and to promote our brand and reputation. We have a team of dedicated and highly qualified teachers with enthusiasm for education, whom we believe are

 

139


Table of Contents

essential to maintaining our consistent and high teaching quality. This commitment is reflected in our highly selective teacher hiring process, our emphasis on continued teacher training and rigorous evaluation, our adoption of a performance-based compensation plan, and our offering of a promising career path.

We recruit K-12 teachers based on their teaching experience, learning ability and commitment to working with us in the long term. We hire teachers for the group classes and the personalized services separately. We routinely recruit teachers graduated from universities in China and experienced teachers with a solid track record and strong reputation from local public schools. We look for candidates who have a strong sense of purpose and possess certain level of sales skills. We had 1,778, 3,207 and 3,076 full-time K-12 teachers, 1,527, 2,405 and 2,129 part-time teachers and 688, 1,433 and 1,361 teaching assistants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

We hire highly qualified teachers with strong English and teaching skills for our study-abroad test preparation courses. Our study-abroad test preparation teachers are generally specialized in teaching particular courses, such as reading, writing, speaking or listening for IELTS or TOEFL. We had 107, 976 and 966 full-time study-abroad test preparation teachers and 63, 1,425 and 847 part-time teachers as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, 33.0% of our test preparation teachers had overseas studying experience and 40.7% held a master’s or doctor’s degree.

We hire consultants who are familiar with comprehensive study-abroad application procedures for our study-abroad consulting services. Our consultants have an average of over three years of consulting experience in this industry. We had 29, 205 and 191 full-time consultants as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, 43.8% of our consultants had overseas studying experience.

The quality of our educational services is critical to our business and our brand and is key to our continued growth and success. We have developed our “Nine Steps” methodology, which standardizes our teachers’ teaching activities to implement the best practices across our learning centers to ensure consistent teaching quality. We require our teachers to carry out nine steps in their teaching activities, including (i) class preparation, (ii) before-class assessment, (iii) in-class orientation, (iv) in-class lectures, (v) in-class recaps, (vi) in-class quizzes, (vii) after-class review, (viii) checking homework, and (ix) collecting feedback, and set forth standards for each step. The Nine Steps methodology enables our teachers to obtain critical information about students’ learning pattern, aptitude and performance which help them refine their course offering. It also stimulates our students to achieve academic excellence.

Each of our newly hired full-time teachers and consultants is required to undergo rigorous training and must continue to participate in periodic training programs that focus on education content, teaching or consulting skills and techniques as well as our corporate culture and values. Our teachers’ retention, compensation and promotion are to a large extent results oriented. We regularly evaluate the classroom performance and teaching results of our teachers and consultants. Our evaluation takes into consideration various factors, including (i) the K-12 group class utilization rate, (ii) the K-12 group class student retention rate, (iii) the number of students who enroll additional courses, and (iv) the number of students who withdraw from the courses.

We offer our teachers and consultants competitive and performance-based compensation packages and provide them with prospective career development within the company. We have established a remuneration system with clear and detailed performance indicators to evaluate the performance of our teachers, consultants and other staff, which can motivate our employees in a scientific, reasonable and effective manner. We have launched systematic career advancement programs, including “Puxin Star” for top teachers, “Puxin Talents” for mid-level management and “Puxin Leadership” for senior management to build up a talents reserve for our long-term growth. We provide the participants in these programs with career advice, advanced training and team building activities with a purpose to broadening their access to growth and development opportunities.

 

140


Table of Contents

Student Recruitment

We offer comprehensive K-12 tutoring services to students aging from three to 18. Our study-abroad tutoring services are designed to help middle school students, high school students and college students prepare for admission tests and applications for overseas study. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and March 31, 2018, approximately 42.7%, 38.4% and 37.9%, respectively, of our total enrolled students for K-12 tutoring services were elementary school students and 35.9%, 46.4% and 46.8%, respectively, of our total enrolled students for K-12 tutoring services were middle school students. Our full K-12 curriculum allows us to maximize the lifetime value of these enrollments by satisfying the entire breadth of our student’s educational needs. In the meantime, with lowering age of students studying abroad, we are able to cross-sell our study-abroad tutoring services to K-12 student base, and vice versa, extending our presence in students’ academic careers.

We focus on retaining existing students who have enrolled in our courses, as well as attracting new students. We recruit new students through both online and offline channels, such as distributing leaflets, organizing seminars and advertising online. We believe that the greatest contributor to our success in student recruitment has been word-of-mouth referrals by our students and their parents who share their learning experiences at our learning centers with others. Students in our learning centers have significantly improved their results on Zhongkao and Gaokao practice exams, SAT, TOEFL or IELTS, which we believe has enhanced our reputation and increased our word-of-mouth referrals in the markets that we participate in.

In addition to courses we offer at our regular prices, we also offer promotional K-12 tutoring programs to attract new students and at the same time attract existing students to subscribe for more subjects, primarily during the summer and winter breaks, as well as the Labor Day and National Day holidays in China. The prices for such promotional programs are usually at a substantial discount of our regular tuition fees. In 2017, there were 172,772 student enrollments in our promotional programs, 49,435 of which chose to enroll in our regular courses after the promotional programs.

Branding and Marketing

Branding

We have established “Puxin” as a well-recognized brand among industry participants which has positioned us a leading player with successful integration experience in China’s after-school education sector. According to a selected survey conducted by Frost & Sullivan, we are named as one of the preferred partners or buyers by 70.8% of the interviewees when they seek potential acquirors of their business.

For our acquired K-12 tutoring schools, we generally continue to use their original brand names to assure stable operations of these schools in the local markets. Once these acquired schools are fully integrated into our group, we operate them under a co-brand with our own “Puxin” brand, such as “Puxin-Lingxian.” For our study-abroad tutoring services, we operate under the existing brands of the acquired entities, including Global Education, and manage their brand names as sub-brands within our group.

Marketing

We use a variety of marketing and recruiting methods to attract students and increase student enrollments of our learning centers. We recruit our students primarily through word-of-mouth referrals. Our learning centers generally enjoy high local reputation which has greatly facilitated our student recruitment. Moreover, we engage in a range of marketing activities to enhance our brand recognition among prospective students and their parents.

We place online and mobile advertisements mainly on Baidu.com, Sogou.com and other search engines in China. We also cooperate with innovative media platforms and place advertisements or advertorials on education-focused platforms and mobile apps. Furthermore, we have established online WeChat groups with existing and prospective students and their parents. We regularly place our advertisements and share education-related information in our WeChat groups to keep close interactions with potential students and their parents.

 

141


Table of Contents

In addition to the centralized marketing team working at our headquarters, we also have a sales force in each of our learning centers in different cities. We place outdoor display advertisements or distribute leaflets at public transportation terminals, in schools and in residential areas in selected cities. We distribute informational brochures, posters and flyers to students and parents at locations close to schools and residential areas. We also conduct extensive free information sessions to introduce our programs to our target markets. We regularly conduct information sessions, seminars and workshops to provide prospective students and their parents with opportunities to learn about the products and services that we offer. We also give calls to the parents of our existing students to inform them of our class schedule and relevant promotions.

Competition

The private education market in China is highly fragmented and competitive, and we expect competition in this sector to persist and intensify. Our major competitors in K-12 tutoring services include TAL, New Oriental and certain local players. Our major competitors in study-abroad tutoring services include New Oriental. We face competition in each type of services we offer, including in online and offline forms, and in each geographic market in which we operate.

We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets include the following:

 

    scope and quality of course offerings;

 

    quality and performance of the teachers and education services offered;

 

    overall student experience and satisfaction;

 

    brand recognition;

 

    ability to effectively market course offerings to a broad base of prospective students and their parents;

 

    cost-effectiveness of courses;

 

    ability to attract, train, and retain high-quality teachers;

 

    ability to provide students access to courses; and

 

    ability to align course offerings to specific needs of students.

We believe that we are well-positioned to effectively compete in the markets in which we operate on the basis of our innovative approach to K-12 education and study-abroad test preparation tutoring and consulting services, immersive and interactive learning environment, scalable and efficient business model, extensive and high-quality teacher network, education quality, strong course development capabilities and experienced management team. However, some of our current or future competitors may have longer operating histories, better brand recognition, or greater financial, technical or marketing resources than we do. For a discussion of risks related to competition, see “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Business and Industry—We face intense competition in our industry, and if we fail to compete effectively, we may lose our market share and our profitability may be adversely affected.”

Technology

Our technology is crucial to our ability to support our course delivery, business development, service upgrade, study support, back-office operations and expansion. We currently use a combination of commercially available software and hardware and proprietary technology. To closely cope with evolving market conditions and student needs, we also rely on our in-house research and development for new technology initiatives. We promptly enroll our acquired schools onto our technology platform, which effectively facilitates the post-acquisition integration of such schools.

 

142


Table of Contents

We have established an ERP system, which is an integrated system combining various management functions, including (i) data management, (ii) student enrollment management, (iii) teaching affairs administration, (iv) financial and accounting management, (v) data mining and analysis, and (v) data backup and security.

As of March 31, 2018, we had an information technology team of 101 engineers with experience and expertise in the fields of computer sciences and software development. We may further expand this team to meet the requirements of our future research and development.

Intellectual Property

We own copyrights to the course contents we developed in-house.

Our trademarks, software copyrights, domain names, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights distinguish our program from those of our competitors and contribute to our ability to compete in our target markets. We rely on a combination of copyright and trademark law, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements with our employees to protect our intellectual property rights. In addition, under the employment agreements we enter into with our employees, they acknowledge that the intellectual property made by them in connection with their employment with us are our property. We also regularly monitor any infringement or misappropriation of our intellectual property rights.

As of March 31, 2018, we had registered 257 trademarks which bolster our strong brand recognition in the PRC, among which, 166 trademarks held by Global Education, 75 trademarks held by Puxin and 16 trademarks held by ZMN Education. We also held 155 domain names relating to our business, including our www.pxjy.com website, with the Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers and China Internet Network Information Center, 39 works of art copyright and 62 registered software copyrights in the PRC as of March 31, 2018.

Facilities

We currently lease substantially all of the properties we use to operate our business. We are headquartered in Beijing, and the business premises of our schools and learning centers are located in 35 cities in China. Our leases have terms of one to 15 years. For detailed information about the locations of our facilities, see “—Our Network.”

We believe that the facilities which we currently lease are adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future, and we believe that we will be able to obtain adequate facilities, principally through leasing of additional properties, to accommodate our future expansion plans.

Employees

We are headquartered in Beijing, where most of our senior management and technology teams are based. We also host part of our general and administrative personnel, content development professionals and sales and marketing staff in our Beijing offices.

 

143


Table of Contents

We had a total of 3,703 and 8,882 full-time employees as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The following table sets forth the number of our full-time employees, categorized by function, as of December 31, 2017:

 

Function

   Number of Full-Time Employees  

Teachers, consultants and instructors (1)

     4,608  

Managerial staff

     851  

Sales and marketing

     2,428  

Administrative staff

     895  

Information technology

     100  
  

 

 

 

Total

     8,882  
  

 

 

 

 

  (1) Include 303 employees who are responsible for developing, updating and improving our curricula and course materials.

As of March 31, 2018, we had a total of 8,431 employees, a decrease of 5.1% from 8,882 as of December 31, 2017, primarily due to decreases in our general and administrative staff, as well as teachers and consultants, as we continued to optimize our operational efficiency and manage our teacher and consultant team based on evaluation of their classroom performance and teaching results.

We enter into employment contracts with our full-time employees. We also enter into stand-alone confidentiality and non-compete agreements with them. In addition to salaries and benefits, we provide performance-based bonuses for our full-time employees and commission-based compensation for our sales and marketing force.

As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are organized by municipal and provincial governments for our PRC-based full-time employees, including pension, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing funds. We are required under PRC law to make contributions to statutory employee benefit plans from time to time for our PRC-based full-time employees at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of such employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments in China.

Our employees are not covered by any collective bargaining agreement. We believe that we maintain a good working relationship with our employees, and we have not experienced any significant labor disputes.

Insurance

Global Education maintains group personal accident insurance and supplemental group personal accident insurance for students attending boarding schools, and ZMN Education maintains personal accident insurance for students. In addition, five Puxin-branded learning centers maintain public liability insurance or campus liability insurance for students. We do not maintain any other liability insurance or property insurance policies covering students, equipment and facilities for injuries, death or losses due to fire, earthquake, flood or any other disaster. Consistent with customary industry practice in China, we do not maintain business interruption insurance, nor do we maintain key-man life insurance. We maintain medical insurance for our management in China. Uninsured injury or death to our staff, or damage to any of our equipment or buildings could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Business and Industry—We have limited liability insurance coverage and do not carry business disruption insurance.”

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become a party to various legal or administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business, including actions with respect to intellectual property infringement, violation of

 

144


Table of Contents

third-party licenses or other rights, breach of contract and labor and employment claims. Excepts as otherwise disclosed in this prospectus, we are currently not a party to, and we are not aware of any threat of, any legal or administrative proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have any material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, cash-flow or results of operations.

 

145


Table of Contents

REGULATION

We operate our business in China under a legal regime created and made by PRC lawmakers consisting of the National People’s Congress, or the NPC, which is the country’s highest legislative body, the State Council, which is the highest authority of the executive branch of the PRC central government, and several ministries and agencies under its authority, including the Ministry of Education, or the MOE, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or the MIIT, the State Administration for Market Regulation (formerly known as the State Administration for Industry and Commerce), or the SAIC, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, or the MCA, and their respective local offices. This section summarizes the principal PRC regulations related to our business.

PRC Laws and Regulations Relating to Foreign Investment in Education

Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2017 revision)

Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Industries Guidance Catalog (2017 revision), or the Foreign Investment Catalog, which was promulgated by the National Development and Reform Commission, or the NDRC, and the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOFCOM, amended on June 28, 2017, and effective on July 28, 2017, (1) non-academic occupational skill training education is categorized as an encouraged industry for foreign investors, (2) preschool education, high school education and higher education are restricted industries for foreign investors, who foreign investors are only allowed to invest in preschool education, high school education and higher education in cooperative ways with the domestic party playing a dominant role in the cooperation, and (3) compulsory education, i.e. elementary school and middle school education, is a prohibited industry for foreign investors. Other education-related businesses that are not encouraged, restricted or prohibited fall into the allowed industry for foreign investors.

Besides, Sino-foreign cooperation in operating schools is specifically governed by the Regulation on Operating Sino-foreign Schools of the PRC, which was promulgated by the State Council on March 1, 2003, became effective on September 1, 2003 and was amended on July 18, 2013. Pursuant to this regulation, any foreign entity that invests in the education business in China through Sino-foreign cooperation must be an education institution with relevant qualifications and experience in providing high-quality educational services outside China. Any Sino-foreign cooperative school and cooperative education program shall be approved by the relevant PRC authorities and obtain a permit for Sino-foreign cooperation in operating schools.

Additionally, on June 18, 2012, the MOE issued the Implementation Opinions of the MOE on Encouraging and Guiding the Entry of Private Capital in the Fields of Education and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education to encourage private investment and foreign investment in the field of education. According to these opinions, the proportion of foreign capital in a Sino-foreign education institution shall be less than 50%.

As of the date of this prospectus, our business falls into the category of allowed industry for foreign investment under the Foreign Investment Catalog.

Regulations on Private Education in the PRC

Education Law of the PRC

On March 18, 1995, the NPC enacted the Education Law of the PRC, or the Education Law, which was amended on August 27, 2009. The Education Law sets forth provisions relating to the fundamental education systems of the PRC, including a school education system comprising preschool education, elementary education, middle education and higher education, a system of nine-year compulsory education, a national education examination system, and a system of education certificates. The Education Law stipulates that the government formulates plans for the development of education, establishes and operates schools and other training institutions. Furthermore, it provides that in principle, enterprises, social organizations and individuals are encouraged to establish and operate schools and other types of training institutions in accordance with PRC laws

 

146


Table of Contents

and regulations. It also provides that no organization or individual is allowed to establish or operate a school or any other education institution for profit-making purposes. Under the amendment enacted on December 27, 2015 and becoming effective on June 1, 2016, the amended Education Law allows organizations and individuals to establish and operate schools or other training institutions for profit-making purposes. Nevertheless, schools and other training institutions sponsored wholly or partially by government financial funds and donated assets remain prohibited from being established as for-profit organizations.

Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC and Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC

The Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC became effective on September 1, 2003 and was amended on June 29, 2013, and the Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC became effective on April 1, 2004. Under these law and rules, “private schools” are defined as schools established by social organizations or individuals using non-government funds. Private schools that provide diploma- and degree-oriented education, preschool education, self-taught higher education examination and other categories of educational services shall be subject to approval by the education authorities at or above the county level, while private schools engaging in occupational qualification training and occupational skill training shall be subject to approvals from the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare at or above the county level. A duly approved private school will be granted a private school operation permit, and shall be registered with the MCA or its local counterparts as a private non-enterprise entity and obtain a private non-enterprise entity certificate.

According to PRC laws and regulations, entities and individuals who establish private schools are commonly referred to as “sponsors” rather than “owners” or “shareholders.” The economic substance of “sponsorship” with respect to private schools is substantially similar to that of shareholder’s ownership with respect to companies in terms of legal, regulatory and tax matters. For example, the name of a sponsor is required to be stated in the private school’s articles of association and the private school operation permit, similar to that of shareholders, whose names are stated in the company’s articles of association and corporate records filed with relevant authorities. From the perspective of control, the sponsor of a private school also has the right to exercise ultimate control over the school by means such as adopting the private school’s constitutional documents and electing the school’s decision-making bodies, including the school’s board of directors and principals. The sponsor can also profit from the private schools by receiving “reasonable returns,” as explained in detail below, or disposing of its sponsorship interests in the schools for economic gains. However, the rights of sponsors vis-à-vis private schools differ from the rights of shareholders vis-à-vis companies. For example, under the PRC laws, a company’s ultimate decision-making body is its shareholders meeting, while for private schools, it is the board of directors, though the members of which are substantially appointed by the sponsor. The sponsorship interests also differ from the ownership interests with regard to the right to the distribution of residual properties upon liquidation of a private school, mainly because private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking under the current regulations. While private education is treated as a public welfare undertaking under the current regulations, sponsors of a private school may choose to require “reasonable returns” from the annual net balance of the school after deduction of costs for school operations, donations received, government subsidies (if any), the reserved development fund and other expenses as required by the regulations. Private schools whose sponsors do not require reasonable returns shall be entitled to the same preferential tax treatment as public schools, while the preferential tax treatment policies applicable to private schools whose sponsors require reasonable returns shall be formulated by the finance authority, taxation authority and other authorities under the State Council.

On November 7, 2016, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress promulgated the Decision on Amending the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC, or the Amended Private Education Law, which came into force on September 1, 2017.

Under the Amended Private Education Law, the term “reasonable return” is no longer used and a new classification system for private schools is established based on whether they are established and operated for the

 

147


Table of Contents

purpose of making profits. Sponsors of private schools may choose to establish non-profit or for-profit private schools at their own discretion, while before the Amended Private Education Law, all private schools shall not be established for for-profit purposes. Nonetheless, school sponsors are not allowed to establish for-profit private schools that are engaged in compulsory education. In other words, the private schools engaged in compulsory education should retain their non-profit status even after the Amended Private Education Law comes into force. We currently intend to register all of our private schools as for-profit schools according to the Amended Private Education Law when it is practically allowed. However, as a matter of practice, most local authorities have not started to accept or approve applications for for-profit schools because the local implementing regulations have not been promulgated and well enforced.

According to the Amended Private Education Law, the key features of the aforesaid new classification system for private schools include the following:

 

    Sponsors of for-profit private schools are entitled to retain the profits and proceeds from the private schools and the operation surplus may be distributed to the sponsors pursuant to the PRC Company Law and other relevant laws and regulations;

 

    Sponsors of non-profit private schools are not entitled to the distribution of profits or proceed from the non-profit schools and all operation surplus of non-profit schools shall be used for the operation of the private schools;

 

    For-profit private schools are entitled to set their own tuition and other miscellaneous fees without the obligation to seek prior approvals from or to report to the relevant government authorities. The collection of fees by non-profit private schools, on the other hand, shall be regulated by the provincial, autonomous regional or municipal governments;

 

    Both for-profit and non-profit private schools may enjoy preferential tax treatment. Non-profit private schools will be entitled to the same tax benefits as public schools. Taxation policies for for-profit private schools after the Amended Private Education Law takes effect are still unclear as more specific provisions are yet to be introduced;

 

    Where there is construction or expansion of a non-profit private school, the private school may acquire the land use rights through allocation by the government as a preferential treatment. Where there is construction or expansion of a for-profit private school, the private school may acquire the land use rights by purchasing them from the government;

 

    The remaining assets of non-profit private schools after liquidation shall continue to be used for the operation of non-profit schools. The remaining assets of for-profit private schools shall be distributed to the sponsors in accordance with the PRC Company Law; and

 

    The People’s governments at or above the county level may support private schools by subscribing to their services, providing student loans and scholarships, and leasing or transferring unused state assets. The governments may further take such measures as providing government subsidies, bonus funds and donation incentives to support non-profit private schools.

Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC

On April 20, 2018, the MOE issued a discussion draft of the proposed Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC, or the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, for public review and comment, which specifies the requirements for the for-profit and non-profit private schools under the Amended Private Education Law.

According to the Amended Draft of the Implementation Rules, certain key requirements for the private training institutions include:

 

   

If a private training institution engages in academic tutoring services regarding the academic subjects and school entrance exams towards children and teenagers, it will be subject to the examination and

 

148


Table of Contents
 

approval of the administrative departments for education at or above the county level. The private training institutions providing such academic tutoring services or vocational qualification or vocational skill-oriented trainings through online platforms must apply for the Internet operation licenses and the private school operation permits issued by the administrative departments for education or human resources and social security at the provincial level. Nevertheless, a private training institution is not required to obtain the school operation permit for adult-oriented cultural and educational training or non-academic continuing education or quality enhancement and personality development-oriented training activities, such as trainings on language, arts, sports, science and technology and research skills.

 

    Private training institutions are required to have adequate and appropriate venues, facilities, budgets, management experience, course resources, qualified teachers and other resources to provide training services.

 

    The private training institutions are allowed to establish tutoring branches within the approved cities after completing the filings for registrations with the approval authorities of such private training institutions and the local educational authorities where the tutoring branches are located.

 

    Private training institutions are prohibited from organizing any school admission-related academic competitions, level tests or other similar performance assessment activities for the children and teenagers at the ages of kindergarten, elementary or middle schools.

 

    Non-profit private schools are required to set aside no less than 25% of their annual increase in net assets, and for-profit private schools are required to set aside no less than 25% of their annual net income as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC, to their development fund reserves for construction or maintenance of the schools, procurement or upgrading of educational equipment and training for teachers and staff.

 

    For-profit private schools may enjoy preferential tax treatments which will be introduced by PRC central government.

Several Opinions on Encouraging the Operation of Education by Social Forces and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education

On December 29, 2016, the State Council issued the Several Opinions of the State Council on Encouraging the Operation of Education by Social Forces and Promoting the Healthy Development of Private Education, or the State Council Opinions, which lowers the barriers to entry into the business of private schools and encourages social forces to enter the education industry. The State Council Opinions also provides that each level of the People’s governments shall increase their support to the private schools in terms of, among others, financial investment, financial support, autonomy policies, preferential tax treatments, land policies, fee policies, autonomy operation, protection of the rights of teachers and students. Further, the State Council Opinions requires each level of the people’s governments to improve its local policies on government support to for-profit and non-profit private schools by means of preferential tax treatments.

Implementation Regulations for Classification Registration of Private Schools

On December 30, 2016, the MOE, the MCA, the SAIC, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare and the State Commission Office of Public Sectors Reform jointly issued the Implementation Regulations for Classification Registration of Private Schools to reflect the new classification system for private schools as set out in the Amended Private Education Law. Generally, if a private school established before the promulgation of the Amended Private Education Law chooses to register as a non-profit school, it shall amend its articles of association, continue its operation and complete the new registration process. If such private school chooses to register as a for-profit school, it shall conduct financial liquidation process, have the property rights of its assets such as lands, school buildings and net balance authenticated by relevant government authorities, pay up relevant taxes, reapply for a new private school operation permit, reregister as a for-profit school and continue

 

149


Table of Contents

its operation. Specific provisions regarding the above registrations are yet to be introduced by the people’s governments at the provincial level.

Implementation Regulations for Classification Registration of Private School in Shanghai

On December 26, 2017, the Shanghai government issued the Shanghai Implementation Regulations for Classification Registration of Private School , or the Shanghai Classification Registration Measures, which came into effect on January 1, 2018. Shanghai is the first provincial government publishing the detailed provincial rules regarding classification registration measures of private schools.

The Shanghai Classification Registration Measures specify the registration authorities for private schools of various types and levels, the registration procedures and the transitional arrangements for existing private schools. Private training institutions (classified as training institutions of cultural education and training institutions of vocational skills training) are required to comply with these regulations.

Pursuant to the Shanghai Classification Registration Measures, sponsors are permitted to set up for-profit private schools and non-profit private schools. However, private schools providing compulsory education may not be registered as for-profit private schools. The private schools that carry out pre-school education, compulsory education, higher education, secondary and lower vocational skills education and cultural training must be approved by the district level education bureau where the private school is registered and make filings with the municipal level education bureau. After obtaining the permit for operating a private school, private schools are required to apply for the legal person registration based on the education level, type and nature in accordance with relevant law and regulations. Approved non-profit private schools which meet relevant requirements shall apply to local branch of the MCA for the registration, while approved for-profit private shall apply to local counterparts of SAIC for the registration. Private schools may not conduct any student recruitment or teaching activities until the foregoing legal person registration is completed regardless of whether such private schools have obtained the private school operation permits.

The private schools established before November 7, 2016 are entitled to elect to register as for-profit private schools or non-profit private schools. They are required to file the written documents about their final decision to the approval authorities before December 31, 2018. Otherwise, the then-existing private schools shall not be registered as for-profit private schools

If a school elects to be registered as a non-profit private school, it must amend its articles of association, improve its governance structure and internal management systems and continue its operation before December 31, 2019. If a school elects to be registered as a for-profit private school, it shall undertake financial liquidation process, define the property right of its assets, pay up the relevant taxes and fees, complete the re-registration process and continue its operation. Private schools primarily providing higher education must complete the above procedures before December 31, 2021 and other schools must finish the above procedures before December 31, 2020.

For-profit private training institutions established before the implementation of the Shanghai Classification Registration Measures shall amend their articles of association, improve their corporate governance structure, perfect the establishing conditions, apply for the permit for a private school operation permit and finish other required procedures before December 31, 2019.

Establishment Standards for Private Training Institutions in Shanghai

On December 18, 2017, Shanghai Municipal Education Commission, Shanghai Civil Affairs Bureau, Shanghai Administration for Industry and Commerce and Shanghai Municipal Human Resources and Social Security Bureau jointly issued the Shanghai Establishment Standards for Private Training Institutions , or the Establishment Standards, Shanghai Administration Measures for For-profit Private Training Institutions and Shanghai Administration Measures for Non-profit Private Training Institutions , which are valid from January 1, 2018 to December 31, 2022.

 

150


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Establishment Standards, private training institutions are non-academic training institutions established by social legal entities or individuals with non-government funds and specifically engaged in cultural education and vocational skills training. The Establishment Standards also specify requirements on the education sites, teachers, teaching materials and other specific management issues of private training institutions. It stresses that private training institutions shall set up learning centers pursuant to relevant laws and regulations if they conduct training activities outside the locations specified on the private school operation permits. With the permission of approval authority, non-profit private training institutions are allowed to establish learning centers within the approved administrative district but are not entitled to set up learning centers in other districts. For-profit private training institutions may set up learning centers which shall be registered as branches pursuant to relevant regulations of AIC only if such learning centers are registered as branches of the for-profit private schools with the local AIC.

The Shanghai Administration Measures for For-profit Private Training Institutions and Shanghai Administration Measures for Non-profit Private Training Institution further provide detailed rules on the establishment, supervision and management of private training institutions.

Implementing Rules on the Supervision and Administration of For-Profit Private Schools

On December 30, 2016, the MOE, the SAIC and the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Welfare jointly issued the Implementing Rules on the Supervision and Administration of For-Profit Private Schools, pursuant to which the establishment, division, merger and other material changes of a for-profit private school shall first be approved by the education authorities or the authorities in charge of labor and social welfare, and then be registered with the competent branch of the SAIC.

For a detailed discussion on how the Amended Private Education Law and the above rules will affect our training institutions, see “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Business and Industry—We are required to obtain various operating licenses and permits and to make registrations and filings for our tutoring services in China; failure to comply with these requirements may materially and adversely affect our business operations.”

In addition to the Amended Private Education Law and the rules above mentioned, more implementing regulations will be introduced to further provide detailed requirements for the operation of non-profit and for-profit private schools:

 

    the amendment to the Implementation Rules for the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC;

 

    the local regulations relating to legal entity registration of for-profit and non-profit private schools; and

 

    the specific measures to be formulated and promulgated by the competent authorities responsible for the administration of private schools in the provinces in which our schools are located, including but not limited to the specific measures for registration of pre-existing private schools, the specific requirements for authenticating various parties’ property rights and payment of taxes and fees of for-profit private schools, taxation policies for for-profit private schools and measures for collection of non-profit private schools’ fees.

Circular on Alleviating After-school Burden on Elementary and Middle School Students and Implementing Inspections on After-school Training Institutions

On February 13, 2018, MOE, MCA, the Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security and SAIC jointly promulgated the Circular on Alleviating After-school Burden on Elementary and Middle School Students and Implementing Inspections on After-school Training Institutions, or Circular 3, which came into effect on the same date. Pursuant to Circular 3, the aforesaid government authorities will carry out a series of inspections on after-school training institutions and order those with material potential safety risks to suspend business for self-

 

151


Table of Contents

inspection and rectification and those without proper establishment licenses or school operation permits to apply for relevant qualifications and certificates under the guidance of competent government authorities. Circular 3 mandates that the foregoing inspections and rectification be completed by the end of 2018. Moreover, after-school training institutions must file with the local education authorities and make public the classes, courses, target students, class hours and other information relating to their academic training courses (including primarily courses on Chinese and mathematics). After-school training institutions are prohibited from providing academic training services beyond the scope or above the level of school textbooks, or organizing any academic competitions (such as Olympiad competitions) or level tests for students of elementary or middle schools. In addition, elementary or middle schools may not reference a student’s performance in the after-school training institutions as one of admission criteria.

Measures of Punishment for Violation of Professional Ethics of Elementary and Secondary School Teachers

On January 11, 2014, MOE promulgated the Measures for Punishment for Violation of Professional Ethics of Elementary and Secondary School Teachers, which prohibits teachers of elementary and secondary schools from providing paid tutoring in schools or in out-of-school training institutions. Some provinces and cities where our schools are located have adopted more stringent regulations which prohibit public school teachers from teaching, on a part-time basis, at private schools or learning centers. For a detailed description of the risk associated with these matters, see “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Our Business and Industry—We may not be able to continue to recruit, train and retain a sufficient number of qualified teachers and consultants.”

Regulations Related to Online Business

Internet Information Services

The State Council promulgated the Internet Information Services Administrative Measures, or the Internet Information Measures, on September 25, 2000, and amended on January 8, 2011. According to the Internet Information Measures, Internet information services refers to service activities which provide information to online users through the Internet, which are divided into services of a commercial nature and services of a non-commercial nature. Commercial Internet information services refer to paid services of providing information or creating webpages offered to online users through the Internet, while non-commercial Internet information services refer to services free of charge of providing public information to online users through the Internet. Entities engaging in commercial Internet information services shall obtain a license for Internet information services, or ICP license, from the appropriate telecommunications authorities. Entities engaging in non-commercial Internet information services shall complete filings with the telecommunications authorities.

Broadcasting Audio-Visual Programs through the Internet or Other Information Network

The Administrative Measures Regarding Internet Audio-Visual Program Services, or the Audio-Visual Measures, promulgated by the State Administration of Press, Publication, Radio, Film and Television, or the SAPPRFT (formerly known as the State Administration of Radio, Film and Television, or SARFT), on July 6, 2004 and came into effect on October 11, 2004, applies to the activities relating to the opening, broadcasting, integration, transmission or downloading of audio-visual programs using the Internet or other information networks. Under the Audio-Visual Measures, in order to engage in the business of transmitting audio-visual programs, a license issued by SAPPRFT is required, and “audio-visual programs (including the audio-visual products of film and televisions)” is defined as audio-visual programs consisting of movable pictures or sounds that can be listened to continuously, which are shot and recorded using video cameras, vidicons, recorders and other audio-visual equipment for producing programs. Foreign-invested enterprises are not allowed to carry out such business. On April 13, 2005, the State Council promulgated Certain Decisions on the Entry of Non-state-owned Capital into the Cultural Industry. On July 6, 2005, five PRC governmental authorities, including the SAPPRFT, jointly adopted the Several Opinions on Canvassing Foreign Investment into the Cultural Sector.

 

152


Table of Contents

According to these regulations, non-state-owned capital or foreign investors are not allowed to engage in the business of transmitting audio-visual programs through information networks. However, the Audio-Visual Measures have been repealed according to the Administrative Provisions on Audio-Visual Program Service through Special Network and Directed Transmission that was promulgated by the SAPPRFT on May 4, 2016, and became effective as of June 1, 2016.

To further regulate the provision of audio-visual program services to the public via the Internet, including through mobile networks, within the territory of the PRC, the SAPPRFT and the MIIT jointly promulgated the Administrative Provisions on Internet Audio-Visual Program Service, or the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, on December 20, 2007, which came into effect on January 31, 2008. Under the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, “Internet audio-visual program services” is defined as the activity of producing, redacting and integrating audio-visual programs, providing them to the general public via Internet, and providing services for other people to upload and transmit audio-visual programs; providers of Internet audio-visual program services are required to obtain a License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs issued by SAPPRFT or to complete certain registration procedures with SAPPRFT. In general, providers of Internet audio-visual program services must be either state-owned or state-controlled entities, and the business to be carried out by such providers must satisfy the overall planning and guidance catalog for Internet audio-visual program service determined by SAPPRFT. In a press conference jointly held by SAPPRFT and MIIT to answer questions relating to the Audio-Visual Program Provisions in February 2008, SAPPRFT and MIIT clarified that providers of Internet audio-visual program services who are engaged in such services prior to the promulgation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions are eligible to re-register with the relevant authorities and continue their operation of Internet audio-visual program services so long as those providers had not violated relevant laws and regulations in the past. On May 21, 2008, SAPPRFT issued a Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Application and Approval of License for the Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs, which further sets out detailed provisions concerning the application and approval process regarding the License for Online Transmission of Audio-Visual Programs. The notice also states that providers of Internet audio-visual program services that are engaged in such services prior to the promulgation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions are eligible to apply for the license so long as their violation of the laws and regulations is minor in scope and can be rectified in a timely manner and they have no records of violation during the last three months prior to the promulgation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions. Further, on March 30, 2009, SAPPRFT promulgated the Notice on Strengthening the Administration of the Content of Internet Audio-Visual Programs, which reiterates the pre-approval requirements for the audio-visual programs transmitted via the Internet, including through mobile networks, where applicable, and prohibits certain types of Internet audio-visual programs containing violence, pornography, gambling, terrorism, superstition or other similarly prohibited elements.

On April 1, 2010, SAPPRFT promulgated the Provisional Implementation of the Tentative Categories of Internet Audio-Visual Program Services, or the Categories, which clarifies the scope of Internet audio-visual program services. According to the Categories, there are four categories of Internet audio-visual program services which are further divided into seventeen sub-categories. The third sub-category under the second category covers the making and editing of certain specialized audio-visual programs concerning, among other things, educational content and broadcasting such content to the general public online. However, there are still significant uncertainties relating to the interpretation and implementation of the Audio-Visual Program Provisions, in particular, the scope of the term “internet audio-visual programs.”

Internet Cultural Activities

On February 17, 2011, MOC promulgated the Interim Administrative Provisions on Internet Culture, or the Internet Culture Provisions, which became effective on April 1, 2011. The Internet Culture Provisions require ICP service providers engaging in commercial Internet cultural activities to obtain a permit from the appropriate culture authority. Internet cultural activities include (i) the production, duplication, importation, and broadcasting of Internet cultural products; (ii) the online dissemination whereby cultural products are posted on the Internet or transmitted via the Internet to end users, such as computers, fixed-line telephones, mobile phones, television sets

 

153


Table of Contents

and games machines, for online users’ browsing, use or downloading; and (iii) the exhibition and comparison of Internet cultural products. “Internet cultural products” is defined in the Internet Culture Provisions as cultural products produced, broadcasted and disseminated via the Internet, which mainly include Internet cultural products produced specifically for the Internet, such as online music entertainment, online games, online shows and plays, online performances, online works of art and online cartoons, and Internet cultural products produced from cultural products such as music entertainment, games, shows and plays, performances, works of art and cartoons and duplicated for dissemination on the Internet.

Internet Publishing

On February 4, 2016, SAPPRFT and MIIT jointly issued the Administrative Measures of Internet Publishing Services, or the Internet Publishing Measures. According to the Internet Publishing Measures, an entity shall obtain an online publishing services permit to provide online publishing services. Online publishing services refers to the provision of online publications to the public through information networks. Online publications refer to digital works with publishing features such as having been edited, produced or processed and are made available to the public through information networks, including: (i) written works, pictures, maps, games, cartoons, audio/video reading materials and other original digital works containing useful knowledge or ideas in the field of literature, art, science or other fields; (ii) digital works of which the content is identical to that of any published book, newspaper, periodical, audio/video product, electronic publication or the like; (iii) network literature databases or other digital works, derived from any of the aforesaid works by selection, arrangement, collection or other means; and (iv) other types of digital works as may be determined by SAPPRFT.

We are in the process of applying for an ICP license and may also be required to obtain a license for the online transmission of audio-visual programs, an internet culture permit and an online publishing services permit for the operation of our online educational products.

Regulation Relating to Publication Distribution

The State Council promulgated the Administrative Regulations on Publishing, or the Publishing Regulations, on December 25, 2001, and amended them on February 2, 2016. In accordance with the Publishing Regulations, publishing activities refer to the publishing, printing, copying, importation or distribution of publications, such as books, newspapers, periodicals, audio and video products and electronic publications, and an entity engaging in publishing activities is required to obtain an approval from the relevant publication administrative authorities. Under the Administrative Measures for the Publication Market, or the Publication Market Measures, which was jointly promulgated by the SAPPRFT and the MOFCOM and became effective on March 25, 2011, as amended on May 31, 2016, any enterprise or individual who engages in publication distribution activities shall obtain permission from SAPPRFT or its local counterpart. “Publication” is defined as “books, newspapers, periodicals, audio-visual products, and electronic publications,” and “distributing” is defined as “general distribution, wholesale, retail, rental, exhibition and other activities,” respectively, in the Publication Market Measures. Any enterprise or individual that engages in retail of publications shall obtain a Publication Business Operating License issued by the local counterpart of SAPPRFT at the county level. In addition, any enterprise or individual that holds a Publication Business Operating License shall file with the relevant local counterpart of SAPPRFT that granted such license to it within 15 days since it begins to carry out any online publication distribution business.

Provisions on Intermediary Service for Self-Funded Overseas Studies

On June 17, 1999, the MOE, the Ministry of Public Security and the SAIC jointly promulgated the Provisions on Intermediary Service for Self-Funded Overseas Studies, which became effective on the same date. Pursuant to the regulations, the institutions which intend to carry out intermediary service business shall apply for the Recognition on the Intermediate Service Organization for Self-Funded Overseas Studies with the provincial education authorities. On January 12, 2017, the State Council promulgated the Decision of the State

 

154


Table of Contents

Council on the Third Installment of the Cancelation of the Administrative Licensing Matters Delegated to Local Governments, which, among other things, canceled the Recognition on the Intermediate Service Organization for Self-Funded Overseas Studies, which means that the requirement for intermediate service organizations to obtain Recognition on the Intermediate Service Organization for Self-Funded Overseas Studies from the provincial government for their engaging in intermediate and consulting business activities relating to self-funded overseas studies is canceled. This decision provides that after the cancelation of such requirements, the MOE and the SAIC shall study and develop a contract template for reference, and strengthen their guidance for, regulation on and service to intermediate service organizations and that the relevant industrial association shall take on a self-disciplinary role.

Regulations on Fire Safety

The Fire Safety Law, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the NPC on April 29, 1998, amended by the Standing Committee of the NPC on October 28, 2008, and became effective as of May 1, 2009, as well as other relevant detailed fire prevention regulations, require that premises of training institutions and their tutoring branches must either obtain a fire safety assessment permit or complete a fire safety filing. Nevertheless, in accordance with the Provisions on Supervision and Administration of Fire Protection of Construction Projects, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Public Security on July 17, 2012 and became effective on November 1, 2012, a construction project that is not subject to a construction permit is exempted from the fire safety filing requirement. And according to the Provisions on Administration of Construction Permit of Construction Projects, which was promulgated by the Ministry of Housing and Urban-Rural Development, a construction project with an investment amount less than RMB300,000 or a construction area of less than 300 square meters is exempted from the requirement of a construction permit.

Pursuant to these regulations, failure to obtain a fire safety assessment permit shall be subject to: (i) orders to suspend the construction of projects, use of such projects or operation of relevant business; and (ii) a fine of between RMB30,000 and RMB300,000. Failure to complete a fire safety filing shall be subject to: (i) orders to make rectifications within a specified time limit; and (ii) a fine of not more than RMB5,000. See “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Our Business and Industry—A significant portion of our training institutions are not in compliance with fire safety regulations.”

In addition, fire departments conduct spot inspections irregularly. The training institutions and their tutoring branches that fail to pass such inspections are also subject to monetary penalties and suspension of business operations.

Regulations Relating to Employment, Social Insurance and Housing Provident Fund

Employment

According to the PRC Labor Law, or the Labor Law, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or the SCNPC, on July 5, 1994, came into effect January 1, 1995, and was amended on August 27, 2009, an employer shall develop and improve its rules and regulations to safeguard the rights of its employees. An employer shall establish and develop labor safety and health systems, stringently implement national protocols and standards on labor safety and health, get employees to receive labor safety and health education, guard against labor accidents and reduce occupational hazards. Labor safety and health facilities must comply with the relevant national standards. An employer must provide employees with the necessary labor protection gear that complies with labor safety and health conditions stipulated under national regulations, and provide regular health examinations for employees that are engaged in work with occupational hazards. Employees engaged in special operations must receive specialized training and obtain pertinent qualifications. An employer shall develop a vocational training system. Vocational training funds shall be set aside and used in accordance with national regulations, and vocational training for employees shall be carried out systematically based on the actual conditions of the company.

 

155


Table of Contents

The Labor Contract Law of the PRC, which was promulgated by the SCNPC on June 29, 2007, amended on December 28, 2012, and came into effect July 1, 2013, combined with the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law, which was promulgated and became effective September 18, 2008, regulate the parties to labor contracts, namely employers and employees, and contain specific provisions relating to the terms of labor contracts. Under the Labor Contract Law and the Implementation Regulations on Labor Contract Law, a labor contract must be made in writing. An employer and an employee may enter into a fixed-term labor contract, an un-fixed term labor contract, or a labor contract that concludes upon the completion of certain work assignments, after reaching agreement upon due negotiations. An employer may legally terminate a labor contract and dismiss its employees after reaching agreement upon due negotiations with its employees or by fulfilling the statutory conditions. Where a labor relationship has already been established without a written labor contract, the written labor contracts shall be entered into within one month from the date on which the employee commences working.

Social Insurance

The Law on Social Insurance of the PRC, which was promulgated on October 28, 2010, and became effective on July 1, 2011, has established social insurance systems of basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance, and has elaborated in detail the legal obligations and liabilities of employers who do not comply with relevant laws and regulations on social insurance.

According to the Interim Regulations on the Collection and Payment of Social Insurance Premiums, the Regulations on Work Injury Insurance, the Regulations on Unemployment Insurance and the Trial Measures on Employee Maternity Insurance of Enterprises, enterprises in the PRC shall provide benefit plans for their employees, which include basic pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work injury insurance and basic medical insurance. An enterprise must provide social insurance by going through social insurance registration with local social insurance authorities or agencies, and shall pay or withhold relevant social insurance premiums for or on behalf of employees.

Housing Provident Fund

According to the Administrative Regulations on the Administration of the Housing Provident Fund, which was promulgated and became effective on April 3, 1999, and was amended on March 24, 2002, housing provident fund contributions paid and deposited both by employees and their unit employer shall be owned by the employees.

A unit employer shall undertake registration of payment and deposit of the housing provident fund in the housing provident fund management center and, upon verification by the housing provident fund management center, open a housing provident fund account on behalf of its employees in a commissioned bank. Employers shall timely pay and deposit housing provident fund contributions in the full amount and late or insufficient payments shall be prohibited. With respect to unit employers who violate the regulations hereinabove and fail to complete housing provident fund payment and deposit registrations or open housing provident fund accounts for their employees, such unit employers shall be ordered by the housing provident fund administration center to complete such procedures within a designated period. Those who fail to complete their registrations within the designated period shall be subject to a fine of between RMB10,000 and RMB50,000. When unit employers are in breach of these regulations and fail to pay deposit housing provident fund contributions in the full amount as they fall due, the housing provident fund administration center shall order such unit employers to pay within a prescribed time limit, failing which an application may be made to a people’s court for compulsory enforcement.

PRC Laws and Regulations Relating to Trademark, Domain Name and Copyright

Trademark

Pursuant to the Trademark Law of the PRC, or the Trademark Law, which was revised on August 30, 2013, and came into effect from May 1, 2014, the term “registered trademarks” refers to trademarks that have been

 

156


Table of Contents

approved by and registered with the Trademark Office of the State Administration for Industry & Commerce, and includes commodity trademarks, service trademarks, collective marks and certification marks. The trademark registrant shall enjoy an exclusive right to use the trademark registered under its name, which shall be protected by laws.

Domain Name

Pursuant to the Administrative Measures for Internet Domain Names, which was promulgated by the MIIT on August 24, 2017 and became effective on November 1, 2017, domain name registration is subject to the principle of “first come, first served.” The domain names registered or used by an organization or individual may not contain any contents prohibited by laws and administrative regulations. A domain name registration applicant is required to provide the domain name registration service agency with true, accurate and complete identity information on the domain name holder.

Copyright and Software Registration

The Standing Committee of the NPC adopted the Copyright Law in 1990 and amended it in 2001 and 2010, respectively. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to Internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, there is a voluntary registration system administered by the China Copyright Protection Center. The amended Copyright Law also requires registration of a copyright pledge. To address the problem of copyright infringement related to the content posted or transmitted over the Internet, the National Copyright Administration and the MIIT jointly promulgated the Measures for Administrative Protection of Copyright Related to Internet on April 29, 2005. This measure became effective on May 30, 2005.

Pursuant to the Computer Software Protection Regulations promulgated by the State Council on December 20, 2001, and amended on November 8, 2011 and January 30, 2013, respectively, the software copyright owner may go through the registration formalities with a software registration authority recognized by the State Council’s copyright administrative department. The owner of a software copyright may authorize others to exercise that copyright, and shall have the right to receive remuneration. In order to further implement the Computer Software Protection Regulations, the State Copyright Bureau issued the Computer Software Copyright Registration Procedures on February 20, 2002, which applies to software copyright registration, license contract registration and transfer contract registration.

Regulations on Tax

PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law

In January 2008, the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, or PRC EIT Law, took effect. The PRC EIT Law applies a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate to both foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, except where tax incentives are granted to special industries and projects. Small and micro enterprises meeting certain conditions are entitled to a preferential EIT rate of 20%. Under the PRC EIT Law and its implementation regulations, dividends generated from the business of a PRC subsidiary after January 1, 2008 and payable to its foreign investor may be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10% if the PRC tax authorities determine that the foreign investor is a nonresident enterprise, unless there is a tax treaty with China that provides for a preferential withholding tax rate. Distributions of earnings generated before January 1, 2008 are exempt from PRC withholding tax.

Under the PRC EIT Law, an enterprise established outside China with “de facto management bodies” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes and is generally subject to a uniform 25% enterprise income tax rate on its worldwide income. A circular issued by the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, in April 2009 regarding the standards used to classify certain Chinese-invested

 

157


Table of Contents

enterprises controlled by Chinese enterprises or Chinese enterprise groups and established outside of China as “resident enterprises” clarified that dividends and other income paid by such PRC “resident enterprises” will be considered PRC-source income and subject to PRC withholding tax, currently at a rate of 10%, when paid to non-PRC enterprise shareholders. This circular also subjects such PRC “resident enterprises” to various reporting requirements with the PRC tax authorities. Under the implementation regulations to the PRC EIT Law, a “de facto management body” is defined as a body that has material and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel and human resources, finances and properties of an enterprise. In addition, the tax circular mentioned above specifies that certain PRC-invested overseas enterprises controlled by a Chinese enterprise or a Chinese enterprise group in the PRC will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: (i) senior management personnel and departments responsible for daily production, operation and management; (ii) financial and personnel decision-making bodies; (iii) key properties, accounting books, the company seal, and minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and (iv) half or more of the senior management or directors who have voting rights.

Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise may be reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or SAT Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to apply the reduced withholding tax rate: (i) it must be a company; (ii) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (iii) it must have directly owned such required percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. In August 2015, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Administrative Measures for Nonresident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatment under Tax Treaties, or SAT Circular 60, which became effective on November 1, 2015. SAT Circular 60 provides that nonresident enterprises are not required to obtain pre-approval from the relevant tax authority in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax. Instead, nonresident enterprises and their withholding agents may, by self-assessment and on confirmation that the prescribed criteria to enjoy the tax treaty benefits are met, directly apply the reduced withholding tax rate, and file necessary forms and supporting documents when performing tax filings, which will be subject to post-tax filing examinations by the relevant tax authorities. Accordingly, Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited may be able to benefit from the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends it receives from Purong Beijing, if it satisfies the conditions prescribed under SAT Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to SAT Circular 81 and SAT Circular 60, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future.

In January 2009, the SAT promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Nonresident Enterprises, or the Nonresident Enterprises Measures, pursuant to which entities that have direct obligation to make certain payments to a nonresident enterprise shall be the relevant tax withholders for such nonresident enterprise. Further, the Nonresident Enterprises Measures provide that, in case of an equity transfer between two nonresident enterprises which occurs outside China, the nonresident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment shall, by itself or engage an agent to, file a tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at the place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred shall assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant nonresident enterprise. On April 30, 2009, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT jointly issued the Notice on Issues Concerning Process of Enterprise Income Tax in Enterprise Restructuring Business, or Circular 59. On December 10, 2009, the SAT issued the Notice on Strengthening the Administration of the Enterprise Income Tax concerning Proceeds from Equity Transfers by Nonresident Enterprises, or Circular 698. Both Circular 59 and Circular 698 became effective retroactively as of January 1, 2008. By promulgating and implementing these two circulars, the PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise by a nonresident enterprise.

 

158


Table of Contents

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Nonresident Enterprises, or SAT Bulletin 7, to supersede the provisions in relation to the Indirect Transfer as set forth in Circular 698. SAT Bulletin 7 introduces a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. Public Notice extends its tax jurisdiction to capture not only Indirect Transfer as set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of immovable property in China and assets held under the establishment and place in China of a foreign company through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. SAT Bulletin 7 also addresses transfer of the equity interest in a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Bulletin 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and introduces safe harbor scenarios applicable to internal group restructurings. However, it also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee of the Indirect Transfer as they have to make self-assessment on whether the transaction should be subject to PRC tax and to file or withhold the PRC tax accordingly.

On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Nonresident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or SAT Bulletin 37, which came into effect and superseded Circular 698 and the Nonresident Enterprises Measures on December 1, 2017. SAT Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure for the withholding of nonresident enterprise income tax. Among other things, the SAT Bulletin 37 provides that:

 

    for the income from equity investment assets, the competent tax authority for the income tax of the invested enterprise shall be the competent tax authority, while for the income from the dividends, extra dividends and other equity investment, the competent tax authority for the income tax of the enterprise distributing the income shall be the competent tax authority;

 

    the withholding obligator shall declare and pay the withheld tax to the competent tax authority in the place where such withholding obligator is located with seven days from the date of occurrence of the withholding obligation;

 

    where the income obtained by the withholding obligator and required to be withheld at source is in the form of dividends, extra dividends or any other equity investment gains, the date of occurrence of the obligation for withholding relevant payable tax is the date of actual payment of the dividends, extra dividends or other equity investment gains;

 

    for the income tax required to be withheld under Article 37 of the PRC EIT Law, if the withholding obligator fails to withhold in accordance with the law or is unable to perform withholding obligation, the nonresident enterprise obtaining the income shall declare and pay the tax not withheld to the competent tax authority of the place of the occurrence of the income in accordance with Article 39 of the PRC EIT Law and complete the Form of Report on Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax of the People’s Republic of China; where the nonresident enterprise fails to declare and pay tax in accordance with Article 39 of the PRC EIT Law, the tax authority may order it to pay the tax within a specified time limit and the nonresident enterprise shall declare and pay the tax within the time limit determined by the tax authority; the nonresident enterprise that declares and pays the tax voluntarily before the tax authority orders it to pay tax within a specified time limit shall be deemed as having paid tax as scheduled;

 

    the competent tax authority may require the taxpayer, withholding obligator and relevant parties with knowledge of relevant information to provide the contracts and other relevant materials relating to the withholding of tax. The withholding obligator shall set up the account books for withholding and payment of tax and file of contracts and materials to accurately record the withholding and payment of nonresident enterprise income tax; and

 

   

where the withholding obligator fails to withhold the tax required to be withheld under Article 37 of the PRC EIT Law, the competent tax authority of the place where the withholding agent is located shall order the withholding obligator to make up for the withholding of tax in accordance with Article 23 of the Administrative Punishment Law of the People’s Republic of China and hold the withholding agent

 

159


Table of Contents
 

liable in accordance with the law; if recovery of tax payment from the taxpayer is necessary, the competent tax authority of the place where the income occurs shall implement the recovery in accordance with the law. If the place where the withholding obligator is located is different from the place where the income occurs, the competent tax authority of the place of occurrence of the income that is responsible for recovering the tax payment shall give notice to the competent tax authority of the place where the withholding obligator is located for verifying relevant information. The competent tax authority of the place where the withholding agent is located shall, within five working days from the date where it is determined that the payable tax is not withheld in accordance with the law, send the Contact Letter for Nonresident Enterprise Tax Matters to the competent tax authority of the place of occurrence of income and notify the latter of the tax-related matters of the nonresident enterprise.

Where nonresident investors were involved in our private equity financing, if such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose, we and our nonresident investors may become at risk of being required to file a return and taxed under SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37 and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37 or to establish that we should not be held liable for any obligations under SAT Bulletin 7 and/or SAT Bulletin 37.

PRC Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax

On January 1, 2012, the Chinese State Council officially launched a pilot value-added tax (“VAT”) reform program, or Pilot Program, applicable to businesses in selected industries. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of business tax. Pilot industries in Shanghai include industries involving the leasing of tangible movable property, transportation services, product development and technical services, information technology services, cultural and creative services, logistics and ancillary services, certification and consulting services. According to official announcements made by competent authorities in Beijing and Guangdong province, Beijing launched the same Pilot Program on September 1, 2012, and Guangdong province launched its pilot program on November 1, 2012. On May 24, 2013, the Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation issued the Circular on Tax Policies in the Nationwide Pilot Collection of Value Added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax in the Transportation Industry and Certain Modern Services Industries, or the Pilot Collection Circular. The scope of certain modern services industries under the Pilot Collection Circular extends to the inclusion of radio and television services. On August 1, 2013, the Pilot Program was implemented throughout China. On December 12, 2013, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on the Inclusion of the Railway Transport Industry and Postal Service Industry in the Pilot Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax, or the 2013 VAT Circular. Among the other things, the 2013 VAT Circular abolished the Pilot Collection Circular, and refined the policies for the Pilot Program. On April 29, 2014, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on the Inclusion of Telecommunications Industry in the Pilot Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax. On March 23, 2016, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on the Comprehensive Promotion of the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax. Effective from May 1, 2016, the PRC tax authorities collect VAT in lieu of Business Tax on a trial basis within the territory of China, and in industries such as construction industries, real estate industries, financial industries and living service industries. Some of our subsidiaries as a small-scale taxpayer will be required to pay VAT at a tax rate of 3% for the services.

Draft PRC Foreign Investment Law

On January 19, 2015, MOFCOM published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments. The draft Foreign Investment Law purports to change the existing “case-by-case” approval regime to a “filing or approval” procedure for foreign investments in China. The MOFCOM, together with other relevant authorities, will determine a catalog for special administrative measures, or the “negative list,” which will consist of a list of industry categories where foreign investments are strictly prohibited and a list of industry categories where foreign investments are subject to certain restrictions. Foreign investments in business sectors outside of the “negative list” will only be subject to filing procedures, in contrast to the existing

 

160


Table of Contents

prior approval requirements, whereas foreign investments in the restricted industries must apply for approval from the foreign investment administration authority.

The draft Foreign Investment Law for the first time defines “foreign investor,” “foreign investment,” “Chinese investor” and “actual control.” A foreign investor is not only determined based on the place of its incorporation, but also on the conditions of the “actual control.” The draft Foreign Investment Law specifically provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors, such as via contracts or trust, will be treated as foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, whereas foreign investment in China in the foreign investment restricted industries by a foreign investor may nonetheless apply for being, when obtaining market entry clearance by the foreign investment administration authority, treated as a PRC domestic investment if the foreign investor is determined by the foreign investment administration authority as being “controlled” by PRC entities and/or citizens. In this connection, “actual control” is broadly defined in the draft Foreign Investment Law to cover the following summarized categories: (i) holding 50% or more of the voting rights of the subject entity; (ii) holding less than 50% of the voting rights of the subject entity but having the power to secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making bodies, or having the voting power to materially influence the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision making bodies; or (iii) having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject entity’s operations, financial matters or other key aspects of business operations. According to the draft Foreign Investment Law, VIEs would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors, and be subject to restrictions on foreign investments. However, the draft Foreign Investment Law has not taken a position on what actions will be taken with respect to the existing companies with the “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties.

The draft Foreign Investment Law emphasizes the security review requirements, whereby all foreign investments concerning national security must be reviewed and approved in accordance with the security review procedure. In addition, the draft Foreign Investment Law imposes stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable FIEs. In addition to the investment implementation report and investment amendment report that are required at each investment and alteration of investment specifics, an annual report is mandatory, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria are required to report on a quarterly basis. Any company found to be non-compliant with these information reporting obligations may potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible may be subject to criminal liabilities.

It is still uncertain when the draft would be signed into law and whether the final version would have any substantial changes from this draft. When the Foreign Investment Law becomes effective, the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations, will be abolished.

PRC Laws and Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange

Regulations on Loans to and Direct Investment in the PRC Entities by Offshore Holding Companies

According to the Implementation Rules for the Provisional Regulations on Statistics and Supervision of Foreign Debt promulgated by SAFE on September 24, 1997 and the Interim Provisions on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated by SAFE, the NDRC and the MOF that became effective from March 1, 2003, loans by foreign companies to their subsidiaries in China, which accordingly are foreign-invested enterprises, are considered foreign debts. Pursuant to the Measures for the Administration of Foreign Debt Registration issued by SAFE on April 28, 2013 and the Notice on Matters concerning the Macro-Prudential Administration of Full-Covered Cross-Border Financing issued by the People’s Bank of China on January 11, 2017, the total amount of accumulated foreign debt borrowed by a foreign-invested enterprise is subject to a upper limit calculated based on a statutory formula, and the foreign-invested enterprise is required to file with SAFE after entering into

 

161


Table of Contents

relevant foreign debt contract and within at least three business days before drawing any money from the foreign debts.

According to applicable PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises, if a foreign holding company makes capital contributions to its PRC subsidiaries, which are considered foreign-invested enterprises, the PRC subsidiaries must file with the MOFCOM or its local counterpart in connection with the increase of its registered capital.

Foreign Currency Exchange

Pursuant to the Foreign Exchange Administration Rules, as amended from time to time up until the date of this prospectus, and various regulations issued by SAFE and other relevant PRC government authorities, Renminbi is freely convertible to the extent of current account items, such as trade and service-related receipts and payments, interest and dividends. Capital account items, such as direct equity investments, loans and repatriation of investment, unless expressly exempted by laws and regulations, still require prior approval from SAFE or its provincial branch for conversion of Renminbi into a foreign currency, such as U.S. dollars, and remittance of the foreign currency outside of China. Payments for transactions that take place within China shall be made in Renminbi. Foreign currency revenues received by PRC companies may be repatriated into China or retained outside of China in accordance with requirements and terms specified by SAFE.

Under the Foreign Exchange Administration Rules, foreign-invested enterprises in China may, without the approval of SAFE, make a payment from their foreign exchange accounts at designated foreign exchange banks for paying dividends with certain evidencing documents (e.g., board resolutions and tax certificates), or for trade and services-related foreign exchange transactions by providing commercial documents evidencing such transactions. They are also allowed to retain foreign currency (subject to a cap approved by SAFE) to satisfy foreign exchange liabilities. In addition, foreign exchange transactions involving overseas direct investment or investment and trading in securities and derivative products abroad are subject to registration with SAFE or its local counterparts and approval from or filling with other relevant PRC government authorities, if necessary.

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

SAFE Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, issued by SAFE and becoming effective on July 4, 2014, regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing and conduct round trip investment in China. Under SAFE Circular 37, an SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate domestic or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to the direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises within the PRC through a new entity, merger or acquisition and other ways to obtain the ownership, control rights and management rights. SAFE Circular 37 requires that, before making contribution into an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with SAFE or its local branch. In the event of any change in the basic information such as the domestic individual shareholder, name, operation term, etc. in connection with such SPV, or if there is a capital increase, decrease, equity transfer or swap, merge, spinoff or other material changes in connection with such SPV, the PRC residents or entities shall complete foreign exchange alteration registration formality for offshore investment. SAFE Circular 37 further provides that option or share-based incentive tool holders of a non-listed SPV can exercise the options or share incentive tools to become a shareholder of such non-listed SPV, subject to registration with SAFE or its local branch. In addition, according to the procedural guidelines as attached to SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents or entities are only required to register the SPV directly established or controlled (first level).

On February 13, 2015, the SAFE further promulgated the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment ( “SAFE Circular 13”), which took

 

162


Table of Contents

effect on June 1, 2015. SAFE Circular 13 has amended SAFE Circular 37 by requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing.

As of the date of this prospectus, all PRC residents known to us that currently hold direct or indirect interests in our company have completed the necessary registrations with SAFE as required by SAFE Circular 37.

Regulations on Share Incentive Plans

Pursuant to the Notice on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Share Incentive Plan of an Overseas Publicly Listed Company, or SAFE Circular 7, which was issued by SAFE in February 2012, the domestic individuals, including PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of not less than one year (but excluding the foreign diplomatic personnel and representatives of international organizations), who participate in any share incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, such as its employees, directors, supervisors and other senior management, are required to register with SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and certain other procedures are also required to be completed. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may result in fines and legal sanctions on such domestic individuals and may also limit their capability to contribute additional capital into the wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China and further limit such subsidiary’s capability to distribute dividends.

In addition, the State Administration of Taxation has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options or restricted shares. Under these circulars, the employees working in the PRC will be subject to PRC individual income tax when they exercise share options or are granted restricted shares. The PRC subsidiaries of such overseas listed company have the obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes levied on those employees exercising their share options. If the employees fail to pay or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC government authorities.

Provisions on the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (Revised in 2009)

Under the Provisions on the Merger and Acquisition of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (Revised in 2009), or the M&A Rules, a foreign investor is required to obtain necessary approvals when (1) such foreign investor acquires any equity interests or subscribes for any new equity interests in a domestic enterprise whereby such domestic enterprise is converted into a foreign-invested enterprise; or (2) such foreign investor establishes a foreign-invested enterprise, which then purchases and operates the assets of a domestic enterprise, or such foreign investor purchases the assets of a domestic enterprise and then injects those assets into a foreign-invested enterprise. According to Article 11 of the M&A Rules, where a domestic enterprise or a domestic natural person, through an overseas company established or controlled by it/him/her, acquires a domestic company which is related to or connected with it/him/her, approval from the MOFCOM is required.

For a detailed description of the risks associated with the M&A Rules, see “Risk Factors—Risk Factors Related to Doing Business in the PRC—Certain PRC regulations, including the M&A Rules and national security regulations, may require a complicated review and approval process which could make it difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.”

 

163


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position/Title

Yunlong Sha

     42      Founder, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer

Peng Wang

     41      Chief Financial Officer

Ming Hu

     46      Independent Director

Kehai Xie

     52      Independent Director

Xiaoxiao Liu

     32      Independent Director

Mr.  Yunlong Sha is the founder of our company and has served as chairman of our board and our chief executive officer since 2014. Prior to starting our business in 2014, Mr. Sha served as senior vice president and held various managerial positions at New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc. from 2001 to 2014. Mr. Sha received his EMBA degree from Cheung Kong Graduate School of Business and bachelor’s degree in law from Renmin University of China.

Mr.  Peng Wang has served as our chief financial officer since 2017. Mr. Wang joined us in 2017. Mr. Wang previously served as senior vice president at China Hi-Tech Group Co., Ltd. from October 2016 to October 2017 and served as principal of a school under New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc. from March 2010 to October 2016. Mr. Wang received his doctor’s degree in economics from Renmin University of China.

Ms.  Ming Hu has served as our director since 2015 and will serve as our independent director upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. Ms. Hu also has served as director of CITIC Publishing Group Corporation since September 2016. Ms. Hu previously held various managerial positions at Huayi Brothers Media Corporation from May 2005 to February 2016. Ms. Hu received her master’s degree from the University of International Business and Economics.

Mr. Kehai Xie has served as our director since 2014 and will serve as our independent director upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. Mr. Xie has served as director, president and chief executive officer of Peking University Founder Group Co., Ltd. since 2015 and served as senior vice president of Peking University Founder Group Co., Ltd. from January 2010 to July 2015. Mr. Xie has also served as chairman of PKU Founder IT Group Co. Ltd. since November 2015 and as chairman of PKU Founder Education Investment Group Co. Ltd. since June 2016. Mr. Xie received his master degree in business administration and bachelor’s degree from the University of Science and Technology Beijing.

Ms.  Xiaoxiao Liu has served as our director since 2018 and will serve as our independent director upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. Ms. Liu has served as vice president of Trustbridge Partners since 2015. Ms. Liu previously served as manager of acquisition and finance department of KPMG from June 2011 to July 2015. Ms. Liu received her bachelor’s degree in economics from Fudan University.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors will consist of four directors, including three independent directors, namely Ms. Ming Hu, Mr. Kehai Xie and Ms. Xiaoxiao Liu, upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1 to which this prospectus forms a part. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will come into effect upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of at least three directors. Our directors will be elected by a resolution of the holders of our ordinary shares, or by a resolution of our directors. There is no shareholding requirement for qualification to serve as a member of our board of directors.

 

164


Table of Contents

A director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or transaction notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or transaction is considered. Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, and issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

Board Committees

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee under our board of directors. We intend to adopt a charter for each of the committees prior to the completion of this offering. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee will consist of Ms. Ming Hu, Mr. Kehai Xie and Mr. Yunlong Sha, and is chaired by Ms. Ming Hu. Our board of directors has determined that Ms. Ming Hu and Mr. Kehai Xie satisfy the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. Our audit committee will consist solely of independent directors that satisfy the NYSE and SEC requirements within one year of the completion of this offering. We have determined that Ms. Ming Hu qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    appointing or removing the independent auditor and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditor;

 

    setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditor;

 

    reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

    reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

 

    discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor;

 

    discussing with management and the independent auditor major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement presentations;

 

    reviewing analyses or other written communications prepared by management or the independent auditor relating to significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the financial statements;

 

    reviewing with management and the independent auditor the effect of key transactions, related-party transactions and off-balance sheet transactions and structures;

 

    reviewing with management and the independent auditor the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives;

 

    reviewing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

    reviewing our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

 

    reviewing reports from the independent auditor regarding all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by our company;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints we received regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

165


Table of Contents
    periodically reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

    evaluating the performance, responsibilities, budget and staffing of our internal audit function and reviewing and approving the internal audit plan; and

 

    reporting regularly to the board of directors.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Kehai Xie, Ms. Ming Hu and Mr. Yunlong Sha and is chaired by Mr. Kehai Xie. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kehai Xie and Ms. Ming Hu satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. Our compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our executive officers. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers;

 

    reviewing and evaluating our executive compensation and benefits policies generally;

 

    in consultation with our chief executive officer, periodically reviewing our management succession planning;

 

    reporting to our board of directors periodically;

 

    evaluating its own performance and reporting to our board of directors on such evaluation;

 

    periodically reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the compensation committee charter and recommending any proposed changes to our board of directors; and

 

    selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Yunlong Sha, Mr. Kehai Xie and Ms. Xiaoxiao Liu, and is chaired by Mr. Yunlong Sha. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Kehai Xie and Ms. Xiaoxiao Liu satisfy the “independence” requirements of Section 303A of the Corporate Governance Rules of the NYSE. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    identifying and recommending to the board of directors qualified individuals for membership on the board of directors and its committees;

 

    evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and reporting to the board of directors on such evaluation;

 

    leading our board of directors in a self-evaluation to determine whether it and its committees are functioning effectively;

 

    reviewing the evaluations prepared by each board committee of such committee’s performance and considering any recommendations for proposed changes to our board of directors;

 

    reviewing and approving compensation (including equity-based compensation) for our directors;

 

    overseeing compliance with the corporate governance guidelines and code of business conduct and ethics and reporting on such compliance to the board of directors; and

 

    reviewing and assessing periodically the adequacy of its charter and recommending any proposed changes to the board of directors for approval.

 

166


Table of Contents

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a fiduciary duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also owe to our company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time. Our company has the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.

The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

    convening shareholders’ annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

 

    declaring dividends and distributions;

 

    appointing officers and determining the term of office of officers;

 

    exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

 

    approving the transfer of shares of our company, including the registering of such shares in our share register.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Our officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of our board of directors. Our directors are not subject to a term of office and hold office until such time as they are removed from office by ordinary resolution or the unanimous written resolution of all shareholders.

Compensation of Directors and Officers

In 2017, the aggregate cash compensation and benefits that we paid to our directors and executive officers was US$9,702. No pension, retirement or similar benefits have been set aside or accrued for our executive officers or directors. We have no service contracts with any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of employment.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our executive officers. Each of our executive officers is employed for a specified time period, which will be automatically extended unless either we or the executive officer gives a 30-day prior written notice to terminate such employment. We may terminate the executive officer’s employment for cause, at any time, without advance notice or remuneration, for certain acts of the executive officer, such as conviction or plea of guilty to a felony or any crime involving moral turpitude, negligent or dishonest acts to our detriment, or misconduct or a failure to perform agreed duties.

Each executive officer has agreed not to disclose, use, transfer or sell, except in the course of employment with our company and for the purpose of carrying out his or her duties as an officer of our company, any of our confidential information or proprietary data so long as such information or proprietary data remains confidential and has not been disclosed or is not otherwise in the public domain. Each officer has agreed that we shall own all the intellectual property developed by such officer during his or her employment. In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and typically for two years following the last date of employment.

 

167


Table of Contents

We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, pursuant to which we will agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

Share Incentive Plans

2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan

In December 2014, Puxin Education adopted its 2014 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan. We refer this plan as the Original Plan. Under the Original Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Puxin Education that may be issued will not exceed 158,400,000. The term of the options will not exceed seven years from the date of the grant. We granted 142,783,400 options to purchase Puxin Education’s equity interest from 2015 to 2017. In March 2018, we adopted Puxin Limited 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan to replace the Original Plan and granted options to purchase 6,592,538 ordinary shares of Puxin Limited under this plan to replace the granted and outstanding options under the Original Plan. As of March 31, 2018, there were 6,565,494 options outstanding which entitle their holders to purchase 6,565,494 ordinary shares of Puxin Limited under this plan.

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan.

Types of Awards . The 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan permits the awards of options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, rights to dividends, dividend equivalent right and other rights or benefits under the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan.

Plan Administration . Before the completion of this offering, the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan is administered by the board of directors. After the completion of this offering, a committee formed in accordance with applicable stock exchange rules shall administer the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

Conditions of Award . The board of directors or the committee designated by the board of directors to administer the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan, as the administrator, shall determine the participants, types of awards, numbers of shares to be covered by awards, terms and conditions of each award, and provisions with respect to the vesting schedule, settlement, exercise, cancellation, forfeiture or suspension of awards.

Term of Award . The term of each award shall be fixed by the committee and is stated in the award agreement between recipient of an award and us. No award shall be granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan after the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the Original Plan.

Transfer Restrictions. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan, no award and no right under any such award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by the employee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless, if so determined by the administrator of the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan, the recipient of an award may, in the manner established by such administrator, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise his or her rights, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any award upon the death of the recipient.

2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan in February 2018. The purpose of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan is to enhance our ability to attract and retain highly qualified officers, directors, key employees and other persons, and to motivate such persons to serve us and our affiliates and to expend maximum effort to improve our business results and earnings, by providing such persons an opportunity to acquire or increase a direct interest in our operations and future success.

On March 31, 2018, we granted options to purchase a total of 16,400,000 ordinary shares to employees.

 

168


Table of Contents

The following paragraphs summarize the terms of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan.

Eligibility . Our employees and consultants are eligible to participate in the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan.

Share Reserve . The maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares that will be issued under the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan is 16,400,000.

Types of Awards . The 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan permits the awards of options, restricted shares, restricted share units, share appreciation rights, rights to dividends, dividend equivalent right and other rights or benefits under the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan.

Plan Administration . Before the completion of this offering, the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan is administered by the board of directors. After the completion of this offering, a committee formed in accordance with applicable stock exchange rules shall administer the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors.

Conditions of Award . The board of directors or the committee designated by the board of directors to administer the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, as the administrator, shall determine the participants, types of awards, numbers of shares to be covered by awards, terms and conditions of each award, and provisions with respect to the vesting schedule, settlement, exercise, cancellation, forfeiture or suspension of awards.

Term of Award . The term of each award shall be fixed by the committee and is stated in the award agreement between recipient of an award and us, provided that the term shall be no more than ten years from the date of grant thereof.

Transfer Restrictions . Unless otherwise determined by the administrator of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, no award and no right under any such award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by the employee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless, if so determined by the administrator of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, the recipient of an award may, in the manner established by such administrator, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise his or her rights, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any award upon the death of the recipient.

Exercise of Award . Any award granted under the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan is exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the administrator under the terms of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan and specified in the award agreement. An award is deemed to be exercised when exercise notice has been given to us in accordance with the terms of the award by the person entitled to exercise the award and full payment for the shares with respect to which the award is exercised.

Amendment, Suspension or Termination . The administrator of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, or any award agreement hereunder or any portion hereof or thereof at any time; provided , however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the administrator of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or comply, (ii) shareholder approval for any amendment to the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan that increases the total number of shares reserved for the purposes of the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, and (iii) with respect to any award agreement, the consent of the affected recipient of an award, if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights of such recipient under any outstanding award.

 

169


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the options granted under our 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan and 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan to our directors and executive officers, excluding awards that were forfeited or cancelled after the relevant grant dates.

 

Name

  

Ordinary Shares

Underlying
Options Awarded

  

Exercise

Price per

Ordinary Share

(in US$)

  

Date of Grant

  

Date of

Expiration

Yunlong Sha

   —      —      —      —  

Peng Wang

   *    7.78    March 31, 2018    March 31, 2025

Ming Hu

   —      —      —      —  

Kehai Xie

   —      —      —      —  

Xiaoxiao Liu

   —      —      —      —  

 

* Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.

As of the date of this prospectus, other employees as a group held outstanding options awarded to purchase 22,719,494 ordinary shares of our company, with exercise price of US$0.04 to US$7.78 per share.

 

170


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares, as of the date of this prospectus, by:

 

    each of our directors and executive officers;

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

    each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

The calculations in the shareholder table below assume that there are 164,000,000 ordinary shares on an as-converted basis issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and              ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, including (i)              ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering in the form of ADSs, and (ii)              ordinary shares converted from our preferred shares and convertible notes, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the ordinary shares. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all executive officers and directors as a group.

 

     Ordinary Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to this Offering
     Shares Beneficially Owned
after this Offering
     Percentage of
Votes Held
after this
Offering
 
     Number      % (1)      Number      %      %  

Directors and Executive Officers†:

              

Yunlong Sha (2)

     77,080,000        47.0           

Ming Hu

     —          —             

Kehai Xie

     —          —             

Xiaoxiao Liu

     —          —             

Peng Wang

     *        *           

All directors and executive officers as a group

     77,326,000        47.1           

Principal Shareholders:

              

Long bright Limited (3)

     77,080,000        47.0           

Puxin Nova Limited (4)

     21,761,652        13.3           

Gao & Tianyi Limited (5)

     8,200,000        5.0           

Long wit Limited (6)

     8,200,000        5.0           

Long belief Limited (7)

     8,200,000        5.0           

Long favor Limited (8)

     17,103,724        10.4           

 

* Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares on an as-converted basis.
The business address of Mr. Yunlong Sha and Mr. Peng Wang is Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion, No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing, China. The business address of Ms. Ming Hu is Room 1208, Tower 2, China Central Place, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China. The business address of Mr. Kehai Xie is Room G-12B-03, Jinyu International, No. 48 Wangjing West Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China. The business address of Ms. Xiaoxiao Liu is 655 Haike Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China.

 

171


Table of Contents
(1) For each person and group included in this table, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of (i) 164,000,000, being the number of ordinary shares on an as-converted basis outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and (ii) the number of ordinary shares underlying share options held by such person or group that are exercisable within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.
(2) Represents 77,080,000 ordinary shares held by Long bright Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Yunlong Sha, among which 9,000,000 ordinary shares are mortgaged to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, 4,150,000 ordinary shares are mortgaged to CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited and 2,000,000 ordinary shares are mortgaged to China Central International Asset Management Co., Limited.
(3) Represents 77,080,000 ordinary shares held by Long bright Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Yunlong Sha, among which 18,000,000 ordinary shares are mortgaged to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, 8,300,000 ordinary shares are mortgaged to CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited and 2,000,000 ordinary shares are mortgaged to China Central International Asset Management Co., Limited. The registered address of Long bright Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Two, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(4) Represents 21,761,652 ordinary shares held by Puxin Nova Limited, a British Virgin Islands company owned by certain employees of our company. The registered address of Puxin Nova Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(5) Represents 8,200,000 ordinary shares held by Gao & Tianyi Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Mr. Liang Gao. The registered address of Gao & Tianyi Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(6) Represents 8,200,000 ordinary shares held by Long wit Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Ms. Chunxiang Tan. The registered address of Long wit Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(7) Represents 8,200,000 ordinary shares held by Long belief Limited, a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Ms. Chunxiang Tan. Long belief Limited holds these 8,200,000 ordinary shares for using these shares as acquisition consideration for our future acquisitions. Long belief Limited has waived its rights associated with these ordinary shares, including voting right and dividend right. The registered address of Long belief Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.
(8) Represents 17,103,724 ordinary shares held by Long favor Limited. Among these 17,103,724 ordinary shares, 6,592,538 ordinary shares are held for the purpose of transferring such shares to the plan participants according to our option awards under our 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan adopted in March 2018 and 10,511,186 ordinary shares are held for using these shares as acquisition consideration for our future acquisitions. Long favor Limited administers these ordinary shares and acts according to our instructions. Long favor Limited has waived its rights associated with these 17,103,724 ordinary shares including the voting right and dividend right. Long favor Limited is a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Mr. Yun Xiao is the sole shareholder. The registered address of Long favor Limited is Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands.

As of the date of the prospectus, none of our outstanding ordinary shares or preferred shares are held by record holders in the United States. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

See “Description of Share Capital—History of Securities Issuances” for a description of the history of our share issuances and transfers.

 

172


Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements

See “Corporate History and Structure” for a description of the contractual arrangements between our PRC subsidiaries, our VIE, the shareholders of our VIE and certain subsidiaries of our VIE.

Employment Agreements

See “Management—Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements” for a description of the employment agreements we have entered into with our senior executive officers.

Share Incentives

See “Management—Share Incentive Plan” for a description of share options and stock purchase rights we have granted to our directors, officers and other individuals.

Other Related Party Transactions

As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, we had amounts due from Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, or Tianjin Puxian, which is one shareholder of Puxin Education, of RMB9,000 and RMB13,000 for miscellaneous expenses paid by Puxin Education on behalf of Tianjin Puxian, respectively. All such outstanding amounts due from Tianjin Puxian were paid off.

As of December 31, 2016, we had amounts due to Mr. Yunlong Sha and Ms. Wenjing Song, who is married to Mr. Yunlong Sha, in an aggregate amount of RMB3.0 million for miscellaneous operating expenses paid by Mr. Yunlong Sha and Ms. Wenjing Song on behalf of Puxin Education. Such outstanding amounts due from us were paid off in 2017.

As of December 31, 2017, we had amounts due to Mr. Yunlong Sha of RMB3.8 million for miscellaneous operating expenses paid by Mr. Yunlong Sha on behalf of Puxin Education. All such amounts due to Mr. Yunlong Share were paid off.

As of March 31, 2018, we had amounts due to Mr. Yunlong Sha of RMB180 million which was paid by Mr. Yunlong Sha on behalf of our group to repurchase an aggregate of 5% equity interest in Puxin Education with preferential feature previously held by Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co,. Ltd. and Ningbo Zhixin New Economy Phase II Equity Investment Limited Partnership in connection with our restructuring arrangements.

 

173


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We were incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands on March 17, 2017, and our affairs are governed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law (as amended) of Cayman Islands, which is referred to as the Companies Law below, and the common law of the Cayman Islands.

As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital was US$50,000 divided into (i) 988,082,120 ordinary shares with a par value US$0.00005 each, and (ii) 11,917,880 Series A preferred shares with a par value US$0.00005 each. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all of our issued and outstanding preferred shares will be redesignated or converted into ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis.

We plan to adopt a second amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace the current amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our authorized share capital immediately prior to the completion of the offering will be US$             divided into              ordinary shares of a par value of US$0.00005 each. We will issue              ordinary shares represented by ADSs in this offering. All options, regardless of grant dates, will entitle holders to an equivalent number of ordinary shares once the vesting and exercising conditions are met. The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares that will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

Ordinary Shares

General. Holders of ordinary shares have the same rights. All of our outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and transfer their ordinary shares.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that dividends may be declared and paid out of the funds legally available. Dividends may also be declared and paid out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorized for this purpose in accordance with the Companies Law.

Voting Rights. In respect of all matters subject to a shareholders’ vote, each ordinary share is entitled to one vote. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or any one or more shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote. An ordinary resolution to be passed at a meeting by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast at a meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of the votes cast attaching to the outstanding ordinary shares at a meeting and includes a unanimous written resolution. A special resolution will be required for important matters such as a change of name, reducing the share capital or making changes to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions contained in our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

 

174


Table of Contents

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

    the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

    the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

    the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

    in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

    the ordinary shares transferred are free of any lien in favor of us; and

 

    a fee of such maximum sum as the NYSE may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer, they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of the NYSE, be suspended and the register of members closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register of members closed for more than 30 days in any year as our board may determine.

Liquidation. On a return of capital on winding-up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of ordinary shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of the ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Calls on Ordinary Shares and Forfeiture of Ordinary Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 clear days prior to the specified time of payment. The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption of Ordinary Shares. The Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association permit us to purchase our own shares. In accordance with our post-offering amended and restated articles of association and provided the necessary shareholders or board approval have been obtained, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as may be determined by our board of directors.

Variations of Rights of Shares. All or any of the special rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of that class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed by at least a two-thirds majority of the holders of shares of the class present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied by or abrogated by, inter alia, the creation or allotment or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to such existing class of shares.

General Meetings of Shareholders . Shareholders’ meetings may be convened by a majority of our board of directors. Advance notice of at least ten calendar days is required for the convening of our annual general

 

175


Table of Contents

shareholders’ meeting and any other general meeting of our shareholders, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all the shareholders (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (ii) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in par value of the shares giving that right.

Voting Rights Attaching to the Shares . Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share, on a show of hands every shareholder present in person and every person representing a shareholder by proxy shall, at a shareholders’ meeting, each have one vote and on a poll every shareholder and every person representing a shareholder by proxy shall have one vote for each Share of which he or the person represented by proxy is the holder.

Inspection of Books and Records . Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will in provide our shareholders with the right to inspect our list of shareholders and to receive annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Changes in Capital . We may from time to time by ordinary resolution:

 

    increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amount, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

    consolidate and divide all or any of our share capital into shares of a larger amount than our existing shares;

 

    subdivide our existing shares, or any of them into shares of a smaller amount; or

 

    cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

We may by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Companies Law, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

Exempted Company

We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the Companies Law. The Companies Law in the Cayman Islands distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

 

    an exempted company does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

    an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

 

    an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

    an exempted company may issue no par value shares;

 

    an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

    an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

176


Table of Contents
    an exempted company may register as an exempted limited duration company; and

 

    an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company. Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act, as applicable to foreign private issuers. We currently intend to comply with the NYSE rules in lieu of following home country practice after the completion of this offering. The NYSE rules require that every company listed on the NYSE hold an annual general meeting of shareholders. In addition, our post-offering amended and restated articles of association allow directors to call special meeting of shareholders pursuant to the procedures set forth in our articles.

Registration Rights

Under the shareholders agreement dated February 5, 2018, we have granted certain registration rights to holders of our registrable securities, which include our Series A preferred shares or our ordinary shares converted from the preferred shares. Pursuant to the convertible promissory note due on August 4, 2022 in the principal amount of US$25 million to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, or Haitong, dated August 4, 2017, or the Haitong Note, if we have not completed a qualified initial public offering, or we have not fully repaid the Haitong Note, or the Haitong Note has not converted into preferred shares before or on July 1, 2019, the outstanding principal amount under the Haitong Note will automatically converted into our convertible preferred shares for which we will grant certain registration rights.

Demand Registration Rights

For the Series A preferred share, at any time commencing six months after the closing of this offering, and for the Haitong Note, at any time after the closing of this offering, holders of at least 10% of the registrable securities then outstanding have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the registration of such registrable securities. In the event of an underwritten offering therein, we are not required to register the registrable securities of a holder unless such holder’s registrable securities are included in the underwriting and such holder enters into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters selected by us and under the terms as have been agreed upon between us and the underwriters or agreed otherwise. The underwriters of any underwritten offering may exclude up to (i) 70%, for the Series A preferred shares, (ii) 75%, for the Haitong Note, of the number of registrable securities from being included in the applicable registration statement so long as such exclusion is justified. Further, we are not obligated to effect more than two such demand registrations initiated by such holders of registrable securities, except that (i) we fail to perform our obligations under the Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration rights below relating to a demand registration; or (ii) as a result of underwriter cutback, the holders of registrable securities cannot include in the offer all the registrable securities that they have requested to be included therein.

In addition, we have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days if our board determines in good faith judgement that the filing of a registration statement would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders, provided that within any 12-month period, we do not exercise this right and during such 90 days, we do not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of our securities.

Form S-3 or Form F-3 Registration Rights

If we are qualified to use Form S-3 or Form F-3, Holders of registrable securities have the right to request that we file a registration statement under either Form S-3 or Form F-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or part of the registrable securities owned by such holder. However, we are not obligated to effect any such registration qualification or compliance, if (i) Form S-3 or Form F-3 becomes unavailable for such offering by such holders, or (ii) the holders together with the holders of any other securities

 

177


Table of Contents

of us entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell registrable securities and such other securities at an aggregate price of less than US$1,000,000 to the public; or (iii) within six months preceding the date of such request, we have already effected a registration under the Securities Act other than a registration from which the registrable securities of holders have been duly excluded.

We have the right to defer filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days if our board determines in good faith judgement that the filing of a registration statement would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders, provided that we may not utilize this deferral right more than once in any 12-month period and during such 90 days, we do not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of our securities.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to file a registration statement for a public offering of our securities (including registration statements relating to secondary offerings of our securities, but excluding those relating to any demand registration or form F-3 registration rights), we must offer holders of registrable securities the opportunity to include all or any part of their securities in this registration. However, we are not required to register the registrable securities of a holder, unless such holder’s registrable securities are included in the underwriting and such holder enters into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters selected by us and under the terms as have been agreed upon between us and the underwriters, if our initial public offering is for an underwritten offering. The underwriters of any underwritten offering may exclude up to (i) 70% of the number of registrable securities, for Series A preferred share, (ii) 75% of the number of registrable securities for the Haitong Note, from being included in the applicable registration statement so long as such exclusion is justified.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback, Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration, except that shareholders shall bear underwriter’s discount or selling commission relating to registration and sale of their securities. But for the demand registration right in the Haitong Note, such expenses shall not exceed US$50,000 for each registration in aggregate. We will not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to demand registration rights, if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the holders of a majority of the registrable securities to be registered, unless under a few situations.

Termination of Our Obligation on the Registration Rights

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will have no obligation to effect the demand registration, piggyback registration, or Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration of any registrable securities (i) five years after the completion of this offering, or (ii) if all such registrable securities proposed to be sold by a holder may then be sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act in one transaction without exceeding the volume limitations thereunder.

Market Stand-Off Agreement

To the extent requested by the lead underwriters of our securities in connection with a registration relating to a specific proposed public offering, subject to certain conditions, such holder will enter into a lock-up or standoff agreement in customary form to agree not sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any registrable securities or our other shares owned by such holder as of the date of such registration for up to 180 days following the effective date of the related registration statement.

Differences in Corporate Law

We were incorporated under, and are governed by, the laws of the Cayman Islands. The corporate statutes of the State of Delaware and the Cayman Islands are similar, and the flexibility available under Cayman Islands law has enabled us to adopt a memorandum and articles of association that will provide shareholders with rights that

 

178


Table of Contents

do not vary in any material respect from those they would enjoy if we were incorporated under Delaware law. Set forth below is a summary of some of the differences between provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in Delaware and their shareholders.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

Cayman Islands law provides that every director of a Cayman Islands company, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith and in what the director believes to be in the best interests of the company. Additionally, the director shall exercise the care, diligence and skill that a reasonable director would exercise in the same circumstances taking into account, without limitation, the nature of the company, the nature of the decision and the position of the director and the nature of his responsibilities. In addition, Cayman Islands law provides that a director shall exercise his powers as a director for a proper purpose and shall not act, or agree to the company acting, in a manner that contravenes Cayman Islands law or the memorandum and articles of association of the company.

Written Consent of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, a written consent of the directors must be unanimous to take effect. Under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, only a simple majority of the directors will be required to sign a written consent in order for such consent to take effect.

Shareholder Proposals

Under Delaware corporate law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that our directors shall call an annual meeting of the shareholders and may convene any additional meetings as they consider necessary or desirable.

Sale of Assets

Under Delaware corporate law, a vote of the shareholders is required to approve a sale of assets only when all or substantially all assets are being sold to a person other than a subsidiary of the company. Under Cayman Islands law, generally speaking, shareholder approval is not required for the disposal of assets of an exempted company.

 

179


Table of Contents

Redemption of Shares

Under Delaware corporate law, any stock may be made subject to redemption by the corporation at its option, at the option of the holders of that stock or upon the happening of a specified event, provided shares with full voting power remain outstanding. The stock may be made redeemable for cash, property or rights, as specified in the certificate of incorporation or in the resolution of the board of directors providing for the issue of the stock. As permitted by Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, shares may be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired by us. However, the consent of the shareholder whose shares are to be purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired must be obtained, except as specified in the terms of the applicable class or series of shares or as described under “—Compulsory Acquisition” below. In addition, our directors must be satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that, immediately following the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities, and we will be able to pay our debts as they fall due.

Compulsory Acquisition

Under Delaware General Corporation Law § 253, in a process known as a “short form” merger, a corporation that owns at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of another corporation may either merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations or merge itself into the other corporation by executing, acknowledging and filing with the Delaware Secretary of State a certificate of such ownership and merger setting forth a copy of the resolution of its board of directors authorizing such merger. If the parent corporation is a Delaware corporation that is not the surviving corporation, the merger also must be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation. If the parent corporation does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary corporation immediately prior to the merger, the minority shareholders of the subsidiary corporation party to the merger may have appraisal rights as set forth in § 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Under the Companies Law, where a scheme or contract involving the transfer of shares or any class of shares in a company (in this section referred to as “the transferor company”) to another company, whether a company within the meaning of the Companies Law or not (in this section referred to as “the transferee company”) has, within four months after the making of the offer in that behalf by the transferee company, been approved by the holders of not less than 90% in value of the shares affected, the transferee company may, at any time within two months after the expiration of the said four months, give notice in the prescribed manner to any dissenting shareholder that it desires to acquire his shares, and where such notice is given the transferee company shall, unless on an application made by the dissenting shareholder within one month from the date on which the notice was given, the court of the Cayman Islands thinks fit to order otherwise, be entitled and bound to acquire those shares on the terms on which under the scheme or contract the shares of the approving shareholders are to be transferred to the transferee company.

Independent Directors

There are no provisions under Delaware corporate law or under the Companies Law that require a majority of our directors to be independent.

Cumulative Voting

Under Delaware corporate law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the company’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions on cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands, but our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not provide for cumulative voting.

 

180


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Similarly, as permitted by Cayman Islands law, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by a resolution of shareholders approved by a vote of more than 50% of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on such matter that are present at the meeting of shareholders and are voted.

Mergers

Under Delaware corporate law, one or more constituent corporations may merge into and become part of another constituent corporation in a process known as a merger. A Delaware corporation may merge with a foreign corporation as long as the law of the foreign jurisdiction permits such a merger. To effect a merger under Delaware General Corporation Law § 251, an agreement of merger must be properly adopted and the agreement of merger or a certificate of merger must be filed with the Delaware Secretary of State. In order to be properly adopted, the agreement of merger must be adopted by the board of directors of each constituent corporation by a resolution or unanimous written consent. In addition, the agreement of merger generally must be approved at a meeting of shareholders of each constituent corporation by a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides for a supermajority vote. In general, the surviving corporation assumes all of the assets and liabilities of the disappearing corporation or corporations as a result of the merger.

Under the Companies Law, two or more companies may merge or consolidate in accordance with the statutory provisions. A merger means the merging of two or more constituent companies into one of the constituent companies, and a consolidation means the consolidating of two or more constituent companies into a new company. In order to merge or consolidate, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must be authorized by a resolution of shareholders. One or more companies may also merge or consolidate with one or more companies incorporated under the laws of jurisdictions outside the Cayman Islands if the merger or consolidation is permitted by the laws of the jurisdictions in which the companies incorporated outside the Cayman Islands are incorporated. In respect of such a merger or consolidation, a Cayman Islands company is required to comply with the provisions of the Companies Law, and a company incorporated outside the Cayman Islands is required to comply with the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

Shareholders not otherwise entitled to vote on the merger or consolidation may still acquire the right to vote if the plan of merger or consolidation contains any provision that, if proposed as an amendment to the memorandum and articles of association, would entitle them to vote as a class or series on the proposed amendment. In any event, all shareholders must be given a copy of the plan of merger or consolidation irrespective of whether they are entitled to vote at the meeting or consent to the written resolution to approve the plan of merger or consolidation.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Delaware corporate law, a contract between a corporation and a director or officer, or between a corporation and any other organization in which a director or officer has a financial interest, is not void as long as (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest are disclosed or known and (ii) either a majority of the disinterested directors authorizes the contract in good faith or the shareholders vote in good faith to approve the contract. Nor will any such contract be void if it is fair to the corporation when it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee or the shareholders.

As permitted by Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, a director interested in a particular transaction will be permitted to vote on it, attend meetings at

 

181


Table of Contents

which it is considered and sign documents on our behalf that relate to the transaction, provided that the material facts of such director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed to the other directors or are known by the other directors.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

Delaware corporate law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware public corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by that statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that the person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or group that owns or owned 15% or more of the company’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This statute has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the company in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable provision. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that these transactions must be entered into in the bona fide best interests of the company and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders

Dissolution; Winding Up

Under Delaware corporate law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware corporate law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board. Under the Companies Law, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution, or by an ordinary resolution on the basis that our company is unable to pay our debts as they fall due.

Variation of Rights of Shares

Under Delaware corporate law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of that class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the rights attached to any class of shares may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class, only be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued shares of the relevant class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of such class by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at such a meeting.

Amendment of Governing Documents

Under Delaware corporate law, with very limited exceptions, a vote of the shareholders of a corporation is required to amend the certificate of incorporation. In addition, Delaware corporate law provides that shareholders have the right to amend the corporation’s bylaws, but the certificate of incorporation may confer such right on the directors of the corporation.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association can be amended by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the votes of the shares entitled to vote on such matter that are present at the meeting of shareholders and are voted.

 

182


Table of Contents

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders

There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

History of Securities Issuances

The following is summary of our securities issuances in the past three years.

Ordinary Shares

Upon incorporation of Puxin Limited on March 17, 2017, we issued 8,524 ordinary shares to Long bright Limited, 820 ordinary shares to Gao & Tianyi Limited, 492 ordinary shares to Pution Limited and 164 ordinary shares to Prospect Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$4.

On August 4, 2017, we issued 85,231,476 ordinary shares to Long bright Limited, 8,199,180 ordinary shares to Gao & Tianyi Limited, 4,919,508 ordinary shares to Pution Limited and 1,639,836 ordinary shares to Prospect Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$5,000.

On February 5, 2018, we issued 21,761,652 ordinary shares to Puxin Nova Limited, 3,336,744 ordinary shares to Stary International Limited, 40,000 ordinary shares to Long wit Limited, 8,200,000 ordinary shares to Long belief Limited, 1,640,000 ordinary shares to Long faith Limited and 17,103,724 ordinary shares to Long favor Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$2,606.

Preferred Shares

On February 5, 2018, we issued 5,958,940 Series A preferred shares to Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P. for a consideration equivalent to RMB130,806,000 and 5,958,940 Series A preferred shares to Fasturn Overseas Limited for a consideration of US$298.

Notes Issued to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited

On August 4, 2017, pursuant to a notes purchase agreement dated August 1, 2017, we issued a convertible promissory note due on August 4, 2022 in the principal amount of US$25 million and an ordinary promissory note due on August 4, 2019 in the principal amount of US$25 million to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, or Haitong.

The convertible note bears a compound interest rate of 12% per annum on the outstanding principal amount, or upon an event of default, bears a compound interest rate of 12% per annum on any unpaid and outstanding principal amount and accrued interest. If this offering occurs before or on June 30, 2019, the convertible note will be automatically converted into our ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering. The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 70%, 65% or 60% of the public offering price of our ordinary shares if this offering is completed before or on December 31, 2018, between January 1, 2019 and March 31, 2019, or between April 1, 2019 and June 30, 2019, respectively. Based on the assumed maximum exercise price of US$             per share, which represents a 30% discount to the high end of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, the convertible note will be automatically converted into              ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering. If a qualified initial public offering fails to occur before or on June 30, 2019, the convertible note will be automatically converted into redeemable and convertible preferred shares on July 1, 2019 except that Haitong notifies us of its decision to choose repayment in cash rather than conversion for the principal and accrued interest at least five business days prior to June 30, 2019. In the event of default, Haitong may declare all outstanding payment obligations by us under the convertible note to be immediately due and payable.

 

183


Table of Contents

The ordinary note bears a simple interest rate of 8% per annum on the outstanding principal amount, or upon an event of default, bears a simple interest rate of 12% per annum on any unpaid and outstanding principal amount and accrued interest. The note will become due and payable on August 4, 2019 and Haitong has right to extend the expiration date for one additional year to August 4, 2020.

Haitong and Haitong International Securities Company Limited, an underwriter to this offering, are both wholly owned by Haitong International Finance Company Limited, which is ultimately owned by Haitong International Securities Group Limited.

Convertible Note Issued to CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited

On September 29, 2017, pursuant to a convertible note purchase agreement dated August 15, 2017 and an amendment to the convertible note purchase agreement dated September 28, 2017, we issued a convertible promissory note due on September 29, 2021 in the principal amount of US$23 million to CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited, or CICC ALPHA.

The convertible note bears a simple interest rate of 15% per annum on the outstanding principal amount. If the Company’s initial public offering of its ordinary shares occurs before or on June 30, 2020, CICC ALPHA has the right to convert all or any part of the outstanding principal amount into our ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering. The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 70% or 55% of the public offering price of our ordinary shares if the Company’s initial public offering of its ordinary shares is completed before or on June 30, 2019 or between July 1, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The portion of the outstanding principal amount that CICC ALPHA elects not to be converted into our ordinary share will be redeemed and repurchased by us on the date of the completion of the initial public offering at a redemption price calculated based on a compound interest rate of 15% per annum. CICC ALPHA has elected to convert the entirety of its convertible promissory note into ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering. Based on the assumed maximum exercise price of US$             per share, which represents a 30% discount to the high end of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, the convertible promissory note held by CICC ALPHA will be converted into              ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering. If an initial public offering fails to occur before or on June 30, 2020, CICC ALPHA has the right to convert all or any part of the outstanding amount into preferred shares. In the event of default, CICC ALPHA may request us to immediately redeem the convertible note. If we fail to repay any amount due and payable, default interest shall begin to accrue on the outstanding amount, including the interest accrued hereunder, at a rate of 0.05% per calendar day, compounded daily.

CICC ALPHA is a joint venture established indirectly by China International Capital Corporation Limited and third-party business partners. China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited, an underwriter to this offering, is indirectly wholly owned by China International Capital Corporation Limited.

Convertible Debt Arrangement with Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

On June 15, 2017, Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., or Huazhong, Mr. Yunlong Sha and Puxin Education entered into a convertible debt investment agreement, or the Original Convertible Debt Agreement. Pursuant to the Original Convertible Debt Agreement, Huazhong provides a credit facility in an amount up to RMB300 million to Puxin Education and has the right to elect to convert the unpaid and outstanding amount under the credit facility into ordinary shares of Puxin Limited upon the initial public offering of Puxin Limited. The conversion price per ordinary share is equal to 90%, 80% and 70% of the public offering price of Puxin Limited’s ordinary shares if its public offering application is submitted before or on December 31, 2018, between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, or between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

On February 8, 2018, we and Huazhong entered into a supplemental agreement to the Original Convertible Debt Agreement. Pursuant to the supplemental agreement, we agreed to grant three warrants for the drawdown amounts of RMB190 million (US$30.3 million) as of February 8, 2018 and a warrant for each drawdown to be

 

184


Table of Contents

made after February 8, 2018 under the credit facility to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd., or China Central International, the affiliated entity appointed by Huazhong. Such warrants will entitle China Central International to subscribe Puxin Limited’s ordinary shares after the completion of this offering. As the consideration for such warrants, Huazhong irrevocably waived, and agreed to not exercise, its right to convert the unpaid and outstanding amount under the Original Convertible Debt Agreement into ordinary shares of Puxin Limited. Puxin Education will repay all the drawdown amounts and accrued interest to Huazhong under the Original Convertible Debt Agreement. As of the date of this prospectus, Puxin Education has drawn down an aggregate principal amount of RMB190 million under the credit facility. On March 28, 2018, we issued three warrants to China Central International with a denominated value of RMB50,000,000, RMB90,000,000 and RMB50,000,000, respectively, for the three drawdowns by Puxin Education prior to February 8, 2018. For details of the warrants, see “—Warrants Issued to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.”

Warrants Issued to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.

On March 28, 2018, we issued three warrants to China Central International with a denominated value of RMB50,000,000, RMB90,000,000 and RMB50,000,000, respectively, collectively referred as to China Central International warrants. The China Central International warrants are transferrable, subject to certain restrictions. The number of ordinary shares or preferred shares for which China Central International may subscribe upon exercise of the China Central International warrants will depend on the timing of our initial public offering. China Central International may exercise the warrants, within a period from the completion of the initial public offering till the end of three months upon the expiration of the lock-up period imposed on any shares in relation to this offering, for a number of ordinary shares equal to the denominated value of such warrants divided by the warrant exercise price. The warrant exercise price is 90%, 80% and 70% of the share price for this offering, respectively, if this offering occurs on or before December 31, 2018, between January 1, 2019 and December 31, 2019, or between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2020. If this offering does not occur on or before December 31, 2020, China Central International may exercise the warrants for a number of preferred shares equal to a percentage of the aggregate number of our share capital outstanding as of the date of exercise on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis which is calculated by dividing the denominated value of the warrants by the product of 15 and the sum of our audited net income for the year ended December 31, 2019 and the interest paid by Puxin Education to Huazhong from January 1, 2019 till the date of exercise.

 

185


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Shares

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs. Each ADS will represent ownership of              ordinary shares, deposited with Deutsche Bank AG, Hong Kong Branch, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent ownership of any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY10005, USA. The principal executive office of the depositary is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY10005, USA.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto.

We will not treat ADS holders as our shareholders and accordingly, you, as an ADS holder, will not have shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and the beneficial owners of ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Holding the ADSs

How will you hold your ADSs?

You may hold ADSs either (1) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by holding ADSs in DRS, or (2) indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are an ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. ADSs will be issued through DRS, unless you specifically request certificated ADRs. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent as of the record date (which will be as close as practicable to the record date for our ordinary shares) set by the depositary with respect to the ADSs.

 

   

Cash. The depositary will convert or cause to be converted any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements under the terms of the deposit agreement into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a practicable basis, and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States and will distribute promptly the amount thus received. If the depositary shall determine in its judgment that such conversions or transfers are not practical or lawful or if any government approval or license is needed and cannot be obtained at a reasonable cost within a reasonable period or otherwise sought, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is

 

186


Table of Contents
 

possible to do so. It will hold or cause the custodian to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid and such funds will be held for the respective accounts of the ADS holders. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest for the respective accounts of the ADS holders.

Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary, that must be paid, will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round down fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

    Shares. For any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, either (1) the depositary will distribute additional ADSs representing such ordinary shares or (2) existing ADSs as of the applicable record date will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares distributed, to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law, in either case, net of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses, and any taxes and governmental charges, in connection with that distribution.

 

    Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such elective distribution by us, has discretion to determine to what extent such elective distribution will be made available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must timely first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could decide it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to you. In such case, the depositary shall, on the basis of the same determination as is made in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, distribute either cash in the same way as it does in a cash distribution, or additional ADSs representing ordinary shares in the same way as it does in a share distribution. The depositary is not obligated to make available to you a method to receive the elective dividend in shares rather than in ADSs. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

 

    Rights to Purchase Additional Shares. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares, the depositary shall having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such distribution by us, consult with us, and we must determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make these rights available to you. We must first instruct the depositary to make such rights available to you and furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary decides it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make the rights available but that it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell the rights, the depositary will endeavor to sell the rights and in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public or private sale) as it may deem proper distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will establish procedures to distribute such rights and enable you to exercise the rights upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The Depositary shall not be obliged to make available to you a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for ordinary shares (rather than ADSs).

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the

 

187


Table of Contents

United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares or be able to exercise such rights.

 

    Other Distributions. Subject to receipt of timely notice, as described in the deposit agreement, from us with the request to make any such distribution available to you, and provided the depositary has determined such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable and feasible and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it may deem practicable, upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. If any of the conditions above are not met, the depositary will endeavor to sell, or cause to be sold, what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash; or, if it is unable to sell such property, the depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances for nominal or no consideration, such that you may have no rights to or arising from such property.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if we and/or the depositary determines that it is illegal or not practicable for us or the depositary to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto.

Except for ordinary shares deposited by us in connection with this offering, no shares will be accepted for deposit during a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The 180-day lockup period is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as described in the section entitled “Shares Eligible for Future Sales—Lockup Agreements.”

How do ADS holders cancel an American Depositary Share?

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office or by providing appropriate instructions to your broker. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person you designate at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, to the extent permitted by law.

How do ADS holders interchange between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

 

188


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

You may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs at any meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities. Otherwise, you could exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting sufficiently enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares .

If we ask for your instructions and upon timely notice from us by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, as described in the deposit agreement, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will include or reproduce (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies; (b) a statement that the ADS holders at the close of business on the ADS record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADSs; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given or deemed given in accordance with the second to last sentence of this paragraph if no instruction is received, to the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of ADSs representing an integral number of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in writing on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to applicable law and the provisions of our memorandum and articles of association, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities (in person or by proxy) as you instruct. The depositary will only vote or attempt to vote as you instruct. If we timely requested the depositary to solicit your instructions but no instructions are received by the depositary from an owner with respect to any of the deposited securities represented by the ADSs of that owner on or before the date established by the depositary for such purpose, the depositary shall deem that owner to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us with respect to such deposited securities, and the depositary shall give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities. However, no such instruction shall be deemed given and no such discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter if we inform the depositary we do not wish such proxy given, substantial opposition exists or the matter materially and adversely affects the rights of holders of the ordinary shares.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, there can be no assurance that ADS holders and beneficial owners generally, or any holder or beneficial owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to vote or cause the custodian to vote on the same terms and conditions as the holders of our ordinary shares.

The depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no recourse if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested .

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 30 business days in advance of the meeting date.

 

189


Table of Contents

Compliance with Regulations

Information Requests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall (a) provide such information as we or the depositary may request pursuant to law, including, without limitation, relevant Cayman Islands law, any applicable law of the United States of America, our memorandum and articles of association, any resolutions of our board of directors adopted pursuant to such memorandum and articles of association, the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ordinary shares, ADSs or ADRs are listed or traded, or to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs or ADRs may be transferred, regarding the capacity in which they own or owned ADRs, the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADRs and the nature of such interest, and any other applicable matters, and (b) be bound by and subject to applicable provisions of the laws of the Cayman Islands, our memorandum and articles of association, and the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares are listed or traded, or pursuant to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares may be transferred, to the same extent as if such ADS holder or beneficial owner held ordinary shares directly, in each case irrespective of whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time such request is made.

Disclosure of Interests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall comply with our requests pursuant to Cayman Islands law, the rules and requirements of NYSE and any other stock exchange on which the ordinary shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed, or our memorandum and articles of association, which requests are made to provide information, inter alia, as to the capacity in which such ADS holder or beneficial owner owns ADS and regarding the identity of any other person interested in such ADS and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time of such requests.

Fees and Expenses

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs):

 

Service

 

Fees

•  To any person to which ADSs are issued or to any person to which a distribution is made in respect of ADS distributions pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions of stock, bonus distributions, stock splits or other distributions (except where converted to cash)

  Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued

•  Cancellation of ADSs, including the case of termination of the deposit agreement

  Up to US$0.05 per ADS cancelled

•  Distribution of cash dividends

  Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•  Distribution of cash entitlements (other than cash dividends) and/or cash proceeds from the sale of rights, securities and other entitlements

  Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•  Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights.

  Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•  Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

•  Depositary services

  Up to US$0.05 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

 

190


Table of Contents

As an ADS holder, you will also be responsible to pay certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs) such as:

 

    fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in the Cayman Islands (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares);

 

    expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars;

 

    expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities;

 

    taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities, including any applicable stamp duties, any stock transfer charges or withholding taxes (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit);

 

    fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit;

 

    fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs; and

 

    any applicable fees and penalties thereon.

The depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., share dividends, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

The depositary may make payments to us or reimburse us for certain costs and expenses, by making available a portion of the ADS fees collected in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank agree from time to time.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable, or which become payable, on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register or transfer your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any net proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. You agree to indemnify us, the depositary, the

 

191


Table of Contents

custodian and each of our and their respective agents, directors, employees and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any refund of tax, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained for you. Your obligations under this paragraph shall survive any transfer of ADRs, any surrender of ADRs and withdrawal of deposited securities or the termination of the deposit agreement.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

If we:

  

Then:

Change the nominal or par value of our ordinary shares    The cash, shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.
Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities    Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.
Distribute securities on the ordinary shares that are not distributed to you, or recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action    The depositary may distribute some or all of the cash, shares or other securities it received. It may also deliver new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the form of ADR without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, including expenses incurred in connection with foreign exchange control regulations and other charges specifically payable by ADS holders under the deposit agreement, or materially prejudices a substantial existing right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended. If any new laws are adopted which would require the deposit agreement to be amended in order to comply therewith, we and the depositary may amend the deposit agreement in accordance with such laws and such amendment may become effective before notice thereof is given to ADS holders.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so, in which case the depositary will give notice to you at least 90 days prior to termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign, or if we have removed the depositary, and in either case we have not appointed a new depositary within 90 days. In either such case, the depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property and deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs after payment of any fees, charges, taxes or other governmental charges. Six months or more after the date of termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest.

 

192


Table of Contents

After such sale, the depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement except for our obligations to the depositary thereunder.

Books of Depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the Company, the ADRs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary will maintain facilities in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs.

These facilities may be closed at any time or from time to time when such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary in connection with the performance of its duties under the deposit agreement or at our reasonable written request.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary and the custodian. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. The depositary and the custodian:

 

    are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

    are not liable if any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents are prevented or forbidden from, or subjected to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement and any ADR, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any state thereof, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or on account of the possible criminal or civil penalties or restraint, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of our memorandum and articles of association or any provision of or governing any deposited securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure);

 

    are not liable by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our memorandum and articles of association or provisions of or governing deposited securities;

 

    are not liable for any action or inaction of the depositary, the custodian or us or their or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

 

    are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement;

 

    are not liable for any special, consequential, indirect or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement, or otherwise;

 

    may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party;

 

   

disclaim any liability for any action or inaction or inaction of any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any

 

193


Table of Contents
 

person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, holders and beneficial owners (or authorized representatives) of ADSs, or any person believed in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information; and

 

    disclaim any liability for inability of any holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit made available to holders of deposited securities but not made available to holders of ADS.

The depositary and any of its agents also disclaim any liability (i) for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote or failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable or for allowing any rights to lapse in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, (ii) the failure or timeliness of any notice from us, the content of any information submitted to it by us for distribution to you or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, (iii) any investment risk associated with the acquisition of an interest in the deposited securities, the validity or worth of the deposited securities, the credit-worthiness of any third party, (iv) for any tax consequences that may result from ownership of ADSs, ordinary shares or deposited securities, or (v) for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the depositary performed its obligations without gross negligence or willful misconduct while it acted as depositary.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will issue, deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, split-up, subdivide or combine ADSs, make a distribution on an ADS or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

 

    payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities and payment of the applicable fees, expenses and charges of the depositary;

 

    satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matters contemplated in the deposit agreement; and

 

    compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and delivery of ADRs or ADSs or to the withdrawal or delivery of deposited securities and (B) such reasonable regulations and procedures as the depositary may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement and applicable laws, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to issue and deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the register of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we determine that it is necessary or advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

 

    when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

 

    when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges;

 

    when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities; or

 

    other circumstances specifically contemplated by Section I.A.(l) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 (as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time); or

 

194


Table of Contents
    for any other reason if the depositary or we determine, in good faith, that it is necessary or advisable to prohibit withdrawals.

The depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the deposit agreement any ordinary shares or other deposited securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such ordinary shares.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an ADS holder, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register such transfer.

 

195


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              ADSs representing              ordinary shares, or approximately             % of our              total outstanding ordinary shares. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. All outstanding ordinary shares prior to this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 and may be sold only if they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act such as those provided in Rules 144 and 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Restricted ordinary shares may also be sold outside of the United States in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act. This prospectus may not be used in connection with any resale of our ADSs acquired in this offering by our affiliates.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, a person or entity that has beneficially owned our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, for at least six months and is not our “affiliate” will be entitled to sell our ordinary shares, including ADSs, subject only to the availability of current public information about us, and will be entitled to sell shares held for at least one year without any restriction. A person or entity that is our “affiliate” and has beneficially owned our ordinary shares for at least six months will be able to sell, within a rolling three month period, the number of ordinary shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  (i) 1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately              ordinary shares immediately after this offering; and

 

  (ii) the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, on NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Sales by affiliates under Rule 144 must be made through unsolicited brokers’ transactions. They are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Stock Options

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, directors or consultants who purchases our ordinary shares from us pursuant to a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we become a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, such as the holding period, contained in Rule 144. However, the Rule 701 shares would remain subject to lockup arrangements and would only become eligible for sale when the lockup period expires.

Form S-8

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all ordinary shares which are either subject to outstanding options or may be issued upon exercise of any options or other equity awards which may be granted or issued in the future pursuant to our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the date of this prospectus. Shares registered under any registration statements will be available for sale in the open market, except to the extent that the shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the contractual restrictions described below.

 

196


Table of Contents

Lockup Agreements

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any ADSs or shares of ordinary shares, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options outstanding on the date hereof or pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan.

Each of our [executive officers, directors, existing shareholders and certain option and warrant holders] has agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or shares of ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any ADSs or ordinary shares, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ADSs, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our ADSs or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers, existing shareholders or option holders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

Other than this offering, we are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our ADSs or ordinary shares may dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares, or the availability of ADSs or ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, certain holders of our ordinary shares or their transferees will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act, following the expiration of the lockup agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights.”

 

197


Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following sets forth material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs. It is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it is the opinion of Walkers, our special Cayman Islands counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of PRC law, it is the opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm, our PRC counsel. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, it is the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, our U.S. counsel as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described herein of an investment in the ordinary shares or ADSs.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciations and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty or withholding tax. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us or holders levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on transfers of shares of Cayman Islands companies except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not a party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the ADSs or ordinary shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the ADSs or ordinary shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

PRC Taxation

In March 2007, the National People’s Congress of China enacted the Enterprise Income Tax Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and was amended on February 24, 2017. The Enterprise Income Tax Law provides that enterprises organized under the laws of jurisdictions outside China with their “de facto management bodies” located within China may be considered PRC resident enterprises and therefore subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their worldwide income. The Implementing Rules of the Enterprise Income Tax Law further defines the term “de facto management body” as the management body that exercises substantial and overall management and control over the business, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise.

In addition, SAT Circular 82 issued by SAT in April 2009 specifies that certain offshore incorporated enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups will be classified as PRC resident enterprises if the following are located or resident in the PRC: (a) senior management personnel and departments responsible for daily production, operation and management; (b) financial and personnel decision making bodies; (c) key properties, accounting books, company seal, minutes of board meetings and shareholders’ meetings; and (d) half or more of the senior management or directors having voting rights. Further to SAT Circular 82, SAT issued SAT Bulletin 45, which took effect in September 2011, to provide more guidance on the implementation of SAT Circular 82. SAT Bulletin 45 provides for procedures and administration details of determination on resident status and administration on post-determination matters.

Our company is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. As such, we do not

 

198


Table of Contents

currently consider our company or any of our overseas subsidiaries to be a PRC resident enterprise. However, there is a risk that the PRC tax authorities may deem our company or any of our overseas subsidiaries as a PRC resident enterprise since a substantial majority of the members of our management team as well as the management team of some of our overseas subsidiaries are located in China, in which case we or the overseas subsidiaries, as the case may be, would be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on worldwide income. If the PRC tax authorities determine that our Cayman Islands holding company is a “resident enterprise” for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, a 10% tax may be withheld on dividends we pay to our non-PRC enterprise shareholders and may be imposed with respect to gains derived by our non-PRC enterprise shareholders from transferring our shares or ADSs if such dividends or gains are deemed to be from sources within the PRC. Furthermore, non-PRC resident individual holders of our shares or ADSs may be subject to tax of 20% on dividends and any gains if such amounts are deemed to be derived from sources within the PRC. Any PRC tax liability may be reduced by an applicable tax treaty. However, it is unclear whether, if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our shares or ADSs would be able to claim the benefit of income tax treaties or agreements entered into between China and other countries or areas.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

In the opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, the following are material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders described below of owning and disposing of our ADSs or ordinary shares, but this discussion does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire ADSs or ordinary shares.

This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that acquires our ADSs or ordinary shares in this offering and holds the ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In addition, it does not describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant in light of a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including alternative minimum or Medicare contribution tax consequences, or differing tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

    certain financial institutions;

 

    dealers or traders in securities that use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a straddle, conversion transaction or similar transaction;

 

    persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their partners or investors;

 

    tax-exempt entities, “individual retirement accounts” or “Roth IRAs”;

 

    persons that own or are deemed to own ADSs or ordinary shares representing 10% or more of our voting power or value; or

 

    persons holding ADSs or ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business outside the United States.

If a partnership (or other entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) owns ADSs or ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships owning ADSs or ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, and the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC, or the Treaty, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to

 

199


Table of Contents

change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is also based, in part, on representations by the Depositary and assumes that each obligation under the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

As used herein, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ADSs or ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    a citizen or individual resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia; or

 

    an estate or trust the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source.

In general, a U.S. Holder who owns ADSs will be treated as the owner of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concern that parties to whom American depositary shares are released before the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary (a “pre-release”), or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders of American depositary shares and the issuer of the security underlying the American depositary shares, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of American depositary shares. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rates of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of PRC taxes, and the availability of the reduced tax rates for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, distributions paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares, other than certain pro rata distributions of ADSs or ordinary shares, will be treated as dividends to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Because we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions generally will be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Subject to applicable limitations and the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at reduced rates. Non-corporate U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of these reduced tax rates in their particular circumstances.

Dividends will generally be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s (or in the case of ADSs) the depositary’s, receipt of the dividends. The amount of any dividend income paid in foreign currency will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the spot rate in effect on the date of receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars on such date. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder generally should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the amount received. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.

Dividends will be treated as foreign-source income for foreign tax credit purposes. As described in “—PRC Taxation,” dividends paid by the Company may be subject to PRC withholding tax. For U.S. federal income tax

 

200


Table of Contents

purposes, the amount of the dividend income will include amounts withheld in respect of PRC withholding tax. Subject to applicable limitations, which vary depending upon the U.S. Holder’s circumstances, and subject to the discussion above regarding concerns expressed by the U.S. Treasury, PRC taxes withheld from dividend payments (at a rate not exceeding the applicable rate provided in the Treaty in the case of a U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty) generally will be creditable against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex and U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the creditability of foreign tax credits in their particular circumstances. In lieu of claiming a credit, a U.S. Holder may elect to deduct such PRC taxes in computing its taxable income, subject to applicable limitations. An election to deduct foreign taxes instead of claiming foreign tax credits applies to all foreign taxes paid or accrued in the taxable year.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules” below, a U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on a sale or other taxable disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale or other taxable disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such ADSs or ordinary shares disposed of, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. The gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of the sale or disposition, the U.S. Holder has owned the ADSs or ordinary shares for more than one year. Long-term capital gains recognized by non-corporate U.S. Holders may be subject to tax rates that are lower than those applicable to ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

As described in “—PRC Taxation,” gains on the sale of ADSs or ordinary shares may be subject to PRC taxes. A U.S. Holder is entitled to use foreign tax credits to offset only the portion of its U.S. federal income tax liability that is attributable to foreign-source income. Because under the Code capital gains of U.S. persons are generally treated as U.S.-source income, this limitation may preclude a U.S. Holder from claiming a credit for all or a portion of any PRC taxes imposed on any such gains. However, U.S. Holders that are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty may be able to elect to treat the gain as PRC-source and therefore claim foreign tax credits in respect of PRC taxes on such disposition gains. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their eligibility for the benefits of the Treaty and the creditability of any PRC tax on disposition gains in their particular circumstances.

Passive F oreign Investment Company Rules

In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that directly or indirectly owns at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and received directly its proportionate share of the income of the other corporation. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, certain rents and royalties and gains from assets that produce passive income. Cash is a passive asset for purposes of the PFIC rules. Goodwill that is associated with an active income-producing activity of a non-U.S. corporation is generally an active asset unless, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the non-U.S. corporation is a controlled foreign corporation (“CFC”) that is not publicly traded “for the taxable year.” We were a CFC during a portion of 2018, but do not expect to be a CFC for the remainder of 2018.

Because we were both non-publicly traded and a CFC during a portion of 2018, it is not clear whether we can use the value of our assets rather than their tax basis in determining our PFIC status for 2018. We believe it is reasonable to use our assets’ value for this purpose. Assuming this position is respected, and based upon the nature of our business, the composition of our income and assets and the estimated value of our assets, (which is based on the expected price of our ADSs), we do not expect to be a PFIC for 2018 or in the foreseeable future. However, in light of the uncertainty as to whether the value of our assets (rather than their tax basis) can be taken

 

201


Table of Contents

into account in determining our PFIC status for 2018, and because in any event we have significant cash balances (taking into account the expected proceeds from this offering), it is not clear whether we will be a PFIC for 2018.

In addition, our PFIC status for any taxable year is a factual determination that can be made only after the end of such year, and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets for such year. Moreover, because we hold, and may continue to hold, a significant amount of cash, our PFIC status for any taxable year may depend on the value of our goodwill which may be determined, in part, by reference to the market price of our ADSs, which may change from time to time. In addition, it is not entirely clear how the contractual arrangements between us and our VIE will be treated for purposes of the PFIC rules. If it were determined that we are not the owner of the stock of our VIE for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we could be treated as a PFIC. In light of the foregoing, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year.

If we are a PFIC for 2018 or any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ADSs or ordinary shares, we will generally continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns ADSs or ordinary shares, even if we cease to meet the threshold requirements for PFIC status. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers as to whether we are a PFIC for 2018 and the availability of a “deemed sale” election that would allow them to eliminate the continuing PFIC status under certain circumstances.

If we were a PFIC for any taxable year and any of our subsidiaries, consolidated affiliated entities or other companies in which we own or are treated as owning equity interests were also a PFIC (any such entity, a “Lower-tier PFIC”), U.S. Holders would be deemed to own a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of each Lower-tier PFIC and would be subject to U.S. federal income tax according to the rules described in the subsequent paragraph on (i) certain distributions by a Lower-tier PFIC and (ii) dispositions of shares of Lower-tier PFICs, in each case as if the U.S. Holders held such shares directly, even though the U.S. Holders had not received the proceeds of those distributions or dispositions.

Generally, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owned our ADSs or ordinary shares, gain recognized upon a disposition (including, under certain circumstances, a pledge) of ADSs or ordinary shares by the U.S. Holder will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of disposition and to years before we became a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income. The amounts allocated to each other taxable year will be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for that taxable year for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, and an interest charge will be imposed on the tax allocated to each taxable year. Further, to the extent that any distribution received by a U.S. Holder on its ADSs or ordinary shares exceeds 125% of the average of the annual distributions received (or deemed received) during the preceding three years or the U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, the distribution will be subject to taxation in the manner. In addition, if we were a PFIC or, with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, were treated as a PFIC for the taxable year in which we paid a dividend or the prior taxable year, the preferential dividend rates discussed above with respect to dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders would not apply.

Alternatively, if we were a PFIC and if the ADSs were “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange,” a U.S. Holder could make a mark-to-market election that would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described in the preceding paragraph. The ADSs would be treated as “regularly traded” for any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of the ADSs were traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. The NYSE, where our ADSs are expected to be listed, is a qualified exchange for this purpose. If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder generally will recognize at the end of each taxable year (i) as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs over their adjusted tax basis, or (ii) as ordinary loss any excess of the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs over their fair market value (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. Holder makes the election, the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs will be adjusted

 

202


Table of Contents

to reflect the income or loss amounts recognized. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs in a year when the Company is a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election, with any excess treated as capital loss). If a U.S. Holder makes the mark-to-market election, distributions paid on ADSs will be treated as discussed under “—Taxation of Distributions” above. U.S. Holders will not be able to make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares or any shares of a Lower-tier PFIC, because such shares will not trade on any stock exchange.

We do not intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections, which if available could materially affect the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our ADSs or ordinary shares if we were a PFIC for any taxable year. Therefore, U.S. Holders will not be able to make such elections.

If a U.S. Holder owns ADSs or ordinary shares during any year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. Holder generally will be required to file annual reports on Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form 8621 (or any successor form) with respect to us, generally with the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax return for that year.

U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the determination of whether we are a PFIC for 2018 or any other taxable year and the potential application of the PFIC rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other “exempt recipient” and (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals (or certain specified entities) may be required to report information relating to their ownership of ADSs or ordinary shares, unless the ADSs or ordinary shares are held in accounts at financial institutions (in which case the accounts may be reportable if maintained by non-U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding their reporting obligations with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares.

 

203


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated             , 2018, the underwriters named below, for whom              and              are acting as the representatives, have severally and not jointly agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of ADSs indicated below:

 

Name of Underwriters

   Number of ADSs  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Haitong International Securities Company Limited

  

China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the ADSs subject to their acceptance of the ADSs from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ADSs offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions, including the absence of any material adverse change in our business and the receipt of certain certificates, opinions and letters from us, our counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm. The underwriters are obligated, severally and not jointly, to take and pay for all of the ADSs offered by this prospectus if any such ADSs are taken. The underwriters are not required, however, to take or pay for the ADSs covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs described below. Any offers or sales of the ADSs in the United States will be conducted by registered broker-dealers in the United States. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and reject orders in whole or in part.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the ADSs directly to the public at the initial public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of US$             per ADS under the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the ADSs, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

Certain of the underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both inside and outside the United States through their respective selling agents. Any offers or sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC. Each of Haitong International Securities Company Limited (“Haitong International”) and China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited (“CICC Hong Kong”) will offer the ADSs in the United States through its respective SEC-registered broker-dealer affiliate in the United States, i.e., Haitong Securities USA LLC and CICC US Securities, Inc., as well as pursuant to Rule 15a-6 under the Exchange Act.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of              additional ADSs at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option for the purpose of [covering over-allotments], if any, made in connection with the offering of the ADSs offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional ADSs as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of ADSs listed in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be US$            , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be US$             and the total proceeds to us (before expenses) would be US$            .

 

204


Table of Contents

The table below shows the per ADS and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we will pay to the underwriters. The underwriting discounts and commissions are determined by negotiations among us and the underwriters and are a percentage of the offering price to the public. Among the factors considered in determining the discounts and commissions are the size of the offering, the nature of the security to be offered and the discounts and commissions charged in comparable transactions.

 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per ADS

   US$                   US$               

Total by us

   US$                   US$               

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of ADSs offered by them.

The total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately US$             million. Expenses include the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fees, FINRA-related fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel of up to US$            , the NYSE listing fee, and printing, legal, accounting and miscellaneous expenses.

We have applied for approval for listing the ADSs on NYSE under the symbol “NEW.”

We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives, subject to certain exceptions, we and they will not, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs; or

 

    file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs (other than a registration statement on Form S-8),

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Our officers and directors, [certain of our employees, certain of our shareholders and certain option and warrant holders] have agreed that, without the prior written consent of the representatives, such parties, subject to certain exceptions, will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs; or

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ordinary shares or ADSs,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of ordinary shares, ADSs, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agree that, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period,

 

205


Table of Contents

make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any ordinary shares, ADSs or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares or ADSs.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs to do not apply to:

 

    [the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    the issuance by us of ordinary shares upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to our ordinary shares or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of such ordinary shares or other securities acquired in such open market transactions; or

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of our ordinary shares, provided that (1) such plan does not provide for the transfer of our ordinary shares during the restricted period and (2) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required or voluntarily made regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of our ordinary shares may be made under such plan during the restricted period.]

Subject to compliance with the notification requirements under FINRA Rule 5131 applicable to lockup agreements with our directors or officers, if the representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lockup agreement for an officer or director of us and provides us with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, we agree to announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Currently, there are no agreements, understandings or intentions, tacit or explicit, to release any of the securities from the lockup agreements prior to the expiration of the corresponding period.

In addition, we have instructed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares or issue any ADSs for 180 days after the date of this prospectus (other than in connection with this offering), unless we instruct the depositary otherwise.

To facilitate this offering of the ADSs, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the ADSs. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more ADSs than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of ADSs available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing ADSs in the open market. In determining the source of ADSs to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of ADSs compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell ADSs in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. In addition, to stabilize the price of the ADSs, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, ADSs in the open market. Finally, the underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing the ADSs in this offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed ADSs to cover syndicate short positions or to stabilize the price of the ADSs. Any of these activities may raise or maintain the market price of the ADSs above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the ADSs. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

206


Table of Contents

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to              ADSs offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If purchased by these persons, these ADSs will be subject to a 180-day lockup restriction. We will pay all fees and disbursements of counsel incurred by the underwriters in connection with offering the ADSs to such persons. Any sales to these persons will be made through a directed share program. The number of ADSs available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved ADSs. Any reserved ADSs not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other ADSs offered by this prospectus.

The address of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, NY 10013, United States. The address of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, United States. The address of Barclays Capital Inc. is 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, United States. The address of Haitong International Securities Company Limited is 22/F Li Po Chun Chambers, 189 Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong. The address of China International Capital Corporation Hong Kong Securities Limited is 29th Floor, One International Finance Centre, 1 Harbour View Street, Central, Hong Kong.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of ADSs to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, ADSs may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell ADSs to online brokerage account holders. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s or selling group member’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by any underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ordinary shares or ADSs. The initial public offering price is determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in

 

207


Table of Contents

determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings, certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios and market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours, the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering, the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded ordinary share of generally comparable companies, and other factors deemed relevant by the representatives and us. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for the ADSs, or that the ADSs will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Selling Restrictions

No action may be taken in any jurisdiction other than the United States that would permit a public offering of the ADSs or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the ADSs may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither the prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the ADSs may be distributed or published in or from any country or jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with any applicable laws, rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.

Australia. This document has not been lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:

 

  (a) you confirm and warrant that you are either:

 

  (i) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act;

 

  (ii) a “sophisticated investor” under section 708(8)(c) or (d) of the Corporations Act and that you have provided an accountant’s certificate to the company which complies with the requirements of section 708(8)(c)(i) or (ii) of the Corporations Act and related regulations before the offer has been made;

 

  (iii) a person associated with the company under section 708(12) of the Corporations Act; or

 

  (iv) a “professional investor” within the meaning of section 708(11)(a) or (b) of the Corporations Act;

and to the extent that you are unable to confirm or warrant that you are an exempt sophisticated investor, associated person or professional investor under the Corporations Act, any offer made to you under this document is void and incapable of acceptance; and

 

  (b) you warrant and agree that you will not offer any of the ADSs issued to you pursuant to this document for resale in Australia within 12 months of those ADSs being issued unless any such resale offer is exempt from the requirement to issue a disclosure document under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

Canada. The ADSs may be sold in Canada only to purchasers resident or located in the Provinces of Ontario, Québec, Alberta and British Columbia, purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the ADSs must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation,

 

208


Table of Contents

provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Cayman Islands. This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the ADSs, whether by way of sale or subscription. The underwriters have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs in the Cayman Islands.

European Economic Area. In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State unless the prospectus has been approved by the competent authority in such Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

    to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

    to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000; and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

 

    by the underwriters to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive; provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

209


Table of Contents

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

 

    it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

    in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (1) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (2) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Switzerland. The ADSs may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (the “SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the issuer or the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of ADSs will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, and the offer of ADSs has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (the “CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of ADSs.

Dubai International Financial Centre. This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The ADSs to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Hong Kong. The ADSs may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies

 

210


Table of Contents

(Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) or (2) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Japan. The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, and ADSs will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to any exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

People’s Republic of China. This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC.

Singapore. This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA, (2) to a relevant person or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where our ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor; shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs under Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274 of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person pursuant to an offer that is made on terms that such shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; or (3) where the transfer is by operation of law.

United Kingdom. Each underwriter has represented and agreed that: (a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to

 

211


Table of Contents

engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA), received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ADSs in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

212


Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of our total expenses, excluding underwriting discount, which are expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs by us. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee and the NYSE listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   US$               

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee

   US$  

NYSE listing fee

   US$  

Printing and engraving expenses

   US$  

Legal fees and expenses

   US$  

Accounting fees and expenses

   US$  

Miscellaneous

   US$  
  

 

 

 

Total

   US$               
  

 

 

 

 

213


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP with respect to certain legal matters of U.S. federal securities and New York state law. Certain legal matters as to the United States federal and New York law in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering and certain other legal matters as to Cayman law will be passed upon for us by Walkers. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Tian Yuan Law Firm and for the underwriters by Han Kun Law Offices. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may rely upon Walkers with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Tian Yuan Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati may rely upon Han Kun Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

214


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 of Puxin Limited included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven months ended July 31, 2017 of ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period from January 1 to August 16, 2017 of Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd. included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The offices of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP are located at 8/F, Deloitte Tower The Towers, Oriental Plaza, 1 East Chang An Avenue, Beijing 100738, the People’s Republic of China.

 

215


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1, including relevant exhibits and schedules under the Securities Act with respect to underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, to be sold in this offering. We have also filed with the SEC a related registration statement on F-6 to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read the registration statement on Form F-1 and its exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon completion of this offering we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference rooms. You may also obtain additional information over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meeting and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, upon our written request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

216


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

 

     Pages  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PUXIN LIMITED   

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-3  

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-4  

Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December  31, 2016 and 2017

     F-6  

Consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-7  

Consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ deficit for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-8  

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017

     F-9  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-10  

Additional information-financial statement schedule I

     F-53  
INDEX TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   

Unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December  31, 2017 and March 31, 2018

     F-58  

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-60  

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-61  

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-62  

Unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018

     F-63  

Notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

     F-64  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF   
ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.   

Independent auditors’ report

     F-93  

Consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016

     F-94  

Consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December  31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017

     F-95  

Consolidated statements of changes in deficit for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017

     F-96  

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the year ended December  31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017

     F-97  

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-98  

 

F-1


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Puxin Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Puxin Limited (the “Company”), its subsidiaries, its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools (collectively the “Group”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in shareholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the related notes and the financial statement schedule listed in Schedule I (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Our audits also comprehended the translation of Renminbi amounts into United State dollar amounts and, in our opinion, such translation has been made in conformity with the basis stated in Note 2. Such United States dollar amounts are presented solely for the convenience of readers in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

March 23, 2018 (April 27, 2018 as to the convenience translation described in Note 2)

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017      2017  
     RMB     

RMB

     USD  
                   (Note 2)  

ASSETS

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,109        164,684        26,255  

Inventories

     —          10,408        1,659  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     36,262        132,473        21,119  

Amounts due from related parties

     9        113        18  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     136,380        307,678        49,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

        

Restricted cash

     5,409        24,478        3,902  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     33,723        221,212        35,266  

Intangible assets

     55,167        243,927        38,888  

Goodwill

     346,972        1,152,913        183,802  

Deferred tax assets

     637        3,012        480  

Rental deposit

     15,829        55,173        8,796  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     594,117        2,008,393        320,185  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

        

Current liabilities

        

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB173,395 and RMB345,100 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     173,395        350,446        55,869  

Income tax payable of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     2,925        10,022        1,598  

Deferred revenue, current portion of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     299,017        906,480        144,514  

Amounts due to related parties of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     3,048        3,836        612  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     478,385        1,270,784        202,593  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Deferred revenue, non-current portion of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     19,302        128,890        20,548  

Deferred tax liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     13,734        77,580        12,368  

Franchise deposits of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     —       

 

3,856

 

     615  

Convertible notes (including convertible notes of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB nil and RMB150,200 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     —       

 

499,192

 

     79,583  

Promissory note (including promissory note of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB nil and RMB nil as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     —       

 

162,658

 

     25,932  

Derivative liabilities (including derivative liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB nil and RMB nil as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     —          18,218        2,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     511,421        2,161,178        344,543  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - continued

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB    

RMB

    USD  
                 (Note 2)  

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 19)

      

MEZZANINE EQUITY

      

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     120,000       120,000       19,131  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Ordinary shares (par value of USD0.00005 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017)

     34       34       5  

Additional paid-in capital

     245,064       391,099       62,350  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         15,718       2,506  

Accumulated deficit

     (282,300     (679,613     (108,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Puxin Limited shareholders’ deficit

     (37,202     (272,762     (43,485

Non-controlling interest

     (102     (23     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     (37,304     (272,785     (43,489
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     594,117       2,008,393       320,185  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB    

RMB

    USD  
                 (Note 2)  

Net revenues

     439,181       1,282,562       204,471  

Cost of revenues (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB nil and RMB1,152 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     257,995       794,342       126,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     181,186       488,220       77,834  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB991 and RMB3,058 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     123,370       444,927       70,932  

General and administrative expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB50,272 and RMB51,625 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively)

     185,496       362,748       57,831  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     308,866       807,675       128,763  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (127,680     (319,455     (50,929

Interest expense

     —         5,556       886  

Interest income

     464       549       88  

Changes in fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities

     —         70,336       11,213  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (127,216     (394,798     (62,940

Income tax expenses

     388       2,436       388  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (127,604     (397,234     (63,328

Less: Net (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest

     (48     79       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

     (127,556     (397,313     (63,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

      

Basic and diluted

     (1.29     (3.98     (0.64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating Basic and diluted net loss per share

     98,670,361       99,705,361       99,705,361  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands of RMB and USD)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB    

RMB

    USD  
                 (Note 2)  

Net loss

     (127,604     (397,234     (63,328

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Change in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

     —         15,718       2,506  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     (127,604     (381,516     (60,822

Less: comprehensive (loss) income attributable to non-controlling interest

     (48     79       13  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss attributable to Puxin Limited

     (127,556     (381,595     (60,835
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

    Attributable to shareholders of the Company  
    Number of
ordinary
Shares
    Ordinary
shares
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total Puxin
Limited
shareholders’
equity
    Non-
controlling
interest
    Total
deficit
 

Balance as of January 1, 2016

    97,703,180       34       161,201       —         (154,744     6,491       (54     6,437  

Net loss for the year

    —         —         —         —         (127,556     (127,556     (48     (127,604

Share-based compensation

    —         —         51,263       —         —         51,263       —         51,263  

Contribution from shareholders

    —         —         32,600       —         —         32,600       —         32,600  

Option exercised

    1,468,620       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in RMB

    99,171,800       34       245,064       —         (282,300     (37,202     (102     (37,304
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2017

    99,171,800       34       245,064       —         (282,300     (37,202     (102     (37,304

Net loss for the year

    —         —         —         —         (397,313     (397,313     79       (397,234

Share-based compensation

    —         —         55,835       —         —         55,835       —         55,835  

Contribution from shareholders

    —         —         90,200       —         —         90,200       —         90,200  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —         —         —         15,718       —         15,718       —         15,718  

Option exercised

    828,200       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017 in RMB

    100,000,000       34       391,099       15,718       (679,613     (272,762     (23     (272,785
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017 in USD

    100,000,000       5       62,350       2,506       (108,346     (43,485     (4     (43,489
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB    

RMB

    USD  
                 (Note 2)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

     (127,604     (397,234     (63,328

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash generated from operating activities:

      

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     3,735       20,545       3,275  

Amortization of intangible assets

     10,158       23,644       3,769  

Change in fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities

     —         70,336       11,213  

(Gain) loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (566     350       56  

Share-based compensation

     51,263       55,835       8,901  

Deferred income taxes

     (3,147     (5,822     (928

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Inventories

     —         (44     (7

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (9,557     (32,545     (5,188

Amounts due from related parties

     (9     (104     (17

Deferred revenue

     107,458       200,647       31,988  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     43,705       140,261       22,361  

Income tax payable

     2,925       7,097       1,131  

Amount due to related parties

     3,048       788       126  

Franchise deposits

     —         (3,488     (556
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

     81,409       80,266       12,796  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (68,166     (564,998     (90,074

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (21,093     (64,706     (10,316
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (89,259     (629,704     (100,390
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred shares

     70,000       —         —    

Proceeds from convertible notes

     —         461,206       73,527  

Proceeds from promissory note

     —         168,180       26,812  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     70,000       629,386       100,339  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

     —         3,696       590  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     62,150       83,644       13,335  

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the year

     43,368       105,518       16,822  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the year

     105,518       189,162       30,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information

      

Income taxes paid

     610       1,161      
185
 

Interest paid

    
—  
 
    2,998       478  

Acquisition consideration payable

     93,585       68,199       10,873  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation to amounts on consolidated balance sheets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,109       164,684       26,255  

Restricted cash

     5,409       24,478       3,902  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     105,518       189,162       30,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

Puxin Limited (the “Company”), was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on March 17, 2017. The Company, its subsidiaries, consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools (collectively the “Group”) are primarily engaged in providing K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

History

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (“Puxin Education” or “VIE”) was founded in September 2014, as a limited liability company in the PRC, by Mr. Yunlong Sha, Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) of the Company. Puxin Education, its subsidiaries and schools are primarily engaged in providing K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services in the PRC.

Puxin Limited was set up to facilitate the Group’s future overseas offering and Puxin Education’s acquisition of Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing GEDU”). Immediately after the acquisition of Beijing GEDU, the operating entity of Beijing GEDU became a subsidiary of Puxin Education. In essence, Puxin Limited was a variable interest entity whereas Puxin Education was the primary beneficiary and through which, Puxin Education acquired Beijing GEDU. Accordingly, Puxin Limited was a part of the consolidated Group where Puxin Education was the holding entity.

In contemplating an initial public offering overseas, in February 2018, the Group undertook a reorganization which includes:

-The holder of the equity interest with preferential feature of Puxin Education sold 5% of its holding to Mr. Yunlong Sha and transferred 3.6335% of the holding to a related party of the holder. Puxin Limited then issued an aggregate 52,082,120 ordinary shares to ordinary shareholders and an aggregate 11,917,880 of preferred Series A shares to preferred shareholders. In addition, preferential rights held by investors of Puxin Education were cancelled (“Recapitalization”). Consequently, Puxin Limited became the ultimate holding for the Group.

- Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in the education business in China, Puxin Limited, through Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited (“Prepshine HK”) and its PRC subsidiary, Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“Purong Information” or “WFOE”), entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Puxin Education and its subsidiaries and schools (collectively, the “VIEs”), and the shareholders of Puxin Education. The series of contractual agreements include Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Powers of Attorney, Spousal Consent Letters and Letters of Commitment. The Group believes that these contractual arrangements would enable Puxin Limited to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the VIEs, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIEs that could be significant to the VIEs. Accordingly, Puxin Limited is considered the primary beneficiary of the VIEs.

The reorganization involves steps and entities all within the same consolidated group, and as a result, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the current corporate structure has been in existence throughout the periods presented. The share and per share data relating to the ordinary shares issued by the Company are presented as if the reorganization occurred at the beginning of the first period presented.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

History  - continued

 

The Company’s subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s significant subsidiaries and schools as of December 31, 2017 were as follows: (1)

 

Name

 

Later of date

of establishment

or acquisition

 

Place of

establishment

  Percentage of
direct or indirect
economic ownership
   

Principal activities

Subsidiaries:

       

Prepshine HK

  April 13, 2017   Hong Kong     100%     Holding company

Purong Information

  January 8, 2018   PRC     100%     Holding company

Beijing GEDU

  August 16, 2017   PRC     100%     Education services

Variable interest entity:

       

Puxin Education

  September 28, 2014   PRC     100%    

Education services

VIE’s significant subsidiaries and schools :

       

Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Shangxin”)

  September 28, 2014   PRC     100%     Education services

Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Meikaida”)

  June 18, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Meitong”)

  July 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Yunnan Pude”)

  January 4, 2016   PRC     100%     Education services

Taiyuan Puxin Culture and Arts Co., Ltd. (“Taiyuan Puxin Arts”)

  April 30, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Taiyuan Fubusi Education School (“Taiyuan Fubusi”)

  April 30, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Taiyuan Puxin Communication”)

  June 30, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Taiyuan Mercan School (“Taiyuan Mercan”)

  June 30, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Tianjin Xinsiyuan”)

  June 30, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Tianjin Shengjia Training Center (“Tianjin Shengjia”)

  June 30, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

History  - continued

 

Name

 

Later of date

of establishment

or acquisition

 

Place of

establishment

  Percentage of
direct or indirect
economic ownership
   

Principal activities

Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Guizhou Puxintian”)

  November 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Qingzhen Tiantian English Training School (“Qingzhen Tiantian”)

  November 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Baiyun District Tiantian English School (“Baiyun Tiantian”)

  November 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Guiyang Wudang Tiantian English School (“Wudang Tiantian”)

  November 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Guiyang Huaxi Tiantian Training School (“Huaxi Tiantian”)

  November 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Guiyang Yunyan Tiantian Education Training School (“Yunyan Tiantian”)

  November 22, 2015   PRC     100%     Education services

Nanjing Diyu Investment Management Co., Ltd (“Nanjing Diyu”)

  January 18, 2016   PRC     100%     Education services

Nanjing Innovation School (“Nanjing Innovation”)

  January 18, 2016   PRC     100%     Education services

Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Pukuan”)

  May 5, 2016   PRC     100%     Education services

Shanghai Xinkebiao Education Training Center (“Shanghai Xinkebiao”)

  May 5, 2016   PRC     100%     Education services

Beijing Hope Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Hope”)

  June 21, 2016   PRC     100%     Education services

ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (“ZMN Education”)

  July 31, 2017   PRC     100%     Education services

Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holdings Limited (“Shanghai GEDU”)

  August 16, 2017   PRC     100%     Education services

 

(1) The net revenues generated from these subsidiaries and schools accounts for RMB256,055 and RMB690,608 of the Group’s total net revenues for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The English names are for identification purpose only.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

 

The VIE arrangements

Puxin Limited, through Prepshine HK and its PRC subsidiary, Purong Information, entered into a series of contractual arrangements, on February 5, and as amended on February 25, 2018, with Puxin Education and its subsidiaries and schools, and the shareholders of Puxin Education.

 

    Agreements that transfer economic benefits to the Group:

Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement

Pursuant to the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement among Purong Information, the VIE and the shareholders of VIE, Purong Information has the exclusive right to provide or designate any third party to provide, among other things, education management consultancy services, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support to the VIE and its subsidiaries. In exchange, the VIE and its subsidiaries pay service fees to Purong Information in an amount at Purong Information’s discretion. Without the prior written consent of Purong Information, the VIE and its subsidiaries cannot accept services provided by or establish similar cooperation relationship with any third party. Purong Information owns the exclusive intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement unless otherwise provided by PRC laws or regulations. The agreement will remain effective unless unanimously agreed by the parties concerned or unilaterally terminated by Purong Information with a written notice. Unless otherwise required by applicable PRC laws, the VIE and its shareholders do not have any right to terminate the exclusive service agreement.

Equity Pledge Agreement

Under the equity interest pledge agreement among Purong Information, the VIE and its shareholders, the VIE’s shareholders pledged all of their equity of the VIE to Purong Information as security for performance of the obligations of the VIE and its shareholders under the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreement. If any of the specified events of default occurs, Purong Information may exercise the right to enforce the pledge immediately. Purong Information may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the equity pledge agreement to its designee(s) at any time. The equity pledge agreement is binding on the VIE’s shareholders and their successors. The equity pledge agreement will remain in effect until the fulfillment of all the obligations under the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreement.

 

    Agreements that provide the Company effective control over Puxin Education:

Exclusive Call Option Agreement

Under the exclusive call option agreement among Purong Information, the VIE and its shareholders, each of the shareholders of the VIE irrevocably granted Purong Information a right to purchase, or designate a third party to purchase, all or any part of their equity interests in the VIE at a purchase price equal to the lowest price permissible by the then-applicable PRC laws and regulations at Purong Information’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC law. The shareholders of the

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

VIE shall promptly give all considerations they received from the exercise of the options to Puxin Education, Purong Information or a designated third party of Purong Information. Without Purong Information’s prior written consent, the VIE and its shareholders shall not enter into any major contract or transfer any equity of the VIE. Without Purong Information’s prior written consent, the VIE and its shareholders shall not sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of any of the VIE’s assets or allow any encumbrance of any assets, except for the disposal or the encumbrances of the assets that are treated as necessary for their daily business operations with the value of the assets involved in a single transaction not exceeding RMB100. The VIE shall not be dissolved or liquidated without the written consent by Purong Information. This agreement shall remain in effect upon expiry or early termination of this agreement.

Powers of Attorney

Pursuant to the powers of attorney executed by the VIE and the VIE’s shareholders, each of them irrevocably authorized Purong Information to act on their respective behalf as exclusive agent and attorney, to the extent permitted by law, with respect to all rights of shareholders concerning all the equity interest and sponsor interest held by each of them in the VIE or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to proposing to convene or attend shareholder meetings, board meetings or council meetings, signing the resolutions and minutes of such meetings, exercising all the rights as shareholders or sponsors (including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights, appointment rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all the equity or the sponsor interest held in part or in whole).

Spousal Consent Letters

Pursuant to the spousal consent letters executed by the spouses of certain shareholders of the VIE, the signing spouses confirm and agree to the execution of the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the equity pledge agreement described above by the applicable shareholders. They further undertake not to hinder the disposal of the equity and not to make any assertions in connection with the equity of the VIE held by the applicable shareholders, and confirm that the applicable shareholders can perform the relevant transaction documents described above and further amend or terminate such transaction documents without the authorization or consent from such spouse. The spouse of each applicable shareholder agrees and undertakes that if he/she obtains any equity of the VIE held by the applicable shareholders for any reasons, he/she would be bound by the transaction documents described above.

Letters of Commitment

Pursuant to the letters of commitment executed by the shareholder of Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Trustbridge”) and the partners of Tianjin Puxian Education Technology LLP (“Puxian”) and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (“Ningbo Zhimei”), which are the shareholders of the VIE, all the shareholders of Shanghai Trustbridge and all the partners of Puxian and Ningbo Zhimei irrecoverably

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

promise that they will not pledge, sell or dispose of the equity interest or the partnership interest in Shanghai Trustbridge, Puxian or Ningbo Zhimei held by them, respectively, grant a security interest or a priority right in such equity interest or partnership interest to any third party or enter into any transactions with the same economic results that may affect the priority of the equity pledge and the stable implementation of structural contracts, including the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management service and business cooperation agreement, the equity pledge agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreement.

 

    Risks in relation to VIE structure

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with Puxin Education and its shareholders are in compliance with existing PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, the contractual arrangements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    Puxin Education and its shareholders may have or develop interests that conflict with the Group’s interests, which may lead them to pursue opportunities in violation of the aforementioned contractual agreements. If the Group cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between the Group and the shareholders of Puxin Education, the Group would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of its business, and there is substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

    Puxin Education and its shareholders could fail to obtain the proper operating licenses or fail to comply with other regulatory requirements. As a result, the PRC government could impose fines, new requirements or other penalties on the VIE or the Group, mandate a change in ownership structure or operations for the VIE or the Group, restrict the VIE or the Group’s use of financing sources or otherwise restrict the VIE or the Group’s ability to conduct business.

 

    The PRC government may declare the aforementioned contractual arrangements invalid. They may modify the relevant regulations, have a different interpretation of such regulations, or otherwise determine that the Group or the VIE have failed to comply with the legal obligations required to effectuate such contractual arrangements.

 

    If the legal structure and contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government may restrict or prohibit the Group’s business and operations in China.

The Group’s ability to conduct its business may be negatively affected if the PRC government were to carry out of any of the aforementioned actions. As a result, the Group may not be able to consolidate Puxin Education and its subsidiaries and schools in the consolidated financial statements as the Group may lose the ability to exert effective control over Puxin Education and its shareholders, and the Group may lose the ability to receive economic benefits from Puxin Education.

The Group’s business has been directly operated by the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools accounted for an aggregate of 100% and 99.6%, respectively, of the Group’s consolidated total assets, and 100% and 75.2% respectively of the Group’s consolidated total liabilities.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

The following financial information of the Company’s VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools after the elimination of inter-company transactions and balances as of December 31, 2016 and 2017 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,109        160,274  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     36,262        128,928  

Total current assets

     136,380        299,723  

Total assets

     594,117        2,000,437  

Total current liabilities

     478,385        1,265,438  

Total liabilities

     511,421        1,625,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
 
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Net revenues

     439,181        1,282,562  

Net loss

     (127,604      (331,621

Net cash provided by operating activities

     81,409        80,266  

Net cash used in investing activities

     (89,259      (141,025

Net cash provided by financing activities

     70,000        140,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no consolidated VIE’s assets that are collateral for the VIE’s obligations and which can only be used to settle the VIE’s obligations. No creditors (or beneficial interest holders) of the VIE have recourse to the general credit of the Company or any of its consolidated subsidiaries. No terms in any arrangements, considering both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests, require the Company or its subsidiaries to provide financial support to the VIE. However, if the VIE ever needs financial support, the Company or its subsidiaries may, at its option and subject to statutory limits and restrictions, provide financial support to the VIE through loans to the shareholders of the VIE or entrustment loans to the VIE.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). These accounting principles require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts in the accompanying financial statements. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The Group bases its estimates on past experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Basis of presentation and use of estimates  - continued

 

Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s financial statements include, but are not limited to, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, impairment assessment of long-lived assets and goodwill, valuation of share-based compensation and payments, purchase price allocation for business acquisition and valuation of ordinary shares, convertible notes and derivative liabilities. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial information of the Group. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Business combinations

Business combinations are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to the tangible assets, liabilities, identifiable intangible assets acquired and non-controlling interest, if any, based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are expensed as incurred.

Fair value

Fair value is considered to be the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The carrying values of financial instruments, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, amounts due from a related party, other receivables, deposits and amounts due to a related party are recorded at cost which approximates their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Financial instruments

The Group’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, amounts due from/to related parties, other payables, convertible notes, promissory note and derivative liabilities.

Convertible notes

Convertible notes for which the fair value option are elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

Convenience translation

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and all of the revenues are denominated in RMB. However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the exchange rate as of balance sheet date, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, change in deficit and cash flows from Renminbi (“RMB”) into US dollars as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB6.2726, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on March 30, 2018. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on March 30, 2018, or at any other rate.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and on hand, which have original maturities of three months or less when purchased and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates market value.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash represents cash deposits in restricted bank accounts, required by local regulations, for operating schools. The deposits in restricted bank accounts cannot be withdrawn until these schools are closed. Restricted cash is classified as either current or non-current based on when the funds will be released in accordance with the terms of the respective agreement.

Inventories

Inventories, mainly consisting of textbooks, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Category

  

Estimated useful life

Buildings

   37 years

Electronic equipment

   3 years

Motor vehicles

   5 years

Furniture and education equipment

   5 years

Leasehold improvement

   Shorter of lease term or estimated economic life

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation from the assets and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statement of operations.

Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The useful life of an intangible asset is the period over which the asset is expected to contribute directly or indirectly to future cash flows.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at the end of the fourth quarter, or sooner if impairment indicators arise. In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the Group may perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If it is not, no further analysis is required. If it is, a prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit, if any.

The first step in the two-step impairment test is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated by applying valuation multiples and/or estimating future discounted cash flows. The selection of multiples is dependent upon assumptions regarding future levels of operating performance as well as business trends and prospects, and industry, market and economic conditions. When estimating future discounted cash flows, the Group considers the assumptions that hypothetical marketplace participants would use in estimating future cash flows. In addition, where applicable, an appropriate discount rate is used, based on an industry-wide average cost of capital or location-specific economic factors. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to have a potential impairment and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any.

The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Goodwill and intangible assets  - continued

 

business combination (i.e., the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all the assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. However, if the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Based on the result of annual goodwill impairment assessment, no impairment charge was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Acquired intangible assets other than goodwill consist of student base, definite trademark, relationship with partnership school and franchise agreements, which are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization and impairment. The amortization periods are as follows:

 

Student Base

   2.5 - 7 years

Trademark

   5.4 years & Indefinite

Relationship with partnership school

   6.4 years

Franchise agreement

   3.4 years

The Group has determined that certain trademarks do not have determinable useful lives. Consequently, the carrying amount of trademarks are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. Such impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the trademarks with their carrying amount and an impairment loss is recognized if and when the carrying amounts of the trademarks exceed their fair values. The estimates of fair values of intangible assets not subject to amortization are determined using various discounted cash flow valuation methodologies. Significant assumptions are inherent in this process, including estimates of discount rates. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the respective intangible assets. No impairment loss was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. The Group did not record any impairment losses on its long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Revenue recognition

Revenues are recognized when the following four criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the service has been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue represents amounts received or receivable for services provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts and sales related tax.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Revenue recognition  - continued

 

The Group generated its revenues from two business lines as follows:

(i) K-12 tutoring services

The Group offers various types of after-school tutoring services to help students improve their academic performance and qualify for their desired schools and universities.

The after-school tutoring services primarily consist of after-school group class courses and personalized tutoring courses. Tuition fees are generally collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered. Tuition refunds are provided to students if they decide within the trial period that they no longer want to take the course. The Group would not recognize any revenue until the trial class is over.

(ii) Study abroad tutoring services

 

    Study-abroad test preparation services

The Group offers study abroad test preparation services to help students prepare for admission tests for high schools, universities and graduate programs in other countries. Tutoring fees are collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue which is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered. Students are entitled to certain trial class of the purchased course and course fee is fully refundable if a student decides not to take the remaining course after the trial class. No refund will be provided to a student who withdraws from a course after the trial period. The Group would not recognize any revenue until the trial class is over.

 

    Study-abroad consulting services

The Group offers study abroad consulting services to provide quality advisory guidance for students who intend to study abroad. The Group charges each student an up-front prepaid fee based on the scope of consulting services requested by the student, and generally recognizes revenue over the service period. Portion of the prepaid services fee are refundable if the student does not successfully gain admission. The non-refundable service fee is recognized as revenue over the service period; and the refundable fee is deferred and recognized as revenue once the contingency is resolved.

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, net revenues were as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Services:

     

K-12 tutoring services

     370,712        884,148  

Study-abroad test preparation services

     59,145        334,288  

Study-abroad consulting services

     9,324        64,126  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     439,181        1,282,562  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of tuition fees and consulting service fees received from customers for which the Group’s revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue once the criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Value added taxes

On January 1, 2012, the PRC Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation officially launched a pilot VAT reform program (“Pilot Program”), applicable to businesses in selected industries. Such VAT Pilot Program were phased in Beijing, Jiangsu, Anhui, Fujian, Guangdong, Tianjin, Zhejiang, and Hubei between September and December 2012. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of business tax. Starting from May 1, 2016, the Pilot Program was promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner in the PRC. With the implementation of the Pilot Program, the Group’s certain subsidiaries and schools are subject to VAT at the rate of 3%, as small scale VAT payer, and the remaining subsidiaries and schools are subject to VAT at the rate of 6%, as general VAT payer, which were all previously subject to business tax. The net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Since May 2016, in accordance with Cai Shui [2016] No. 68, the nonacademic educational programs and services in short-term training schools are subject to a simple VAT collection method and apply for a 3% VAT rate. Therefore, the Group’s nonacademic educational programs and services in short-term training schools which were previously subject to business tax are now subject to VAT.

Business tax

Pursuant to the PRC tax laws, before the implementation of the Pilot Program, tutoring services and consulting services were subject to business tax at the rate of 3% or 5%. Revenue is reported net of business taxes of RMB2,754 for the period from January 1, 2016 to April 30, 2016.

Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risk of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated economic life.

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Net operating loss carry forwards and credits are applied using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more-likely-than-not that a portion of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.

Share-based compensation

The Group measures the cost of employee share options based on the grant date fair value of the award and recognizes compensation cost over the period during which an employee is required to provide services in

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Share-based compensation  - continued

 

exchange for the award, which generally is the vesting period. For the graded vesting share options, the Group recognizes the compensation cost over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award is, in substance, multiple awards. When no future services are required to be performed by the employee in exchange for an award of equity instruments, the cost of the award is expensed on the grant date.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss includes net loss and foreign currency translation adjustments. Comprehensive loss is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Net loss per share

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, is computed on the basis of the net loss for the period divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is based upon the weighted average number of common shares and of common shares equivalents outstanding when dilutive. Common share equivalents include: (i) outstanding stock options under the Company’s share incentive plan which are included under the treasury share method when dilutive, (ii) common shares to be issued under the assumed conversion of the Company’s outstanding convertible notes, which are included under the if-converted method when dilutive, and (iii) convertible redeemable participating preferred shares, which are included under the if-converted method when dilutive.

The Group’s convertible redeemable participating preferred shares are participating securities as they participate in undistributed earnings on an as-if-converted basis. Accordingly, the Group uses the two-class method whereby undistributed net income is allocated on a pro rata basis to the ordinary shares and preferred shares to the extent that each class may share in income for the period; whereas the undistributed net loss for the period is allocated to ordinary shares only because the convertible redeemable participating preferred shares are not contractually obligated to share the loss.

The computation of diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 does not include common share equivalents, since such inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

Contingency

The Group is subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to the operation of its schools. The Group is required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses and fees.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Significant risks and uncertainties

Foreign currency risk

The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the Peoples Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into other currencies. The value of the RMB is subject to changes in central government policies, international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash denominated in RMB amounted to RMB105,515 and RMB184,752 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and prepayment and other current assets. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in financial institutions located in the PRC.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In May 2014, Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Updates, or ASU, 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. An entity has the option to apply the provisions of ASU 2014-09 either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognized at the date of initial application. ASU2014-09 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. In August 2015, FASB updated this standard to ASU 2015-14, the amendments in this ASU defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09, that the ASU should be applied to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. In May 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in this ASU do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. Rather, the amendments in this ASU affect only the narrow aspects of Topic 606. The areas improved include: (1) Assessing the Collectability Criterion in Paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) and Accounting for Contracts That Do Not Meet the Criteria for Step 1; (2) Presentation of Sales Taxes and Other Similar Taxes Collected from Customers; (3) Noncash Consideration; (4) Contract Modifications at Transition; (5) Completed Contracts at Transition; and (6) Technical Correction. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments in this ASU are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for Topic 606 (and any other Topic amended by ASU 2014-09).

The Group expects to adopt ASU 2014-09 under the modified retrospective method in the first quarter of 2018. The Group has substantially completed a review of the impacts of the new standard to its existing portfolio of customer contracts. The Group does not believe the adoption of ASU 2014-09 would have a material effect on the amount or timing of its K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad test preparation services revenues, but will be required to assess variable consideration included in its study-abroad consulting service contracts and make judgments and estimates throughout the applicable periods. Certain

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted  - continued

 

additional financial statement disclosure requirements are mandated by the new standard including disclosure of contract assets and contract liabilities as well as a disaggregated view of revenue. Based on the Group’s review, the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02 related to Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date including a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (i.e., January 1, 2019, for a calendar year entity). Early application is permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements and expects the adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet but is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Under the new accounting guidance, an entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity will perform its goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value but not to exceed the total amount of the goodwill of the reporting unit. In addition, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment, if applicable. The provisions of the new accounting guidance are required to be applied prospectively. The new accounting guidance is effective for our company for goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new guidance.

In May, 2017, FASB issued a new pronouncement, ASU 2017-09, which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The ASU provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The new accounting guidance is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new guidance.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. ASU 2015-02 modifies existing consolidation guidance related to (1) limited partnerships and similar legal entities, (2) the evaluation of variable interests for fees paid to decision makers or service providers, (3) the effect of fee arrangements and related parties on the primary beneficiary determination, and (4) certain investment funds. These changes are expected to limit the number of consolidation models and place more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest. ASU 2015-02 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Group has adopted the new standards in the 2016 fiscal year, which did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-16 related to the accounting for measurement period adjustments recognized in a business combination. Under the previous standard, when adjustments were made to amounts previously reported as part of a business combination during the measurement period, entities were required to revise comparative information for prior periods. Under the new standard, entities must recognize these adjustments in the reporting period in which the amounts are determined rather than retrospectively. The Group adopted the new standard in the 2016 fiscal year, which did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-17 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The amendments in this ASU require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a taxpaying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this ASU. For public business entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The amendments in this ASU may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group adopted this guidance in the 2016 fiscal year, retroactively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-09 related to stock compensation to facilitate improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to improve the accounting for employee share-based payments and affect all organizations that issue share-based payment awards to their employees. Several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions are simplified, including: (1) income tax consequences; (2) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; (3) accruals of compensation costs based on the forfeitures; (4) classification on the statement of cash flows. For public companies, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this ASU require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements  - continued

 

total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU apply to all entities that have restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents and are required to present a statement of cash flows under Topic 230. The Group early adopted the amendments on a retrospective basis and restricted cash has been presented as part of cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016 and 2017, restricted cash of RMB5,409 and RMB24,478 were included in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the consolidated statement of cash flows, respectively.

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION

Acquisition of Shanghai Pukuan

On May 5, 2016, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in Shanghai Pukuan. The total consideration for the acquisition of Shanghai Pukuan amounted to RMB20,200 which included RMB19,600 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

Shanghai Pukuan operates K-12 tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Shanghai Pukuan’s training centers with its strong teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,887     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     17,121     

Restricted cash

     1,120     

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (2,568   

Deferred revenue

     (19,807   

Intangible assets-student base

     4,700        6.7 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,175   

Goodwill

     17,922     
  

 

 

    

Total

     20,200     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the economy of scale, increase in cross-selling opportunities as well as synergy resulting from the acquisition.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

 

Acquisition of Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Luoyang Pucai”)

On July 31, 2016, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in Luoyang Pucai. The total consideration for the acquisition of Luoyang Pucai amounted to RMB27,900 which included RMB20,500 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

Luoyang Pucai operates K-12 tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Luoyang Pucai’s training centers with its strong teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,494     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     8,113     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     42        3 - 5 years  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (640   

Deferred revenue

     (10,105   

Intangible assets-student base

     2,800        4.4 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (700   

Goodwill

     25,896     
  

 

 

    

Total

     27,900     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as

identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the economy of scale, increase in cross-selling opportunities as well as synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Acquisition of Xi’an Shanghe Culture Development Co., Ltd. (“Xi’an Shanghe”)

On November 15, 2016, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in Xi’an Shanghe. The total consideration for the acquisition of Xi’an Shanghe amounted to RMB27,800 which included RMB25,200 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Acquisition of Xi’an Shanghe Culture Development Co., Ltd. (“Xi’an Shanghe”)  - continued

 

Xi’an Shanghe operates K-12 tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Xi’an Shanghe’s training centers with its strong teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     3,998     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     5,874     

Restricted cash

     20     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     187        3 - 5 years  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (3,164   

Deferred revenue

     (8,272   

Intangible assets-student base

     3,000        3.1 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (750   

Goodwill

     26,907     
  

 

 

    

Total

     27,800     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Acquisition of Dalian Pude Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Dalian Pude”)

On November 28, 2016, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in Dalian Pude. The total consideration for the acquisition of Dalian Pude amounted to RMB51,700 which included RMB47,000 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

Dalian Pude operates K-12 tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Dalian Pude’s training centers with its strong teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Acquisition of Dalian Pude Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Dalian Pude”)  - continued

 

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,475     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     28,060     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     20        3 - 5 years  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (8,848   

Deferred revenue

     (20,659   

Intangible assets-student base

     9,200        4.1 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (2,300   

Goodwill

     44,752     
  

 

 

    

Total

     51,700     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Acquisition of Luzhou Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Luzhou Puxin”)

On December 31, 2016, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in Luzhou Puxin. The total consideration for the acquisition of Luzhou Puxin amounted to RMB18,700 which included RMB14,300 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

Luzhou Puxin operates K-12 tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Luzhou Puxin’s training centers with its strong teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Acquisition of Luzhou Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Luzhou Puxin”)  - continued

 

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     165     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,372     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     155        3 - 5 years  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (73   

Deferred revenue

     (3,464   

Intangible assets-student base

     5,300        4 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (1,325   

Goodwill

     14,570     
  

 

 

    

Total

     18,700     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as

identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Other acquisitions in 2016

In 2016, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Co., Ltd (“Jinan Qifa”), Nanjing Diyu, Shaoxing Puxin Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Shaoxing Puxin”), Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Ningbo Puxin”), Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Chengdu Qidi”), Nanjing Dreams & Stars Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Nanjing Dreams”), Shenzhen Davis Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Shenzhen Davis”), Beijing Hope, Beijing Quakers Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Beijing Quakers”) and Shenyang Being Modern Foreign Language School (“Shenyang Being”) and acquired certain tutoring businesses from third parties (collectively “Other 2016 Acquirees”). The total consideration for the acquisition of Other 2016 Acquirees amounted to RMB97,377 which included RMB84,677 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

These acquired entities are in the operation of K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Other 2016 Acquirees’ training centers with its teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Other acquisitions in 2016  - continued

 

These transactions were considered business acquisitions and therefore were recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     5,280     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     36,412     

Restricted cash

     100     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,193        3 - 5 years  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (4,880   

Deferred revenue

     (42,910   

Intangible assets-student base

     14,300        2.5 - 7 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (3,575   

Goodwill

     91,457     
  

 

 

    

Total

     97,377     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisitions described above were based on valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from these acquisitions.

Acquisition of ZMN Education

On July 31, 2017, the Group acquired 100% equity interests in ZMN Education. The total consideration for the acquisition of ZMN Education amounted to RMB135,850 which included RMB65,250 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant issued to the sellers which entitle them to purchase the ordinary shares of Long faith Limited, a shareholder of the Company, was recorded at fair value on acquisition date and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the Company’s shareholder.

ZMN Education operates study abroad tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of ZMN Education’s service centers with its well-known brand and strong teaching team would further enhance the Group’s ability to provide high quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Acquisition of ZMN Education  - continued

 

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     21,407     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,266     

Restricted cash

     1,008     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     9,723        3 - 5 years  

Rental deposits

     7,285     

Deferred revenue

     (208,345   

Account payables

     (564   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (32,857   

Loans to third parties

     (23,802   

Intangible assets-trademark

     32,400        5.4 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (8,100   

Goodwill

     324,429     
  

 

 

    

Total

     135,850     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Acquisition of Beijing GEDU

On August 16, 2017, the Group acquired 100% equity interest in Beijing GEDU for cash consideration of US$72,300 (equivalent to RMB483,687).

Beijing GEDU operates study abroad tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Beijing GEDU’s training centers with its well-known brand and strong teaching team would further enhance the Group’s ability to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Acquisition of Beijing GEDU  - continued

 

This transaction was considered a business acquisition and therefore was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     89,437     

Inventories

     6,620     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     117,333     

Restricted cash

     14,332     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     132,844        2-37 years  

Deferred tax assets

     2,547     

Rental deposits

     18,381     

Accounts payable

     (6,197   

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (79,167   

Income tax payable

     (2,505   

Deferred revenue

     (221,484   

Franchise deposits

     (7,344   

Intangible assets-trademark

     140,000        Indefinite  

Intangible assets-relationship with partnership school

     5,300        6.4 years  

Intangible assets- franchise agreement

     4,400        3.4 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (54,164   

Goodwill

     323,354     
  

 

 

    

Total

     483,687     
  

 

 

    

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisition described above was based on a valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from the acquisition.

Other acquisitions in 2017

In 2017, the Group acquired 100% equity interest in (i) a group of schools wholly owned by Chongqing Shunbo Technology Co., Ltd., (ii) Shenyang Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd., (iii) a school wholly owned by Mr. Bowen Zhang, (iv) Yancheng Tiantianxiangshang Education Training Co., Ltd., (v) Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd., (vi) a group of schools wholly owned by Hangzhou Shoumu Education Technology Co., Ltd., and acquired certain tutoring businesses from third parties (collectively “Other 2017 Acquirees”). The total consideration for the acquisition of Other 2017 Acquirees amounted to

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

Other acquisitions in 2017  - continued

 

RMB174,770 which included RMB155,170 in cash and the rest was in the form of warrant. The warrant was issued by the major shareholder of the Company to purchase the equity interest of Puxian which was recorded at fair value and accounted for as capital contribution to the Company by the shareholder.

These acquired entities are in the operation of K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services in the PRC. The merging of Other 2017 Acquirees’ training centers with its strong teaching team and expansive student base allows the Group to provide high-quality, competitively priced and diversified services to the students.

These transactions were considered business acquisitions and therefore were recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and liabilities were recorded at their fair values at the date of acquisition. The purchase price for the acquisition was allocated as follows:

 

            Depreciation or amortization period  

Cash and cash equivalents

     15,824     

Inventories

     256     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,221     

Amounts due from related parties

     63,194     

Property, plant and equipment, net

     1,377        3-5 years  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (12,388   

Deferred revenue

     (85,197   

Intangible assets-student base

     27,100        3.5-5.9 years  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (6,775   

Goodwill

     158,158     
  

 

 

    

Total

     174,770     
  

 

 

    
     

The tangible and intangible assets valuation for the acquisitions described above were based on valuation analysis prepared by the management with the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser. The valuation analysis utilizes and considers generally accepted valuation methodologies such as the income, market and cost approach. The Company has incorporated certain assumptions which include projected replacement costs.

The goodwill is mainly attributable to intangible assets that cannot be recognized separately as identifiable assets under US GAAP, and comprise of (a) the assembled work force and (b) the expected but unidentifiable business growth as a result of the synergy resulting from these acquisitions.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. BUSINESS ACQUISITION - continued

 

The following information summarizes the results of operations attributable to the acquisitions included in the Group’s consolidated statement of operations since the acquisition date:

 

    Year ended December 31, 2016  
    Shanghai Pukuan     Luoyang Pucai     Xi’an Shanghe     Dalian Pude     Luzhou Puxin     Others  

Net revenues

    24,430       12,420       4,139       4,089       —         94,313  

Net income (loss)

    (1,610     (604     319       (1,154     —         (17,277

 

     Year ended December 31, 2017  
     ZMN
Education
     Beijing
GEDU
     Others  

Net revenues

     39,867        197,853        114,601  

Net (loss)

     (59,169      (74,370      (13,096

Pro forma information of acquisitions

The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma information for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, as if these above acquisitions had been acquired on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma information combines the historical results of these above acquisitions with the Company’s consolidated historical results and includes certain pro forma adjustments, including intangible asset amortization and the incremental interest expense for the respective periods. The pro forma information may not be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition taken place on January 1, 2016, and may not be indicative of the Company’s future consolidated results. Additionally, the pro forma financial information does not include the impact of possible business model changes and does not reflect pro forma adjustments to conform accounting policies between these above acquisitions and the Company. The unaudited pro forma information is presented below:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  
     Unaudited      Unaudited  

pro forma net revenues

     1,519,724        1,882,032  

pro forma net (loss)

     (291,816      (511,354

 

4. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Prepaid rental expenses

     26,170        71,324  

Prepaid other service fees

     7,096        45,478  

Staff advances

     2,677        8,811  

Others

     319        6,860  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     36,262        132,473  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Buildings

     —          87,792  

Electronic equipments

     12,008        46,136  

Motor vehicles

     1,418        10,379  

Furniture and education equipment

     9,797        45,334  

Leasehold improvement

     24,171        100,670  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     47,394        290,311  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (13,671      (69,099
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     33,723        221,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were RMB3,735 and RMB20,545 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Student base

     66,750        97,054  

Trademark

     —          172,400  

Relationship with partnership school

     —          5,300  

Franchise agreement

     —          4,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     66,750        279,154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (11,583      (35,227
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     55,167        243,927  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expenses were RMB10,158 and RMB23,644 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017, the Group expects to record amortization expenses related to intangible assets RMB32,084, RMB27,083, RMB22,482, RMB12,701 and RMB8,565 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, respectively, and RMB1,012 thereafter.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

7. GOODWILL

The Group has two reporting units that carry goodwill. The changes in carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Costs:

     

Beginning balance

     125,468        346,972  

Acquisition of subsidiaries and schools

     221,504        805,941  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

     346,972        1,152,913  

Goodwill impairment loss

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill, net

     346,972        1,152,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. The Group did not record any impairment of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

The components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Salary and welfare payable

     62,794        178,078  

Accrued expenses

     8,032        50,941  

Consideration payable in connection with business acquisitions

     93,585        68,199  

Advance from third parties (Note)

     —          23,802  

Other tax payable

     4,830        9,578  

Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment

     1,039        1,253  

Others

     3,115        18,595  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     173,395        350,446  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note: ZMN Education entered into loan agreements with two individuals in 2013 and 2015 for loans at the amount of RMB10,000 and RMB 13,802, respectively.

 

9. CONVERTIBLE NOTES

In June, 2017, Puxin Education and Mr. Yunlong Sha entered into a convertible note investment agreement with Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. (“Huazhong”). Pursuant to this agreement, Huazhong provides a credit facility in an amount up to RMB300,000 to Puxin Education and has the right to elect to convert the unpaid and outstanding amount under the credit facility into ordinary shares of Puxin Limited upon its initial public offering (“IPO”). The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 90%, 80% and 70% of the public offering price of the ordinary shares if the public offering application is submitted before or by December 31, 2018, between January 1 and December 31, 2019, or between

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

9. CONVERTIBLE NOTES - continued

 

January 1 and December 31, 2020, respectively. If IPO fails to occur before or by December 31, 2020, the note could be converted to shares. As of December 31, 2017, Puxin Education had drawn down a principal amount of RMB140,000 under the credit facility. The note bears a simple annual interest rate of 12% and has a maturity term of 22 months since the date the issuer received the proceeds and can be extended for another 36 months. Pursuant to the agreement, Puxin Education committed to guarantee Huazhong an Internal Rate of Return (“IRR”) of no less than 18% per annual if Huazhong chooses to withdraw earlier or by the 58th months of investment. Puxin Education is obligated to pay the compensation amount equals to the shortfall to Huazhong. However, if for 20 consecutive trading days, the weighted average trading price provides Huazhong an IRR of above 30%, Puxin Education is no longer liable for the compensation. In the event of (1) certain misconduct by the Company, (2) the Company establishes the planned VIE structure in contemplating a IPO overseas and the Huazhong decided not to convert the note into the shares of the Company, or (3) the total net profits in aggregation of the Company from 2017 to 2019 is less than RMB950,000, Huazhong has the option to redeem the note at a price equal to the principal amount plus any accrued unpaid interest at a rate of 18% per annum. The fair value option was elected for the convertible note. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the convertible note was RMB150,200. Changes in fair value of RMB10,200 were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

On August 4, 2017, Puxin Limited issued convertible note at the principle amount of US$25,000 (equivalent to RMB168,180) to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited (“Haitong”). The note has a maturity term of 5 years since the date of the note. The convertible note bears a compound interest rate of 12% per annum. If the Company’s IPO occurs before or by June 30, 2019, the convertible note will be automatically converted into Puxin Limited ordinary shares upon completion of the IPO. The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 70%, 65% or 60% of the offering price of the ordinary shares if the IPO is completed before or by December 31, 2018, between January 1 and March 31, 2019, or between April 1 and June 30, 2019, respectively. If IPO fails to occur before or by June 30, 2019, the convertible note will be automatically converted into redeemable and convertible preferred shares on July 1, 2019 except that Haitong notifies the Company of its decision to choose repayment in cash for the principal and accrued interest at least 5 business days prior to June 30, 2019. If the Company contemplates a change-in-control transaction (“trade sale”) prior to full repayment of the note, Haitong shall have the right to (i) declare all indebtedness under this note become immediately due and payable in full on or prior to the closing of the trade sale; (ii) convert all such indebtedness into such number of converted preferred shares calculated by dividing the outstanding principal amount by the applicable preferred share conversion price on or prior to the closing of the trade sale. The Company elected the fair value option for the convertible note. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the convertible note was US$29,000 (equivalent to RMB188,682). Changes in fair value of US$4,000 (equivalent to RMB27,028) were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

On September 29, 2017, Puxin Limited issued convertible note at the principle amount of US$23,000 (equivalent to RMB153,026) to CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited (“CICC ALPHA”). The note bears a simple annual interest rate of 15% and has a maturity term of 4 years since the date of the note. If the Company’s IPO occurs before or by June 30, 2020, CICC ALPHA has the right to convert all or any part of the outstanding principal amount into ordinary shares upon completion of the IPO. The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 70% or 55% of the public offering price of the ordinary shares if the Company’s IPO is completed before or by June 30, 2019 or between July 1, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The portion of the outstanding principal amount that CICC ALPHA elects not to be converted

 

F-39


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

9. CONVERTIBLE NOTES - continued

 

into the Company’s ordinary share will be redeemed and repurchased by the Company on the completion of the IPO at a redemption price calculated based on a compound interest rate of 15% per annum. If IPO fails to occur before or by June 30, 2020, CICC ALPHA has the right to convert all or any part of the outstanding amount into preferred shares. In the event of default, CICC ALPHA may request the Company to immediately redeem the convertible note. Pursuant to the agreement, if after IPO, the IRR of the notes holder upon exit is below 25%, the founder, Mr. Yunlong Sha should compensate CICC ALPHA for the shortfall (“Floor Return”). If the IRR of CICC ALPHA exceeds 30%, CICC ALPHA shall pay Mr. Yunlong Sha certain awards (“Founder Awards”). The features of Founder Awards and Floor Return are free-standing derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for as derivative liabilities under ASC 815. The Company elected the fair value option for the convertible note. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the derivative liabilities was US$2,800 (equivalent to RMB18,218). Changes in fair value of derivative liabilities aggregated to US$100 (equivalent to RMB676) were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. The convertible note consideration received were allocated between the convertible notes and two derivatives using the residual value method. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the convertible note was US$24,640 (equivalent to RMB160,310). Changes in fair value aggregated to US$4,800 (equivalent to RMB32,432) were recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.

As part of the agreements with the noteholders, the Company and Puxin Education pledged certain equity interest of themselves and its subsidiaries of the Group as described in Note 19. The convertible notes agreements also contain covenants customary for a financing of this size and nature.

 

10. PROMISSORY NOTE

On August 4, 2017, the Company issued promissory note at the principle amount of US$25,000 (equivalent to RMB168,180) to Haitong. The note bears a simple annual interest rate of 8% and has a maturity term of 2 years from the date of issuance.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, the Company recognized interest expense of RMB nil and RMB 5,556, respectively.

The recorded values of promissory note approximate its fair values, as interest rate approximates market rate. The fair value of promissory note was determined as present value of the debt using market interest rates. The promissory note was categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

As part of the agreements with the noteholders, the Company and Puxin Education pledged certain equity interest of themselves and its subsidiaries of the Group as described in Note 19.

 

11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis

The Group measured its financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, amounts due from/to related parties, other payables, convertible notes, promissory note and derivative liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2016 and 2017. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on the quoted market price in an active market. The Group determines the fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities, with the assistance of an independent third-party appraiser, based on Level 3 inputs. To

 

F-40


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT - continued

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis  - continued

 

determine the fair value of the convertible notes, the Group used probability expected return method. To determine the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Group used binomial model.

The key assumptions used in valuation of convertible notes are summarized in the table below:

 

Probability for conversion

     80%  

Probability for redemption

     20%  

Remaining life

     2.5 – 4.8  

The key assumptions used in valuation of derivative liabilities are summarized in the table below:

 

Probability for conversion

     80%  

Exit period

     2018/6/30 – 2019/6/30  

Volatility

     40%  

 

     Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2017  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Market for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     164,684        —          —          164,684  

Restricted cash

     24,478        —          —          24,478  

Convertible notes

     —          —          499,192        499,192  

Promissory note

     —          162,658        —          162,658  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          18,218        18,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     189,162        162,658        517,410        869,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2016  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Market for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     100,109        —          —          100,109  

Restricted cash

     5,409        —          —          5,409  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     105,518        —          —          105,518  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The carrying amounts of amounts due from/to related parties approximate their fair values due to their short-term maturity.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT - continued

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis  - continued

 

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017:

 

     Convertible notes      Derivative
liabilities
 

Balance as of January 1, 2016 and 2017

     —       

Issuance of convertible notes

     443,242        17,964  

Changes in fair value

     69,660        676  

Payment of interest

     (2,998      —    

Exchange rate effect

     (10,712      (422
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

     499,192        18,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis

The Group measures goodwill at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when it is annually evaluated or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value as a result of the impairment assessments. The Group measures purchase price allocation at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the acquisition dates.

 

12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

In December, 2014, Puxin Education approved the 2014 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan (“2014 Great Talent Plan”) which provides for the grant of options to eligible employees of the Group. Under 2014 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of units of equity interest of Puxin Education that may be issued shall not exceed 158,400,000. The term of the option shall not exceed 7 years from the date of the grant.

The options will vest in accordance with the vesting schedules set out in the respective share option agreements with vesting period ranged from 0 to 5 years.

The Company determined the estimated fair value of the options on the respective grant dates using the binomial option pricing model with the assistance from an independent valuation firm, with the following assumptions used in 2016 and 2017.

 

     Year ended December 31,  

Grant date

   2016      2017  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.94%-2.92%        2.84%-2.97%  

Volatility

     47%        45%-47%  

Dividend yield

     —          —    

Exercise multiples

     2.2-2.8        2.2-2.8  

Life of options

     7.0        7.0  

Fair value of underlying ordinary shares

     23.66-28.23        29.46-48.31  

 

F-42


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - continued

 

  (1) Risk-free interest rate

Risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the daily treasury long term rate of the U.S. Treasury Department with a maturity period close to the expected term of the options, plus the country default spread of China.

 

  (2) Volatility

The volatility of the underlying ordinary shares during the lives of the options was estimated based on the historical stock price volatility of comparable listed companies over a period comparable to the expected term of the options.

 

  (3) Dividend yield

The dividend yield was estimated by the Group based on its expected dividend policy over the expected term of the options.

 

  (4) Exercise multiples

Exercise multiple represents the value of the underlying share as a multiple of exercise price of the option which, if achieved, results in exercise of the option.

 

  (5) Life of options

Life of options is extracted from option agreements.

 

  (6) Fair value of underlying ordinary shares

The estimated fair value of the ordinary shares underlying the options as of the respective grant dates was determined based on a valuation with the assistance of a third party appraiser.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

12. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION - continued

 

The activity in stock options during years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was set out below:

 

     Outstanding options  
     Number of
options
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Weighted average
grant date
fair value
     Weighted average
remaining contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2016

     3,061,880        0.27        10.00        5.69     

Granted

     2,526,338        0.49        25.38        6.62     

Exercised

     1,468,620        0.50        25.35        6.62     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Options outstanding at December 31, 2016

     4,119,598        0.32        13.96        5.92        114,959  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Granted

     3,301,140        20.46        27.53        6.61     

Exercised

     828,200        0.36        35.79        6.46     

Forfeited

     27,044        26.20        25.01        6.57     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Options outstanding at December 31, 2017

     6,565,494        10.33        17.99        5.57        249,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2017

     6,565,494        10.33        17.99        5.57        249,333  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Option exercisable as of December 31, 2017

     1,224,752        0.27        10.00        4.69        58,841  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 were RMB40,718 and RMB39,716, respectively. The total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017 was RMB37,223 and RMB29,645, respectively.

For share options that vest on grant date, the cost of award is expensed on the grant date. For the graded vesting share options, the Company recognizes the compensation cost over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award is, in substance, multiple awards. The Company recorded share-based compensation expenses of RMB51,263 and RMB55,835 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2017, there was RMB75,222 of share-based compensation related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.57 years.

In February 2018, the Company approved the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan (“2018 Grand Talent Plan”) which provides for the grant of options to eligible employees of the Group. Under 2018 Grand Talent Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued shall not exceed 16,400,000. The term of the option is fixed and shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant. The options will vest in accordance with the vesting schedules set out in the respective share option agreements.

 

13. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

In 2015, Puxin Education issued 12.267% of equity interest with preferential feature to Shanghai Trustbridge for a total consideration of RMB120,000, with RMB50,000 and RMB70,000 received in 2015 and early 2016, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

13. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES - continued

 

In part of the reorganization as disclosed in Note 1, Shanghai Trustbridge sold 5% of equity interest with preferential feature to Mr. Yunlong Sha and sold 3.6335% of equity interest with preferential feature to one of its related party Ningbo Zhimei. As part of the recapitalization, Shanghai Trustbridge and Ningbo Zhimei then exchanged all of their equity interests with preferential feature of Puxin Education into 5,958,940 and 5,958,940 Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A Shares”) of Puxin Limited to Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P. and Fasturn Overseas Limited, respectively, who are their respective overseas related party Companies.

The terms of the Series A shares effectively mirrored those of the equity interest with preferential feature. As this transaction represented an exchange as opposed to an extinguishment of preferred shares, only an increase in fair value required accounting. The Company calculated the increase in fair value of Series A Shares compared to the initial equity interest with preferential feature and concluded the increase was insignificant.

Key terms of Series A Shares are summarized as follows:

Voting Rights

The holders of Series A Shares and ordinary shares shall vote together based on their shareholding ratio.

Dividends

If the Board of Directors decides to pay dividends, the holders Series A Shares have same right as ordinary shares to obtain dividends calculated by the proportion of equity interest they hold.

Redemption

Upon the occurrence of events including a non-occurred qualified initial public offering (the “IPO”) by December 31, 2019, ceasing work or breaking of competition covenant by the founders, and significant violation of the agreement with holders of Series A Shares, the Company shall redeem all the respective outstanding Series A Shares. The redemption price shall be a return at a rate of 8% per annum compounded annually from the applicable investment date to the date on which the applicable redemption amount is paid in full. The redemption value of the convertible redeemable preferred shares was RMB129,799 and RMB140,183 as of December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, prior to the holders of ordinary shares, the relevant amount at a rate of 8% per annum compounded annually from the applicable investment date to the date on which the applicable redemption amount is paid in full.

In the event of insufficient funds available to pay in full the preference amount in respect of Series A Shares, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Series A Shares shall be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of Series A Shares in proportion to issued price.

In addition, preferential rights held by investors of Puxin Education were cancelled.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

13. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES - continued

 

Conversion

The holders of the Series A Shares shall have the rights described below with respect to the conversion of the Series A Shares into Ordinary Shares:

Conversion Ratio

The number of ordinary shares to which a holder shall be entitled upon conversion of each Series A Shares shall be the quotient of the per share issue price divided by the then effective Series A Shares conversion price, which shall initially be the per share issue price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for Series A Shares of 1:1.

Optional Conversion

Any Series A Shares may, at the option of the holder thereof, be converted at any time after the date of issuance of such shares, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non assessable ordinary shares based on the then-effective conversion price.

Automatic Conversion

Each Series A Shares shall automatically be converted, based on the then-effective conversion price, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non assessable ordinary shares upon the earlier of (i) the closing of an IPO, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the majority holders of Series A Shares.

 

14. INCOME TAXES

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. The Company’s subsidiary Prepshine HK is located in Hong Kong and is subject to an income tax rate of 16.5% for taxable income earned in Hong Kong.

The Company’s subsidiary, the VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries and schools, which were entities incorporated in the PRC (the “PRC entities”) are subject to PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”), on the taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws, which have adopted a unified income tax rate of 25% since January 1, 2008. The current and deferred components of the income tax expense appearing in the consolidated statement of operations were as follows:

 

         Year ended December 31,      
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Current tax expense

     3,535        8,258  

Deferred tax expense

     (3,147      (5,822
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     388        2,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-46


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

14. INCOME TAXES - continued

 

The principle components of deferred taxes were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Deferred tax assets

     

Accrued expenses

     4,129        32,333  

Convertible notes — change in fair value

     —          2,550  

Net operating loss carrying forwards

     19,189        78,692  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     23,318        113,575  

Less: valuation allowance

     (22,681      (110,563
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

     637        3,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, the Group had net operating loss carried forward of RMB314,768 from the Company’s PRC entities, which will expire on various dates from December 31, 2018 to December 31, 2022.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Acquired intangible assets

     13,734        77,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     13,734        77,580  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate applicable to PRC operations was as follow:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Loss before income taxes

     (127,216      (394,798

Income tax benefit computed at an applicable tax rate of 25%

     (31,804      (98,699

Permanent differences

     13,948        13,279  

Effect of preferential tax rate

     (28      (26

Change in valuation allowance

     18,272        87,882  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     388        2,436  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group did not identify significant unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from December 31, 2017.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

15. ORDINARY SHARES

Upon the incorporation of Puxin Limited on March 17, 2017, the Company issued 8,524 ordinary shares to Long bright Limited, 820 ordinary shares to Gao & Tianyi Limited, 492 ordinary shares to Pution Limited and 164 ordinary shares to Prospect Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$0.004.

On August 4, 2017, the Company issued 99,990,000 ordinary shares to its existing shareholders on a proportional basis for an aggregate consideration of US$5. Such issuance was accounted for as a stock split and, accordingly, all references to numbers of ordinary shares and per-share data in the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split and issuance of shares on a retrospective basis.

 

16. NET LOSS PER SHARE

For the purpose of calculating net loss per share as a result of the reorganization as described in Note 1, the number of ordinary shares used in the calculation reflects the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company as if the reorganization took place on January 1, 2016.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Numerator used in basic and diluted net loss per share:

     

Net loss attributable to Puxin Limited

     (127,556      (397,313
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Shares (denominator):      
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share (Note 1)      98,670,361        99,705,361  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Net loss per share basic and diluted      (1.29      (3.98
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, an incremental weighted average number of 3,473,746 and 4,938,438 ordinary shares from the assumed exercise of share options were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they would be anti-dilutive given the Company’s loss making position.

 

17. EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund, unemployment insurance and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the Group’s PRC entities make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amount for such employee benefits, which was expensed as incurred, was RMB33,454 and RMB104,635 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

18. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

  (1) Related parties

 

Name of related parties

   Relationship with the Group

Mr. Yunlong Sha

   The CEO and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company

Ms. Wenjing Song

   Spouse of Mr. Yunlong Sha

Puxian

   Shareholder of Puxin Education

 

  (2) The significant balances between the Group and its related parties were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Amounts due from:

     

Puxian

     9        13  

Ms. Wenjing Song

     —          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     9        113  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due to:

     

Mr. Yunlong Sha

     48        3,836  

Ms. Wenjing Song

     3,000        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,048        3,836  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The balances with related parties were interest-free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and schools consisted of the following at December 31, 2017:

 

Years ending December 31,

 

2018

     262,145  

2019

     189,294  

2020

     126,210  

2021

     84,975  

2022 and thereafter

     94,032  
  

 

 

 
     756,656  
  

 

 

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. The terms of the leases do not contain rent escalation or contingent rents. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, total rental expense for all operating leases amounted to RMB74,245 and RMB215,432, respectively.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES - continued

 

Equity pledge commitment

In June, 2017, Puxin Education and Mr. Yunlong Sha entered into a convertible note investment agreement with Huazhong. In conjunction with the note purchase agreement, a domestic equity pledge agreement was entered into between Huazhong and Puxin Education. Puxin Education pledged its 100% equity interests of Tianjin Xinsiyuan in favor of Huazhong. Mr. Yunlong Sha and Ms. Wenjing Song are joint guarantors under domestic equity pledge agreement.

On August 4, 2017, Puxin Limited issued a convertible note and a promissory note at the principle amount of US$25,000 and US$25,000, respectively, to Haitong. In conjunction with the note purchase agreement, an offshore share mortgage agreement was entered into amongst Haitong, Puxin Limited and Long bright Limited (a shareholder of Puxin Limited solely owned by Mr. Yunlong Sha). Pursuant to the offshore share mortgage agreement, Long bright Limited mortgaged its 18% equity interests of Puxin Limited in favor of Haitong. Meanwhile, a domestic equity pledge agreement was entered into amongst a related party of Haitong, Puxin Education and Dalian Pude and Guizhou Puxintian. Puxin Education pledged its 100% equity interests of Dalian Pude and Guizhou Puxintian in favor of a related party of Haitong. Mr. Yunlong Sha, Ms. Wenjing Song and Long bright Limited are joint guarantors under the offshore share mortgage agreement and domestic equity pledge agreement.

On September 29, 2017, Puxin Limited issued convertible note at the principle amount of US$23,000 to CICC ALPHA. In conjunction with the note purchase agreement, an offshore share mortgage agreement was entered into amongst CICC ALPHA, Puxin Limited and Long bright Limited. Pursuant to the offshore share mortgage agreement, Long bright Limited mortgaged its 8.3% equity interests of Puxin Limited in favor of CICC ALPHA. Meanwhile, a domestic equity pledge agreement was entered into amongst a related party of CICC ALPHA, Mr. Yunlong Sha and Puxin Education, Mr. Yunlong Sha pledged its 4.15% equity interests of Puxin Education in favor of a related party of CICC ALPHA. Mr. Yunlong Sha and Long bright Limited are joint guarantors under the offshore share mortgage agreement and domestic equity pledge agreement.

Contingencies

The Group is in the process of preparing filings and applying for permits of training institutions and tutoring branches. The contingent liability related to not meeting the filing requirements cannot be reasonably estimated, pending on authoritative interpretation and implementation guidance, the Group did not record any liabilities pertaining to this.

On November 7, 2016, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress promulgated the Decision on Amending the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC (the “Amended Private Education Law”), which became effective on September 1, 2017. Due to lack of authoritative interpretation and implementation guidance, the potential impact related to the Group not fully complying with the Amended Private Education Law or any relevant regulations cannot be reasonably estimated at the issuance of this report. As a result, the Group did not record any liabilities pertaining to this.

 

20. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer who reviews financial information of operating segments based on US GAAP amounts when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group.

The Group identified two operating segments, including K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services. All these two operating segments are identified as reportable segments.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

20. SEGMENT INFORMATION - continued

 

The Group primary operates in the PRC and all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

The Group’s CODM evaluates performance based on the operating segment’s revenue and gross profit. The revenue and gross profit by segments were as follows:

 

     For the year ended December 31, 2016  
     K-12      Study abroad         
     tutoring services      tutoring services      Consolidated  

Net revenues

     370,712        68,469        439,181  

Cost of revenues

     217,797        40,198        257,995  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     152,915        28,271        181,186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     For the year ended December 31, 2017  
     K-12      Study abroad         
     tutoring services      tutoring services      Consolidated  

Net revenues

     884,148        398,414        1,282,562  

Cost of revenues

     555,885        238,457        794,342  

Gross profit

     328,263        159,957        488,220  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total assets for the two reportable segments were shared and indistinguishable for reporting purposes.

 

21. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s PRC entities only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S.

Prior to payment of dividends, pursuant to the PRC laws and regulations, enterprises incorporated in the PRC must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds as determined by the Board of Directors of each company. These reserves include (i) general reserve, and (ii) other reserves at the discretion of the Board of Director.

Subject to certain cumulative limits, the general reserve requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profits as determined under PRC laws and regulations at each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital; the other reserve appropriations are at the Company’s discretion. These reserves can only be used for specific purposes of enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash dividends. The Company’s subsidiaries contributed RMBnil and RMBnil to the general reserve during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

Prior to the effectiveness of Amended Private School Operation Law, PRC laws and regulations required private schools that require reasonable returns to contribute 25% of after-tax income before payments of dividend to a fund to be used for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational facility. For private schools that do not require reasonable returns, this amount should be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual increase of its net assets as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC.

For the Group’s private schools, amount contributed to the reserve of RMBnil and RMB260 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 and 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

21. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS - continued

 

The statutory reserves cannot be transferred to the Company in the form of loans or advances and are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.

Because the Group’s entities in the PRC can only be paid out of distributable profits reported in accordance with PRC accounting standards, the Group’s entities in the PRC are restricted from transferring a portion of their net assets to the Company. The restricted amounts include the paid-in capital, capital reserve and statutory reserves of the Group’s entities in the PRC. The aggregate amount of paid-in capital, capital reserve and statutory reserves, which represented the amount of net assets of the Group’s entities in the PRC not available for distribution, was RMB75,500 as of December 31, 2017.

 

22. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all events subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2017 through March 23, 2018, the issuance date of these financial statements.

Reorganization

In contemplating an initial public offering overseas, the Group undertook a reorganization in February 2018 as disclosed in Note1.

In connection with the reorganization, the Company entered into a supplemental agreement with a convertible note holder, Huazhong, and its related party, China Central International assets Management Co., Ltd. (“CCIAM”). Per the supplemental agreement, the Company is to issue share warrants to CCIAM relating to the conversion feature embedded in the convertible note issued to Huazhong. The terms of the warrants, such as the total exercisable amount and exercise price and etc., are the same as the terms in the convertible note with Huazhong. At the same time, the embedded conversion feature in the convertible note issued to Huazhong is waived.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except share data or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note 3)  

ASSETS

      

Current assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     —         4,406       702  

Amounts due from a related party

     —         470,552       75,017  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     —         474,958       75,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     —         474,958       75,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

      

Current liabilities

      

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     —         5,346       852  

Total current liabilities

     —         5,346       852  

Non-current liabilities

      

Convertible notes

     —         348,992       55,638  

Promissory note

     —         162,658       25,932  

Derivative liabilities

     —         18,218       2,904  

Investments deficit in subsidiaries and VIEs

     37,202       212,506       33,878  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     37,202       747,720       119,204  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

Ordinary shares (par value of USD0.00005 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017)

     34       34       5  

Additional paid-in capital

     245,064       391,099       62,350  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     —         15,718       2,506  

Accumulated deficit

     (282,300     (679,613     (108,346
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     (37,202     (272,762     (43,485
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     —         474,958       75,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except share data or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note 3)  

Interest expense

     —         5,556       886  

Changes in fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities

     —         60,136       9,587  

Equity in loss of subsidiaries and VIEs

     127,556       331,621       52,868  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (127,556     (397,313     (63,341

Income tax expenses

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (127,556     (397,313     (63,341
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except share data or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note 3)  

Net loss

     (127,556     (397,313     (63,341

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

      

Change in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

     —         15,718       2,506  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     (127,556     (381,595     (60,835
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except share data or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016      2017     2017  
     RMB      RMB     USD  
                  (Note 3)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

Net loss

     —          (397,313     (63,341

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash generated from operating activities:

       

Equity in losses of subsidiaries

     —          331,621       52,868  

Change in fair value of convertible notes and derivative liabilities

     —          60,136       9,587  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     —          5,556       886  

Net cash generated from operating activities

     —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

Loan to a related party

     —          (488,676     (77,908
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     —          (488,676     (77,908
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Proceeds from convertible notes

     —          321,206       51,208  

Proceeds from promissory note

     —          168,180       26,812  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     —          489,386       78,020  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

     —          3,696       590  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     —          4,406       702  

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the year

     —          —         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the year

     —          4,406       702  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE I

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF PARENT COMPANY

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except share data or otherwise noted)

 

1. BASIS FOR PREPARATION

The condensed financial information of the Parent Company has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Group’s consolidated financial statements except that the Parent Company used the equity method to account for investments in its subsidiary.

 

2. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

In its consolidated financial statements, the Parent Company consolidates the results of operations and assets and liabilities of its subsidiaries and schools, and inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. For the purpose of the Parent Company’s standalone financial statements, its investments in subsidiaries are reported using the equity method of accounting as a single line item and the Parent Company’s share of loss from its subsidiaries and VIEs are reported as the single line item of equity in loss of subsidiaries and VIEs.

 

3. CONVENIENCE TRANSLATION

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and all of the revenues are denominated in RMB. However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the exchange rate as of balance sheet date, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the balance sheet, and the related statement of operations and cash flows from Renminbi (“RMB”) into US dollars as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB6.2726, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on March 30, 2018. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on March 30, 2018, or at any other rate.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

    As of December 31,     As of March 31,     As of March 31,  
    2017     2018     2018     2018     2018  
    RMB     RMB     USD     RMB     USD  
                (Note 2)     (Note 2)     (Note 2)  
                      Pro forma     Pro forma  
                      (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

ASSETS

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

    164,684       66,019       10,525       66,019       10,525  

Inventories

    10,408       9,522       1,518       9,522       1,518  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    132,473       145,435       23,186       145,435       23,186  

Amounts due from related parties

    113       —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    307,678       220,976       35,229       220,976       35,229  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

       

Restricted cash

    24,478       28,472       4,539       28,472       4,539  

Property, plant and equipment, net

    221,212       225,605       35,967       225,605       35,967  

Intangible assets

    243,927       235,875       37,604       235,875       37,604  

Goodwill

    1,152,913       1,152,913       183,801       1,152,913       183,801  

Deferred tax assets

    3,012       5,203       829       5,203       829  

Rental deposit

    55,173       58,609       9,344       58,609       9,344  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

    2,008,393       1,927,653       307,313       1,927,653       307,313  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

       

Current liabilities

       

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB345,100 and RMB353,049 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

    350,446       383,471       61,134       383,471       61,134  

Income tax payable of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

    10,022       11,646       1,857       11,646       1,857  

Deferred revenue, current portion (including deferred revenue of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB906,480 and RMB761,462 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

    906,480       775,192       123,584       775,192       123,584  

Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related parties of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB3,836 and RMB nil as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

    3,836       180,000       28,696       180,000       28,696  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    1,270,784       1,350,309       215,271       1,350,309       215,271  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,     As of March 31,     As of March 31,  
     2017     2018     2018     2018     2018  
     RMB     RMB     USD     RMB     USD  
                 (Note2)     (Note2)     (Note2)  
                       Pro forma     Pro forma  
                       (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Non-current liabilities

          

Deferred revenue, non-current portion of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     128,890       100,025       15,946       100,025       15,946  

Deferred tax liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     77,580       75,516       12,039       75,516       12,039  

Franchise deposits of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group

     3,856       1,221       195       1,221       195  

Convertible notes (including convertible notes of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB150,200 and RMB nil as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

     499,192       352,520       56,200       163,715       26,100  

Promissory notes (including promissory notes of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB nil and RMB193,400 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

     162,658       350,215       55,833       350,215       55,833  

Derivative liabilities (including derivative liabilities of the Consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB nil and RMB nil as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

     18,218       17,563       2,800       17,563       2,800  

Warrants ( including warrants of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB nil and RMB nil as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

     —         15,100       2,407       15,100       2,407  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     2,161,178       2,262,469       360,691       2,073,664       330,591  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 17)

          

MEZZANINE EQUITY

          

Convertible redeemable preferred shares

     120,000       71,088       11,333       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

          

Ordinary shares (par value of USD0.00005 per share; 100,000,000 and 988,082,120 shares authorized, 100,000,000 and 152,082,120 shares issued and 100,000,000 and 126,778,396 shares outstanding as of December 31,2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively)

     34       50       8       [●]       [●]  

Additional paid-in capital

     391,099       545,425       86,954       [●]       [●]  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     15,718       34,990       5,578       34,990       5,578  

Accumulated deficit

     (679,613     (986,321     (157,243     (986,321     (157,243
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Puxin Limited shareholders’ deficit

     (272,762     (405,856     (64,703     (145,963     (23,270

Non-controlling interest

     (23     (48     (8     (48     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     (272,785     (405,904     (64,711     (146,011     (23,278
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, MEZZANINE EQUITY AND TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

     2,008,393       1,927,653       307,313       1,927,653       307,313  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     For the three months ended March 31,  
     2017     2018     2018  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note2)  

Net revenues

     198,203       495,708       79,028  

Cost of revenues (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB46 and RMB976 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

     120,075       273,458       43,596  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     78,128       222,250       35,432  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB527 and RMB2,236 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

     54,920       164,647       26,249  

General and administrative expenses (including share-based compensation expenses of RMB8,619 and RMB282,202 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively)

     54,177       383,373       61,119  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     109,097       548,020       87,368  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (30,969     (325,770     (51,936
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense

     —         5,040       803  

Interest income

     346       103       16  

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

     —         23,665       3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

     —         900       143  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (30,623     (355,272     (56,639

Income tax expenses (benefits)

     189       (223     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

     (16     (25     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

     (30,796     (355,024     (56,599
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited — Basic and diluted

     (0.31     (3.05     (0.49
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in calculating basic and diluted net loss per share

     98,951,052       116,364,575       116,364,575  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(In thousands of RMB and USD)

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note2)  

Net loss

     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

      

Change in cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments

     —         19,272       3,072  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

     (30,812     (335,777     (53,531
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interest

     (16     (25     (4

Total comprehensive loss attributable to Puxin Limited

     (30,796     (335,752     (53,527
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN

SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

    Attributable to shareholders of the Company  
    Number of
ordinary
Shares
    Ordinary
shares
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total Puxin
Limited
shareholders’
equity
    Non-controlling
interest
    Total
deficit
 

Balance as of January 1, 2017

    99,171,800       34       245,064       —         (282,300     (37,202     (102     (37,304

Net loss for the period

    —         —         —         —         (30,796     (30,796     (16     (30,812

Share-based compensation

    —         —         9,192       —         —         9,192       —         9,192  

Contribution from shareholders

    —         —         1,700       —         —         1,700       —         1,700  

Option exercised

    558,636       —         —         —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2017 in RMB

    99,730,436       34       255,956       —         (313,096     (57,106     (118     (57,224
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of January 1, 2018

    100,000,000       34       391,099       15,718       (679,613     (272,762     (23     (272,785

Net loss for the period

      —         —         —         (355,024     (355,024     (25     (355,049

Issuance of ordinary shares

    26,778,396       16       —         —         —         16       —         16  

Share-based compensation

    —         —         285,414       —         —         285,414       —         285,414  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —         —         —         19,272       —         19,272       —         19,272  

Repurchase of convertible redeemable preferred shares

    —         —         (131,088     —         —         (131,088     —         (131,088

Cumulative effect of adopting Topic 606 (Note 2)

    —         —         —         —         48,316       48,316       —         48,316  

Balance as of March 31, 2018 in RMB

    126,778,396       50       545,425       34,990       (986,321     (405,856     (48     (405,904
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2018 in USD (Note 2)

    126,778,396       8       86,954       5,578       (157,243     (64,703     (8     (64,711
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

     For the three months ended
March 31,
 
     2017     2018     2018  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note2)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net loss

     (30,812     (355,049     (56,603

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash generated from operating activities:

      

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     2,707       13,347       2,128  

Amortization of intangible assets

     4,241       8,052       1,284  

Loss on change in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

     —         23,665       3,773  

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

     —         900       143  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     20       126       20  

Share-based compensation

     9,192       285,414       45,502  

Deferred income taxes

     (869     (4,255     (678

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Inventories

     173       886       141  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,790     (25,707     (4,099

Amounts due from related parties

     —         113       18  

Deferred revenue

     (11,010     (73,875     (11,777

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     10,323       (12,697     (2,024

Income tax payable

     (1,267     1,624       259  

Amounts due to related parties

     9,900       (3,836     (612

Franchise deposits

     —         (2,635     (420
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (10,192     (143,927     (22,945
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (23,863     (12,680     (2,021

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (13,028     (8,023     (1,279
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (36,891     (20,703     (3,300
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Proceeds from convertible notes

     —         50,000       7,971  

Loan from third parties

     —         20,000       3,188  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from financing activities

     —         70,000       11,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes

     —         (41     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     (47,083     (94,671     (15,093

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the period

     105,518       189,162       30,157  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the period

     58,435       94,491       15,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information

      

Income taxes paid

     624       2,408       384  

Acquisition consideration payable

     139,482       55,519       8,851  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation to amounts on unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     51,829       66,019       10,525  

Restricted cash

     6,606       28,472       4,539  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     58,435       94,491       15,064  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

Puxin Limited (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on March 17, 2017. The Company, its subsidiaries, consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools (collectively the “Group”) are primarily engaged in providing K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

History

In contemplating an initial public offering overseas, in February 2018, the Group undertook a reorganization which includes:

-The holder of the equity interest with preferential feature of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (“Puxin Education” or “VIE”) sold 5% of its holding to Mr. Yunlong Sha and transferred 3.6335% of the holding to a related party of the holder. Puxin Limited then issued an aggregate 52,082,120 ordinary shares to ordinary shareholders and an aggregate 11,917,880 of preferred Series A shares to preferred shareholders. In addition, preferential rights held by investors of Puxin Education were cancelled (“Recapitalization”). Consequently, Puxin Limited became the ultimate holding for the Group.

- Due to PRC legal restrictions on foreign ownership and investment in the education business in China, Puxin Limited, through Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited (“Prepshine HK”) and its PRC subsidiary, Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“Purong Information” or “WFOE”), entered into a series of contractual arrangements with Puxin Education and its subsidiaries and schools (collectively, the “VIEs”), and the shareholders of Puxin Education. The series of contractual agreements include Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement, Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Powers of Attorney, Spousal Consent Letters and Letters of Commitment. The Group believes that these contractual arrangements would enable Puxin Limited to (1) have power to direct the activities that most significantly affects the economic performance of the VIEs, and (2) receive the economic benefits of the VIEs that could be significant to the VIEs. Accordingly, Puxin Limited is considered the primary beneficiary of the VIEs.

The reorganization involves steps and entities all within the same consolidated group, and as a result, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared as if the current corporate structure has been in existence throughout the periods presented. The share and per share data relating to the ordinary shares issued by the Company are presented as if the reorganization occurred at the beginning of the first period presented.

The VIE arrangements

Puxin Limited, through Prepshine HK and its PRC subsidiary, Purong Information, entered into a series of contractual arrangements, on February 5, and as amended on February 25, 2018, with Puxin Education and its subsidiaries and schools, and the shareholders of Puxin Education.

 

    Agreements that transfer economic benefits to the Group:

Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement

Pursuant to the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement among Purong Information, the VIE and the shareholders of VIE, Purong Information has the exclusive right to provide or designate any third party to provide, among other things, education management

 

F-64


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES  - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

consultancy services, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support to the VIE and its subsidiaries. In exchange, the VIE and its subsidiaries pay service fees to Purong Information in an amount at Purong Information’s discretion. Without the prior written consent of Purong Information, the VIE and its subsidiaries cannot accept services provided by or establish similar cooperation relationship with any third party. Purong Information owns the exclusive intellectual property rights created as a result of the performance of this agreement unless otherwise provided by PRC laws or regulations. The agreement will remain effective unless unanimously agreed by the parties concerned or unilaterally terminated by Purong Information with a written notice. Unless otherwise required by applicable PRC laws, the VIE and its shareholders do not have any right to erminate the exclusive service agreement.

Equity Pledge Agreement

Under the equity interest pledge agreement among Purong Information, the VIE and its shareholders, the VIE’s shareholders pledged all of their equity of the VIE to Purong Information as security for performance of the obligations of the VIE and its shareholders under the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreement. If any of the specified events of default occurs, Purong Information may exercise the right to enforce the pledge immediately. Purong Information may transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the equity pledge agreement to its designee(s) at any time. The equity pledge agreement is binding on the VIE’s shareholders and their successors. The equity pledge agreement will remain in effect until the fulfillment of all the obligations under the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreement.

 

    Agreements that provide the Company effective control over Puxin Education:

Exclusive Call Option Agreement

Under the exclusive call option agreement among Purong Information, the VIE and its shareholders, each of the shareholders of the VIE irrevocably granted Purong Information a right to purchase, or designate a third party to purchase, all or any part of their equity interests in the VIE at a purchase price equal to the lowest price permissible by the then-applicable PRC laws and regulations at Purong Information’s sole and absolute discretion to the extent permitted by PRC law. The shareholders of the VIE shall promptly give all considerations they received from the exercise of the options to Puxin Education, Purong Information or a designated third party of Purong Information. Without Purong Information’s prior written consent, the VIE and its shareholders shall not enter into any major contract or transfer any equity of the VIE. Without Purong Information’s prior written consent, the VIE and its shareholders shall not sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of any of the VIE’s assets or allow any encumbrance of any assets, except for the disposal or the encumbrances of the assets that are treated as necessary for their daily business operations with the value of the assets involved in a single transaction not exceeding RMB100. The VIE shall not be dissolved or liquidated without the written consent by Purong Information. This agreement shall remain in effect upon expiry or early termination of this agreement.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES  - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

Powers of Attorney

Pursuant to the powers of attorney executed by the VIE and the VIE’s shareholders, each of them irrevocably authorized Purong Information to act on their respective behalf as exclusive agent and attorney, to the extent permitted by law, with respect to all rights of shareholders concerning all the equity interest and sponsor interest held by each of them in the VIE or its subsidiaries, including but not limited to proposing to convene or attend shareholder meetings, board meetings or council meetings, signing the resolutions and minutes of such meetings, exercising all the rights as shareholders or sponsors (including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights, appointment rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to sell, transfer, pledge or dispose of all the equity or the sponsor interest held in part or in whole).

Spousal Consent Letters

Pursuant to the spousal consent letters executed by the spouses of certain shareholders of the VIE, the signing spouses confirm and agree to the execution of the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management services and business cooperation agreement, the powers of attorney and the equity pledge agreement described above by the applicable shareholders. They further undertake not to hinder the disposal of the equity and not to make any assertions in connection with the equity of the VIE held by the applicable shareholders, and confirm that the applicable shareholders can perform the relevant transaction documents described above and further amend or terminate such transaction documents without the authorization or consent from such spouse. The spouse of each applicable shareholder agrees and undertakes that if he/she obtains any equity of the VIE held by the applicable shareholders for any reasons, he/she would be bound by the transaction documents described above.

Letters of Commitment

Pursuant to the letters of commitment executed by the shareholder of Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai Trustbridge”) and the partners of Tianjin Puxian Education Technology LLP (“Puxian”) and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (“Ningbo Zhimei”), which are the shareholders of the VIE, all the shareholders of Shanghai Trustbridge and all the partners of Puxian and Ningbo Zhimei irrecoverably promise that they will not pledge, sell or dispose of the equity interest or the partnership interest in Shanghai Trustbridge, Puxian or Ningbo Zhimei held by them, respectively, grant a security interest or a priority right in such equity interest or partnership interest to any third party or enter into any transactions with the same economic results that may affect the priority of the equity pledge and the stable implementation of structural contracts, including the exclusive call option agreement, the exclusive management service and business cooperation agreement, the equity pledge agreement, the powers of attorney and the loan agreement.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES  -   continued

The VIE arrangements  -   continued

 

    Risks in relation to VIE structure

 

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with Puxin Education and its shareholders are in compliance with existing PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, the contractual arrangements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    Puxin Education and its shareholders may have or develop interests that conflict with the Group’s interests, which may lead them to pursue opportunities in violation of the aforementioned contractual agreements. If the Group cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between the Group and the shareholders of Puxin Education, the Group would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of its business, and there is substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

    Puxin Education and its shareholders could fail to obtain the proper operating licenses or fail to comply with other regulatory requirements. As a result, the PRC government could impose fines, new requirements or other penalties on the VIE or the Group, mandate a change in ownership structure or operations for the VIE or the Group, restrict the VIE or the Group’s use of financing sources or otherwise restrict the VIE or the Group’s ability to conduct business.

 

    The PRC government may declare the aforementioned contractual arrangements invalid. They may modify the relevant regulations, have a different interpretation of such regulations, or otherwise determine that the Group or the VIE have failed to comply with the legal obligations required to effectuate such contractual arrangements.

 

    If the legal structure and contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government may restrict or prohibit the Group’s business and operations in China.

The Group’s ability to conduct its business may be negatively affected if the PRC government were to carry out of any of the aforementioned actions. As a result, the Group may not be able to consolidate Puxin Education and its subsidiaries and schools in the consolidated financial statements as the Group may lose the ability to exert effective control over Puxin Education and its shareholders, and the Group may lose the ability to receive economic benefits from Puxin Education.

The Group’s business has been directly operated by the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools accounted for an aggregate of 99.6% and 94.3%, respectively, of the Group’s consolidated total assets, and 75.2% and 66.1% respectively of the Group’s consolidated total liabilities.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES  - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

The following financial information of the Company’s VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools after the elimination of inter-company transactions and balances as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018 and for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 was included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements:

 

     As of
December 31,
2017
     As of
March 31,
2018
 
     RMB      RMB  

Cash and cash equivalents

     160,274        64,560  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     128,928        121,764  

Total current assets

     299,723        195,846  

Total assets

     2,000,437        1,817,976  

Total current liabilities

     1,265,438        1,126,157  

Total liabilities

     1,625,964        1,496,319  

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Net revenues

     198,203        493,501  

Net loss

     (30,796      (43,179

Net cash used in operating activities

     (10,192      (141,017

Net cash used in investing activities

     (36,891      (20,703

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          70,000  

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation

The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Security and Exchange Commission and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial reporting. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. Accordingly, these statements should be read in conjunction with the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017.

In the opinion of the management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of financial results for the interim periods presented. The Group believes that the disclosures are adequate to make the information presented not misleading. The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the same accounting policies as used in the preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full years.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

Basis of presentation  - continued

 

The financial information as of December 31, 2017 presented in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial information of the Group. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Business combinations

Business combinations are recorded using the acquisition method of accounting. The purchase price of the acquisition is allocated to the tangible assets, liabilities, identifiable intangible assets acquired and non-controlling interest, if any, based on their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and restructuring costs are expensed as incurred. The Group had insignificant acquisitions, individually and in aggregate, for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and no acquisitions for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Convenience translation

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and all of the revenues are denominated in Renminbi (“RMB”). However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the exchange rate as of balance sheet date, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, change in deficit and cash flows from RMB into US dollars as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB6.2726, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on March 30, 2018. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on March 30, 2018, or at any other rate.

Revenue recognition

Adoption of Accounting standard codification (“ASC”), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” as modified by subsequently issued ASUs 2015-14, 2016-08, 2016-10, 2016-12 and 2016-20 (collectively ASU 2014-09).

On January 1, 2018, the Group adopted Topic 606 applying the modified retrospective method to all contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. Results for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the prior period. The Group recorded a net reduction to opening accumulated deficit of RMB48,316 as of January 1, 2018 due to the cumulative impact of

 

F-69


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

Revenue recognition  - continued

 

adopting Topic 606. The impacts to revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2018 were an increase of RMB7,933 as a result of adopting Topic 606.

Revenues are recognized when control of the promised goods or services are transferred to the customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration that the Group expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

The following table presents the Group’s revenues disaggregated by revenue sources. The Group’s revenue is reported net of discounts, value added tax and surcharges.

 

     For the three months
ended March 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Services:

     

K-12 tutoring services - group class

     122,254        185,598  

K-12 tutoring services - personalized

     53,858        90,970  

Study-abroad test preparation services

     18,459        192,164  

Study-abroad consulting services

     3,632        26,976  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     198,203        495,708  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a description of principal activities from which the Group generates revenue and related revenue recognition policies.

(i) K-12 tutoring services

The Group offers various types of after-school tutoring services to help students improve their academic performance and qualify for their desired schools and universities. The after-school tutoring services primarily consist of after-school group class courses and personalized tutoring courses. The K-12 tutoring services are accounted for as a single performance obligation. Tuition fees are generally collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue. Deferred revenue is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered. Tuition refunds are provided to students if they decide within the trial period that they no longer want to take the course.

(ii) Study abroad tutoring services

 

    Study-abroad test preparation services

The Group offers study abroad test preparation services to help students prepare for admission tests for high schools, universities and graduate programs in other countries. Tutoring fees are collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue which is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered. Students are entitled to certain trial class of the purchased course and course fee is fully refundable if a student decides not to take the remaining course after the trial class. No refund will be provided to a student who withdraws from a course after the trial period. The study-abroad test preparation services are accounted for as a single performance obligation.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

Revenue recognition  - continued

 

    Study-abroad consulting services

The Group offers study abroad consulting services to provide quality advisory guidance for students who intend to study abroad. The Group charges each student an up-front prepaid fee based on the scope of consulting services requested by the student. Portion of the prepaid services fee are refundable if the student does not successfully gain admission, which are accounted for as variable consideration under Topic 606. The study-abroad consulting services are accounted for as a single performance obligation. The Group estimates the variable consideration to be earned and recognizes revenue over the service period.

Remaining performance obligations represents the transaction price of contracts for which service has not been performed under study-abroad consulting services. As of March 31, 2018, the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated for the remaining performance obligations was RMB121,990. The Group expects to recognize revenue RMB75,119 and RMB35,982 on the remaining performance obligations over the next 12 and 24 months, respectively, with the remainder of RMB10,889 recognized thereafter.

The contract liability consists of deferred revenue and refund liability.

Arrangements with multiple performance obligations

The Group’s contracts with customers may include multiple performance obligations. For such arrangements, the Group allocates revenues to each performance obligation based on its relative standalone selling price. The Group generally determines standalone selling prices based on the prices charged to customers.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

Revenue recognition  - continued

 

Impact of new revenue guidance on financial statement line items

The following tables presented the impact of adoption of ASC 606 on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 

     For the three months ended March 31, 2018  
     As
Reported
     Balances
without adoption
of ASC 606
     Effect of
Change
Higher/(Lower)
 
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Net revenues

     495,708        487,775        7,933  

Cost of revenues

     273,458        273,458        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     222,250        214,317        7,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling expenses

     164,647        164,647        —    

General and administrative expenses

     383,373        383,373        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     548,020        548,020        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (325,770      (333,703      7,933  

Interest expense

     5,040        5,040        —    

Interest income

     103        103        —    

Loss on changes in fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants

     23,665        23,665        —    

Loss on extinguishment of convertible notes

     900        900        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (355,272      (363,205      7,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

     (355,049      (362,982      7,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited

     (355,024      (362,957      7,933  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to equity shareholders of Puxin Limited basic and diluted

     (3.05      (3.12      0.07  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of March 31, 2018  
     As
Reported
     Balances
without adoption
of ASC 606
     Effect of
Change
Higher/(Lower)
 
     RMB      RMB      RMB  

Total assets

     1,927,653        1,927,653        —    

Total liabilities

     2,262,469        2,318,718        (56,249

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities - refund liabilities

     37,961        —          37,961  

Deferred revenue, non-current portion

     100,025        188,039        (88,014

Deferred revenue, current portion

     775,192        781,388        (6,196

Total shareholders’ deficit

     (405,856      (462,105      56,249  

Accumulated deficit

     (986,321      (1,042,570      56,249  

 

F-72


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

 

 

Practical expedients and exemptions

The Group incurs sales commissions primarily for K-12 tutoring services and study-abroad test preparation services which are expensed when incurred because the amortization period would have been one year or less. These costs are recorded within sales and marketing expenses.

The Group does not disclose the value of unsatisfied performance obligations for (i) contracts with an original expected length of one year or less and (ii) contracts for which the Group recognizes revenue at the amount to which it has the right to invoice for services performed.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually at the end of the fourth quarter, or sooner if impairment indicators arise. In the evaluation of goodwill for impairment, the Group may perform a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If it is not, no further analysis is required. If it is, a prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment and measure the amount of goodwill impairment loss to be recognized for that reporting unit, if any.

The first step in the two-step impairment test is to identify if a potential impairment exists by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The fair value of a reporting unit is estimated by applying valuation multiples and/or estimating future discounted cash flows. The selection of multiples is dependent upon assumptions regarding future levels of operating performance as well as business trends and prospects, and industry, market and economic conditions. When estimating future discounted cash flows, the Group considers the assumptions that hypothetical marketplace participants would use in estimating future cash flows. In addition, where applicable, an appropriate discount rate is used, based on an industry-wide average cost of capital or location-specific economic factors. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered to have a potential impairment and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. However, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step is performed to determine if goodwill is impaired and to measure the amount of impairment loss to recognize, if any.

The second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination (i.e., the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all the assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the purchase price paid to acquire the reporting unit). If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired. However, if the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

No impairment charge was recognized for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

 

Significant risks and uncertainties

Foreign currency risk

The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the Peoples Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into other currencies. The value of the RMB is subject to changes in central government policies, international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. The Group’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash denominated in RMB amounted to RMB184,752 and RMB93,416 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and prepayment and other current assets. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in financial institutions located in the PRC.

Unaudited pro forma information

Unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of March 31, 2018 assumes the automatic conversion of all of the outstanding Series A shares and convertible notes issued to Haitong with automatic conversion feature upon IPO into ordinary shares at the original conversion ratio, as if the conversion had occurred as of March 31, 2018. The convertible notes issued to Haitong will be automatically converted into [●] ordinary shares at the conversion prices of RMB[●] which equal to [●] of the initial public offering price of the ordinary shares. Pro forma net loss per share is not presented because there was a net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, and any potentially dilutive shares would be considered anti-dilutive.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02 related to Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date including a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (i.e., January 1, 2019, for a calendar year entity). Early application is permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements and expects the adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities on the Group’s consolidated balance sheet but is not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated statements of operations or cash flows.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  - continued

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted  - continued

 

In January 2017, FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04: Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. Under the new accounting guidance, an entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity will perform its goodwill impairment tests by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity will recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value but not to exceed the total amount of the goodwill of the reporting unit. In addition, an entity should consider income tax effects from any tax deductible goodwill on the carrying amount of the reporting unit when measuring the goodwill impairment, if applicable. The provisions of the new accounting guidance are required to be applied prospectively. The new accounting guidance is effective for goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Group is in the process of assesing the impact on its consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new guidance.

In May, 2017, FASB issued a new pronouncement, ASU 2017-09, which amends the scope of modification accounting for share-based payment arrangements. The ASU provides guidance on the types of changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards to which an entity would be required to apply modification accounting under ASC 718. Specifically, an entity would not apply modification accounting if the fair value, vesting conditions, and classification of the awards are the same immediately before and after the modification. The new accounting guidance is effective for annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual reporting periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period. The Group is in the process of assessing the impact on its consolidated financial statements from the adoption of the new guidance.

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” as modified by subsequently issued ASUs 2015-14, 2016-08, 2016-10, 2016-12 and 2016-20 (collectively ASU 2014-09). ASU 2014-09 superseded existing revenue recognition standards with a single model unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards (e.g., an insurance entity’s insurance contracts). The revenue recognition principle in ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The Group adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018, as allowed, using the modified retrospective transition method. The Group recognized the cumulative effect of applying the new revenue standard as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit at the beginning of 2018. The comparative information has not been restated and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect for the period presented.

See Note 2 - Revenue recognition, for additional accounting policy and transition disclosures.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

3. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31,
     As of
March 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Prepaid rental expenses

     71,324        50,349  

Prepaid other service fees

     45,478        81,070  

Staff advances

     8,811        5,531  

Others

     6,860        8,485  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     132,473        145,435  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31,
     As of
March 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Buildings

     87,792        87,792  

Electronic equipments

     46,136        51,035  

Motor vehicles

     10,379        10,340  

Furniture and education equipment

     45,334        44,259  

Leasehold improvement

     100,670        113,901  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     290,311        307,327  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (69,099      (81,722
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     221,212        225,605  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were RMB2,707 and RMB13,347 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31,
     As of
March 31,
 
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Student base

     97,054        97,054  

Trademark

     172,400        172,400  

Relationship with partnership school

     5,300        5,300  

Franchise agreement

     4,400        4,400  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     279,154        279,154  

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (35,227      (43,279
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     243,927        235,875  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-76


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

5. INTANGIBLE ASSETS  - continued

 

Amortization expenses were RMB4,241 and RMB8,052 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

As of March 31, 2018, the Group expects to record amortization expenses related to intangible assets RMB24,032, RMB27,083, RMB22,482, RMB12,701 and RMB8,565 for the period from April 1, 2018 to December 31, 2018 and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022, respectively, and RMB1,012 thereafter.

 

6. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

The components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
2017
     As of
March 31,
2018
 
     RMB      RMB  

Salary and welfare payable

     178,078        157,701  

Accrued expenses

     50,941        53,976  

Consideration payable in connection with business acquisitions

     68,199        55,519  

Loan from third parties (Note a)

     23,802        43,802  

Other tax payable

     9,578        14,725  

Payables for purchase of property, plant and equipment

     1,253        5,640  

Refund liabilities (Note b)

     —          37,961  

Other payables

     18,595        14,147  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     350,446        383,471  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  Note a: ZMN Education entered into loan agreements with two individuals in 2013 and 2015 at the amount of RMB10,000 and RMB13,802, respectively. In March 2018, Puxin Education entered into interest-free loan agreements for two-month with two third parties at the amount of RMB10,000 and RMB10,000, respectively.
  Note b: Refund liabilities represented estimated amounts of service fee collected that is subject to refund to the customers in the future related to study-abroad consulting services.

 

7. CONVERTIBLE NOTES

Notes issued to Huazhong

In June, 2017, Puxin Education and Mr. Yunlong Sha entered into a convertible note investment agreement with Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. (“Huazhong”). Pursuant to this agreement, Huazhong provides a credit facility in an amount up to RMB300,000 to Puxin Education and has the right to elect to convert the unpaid and outstanding amount under the credit facility into ordinary shares of Puxin Limited upon its initial public offering (“IPO”). The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 90%, 80% and 70% of the public offering price of the ordinary shares if the public offering application is submitted before or by December 31, 2018, between January 1 and December 31, 2019, or between January 1 and December 31, 2020, respectively. If IPO fails to occur before or by December 31, 2020, the note could be converted to shares. As of December 31, 2017, Puxin Education had drawn down a principal amount of RMB140,000 under the credit facility. On February 5, 2018, Puxin Education made another draw-down of RMB50,000.The note bears a simple annual interest rate of 12% and has a maturity term of

 

F-77


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

7. CONVERTIBLE NOTES  - continued

Notes issued to Huazhong  - continued

 

22 months since the date the issuer received the proceeds and can be extended for another 36 months. Pursuant to the agreement, Puxin Education committed to guarantee Huazhong an Internal Rate of Return (“IRR”) of no less than 18% per annual if Huazhong chooses to withdraw earlier or by the 58th months of investment. Puxin Education is obligated to pay the compensation amount equals to the shortfall to Huazhong. However, if for 20 consecutive trading days, the weighted average trading price provides Huazhong an IRR of above 30%, Puxin Education is no longer liable for the compensation. In the event of (1) certain misconduct by the Company, (2) the Company establishes the planned VIE structure in contemplating a IPO overseas and the Huazhong decided not to convert the note into the shares of the Company, or (3) the total net profits in aggregation of the Company from 2017 to 2019 is less than RMB950,000, Huazhong has the option to demand Puxin Education to redeem the note at a price equal to the principal amount plus any accrued unpaid interest at a rate of 18% per annum. The fair value option was elected for the convertible note. As of December 31, 2017, the fair value of the convertible note was RMB150,200.

In February 2018, the Company entered into an amendment agreement with Huazhong, Mr. Yunlong Sha, Puxin Education, China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. (“China Central International”, Huazhong’s related party company). Pursuant to the amendment agreement, Huazhong waived its conversion rights to the notes, in return, the Company issued warrants to China Central International, with the total exercise amount equal to the convertible notes of RMB190,000 issued by Puxin Education to Huazhong. The exercise price of warrants are the same as the conversion price stipulated in the original convertible notes agreement. This warrants shall be exercisable (i) from the completion of an IPO and the expiration of three months lock-up period that China Central International is subject to; or (ii) after December 31, 2020.

The amendment of the convertible note to Huazhong was accounted for as an extinguishment of the original convertible note, and issuance of a new note and warrants. With the assistance from an independent third-party appraiser, as of the amendment date, the fair value of the original convertible notes, the new note and the warrants were RMB207,300, RMB193,400 and RMB 14,800, respectively. A loss of RMB900 was recorded in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018, which was measured as the difference between the reacquisition price of convertible notes (represented by the fair value of the new note and the warrants) and the carrying amount of the extinguished convertible notes.

Loss on changes in the convertible note’s fair value of RMB 7,100 from January 1, 2018 to the amendment date were recorded in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018. Pursuant to the warrants agreement, up until 58 months from the original date of drawdown, if the aggregate profit received by the warrants holder in selling the warrants shares (the “Actual Return”) is less than a minimum return calculated based on certain formula (the “Minimum Return”), the Company shall cause Mr. Yunlong Sha and/or Puxin Education to compensate the warrants holder in cash for the difference between the Actual Return and the Minimum Return.

The warrants were recorded as a liability at fair value on issuance date, and subsequently marked to market at each reporting period end. As of March 31, 2018, the fair value of the warrants were RMB15,100. Loss on changes in fair value of RMB300 were recorded in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018. No warrants were exercised or expired for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

7. CONVERTIBLE NOTES  - continued

 

Notes issued to Haitong

On August 4, 2017, Puxin Limited issued convertible note at the principle amount of US$25,000 (equivalent to RMB168,180) to Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited (“Haitong”). The note has a maturity term of 5 years since the date of the note. The convertible note bears a compound interest rate of 12% per annum. If the Company’s IPO occurs before or by June 30, 2019, the convertible note will be automatically converted into Puxin Limited ordinary shares upon completion of the IPO. The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 70%, 65% or 60% of the offering price of the ordinary shares if the IPO is completed before or by December 31, 2018, between January 1 and March 31, 2019, or between April 1 and June 30, 2019, respectively. If IPO fails to occur before or by June 30, 2019, the convertible note will be automatically converted into redeemable and convertible preferred shares on July 1, 2019 except that Haitong notifies the Company of its decision to choose repayment in cash for the principal and accrued interest at least 5 business days prior to June 30, 2019. If the Company contemplates a change-in-control transaction (“trade sale”) prior to full repayment of the note, Haitong shall have the right to (i) declare all indebtedness under this note become immediately due and payable in full on or prior to the closing of the trade sale; (ii) convert all such indebtedness into such number of converted preferred shares calculated by dividing the outstanding principal amount by the applicable preferred share conversion price on or prior to the closing of the trade sale. The Company elected the fair value option for the convertible note. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the fair value of the convertible note was US$29,000 (equivalent to RMB188,682) and US$30,100 (equivalent to RMB188,805), respectively. Loss on changes in fair value of US1,100 (equivalent to RMB6,989) were recorded in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

Notes issued to CICC

On September 29, 2017, Puxin Limited issued convertible note at the principle amount of US$23,000 (equivalent to RMB153,026) to CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited (“CICC ALPHA”). The note bears a simple annual interest rate of 15% and has a maturity term of 4 years since the date of the note. If the Company’s IPO occurs before or by June 30, 2020, CICC ALPHA has the right to convert all or any part of the outstanding principal amount into ordinary shares upon completion of the IPO. The conversion price per ordinary share will be equal to 70% or 55% of the public offering price of the ordinary shares if the Company’s IPO is completed before or by June 30, 2019 or between July 1, 2019 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The portion of the outstanding principal amount that CICC ALPHA elects not to be converted into the Company’s ordinary share will be redeemed and repurchased by the Company on the completion of the IPO at a redemption price calculated based on a compound interest rate of 15% per annum. If IPO fails to occur before or by June 30, 2020, CICC ALPHA has the right to convert all or any part of the outstanding amount into preferred shares. In the event of default, CICC ALPHA may request the Company to immediately redeem the convertible note. Pursuant to the agreement, if after IPO, the IRR of the notes holder upon exit is below 25%, the founder, Mr. Yunlong Sha should compensate CICC ALPHA for the shortfall (“Floor Return”). If the IRR of CICC ALPHA exceeds 30%, CICC ALPHA shall pay Mr. Yunlong Sha certain awards (“Founder Awards”). The features of Founder Awards and Floor Return are freestanding derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for as derivative liabilities under ASC 815. The Company elected the fair value option for the convertible note. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the fair value of the derivative liabilities was US$2,800 (equivalent to RMB18,218) and US$2,800 (equivalent to RMB17,563), respectively. Changes in fair value of derivative liabilities were US$ nil (equivalent to RMB nil) in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three

 

F-79


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

7. CONVERTIBLE NOTES  - continued

Notes issued to CICC  - continued

 

months ended March 31, 2018. The convertible note consideration received were allocated between the convertible notes and two derivatives using the residual value method. As of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, the fair value of the convertible note was US$24,640 (equivalent to RMB160,310) and US$26,100 (equivalent to RMB163,715), respectively. Changes in fair value aggregated to US$1,460 (equivalent to RMB9,276) were recorded in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2018.

As part of the agreements with the noteholders, the Company and Puxin Education pledged certain equity interest of themselves and its subsidiaries of the Group as described in Note 17. The convertible notes agreements also contain covenants customary for a financing of this size and nature.

 

8. PROMISSORY NOTES

On August 4, 2017, the Company issued promissory note at the principle amount of US$25,000 (equivalent to RMB168,180) to Haitong. The note bears a simple annual interest rate of 8% and has a maturity term of 2 years from the date of issuance.

As disclosed in Note 7, the amendment of the convertible notes to Huazhong was accounted for as an extinguishment of the original convertible notes and issuance of a new note at the same principal amount of RMB190, 000. For the new note, Puxin Education will repay the principle and interest to Huazhong as stipulated in the amendment agreement. The new note bears a simple annual interest rate of 12% and has a maturity term of 22 months since the original date the issuer received the proceeds and can be extended by Puxin Education for another 36 months. If China Central International exercises the warrant, it should surrender the warrant to the Company and make payment to the Company of an amount equal to exercise price in cash, within 5 business days upon the full payment of the principal and all the interests accrued on the principal, or at the option of China Central International, within 5 business days upon the Company’s receipt of the note of exercise.

For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, the Group recognized interest expense of RMB nil and RMB5,040 for the notes, respectively.

The recorded values of promissory notes approximate its fair values, as interest rate approximates market rate. The fair value of promissory notes was determined as present value of the notes using market interest rate. The promissory notes was categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

As part of the agreements with the noteholders, the Company and Puxin Education pledged certain equity interest of theirselves and its subsidiaries of the Group as described in Note 17.

 

9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis

The Group measured its financial assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, other payables, convertible notes, promissory note, derivative liabilities and warrants at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018. Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued based on the quoted market price in an active market. The carrying amounts of amounts due from/to related parties approximate their

 

F-80


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT  - continued

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis  - continued

 

fair values due to their short term maturity. The Group determines the fair value of convertible notes, derivative liabilities and warrants, with the assistance of an independent third-party appraiser, based on Level 3 inputs. To determine the fair value of the convertible notes, the Group used probability expected return method. To determine the fair value of derivative liabilities, the Group used binomial model. To determine the fair value of warrants, the Group used modified discount cash flow model.

The key assumptions used in valuation of convertible notes are summarized in the table below:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31, 2018
 

Probability for conversion

     80%  

Probability for redemption

     20%  

Remaining life

     2.3 - 4.3  

The key assumptions used in valuation of derivative liabilities are summarized in the table below:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31, 2018
 

Probability for conversion

     80%  

Exit period

     2018/6/30 - 2019/6/30  

Volatility

     40%  

The key assumptions used in valuation of warrants are summarized in the table below:

 

     For the three months
ended March 31, 2018
 

Probability for conversion

     80%  

Conversion price discount rate

     90%  

The following tables present the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value:

 

     Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2017  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Market for
Identical Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     164,684        —          —          164,684  

Restricted cash

     24,478        —          —          24,478  

Convertible notes

     —          —          499,192        499,192  

Promissory note

     —          162,658        —          162,658  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          18,218        18,218  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     189,162        162,658        517,410        869,230  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-81


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

9. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT  - continued

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a recurring basis  - continued

 

     Fair Value Measurement as of March 31, 2018  
     Quoted Prices in
Active Market for
Identical Assets
     Significant Other
Observable Inputs
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
        
     (Level 1)      (Level 2)      (Level 3)      Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     66,019        —          —          66,019  

Restricted cash

     28,472        —          —          28,472  

Convertible notes

     —          —          352,520        352,520  

Promissory notes

     —          350,215        —          350,215  

Derivative liabilities

     —          —          17,563        17,563  

Warrants

     —          —          15,100        15,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     94,491        350,215        385,183        829,889  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the three months ended March 31, 2018:

 

     Convertible
notes
     Derivative
liabilities
     Warrants  

Balance as of January 1, 2018

     499,192        18,218        —    

Issuance of convertible notes

     50,000        —          —    

Extinguishment of convertible notes

     (207,300      —          —    

Issuance of warrants

     —          —          14,800  

Changes in fair value

     23,365        —          300  

Exchange rate effect

     (12,737      (655      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2018

     352,520        17,563        15,100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Changes in fair value related to balance outstanding as of March 31, 2018

     16,265        —          300  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Measured or disclosed at fair value on a non-recurring basis

The Group measures goodwill at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when it is annually evaluated or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value as a result of the impairment assessments. The Group measures purchase price allocation at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of the acquisition dates.

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

In December 2014, Puxin Education approved the 2014 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan (“2014 Great Talent Plan”) which provides for the grant of options to eligible employees of the Group. Under 2014 Great Talent Plan, the maximum aggregate number of units of equity interest of Puxin Education that may be issued shall not exceed 158,400,000. The term of the option shall not exceed 7 years from the date of the

 

F-82


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION  - continued

 

grant. The options will vest in accordance with the vesting schedules set out in the respective share option agreements with vesting period ranged from 0 to 5 years.

In conjunction with the reorganization, as disclosed in Note 1, the Company adopted the 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan (“2018 Great Talent Plan”), which was approved by the board of directors of the Company to replace the 2014 Great Talent Plan. To facilitate the share incentive plan, the Company established an employee shareholding platform (the “Share Holding Platform”). The purpose of the Share Holding Platform is to allow employees of the Group to receive vehicle share incentives. Long favor Limited (“Long favor”), a British Virgin Islands company was established as a holding vehicle for the Group’s Share Holding Platform. Mr. Yun Xiao, a shareholder of the Company serves as the sole shareholder of the Share Holding Platform. Long favor has no activities other than administrating the plan and does not have any employees. On behalf of the Group and subject to approval of board of director of the Company, Mr. Yun Xiao, as the sole shareholder of Long favor, has the authority and responsibility to process the eligible participants to whom awards will be granted, number of shares, terms and conditions of such awards. All shares held by the Share Holding Platform are solely for purpose of future issuance of share incentive options to employees once they exercise, and have been treated as treasury shares in the consolidated financial statements.

The terms of the 2018 Great Talent Plan are substantially the same as those under the 2014 Great Talent Plan, except that the number of options and exercise price were adjusted on a diluted basis in accordance to the shares number of the Company upon the reorganization. As a result, none of the options terms were modified.

In February 2018, the Company also approved the 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan (“2018 Grand Talent Plan”) which provides for the grant of options to eligible employees of the Group. Under 2018 Grand Talent Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued shall not exceed 16,400,000.

In March 2018, the Company granted 16,400,000 options under the 2018 Grand Talent Plan for an exercise price of US$7.78 (RMB48.78). The term of the option is fixed and shall not exceed 10 years from the date of the grant. The options will vest in accordance with the vesting schedules set out in the respective share option agreements with vesting period ranged from 0 to 6 years.

The Company determined the estimated fair value of the options on the respective grant dates using the binomial option pricing model with the assistance from an independent valuation firm, with the following assumptions used in the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018.

 

     For the three months ended March 31,  
Grant date    2017     2018  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.91     3.40

Volatility

     46     46

Dividend yield

     —         —    

Exercise multiples

     2.2 - 2.8       2.2 - 2.8  

Life of options

     7.0       7.0  

Fair value of underlying ordinary shares

     29.46       49.67  

 

F-83


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION  - continued

 

(1) Risk-free interest rate

Risk-free interest rate was estimated based on the daily treasury long term rate of the U.S. Treasury Department with a maturity period close to the expected term of the options, plus the country default spread of China.

(2) Volatility

The volatility of the underlying ordinary shares during the lives of the options was estimated based on the historical stock price volatility of comparable listed companies over a period comparable to the expected term of the options.

(3) Dividend yield

The dividend yield was estimated by the Group based on its expected dividend policy over the expected term of the options.

(4) Exercise multiples

Exercise multiple represents the value of the underlying share as a multiple of exercise price of the option which, if achieved, results in exercise of the option.

(5) Life of options

Life of options was equivalent to 7 years according to the share option scheme.

(6) Fair value of underlying ordinary shares

The estimated fair value of the ordinary shares underlying the options as of the respective grant dates was determined based on a valuation with the assistance of a third party appraiser.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, except for share and share data, or otherwise noted)

 

10. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION  - continued

 

The activity in stock options was set out below:

 

    Outstanding options  
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise price
    Weighted
average
grant date
fair value of
options
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
    Aggregate
intrinsic
value
 

Options outstanding at January 1, 2017

    4,119,598       0.32       13.96       5.92       114,959  

Granted

    3,301,140       20.46       27.53       6.61    

Exercised

    828,200       0.36       35.79       6.46    

Forfeited

    27,044       26.20       25.01       6.57    

Options outstanding at December 31, 2017

    6,565,494       10.33       17.99       5.57       249,333  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

    16,400,000       48.78       24.20       7.00    

Options outstanding at March 31, 2018

    22,965,494       37.79       22.42       6.52       272,721  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of March 31, 2018

    22,870,897       37.79       22.42       6.52       271,598  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Option exercisable as of March 31, 2018

    12,922,872       43.36       22.60       6.72       81,418  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For share options that vest on grant date, the cost of award is expensed on the grant date. For the graded vesting share options, the Company recognizes the compensation cost over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award is, in substance, multiple awards. The Company recorded share-based compensation expenses of RMB9,192 and RMB285,414 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively. As of March 31, 2018, there was RMB186,766 of share-based compensation related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 4.04 years.

 

11. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES

In 2015, Puxin Education issued 12.267% of equity interest with preferential feature to Shanghai Trustbridge for a total consideration of RMB120,000, with RMB50,000 and RMB70,000 received in 2015 and early 2016, respectively.

In part of the reorganization as disclosed in Note 1, Shanghai Trustbridge sold 5% of equity interest with preferential feature to Mr. Yunlong Sha and 3.6335% of equity interest with preferential feature to one of its related party Ningbo Zhimei. Mr. Yunlong Sha repurchased the equity interest on behalf of the Group. This was accounted for as a share repurchase and the difference between the carrying amount of RMB48,912 and consideration was charged to additional paid-in capital. As part of the recapitalization, Shanghai Trustbridge and Ningbo Zhimei then exchanged all of their equity interests with preferential feature of Puxin Education into 5,958,940 and 5,958,940 Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (“Series A Shares”) of Puxin Limited to Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P. and Fasturn Overseas Limited, respectively, who are their respective overseas related party Companies. The cash exchange to facilitate the share transfer between Shanghai Trustbridge and Ningbo Zhimei, related parties to each other, has not been completed as of March 31, 2018.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES  -   continued

 

The terms of the Series A shares effectively mirrored those of the equity interest with preferential feature. As this transaction represented an exchange as opposed to an extinguishment of preferred shares, only the change in fair value required accounting. The Company calculated the increase in fair value of Series A Shares compared to the initial equity interest with preferential feature and concluded the increase was insignificant.

Key terms of Series A Shares are summarized as follows:

Voting Rights

The holders of Series A Shares and ordinary shares shall vote together based on their shareholding ratio.

Dividends

If the Board of Directors decides to pay dividends, the holders Series A Shares have same right as ordinary shares to obtain dividends calculated by the proportion of equity interest they hold.

Redemption

Upon the occurrence of events including a non-occurred qualified IPO by December 31, 2019, ceasing work or breaking of competition covenant by the founders, and significant violation of the agreement with holders of Series A Shares, the Company shall redeem all the respective outstanding Series A Shares. The redemption price shall be a return at a rate of 8% per annum compounded annually from the applicable investment date to the date on which the applicable redemption amount is paid in full. The redemption value of the convertible redeemable preferred shares was RMB140,183 and RMB82,933 as of December 31, 2017 and March 31, 2018, respectively.

Liquidation

In the event of liquidation, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, prior to the holders of ordinary shares, the relevant amount at a rate of 8% per annum compounded annually from the applicable investment date to the date on which the applicable redemption amount is paid in full.

In the event of insufficient funds available to pay in full the preference amount in respect of Series A Shares the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution to the holders of Series A Shares shall be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of Series A Shares in proportion to issued price.

 

Conversion

The holders of the Series A Shares shall have the rights described below with respect to the conversion of the Series A Shares into Ordinary Shares:

Conversion Ratio

The number of ordinary shares to which a holder shall be entitled upon conversion of each Series A Shares shall be the quotient of the per share issue price divided by the then effective Series A Shares conversion

 

F-86


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED SHARES  - continued

Conversion Ratio  -  continued

 

price, which shall initially be the per share issue price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for Series A Shares of 1:1.

Optional Conversion

Any Series A Shares may, at the option of the holder thereof, be converted at any time after the date of issuance of such shares, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non assessable ordinary shares based on the then-effective conversion price.

Automatic Conversion

Each Series A Shares shall automatically be converted, based on the then-effective conversion price, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non assessable ordinary shares upon the earlier of (i) the closing of an IPO, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the majority holders of Series A Shares.

 

12. INCOME TAXES

The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. Under the current laws of the Cayman Islands, the Company is not subject to income or capital gains taxes. The Company’s subsidiary Prepshine HK is located in Hong Kong and is subject to an income tax rate of 16.5% for taxable income earned in Hong Kong.

The Company’s subsidiary, the VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries and schools, which were entities incorporated in the PRC (the “PRC entities”) are subject to PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”), on the taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws, which have adopted a unified income tax rate of 25% since January 1, 2008.

The current and deferred components of the income tax expense appearing in the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations were as follows:

 

     For the three months ended March 31,  
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Current tax expense

     1,058        4,032  

Deferred tax expense

     (869      (4,255
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     189        (223
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-87


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

12. INCOME TAXES  - continued

 

The principle components of deferred taxes were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Deferred tax assets

     

Accrued expenses

     32,333        42,697  

Convertible notes - change in fair value

     2,550        —    

Net operating loss carrying forwards

     78,692        89,314  

Total deferred tax assets

     113,575        132,011  

Less: valuation allowance

     (110,563      (126,808
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

     3,012        5,203  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2018, the Group had net operating loss carried forward of RMB357,256 from the Company’s PRC entities, which will expire on various dates through 2023.

 

     As of December 31,      As of March 31,  
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Acquired intangible assets

     77,580        75,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     77,580        75,516  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate applicable to PRC operations was as follow:

 

     For the three months ended March 31,  
     2017      2018  
     RMB      RMB  

Loss before income taxes

     (30,623      (355,272

Income tax benefit computed at statutory tax rate of 25%

     (7,656      (88,818

Permanent differences

     2,315        996  

Effect of income tax rate difference in other jurisdictions

     —          71,354  

Change in valuation allowance

     5,530        16,245  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     189        (223
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group did not identify significant unrecognized tax benefits for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from March 31, 2018.

 

F-88


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

13. ORDINARY SHARES

Upon the incorporation of Puxin Limited on March 17, 2017, the Company issued 8,524 ordinary shares to Long bright Limited, 820 ordinary shares to Gao & Tianyi Limited, 492 ordinary shares to Pution Limited and 164 ordinary shares to Prospect Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$0.004.

On August 4, 2017, the Company issued 99,990,000 ordinary shares to its existing shareholders on a proportional basis for an aggregate consideration of US$5. Such issuance was accounted for as a stock split and, accordingly, all references to numbers of ordinary shares and per-share data in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been adjusted to reflect the stock split and issuance of shares on a retrospective basis.

On February 5, 2018, in connection with the reorganization, the Company issued 21,761,652 ordinary shares to Puxin Nova Limited, 3,336,744 ordinary shares to Stary International Limited, 40,000 ordinary shares to Long wit Limited, 8,200,000 ordinary shares to Long belief Limited, 1,640,000 ordinary shares to Long faith Limited and 17,103,724 ordinary shares to Long favor Limited for an aggregate consideration of US$3.

The ordinary shares of the Company which were issued to Long favor Limited and Long belief Limited were to establish a reserve pool for future issuance of equity share incentive to the Group’s employees or for future acquisition payments. All shareholder rights of these 25,303,724 ordinary shares including but not limited to voting rights and dividend rights are unconditionally waived until the corresponding ordinary share are transferred to the employees or the shareholders of future acquiree. While the ordinary shares were issued to Long favor Limited and Long belief Limited, they do not have any of the rights associated with the ordinary shares, and as such the Company accounted for these shares as issued but not outstanding ordinary shares until the waiver is released by the Company, which occurs when the ordinary shares are awarded to the employees or the shareholders of future acquiree. 17,103,724 and 8,200,000 ordinary shares transferred to Long favor Limited and Long belief Limited are considered issued but not outstanding as of March 31, 2018.

 

14. NET LOSS PER SHARE

For the purpose of calculating net loss per share as a result of the reorganization as described in Note 1, the number of ordinary shares used in the calculation reflects the outstanding ordinary shares of the Company as if the reorganization took place at the beginning of the first period presented.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share for the periods indicated:

 

     For the three months ended March 31,  
     2017     2018  
     RMB     RMB  

Numerator used in basic and diluted net loss per share:

    

Net loss attributable to Puxin Limited

     (30,796     (355,024

Shares (denominator):

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net loss per share

     98,951,052       116,364,575  

Net loss per share basic and diluted

     (0.31     (3.05
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, an incremental weighted average number of 3,738,175 and 5,549,912 ordinary shares from the assumed exercise of share options were not considered in the computation of diluted net loss per share because they would be anti-dilutive given the Company’s loss making position.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

15. EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund, unemployment insurance and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the Group’s PRC entities make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amount for such employee benefits, which was expensed as incurred, was RMB14,679 and RMB40,660 for the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, respectively.

 

16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

(1) Related partied Name

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Group

Mr. Yunlong Sha

  

The CEO and the Chairman of the Board

  

of Directors of the Company

Ms. Wenjing Song

  

Spouse of Mr. Yunlong Sha

Puxian

  

Shareholder of Puxin Education

 

(2) The significant balances between the Group and its related parties were as follows:

 

     As of December 31,
2017
     As of March 31,
2018
 
     RMB      RMB  

Amounts due from:

     

Puxian

     13        —    

Ms. Wenjing Song

     100        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     113        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amounts due to:

     

Mr. Yunlong Sha

     3,836        180,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,836        180,000  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In connection with Purong Information’s repurchase of 5% equity interest with preferential feature which was held by Shanghai Trustbridge, in January 2018, Mr. Yunlong Sha advanced to Purong Information at the amount of RMB180,000. As of March 31, 2018, such balance due to Mr. Yunlong Sha remained outstanding.

The balances with related parties were interest-free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and schools consisted of the following at March 31, 2018:

 

April to December, 2018

     164,193  

2019

     166,083  

2020

     123,527  

2021

     89,003  

2022 and thereafter

     100,668  
  

 

 

 
     643,474  
  

 

 

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. The terms of the leases do not contain rent escalation or contingent rents. For the three months ended March 31, 2017 and 2018, total rental expense for all operating leases amounted to RMB31,406 and RMB79,392, respectively.

Equity pledge commitment

In June, 2017, Puxin Education and Mr. Yunlong Sha entered into a convertible note investment agreement with Huazhong. In conjunction with the note purchase agreement, a domestic equity pledge agreement was entered into between Huazhong and Puxin Education. Puxin Education pledged its 100% equity interests of Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (“Tianjin Xinsiyuan”) in favor of Huazhong. Mr. Yunlong Sha and Ms. Wenjing Song are joint guarantors under domestic equity pledge agreement.

On August 4, 2017, Puxin Limited issued a convertible note and a promissory note at the principle amount of US$25,000 and US$25,000, respectively, to Haitong. In conjunction with the note purchase agreement, an offshore share mortgage agreement was entered into amongst Haitong, Puxin Limited and Long bright Limited (a shareholder of Puxin Limited solely owned by Mr. Yunlong Sha). Pursuant to the offshore share mortgage agreement, Long bright Limited mortgaged its 18% equity interests of Puxin Limited in favor of Haitong. Meanwhile, a domestic equity pledge agreement was entered into amongst a related party of Haitong, Puxin Education and Dalian Pude Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Dalian Pude”) and Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Co., Ltd. (“Guizhou Puxintian”). Puxin Education pledged its 100% equity interests of Dalian Pude and Guizhou Puxintian in favor of a related party of Haitong. Mr. Yunlong Sha, Ms. Wenjing Song and Long bright Limited are joint guarantors under the offshore share mortgage agreement and domestic equity pledge agreement.

On September 29, 2017, Puxin Limited issued convertible note at the principle amount of US$23,000 to CICC ALPHA. In conjunction with the note purchase agreement, an offshore share mortgage agreement was entered into amongst CICC ALPHA, Puxin Limited and Long bright Limited. Pursuant to the offshore share mortgage agreement, Long bright Limited mortgaged its 8.3% equity interests of Puxin Limited in favor of CICC ALPHA. Meanwhile, a domestic equity pledge agreement was entered into amongst a related party of CICC ALPHA, Mr. Yunlong Sha and Puxin Education, Mr. Yunlong Sha pledged its 4.15% equity interests of Puxin Education in favor of a related party of CICC ALPHA. Mr. Yunlong Sha and Long bright Limited are joint guarantors under the offshore share mortgage agreement and domestic equity pledge agreement. The equity interests pledged under the domestic equity pledge agreements with Haitong and CICC ALPHA were released in February 2018 in connection with the reorganization.

 

F-91


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2017 AND 2018

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

17. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES -  continued

 

Contingencies

The Group remains in the process of preparing filings and applying for permits of certain training institutions and tutoring branches. The contingent liability related to not meeting the filing requirements cannot be reasonably estimated, pending on authoritative interpretation and implementation guidance, the Group did not record any liabilities pertaining to this.

On November 7, 2016, the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress promulgated the Decision on Amending the Law on the Promotion of Private Education of the PRC (the “Amended Private Education Law”), which became effective on September 1, 2017. Due to lack of authoritative interpretation and implementation guidance, the potential impact related to the Group not fully complying with the Amended Private Education Law or any relevant regulations cannot be reasonably estimated at the issuance of this report. As a result, the Group did not record any liabilities pertaining to this.

 

18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer who reviews financial information of operating segments based on US GAAP amounts when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. The Group identified two operating segments, including K-12 tutoring services and study abroad tutoring services. All these two operating segments are identified as reportable segments.

The Group primary operates in the PRC and all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC. The Group’s CODM evaluates performance based on the operating segment’s revenue and gross profit. The revenue and gross profit by segments were as follows:

 

     For the three months ended March 31, 2017  
     K-12 Study abroad
tutoring services
     Study abroad
tutoring services
     Consolidated  

Net revenues

     176,112        22,091        198,203  

Cost of revenues

     105,323        14,752        120,075  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     70,789        7,339        78,128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     For the three months ended March 31, 2018  
     K-12
tutoring services
     Study abroad
tutoring services
     Consolidated  

Net revenues

     276,568        219,140        495,708  

Cost of revenues

     164,264        109,194        273,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     112,304        109,946        222,250  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated all events subsequent to the balance sheet date of March 31, 2018 through April 27, 2018, the issuance date of these financial statements.

 

F-92


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors of ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), its subsidiaries and schools (collectively the “Group”), as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, change in deficit and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Group’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2016, and the results of the Group’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Our audits also comprehended the translation of Renminbi amounts into United States dollar amounts and, in our opinion, such translation has been made in conformity with the basis stated in Note 2. Such United States dollar amounts are presented solely for the convenience of the readers.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

February 8, 2018

 

F-93


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2016  
     RMB     USD  
           (Note 2)  

ASSETS

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

     38,017       5,654  

Restricted cash

     1,000       149  

Amounts due from a related party

     4,250       632  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     13,275       1,974  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     56,542       8,409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current assets

    

Property, plant and equipment, net

     11,598       1,725  

Rental deposit

     7,543       1,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     75,683       11,256  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

    

Current liabilities

    

Deferred revenue, current portion

     174,948       26,018  

Accounts payable

     511       76  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     26,595       3,955  

Loan from a third party

     13,802       2,053  

Amounts due to a related party

     10,000       1,487  

Income tax payable

     323       48  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     226,179       33,637  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

    

Deferred revenue, non-current portion

     63,981       9,516  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     290,160       43,153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY

    

Paid-in capital

     2,000       297  

Statutory reserve

     600       89  

Accumulated deficit

     (217,097     (32,286

Non-controlling interest

     20       3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL DEFICIT

     (214,477     (31,897
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND TOTAL DEFICIT

     75,683       11,256  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     For the seven-month period
ended July 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017  
     RMB      RMB      USD  
                   (Note 2)  

Net revenues

     197,400        136,375        20,282  

Cost of sales

     114,470        57,825        8,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     82,930        78,550        11,682  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling expenses

     80,296        47,085        7,003  

General and administrative expenses

     64,048        43,984        6,541  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     144,344        91,069        13,544  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (61,414      (12,519      (1,862

Interest expense

     965        226        34  

Other income

     89        43        6  

Other expense

     1,260        7        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (63,550      (12,709      (1,891

Income tax expenses

     883        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

     (64,433      (12,709      (1,891
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to equity shareholders of ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

     (64,433      (12,709      (1,891
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN DEFICIT

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

    Attributable to shareholders of the Company              
    paid-in
capital
    Additional
Paid-in
capital
    Statutory
reserve
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total     Non-controlling
interest
    Total
deficit
 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

    2,000       —         177       (152,241     (150,064     20       (150,044

Net loss for the year

    —         —         —         (64,433     (64,433     —         (64,433

Statutory reserve

    —         —         423       (423     —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in RMB

    2,000       —         600       (217,097     (214,497     20       (214,477
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in USD (Note 2)

    297       —         89       (32,286     (31,900     3       (31,897
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss for the period

          (12,709     (12,709       (12,709

Capital contribution

    11,800       2,507       —         —         14,307       —         14,307  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of July 31, 2017 in RMB

    13,800       2,507       600       (229,806     (212,899     20       (212,879
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     For the seven-month period
ended July 31,
 
     2016      2017      2017  
     RMB      RMB      USD  
                   (Note 2)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

        

Net loss

     (64,433      (12,709      (1,891

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

        

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     6,695        2,641        393  

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     30        —          —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

        

Deferred revenue

     59,534        (30,584      (4,548

Income tax payable

     (6,113      (323      (48

Accounts payable

     (411      52        8  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (220      4,009        596  

Amounts due from a related party

     (4,250      250        37  

Amounts due to a related party

     10,000        —          —    

Rental deposit

     (7,543      258        38  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     5,552        6,263        931  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,159      (30,143      (4,484
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

        

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (6,058      (766      (114

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     259        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,799      (766      (114
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

        

Capital contribution

     —          14,307        2,128  

Repayment of loans

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          14,307        2,128  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     (6,958      (16,602      (2,470

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the beginning of the year

     45,975        39,017        5,804  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at the end of the year

     39,017        22,415        3,334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information

        

Income taxes paid

     (323      —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Reconciliation to amounts on consolidated balance sheets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

     38,017        21,407        3,184  

Restricted cash

     1,000        1,008        150  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     39,017        22,415        3,334  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (the “Company”, “ZMN Education”) was founded in August 2006. The Company and its subsidiaries and schools (collectively the “Group”) are primarily engaged in providing study abroad application consulting services, readiness training courses and study planning services, in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”).

As of July 31, 2017, the Company’s significant subsidiaries and schools were as follows:

 

Name

  Date of
establishment
    Place of
establishment
    Percentage of
legal ownership
by the Company
   

Principal activities

Significant subsidiaries (1) :

       

ZMN Cultural Communication (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.

    13/06/2016       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Wuhan ZMN Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

    19/10/2015       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Chongqing ZMN Education Information Consulting Service Co., Ltd

    01/04/2016       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Hangzhou ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

    17/11/2017       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Beijing Juvenile Line Technology Co., Ltd.

    28/07/2017       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Beijing Haidian District ZMN Education and Training School

    17/06/2017       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Shenyang ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd

    17/02/2012       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Qingdao ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd

    17/06/2014       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Taiyuan ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd

    26/11/2013       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Chengdu ZMN Culture Communication Co., Ltd

    19/05/2014       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Kunming ZMN Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd

    24/06/2014       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

ZMN Education Consulting (Dalian) Co., Ltd

    26/01/2014       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Shanxi ZMN Cultural Communication Limited Liability Company

    13/06/2011       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Henan Province ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd

    14/11/2012       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

Jilin ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd

    28/05/2014       PRC       100   Overseas studies consulting & training

 

(1) The net revenues generated from these significant subsidiaries and schools were accounted for RMB 113,257 of the Group’s total net revenues for the period ended July 31, 2017. The English names are for identification purpose only.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). These accounting principles require management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts in the accompanying financial statements. Actual results may differ from those estimates. The Group bases its estimates on past experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Group’s financial statements include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and impairment assessment of long-lived assets. Actual results may differ materially from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries and schools. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Convenience translation

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and all of the revenues are denominated in RenMinBi (“RMB”). However, periodic reports made to equity owners will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the then current exchange rates, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016, and the consolidated statements of operations, change in deficit and cash flows from RMB into US dollars as of and for the period ended July 31, 2017 are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB 6.7240, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on July 31, 2017. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on July 31, 2017, or at any other rate.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and on hand, which have original maturities of three months or less when purchased and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

Restricted cash

Restricted cash represents RMB deposits in restricted bank accounts, required by local regulations, for overseas studies intermediary agency qualification application. Restricted cash is classified as either current or non-current based on when the funds will be released in accordance with the terms of the respective agreement.

 

F-99


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Fair value

Fair value is considered to the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

Level 1

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Financial instruments

The carrying values of financial instruments, which consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, amounts due from a related party, other receivables, deposits and amounts due to a related party are recorded at cost which approximates their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Category

  

Estimated useful life

   Estimated residual value

Electronic equipment

   3 years    5%

Motor vehicles

   5 years    5%

Furniture and education equipment

   5 years    5%

Leasehold improvement

   Shorter of lease term or estimated economic life    —  

 

F-100


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Property, plant and equipment, net  - continued

 

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation from the assets and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. The Group did not record any impairment losses on its long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017, respectively.

Revenue recognition

Revenues are recognized when the following four criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the service has been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

The Group generated its revenues from the following:

(i) Study-abroad consulting services

The Group offers study abroad consulting services to provide quality advisory guidance for students who intend to study abroad. The Group charges each student an up-front prepaid fee based on the scope of consulting services requested by the student and recognizes revenue over the service period.

(ii) Study-abroad test preparation services

The Group offers study abroad test preparation services to help students prepare for admission tests for high schools, universities and graduate programs in other countries. Tutoring fees are collected in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue which is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered.

(iii) Activity services

The Group offers activity services to improve student’s readiness for applications for high schools, universities and graduate programs in other countries. The Group charges each student an up-front prepaid fee based on the scope of activity services purchased by the student and recognizes revenue as the services are rendered.

 

 

F-101


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Revenue recognition  - continued

 

(iv) Bundled services

The Group also offers study-abroad test preparation services, activity services and study-abroad consulting service, at a bundled price, with each representing a separate unit of accounting. The Group allocates the total consideration of the bundled services to each of the deliverable based on their relative selling price. The selling price of each deliverable is determined using vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price. Revenue is recognized for each deliverable in accordance with those that were sold on a standalone basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017, net revenues were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     For the seven-month
ended July 31,
 
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Services:

     

Study abroad consulting services

     92,620        96,883  

Study abroad test preparation services

     88,386        33,997  

Activity services

     16,394        5,495  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     197,400        136,375  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue consists the charges collected from students on consulting services, test preparation services and activity services, for which the Group’s revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue once all four criteria for revenue recognition are met.

Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risk of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated economic life.

Value added taxes

On January 1, 2012, the PRC Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation officially launched a pilot Value Added Tax (“VAT”) reform program (“Pilot Program”), applicable to businesses in selected industries. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of business tax. Starting May 1, 2016, the Pilot Program was promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner in the PRC. With the implementation of the Pilot Program, kindergarten services, play-and-learn center services, training services and other services which were previously subject to business tax are therefore subject to VAT at the rate of 6% for general VAT payer, or 3% for small scale VAT payer. The net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Value added taxes  - continued

 

Since May 2016, in accordance with Cai Shui [2016] No. 68, the nonacademic educational programs and services in short-term training schools are subject to a simple VAT collection method and apply for a 3% VAT rate. All of the Group’s services are qualified and subject 3% VAT rate which were previously subject to business tax.

Business tax

Pursuant to the PRC tax laws, before the implementation of the Pilot Program, overseas study consulting services, training services and other services were subject to business tax at the rate of 3% or 5%. Revenue is reported net of business taxes of RMB 922 for the period from January 1, 2016 to April 30, 2016.

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Net operating loss carry forwards and credits are applied using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more-likely-than-not that a portion of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.

Contingency

The Group is subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to the operation of its schools, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses and fees.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

Comprehensive income

The Group had no items of other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31, 2016 and seven-month period ended July 31, 2017. As such, the Group is not required to report other comprehensive income or comprehensive income.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Significant risks and uncertainties

Foreign currency risk

The RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. The cash and cash equivalents of the Group included aggregate amounts of RMB 38,017, which were denominated in RMB, at December 31, 2016, representing 100% of the cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2016.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, amounts due from/to related parties and prepayment and other current assets. As of July 31, 2017, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash were deposited in financial institutions located in the PRC.

There are no revenues or accounts receivable from customers which individually represent greater than 10% of the total net revenues or accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017, respectively.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In May 2014, Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Updates, or ASU, 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. An entity has the option to apply the provisions of ASU 2014-09 either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognized at the date of initial application. ASU2014-09 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. In August 2015, FASB updated this standard to ASU 2015-14, the amendments in this ASU defer the effective date of ASU 2014-09, that the ASU should be applied to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.

In May 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in this ASU do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. Rather, the amendments in this ASU affect only the narrow aspects of Topic 606. The areas improved include: (1) Assessing the Collectability Criterion in Paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) and Accounting for Contracts That Do Not Meet the Criteria for Step 1; (2) Presentation of Sales Taxes and Other Similar Taxes Collected from Customers; (3) Noncash Consideration; (4) Contract Modifications at Transition; (5) Completed Contracts at Transition; and (6) Technical Correction. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments in this Update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for Topic 606 (and any other Topic amended by Update 2014-09). The Group expects to adopt ASU 2014-09 under the modified retrospective method in the first quarter of 2018. The Group has substantially completed a review of the impacts of the new standard to its existing portfolio

 

F-104


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted  - continued

 

of customer contracts. The Group does not believe the adoption of ASU 2014-09 would have a material effect on its current revenue recognition policies, except that it will be required to assess variable consideration which is applicable in its study-abroad consulting service contracts and make judgments and estimates throughout the applicable periods. Certain additional financial statement disclosure requirements are mandated by the new standard including disclosure of contract assets and contract liabilities as well as a disaggregated view of revenue.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02 related to Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date including a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (i.e., January 1, 2019, for a calendar year entity). Early application is permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on the consolidated financial statements.

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-17 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The amendments in this Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a taxpaying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this Update. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The amendments in this Update may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group early adopted this guidance in the 2016 fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that have restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents and are required to present a statement of cash flows under Topic 230. The Group early adopted the amendments and restricted cash has been presented as part of

 

F-105


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements  - continued

 

cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended July 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2016, restricted cash of RMB1, 000 are included in cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

3. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,
2016
 
     RMB  

Prepaid rental expenses

     7,090  

Staff advances (a)

     2,441  

Prepaid current deposit

     1,888  

Prepaid other service fees

     1,544  

Others

     312  
  

 

 

 
     13,275  
  

 

 

 

 

  (a) Staff advances were provided to staff for business traveling and related use which are expensed as incurred.

 

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     December, 31  
     2016  
     RMB  

Electronic equipment

     6,633  

Motor vehicle

     3,252  

Leasehold improvement

     10,831  

Furniture and education equipment

     1,391  
  

 

 

 

Total

     22,107  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (10,509
  

 

 

 
     11,598  
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were RMB 6,695 and RMB 2,641 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and for the seven-month period ended July 31, 2017, respectively.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

The components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities were as follows:

 

     December 31,
2016
 
     RMB  

Salary and welfare payable

     20,530  

Other payable

     2,613  

Other tax payable

     2,561  

Accrued expense

     891  
  

 

 

 
     26,595  
  

 

 

 

 

6. Loan from a third party

The loan from a third party was as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Loan from Mr. Bin Dan

     13,802  
  

 

 

 
     13,802  
  

 

 

 

On October 22, 2015, the Group entered into a loan agreement with Mr. Bin Dan and obtained the loan amounting to RMB 13,802. As of December 31, 2016, the group accrued RMB 890 of interest.

 

7. PAID IN CAPITAL AND ADDITIONAL PAID IN CAPITAL

 

     December 31,
2016
 
     RMB  

Paid-in capital

     2,000  

Additional paid-in capital

     —    
  

 

 

 
     2,000  
  

 

 

 

The Company’s registered capital was RMB 9,230, in which RMB 2,000 has been paid by the equity owners and recorded as paid in capital as of December 31, 2016.

According to the revised article of corporation dated June 19, 2017, the Company increased its registered capital to RMB 13,800, and the capital injection was fully made as of July 31, 2017. Additional paid-in capital of RMB 2,507 was also paid by equity owners as of July 31, 2017.

 

8. INCOME TAXES

The Company and its subsidiaries and schools, which were entities incorporated in the PRC (the “PRC entities”) are subject to PRC Enterprise Income Tax (EIT), on the taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws, which have adopted a unified income tax rate of 25% since January 1, 2008.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

8. INCOME TAXES - continued

 

The current and deferred components of the income tax expense appearing in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     For the seven-month
period ended July 31,
 
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Current tax expense

     883        —    

Deferred tax expense

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     883        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The principle components of deferred taxes were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Deferred tax assets

  

Accrued expenses

     2,763  

Net operating loss carried forward

     24,167  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     26,930  

Less: valuation allowance

     (26,930
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

     —    
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Group had accumulated net operating loss carried forward of RMB 96,668, which will expire on various dates from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2020.

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate applicable to PRC operations is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2016
     For the seven-month
period ended July 31,
2017
 
     RMB      RMB  

Loss before income taxes

     (63,550      (12,709
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income benefit expense computed at an applicable tax rate of 25%

     (15,888      (3,177

Permanent differences

     268        65  

Change in valuation allowance

     16,503        3,112  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     883        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group did not identify significant unrecognized tax benefits for the period ended December 31, 2016. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from December 31, 2016.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

9. EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund, unemployment insurance and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the Group’s PRC entities make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amounts for such employee benefits, which were expensed as incurred, were RMB14,187 and RMB10,330 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and seven-months period ended July 31, 2017, respectively.

 

10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

  (1) Related parties

 

Name of related parties

   Relationship with the Group

Mr. Lie Zhang

   Shareholder of the Company

Mr. Qiyong Chen

   Management and Shareholder of the Company

 

  (2) The significant balances between the Group and its related parties are as follows:

 

     December 31,
2016
 
     RMB  

Amounts due to:

  

Mr. Lie Zhang

     10,000  
  

 

 

 

Total

     10,000  
  

 

 

 

Amounts due from:

  

Mr. Qiyong Chen

     4,250  
  

 

 

 

Total

     4,250  
  

 

 

 

The balances with related parties were interest free, unsecured and repayable on demand.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. COMMITMENTS

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices consisted of the following at July 31, 2017:

 

Period ending December 31,

  

2017

     14,567  

2018

     21,688  

2019

     12,110  

2020

     2,121  

2021

     —    
  

 

 

 
     50,486  
  

 

 

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. The terms of the leases do not contain rent escalation or contingent rents. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the seven-months period ended July 31, 2017, total rental expense for all operating leases amounted to RMB41,349 and RMB25,543, respectively.

 

12. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the financial information of operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s CODM. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and seven-month period ended July 31, 2017, the Group’s CODM reviewed the financial information of the education business carried out by the Group on a consolidated basis. Therefore, the Group has one operating segment, which is the provision of educational services. The Group operates solely in the PRC and all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

 

13. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s PRC entities only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP differ from those reflected in the statutory financial statements of the Company’s entities.

Prior to payment of dividends, pursuant to the PRC laws and regulations, enterprises incorporated in the PRC must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds as determined by the Board of Directors of each company. These reserves include (i) general reserve, and (ii) other reserves at the discretion of the Board of Director.

Subject to certain cumulative limits, the general reserve requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profits as determined under PRC laws and regulations at each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital; the other reserve appropriations are at the Company’s discretion. These reserves can only be used for specific purposes of enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash

 

F-110


Table of Contents

ZMN INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION CONSULTING (BEIJING) CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND

THE SEVEN-MONTHS PERIOD ENDED JULY 31, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

13. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS - continued

 

dividends. The Company’s subsidiaries didn’t accrue this general reserve during the year ended December 31, 2016 and seven-months period ended July 31, 2017, respectively because of net loss in both periods.

Prior to the effective of the Amended Private School Operation Law, PRC laws and regulations required private school that require reasonable returns to contribute 25% of after-tax income before payments of dividend to a fund to be used for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational facility. For private schools that do not require reasonable returns, this amount should be equivalent to no less than 25% of the annual increase of its net assets as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC. For the Group’s private schools, amounts contributed to the reserve of nil and nil for the year ended December 31, 2016 and seven months period ended July 31, 2017, respectively.

These reserves are included as statutory reserves in the consolidated statements of changes in deficit. The statutory reserves cannot be transferred to the Company in the form of loans or advances and are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.

Because the Group’s entities in the PRC can only be paid out of distributable profits reported in accordance with PRC accounting standards, the Group’s entities in the PRC are restricted from transferring a portion of their net assets to the Company. The restricted amounts include the paid-in capital and statutory reserves of the Group’s entities in the PRC. The aggregate amount of paid-in capital and statutory reserves, which represented the amount of net assets of the Group’s entities in the PRC not available for distribution, was RMB 4,650 as of December 31, 2016.

 

14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On July 31, 2017, the Group was 100% acquired by Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. for cash and warrant consideration amounted to RMB 135,850, which is subject to further adjustments base on a pre-agreed formula.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors of Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd.

We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”), VIE’s subsidiaries and schools (collectively, the “Group”), as of December 31, 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, change in equity (deficit) and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period from January 1, 2017 to August 16, 2017.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Group’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2016, and the results of the Group’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period from January 1, 2017 to August 16, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Our audits also comprehended the translation of Renminbi amounts into United States dollar amounts and, in our opinion, such translation has been made in conformity with the basis stated in Note 2. Such United States dollar amounts are presented solely for the convenience of the readers.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

February 8, 2018

 

F-112


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2016  
     RMB      USD  
            (Note 2)  

ASSETS

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     173,904        25,995  

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of RMB 497 as of December 31, 2016)

     7,352        1,099  

Inventories

     8,637        1,291  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     85,326        12,754  

Amounts due from related parties

     178,186        26,635  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     453,405        67,774  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     

Restricted cash

     14,261        2,132  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     61,120        9,136  

Long-term investments

     11,481        1,716  

Deferred tax assets

     660        99  

Rental deposits

     16,458        2,460  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     557,385        83,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB 2,275 as of December 31, 2016)

     2,484        371  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (including accrued expenses and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB 65,340 as of December 31, 2016)

     79,478        11,880  

Income tax payable (including income tax payable of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB 34 as of December 31, 2016)

     34        5  

Deferred revenue, current portion (including deferred revenue of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB 177,038 as of December 31, 2016)

     201,699        30,149  

Amounts due to related parties (including amounts due to related parties of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of nil as of December 31, 2016)

     56,308        8,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     340,003        50,822  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-113


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET - continued

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016      2016  
     RMB      USD
(Note 2)
 

Non-current liabilities

     

Deferred revenue, non-current portion (including deferred revenue of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of RMB 1,145 as of December 31, 2016)

     1,145        171  

Franchise deposits (including franchise deposits of the consolidated VIE without recourse to the Group of nil as of December 31, 2016)

     8,429        1,260  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     349,577        52,253  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

     

EQUITY

     

Paid in capital

     155,146        23,191  

Statutory reserve

     27,387        4,094  

Accumulated profit

     25,275        3,779  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL EQUITY

     207,808        31,064  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND TOTAL EQUITY

     557,385        83,317  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Period from
January 1, to
August 16,
 
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB     RMB     USD  
                 (Note 2)  

Net revenues

     653,026       421,428       62,994  

Cost of revenues

     342,787       204,786       30,611  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     310,239       216,642       32,383  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling expenses

     274,152       187,988       28,100  

General and administrative expenses

     167,570       87,170       13,030  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     441,722       275,158       41,130  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (131,483     (58,516     (8,747

Interest income

     4,123       3,191       477  

Government subsidy income

     245       2,649       396  

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries (Note 3)

     5,309       5,621       840  

Gain on disposal of real estate property

     43,744       —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes and loss from equity method investment

     (78,062     (47,055     (7,034

Income tax expenses

     591       1,141       171  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from equity method investment

     4,030       16       2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (82,683     (48,212     (7,207
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     Paid in
capital
     Statutory
reserve
     Accumulated
profit
(deficit)
    Total
equity
(deficit)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

     155,146        26,829        108,516       290,491  

Net loss for the year

     —          —          (82,683     (82,683

Provision of statutory reserve

     —          558        (558     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016 in RMB

     155,146        27,387        25,275       207,808  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December, 31 2016 in USD (Note 2)

     23,191        4,094        3,779       31,064  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss for the period

     —          —          (48,212     (48,212

Deemed distribution to shareholders (Note 7 & 11)

     —          —          (161,753     (161,753

Provision of statutory reserve

     —          259        (259     —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of August 16, 2017 in RMB

     155,146        27,646        (184,949     (2,157
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Period from January 1,
to August 16,
 
     2016     2017     2017  
     RMB     RMB     USD
(Note 2)
 
                

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net Loss

     (82,683     (48,212     (7,207

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

      

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     22,420       12,562       1,878  

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

     (43,695     (974     (146

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

     (5,309     (5,621     (840

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (2,471     274       41  

Inventory reserve

     2,720       (902     (135

Loss from equity method investment

     4,030       16       2  

Deferred income taxes

     (660     (1,887     (282

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     1,537       3,984       596  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (2,222     (6,857     (1,025

Inventories

     531       2,867       429  

Rental deposit

     (668     (1,924     (288

Accounts payable

     33       3,712       555  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (12,769     3,629       542  

Income taxes payable

     (5,019     2,471       369  

Deferred revenue

     12,658       18,640       2,786  

Franchise deposits

     (6,313     (1,085     (162

Amounts due from related parties

     (3,201     (53,852     (8,050

Amounts due to related parties

     9,188       (46,252     (6,914
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (111,893     (119,411     (17,851
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

     (33,598     (19,571     (2,925

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     29,785       46,724       6,984  

Cash surrendered related to disposal of subsidiaries

     (119     (138     (21

Loans repaid from related parties

     —         8,000       1,196  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) generated from investing activities

     (3,932     35,015       5,234  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Net cash used in financing activities

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     (115,825     (84,396     (12,617

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of the year

     303,990       188,165       28,127  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of the year

     188,165       103,769       15,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information

      

Income taxes paid

     2,083       2,327       348  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation to amounts on consolidated balance sheets

      

Cash and cash equivalents

     173,904       89,437       13,369  

Restricted cash

     14,261       14,332       2,141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

     188,165       103,769       15,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-117


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) on September 4, 2006. The Company, its subsidiary, its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools (collectively the “Group”) are primarily engaged in providing an extensive range of educational programs and services in the PRC with a focus on English training and test preparation.

On August 16, 2017, the shareholder Global Education & Technology (HK) Ltd., (“GEDU HK”) which owned 100% equity interest of the Group, entered into a transaction for the sale of entire equity interest to Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited.

As of August 16, 2017, details of the VIE and VIE’s significant subsidiaries and schools were as follows:

 

Name (1)

  

Date of

establishment

or acquisition

   Place of
establishment
     Percentage of legal
ownership by the
Company
    

Principal activities

Variable interest entity:

           

Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holdings Limited. (“Shanghai GEDU”)

   August 25, 2006      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Investment holding

VIE’s significant subsidiaries and training schools:

           

Beijing Global Zhuo Er Ying Cai Culture Distribution Co., Ltd.

  

April 8, 2008

  

 

PRC

 

  

 

Consolidated VIE

 

   Sale of education materials and online courses services

Beijing Haidian District Global IELTS Training School

   January 7, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Beijing Chaoyang District Global IELTS Training School

   March 10, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Global Wuhu (Beijing) Overseas Study Consulting Co., Ltd.

   December 17, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Overseas study consulting services

Beijing Global Zoubian Tianxia Travel Agency Co., Ltd.

   June 17, 2014      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Travel agency services

Global Career (Tianjin) Education and Technology Co., Ltd.

   June 16, 2008      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

Tianjin Hexi District Global IELTS Training School

   February 16, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Shenyang Global IELTS Training School

   January 1, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Changchun Hafu Culture Communication Co. Ltd.

   December 17, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Advertisement services

Changchun Chaoyang District IELTS Education Training School

   July 3, 2011      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Shanghai Yangpu District Global IELTS Training School

   August 28, 2007      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

 

F-118


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - continued

 

Name (1)

  

Date of

establishment

or acquisition

   Place of
establishment
     Percentage of legal
ownership by the
Company
    

Principal activities

Suzhou Yisi Qiantu Education Consulting Co.,Ltd.

   November 4, 2008      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

Suzhou Global Elite Training Center

   December 10, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Nanjing Global Education Training School

   July 31, 2008      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Wuxi Global Career Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   September 24, 2008      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

Wuxi Global IELTS Training Center

   May 31, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Nantong Qiantu Yisi Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   July 21, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

Nantong Chongchuan District Global IELTS Training Center

   November 18, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Hangzhou Xiacheng District Global Foreign Language Training School

   March 1, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Ningbo Haishu District Elite IELTS Training School

   July 18, 2011      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Ningbo Yinzhou District Elite IELTS Training School

   December 14, 2012      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Wuhan Tianxia Elite Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   September 13, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

Wuhan Global English Training School

   November 22, 2011      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Changsha Furong District Global IELTS Training School

   August 25, 2006      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Guangzhou Tianxia Qiantu Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   October 27, 2009      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

Guangzhou Yuexiu District Global Elite Training Center

   November 21, 2006      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Shenzhen Global IELTS Training Center

   July 29, 2011      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Chengdu Global English School

   January 28, 2008      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Xi’an Yanta District Ao’bo Foreign Language Training Center

   May 10, 2010      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Tianjin Heping District Global IELTS Training School

   May 5, 2017      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

 

F-119


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - continued

 

Name (1)

  

Date of

establishment

or acquisition

   Place of
establishment
     Percentage of legal
ownership by the
Company
    

Principal activities

Shanghai Huangpu District Kaiyu Culture Commercial Training Center

   August 25, 2006      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Training services

Shenzhen Global Qiantu Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   July 22, 2011      PRC        Consolidated VIE      Consulting services

 

(1) The net revenues generated from these significant subsidiaries and schools accounted for 97% of the Group’s total net revenues for the period ended August 16, 2017. The English names is for identification purpose only.

The VIE arrangements

PRC laws and regulations restrict foreign ownership and investment in the education industry at the school level. As the Company is deemed a foreign legal person under PRC laws, accordingly the Company’s subsidiary is not eligible to engage in the provision of training services.

To comply with these foreign ownership restrictions, the Company operates substantially all of its education services through its VIE, Shanghai GEDU, and the VIE’s subsidiaries and schools in the PRC. The VIE and its subsidiaries and schools hold leases and other assets necessary to provide education services and generate revenues. To provide the Company’s effective control over the VIE and the ability to receive substantially all of the economic benefits of the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools, a series of contractual arrangements were entered into amongst the Company, Shanghai GEDU and its Nominee Shareholders on September 6, 2006. The term of such arrangement is 10 years and renewed for another 10 years on September 6, 2016.

 

    Agreements that transfer economic benefits to the Group:

Exclusive Consultation and Service Agreement

Pursuant to the exclusive consultation and service agreement, the Company engages operational consultant and agrees to provide consulting service related to Shanghai GEDU education and training operational activities and business development. The Company owns the intellectual property rights developed by either the Company or Shanghai GEDU in the performance of this agreement. Without the prior written consent of the Company, Shanghai GEDU shall not accept any services subject to this agreement from any third parties. Shanghai GEDU pays to the Company quarterly service fees, which substantially represents the entire residual economic interest of Shanghai GEDU. Unless Shanghai GEDU terminates this agreement in advance, this agreement will remain effective for ten years. Upon request by the Company, contractual parties to this agreement shall extend the term of this agreement prior to its expiration. Other contractual parties to this agreement cannot terminate this agreement unilaterally.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

Equity Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the equity pledge agreement, Shanghai GEDU’s Nominee Shareholders pledged all of their respective equity interests in Shanghai GEDU to the Company to guarantee Shanghai GEDU’s performance, and shareholders’ obligations under the contractual arrangements between the Shanghai GEDU, its Nominee Shareholders and the Company. If Shanghai GEDU or its Nominee Shareholders breach their contractual obligations under these agreements, the Company, as pledgee, will have the right to dispose of the pledged equity interests in Shanghai GEDU and priority in receiving the proceeds from such disposal. Shanghai GEDU’s Nominee shareholders also agree that, during the term of the equity pledge agreement, they will not dispose of the pledged equity interests or create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests. The equity pledge became effective on April 2, 2010, which was when the pledge of equity interests contemplated in the equity pledge agreement was registered with the relevant administration for industry and commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law, and will remain effective until Shanghai GEDU and its shareholders fully performed all their obligations under the relevant contractual arrangements or discharged all their obligations under those agreements.

 

    Agreements that provide the Company effective control over Shanghai GEDU:

Business Operation Agreement

Pursuant to the business operation agreement, Shanghai GEDU and its Nominee Shareholders agreed to, (i) without prior written consent of the Company, Shanghai GEDU will not conduct any transactions that may have substantial effects on its assets, businesses, personnel, obligations, rights, or business operations. (ii) Shanghai GEDU will accept and follow the Company’s instructions in relation to Shanghai GEDU’s daily operational and financial management, election of directors, general manager, financial controller, school principals, and other senior management executives designated by the Company. (iii) the shareholders will transfer any dividends, income, or interests received as the shareholders of Shanghai GEDU immediately and unconditionally to the Company. Unless the Company terminates this agreement in advance, this agreement will remain effective for ten years. Upon request by the Company, contractual parties to this agreement shall extend the term of this agreement prior to its expiration. Other contractual parties to this agreement cannot terminate this agreement unilaterally.

Power of Attorney

Pursuant to the power of attorney, each of Shanghai GEDU’s Nominee Shareholders irrevocably authorized the Company, or any person(s) designated by the Company, as the attorney-in-fact to act on his or her behalf on all matters pertaining to Shanghai GEDU and to exercise all of his or her rights as a shareholder of Shanghai GEDU, including but not limited to convene shareholders’ meeting, vote and sign any resolution as a shareholder, appoint directors, supervisors and officers, amend article of association, as well as the right to sell, transfer, pledge and dispose of all or a portion of the shares held by such shareholder. In addition, each such shareholders also undertakes that he or she will not engage in any activities in violation of this power of attorney or cause conflict of interest between the Company and Shanghai GEDU or its subsidiaries and schools. The power of attorney will remain in

 

F-121


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

force and irrevocable as long as the applicable shareholder remains a shareholder of Shanghai GEDU, unless the Company instructs to the contrary in writing.

Exclusive purchase option agreement

Under the exclusive purchase option agreement among Nominee Shareholders of Shanghai GEDU, Shanghai GEDU and the Company, Nominee Shareholders of Shanghai GEDU irrevocably granted the Company or its designated person an exclusive option to purchase from Nominee Shareholders, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of the equity interests in Shanghai GEDU for the higher of (i) RMB 0.001 or (ii) the minimum amount of consideration permitted by the applicable law. The Company or its designated person has sole discretion to decide when to exercise the option. This agreement is effective for 10 years and renewable or early terminable at the Company’s sole discretion.

As a result of these contractual arrangements, the Company (1) has the power to direct the activities that most significantly affected the economic performance of Shanghai GEDU, and (2) received the economic benefits of Shanghai GEDU. In making the conclusion that the Company is the primary beneficiary of Shanghai GEDU, the articles of association of Shanghai GEDU provided that the Nominee Shareholders of Shanghai GEDU have the power to, in a shareholders’ meeting: (i) approve the operating strategy and investment plan; (ii) elect the members of board of directors and approve their compensation; and (iii) review and approve the annual budget and earnings distribution plan. Consequently, the Company’s rights under the business operation agreement and powers of attorney have reinforced the Company’s abilities to direct the activities most significantly impacting Shanghai GEDU’s economic performance. The Company also believes that this ability to exercise control ensured that Shanghai GEDU would continue to execute and renew service agreements and pay service fees to the Company. By charging service fees, and by ensuring that service agreements were executed and renewed indefinitely, the Company has the rights to receive substantially all of the economic benefits from Shanghai GEDU.

 

    Risks in relation to VIE structure

The Company believes that the contractual arrangements with Shanghai GEDU and its Nominee Shareholders are in compliance with existing PRC laws and regulations and are legally enforceable. However, the contractual arrangements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including:

 

    Shanghai GEDU and its Nominee Shareholders may have or develop interests that conflict with the Group’s interests, which may lead them to pursue opportunities in violation of the aforementioned contractual agreements. If the Group cannot resolve any conflicts of interest or disputes between the Group and the Nominee Shareholders of Shanghai GEDU, the Group would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in disruption of its business, and there is substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

 

    Shanghai GEDU and its Nominee Shareholders could fail to obtain the proper operating licenses or fail to comply with other regulatory requirements. As a result, the PRC government could impose fines, new requirements or other penalties on the VIE or the Group, mandate a change in ownership structure or operations for the VIE or the Group, restrict the VIE or the Group’s use of financing sources or otherwise restrict the VIE or the Group’s ability to conduct business.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

    The PRC government may declare the aforementioned contractual arrangements invalid. They may modify the relevant regulations, have a different interpretation of such regulations, or otherwise determine that the Group or the VIE have failed to comply with the legal obligations required to effectuate such contractual arrangements.

 

    If the legal structure and contractual arrangements were found to be in violation of PRC laws and regulations, the PRC government may restrict or prohibit the Group’s business and operations in China.

The Group’s ability to conduct its business may be negatively affected if the PRC government were to carry out of any of the aforementioned actions. As a result, the Group may not be able to consolidate Shanghai GEDU and its subsidiaries and schools in the consolidated financial statements as the Group may lose the ability to exert effective control over Shanghai GEDU and its Nominee Shareholders, and the Group may lose the ability to receive economic benefits from Shanghai GEDU.

The Group’s business has been directly operated by the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools. For the year ended December 31, 2016 , the VIE and its subsidiaries and schools accounted for an aggregate of 44% of the Group’s consolidated total assets, and 70% of the Group’s consolidated total liabilities.

The following financial information of the Company’s VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools after the elimination of inter-company transactions for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017 were included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Total current assets

     173,476  

Total assets

     243,833  

Total current liabilities

     244,687  

Total liabilities

     245,832  
  

 

 

 

 

     For the year ended
December 31,
     For the period from
January 1,
to August 16,
 
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Net revenues

     636,836        410,871  

Net loss

     62,767        26,647  

Net cash used in operating activities

     54,606        27,333  

Net cash used in investing activities

     21,705        19,959  

Net cash provided by financing activities

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

There are no consolidated VIE’s assets that are collateral for the VIE’s obligations and which can only be used to settle the VIE’s obligations. No creditors (or beneficial interest holders) of the VIE have recourse to the general credit of the Company or any of its consolidated subsidiary. No terms in any arrangements, considering both explicit arrangements and implicit variable interests, require the Company or its subsidiary

 

F-123


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION - continued

The VIE arrangements  - continued

 

to provide financial support to the VIE. However, if the VIE ever needs financial support, the Company may, at its option and subject to statutory limits and restrictions, provide financial support to the VIE through loans to the shareholders of the VIE or entrustment loans to the VIE.

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of presentation and use of estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet dates and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant estimates and assumptions reflected in the Group’s financial statements include, but are not limited to, consolidation of the VIE, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and impairment of long-lived assets. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools. All profits, transactions and balances among the Company, its VIE and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Convenience translation

The Group’s business is primarily conducted in China and almost all of the revenues are denominated in Renminbi (“RMB”). However, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into US dollars using the then current exchange rates, for the convenience of the readers. Translations of balances in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016, and the consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows for the period ended August 16, 2017 from RMB into US dollars are solely for the convenience of the readers and were calculated at the rate of US$1.00=RMB 6.6900, representing the noon buying rate set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board on August 16, 2017. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted, realized or settled into US$ at that rate on August 16, 2017, or at any other rate.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash at banks and on hand, which have original maturities of three months or less when purchased and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

 

F-124


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Restricted cash

Restricted cash represents RMB deposits in restricted bank accounts for operating schools required by some local regulations. The deposits in restricted bank accounts cannot be withdrawn until these school are closed. Restricted cash is classified as non-current based on the terms of the respective agreement.

Inventories

Inventories, mainly consisting of textbooks, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average method.

Fair value

Fair value is the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Group considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and it considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

Authoritative literature provides a fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels. The level in the hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:

Level 1

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Financial instruments

The Group’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, amounts due from/to related parties and other payables. The carrying amount of these financial instruments approximate their fair values due to the short-term maturities of these instruments.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

An allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded in the period in which a loss is determined to be probable based on an assessment of specific evidence indicating doubtful collection, historical experience, account balance aging and prevailing economic conditions. Allowance is reversed when the underlying balance of doubtful accounts are subsequently collected. Accounts receivable balances are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted.

Property, plant and equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

 

Category

  

Estimated useful life

   Estimated residual value

Buildings

   50 years    5%

Electronic equipment

   2-3 years    5%

Motor vehicles

   5 years    5%

Furniture and education equipment

   5 years    5%
Leasehold improvement and building improvement    Shorter of lease term or estimated economic life    —  

Repair and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas the cost of renewals and betterment that extends the useful lives of property, plant and equipment are capitalized as additions to the related assets. Retirements, sales and disposals of assets are recorded by removing the cost and accumulated depreciation from the assets and accumulated depreciation accounts with any resulting gain or loss reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Depreciation expenses were RMB 22,420 and RMB 12,562 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, respectively.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. When these events occur, the Group measures impairment by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying amount of the assets, the Group would recognize an impairment loss based on the fair value of the assets. The Group did not record any impairment losses on its long-lived assets during the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017.

Long-term investments

The Group’s long-term investments consist of equity method investments.

For an investee company over which the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not have a controlling interest, the Group accounts for the investment under the equity method. Significant influence is generally considered to exist when the Group has an ownership interest in the voting stock of the investee between 20% and 50%. Other factors, such as representation on the investee’s board of directors, voting rights and the impact of commercial arrangements, are also considered in determining whether the equity method of accounting is appropriate.

 

F-126


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Long-term investments  - continued

 

An impairment charge is recorded if the carrying amount of the investment exceeds its fair value and this condition is determined to be other-than-temporary. The Group did not record any impairment losses on its equity method investments for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017.

Revenue recognition

Revenues are recognized when the following four criteria are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) the service has been rendered, (iii) the fees are fixed or determinable, and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue is stated net of discounts and sales related tax.

The Group generated its revenues from the following:

(i) Educational programs and services

Educational programs and services consist of test preparation and language training courses. Course fees are generally paid in advance and are initially recorded as deferred revenue. Course fee revenue is recognized proportionately as the tutoring sessions are delivered.

(ii) Franchising fees

The Group generates revenue by franchising schools under the brand name of GEDU. Initial franchise fees represent provision of initial setup services. Initial franchising fees collected in advance are recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue when the schools commence operations. The initial franchising fees are non-refundable and the Group does not have significant continuing obligations related to the initial franchising fees after the schools commence operations.

The Group provides continuing supporting services to the franchised schools including marketing and advertising services. The related annual franchise fees are received upfront and the revenue is deferred and evenly recognized over the applicable subsequent annual period.

(iii) Study abroad consulting services

The Group offers study abroad consulting services to provide quality guidance for students who intend to study in United States or other countries. The Group charges each student an up-front prepaid fee based on the scope of consulting services requested by the student and recognizes revenue over the service period.

For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, net revenues were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Period from
January 1, to
August 16,
 
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Services:

     

Educational programs and services

     615,927        404,196  

Franchising fees

     15,979        9,931  

Study abroad consulting services

     9,565        4,017  

Other services

     11,555        3,284  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net revenues

     653,026        421,428  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-127


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of tuition fees received from customers, initial franchise fees and annual franchise fees received from franchisees, and study abroad consulting services fees received from customers, for which the Group’s revenue recognition criteria have not been met. The deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue once the criteria for revenue recognition have been met.

Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risk of assets remain with the leasing company are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Value added taxes

On January 1, 2012, the PRC Ministry of Finance and the State Administration of Taxation officially launched a pilot Value-added tax (“VAT”) reform program (“Pilot Program”), applicable to businesses in selected industries. Businesses in the Pilot Program would pay VAT instead of business tax. Starting May 1, 2016, the Pilot Program was promoted nationwide in a comprehensive manner in the PRC. With the implementation of the Pilot Program, training services, franchising services and other services which were previously subject to business tax are therefore subject to VAT at the rate of 6% for general VAT payer, or 3% for small scale VAT payer. The net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded as accrued expenses and other current liabilities in Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant a circular jointly released by the Ministry of Finance and Finance and State Administration of Taxation, the Group is subject to a VAT exemption for the proceeds received from customers for education material sales.

Business tax

Pursuant to the PRC tax laws, before the implementation of the Pilot Program, trainings services, Franchising services and other services were subject to business tax at the rate of 3% or 5%. Revenue is reported net of business taxes of RMB 7,471 for the period from January 1, 2016 to April 30, 2016.

Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Net operating loss carry forwards and credits are applied using enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more-likely-than-not that a portion of or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The impact of an uncertain income tax position is recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant tax authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Interest and penalties on income taxes will be classified as a component of the provisions for income taxes.

 

F-128


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

 

Government subsidies

The government subsidies provided by the local government mainly included the supporting funds and the tax return for encouraging development of the Group. Government subsidies are recognized upon receipt as government subsidy income because the subsidies are not intended to compensate for specific expenditure and not subject to future return. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, RMB 245 and RMB 2,649 were received and recognized, respectively.

Comprehensive income

The Group has no items of other comprehensive income in any of the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017. As such, the Group is not required to report other comprehensive income or comprehensive income.

Contingency

The Group is subject to lawsuits, investigations and other claims related to the operation of its schools, environmental, product, taxing authorities and other matters, and are required to assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes to these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable losses and fees.

Where it is not probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, or the amount cannot be estimated reliably, the obligation is disclosed as a contingent liability, unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote. Possible obligations, whose existence will only be confirmed by the occurrence or nonoccurrence of one or more future events, are also disclosed as contingent liabilities unless the probability of outflow of economic benefits is remote.

Significant risks and uncertainties

Foreign currency risk

RMB is not a freely convertible currency. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market. The cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash of the Group included aggregate amounts of RMB 188,165, which were denominated in RMB, at December 31, 2016, representing 100% of the cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at December 31, 2016.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Group to significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, amounts due from related parties and prepayment and other current assets. As of August 16, 2017, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited in financial institutions located in the PRC. Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from customers in the PRC. The risk with respect to accounts receivable is mitigated by credit evaluations the Group performs on its customers and its ongoing monitoring process of outstanding balances.

 

F-129


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Significant risks and uncertainties  - continued

 

There are no revenues or accounts receivable from customers which individually represent greater than 10% of the total net revenues or accounts receivable for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017.

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted

In May 2014, Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Updates, or ASU, 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), to clarify the principles of recognizing revenue and create common revenue recognition guidance between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. An entity has the option to apply the provisions of ASU 2014-09 either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this standard recognized at the date of initial application. ASU2014-09 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is not permitted. In August 2015, FASB updated this standard to ASU 2015-14, the amendments in this Update defer the effective date of Update 2014-09, that the Update should be applied to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.

In May 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-12 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The amendments in this Update do not change the core principle of the guidance in Topic 606. Rather, the amendments in this Update affect only the narrow aspects of Topic 606. The areas improved include: (1) Assessing the Collectability Criterion in Paragraph 606-10-25-1(e) and Accounting for Contracts That Do Not Meet the Criteria for Step 1; (2) Presentation of Sales Taxes and Other Similar Taxes Collected from Customers; (3) Noncash Consideration; (4) Contract Modifications at Transition; (5) Completed Contracts at Transition; and (6) Technical Correction. The effective date and transition requirements for the amendments in this Update are the same as the effective date and transition requirements for Topic 606 (and any other Topic amended by Update 2014-09).

The Group expects to adopt ASU 2014-09 under the modified retrospective method in the first quarter of 2018. The Group has substantially completed a review of the impacts of the new standard to its existing portfolio of customer contracts. The Group does not believe the adoption of ASU 2014-09 would have a material effect on its current revenue recognition policies. However, certain additional financial statement disclosure requirements are mandated by the new standard including disclosure of contract assets and contract liabilities as well as a disaggregated view of revenue.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-02 related to Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees will be required to recognize all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date including a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after

 

F-130


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted  - continued

 

December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (i.e., January 1, 2019, for a calendar year entity). Early application is permitted. The Group is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements

In February 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810)—Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. ASU 2015-02 modifies existing consolidation guidance related to (1) limited partnerships and similar legal entities, (2) the evaluation of variable interests for fees paid to decision makers or service providers, (3) the effect of fee arrangements and related parties on the primary beneficiary determination, and (4) certain investment funds. These changes are expected to limit the number of consolidation models and place more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest. ASU 2015-02 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Group has adopted the new standards in the 2016 fiscal year, which did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory (ASU 2015-11). Topic 330 currently requires an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market, with market value represented by replacement cost, net realizable value or net realizable value less a normal profit margin. ASU 2015-11 requires an entity to measure inventory at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016. The amendments in the ASU should be applied prospectively with early application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The Group early adopted the amendments in the 2016 fiscal year. The adoption of the amendments did not have a material effect to the consolidated financial statements.

In September 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-16 related to the accounting for measurement period adjustments recognized in a business combination. Under the previous standard, when adjustments were made to amounts previously reported as part of a business combination during the measurement period, entities were required to revise comparative information for prior periods. Under the new standard, entities must recognize these adjustments in the reporting period in which the amounts are determined rather than retrospectively. The Group adopted the new standard in the 2016 fiscal year, which did not have a significant impact on the consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-17 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The amendments in this Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial position. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that present a classified statement of financial position. The current requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a taxpaying component of an entity be offset and presented as a single amount is not affected by the amendments in this Update. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The amendments in this Update may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Group early adopted this guidance in the 2016 fiscal year. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - continued

Newly adopted accounting pronouncements  - continued

 

In November 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. The amendments in this Update require that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this Update apply to all entities that have restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents and are required to present a statement of cash flows under Topic 230. The Group early adopted the amendments and restricted cash has been presented as part of cash and cash equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017.

 

3. DISPOSAL OF SUBSIDIARIES

Disposal of Jinan Global Tianxia Foreign Language Training Center (“Jinan School”)

In April 2016, the Group disposed 100% equity interest in Jinan School to Ms. Xuelian Zhang for cash consideration of RMB915. At the disposal date, Jinan School had accumulated deficit which resulted in the Group deriving a gain from the deconsolidation. The disposal gain recognized by the Group was RMB 1,580 recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Disposal of Chongqing Yuzhong Global IELTS Training Center (“Chongqing School”)

In June 2016, the Group disposed 100% equity interest in Chongqing School to Mr. Hong Zeng for cash consideration of RMB nil. The Group also reimbursed RMB 149 for relevant disposal expenses incurred. At the disposal date, Chongqing School had accumulated deficit which resulted in the Group deriving a gain from the deconsolidation. The disposal gain recognized by the Group was RMB 2,489 and recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Disposal of Beijing Wuhu Zhongshi Consulting Co., Ltd. Chengdu Branch (“Wuhu Chengdu”)

In June 2016, the Group disposed 100% equity interest in Wuhu Chengdu to Chengdu Global IELTS Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (“Chengdu Education”) for cash consideration of RMB nil. At the disposal date, Wuhu Chengdu had accumulated deficit which resulted in the Group deriving a gain from the disposal. The disposal gain recognized by the Group was RMB 1,240 and recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Disposal of Hangzhou Global IELTS Education and Technology Co., Ltd. (“Hangzhou Company”)

In June 2017, the Group disposed 100% equity interest in Hangzhou Company to Ms. Shuying Zhang for the cash consideration of RMB 1,005. At the disposal date, Hangzhou Company had accumulated deficit which resulted in the Group deriving a gain from the deconsolidation. The disposal gain recognized by the Group was RMB 5,621 and recorded in the consolidated statements of operations for the period from January 1, 2017 to August 16, 2017.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

4. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Accounts receivable

     7,849  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (497
  

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net

     7,352  
  

 

 

 

Movement of allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Balance at beginning of the year

     (3,427

Additions

     —    

Reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts

     2,930  
  

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

     (497
  

 

 

 

 

5. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Receivable of disposal property, plant and equipment (Note)

     42,370  

Prepaid rental expenses

     15,337  

Prepaid advertising and search engine expense

     9,696  

Prepaid other service fees

     4,431  

Deposit with third parties

     2,966  

Value added taxes recoverable

     2,943  

Prepayments to suppliers

     1,802  

Others

     5,781  
  

 

 

 
     85,326  
  

 

 

 

 

  Note: On October 14, 2016, the Group entered into a transaction with third parties to sell its real estate property with a consideration of RMB 91,330. The amount of receivable was RMB 42,370 for the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

F-133


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

6. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2016  
     RMB  

Buildings

     20,837  

Electronic equipment

     16,323  

Furniture and education equipment

     18,297  

Motor vehicles

     5,031  

Leasehold improvement and building improvement

     61,549  

Total

     122,037  

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (60,917
  

 

 

 
     61,120  
  

 

 

 

Depreciation expenses were RMB 22,420 and RMB 12,562 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, respectively.

 

7. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

Equity method investments

Long-term investments consisted of the following:

 

     As of
December 31,
2016
 
  
     RMB  

Equity method investments

  

Pearson (Guizhou) Education Co. Ltd.
(“Pearson Guizhou”)

     11,481  
  

 

 

 

Total

     11,481  
  

 

 

 

In April 2013, the Group invested cash consideration of RMB 16,361 to set up a joint venture, Pearson Guizhou, with a related party Pearson Education Asia Limited (“Pearson Asia”), which is an entity owned by the Group’s shareholder, and obtained 87.4% equity interest in ownership and 50% dividend rights. The Group holds one seat out of three of the board of directors of Pearson Guizhou. Subject to the articles of association of Pearson Guizhou, the adoption of any resolution of the board of directors shall require the affirmative vote of all directors of Pearson Guizhou. The Group used the equity method to account for the investment, because the Group had the ability to exercise significant influence but did not have control over the investee.

In June 2017, the Group entered into a transaction to dispose the 87.4% equity interest in Pearson Guizhou to its related party Pearson Asia with a nominal cash consideration of RMB0.001. As the transaction was conducted between the Company and a related party which controlled by the same Group of the seller, such transaction is deemed a distribution to the shareholders, with a disposal loss of RMB 11,465 recorded as a reduction of retained earnings.

 

F-134


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

7. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS - continued

 

The Group shared loss of RMB 4,030 and RMB 16 from its equity method investments during the year ended December 31, 2016 and period ended August 16, 2017 prior to the disposal, respectively.

 

8. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

The components of accrued expenses and other current liabilities were as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
     RMB  

Accrued employee payroll and welfare benefits

     50,380  

Advertising and professional service fee

     10,180  

Accrued expenses

     4,307  

Payable for purchase of property and equipment

     4,248  

Deposit from students

     2,035  

Individual taxes withholding

     2,676  

Other tax payable

     1,575  

Others

     4,077  
  

 

 

 
     79,478  
  

 

 

 

 

9. PAID IN CAPITAL

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2016
 
  
     RMB  

Paid-in capital

     155,146  
  

 

 

 

The Company has RMB 155,146 registered capital, in which RMB 155,146 has been paid by the equity owners to the company and recorded as paid in capital as of December 31, 2016.

 

10. INCOME TAXES

The Company, the VIE and the VIE’s subsidiaries and schools, which were entities incorporated in the PRC (the “PRC entities”) are subject to PRC Enterprise Income Tax (EIT), on the taxable income in accordance with the relevant PRC income tax laws, which have adopted a unified income tax rate of 25% since January 1, 2008.

The current and deferred components of the income tax expense appearing in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31, 2016
    Period from January 1,
to August 16, 2017
 
    
    
     RMB     RMB  

Current tax expense

     1,251       3,028  

Deferred tax expense

     (660     (1,887
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     591       1,141  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-135


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

10. INCOME TAXES - continued

 

The principle components of deferred taxes were as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2016  
    
   RMB  

Deferred tax assets

  

Accrued expenses

     10,661  

Inventory reserve

     3,437  

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

     1,461  

Net operating loss carry-forwards

     70,515  
  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     86,074  

Less: valuation allowance

     (85,414
  

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets, net

     660  
  

 

 

 

The net operating loss carry forwards for the Group was RMB 282,060 as of December 31, 2016, which will expire on various dates from December 31, 2017 to December 31, 2021.

The reconciliation of the effective tax rate and the statutory income tax rate applicable to PRC operations is as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Period from January 1,
to August 16,
 
     2016      2017  
     RMB      RMB  

Loss before income taxes

     (78,062      (47,055
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax benefit computed at an applicable tax rate of 25%

     (19,516      (11,764

Permanent differences

     385        578  

Change in valuation allowance

     19,722        12,327  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     591        1,141  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group did not identify significant unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017. The Group did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from August 16, 2017.

 

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

 

  (1) Related parties

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Group

GEDU HK

   Shareholder of the Company

Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Peisheng Yucai (Beijing) Technology Development Ltd.

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Pearson Shared Services Limited

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

 

F-136


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION - continued

 

Name of related parties

  

Relationship with the Group

Pearson Education Limited

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Pearson Education Asia Ltd.

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Pearson Guizhou

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Shanghai Global Elite Education (Shanghai) Company Limited

  

Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Beijing Wall Street English Training Center Company Limited

  

Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Wall Street English Training Center (Shanghai) Company Limited

  

Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Wall Street English Training Center (Guangdong) Company Limited

  

Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

LCCIEB Training Consultancy Co., Ltd.

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

Sunnykey International Holdings Limited

   Controlled by the controlling shareholder of GEDU HK

 

  (2) The significant related party transactions were as follows:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2016
     Period from January 1,
to August 16, 2017
 
       
       
     RMB      RMB  

Rental expense recorded:

     

Shanghai Global Elite Education (Shanghai) Company Limited

     628        393  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income recorded: Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

     2,336        1,416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Service fee recorded: Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd.

     28,678        11,055  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-137


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

11. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION - continued

 

  (3) The significant balances between the Group and its related parties were as follows:

 

     As of
December 31,
 
     2016  
     RMB  

Amounts due from:

  

Peisheng Yucai (Beijing) Technology Development Ltd. (i)

     63,139  

Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (ii)

     59,604  

GEDU HK (iii)

     33,942  

Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (iii)

     17,314  

Wall Street English Training Center (Shanghai) Company Limited (iii)

     1,294  

Beijing Wall Street English Training Center Company Limited (iii)

     1,272  

Wall Street English Training Center (Guangdong) Company Limited (iii)

     922  

Pearson Education Limited (iii)

     623  

LCCIEB Training Consultancy Co., Ltd. (iii)

     76  
  

 

 

 
     178,186  
  

 

 

 

 

     As of
December 31,
 
     2016  
     RMB  

Amounts due to:

  

Pearson (Beijing) Management Consulting Co., Ltd. (iv)

     19,163  

Shanghai Global Elite Education (Shanghai) Company Limited (iii)

     17,092  

Pearson Education Limited (iii)

     11,730  

Pearson Shared Services Limited (iii)

     4,715  

Sunnykey International Holdings Limited (iii)

     2,378  

Pearson Education Asia Ltd. (iii)

     1,087  

Pearson Guizhou (iii)

     143  
  

 

 

 
     56,308  
  

 

 

 

 

  (i) The balance is the loan with interest rate 6%, the amount of RMB62,000 was waived to the Group in 2017.

 

  (ii) The balance is the loan with interest rate 4.35%, the amount of RMB 50,000 was waived and the amount of RMB 8,000 was repaid to the Group in 2017.

 

  (iii) The balances with related parties represents interest-free, unsecured borrowing which were repayable on demand.

 

  (iv) The balance were the service fee the related parties charged the Group.

On August 16, 2017, GEDU HK entered into a transaction to sell its entire equity interest holding of the Group to Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited (see Note 16). An amount due from GEDU HK’s parent company and its sister companies under common control (net of amount due to those companies) of RMB 150,288 was waived by the Group as part of the above mentioned equity transaction, and were recorded as a deemed distribution to the shareholders (a reduction of retained earnings).

 

F-138


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating lease commitments

Future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases related to offices and schools consisted of the following at August 16, 2017:

 

Years ending December 31, 2017

     39,789  

2018

     73,906  

2019

     39,865  

2020

     15,505  

2021 and thereafter

     4,565  
  

 

 

 
     173,630  
  

 

 

 

Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of their respective leases. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, total rental expense for all operating leases amounted to RMB 108,967 and RMB 72,307, respectively.

Contingencies

The Group is in the process of preparing filings and applying for permits of training institutions and tutoring branches. Since the contingent liability related to not meeting the filing requirements cannot be reasonably estimated, the Group did not record any liabilities pertaining to this.

 

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the President of the Group, who reviews financial information of operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Group. An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, and is identified on the basis of the internal financial reports that are provided to and regularly reviewed by the Group’s CODM. For the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, the Group’s CODM reviewed the financial information of the education business carried out by the Group on a consolidated basis. Therefore, the Group has one operating segment, which is the provision of educational services. The Group operates solely in the PRC and all of the Group’s long-lived assets are located in the PRC.

 

14. EMPLOYEE DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

Full time employees of the Group in the PRC participate in a government mandated defined contribution plan, pursuant to which certain pension benefits, medical care, employee housing fund, unemployment insurance and other welfare benefits are provided to employees. Chinese labor regulations require that the Group’s PRC entities make contributions to the government for these benefits based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries. The Group has no legal obligation for the benefits beyond the contributions made. The total amount for such employee benefits, which was expensed as incurred, was RMB 54,167 and RMB 36,386 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED

DECEMBER 31, 2016 AND THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 TO AUGUST 16, 2017

(In thousands of RMB and USD, or otherwise noted)

 

15. RESTRICTED NET ASSETS

Relevant PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s PRC entities only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. The results of operations reflected in the financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP differ from those reflected in the statutory financial statements of the Company’s entities.

Prior to payment of dividends, pursuant to the PRC laws and regulations, enterprises incorporated in the PRC must make appropriations from after-tax profit to non-distributable reserve funds as determined by the Board of Directors of each company. These reserves include (i) general reserve, and (ii) other reserves at the discretion of the Board of Director.

Subject to certain cumulative limits, the general reserve requires annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax profits as determined under PRC laws and regulations at each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of the PRC entity registered capital; the other reserve appropriations are at the Company’s discretion. These reserves can only be used for specific purposes of enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash dividends. The Company, the VIE, and VIE’s subsidiaries, contributed RMB 472 and RMB 119 to the general reserve for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, respectively.

Prior to the effective of the Amended Private School Operation Law, PRC laws and regulations required private schools that require reasonable returns to contribute 25% of after-tax income before payments of dividend to a fund to be used for the construction or maintenance of the school or procurement or upgrading of educational facility. For the Group’s private schools, amounts contributed to the reserve of RMB 86 and RMB 140 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the period ended August 16, 2017, respectively.

These reserves are included as statutory reserves in the consolidated statements of changes in equity. The statutory reserves cannot be transferred to the Company in the form of loans or advances and are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation.

Because the Group’s entities in the PRC can only be paid out of distributable profits reported in accordance with PRC accounting standards, the Group’s entities in the PRC are restricted from transferring a portion of their net assets to the Company. The restricted amounts include the paid-in capital and statutory reserves of the Group’s entities in the PRC. The aggregate amount of paid-in capital and statutory reserves, which represented the amount of net assets of the Group’s entities in the PRC not available for distribution, were RMB 126,018 as of December 31, 2016.

 

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On August 16, 2017, GEDU HK sold and transferred 100% equity interest of the Group to Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited, which is a 100% owned subsidiary of Puxin Limited, for a total cash consideration of US$72,300 (equivalent to RMB 483,687).

 

F-140


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 6 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Under our post-offering memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, to the fullest extent permissible under Cayman Islands law every director and officer of our company shall be indemnified against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by him in connection with the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions as a director or officer of our company, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by him in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

Pursuant to the form of indemnification agreements to be filed as Exhibit [10.1] to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or executive officer.

The form of underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
ITEM 7 RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities (including options to acquire our ordinary shares) without registering the securities under the Securities Act. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, regarding transactions not involving a public offering, or in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions. None of the transactions involved an underwriter.

 

Purchaser

   Date of Issuance    Number of Securities   Consideration in U.S. Dollars

Long bright Limited

   March 17, 2017    8,524 ordinary shares   US$1

Gao & Tianyi Limited

   March 17, 2017    820 ordinary shares   US$1

Pution Limited

   March 17, 2017    492 ordinary shares   US$1

Prospect Limited

   March 17, 2017    164 ordinary shares   US$1

Long bright Limited

   August 4, 2017    85,231,476 ordinary shares   US$4,262

Gao & Tianyi Limited

   August 4, 2017    8,199,180 ordinary shares   US$410

Pution Limited

   August 4, 2017    4,919,508 ordinary shares   US$246

Prospect Limited

   August 4, 2017    1,639,836 ordinary shares   US$82

Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited

  

August 4, 2017

  

US$25,000,000
convertible note due 2022
and US$25,000,000 note
due 2019

 

N/A

CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited

  

September 29, 2017

  

US$23,000,000
convertible note due 2021

 

N/A

Puxin Nova Limited

   February 5, 2018    21,761,652 ordinary shares   US$1,089

Stary International Limited

   February 5, 2018    3,336,744 ordinary shares   US$167

Long wit Limited

   February 5, 2018    40,000 ordinary shares   US$2

Long belief Limited

   February 5, 2018    8,200,000 ordinary shares   US$410

Long faith Limited

   February 5, 2018    1,640,000 ordinary shares   US$82

Long favor Limited

   February 5, 2018    17,103,724 ordinary shares   US$856

Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P.

   February 5, 2018    5,958,940 Series A
preferred shares
  U.S. dollars equivalent to
RMB130,806,000

Fasturn Overseas Limited

   February 5, 2018    5,958,940 Series A
preferred shares
  US$298

China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.

   March 28, 2018    Warrants with value of
RMB50,000,000,
RMB90,000,000 and
RMB50,000,000,
respectively
  N/A

Certain employees

      22,992,538 options to
purchase 22,992,538
ordinary shares*
  Exercise price

ranging from

US$0.04 and

US$7.78

 

*

In reliance on the exemption of Rule 701 under the Securities Act, all the options were granted by our company under the share incentive plans that we adopted on February 12, 2018 and March 27, 2018, respectively. At the time of each option grant, we were not a reporting company under section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 or an investment company registered or required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Each share incentive plan is a “compensatory benefit plan” as defined under Rule 701 that we established to provide share incentives to directors, officers and employees of our company and our affiliates, as well as consultants and advisors who render our company or one of our affiliates bona fide services, other than services in connection with the offer or sale of securities of our

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  company or any of our affiliates, as applicable, in a capital raising transaction or as a market maker or promoter of that entity’s securities.

 

ITEM 8 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a) Exhibits

See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

ITEM 9 UNDERTAKINGS

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant under the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

PUXIN LIMITED

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1    Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.2    Form of Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering
4.1*    Form of Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
4.2*    Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Ordinary shares
4.3*    Form of Deposit Agreement, among the Registrant, the Depositary and holders of the American Depositary Receipts
4.4    Series A Preferred Share Subscription Agreement dated February 5, 2018 among the Registrant, Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P. and other parties named therein
4.5    Shareholders Agreement dated February 5, 2018 among the Registrant, its ordinary shareholders, preferred shareholders and other parties named therein
4.6    Notes Purchase Agreement dated August 1, 2017 among the Registrant, Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited and other parties named therein
4.7    Convertible Promissory Note dated August 4, 2017 in respect of the US$25,000,000 12% convertible note due 2022 of Puxin Limited
4.8    Promissory Note dated August 4, 2017 in respect of the US$25,000,000 8% note due 2019 of Puxin Limited
4.9    Security Deed dated August 4, 2017 in respect of shares of Puxin Limited among Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, Puxin Limited and Long bright Limited
4.10    Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated August 15, 2017 among the Registrant, CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited and other parties named therein
4.11    Amendment to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement dated September 28, 2017 among the Registrant, CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited and other parties named therein
4.12    Convertible Promissory Note dated September 29, 2017 in respect of the US$23,000,000 15% convertible note due 2021 of Puxin Limited
4.13    Share Mortgage dated September 29, 2017 in respect of shares of Puxin Limited among CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited, Long bright Limited and Yunlong Sha
4.14    Convertible Debt Investment Agreement dated June 15, 2017 by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., Yunlong Sha and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.
4.15    Supplemental Agreement to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement dated February 8, 2018 by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd., Yunlong Sha, Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. and Puxin Limited
4.16    Warrant No.1 Issued by the Registrant to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. on March 28, 2018

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

4.17    Warrant No.2 Issued by the Registrant to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. on March 28, 2018
4.18    Warrant No.3 Issued by the Registrant to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. on March 28, 2018
5.1    Opinion of Walkers regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered
8.1    Opinion of Walkers regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
8.2    Opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)
8.3    Opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP regarding certain U.S. tax matters
10.1    Form of Indemnification Agreement with the Registrant’s directors
10.2    Form of Employment Agreement between the Registrant and an executive officer of the Registrant
10.3    English translation of Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and the shareholders of Puxin Education dated February 5, 2018
10.4    English translation of Exclusive Call Option Agreement among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and the shareholders of Puxin Education dated February 5, 2018
10.5    English translation of Equity Pledge Agreement among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and the shareholders of Puxin Education dated February 5, 2018
10.6    English translation of Loan Agreement between Ningbo Zhimei and Purong Beijing dated February 5, 2018
10.7    English translation of Loan Agreement between Yunlong Sha and Purong Beijing dated February 5, 2018
10.8    English translations of Powers of Attorney granted by Puxin Education and its shareholders dated February 5, 2018
10.9    English translations of Letters of Consent granted by the spouse of each of Yunlong Sha, Liang Gao, Gang Li and Yun Xiao dated February 5, 2018
10.10    English translations of Letters of Commitment granted by the partners of Ningbo Zhimei and Tianjin Puxian dated February 5, 2018
10.11    English translation of Amended Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and the shareholders of Puxin Education dated February 25, 2018
10.12    English translation of Amended Exclusive Call Option Agreement among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and the shareholders of Puxin Education dated February 25, 2018
10.13    English translation of Amended Equity Pledge Agreement among Purong Beijing, Puxin Education and the shareholders of Puxin Education dated February 25, 2018
10.14    English translations of Powers of Attorney granted by Puxin Education and its shareholders dated February 25, 2018
10.15    English translations of Letters of Consent granted by the spouse of each of Yunlong Sha, Liang Gao, Gang Li and Yun Xiao dated February 25, 2018
10.16    English translations of Letters of Commitment granted by the shareholders of Shanghai Trustbridge and partners of Ningbo Zhimei and Tianjin Puxian dated February 25, 2018

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description of Document

10.17    Agreement for the Sale and Purchase of Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd and Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holdings Limited dated August 16, 2017 among Global Education & Technology (HK) Ltd, Pearson PLC. Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited and Yunlong Sha
10.18    English translation of Equity Transfer Agreement of ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. between Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. and certain shareholders of ZMN Education dated March 15, 2018
10.19    Puxin Limited 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan
10.20    Puxin Limited 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan
21.1    Subsidiaries of the registrant
23.1    Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2    Consent of Walkers (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3    Consent of Tian Yuan Law Firm (included in Exhibit 99.2)
23.4    Consent of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (included in Exhibit 8.3)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)
99.1    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
99.2    Opinion of Tian Yuan Law Firm regarding certain PRC law matters
99.3    Consent of Frost & Sullivan

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Beijing, China, on May 18, 2018.

 

PUXIN LIMITED
By:   /s/ Yunlong Sha
  Name: Yunlong Sha
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

 

II-7


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Yunlong Sha and Peng Wang as an attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on May 18, 2018.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ Yunlong Sha

   Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Name: Yunlong Sha   

/s/ Ming Hu

   Director
Name: Ming Hu   

/s/ Kehai Xie

   Director
Name: Kehai Xie   

/s/ Xiaoxiao Hu

   Director
Name: Xiaoxiao Liu   

/s/ Peng Wang

   Chief Financial Officer
Name: Peng Wang    (principal financial and accounting officer)

 

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE

Under the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Puxin Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York, on May 18, 2018.

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

By:  

/s/ Colleen A. De Vries

  Name: Colleen A. De Vries
  Title: Senior Vice President

 

II-9

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

 

 

Puxin Limited

 

 

(adopted by a special resolution passed on February 5, 2018)


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Puxin Limited

(adopted by a special resolution passed on February 5, 2018 )

 

1. The name of the Company is Puxin Limited.

 

2. The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Osiris International Cayman Limited, Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, PO Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands, or at such other place in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (as amended) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4. The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all of the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by the Companies Law (as amended).

 

5. The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s Shares.

 

6. The authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into (i) 988,082,120 Ordinary Shares of par value US$0.00005 each, and (ii) 11,917,880 redeemable participating Series A Preferred Shares of par value US$0.00005 each (the “ Series A Preferred Shares ”), each provided always that subject to the Statute and the Articles, the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide, every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

- 1 -


7. The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

8. Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

- 2 -


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

Puxin Limited

(adopted by a special resolution passed on February 5, 2018)

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

Affiliate

means, with respect to any Person other than a natural person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her spouse and lineal descendants, and estates or trusts controlled by the foregoing. The term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of fifty percent (50%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person.

 


Articles

means these articles of association of the Company as originally formed or as from time to time altered by Special Resolution.

 

Auditor

means the Person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).

 

Automatic Conversion”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.3(C) hereof.

 

Board or Board of Directors

means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day

means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the PRC, United States of America, Hong Kong or the Cayman Islands.

 

Company

means the above named company, i.e., Puxin Limited.

 

Company Securities

means the Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares.

 

Consent

means any consent, approval, permit, license, exemption or order of, registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority.

 

Conversion Price

means the Series A Conversion Price.

 

Convertible Securities”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.3(E)(4)(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Date of Qualified IPO

means the first day on which the Company Securities begin trading on a stock exchange pursuant to a Qualified IPO.

 

- 2 -


Director

means a director serving on the Board for the time being of the Company and shall include an alternate Director appointed in accordance with these Articles.

 

Domestic Company

means Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd

( LOGO ), a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC.

 

Drag-Along Sale

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.8 hereof.

 

Drag-Along Sale Notice

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.8 hereof.

 

Election Notice

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.8 hereof.

 

Election Period

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.8 hereof.

 

Electronic Record

has the same meaning as given in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision).

 

Equity Securities

means, with respect to any Person that is a legal entity, any and all shares of capital stock, membership interests, units, profits interests, ownership interests, equity interests, registered capital, and other equity securities of such Person, and any right, warrant, option, call, commitment, conversion privilege, preemptive right or other right to acquire any of the foregoing, or security convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for any of the foregoing, or any contract providing for the acquisition of any of the foregoing.

 

Excepted Issuances”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.3(E)(4)(a)(iii) hereof.

 

- 3 -


Exempted Distribution

means ( a ) the purchase, repurchase or redemption of Ordinary Shares by the Company at no more than cost from terminated employees, officers, consultants or other holders of such Ordinary Shares in accordance with the ESOP, or pursuant to written contractual arrangements with the Company approved by the Board (so long as such approval includes the approval of the Investor Director), ( b ) the purchase, repurchase or redemption of the Preferred Shares pursuant to these Articles (including in connection with the conversion of such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares), and ( c ) the payment of dividends to the holders of the Preferred Shares in accordance with Article 8.1 hereof.

 

ESOP

means any equity incentive, purchase or participation plan, employee stock option plan or similar plan of the Company approved and adopted in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement, including but not limited to the arrangement under Section 6.06 of the Shareholders Agreement

 

Fasturn

shall have the same meaning set forth in the Share Subscription Agreement.

 

Fasturn Liquidation Preference Amount

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.2(A)(1).

 

Fasturn Per Share Issue Price

means RMB21.9512 per share with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares held by Fasturn, as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events from time to time.

 

Fasturn Redemption Price

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.5(A).

 

- 4 -


Founder

means Mr. Yunlong Sha ( LOGO ), a PRC citizen with identification card number being 21020219760127271X.

 

Governmental Authority

means any government of any nation or any federation, province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the PRC or any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Governmental Order

means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

 

Group Companies

means the Company, the HK Company, the WFOE, the Domestic Company and any direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the foregoing (with each of such Group Companies being referred to as a “ Group Company ”).

 

HK Company

means Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO LOGO ), a company organized under the Laws of Hong Kong.

 

Hong Kong

means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

 

- 5 -


Indebtedness

of any Person means, without duplication, each of the following of such Person: (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business), (iii) all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments, (iv) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced that are incurred in connection with the acquisition of properties, assets or businesses, (v) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to any property or assets acquired with the proceeds of such indebtedness (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (vi) all obligations that are capitalized in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, (vii) all obligations under banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, (viii) all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Securities of such Person, (ix) all obligations in respect of any interest rate swap, hedge or cap agreement, and (x) all guarantees issued in respect of the Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) above of any other Person, but only to the extent of the Indebtedness guaranteed.

 

Initial Subscription Amount

shall have the meaning set forth in the Onshore Equity Increase Agreement.

 

Interested Transaction

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 82 hereof.

 

Investor

shall have the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

Investor Director

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 63 hereof.

 

- 6 -


Investor Liquidation Preference Amount

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.2(A)(1).

 

Issuance Notice

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.9 hereof.

 

“IPO Resolution”

means a Board resolution or a Shareholders resolution to approve the Qualified IPO or any related reorganization of the Group Companies for purpose of effectuating the Qualified IPO.

 

Law ” or “ Laws

means any and all provisions of any applicable constitution, treaty, statute, law, regulation, ordinance, code, rule, or rule of common law, any governmental approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, in each case as amended, and any and all applicable Governmental Orders.

 

Liquidation Event

means any of the following events: (i) the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company; (ii) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group Company (taken as whole) to any third party (including the sale or exclusive licensing of all or substantially all of the intellectual property of the Group Company (taken as whole) to any third party); or (iii) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other entity, where the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction in the aggregate cease to own at least fifty percentage (50%) of the voting securities of the entity surviving or resulting from such transaction.

 

- 7 -


Majority Preferred Holders

means the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the outstanding Preferred Shares (voting together as a single class and on an as converted and fully diluted basis).

 

Member

has the same meaning as in the Statute.

 

Memorandum

means the memorandum of association of the Company.

 

Management Shareholder

shall have the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

Material Breach Event”

means any of the following events: (i) the Management Shareholders’ material breach of the provisions under any of the Transaction Documents and VIE Documents; (ii) the Management Shareholders’ violation of the non-competition and non-solicitation provisions set forth in Section 6.02 of Shareholders Agreement; (iii) the Management Shareholders’ failure to comply with the corporate governance provisions set forth in Article 2 of Shareholders Agreement; (iv) failure by the Group Companies to obtain or renew the Consents that are necessary for the conduction of business operations by the Group Companies; (v) the Principal being held criminally liable for any reason and such event has materially and adversely affected the Group Companies’ business operations; or (vi) the occurrence of any Qualified IPO Rejection Event.

 

New Securities”

means any Company Securities, provided, however, that for the purpose of Article 8.3, the term “New Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.3(E)(4)(a)(iii) hereof; for the purpose of Article 8.9, the term “New Securities” shall not include (i) Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Public Offering, (ii) Equity Securities issued or issuable to the Group Companies’ employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons qualified pursuant to the employee ownership or equity incentive plan of the Company, including those reserved in the arrangement under the Section 6.06 of Shareholders Agreement, (iii) Equity Securities issued in connection with any bona fide acquisition (whether by consolidation, merger, purchase of assets, amalgamation, reorganization or otherwise) of any other Person, (iv) Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to a share subdivision, share dividend, combination, Recapitalization or other similar transaction of the Company, and (v) Ordinary Shares issued upon the conversion of Preferred Shares.

 

- 8 -


Offered Securities”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.6 hereof.

 

Offeror”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.8 hereof.

 

Onshore Equity Increase Agreement”

means the Capital Increase Agreement entered by and among the Domestic Company, the Principals and Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. LOGO and Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership LOGO LOGO ) in 2015.

 

Options”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.3(E)(4)(a)(i) hereof.

 

Option Period”

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.6 hereof.

 

Ordinary Resolution

means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by Shareholders holding a simple majority (i.e., more than 50%) of the issued Shares of the Company (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) or a written resolution as provided in Article 41.

 

- 9 -


Ordinary Share

shall mean the Company’s ordinary share, par value US$0.00005 per share.

 

Per Share Issue Price

means Trustbridge Per Share Issue Price or Fasturn Per Share Issue Price.

 

Permitted Transfers

means ( i ) any Transfer of Company Securities by a Management Shareholder to its Affiliate(s) or a trust for the benefit of such Management Shareholder or its Affiliate(s), or ( ii ) any Transfer of Company Securities by the Management Shareholders pursuant to or in furtherance of the ESOP.

 

Person

means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

 

PRC

means the People’s Republic of China, but solely for the purposes hereof excludes the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and the island of Taiwan.

 

Preferred Shares

means the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

Previous Closing Date

means the date on which Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. LOGO contributed its Initial Subscription Amount under the Onshore Equity Increase Agreement to the Domestic Company.

 

Principal/Principals

shall have the meaning set forth in Share Subscription Agreement.

 

- 10 -


Proposed Issuance

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.9 hereof.

 

Proposed Recipient

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.9 hereof.

 

Public Offering

means a firm underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company and the listing of such securities for trading on a stock or investment exchange or other public market.

 

Qualified IPO

means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market System, the Main Board or the Growth Enterprise Market of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange, Shenzhen Stock Exchange, or any other recognized international securities exchange approved by the Board, with an implied pre-money valuation of at least RMB10 billion on a fully diluted and as converted basis or any Public Offering which does not satisfy the requirements described above but is approved by the Investors.

 

Qualified IPO Completion Deadline

means the last date of the sixtieth (60th) month following the Previous Closing Date.

 

Qualified IPO Rejection Event

means at any time when a Qualified IPO is ready to be consummated, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) at the time of adoption of the IPO Resolution, the Investors or the Investor Director (as applicable) votes in favor of the IPO Resolution, but the Management Shareholders or directors appointed by the Management Shareholders (as applicable) abstain from voting or vote against the IPO Resolution, such that the IPO Resolution has not been duly adopted or approved; (ii) at any Board meeting or Shareholders meeting after the adoption or approval of the IPO Resolution, the Management Shareholders or directors appointed by the Management Shareholders (as applicable) fail to prevent the revocation or termination of enforcement of the IPO Resolution that has been previously adopted or approved; or (iii) after the adoption or approval of the IPO Resolution, the Management Shareholders fail to prevent the Company’s management from suspending the process of the Qualified IPO without reasonable reason, or otherwise fail to use their best efforts to carry out the plan of the Qualified IPO, which has resulted in an undue delay of the Qualified IPO.

 

- 11 -


Redemption Notice

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.5(A).

 

Redemption Price

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.5(A).

 

Registered Office

means the registered office for the time being of the Company.

 

Register of Members

means the register maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any duplicate Register of Members.

 

Related Party

means any Affiliate, officer, director, supervisory board member of any Group Company.

 

Restructuring Agreement

has the meaning set forth in Share Subscription Agreement.

 

Series A Issue Date

means the date of the first issuance of a Series A Preferred Share.

 

- 12 -


“Series A Conversion Price

has the meaning set forth in Article 8.3(A) hereof.

 

Series A Preferred Share

means the series A preferred share with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in the Memorandum and Articles and the Shareholders Agreement.

 

Seal

means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.

 

Shares

means all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares of the Company.

 

Shareholder”

means each shareholder of the Company.

 

Shareholders Agreement”

means the Shareholders Agreement entered by and among the Company, Management Shareholders and the Investors dated February 5, 2018.

 

Share Subscription Agreement

means the Share Subscription Agreement entered by and among the Company, Principals, Management Shareholders, Investors and other related parties dated February 5, 2018.

 

Special Resolution

means a resolution of a duly constituted general meeting of the Company passed by at least two thirds (2/3) of the Shares (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis) , or a written resolution as provided in Article 41.

 

Statute

means the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands as amended and every statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in effect.

 

- 13 -


Subsidiary

means, with respect to any given Person, any other Person that is controlled directly or indirectly by such given Person.

 

Transaction Documents

means Restructuring Agreement, Share Subscription Agreement, Shareholders Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles and each of the other agreements and documents otherwise required to implement the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

 

Transfer

means, with respect to any Company Securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly (including pursuant to a derivative transaction), or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

 

Transfer Notice

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.6 hereof.

 

Transferor

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.6 hereof.

 

Trustbridge

shall have the same meaning set forth in the Share Subscription Agreement.

 

Trustbridge Liquidation Preference Amount

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.2(A)(1).

 

Trustbridge Per Share Issue Price

means RMB21.9512 per share with respect to any Series A Preferred Shares held by Trustbridge, as proportionally adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, share consolidations, recapitalizations and similar events from time to time.

 

- 14 -


Trustbridge Redemption Price

shall have the meaning set forth in Article 8.5(A).

 

VIE Documents

shall have the same meanings set forth in the Restructuring Agreement.

 

WFOE

means Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. LOGO LOGO ..

 

2. In the Articles:

 

  2.1 words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice-versa;

 

  2.2 words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

  2.3 “written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

  2.4 references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced from time to time;

 

  2.5 any phrase introduced by the terms “including,” “include,” “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

  2.6 the term “voting power” refers to the number of votes attributable to the Shares (on an as-converted basis) in accordance with the terms of the Memorandum and Articles;

 

  2.7 the term “or” is not exclusive;

 

  2.8 the term “including” will be deemed to be followed by, “but not limited to”;

 

- 15 -


  2.9 the terms “shall”, “will”, and “agrees” are mandatory, and the term “may” is permissive;

 

  2.10 the term “day” means “calendar day”, and “month” means calendar month;

 

  2.11 the phrase “directly or indirectly” means directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediate Persons or through contractual or other arrangements, and “direct or indirect” has the correlative meaning;

 

  2.12 references to any documents shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended, supplemented or novated from time to time;

 

  2.13 all references to dollars or to “US$” are to currency of the United States of America and all references to RMB are to currency of the PRC (and each shall be deemed to include reference to the equivalent amount in other currencies); and

 

  2.14 headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing these Articles.

 

3. For the avoidance of doubt, each other Article herein is subject to the provisions of Articles 8, and, subject to the requirements of the Statute, in the event of any conflict, the provisions of Articles 8 shall prevail over any other Article herein.

COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

 

4. The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit notwithstanding that any part of the Shares may not have been allotted. The Company shall have perpetual existence until wound up or struck off in accordance with the Statute and these Articles.

 

5. The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

- 16 -


ISSUE OF SHARES

 

6. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in a general meeting) and to the provisions of Articles 8 and 9 and without prejudice to any rights, preferences and privileges attached to any existing Shares, (a) the Directors may allot, issue, grant options or warrants over or otherwise dispose of two classes of Shares to be designated, respectively, as Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares; (b) the Preferred Shares may be allotted and issued from time to time in one or more series; and (c) the series of Preferred Shares shall be designated prior to their allotment and issue. In the event that any Preferred Shares shall be converted pursuant to Article 8.3 hereof, the Preferred Shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be re-issuable by the Company. Further, any Preferred Share acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, repurchase, conversion or otherwise shall be cancelled and shall not be re-issuable by the Company.

 

7. The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

PREFERRED SHARES

 

8. Certain rights, preferences and privileges of the Preferred Shares of the Company are as follows:

 

  8.1 Dividends Rights .

Except for an Exempted Distribution, no dividend or distribution, whether in cash, in property, or in any other shares of the Company, shall be declared, paid, set aside or made with respect to the Ordinary Shares at any time unless a dividend or distribution is likewise declared, paid, set aside or made, respectively, at the same time with respect to each outstanding Preferred Share such that the dividend or distribution declared, paid, set aside or made to the holder thereof shall be equal to the dividend or distribution that such holder would have received pursuant to this Article 8.1 if such Preferred Share had been converted into Ordinary Shares immediately prior to the record date for such dividend or distribution, or if no such record date is established, the date such dividend or distribution is made.

 

  8.2 Liquidation Rights .

 

  A. Liquidation Preferences . In the event of the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, after the repayment of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution shall be distributed to the shareholders of the Company as follows:

 

- 17 -


(1) first, Trustbridge shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Series A Preferred Share held by Trustbridge as of the date of such Liquidation Event, an amount (the “ Trustbridge Liquidation Preference Amount ”) equal to the Trustbridge Per Share Issue Price × (1 + 8%) N , where N is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days between Previous Closing Date and the date on which the Trustbridge Liquidation Preference Amount have been received by Trustbridge and the denominator of which is 365; Fasturn shall be entitled to receive, in respect of each Series A Preferred Share held by Fasturn as of the date of such Liquidation Event, an amount (the “ Fasturn Liquidation Preference Amount ”, collectively with Trustbridge Liquidation Preference Amount, the “ Investor Liquidation Preference Amount ”) equal to the Fasturn Per Share Issue Price × (1 + 8%) N , where N is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days between Previous Closing Date and the date on which the Fasturn Liquidation Preference Amount have been received by Fasturn and the denominator of which is 365; and

(2) If there are any assets or funds remaining after the Investor Liquidation Preference Amount has been distributed or paid in full to the Investors pursuant to clause (1) above, the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to the Members shall be distributed ratably among all Members according to the relative number of Ordinary Shares held by such Member on an as converted and fully diluted basis.

 

  B. Valuation of Properties . In the event the Company proposes to distribute assets other than cash in connection with any Liquidation Event of the Company pursuant to Article 8.2(A), the value of the assets to be distributed to the Members shall be determined in good faith by the Board; provided that any securities not subject to an investment letter or similar restrictions on free marketability shall be valued as follows:

(1) If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the security’s closing prices on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending one (1) day prior to the distribution;

 

- 18 -


(2) If traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board;

provided further that the method of valuation of securities subject to an investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be adjusted to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in clauses (1), (2) or (3) to reflect the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board.

Regardless of the foregoing, the Majority Preferred Holders shall have the right to challenge any determination by the Board of value pursuant to this Article 8.2(B), in which case the determination of value shall be made by an independent appraiser selected jointly by the Board and the Majority Preferred Holders, with the cost of such appraisal to be borne by the Company.

 

  C. Notices . In the event that the Company shall propose at any time to consummate a Liquidation Event, then, in connection with each such event, subject to any necessary approval required in the Statute and these Articles, the Company shall send to the holders of Preferred Shares at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place; provided, however, that the foregoing notice periods may be shortened or waived with the vote or written consent of the Majority Preferred Holders.

 

  D. Enforcement . In the event the requirements of this Article 8.2 are not complied with, the Company shall forthwith either ( i ) cause the closing of the applicable transaction to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Article 8.2 have been complied with, or ( ii ) cancel such transaction.

 

  8.3 Conversion Rights.

The holders of the Preferred Shares shall have the rights described below with respect to the conversion of the Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares:

 

  A. Conversion Ratio . The number of Ordinary Shares to which a holder shall be entitled upon conversion of each Series A Preferred Share shall be the quotient of the Per Share Issue Price divided by the then effective Series A conversion price (the “ Series A Conversion Price ”), which shall initially be the Per Share Issue Price, resulting in an initial conversion ratio for Series A Preferred Shares of 1:1.

 

- 19 -


  B. Optional Conversion . Subject to the Statute and these Articles, any Preferred Share may, at the option of the holder thereof, be converted at any time after the date of issuance of such shares, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non assessable Ordinary Shares based on the then-effective Conversion Price.

 

  C. Automatic Conversion . Each Preferred Share shall automatically be converted, based on the then-effective Conversion Price, without the payment of any additional consideration, into fully-paid and non assessable Ordinary Shares upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) the date specified by written consent or agreement of the Majority Preferred Holders. Any conversion pursuant to this Article 8.3(C) shall be referred to as an “ Automatic Conversion ”.

 

  D. Conversion Mechanism . The conversion hereunder of any applicable Preferred Share shall be effected in the following manner:

(1) Except as provided in Articles 8.3(D)(2) and 8.3(D)(3) below, before any holder of any Preferred Shares shall be entitled to convert the same into Ordinary Shares, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor (if any) (or in lieu thereof shall deliver an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity therefor) at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for such share to be converted and shall give notice to the Company at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for Ordinary Shares are to be issued. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of applicable Preferred Shares, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such notice and such surrender of the Preferred Shares to be converted, the Register of Members of the Company shall be updated accordingly to reflect the same, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares as of such date.

 

- 20 -


(2) If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten public offering of securities, the conversion will be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter(s) of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering and the Person(s) entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall not be deemed to have converted the applicable Preferred Shares until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

(3) Upon the occurrence of an event of Automatic Conversion, all holders of Preferred Shares to be automatically converted will be given at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the date fixed (which date shall in the case of a Qualified IPO be the latest practicable date immediately prior to the closing of the Qualified IPO) and the place designated for automatic conversion of all such Preferred Shares pursuant to this Article 8.3(D). Such notice shall be given pursuant to Articles 106 through 110 to each record holder of such Preferred Shares at such holder’s address appearing on the register of members. On or before the date fixed for conversion, each holder of such Preferred Shares shall surrender the applicable certificate or certificates (if any) (or in lieu thereof shall deliver an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity therefor) for all such shares to the Company at the place designated in such notice. On the date fixed for conversion, the Company shall promptly effect such conversion and update its register of members to reflect such conversion, and all rights with respect to such Preferred Shares so converted will terminate, with the exception of the right of a holder thereof to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Shares, and upon surrender of the certificate or certificates therefor (if any) (or in lieu thereof shall deliver an affidavit of lost certificate and indemnity therefor), to receive certificates (if applicable) for the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preferred Shares have been converted. All certificates evidencing such Preferred Shares shall, from and after the date of conversion, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the Preferred Shares represented thereby converted into Ordinary Shares for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date.

 

- 21 -


(4) The Company may effect the conversion of Preferred Shares in any manner available under applicable law, including redeeming or repurchasing the relevant Preferred Shares and applying the proceeds thereof towards payment for the new Ordinary Shares. For purposes of the repurchase or redemption, the Company may, subject to the Company being able to pay its debts in the ordinary course of business, make payments out of its capital.

(5) No fractional Ordinary Shares shall be issued upon conversion of any Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall at the discretion of the Board of Directors either ( i ) pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value for the applicable Preferred Share as determined and approved by the Board of Directors (so long as such approval includes the approval of the Investor Director), or (ii) issue one whole Ordinary Share for each fractional share to which the holder would otherwise be entitled.

(6) Upon conversion, all accrued but unpaid share dividends on the applicable Preferred Shares shall be paid in shares and all accrued but unpaid cash dividends on the applicable Preferred Shares shall be paid either in cash or by the issuance of a number of further Ordinary Shares equal to the value of such cash amount, at the option of the holders of the applicable Preferred Shares.

 

  E. Adjustment of the Conversion Price . The Conversion Price shall be adjusted and readjusted from time to time as provided below:

(1) Adjustment for Share Splits and Combinations . If the Company shall at any time, or from time to time, effect a subdivision of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision with respect to each Preferred Share shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall at any time, or from time to time, combine the outstanding Ordinary Shares into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination with respect to each Preferred Share shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this paragraph shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

- 22 -


(2) Adjustment for Ordinary Share Dividends and Distributions. If the Company makes (or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive) a dividend or other distribution to the holders of Ordinary Shares payable in additional Ordinary Shares, the Conversion Price then in effect with respect to each Preferred Share shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance (or in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date) by multiplying such conversion price by a fraction (i) the numerator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of Ordinary Shares issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

(3) Adjustments for Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations, Reclassifications, Exchanges, Substitutions. If at any time, or from time to time, any capital reorganization or reclassification of the Ordinary Shares (other than as a result of a share dividend, subdivision, split or combination otherwise treated above) occurs or the Company is consolidated, merged or amalgamated with or into another Person (other than a Liquidation Event), then in any such event, provision shall be made so that, upon conversion of any Preferred Share thereafter, the holder thereof shall receive the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property which the holder of such shares would have received in connection with such event had the relevant Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares immediately prior to such event.

 

- 23 -


(4) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Dilutive Issuance.

(a) Special Definition. For purpose of this Article 8.3(E)(4), the following definitions shall apply:

(i) “ Options ” mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

(ii) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares.

(iii) “ New Securities ” shall mean all Ordinary Shares issued (or, pursuant to Article 8.3(E)(4)(c), deemed to be issued) by the Company after the date on which these Articles are adopted, other than the following issuances (collectively, the “ Excepted Issuances ”):

 

  a). Ordinary Shares (or Options exercisable for such Ordinary Shares) (as appropriately adjusted for share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar events) issued (or issuable pursuant to such Options) to the Group Companies’ employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons qualified pursuant to the ESOP or the arrangement under the Section 6.06 of Shareholders Agreement;

 

  b). Ordinary Shares issued or issuable pursuant to a share split or sub-division, share dividend, combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction of the Company, as described in Article 8.3(E)(1) through Article 8.3(E)(3);

 

  c). Ordinary Shares issued upon the conversion of Preferred Shares;

 

  d). Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Public Offering;

 

- 24 -


  e). any Equity Securities of the Company issued as dividend or distribution solely on the Preferred Shares in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles, or in connection with a subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar event of the Preferred Shares; and

 

  f). with respect to the Series A Conversion Price, any Equity Securities for which any Investor has agreed in writing to waive the applicable adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price provided by Article 8.3(E)(4)(d) below.

(b) No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share shall be made in respect of the issuance of New Securities unless the consideration per Ordinary Share (determined pursuant to Article 8.3(E)(4)(e) hereof) for the New Securities issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance, as provided for by Article 8.3(E)(4)(d). No adjustment or readjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share otherwise required by this Article 8.3 shall affect any Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of any applicable Preferred Share prior to such adjustment or readjustment, as the case may be.

(c) Deemed Issuance of New Securities. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Series A Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any series or class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number for anti-dilution adjustments) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or the exercise of such Options, shall be deemed to be New Securities issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that in any such case in which New Securities are deemed to be issued:

 

- 25 -


(i) no further adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities or upon the subsequent issue of Options for Convertible Securities or Ordinary Shares;

(ii) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Company, or change in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the then effective Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such change becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such change insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(iii) no readjustment pursuant to Article 8.3(E)(4)(c)(ii) shall have the effect of increasing the then effective Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share to an amount which exceeds the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share that would have been in effect had no adjustments in relation to the issuance of the Options or Convertible Securities as referenced in Article 8.3(E)(4)(c)(ii) been made;

 

- 26 -


(iv) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities that have not been exercised, the then effective Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

 

  (x) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Ordinary Shares, the only New Securities issued were the Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options plus the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities that were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange, and

 

  (y) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Company for the New Securities deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of such exercised Options, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Company (determined pursuant to Article 8.3(E)(4)(e)) upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised; and

(v) if such record date shall have been fixed and such Options or Convertible Securities are not issued on the date fixed therefor, the adjustment previously made in the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share which became effective on such record date shall be canceled as of the close of business on such record date, and thereafter the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share shall be adjusted pursuant to this Article 8.3(E)(4)(c) as of the actual date of their issuance.

 

- 27 -


(d) Adjustment of the Conversion Price upon Issuance of New Securities . In the event of an issuance of New Securities, at any time after the Series A Issue Date, for a consideration per Ordinary Share received by the Company (net of any selling concessions, discounts or commissions) less than the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share in effect immediately prior to such issue, except as waivered by the holder of such Preferred Share by a written acknowledgement, then and in such event, the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price determined as set forth below:

NCP = OCP * (OS + (NP/OCP))/(OS + NS)

WHERE:

NCP = the new Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share,

OCP = the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share in effect immediately before the issuance of the New Securities,

OS = the total outstanding Ordinary Shares immediately before the issuance of the New Securities plus the total Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of all the outstanding Preferred Shares and exercise of outstanding Options immediately before the issuance of the New Securities,

NP = the total consideration received for the issuance or sale of the New Securities, and

 

- 28 -


NS = the number of New Securities issued or sold.

(e) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Article 8.3(E)(4), the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of any New Securities shall be computed as follows:

(i) Cash and Property. Such consideration shall:

(1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends and excluding any discounts, commissions or placement fees payable by the Company to any underwriter or placement agent in connection with the issuance of any New Securities;

(2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined and approved in good faith by the Board of Directors (so long as such approval includes the consent of the Investor Director); provided, however, that no value shall be attributed to any services performed by any employee, officer or director of any Group Company;

(3) in the event New Securities are issued together with other Shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received which relates to such New Securities, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors including the consent of the Investor Director.

 

- 29 -


(ii) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per Ordinary Share received by the Company for New Securities deemed to have been issued pursuant to Article 8.3(E)(4)(c) hereof relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (x) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities (determined in the manner described in paragraph (i) above), plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by (y) the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(5) Other Dilutive Events. In case any event shall occur as to which the other provisions of this Article 8.3(E) are not strictly applicable, but the failure to make any adjustment to the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share, would not fairly protect the conversion rights of the holders of such Preferred Shares in accordance with the essential intent and principles hereof, then the Company, in good faith, shall determine the appropriate adjustment to be made, on a basis consistent with the essential intent and principles established in this Article 8.3(E), necessary to preserve, without dilution, the conversion rights of the holders of such Preferred Shares.

(6) No Impairment. The Company will not, by amendment of these Articles or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 8.3 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Preferred Shares against impairment.

 

- 30 -


(7) Certificate of Adjustment. In the case of any adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price with respect to any Preferred Share, the Company, at its sole expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall deliver such certificate by notice to each registered holder of such Preferred Shares at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any New Securities issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the number of New Securities issued or sold or deemed to be issued or sold, (iii) the Conversion Price with respect to such Preferred Share, in effect before and after such adjustment or readjustment, and (iv) the type and number of Equity Securities of the Company, and the type and amount, if any, of other property which would be received upon conversion of such Preferred Shares after such adjustment or readjustment.

(8) Notice of Record Date. In the event the Company shall propose to take any action of the type or types requiring an adjustment set forth in this Article 8.3(E), the Company shall give notice to the holders of the relevant Preferred Shares, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place. Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Conversion Price with respect to the relevant Preferred Share, and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon the occurrence of such action or deliverable upon the conversion of the relevant Preferred Shares. In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) days prior to the date so fixed, and in the case of all other actions, such notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the taking of such proposed action.

 

- 31 -


(9) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Shares, such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Shares. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Preferred Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of Preferred Shares, the Company and its Members will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

(10) Notices. Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Article 8.3 shall be given in writing and shall be given in accordance with Articles 106 through 110.

(11) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of Ordinary Shares upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of Ordinary Shares in a name other than that in which such Preferred Shares so converted were registered.

 

  8.4 Voting Rights .

 

  A. General Rights . Subject to the provisions of the Memorandum and these Articles, at all general meetings of the Company: (a) the holder of each Ordinary Share issued and outstanding shall have one vote in respect of each Ordinary Share held, and (b) the holder of a Preferred Share shall be entitled to such number of votes as equals the whole number of Ordinary Shares into which such holder’s collective Preferred Shares are convertible immediately after the close of business on the record date of the determination of the Company’s Members entitled to vote or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of the Company’s Members is first solicited. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as converted and fully diluted basis (after aggregating all shares into which the Preferred Shares held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward). The holders of Preferred Shares shall vote together with the holders of Ordinary Shares, and not as a separate class or series, on all matters put before the Shareholders. Holders of Preferred Shares shall vote their Preferred Shares on an as-converted basis.

 

- 32 -


  B. Protective Provisions .

 

  1. Approval by the Investors . The Company shall not take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to take any of the following actions, and no Member shall permit the Company to, take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to take any of the following actions, and the Company shall not permit any other Group Company to take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to take any of the following actions, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, whether directly or indirectly, and whether or not by amendment, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, without (i) the approval of the Investors, and (ii) the affirmative written consent or approval of the Shareholders holding at least two thirds (2/3) of the issued Shares (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis):

 

  (1) effect a merger, spilt, consolidation, restructuring, change of control, establishment of any Subsidiary, joint venture or partnership arrangements, change of organizational form, liquidation, winding up, dissolution, insolvency or other similar transactions;

 

  (2) declare or pay any dividends or distribution to shareholders, or determine any profit distribution policy;

 

- 33 -


  (3) engage in any business materially different from the existing business lines, change or cease any existing business line, or change the principal business of the Company;

 

  (4) increase or reduce (by redemption, repurchase or otherwise) the authorized share capital of the Company and the Domestic Company (save for the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of any Preferred Shares, or the redemption of any Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms of issue, or issuance or sale of any Equity Security or debt security or grant any warrant, option, award or other right to acquire the foregoing pursuant to the ESOP duly approved by the Board, change the shareholding structure of the Company (save for those issued, transferred or granted pursuant to the ESOP duly approved by the Board), WFOE and the Domestic Company, or dilute or reduce the ownership of any Investor in the Company and the Domestic Company (save for the arrangement under the ESOP);

 

  (5) dispose of all or any portion of material assets, business, goodwill or other interests of any Group Company;

 

  (6) amend the constitutional documents (including the Memorandum and Articles) of the Company and the Domestic Company;

 

  (7) change the size or composition of the Board or any committee thereof;

 

  (8) transact with any Related Party;

 

  (9) engage in any debt financing plan or arrangement in excess of US$15,000,000;

 

  (10) engage in any merger or acquisition with an amount in excess of RMB100,000,000;

 

  (11) issue or sell any Equity Security or grant any warrant, option, award or other right to acquire the foregoing (except for those issued or granted pursuant to the ESOP duly approved by the Board);

 

- 34 -


  (12) determine the underwriter(s) and stock exchange of, and approve the valuation and terms and conditions of, the Public Offering;

 

  (13) approve or amend any annual budget and operational plan, including any capital expenditure, operating budget and financial plan (such approval shall be obtained before the beginning of each fiscal year);

 

  (14) amend or cancel any Investor’s rights under the Transaction Documents or grant any third party any right more favorable than any Investor’s rights under the Transaction Documents;

 

  (15) engage in other matters that materially and adversely affect the financial condition and business development of the Company;

 

  (16) engage in any jointly operated project; or

 

  (17) other matters agreed upon by Company and Members.

 

  2. Board Approvals . The Company shall not take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to take any of the following actions, and the Members shall not permit the Company to, take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to take any of the following actions, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, and the Company shall not permit any other Group Company to take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to take any of the following actions , whether directly or indirectly, and whether or not by amendment, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, unless approved by the Board (which approval includes the consent of the Investor Director):

 

  (1) sell, pledge, mortgage, lease or otherwise dispose of assets outside the ordinary course of business; or with a transaction amount in excess of US$5,000,000 in aggregate per fiscal year; with respect to any disposal of the Equity Securities of the Group Companies, if the revenue or turnover of such Equity Securities disposed accounts for more than 5% of the revenue or turnover of the Company in the preceding fiscal year on consolidated basis;

 

- 35 -


  (2) create, incur or assume any indebtedness or payment obligation in excess of US$15,000,000;

 

  (3) approve or amend any quarterly budget and operational plan, including any capital expenditure, operating budget and financial plan (such approval shall be obtained before the beginning of each financial quarter);

 

  (4) incur any capital expenditure not contemplated by the duly-approved budget or plan;

 

  (5) incur any financial indebtedness not contemplated by the duly approved budget or plan;

 

  (6) provide guarantee or security in respect of obligations of a third party (including the Shareholders or actual controlling persons of the Company);

 

  (7) make any material changes to the accounting policies, engage or change the independent Auditor;

 

  (8) execute, terminate or amend any VIE Documents;

 

  (9) adopt or amend the ESOP (including adoption of the ESOP under the Section 6.06 of Shareholders Agreement), or grant any options under the ESOP; or

 

  (10) other matters to be approved by the Board as requested by the Shareholders meeting.

The Board may delegate its power to approve one or more of the foregoing matters set forth above in this Article 8.4.B.2 to any committee of the Board so long as such delegation is approved by the Board (including approval of the Investor Director). In the event of any such delegation to any committee of the Board, approval by such committee in respect of such matters shall satisfy the approval requirements of this Article 8.4.B.2.

 

- 36 -


  8.5 Redemption Rights

 

  A. Redemption . (a) Upon and after the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a Qualified IPO shall not have been closed prior to the Qualified IPO Completion Deadline; or (ii) any Material Breach Event, Trustbridge shall have the right, by issuing a written notice (the “ Redemption Notice ”), to require the Company or the Management Shareholders to redeem or purchase all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares held by Trustbridge at a redemption or purchase price (the “ Trustbridge Redemption Price ”) per share equal to the Trustbridge Per Share Issue Price × (1 + 8%) N , where N is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days between Previous Closing Date and the date on which such Series A Preferred Shares held by Trustbridge have been redeemed or purchased and the denominator of which is 365; Fasturn shall have the right, by issuing a Redemption Notice, to require the Company or the Management Shareholders to redeem or purchase all of the outstanding Series A Preferred Shares held by Fasturn at a redemption or purchase price (the “ Fasturn Redemption Price ”, collectively with Trustbridge Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”) per share equal to the Fasturn Per Share Issue Price × (1 + 8%) N , where N is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days between Previous Closing Date and the date on which such Series A Preferred Shares held by Fasturn have been redeemed or purchased and the denominator of which is 365. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that Trustbridge or Fasturn elects to request the Management Shareholders to purchase all of its outstanding Series A Preferred Shares, (i) the shareholding percentage that each Management Shareholder shall purchase from Trustbridge or Fasturn shall equal to the product of (x) the aggregate shareholding percentage that Trustbridge or Fasturn requests all the Management Shareholders to purchase, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the shareholding percentage of such Management Shareholder in the Company and the denominator of which is the aggregate shareholding percentage of all the Management Shareholders in the Company; and (ii) the purchase price that each Management Shareholder shall pay to Trustbridge or Fasturn shall equal to the product of (x) the Trustbridge Redemption Price or Fasturn Redemption Price, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the shareholding percentage of such Management Shareholder in the Company and the denominator of which is the aggregate shareholding percentage of all the Management Shareholders in the Company.

 

- 37 -


(b) If the Company or the Management Shareholders fail to redeem or purchase the Series A Preferred Shares as requested by any Investor by the date that is sixty (60) Business Days after date of the issuance of the Redemption Notice, such Investor shall have the right to require a dissolution and liquidation of the Company, and the Company and the Management Shareholders shall cooperate with such Investor to effect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company. In the event that the liquidation distribution as received by Trustbridge or Fasturn is less than the Trustbridge Redemption Price or Fasturn Redemption Price (calculated as if no such dissolution or liquidation has occurred and N is updated to represent a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days between Previous Closing Date and the date on which the liquidation assets are distributed and the denominator of which is 365), the Management Shareholders shall be responsible to pay to Trustbridge or Fasturn, on a pro rata basis, any such deficiency.

 

  B. No Impairment . Once the Company has received a Redemption Notice, it shall not (and shall not permit any Subsidiary to) take any action which could have the effect of delaying, undermining or restricting the redemption, and the Company shall in good faith use all reasonable efforts as expeditiously as possible to increase the amount of legally available redemption funds including without limitation, causing any other Group Company to distribute any and all available funds to the Company for purposes of paying the Redemption Price, and until the date on which each requested Preferred Share is redeemed, the Company shall not declare or pay any dividend nor otherwise make any distribution of or otherwise decrease its profits available for distribution.

 

  8.6 Right of First Refusal

 

  A. Subject to Section 3.02 of Shareholders Agreement and except for the Permitted Transfers, if any Management Shareholder (the “ Transferor ”) proposes to Transfer any Company Securities to one or more Persons other than the Shareholders, the Transferor shall give the Company and the Investors a written notice of the Transferor’s intention to make the Transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”), which shall include (i) a description of the Company Securities to be transferred (the “ Offered Securities ”), (ii) the identity and address of the prospective transferee and (iii) the consideration and other material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made.

 

- 38 -


  B. Each Investor shall have an option for a period of twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the Transfer Notice (the “ Option Period ”) by notifying the Transferor in writing before expiration of the Option Period to (i) disapprove such Transfer, or (ii) approve such Transfer and not exercise its right of first refusal, or (iii) approve such Transfer and elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Securities at the same price and subject to the same terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice and specify the number of such Offered Securities that it wishes to purchase. Failure by any Investor to give such notice within the Option Period shall be deemed a consent to the Transfer and a waiver by such Investor of its rights of first refusal under this Article 8.6 with respect to such Offered Securities.

 

  C. If any Investor gives the Transferor and the Company notice that it desires to purchase Offered Securities, payment for the Offered Securities to be purchased shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency, against delivery of such Offered Securities to be purchased, remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures no later than the 60 th day after expiration of the Option Period, or other time as agreed by the Transferor and such Investor. The Company will update its register of members upon the consummation of any such Transfer.

 

  8.7 Co-Sale Rights

 

  A. After receiving the Transfer Notice, to the extent that any Investor does not elect to exercise its right of first refusal provided under Article 8.6, such Investor shall have the right to participate in such sale of Offered Securities proposed to be Transferred by the Transferor to the prospective transferee identified in the Transfer Notice on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor in writing the number of such Offered Securities that it wishes to sell before expiration of the Option Period. Failure by any Investor to give such notice within the Option Period shall be deemed a waiver by such Investor of its co-sale rights under this Article 8.7 with respect to such Offered Securities.

 

- 39 -


  B. The maximum number of Company Securities that each Investor may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of the Offered Securities proposed to be Transferred by the Transferor to the prospective transferee identified in the Transfer Notice, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Companies Securities owned by such Investor and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Companies Securities held by the Transferor and such Investor immediately prior to the proposed Transfer.

 

  C. Any Investor shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Transferor for Transfer to the prospective transferee, before the applicable closing, one or more certificates, which represent the type and number of Company Securities which such Investor elects to sell.

 

  D. The share certificate or certificates that any Investor delivers to the Transferor pursuant to Article 8.7 shall be submitted to the Company for cancellation and the Company shall, upon the consummation of the sale of the Company Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, issue a new certificate to such Investor for the remaining balance. The Transferor shall concurrently therewith remit to such Investor that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Investor is entitled by reason of its participation in such Transfer. The Company shall update its register of members upon consummation of such Transfer.

 

  E. To the extent that any prospective purchaser prohibits the participation by any Investor exercising its co-sale rights hereunder in a proposed Transfer or otherwise refuses to purchase Company Securities from such Investor, the Transferor shall not sell to such prospective purchaser any Company Securities. In the event that the Transferor sell any Company Securities not in compliance with this Article 8.7, the Investors shall have the right to sell to the Transferor and the Transferor shall purchase from the Investors such Company Securities that the Investors would otherwise be entitled to sell to the prospective purchaser pursuant to its co-sale rights for the same consideration and on the terms and conditions as the proposed Transfer described in the Transfer Notice.

 

- 40 -


  8.8 Drag-Along Rights

 

  A. Subject to Section 3.03 of Shareholders Agreement, at any time prior to the Date of Qualified IPO, if any Investor proposes a transaction to Transfer all or any portion of the Company Securities held by such Investor (the “ Drag-Along Sale ”), to any third party (other than such Investor or any Affiliate of such Investor) (the “ Offeror ”), such Investor may, at its option, require each Management Shareholder to Transfer all or any portion of the Company Securities of such Management Shareholder to the Offeror and take all actions necessary or desirable to consummate the Drag-Along Sale; provided that such Drag-Along Sale shall be (i) approved by such Investor and the Founder; and (ii) at an equity valuation of the Company of no less than US$1,000,000,000 on a fully diluted basis.

 

  B. If any Investor elects to exercise its drag-along rights, such Investor shall give a written notice (the “ Drag-Along Sale Notice ”) to the Management Shareholders as soon as practicable, and in any event not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expected closing date of the Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall include (i) the number and type of Company Securities to be Transferred, (ii) the name and address, and beneficial owner of the Offeror, (iii) the amount and form of the proposed consideration in connection with the Drag-Along Sale for such Company Securities to be Transferred and (iv) any other terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. In the event that the proposed consideration for the Drag-Along Sale includes consideration other than cash, the Drag-Along Sale Notice shall include a calculation of the fair market value of such consideration and an explanation of the basis for such calculation. Such Drag-Along Sale Notice shall be accompanied by a form of the proposed agreement, if any exists at such time, between such Investor and the Offeror regarding the Drag-Along Sale.

 

  C. If any Management Shareholder desires to purchase the Company Securities held by any Investor as proposed to be Transferred in the Drag-Along Sale, such Management Shareholder shall give a written notice (the “ Election Notice ”) to such Investor within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice (the “ Election Period ”), indicating that it intends to purchase such Company Securities held by such Investor at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as described in the Drag-Along Sale Notice. Such Investor shall agree to Transfer such Company Securities to such Management Shareholder upon receipt of such Election Notice, and the Transfer shall be consummated within sixty (60) days after the expiration of such Election Period. If the Management Shareholders fail to give the Election Notice within such Election Period or refuse to purchase the Company Securities held by any Investor in writing, such Investor shall have the right to exercise its drag-along rights under this Article 8.8 to require each Management Shareholder to Transfer, together with such Investor, all or any portion of the Company Securities of such Management Shareholder to the Offeror at the same price and on the same terms and conditions described in the Drag-Along Sale Notice.

 

- 41 -


  D. The Investors shall have sixty (60) days from the expiration of the Election Period to consummate the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice.

 

  8.9 Preemptive Rights

 

  A. The Company shall not issue any New Securities to any Person (the “ Proposed Recipient ”) unless the Company has offered each Investor in accordance with the provisions of this Article 8.9 the right to purchase up to such Investor’s pro rata share of a portion of the New Securities, for a purchase price equal to the price to be paid by the Proposed Recipient and on the same terms and conditions as are offered to the Proposed Recipient. For purpose of this Article 8.9, each Investor’s “pro rata share” to purchase a portion of the New Securities shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of New Securities to be issued in the Proposed Issuance, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Company Securities owned by such Investor and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Company Securities then outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such New Securities.

 

  B. Not less than twenty (20) Business Days (or other shorter period as agreed by the Investors) prior to any proposed issuance of Such New Securities (a “ Proposed Issuance ”), the Company shall deliver to the Investors a written notice of the Proposed Issuance (the “ Issuance Notice ”) setting forth (i) the number, type and material terms and conditions of the New Securities to be issued, (ii) the consideration to be received by the Company in connection with the Proposed Issuance, and (iii) the identity of the Proposed Recipients.

 

- 42 -


  C. Within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of the Issuance Notice, the Investors shall give written notice to the Company of its election to waive or exercise its preemptive rights under this Article 8.9 and if elect to exercise, specifying the number of Company Securities to be purchased by the Investors. Failure by any Investor to give such notice within such fifteen (15) Business Day period shall be deemed a waiver by such Investor of its preemptive rights under this Article 8.9 with respect to such Proposed Issuance.

 

  D. If both Investors fail to exercise their preemptive rights within the time period described above, the Company shall be free to complete the Proposed Issuance on terms no less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Issuance Notice; provided , that (i) such issuance is consummated within sixty (60) Business Days after the earlier of (x) expiration of the fifteen (15) Business Day period described in Article 8.9, and (y) the date of written notice given by such Investor described in Article 8.9, and (ii) the price at which the new Equity Securities are issued shall be equal to or higher than the purchase price described in the Issuance Notice. In the event that the Company has not issued such New Securities within such sixty (60) Business Day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such New Securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Article 8.9.

8.10 For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise provided in the Shareholders Agreement, the Transfer of any Company Securities by any Investor shall not be subject to any restriction (including those provided in Article 8.6 and Article 8.7) or consent of any other Shareholder.

ORDINARY SHARES

 

9. Certain rights, preferences, privileges and limitations of the Ordinary Shares of the Company are as follows:

9.1 Dividend Provision . Subject to the preferential rights of holders of all series and classes of Shares in the Company at the time outstanding having preferential rights as to dividends, the holders of the Ordinary Shares shall, subject to the Statute and these Articles, be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Directors.

 

- 43 -


9.2 Liquidation . Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be distributed as provided in Article 8.2.

9.3 Voting Rights . The holder of each Ordinary Share shall have the right to one vote with respect to such Ordinary Share, and shall be entitled to notice of any Members’ meeting in accordance with these Articles, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided for in these Articles.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

10. The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute. The Register of Members shall be the only evidence as to who are the Members entitled to examine the Register of Members, the list required to be sent to Members under Article 38, or the other books and records of the Company, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of Members.

FIXING RECORD DATE

 

11. The Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any determination of Members entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members, or any adjournment thereof, and for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within ninety (90) days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

12. If no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

- 44 -


CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

 

13. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other Person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and, subject to these Articles, no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

14. The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one Person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

15. If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

16. The Shares of the Company are subject to transfer restrictions as set forth in Article 8 and the Shareholders Agreement, by and among the Company and certain of its Members. The Company will only register transfers of Shares that are made in accordance with such agreement and will not register transfers of Shares that are made in violation of such agreement. The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and, if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

Notwithstanding of any other provision hereunder, prior to the Date of Qualified IPO, except for the Permitted Transfers, the Management Shareholders agree not to Transfer any Company Securities held by them without the prior written consent of the Investors. In addition, if any Director, officer or other employee of the Company acquires, directly or indirectly, Companies Securities in the future, the Company shall ensure that such Director, officer or employee complies with the restrictions on Transfer provided in the preceding sentence and such compliance of restrictions shall be a condition for the direct or indirect acquisition by such Director, officer or employee of the Companies Securities.

 

- 45 -


REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES

 

17. The Company is permitted to redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any of the Company’s Shares, so long as such redemption, purchase or acquisition ( i ) is pursuant to any redemption or repurchase provisions set forth in Article 8.5 of these Memorandum and Articles, ( ii ) is pursuant to the ESOP, or ( iii ) is as otherwise agreed by the holder of such Share and the Company, subject in the case of clause (ii), (iii) to compliance with any applicable restrictions set forth in the Memorandum and these Articles (as the case may be). In the case of a repurchase, the foregoing shall constitute the manner of such repurchase and accordingly any such repurchase shall not require separate approval of the Members.

 

18. Subject to the provisions of the Statute and these Articles, the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. Subject to the provisions of the Statute and these Articles, the Directors may authorize the redemption or purchase by the Company of its own Shares in such manner and on such terms as they think fit and may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

VARIATION OF RIGHTS OF SHARES

 

19. Subject to Article 8, if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may only be varied with the consent in writing of Members holding not less than a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by holders (in person or by proxy) of Shares on a poll at a general meeting of such class affected by the proposed variation of rights or with the sanction of a resolution of such Members holding not less than a majority of the votes which could be cast by holders (in person or by proxy) of Shares of such class on a poll at a general meeting but not otherwise.

 

20. For the purpose of the preceding Article, all of the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply, to the extent applicable, mutatis mutandis , to every meeting of holders of separate class of shares, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons holding or representing by proxy at least a majority of the issued Shares of such class and that any Member holding Shares of such class, present in person or by proxy, may demand a poll.

 

- 46 -


21. Subject to Article 8, the rights conferred upon the holders of Shares or any class of Shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of such Shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation, redesignation, or issue of Shares ranking senior thereto or pari passu therewith.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

22. The Company may, with the approval of the Board (so long as such approval includes the consent of the Investor Director), so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his or her subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

NON-RECOGNITION OF INTERESTS

 

23. The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognise in any way (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

24. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where such Member was a joint holder, and his or her legal personal representatives where such Member was a sole holder, shall be the only Persons recognised by the Company as having any title to such Member’s interest. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share that had been jointly held by such Member.

 

25. Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, elect either to become the holder of the Share or to have some Person nominated by him or her as the transferee.

 

26. If the Person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered as the holder, such Person shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by such Person stating that he or she so elects.

 

- 47 -


AMENDMENTS OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AND ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

27. Subject to Article 8, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

27.1 increase the share capital by such sum as the resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

27.2 consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

27.3 by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value;

27.4 cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person; and

27.5 perform any action not required to be performed by Special Resolution.

 

28. Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of these Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, and subject further to Article 8, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

  28.1 alter or add to these Articles;

 

  28.2 alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

  28.3 reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund.

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

29. Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

30. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

31. The Shareholders shall hold a regularly scheduled meeting once every calendar year. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint. At these meetings, the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

- 48 -


32. More than one-third (1/3) of Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

33. A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding, on the date of deposit of the requisition, not less than one-tenth (1/10) of the voting power of all of the Shares (on an as if converted basis) of the Company entitled to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company.

 

34. The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

35. If the Directors do not within twenty-one (21) days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one (21) days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three (3) months after the expiration of the said twenty-one (21) days.

 

36. A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

37. At least fifteen (15) days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting unless such notice is waived either before, at or after such meeting both (i) by the Members (or their proxies) holding a majority of the aggregate voting power of all of the Ordinary Shares entitled to attend and vote thereat (including the Preferred Shares on an as converted and fully diluted basis), and (ii) by the Majority Preferred Holders (or their proxies). Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner, if any, as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed both (i) by the Members (or their proxies) holding a majority of the aggregate voting power of all of the Ordinary Shares entitled to attend and vote thereat (including the Preferred Shares on an as converted and fully diluted basis), and (ii) by the Majority Preferred Holders (or their proxies).

 

- 49 -


38. The officer of the Company who has charge of the Register of Members of the Company shall prepare and make, at least two (2) days before every general meeting, a complete list of the Members entitled to vote at the general meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each Member and the number of shares registered in the name of each Member. Such list shall be open to examination by any Member for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least two (2) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any Member of the Company who is present.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

39. The holders of a majority of the aggregate voting power of all of the Ordinary Shares entitled to notice of and to attend and vote at such general meeting (including the Preferred Shares on an as converted and fully diluted basis) and the Majority Preferred Holders, together, present in person or by proxy or if a company or other non-natural Person by its duly authorised representative shall be a quorum. Subject to Article 42, no business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business.

 

40. A Person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the Persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a Person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

41. A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Shareholders shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a duly convened and held general meeting of the Company.

 

- 50 -


42. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any general meeting, the Members (or their proxies) holding a majority of the aggregate voting power of all of the Shares of the Company represented at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, until a quorum shall be present or represented; provided that , if notice of such meeting has been duly delivered to all Members fifteen(15) days prior to the scheduled meeting in accordance with the notice procedures hereunder, and the quorum is not present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting solely because of the absence of any Preferred Holders, the meeting shall be adjourned to the seventh (7 th ) following Business Day at the same time and place (or to such other time or such other place as the directors may determine) with notice delivered to all Members five (5) days prior to the adjourned meeting in accordance with the notice procedures under Articles 106 through 110 and, if at the adjourned meeting, the quorum is not present within one half hour from the time appointed for the meeting solely because of the absence of any holders of Preferred Shares, then the presence of such holders shall not be required at such adjourned meeting for purposes of establishing a quorum. At such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

43. The chairman, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such chairman, or if he or she shall not be present within ten (10) minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unwilling or unable to act, the half of the Directors present shall elect one out of all Directors, or shall designate a Member, to be chairman of the meeting.

 

44. With the consent of a general meeting at which a quorum is present, the chairman may (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting.

 

45. A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided by poll and not on a show of hands.

 

46. On a poll a Member shall have one vote for each Ordinary Share he holds on an as converted and fully diluted basis.

 

47. Except on a poll on a question of adjournment, a poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

48. A poll on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith.

 

- 51 -


49. A poll on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

50. Except as otherwise required by law or these Articles, the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares shall vote together on an as converted and fully diluted basis on all matters submitted to a vote of Members.

 

51. In the case of joint holders of record, the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

52. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by his or her committee, receiver, or other Person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, or other Person may vote by proxy.

 

53. Subject to the Share Subscription Agreement, no Person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of a class or series of Shares unless he or she is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by such Member in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

54. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

55. Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy. A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting.

 

56. A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his or her Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him or her, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he or she is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting.

 

- 52 -


PROXIES

 

57. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his or her attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation, under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised for that purpose. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

58. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting.

 

59. The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.

 

60. Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

CORPORATE MEMBERS

 

61. Any corporation or other non-natural Person that is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or any class of Members, and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he or she represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

SHARES THAT MAY NOT BE VOTED

 

62. Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company or held by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

- 53 -


APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS

 

63. The holders of the Ordinary Shares and Series A Preferred Shares are entitled to appoint the directors of the Company according to the following provision:

The authorized number of directors on the Board shall be four (4) directors, with the composition of the Board determined as follows: (a) Long bright Limited shall be exclusively entitled to designate, appoint, remove, replace and reappoint at any time or from time to time three (3) directors on the Board (each an “ Ordinary Director ”), one of whom shall be the then chairman of the Board the Company, and (b) the Investors be exclusively entitled to jointly designate, appoint, remove, replace and reappoint at any time or from time to time one (1) director (the “ Investor Director ”) on the Board.

POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

64. Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and these Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not carry out any action inconsistent with Articles 8 and 9. No alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

65. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine.

 

66. Subject to Article 8, the Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his or her spouse or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

67. Subject to Article 8, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture shares, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

- 54 -


VACATION OF OFFICE AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTOR

 

68. The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

  68.1 such Director gives notice in writing to the Company that he or she resigns the office of Director; or

 

  68.2 such Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with such Director’s creditors generally; or

 

  68.3 such Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind.

 

69. Each Shareholder agrees that, if at any time it is then entitled to vote for the removal of any Director from the Board, it shall not vote any of its Company Securities or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in favor of the removal of any Director who shall have been designated pursuant to Article 63, unless the Person or Persons entitled to designate or nominate or appoint such Director shall have consented to such removal in writing; provided that, if the Person or Persons entitled to designate any Director shall request in writing the removal, with or without cause, of such Director, each Shareholder shall vote all of its Company Securities or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in favor of such removal.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

70. Each of the Directors may appoint an alternate Director from time to time to act during his absence and such alternate Director shall be entitled, while holding such office at such, to receive notices of meetings of the Board or any committee (if any) thereof (if the Director who has appointed the alternate Director is a member of such committee), and attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the appointing Director is not present and generally to exercise all the powers, rights, duties and authorities and to perform all functions of the appointing Director.

 

71. The Board shall hold a regularly scheduled meeting at least once every calendar quarter. Meetings shall be held in a location of the Company or other location approved by a majority of the Directors. A Person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of the Board of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the Persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a Person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

- 55 -


72. A Board meeting may be called by the chairman or any Director by giving notice in writing to the chairman (or the Board) specifying the date, time and agenda for such meeting. The chairman shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice to all Directors of such meeting, accompanied by a written agenda specifying the business of such meeting and copies of all papers relevant for such meeting. No less than seven (7) days’ prior written notice shall be given to all Directors; provided , however , that such notice period may be reduced or waived with the written consent of all of the Directors.

 

73. All meetings of the Board shall require a quorum of at least three (3) Directors, which shall at least include the Investor Director. If any Director is absent (and does not designate a representative) for (i) two (2) consecutive duly-called Board meetings or (ii) two (2) Board meeting in aggregate out of four (4) consecutive duly-called Board meetings, the Shareholder appointing such Director shall remove such Director and such Director shall be removed pursuant to aforesaid provisions.

 

74. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may continue to transact business until adjournment. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meetings of the Board, the majority of the Directors represented at the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time, until a quorum shall be present or represented; provided that , if notice of such meeting has been duly delivered to all Directors in accordance with the notice procedures hereunder, and the quorum is not present within one hour from the time appointed for the meeting solely because of the absence of any Investor Director, the meeting shall be adjourned to the seventh (7 th ) following Business Day at the same time and place (or to such other time or such other place as the directors may determine) with notice delivered to all Directors five (5) days prior to the adjourned meeting in accordance with the notice procedures under Articles 106 through 110 and, if at the adjourned meeting, the quorum is not present within one half hour from the time appointed for the meeting solely because of the absence of any Investor Director, then the presence of such holders shall not be required at such adjourned meeting for purposes of establishing a quorum. At such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

75. At any Board meeting, each Director may exercise one (1) vote. Subject to Article 8.4, all actions of the Board shall require (i) the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Directors present at a duly-convened meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present or (ii) the unanimous written consent of the Board; provided that, if there is a vacancy on the Board and an individual has been nominated to fill such vacancy, the first order of business shall be to fill such vacancy.

 

- 56 -


76. A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Board of Directors shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of the Board of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held. The reasonable costs of attendance of Directors at Board meetings shall be borne by the Company.

 

77. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

78. A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless the Director’s dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless the Director shall file his or her written dissent from such action with the Person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such Person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

79. Subject to Article 82, a Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his or her office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

80. Subject to Article 82, a Director may act by himself or herself or his or her firm in a professional capacity for the Company and such Director or firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if such Director were not a Director.

 

81. Subject to Article 82, a Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as Member or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by such Director as a director or officer of, or from his or her interest in, such other company.

 

- 57 -


82. In addition to any further restrictions set forth in these Articles, no Person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested (each, an “ Interested Transaction ”) be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such Interested Transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established, and any such director may vote at a meeting of directors on any resolution concerning a matter in which that director has an interest (and if he votes his vote shall be counted) and shall be counted towards a quorum of those present at such meeting, in each case so long as the material facts of the interest of each Director in the agreement or transaction and his interest in or relationship to any other party to the agreement or transaction are disclosed in good faith to and are known by the other Directors. A general notice or disclosure to the Directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the directors or any committee thereof that a Director is a member of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure under this Article.

MINUTES

 

83. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any series of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Board of Directors including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.

DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

84. The Board of Directors may also, with prior consent of the Investor Director, delegate to any managing Director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by such Person provided that the appointment of a managing Director shall be revoked forthwith if he or she ceases to be a Director. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Board of Directors, with prior consent of the Investor Director, may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered.

 

- 58 -


85. Subject to these Articles, the Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him or her.

 

86. Subject to these Articles, the Directors may appoint such officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of an officer’s appointment, an officer may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members.

NO MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING

 

87. There is no minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director.

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

88. The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as determined by the Board (including the consent of the Investor Director). The Director who is not an employee of any Group Company shall also be entitled to be paid all reasonable travelling, hotel and other out-of-pocket expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board of Directors or committees of the Board of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any series of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company.

 

89. The Directors may, by resolution of the majority of the Board (including the consent of the Investor Director), approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services other than his or her ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his or her remuneration as a Director.

 

- 59 -


SEAL

 

90. The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Board of Directors authorised by the Board of Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one Person who shall be either a Director or some officer or other Person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

91. The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

92. A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his or her signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him or her under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVE

 

93. Subject to the Statute and these Articles, the Directors may declare dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the dividends or distributions out of the assets of the Company lawfully available therefor. No dividend or distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

94. All dividends and distributions shall be declared and paid according to the provisions of Articles 8 and 9.

 

95. The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

96. Subject to the provisions of Articles 8 and 9, the Directors may declare that any dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

- 60 -


97. Any dividend, distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such Person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

98. No dividend or distribution shall bear interest against the Company, except as expressly provided in these Articles.

 

99. Any dividend that cannot be paid to a Member and/or that remains unclaimed after six (6) months from the date of declaration of such dividend may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the dividend shall remain as a debt due to the Member. All declared dividends of the Company should be paid on or before the closing of a Qualified IPO.

CAPITALIZATION

 

100. Subject to these Articles, including but not limited to Article 8 and Article 9, the Directors may capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of dividend as set forth in Articles 8 and 9 hereof and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event, the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalization, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any Person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

- 61 -


BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

 

101. The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept at such place as they may from time to time designate with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions. The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places, and under what conditions or regulations, the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to inspection of Members not being Directors and no such Member shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Statute or authorized by the Directors or the Company in general meeting or in a written agreement binding on the Company.

 

102. The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

AUDIT

 

103. The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors, and may fix the Auditor’s remuneration.

 

104. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

105. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company that is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company that is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

- 62 -


NOTICES

 

106. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, notices shall be in writing. Notice may be given by the Company to any Member or Director either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to such Member or Director (as the case may be) or to the address of such Member or Director as shown in the Register of Members or the Register of Directors (as the case may be) (or where the notice is given by electronic mail by sending it to the electronic mail address provided by such Member or Director).

 

107. Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the expiration of three (3) Business Days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax to a fax number provided by the intended recipient, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected when the receipt of the fax is acknowledged by the recipient. Where a notice is given by electronic mail to the electronic mail address provided by the intended recipient, service shall be deemed to be effected when the receipt of the electronic mail is acknowledged by the recipient.

 

108. A notice may be given by the Company to the Person or Persons that the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices that are required to be given under these Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the Persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company, by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

109. Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorised to every Person shown as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every Person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his or her being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member of record where the Member of record but for his or her death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

- 63 -


110. Whenever any notice is required by law or these Articles to be given to any Director, member of a committee or Member, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the Person or Persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.

WINDING UP

 

111. If the Company shall be wound up, assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be distributed, in accordance with Articles 8 and 9.

 

112. Subject to the provisions of Articles 8 and 9, if the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

INDEMNITY

 

113. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Directors and officers for the time being of the Company and any trustee for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives respectively shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses that they or any of them shall or may incur or sustain by reason of any act done or omitted in or about the execution of their duty in their respective offices or trusts, except such (if any) as they shall incur or sustain by or through their own fraud or dishonesty, and no such Director or officer or trustee shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director or officer or trustee or for joining in any receipt for the sake of conformity or for the solvency or honesty of any banker or other Persons with whom any monies or effects belonging to the Company may be lodged or deposited for safe custody or for any insufficiency of any security upon which any monies of the Company may be invested or for any other loss or damage due to any such cause as aforesaid or which may happen in or about the execution of his or her office or trust unless the same shall happen through the fraud or dishonesty of such Director or officer or trustee. Except with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification pursuant to this Article, the Company shall indemnify any such indemnitee pursuant to this Article in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article shall include the right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the maximum extent provided by, and subject to the requirements of, applicable law, so long as the indemnitee agrees with the Company to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Article.

 

- 64 -


114. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, the Directors and officers for the time being of the Company and any trustee for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives respectively shall not be personally liable to the Company or its Members for monetary damages for breach of their duty in their respective offices, except such (if any) as they shall incur or sustain by or through their own fraud or dishonesty respectively.

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

115. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on the 31st of December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on the 1st of January in each year.

TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

116. If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution and the written consent of the Majority Preferred Holders, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

- 65 -

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

PUXIN LIMITED

(ADOPTED BY SPECIAL RESOLUTION PASSED ON MAY 17, 2018 AND EFFECTIVE CONDITIONAL AND IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE COMPLETION OF THE COMPANY’S INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES REPRESENTING ITS ORDINARY SHARES)


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

PUXIN LIMITED

(Adopted by Special Resolution passed on May 17, 2018 and effective conditional and immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of American depositary shares representing its Ordinary Shares)

 

1. The name of the Company is Puxin Limited (the “ Company ”).

 

2. The registered office of the Company will be situated at the offices of Walkers Corporate Limited, Cayman Corporate Centre, 27 Hospital Road, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-9008, Cayman Islands or at such other location as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the Companies Law ”).

 

4. The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5. The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

6. The liability of the shareholders of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

7. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$50,000.00 divided into 1,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.00005 each. Subject to the Companies Law and the Articles of Association, the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority, special privilege or other rights or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be ordinary, preference or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore provided.

 

8. The Company may exercise the power contained in Section 206 of the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in some other jurisdiction.

 

9. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

TABLE A

     1  

INTERPRETATION

     1  

PRELIMINARY

     4  

SHARES

     4  

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

     6  

CERTIFICATES

     7  

FRACTIONAL SHARES

     7  

LIEN

     7  

CALLS ON SHARES

     8  

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

     8  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     9  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     10  

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     10  

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

     11  

TREASURY SHARES

     11  

GENERAL MEETINGS

     12  

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     13  

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

     14  

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

     15  

CLEARING HOUSES

     15  

DIRECTORS

     16  

ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

     17  

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

     17  

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

     18  

THE SEAL

     18  

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

     19  

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

     19  

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

     21  

 

ii


CLAUSE    PAGE  

DIVIDENDS

     21  

ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

     22  

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

     22  

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

     23  

NOTICES

     23  

INDEMNITY

     24  

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

     25  

WINDING UP

     25  

AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

     26  

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

     26  

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

     26  

DISCLOSURE

     26  

 

iii


THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

PUXIN LIMITED

(Adopted by Special Resolution passed on May 18, 2018 and effective conditional and immediately prior to the completion of the Company’s initial public offering of American depositary shares representing its Ordinary Shares)

TABLE A

The Regulations contained or incorporated in Table ‘A’ in the First Schedule of the Companies Law shall not apply to Puxin Limited (the “ Company ”) and the following Articles shall comprise the Articles of Association of the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

1. In these Articles the following defined terms will have the meanings ascribed to them, if not inconsistent with the subject or context:

ADS ” means an American depositary share, each representing such number of Ordinary Shares as set out in the registration statements of the Company;

Affiliate ” means in respect of a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through (1) one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person, and (i) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brothers-in-law and sisters-in-law, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, and a corporation, partnership or any other entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing, and (ii) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any other entity or any natural person which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity. The term “control” shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of shares possessing more than fifty per cent (50%) of the voting power of the corporation, partnership or other entity (other than, in the case of a corporation, securities having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency), or having the power to control the management or elect a majority of members to the board of directors or equivalent decision-making body of such corporation, partnership or other entity;

Articles means these articles of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time;

Board ” and “ Board of Directors ” and “ Directors ” means the directors of the Company for the time being, or as the case may be, the directors assembled as a board or as a committee thereof;

 

1


Chairman ” means the chairman of the Board of Directors;

Class ” or “ Classes ” means any class or classes of Shares as may from time to time be issued by the Company;

Commission ” means Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America or any other federal agency for the time being administering the Securities Act;

Companies Law means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands;

Company means Puxin Limited, a Cayman Islands exempted company;

Company’s Website” means the website of the Company, the address or domain name of which has been notified to Shareholders;

Designated Stock Exchange ” means the stock exchange in the United States on which any Shares and ADSs are listed for trading;

Designated Stock Exchange Rules ” means the relevant code, rules and regulations, as amended, from time to time, applicable as a result of the original and continued listing of any Shares or ADSs on the Designated Stock Exchange;

electronic” means the meaning given to it in the Electronic Transactions Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and any amendment thereto or re-enactments thereof for the time being in force and includes every other law incorporated therewith or substituted therefor;

electronic communication” means electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by not less than two-thirds of the vote of the Board;

Independent Director” means a Director who is an independent director as defined in the Designated Stock Exchange Rules;

Memorandum of Association ” means the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended or substituted from time to time;

Month ” means calendar month;

Office ” means the registered office of the Company as required by the Companies Law;

Officer ” means the offices for the time being and from time to time of the Company;

Ordinary Resolution ” means a resolution:

 

  (a) passed by a simple majority of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b) approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;

Ordinary Shares ” means an ordinary share of par value of US$0.00005 each in the capital of the Company having the rights and subject to the restrictions set out in these Articles, including a fraction of a share;

 

2


paid up ” means paid up as to the par value in respect of the issue of any Shares and includes credited as paid up;

Person ” means any natural person, firm, company, joint venture, partnership, corporation, association or other entity (whether or not having a separate legal personality) or any of them as the context so requires, other than in respect of a Director or Officer in which circumstances Person Shall mean any person or entity permitted to act as such in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands;

Register ” means the register of Members of the Company required to be kept pursuant to the Companies Law;

Seal ” means the common seal of the Company (if adopted) including any facsimile thereof;

Secretary ” means any Person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the secretary of the Company;

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States of America, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time;

Share ” means a share in the capital of the Company. All references to “Shares” herein shall be deemed to be Shares of any or all Classes as the context may require. For the avoidance of doubt in these Articles the expression “Share” shall include a fraction of a Share;

Shareholder ” or “ Member ” means a Person who is registered as the holder of Shares in the Register and includes each subscriber to the Memorandum of Association pending entry in the Register of such subscriber;

Share Premium Account ” means the share premium account established in accordance with these Articles and the Companies Law;

signed ” means bearing a signature or representation of a signature affixed by mechanical means or an electronic symbol or process attached to or logically associated with an electronic communication and executed or adopted by a person with the intent to sign the electronic communication;

Special Resolution ” means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Companies Law being a resolution:

 

  (b) passed by not less than two-thirds of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given and where a poll is taken regard shall be had in computing a majority to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

  (b) approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;

Treasury Shares ” means Shares that were previously issued but were purchased, redeemed, surrendered or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled;

United States ” means the United States of America, its territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction; and

year ” means calendar year.

 

3


2. In these Articles, save where the context requires otherwise:

 

  (a) words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa;

 

  (b) words importing the masculine gender only shall include the feminine gender and any Person as the context may require;

 

  (c) the word “may” shall be construed as permissive and the word “shall” shall be construed as imperative;

 

  (d) reference to a dollar or dollars (or US$) and to a cent or cents is reference to dollars and cents of the United States of America;

 

  (e) reference to a statutory enactment shall include reference to any amendment or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

  (f) reference to any determination by the Directors shall be construed as a determination by the Directors in their sole and absolute discretion and shall be applicable either generally or in any particular case; and

 

  (g) reference to “in writing” shall be construed as written or represented by any means reproducible in writing, including any form of print, lithograph, email, facsimile, photograph or telex or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another.

 

3. Subject to the last two preceding Articles, any words defined in the Companies Law shall, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, bear the same meaning in these Articles.

PRELIMINARY

 

4. The business of the Company may be conducted as the Directors see fit.

 

5. The Office shall be at such address in the Cayman Islands as the Directors may from time to time determine. The Company may in addition establish and maintain such other offices and places of business and agencies in such places as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

6. The expenses incurred in the formation of the Company and in connection with the offer for subscription and issue of Shares shall be paid by the Company. Such expenses may be amortised over such period as the Directors may determine and the amount so paid shall be charged against income and/or capital in the accounts of the Company as the Directors shall determine.

 

7. The Directors shall keep, or cause to be kept, the Register at such place or (subject to compliance with the Companies Law and these Articles) places as the Directors may from time to time determine. In the absence of any such determination, the Register shall be kept at the Office.

SHARES

 

8. Subject to these Articles, all Shares for the time being unissued shall be under the control of the Directors who may, in their absolute discretion and without the approval of the Members, cause the Company to:

 

  (a) issue, allot and dispose of the same to such Persons, in such manner, on such terms and having such rights and being subject to such restrictions as they may from time to time determine;

 

4


  (b) grant rights over Shares or other securities to be issued in one or more classes or series as they deem necessary or appropriate and determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights attaching to such Shares or securities, including dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the powers, preferences, privileges and rights associated with the then issued and outstanding Shares, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper; and

 

  (c) grant options with respect to such Shares and issue warrants or similar instruments with respect thereto;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued.

 

9. The Directors may authorise the division of Shares into any number of Classes and sub-classes and the different Classes and sub-classes shall be authorised, established and designated (or re-designated as the case may be) and the variations in the relative rights (including, without limitation, voting, dividend and redemption rights), restrictions, preferences, privileges and payment obligations as between the different Classes (if any) may be fixed and determined by the Directors or by the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution. The Directors may issue Shares with such preferred or other rights, all or any of which may be greater than the rights of Ordinary Shares, at such time and on such terms as they may think appropriate. Notwithstanding Article 12 the Directors may issue from time to time, out of the authorised share capital of the Company (other than the authorised but unissued Ordinary Shares), series of preferred shares in their absolute discretion and without approval of the Members; provided, however, before any preferred shares of any such series are issued, the Directors shall by resolution of Directors determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

  (a) the designation of such series, the number of preferred shares to constitute such series and the subscription price thereof if different from the par value thereof;

 

  (b) whether the preferred shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to any voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights, which may be general or limited;

 

  (c) the dividends, if any, payable on such series, whether any such dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from what dates, the conditions and dates upon which such dividends shall be payable, and the preference or relation which such dividends shall bear to the dividends payable on any shares of any other class or any other series of shares;

 

  (d) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to redemption by the Company, and, if so, the times, prices and other conditions of such redemption;

 

  (e) whether the preferred shares of such series shall have any rights to receive any part of the assets available for distribution amongst the Members upon the liquidation of the Company, and, if so, the terms of such liquidation preference, and the relation which such liquidation preference shall bear to the entitlements of the holders of shares of any other class or any other series of shares;

 

  (f) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be subject to the operation of a retirement or sinking fund and, if so, the extent to and manner in which any such retirement or sinking fund shall be applied to the purchase or redemption of the preferred shares of such series for retirement or other corporate purposes and the terms and provisions relative to the operation thereof;

 

  (g) whether the preferred shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or any other series of preferred shares or any other securities and, if so, the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the method, if any, of adjusting the same, and any other terms and conditions of conversion or exchange;

 

5


  (h) the limitations and restrictions, if any, to be effective while any preferred shares of such series are outstanding upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and upon the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company of, the existing shares or shares of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares;

 

  (i) the conditions or restrictions, if any, upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or upon the issue of any additional shares, including additional shares of such series or of any other class of shares or any other series of preferred shares; and

 

  (j) any other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof;

and, for such purposes, the Directors may reserve an appropriate number of Shares for the time being unissued. The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

10. The Company may insofar as may be permitted by law, pay a commission to any Person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up Shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also pay such brokerage as may be lawful on any issue of Shares.

 

11. The Directors may refuse to accept any application for Shares, and may accept any application in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason.

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

12. Whenever the capital of the Company is divided into different Classes (and as otherwise determined by the Directors) the rights attached to any such Class may, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any Class, only be materially adversely varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of the relevant Class, or with the sanction of a resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of such Class by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast at such a meeting. To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company or to the proceedings thereat shall, mutatis mutandis , apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be one or more Persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third in nominal or par value amount of the issued Shares of the relevant Class (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those Shareholders who are present shall form a quorum) and that, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, every Shareholder of the Class shall on a poll have one vote for each Share of the Class held by him. For the purposes of this Article the Directors may treat all the Classes or any two or more Classes as forming one Class if they consider that all such Classes would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration , but in any other case shall treat them as separate Classes.

 

13. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any Class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to the Shares of that Class, be deemed to be materially adversely varied or abrogated by, inter alia , the creation, allotment or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu with or subsequent to them or the redemption or purchase of any Shares of any Class by the Company. The rights of the holders of Shares shall not be deemed to be materially adversely varied by the creation or issue of Shares with preferred or other rights including, without limitation, the creation of Shares with enhanced or weighted voting rights.

 

6


CERTIFICATES

 

14. Every Person whose name is entered as a member in the Register shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate within two months after allotment or lodgement of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) in the form determined by the Directors. All certificates shall specify the Share or Shares held by that person and the amount paid up thereon, provided that in respect of a Share or Shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate, and delivery of a certificate for a Share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. All certificates for Shares shall be delivered personally or sent through the post addressed to the member entitled thereto at the Member’s registered address as appearing in the register.

 

15. Every share certificate of the Company shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.

 

16. Any two or more certificates representing Shares of any one Class held by any Member may at the Member’s request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such Shares issued in lieu on payment (if the Directors shall so require) of US$1.00 or such smaller sum as the Directors shall determine.

 

17. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same Shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

18. In the event that Shares are held jointly by several persons, any request may be made by any one of the joint holders and if so made shall be binding on all of the joint holders.

FRACTIONAL SHARES

 

19. The Directors may issue fractions of a Share and, if so issued, a fraction of a Share shall be subject to and carry the corresponding fraction of liabilities (whether with respect to nominal or par value, premium, contributions, calls or otherwise), limitations, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions, rights (including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, voting and participation rights) and other attributes of a whole Share. If more than one fraction of a Share of the same Class is issued to or acquired by the same Shareholder such fractions shall be accumulated.

LIEN

 

20. The Company has a first and paramount lien on every Share (whether or not fully paid) for all amounts (whether presently payable or not) payable at a fixed time or called in respect of that Share. The Company also has a first and paramount lien on every Share registered in the name of a Person indebted or under liability to the Company (whether he is the sole registered holder of a Share or one of two or more joint holders) for all amounts owing by him or his estate to the Company (whether or not presently payable). The Directors may at any time declare a Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a Share extends to any amount payable in respect of it.

 

21. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors may determine, any Share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless an amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, demanding payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the Share, or the Persons entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

22. For giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some Person to transfer the Shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

7


23. The proceeds of the sale after deduction of expenses, fees and commission incurred by the Company shall be received by the Company and applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable, and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares prior to the sale) be paid to the Person entitled to the Shares immediately prior to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

24. The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, and each Shareholder shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on such Shares.

 

25. The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof.

 

26. If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest upon the sum at the rate of eight percent per annum from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of the actual payment, but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of that interest wholly or in part.

 

27. The provisions of these Articles as to the liability of joint holders and as to payment of interest shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

28. The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of partly paid Shares for a difference between the Shareholders, or the particular Shares, in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.

 

29. The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Shareholder willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid upon any partly paid Shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced may (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (not exceeding without the sanction by Ordinary Resolution, eight percent per annum) as may be agreed upon between the Shareholder paying the sum in advance and the Directors.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

30. If a Shareholder fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of partly paid Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call or instalment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued.

 

31. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

32. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any Share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect.

 

8


33. A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit.

 

34. A Person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Shareholder in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares forfeited, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of the amount unpaid on the Shares forfeited.A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director that a Share has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts in the declaration as against all Persons claiming to be entitled to the Share.

 

35. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for a Share on any sale or disposition thereof pursuant to the provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture and may execute a transfer of the Share in favour of the Person to whom the Share is sold or disposed of and that Person shall be registered as the holder of the Share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the disposition or sale.

 

36. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes due and payable, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

37. The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may determine and be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and if in respect of a nil or partly paid up Share, or if so required by the Directors, shall also be executed on behalf of the transferee and shall be accompanied by the certificate (if any) of the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. The transferor shall be deemed to remain a Shareholder until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

38.     (a) Subject to the terms of issue thereof, the Directors may determine to decline to register any transfer of Shares without assigning any reason therefor.

 

  (b) The Directors may also decline to register any transfer of any Share unless:

 

  (i) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company, accompanied by the certificate for the Shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

  (ii) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one Class of Shares;

 

  (iii) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

  (iv) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the Share is to be transferred does not exceed four; or

 

  (v) a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board of Directors may from time to time require, is paid to the Company in respect thereof.

 

39. The registration of transfers may, on ten calendar days’ notice being given by advertisement in such one or more newspapers or by electronic means or by any other means in accordance with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules, be suspended and the Register of Members closed at such times and for such periods as the Directors may, in their absolute discretion, from time to time determine, provided always that such registration of transfer shall not be suspended nor the Register of Members closed for more than 30 days in any year.

 

9


40. All instruments of transfer that are registered shall be retained by the Company. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any Shares, they shall within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of the refusal.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

41. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the name of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased holder of the Share, shall be the only Person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share.

 

42. Any Person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the deceased or bankrupt Person could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the deceased or bankrupt Person before the death or bankruptcy.

 

43. A Person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered Shareholder, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Shareholder in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company, provided however, that the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the Share, and if the notice is not complied with within ninety days, the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS

 

44. The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letters of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas, or other instrument.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

45. The Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such Classes and amount, as the resolution shall prescribe.

 

46. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

  (a) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of a larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

  (b) subdivide its existing Shares, or any of them into Shares of a smaller amount provided that in the subdivision the proportion between the amount paid and the amount, if any, unpaid on each reduced Share shall be the same as it was in case of the Share from which the reduced Share is derived;

 

  (c) convert all or any of its paid up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid up Shares of any denomination;

 

10


  (d) cancel any Shares that, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any Person and diminish the amount of its share capital by the amount of the Shares so cancelled.

 

47. The Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner authorised by law.

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES

 

48. Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Company may:

 

  (a) issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Shareholder on such terms and in such manner as may be determined, before the issue of such Shares, by either the Board or by the Shareholders by Ordinary Resolution;

 

  (b) purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as have been approved by the Board or by the Members by Ordinary Resolution, or are otherwise authorised by these Articles;

 

  (c) make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner authorised by the Companies Law, including out of its capital; and

 

  (d) accept the surrender for no consideration of any paid up Share (including any redeemable Share) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may determine.

 

49. Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

50. The redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.

 

51. The Directors may when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payment either in cash or in specie including without limitation, interests in a special purpose vehicle holding assets of the Company or holding entitlement to the proceeds of assets held by the Company or in a liquidation structure.

TREASURY SHARES

 

52. Shares that the Company purchases, redeems or acquires (by way of surrender or otherwise) may, at the option of the Company, be cancelled immediately or held as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Companies Law. In the event that the Directors do not specify that the relevant Shares are to be held as Treasury Shares, such Shares shall be cancelled.

 

53. No dividend may be declared or paid, and no other distribution (whether in cash or otherwise) of the Company’s assets (including any distribution of assets to members on a winding up) may be declared or paid in respect of a Treasury Share.

 

54. The Company shall be entered in the Register as the holder of the Treasury Shares provided that:

 

  (a) the Company shall not be treated as a member for any purpose and shall not exercise any right in respect of the Treasury Shares, and any purported exercise of such a right shall be void;

 

11


  (b) a Treasury Share shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting of the Company and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued shares at any given time, whether for the purposes of these Articles or the Companies Law, save that an allotment of Shares as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a Treasury Share is permitted and Shares allotted as fully paid bonus shares in respect of a treasury share shall be treated as Treasury Shares.

 

55. Treasury Shares may be disposed of by the Company on such terms and conditions as determined by the Directors.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

56. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

57.     (a) The Company shall in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Directors.

 

  (b) At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

58.     (a) The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

  (b) A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than one-third of such of the paid-up capital of the Company as at that date of the deposit carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

  (c) The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the registered office of the Company, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

  (d) If the Directors do not within 21 days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the said 21 days.

 

  (e) A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

59. At least ten (10) calendar days’ notice shall be given for any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of these Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of an annual general meeting by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

12


  (b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five per cent in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

60. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by any Shareholder shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

61. All business carried out at a general meeting shall be deemed special with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company’s auditors, the appointment and removal of Directors and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors. No special business shall be transacted at any general meeting without the consent of all Shareholders entitled to receive notice of that meeting unless notice of such special business has been given in the notice convening that meeting.

 

62. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. The holders of Shares being not less than an aggregate of one-third of all Shares in issue present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

63. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Shareholder or Shareholders present and entitled to vote shall form a quorum.

 

64. If the Directors wish to make this facility available for a specific general meeting or all general meetings of the Company, participation in any general meeting of the Company may be by means of a telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

65. The chairman, if any, of the Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company.

 

66. If there is no such chairman, or if at any general meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as chairman, any Director or Person nominated by the Directors shall preside as chairman, failing which the Shareholders present in person or by proxy shall choose any Person present to be chairman of that meeting.

The chairman may with the consent of any general meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn a meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting, or adjourned meeting, is adjourned for fourteen days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in the manner provided for the original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

67. The Directors may cancel or postpone any duly convened general meeting at any time prior to such meeting, except for general meetings requisitioned by the Shareholders in accordance with these Articles, for any reason or for no reason, upon notice in writing to Shareholders. A postponement may be for a stated period of any length or indefinitely as the Directors may determine.

 

13


68. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the chairman or one or more Shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote, and unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the fact, without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution.

 

69. If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

70. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

71. All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by an Ordinary Resolution except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the meeting directs.

VOTES OF SHAREHOLDERS

 

72. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Share, on a show of hands every Shareholder present in person and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy) shall, at a general meeting or extraordinary general meeting of the Company, each have one (1) vote and on a poll every Shareholder and every Person representing a Shareholder by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy) shall have one (1) vote for each Share of which he or the Person represented by proxy is the holder.

 

73. In the case of joint holders the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, if a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorized representative or proxy), shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register.

 

74. Shares carrying the right to vote are held by a Shareholder of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may be voted in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, or other Person in the nature of a committee appointed by that court, and any such committee or other Person, may vote in respect of such Shares by proxy.

 

75. No Shareholder shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting of the Company unless he is registered as a Shareholder on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls, if any, or other sums presently payable by him in respect of Shares carrying the right to vote held by him have been paid.

 

76. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

77. Each Shareholder, other than a recognised clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or depositary (or its nominee(s)), may only appoint one proxy on a show of hand. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under Seal or under the hand of an Officer or attorney duly authorised. A proxy need not be a Shareholder.

 

14


78. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or such other form as the Directors may approve and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked.

 

79. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  (b) in the case of a poll taken more than forty-eight (48) hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

  (c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than forty-eight (48) hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

80. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll.

 

81. A resolution in writing signed by all the Shareholders for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS

 

82. Any corporation which is a Shareholder or a Director may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such Person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any meeting of holders of a Class or of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, and the Person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Shareholder or Director.

CLEARING HOUSES

 

83. If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of Members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this Article shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual Member holding the number and Class of Shares specified in such authorisation.

 

15


DIRECTORS

 

84.     (a) Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than three Directors, the exact number of Directors to be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

  (b) The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman elected and appointed by a majority of the Directors then in office. The period for which the Chairman will hold office will also be determined by a majority of all of the Directors then in office. The Chairman shall preside as chairman at every meeting of the Board of Directors. To the extent the Chairman is not present at a meeting of the Board of Directors within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the attending Directors may choose one of their number to be the chairman of the meeting.

 

  (c) The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any Person to be a Director.

 

  (d) The Directors may by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the Directors present and voting at a Board meeting, appoint any person to be a Director either to fill a vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board.

 

  (e) An appointment of a Director may be on terms that the Director shall automatically retire from office (unless he has sooner vacated office) at the next or a subsequent annual general meeting or upon any specified event or after any specified period in a written agreement between the Company and the Director, if any; but no such term shall be implied in the absence of express provision. Each Director whose term of office expires shall be eligible for re-election at a meeting of the Shareholders or re-appointment by the Board.

 

85. A Director may be removed from office by Ordinary Resolution of the Company, notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under such agreement). A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the previous sentence may be filled by Ordinary Resolution or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting. The notice of any meeting at which a resolution to remove a Director shall be proposed or voted upon must contain a statement of the intention to remove that Director and such notice must be served on that Director not less than ten (10) calendar days before the meeting. Such Director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

 

86. The Board may, from time to time, and except as required by applicable law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules, adopt, institute, amend, modify or revoke the corporate governance policies or initiatives, which shall be intended to set forth the policies of the Company and the Board on various corporate governance related matters as the Board shall determine by resolution from time to time.

 

87. A Director shall not be required to hold any Shares in the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to attend and speak at general meetings.

 

88. The remuneration of the Directors may be determined by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

89. The Directors shall be entitled to be paid their travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in going to, attending and returning from meetings of the Directors, or any committee of the Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company, or to receive such fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors from time to time, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

16


ALTERNATE DIRECTOR

 

90. Any Director may in writing appoint another Person to be his alternate and, save to the extent provided otherwise in the form of appointment, such alternate shall have authority to sign written resolutions on behalf of the appointing Director, but shall not be authorised to sign such written resolutions where they have been signed by the appointing Director, and to act in such Director’s place at any meeting of the Directors. Every such alternate shall be entitled to attend and vote at meetings of the Directors as the alternate of the Director appointing him and where he is a Director to have a separate vote in addition to his own vote. A Director may at any time in writing revoke the appointment of an alternate appointed by him. Such alternate shall not be an Officer solely as a result of his appointment as an alternate other than in respect of such times as the alternate acts as a Director. The remuneration of such alternate shall be payable out of the remuneration of the Director appointing him and the proportion thereof shall be agreed between them.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

91. Subject to the Companies Law, these Articles and to any resolutions passed in a general meeting, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting up and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company. No resolution passed by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that would have been valid if that resolution had not been passed.

 

92. Subject to Article 122, the Directors may from time to time appoint any Person, whether or not a Director to hold such office in the Company as the Directors may think necessary for the administration of the Company, including but not limited to, the office of president, one or more vice-presidents, treasurer, assistant treasurer, manager or controller, and for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another), and with such powers and duties as the Directors may think fit. Any Person so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors. The Directors may also appoint one or more of their number to the office of managing director upon like terms, but any such appointment shall ipso facto terminate if any managing director ceases from any cause to be a Director, or if the Company by Ordinary Resolution resolves that his tenure of office be terminated.

 

93. The Directors may appoint any Person to be a Secretary (and if need be an assistant Secretary or assistant Secretaries) who shall hold office for such term, at such remuneration and upon such conditions and with such powers as they think fit. Any Secretary or assistant Secretary so appointed by the Directors may be removed by the Directors or by the Company by Ordinary Resolution.

 

94. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of their body as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

95. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney (whether under Seal or under hand) or otherwise appoint any company, firm or Person or body of Persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys or authorised signatory (any such person being an “ Attorney ” or “ Authorised Signatory ”, respectively) of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretion (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such power of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of Persons dealing with any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such Attorney or Authorised Signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretion vested in him.

 

96. The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following Articles shall not limit the general powers conferred by this Article.

 

17


97. The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any Person to be a member of such committees or local boards and may appoint any managers or agents of the Company and may fix the remuneration of any such Person.

 

98. The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any Person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no Person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

99. Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretion for the time being vested in them.

 

100. The Directors may agree with a Shareholder to waive or modify the terms applicable to such Shareholder’s subscription for Shares without obtaining the consent of any other Shareholder; provided that such waiver or modification does not amount to a variation or abrogation of the rights attaching to the Shares of such other Shareholders.

BORROWING POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

101. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof, or to otherwise provide for a security interest to be taken in such undertaking, property or uncalled capital, and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

THE SEAL

 

102. The Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of the Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of the Seal. The Seal shall be affixed in the presence of a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose and every Person as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the Seal is so affixed in their presence.

 

103. The Company may maintain a facsimile of the Seal in such countries or places as the Directors may appoint and such facsimile Seal shall not be affixed to any instrument except by the authority of a resolution of the Directors provided always that such authority may be given prior to or after the affixing of such facsimile Seal and if given after may be in general form confirming a number of affixings of such facsimile Seal. The facsimile Seal shall be affixed in the presence of such Person or Persons as the Directors shall for this purpose appoint and such Person or Persons as aforesaid shall sign every instrument to which the facsimile Seal is so affixed in their presence and such affixing of the facsimile Seal and signing as aforesaid shall have the same meaning and effect as if the Seal had been affixed in the presence of and the instrument signed by a Director or a Secretary (or an assistant Secretary) or in the presence of any one or more Persons as the Directors may appoint for the purpose.

 

104. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Secretary or any assistant Secretary shall have the authority to affix the Seal, or the facsimile Seal, to any instrument for the purposes of attesting authenticity of the matter contained therein but which does not create any obligation binding on the Company.

 

18


DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

105. The office of Director shall be vacated, if the Director:

 

  (a) becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors;

 

  (b) dies or is found to be or becomes of unsound mind;

 

  (c) resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or

 

  (d) is prohibited by any applicable Law or Designated Stock Exchange Rules from being a Director;

 

  (e) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for three consecutive meetings and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or

 

  (f) is removed from office pursuant to any other provision of these Articles.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

106. The Directors may meet together (either within or outside the Cayman Islands) for the despatch of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate their meetings and proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director may, and a Secretary or assistant Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Directors.

 

107. A Director may participate in any meeting of the Directors, or of any committee appointed by the Directors of which such Director is a member, by means of telephone or similar communication equipment by way of which all Persons participating in such meeting can communicate with each other and such participation shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

108. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed, if there be two or more Directors the quorum shall be two, and if there be one Director the quorum shall be one. A Director represented or by an alternate Director at any meeting shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

109. A Director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the Directors. A general notice given to the Directors by any Director to the effect that he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or other arrangement which may thereafter be made with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest in regard to any contract so made. Subject to the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and disqualification by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the Directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement shall come before the meeting for consideration.

 

110. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine and no Director or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company either with regard to his tenure of any such other office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director is in any way interested, be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director, notwithstanding his interest, may be counted in the quorum present at any meeting of the Directors whereat he or any other Director is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or whereat the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement.

 

19


111. Any Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company, and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director; provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or his firm to act as auditor to the Company.

 

112. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books or loose-leaf folders provided for the purpose of recording:

 

  (a) all appointments of Officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b) the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and

 

  (c) all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company, and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

113. When the chairman of a meeting of the Directors signs the minutes of such meeting the same shall be deemed to have been duly held notwithstanding that all the Directors have not actually come together or that there may have been a technical defect in the proceedings.

 

114. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be (an alternate Director, subject as provided otherwise in the terms of appointment of the alternate Director, being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer), shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a duly called and constituted meeting of Directors or committee of Directors, as the case may be. When signed a resolution may consist of several documents each signed by one or more of the Directors or his duly appointed alternate.

 

115. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body but if and for so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of increasing the number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

116. The Directors may elect a chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

117. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, a committee appointed by the Directors may elect a chairman of its meetings. If no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the committee members present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

118. A committee appointed by the Directors may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Subject to any regulations imposed on it by the Directors, questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the committee members present and in case of an equality of votes the chairman shall have a second or casting vote.

 

20


119. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors, or by any Person acting as a Director, shall notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or Person acting as aforesaid, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such Person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director.

 

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

120. A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

DIVIDENDS

 

121. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, or as otherwise provided for in the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor.

 

122. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, the Company by Ordinary Resolution may declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

123. The Directors may determine, before recommending or declaring any dividend, to set aside out of the funds legally available for distribution such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall be applicable for meeting contingencies, or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose to which those funds may be properly applied and pending such application may, at the determination of the Directors, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

 

124. Any dividend may be paid in any manner as the Directors may determine. If paid by cheque it will be sent through the post to the registered address of the Shareholder or Person entitled thereto, or in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such Person and such address as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the Person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other Person as the Shareholder or Person entitled, or such joint holders as the case may be, may direct.

 

125. The Directors when paying dividends to the Shareholders in accordance with the foregoing provisions of these Articles may make such payment either in cash or in specie and may determine the extent to which amounts may be withheld therefrom (including, without limitation, any taxes, fees, expenses or other liabilities for which a Shareholder (or the Company, as a result of any action or inaction of the Shareholder) is liable).

 

126. Subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any Shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the Shares, but if and for so long as nothing is paid up on any of the Shares dividends may be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares. No amount paid on a Share in advance of calls shall, while carrying interest, be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the Share.

 

127. If several Persons are registered as joint holders of any Share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of the Share.

 

128. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

 

21


ACCOUNTS, AUDIT AND ANNUAL RETURN AND DECLARATION

 

129. The books of account relating to the Company’s affairs shall be kept in such manner as may be determined from time to time by the Directors.

 

130. The books of account shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place or places as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to the inspection of the Directors.

 

131. The Directors may from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Shareholders not being Directors, and no Shareholder (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by Ordinary Resolution.

 

132. The accounts relating to the Company’s affairs shall be audited in such manner and with such financial year end as may be determined from time to time by the Directors or failing any determination as aforesaid shall not be audited.

 

133. The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

134. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.

 

135. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment, and at any time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

136. The Directors in each year shall prepare, or cause to be prepared, an annual return and declaration setting forth the particulars required by the Companies Law and deliver a copy thereof to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands.

CAPITALISATION OF RESERVES

 

137. Subject to the Companies Law and these Articles, the Directors may:

 

  (a) resolve to capitalise an amount standing to the credit of reserves (including a Share Premium Account, capital redemption reserve and profit and loss account), whether or not available for distribution;

 

  (b) appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the Shareholders in proportion to the nominal amount of Shares (whether or not fully paid) held by them respectively and apply that sum on their behalf in or towards:

 

  (i) paying up the amounts (if any) for the time being unpaid on Shares held by them respectively, or

 

  (ii) paying up in full unissued Shares or debentures of a nominal amount equal to that sum,

and allot the Shares or debentures, credited as fully paid, to the Shareholders (or as they may direct) in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other, but the Share Premium Account, the capital redemption reserve and profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up unissued Shares to be allotted to Shareholders credited as fully paid;

 

22


  (c) make any arrangements they think fit to resolve a difficulty arising in the distribution of a capitalised reserve and in particular, without limitation, where Shares or debentures become distributable in fractions the Directors may deal with the fractions as they think fit;

 

  (d) authorise a Person to enter (on behalf of all the Shareholders concerned) into an agreement with the Company providing for either:

 

  (i) the allotment to the Shareholders respectively, credited as fully paid, of Shares or debentures to which they may be entitled on the capitalisation, or

 

  (ii) the payment by the Company on behalf of the Shareholders (by the application of their respective proportions of the reserves resolved to be capitalised) of the amounts or part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing Shares,

and any such agreement made under this authority being effective and binding on all those Shareholders; and

 

  (e) generally do all acts and things required to give effect to any of the actions contemplated by this Article.

SHARE PREMIUM ACCOUNT

 

138. The Directors shall in accordance with the Companies Law establish a Share Premium Account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any Share.

 

139. There shall be debited to any Share Premium Account on the redemption or purchase of a Share the difference between the nominal value of such Share and the redemption or purchase price provided always that at the determination of the Directors such sum may be paid out of the profits of the Company or, if permitted by the Companies Law, out of capital.

NOTICES

 

140. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, any notice or document may be served by the Company or by the Person entitled to give notice to any Shareholder either personally, or by posting it airmail or air courier service in a prepaid letter addressed to such Shareholder at his address as appearing in the Register, or by electronic mail to any electronic mail address such Shareholder may have specified in writing for the purpose of such service of notices, or by facsimile or by placing it on the Company’s Website should the Directors deem it appropriate provided that the Company has obtained the member’s prior express positive confirmation in writing to receive notices in such manner. In the case of joint holders of a Share, all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the joint holding, and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the joint holders.

 

141. Notices posted to addresses outside the Cayman Islands shall be forwarded by prepaid airmail.

 

142. Any Shareholder present, either personally or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company shall for all purposes be deemed to have received due notice of such meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which such meeting was convened.

 

143. Any notice or other document, if served by:

 

  (a) post, shall be deemed to have been served five days after the time when the letter containing the same is posted;

 

23


  (b) facsimile, shall be deemed to have been served upon production by the transmitting facsimile machine of a report confirming transmission of the facsimile in full to the facsimile number of the recipient;

 

  (c) recognised courier service, shall be deemed to have been served 48 hours after the time when the letter containing the same is delivered to the courier service; or

 

  (d) electronic mail, shall be deemed to have been served immediately upon the time of the transmission by electronic mail.

In proving service by post or courier service it shall be sufficient to prove that the letter containing the notice or documents was properly addressed and duly posted or delivered to the courier service.

 

144. Any notice or document delivered or sent in accordance with the terms of these Articles shall notwithstanding that such Shareholder be then dead or bankrupt, and whether or not the Company has notice of his death or bankruptcy, be deemed to have been duly served in respect of any Share registered in the name of such Shareholder as sole or joint holder, unless his name shall at the time of the service of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the Share, and such service shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service of such notice or document on all Persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the Share.

 

145. Notice of every general meeting of the Company shall be given to:

 

  (a) all Shareholders holding Shares with the right to receive notice and who have supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and

 

  (b) every Person entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Shareholder, who but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting.

No other Person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

 

146. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any information which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

 

147. The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its Members including, without limitation, information contained in the Register and transfer books of the Company.

INDEMNITY

 

148. Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, assistant Secretary, or other Officer (but not including the Company’s auditors) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person” ) shall be indemnified and secured harmless against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.

 

24


149. No Indemnified Person shall be liable:

 

  (a) for the acts, receipts, neglects, defaults or omissions of any other Director or Officer or agent of the Company; or

 

  (b) for any loss on account of defect of title to any property of the Company; or

 

  (c) on account of the insufficiency of any security in or upon which any money of the Company shall be invested; or

 

  (d) for any loss incurred through any bank, broker or other similar Person; or

 

  (e) for any loss occasioned by any negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust, error of judgement or oversight on such Indemnified Person’s part; or

 

  (f) for any loss, damage or misfortune whatsoever which may happen in or arise from the execution or discharge of the duties, powers, authorities, or discretions of such Indemnified Person’s office or in relation thereto;

unless the same shall happen through such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

FINANCIAL YEAR

 

150. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on December 31 st in each year and shall begin on January 1 st in each year.

NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

151. No Person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share upon any trust and the Company shall not, unless required by law, be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or as the Companies Law requires) any other right in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in each Shareholder registered in the Register.

WINDING UP

 

152. If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

153. If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them. If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise. This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

25


AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

154. Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to the various Classes, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

CLOSING OF REGISTER OR FIXING RECORD DATE

 

155. For the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting of Shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination as to who is a Shareholder for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not exceed in any case 30 days. If the Register shall be so closed for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders the Register shall be so closed for at least ten days immediately preceding such meeting and the record date for such determination shall be the date of the closure of the Register.

 

156. In lieu of or apart from closing the Register, the Directors may fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of the Shareholders and for the purpose of determining those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of any dividend the Directors may, at or within 90 days prior to the date of declaration of such dividend, fix a subsequent date as the record date for such determination.

 

157. If the Register is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of those Shareholders entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders or those Shareholders that are entitled to receive payment of a dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is posted or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Shareholders. When a determination of those Shareholders that are entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at a meeting of Shareholders has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

REGISTRATION BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

158. The Company may by Special Resolution resolve to be registered by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing. In furtherance of a resolution adopted pursuant to this Article, the Directors may cause an application to be made to the Registrar of Companies to deregister the Company in the Cayman Islands or such other jurisdiction in which it is for the time being incorporated, registered or existing and may cause all such further steps as they consider appropriate to be taken to effect the transfer by way of continuation of the Company.

DISCLOSURE

 

159. The Directors, or any service providers (including the Officers, the Secretary and the registered office agent of the Company) specifically authorised by the Directors, shall be entitled to disclose to any regulatory or judicial authority any information regarding the affairs of the Company including without limitation information contained in the Register and books of the Company.

 

26

Exhibit 4.4

SERIES A PREFERRED SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SERIES A PREFERRED SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into on February 5, 2018 by and among:

 

1. Puxin Limited, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”);

 

2. Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited, a company organized under the Laws of Hong Kong (the “ HK Company ”);

 

3. Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd / LOGO , a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC (the “ Domestic Company ”);

 

4. Each of the individuals listed on Schedule I attached hereto (each such individual, a “ Principal ” and, collectively, the “ Principals ”);

 

5. Long bright Limited, Gao & Tianyi Limited, Prospect Limited and Pution Limited, each a business company with limited liability incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (collectively, the “ Management Shareholders ” and each, a “ Management Shareholder ”);

 

6. Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P. (“ Trustbridge ”), an exempted limited partnership formed in the Cayman Islands, with its general partner TB Partners GP6, L.P. acting on behalf of it; and

 

7. Fasturn Overseas Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“ Fasturn ”, collectively with Trustbridge, the “ Investors ” and each, an “ Investor ”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

 

A. The Company owns 100% equity interest in the HK Company and the HK Company owns100% equity interest in Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd./ LOGO (the “ WFOE ”) which in turn Controls the Domestic Company through the VIE Structure.

 

B. The Group Companies are mainly engaged in provision of education service and/or other related consulting and technical supporting services (the “ Business ”). The Company seeks expansion capital to grow the Business and, correspondingly, seeks to secure an investment from the Investors, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

C. The Investors wish to invest in the Company by subscribing for, and the Company wishes to issue and sell to each Investor 5,958,940 Series A Preferred Shares (as defined below) respectively pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement (this “ Transaction ”).


D. The Parties desire to enter into this Agreement and make the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

WITNESSETH

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties intending to be legally bound hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions.

1.1 The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

Affiliate/ LOGO ” means, with respect to any Person other than a natural person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her spouse and lineal descendants, and estates or trusts controlled by the foregoing. The term “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of fifty percent (50%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day/ LOGO ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the United States of America, Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, or the PRC.

Charter Documents/ LOGO ” means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.

 

2


Circular 37 ” means, the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas Investment, Financing and Round Trip Investment via Overseas Special Purpose Companies [Huifa (2014) No. 37] issued by SAFE (as defined below) on July 14, 2014 and any other PRC laws, regulations, rules and circulars in force from time to time prior to the completion of such registration that operate to amend, supplement and/or implement the aforesaid regulation or any part thereof.

Consent/ LOGO ” means any consent, approval, authorization, release, waiver, permit, grant, franchise, concession, agreement, license, exemption or order of, registration, certificate, declaration or filing with, or report or notice to, any Person, including any Governmental Authority.

Contract ” means, a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order, and other legally binding arrangement, whether written or oral.

Conversion Shares means the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of any Shares.

Disclosure Schedule ” means the Disclosure Schedule attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A , dated as of the date hereof and the Closing, delivered by the Warrantors to the Investors on the date hereof and the Closing in connection with this Agreement.

Equity Securities/ LOGO ” means, with respect to any Person that is a legal entity, any and all shares of capital stock, membership interests, units, profits interests, ownership interests, equity interests, registered capital, and other equity securities of such Person, and any right, warrant, option, call, commitment, conversion privilege, preemptive right or other right to acquire any of the foregoing, or security convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for any of the foregoing, or any Contract providing for the acquisition of any of the foregoing.

Equity Transfer ” means the purchase of the equity interests held by TBP RMB Fund in the WFOE by HK Company, which have been specified under Step 11 of the Restructuring Agreement.

Equity Transfer Price ” means the purchase price to be paid by HK Company to TBP RMB Fund for the Equity Transfer.

Governmental Authority/ LOGO ” means any government of any nation, federation, province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the PRC or any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization.

Governmental Order ” means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

 

3


Group Company/ LOGO ” means Company, the HK Company, the WFOE, the Domestic Company and any direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the foregoing (with each of such Group Companies being referred to as a “ Group Company ”).

Indebtedness/ LOGO ” of any Person means, without duplication, each of the following of such Person: ( i ) all indebtedness for borrowed money, ( ii ) all obligations issued, undertaken or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables entered into in the ordinary course of business), ( iii ) all reimbursement or payment obligations with respect to letters of credit, surety bonds and other similar instruments, ( iv ) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced that are incurred in connection with the acquisition of properties, assets or businesses, ( v ) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or incurred as financing, in either case with respect to any property or assets acquired with the proceeds of such indebtedness (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or bank under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), ( vi ) all obligations that are capitalized (including capitalized lease obligations), ( vii ) all obligations under banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or similar facilities, ( viii ) all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Securities of such Person, ( ix ) all obligations in respect of any interest rate swap, hedge or cap agreement, and ( x ) all guarantees issued in respect of the Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (ix) above of any other Person, but only to the extent of the Indebtedness guaranteed.

Indemnifiable Loss ” means, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, cost, damage, deficiency, diminution in value, disbursement, expense, liability, loss, obligation, penalty or settlement of any kind or nature imposed on or otherwise incurred or suffered by such Person, including without limitation, reasonable legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses incurred in the investigation, collection, prosecution and defense of claims and amounts paid in settlement and taxes payable by such Person by reason of the indemnification.

Knowledge/ LOGO ” means, with respect to the Warrantors, the actual knowledge of any of the Warrantors, and that knowledge which should have been acquired by each Warrantor after making such due inquiry and exercising such due diligence as a prudent business person would have made or exercised in the management of his or her business affairs, including but not limited to due inquiry of all officers, directors, employees, consultants and professional advisers (including attorneys, accountants and auditors) of the Group and of its Affiliates who could reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the matters in question.

Law/ LOGO ” or “ Laws ” means any and all provisions of any applicable constitution, treaty, statute, law, regulation, ordinance, code, rule, or rule of common law, any governmental approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, in each case as amended, and any and all applicable Governmental Orders.

 

4


Liabilities ” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities, obligations and commitments of such Person of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due.

Lien ” means any claim, charge, easement, encumbrance, lease, covenant, security interest, lien, option, pledge, rights of others, or restriction (whether on voting, sale, transfer, disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by Contract, understanding, law, equity or otherwise.

Material Adverse Effect/ LOGO means any ( i ) event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or development that has had, has, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or together with other events, occurrences, facts, conditions, changes or developments, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, employees, operations, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects, assets or liabilities of the Group taken as a whole, ( ii ) material impairment of the ability of any Party (other than the Investors) to perform the material obligations of such party under any Transaction Documents, or ( iii ) material impairment of the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document against any Party hereto or thereto (other than the Investors).

Memorandum and Articles ” means the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company attached hereto as Exhibit B to be adopted in accordance with applicable Law within five (5) business days from the date hereof.

MOFCOM ” means the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC or, with respect to any matter to be submitted for examination and approval by the Ministry of Commerce, any Governmental Authority which is similarly competent to examine and approve such matter under the laws of the PRC.

Onshore Equity Increase Agreement ” means the Capital Increase Agreement entered by and among the Domestic Company, the Principals and Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. / LOGO LOGO and Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership / LOGO ( LOGO ) in 2015.

Ordinary Shares ” means the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

Person/ LOGO ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate or other enterprise or entity.

PRC/ LOGO ” means the People’s Republic of China, but solely for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and the islands of Taiwan.

 

5


Restructuring Agreemen t” means the restructuring agreement/ LOGO LOGO entered by and among the Parties, TBP RMB Fund and relevant parties on the date hereof which has been attached hereto as Exhibit C .

SAFE ” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC.

SAIC ” means the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of the PRC or, with respect to the issuance of any business license or filing or registration to be effected by or with the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, any Governmental Authority which is similarly competent to issue such business license or accept such filing or registration under the laws of the PRC.

Series A Preferred Shares ” means the series A preferred shares with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in the Memorandum and Articles and this Agreement.

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement entered by the Management Shareholders, Investors and the Company on the date hereof which has been attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Shares ” means the Series A Preferred Shares to be issued by the Company pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

“Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any given Person, any other Person that is Controlled directly or indirectly by such given Person.

TBP RMB Fund/TBP LOGO ” means Ningbo Trustbridge New Economy II Equity Investment Limited Partnership/ LOGO LOGO ( LOGO ).

Transaction Documents/ LOGO ” means the Restructuring Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, this Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles and each of the other agreements and documents otherwise required to implement the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

VIE Documents/VIE LOGO ” shall have the same meanings set forth in the Restructuring Agreement.

VIE Structure ” means the structure under which the WFOE Controls the Domestic Company through the VIE Documents.

Warrantors/ LOGO ” means, collectively, the Group Companies, the Principals and the Management Shareholders (each of such being referred to as a “ Warrantor ”).

 

6


1.2 Other Defined Terms . The following terms shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Sections set forth below:

 

Agreement/ LOGO

   Preamble

Arbitration Notice

   Section 5.5(i)

Business/ LOGO

   Recitals

Closing/ LOGO

   Section 2.3

Company

   Preamble

Dispute

   Section 5.5(i)

Fasturn

   Preamble

Fasturn Share Subscription Price

   Section 2.1

Management Shareholder/ Management Shareholders

   Preamble

HKIAC

   Section 5.5(ii)

HKIAC Rules

   Section 5.5(ii)

Hong Kong

   Section 5.4

HK Company

   Preamble

Investor/ LOGO

   Preamble

Party / Parties

   Preamble

Principal/Principals

   Preamble

Share Subscription Price

   Section 2.1

Trustbridge

   Preamble

Trustbridge Share Subscription Price

   Section 2.1

WFOE

   Recitals

 

2. Purchase and Sale of Shares.

2.1 Issuance of the Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Trustbridge agrees to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agrees to issue and sell to Trustbridge, 5,958,940 Series A Preferred Shares at a subscription price denominated in USD equivalent to RMB130,806,000 (the “ Trustbridge Share Subscription Price ”); Fasturn agrees to subscribe for and purchase, and the Company agrees to issue and sell to Fasturn, 5,958,940 Series A Preferred Shares at par value of US$0.00005 per share, at a subscription price of US$298 (the “ Fasturn Share Subscription Price ”, collectively with Trustbridge Share Subscription Price, the “ Share Subscription Price ”).

2.2 Deliverables of the Company . Within three (3) Business Days after the date hereof, the Company shall deliver to each Investor, ( a ) the updated register of members of the Company in a form acceptable to the Investors reflecting the issuance to the Investors of Series A Preferred Shares pursuant to Section 2.1; ( b ) the updated register of directors of the Company in a form acceptable to the Investors, evidencing the joint appointment of one (1) director by the Investors; and ( c ) the share certificates in the name of each Investor representing the Series A Preferred Shares that such Investor is subscribing for pursuant to Section 2.1. For avoidance of any doubts, each Investor shall be deemed as a shareholder of the Company and enjoy all shareholders rights from the date hereof.

 

7


2.3 The Closing . The Investors agree to pay the Share Subscription Price under Section 2.1 within five (5) Business Days after the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of the Investors, or waiver by the Investors, of the following conditions (the “Closing”):

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Section 3 that are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, shall have been true and complete when made and shall be true and complete on and as of the date hereof and the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date hereof and the Closing, except in either case for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which representations will have been true and complete as of such particular date, and (ii) that are not qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect, shall have been true and complete in all material aspects when made and shall be true and complete in all material aspects on and as of the date hereof and the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date hereof and the Closing, except in either case for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which representations will have been true and complete in all material aspects as of such particular date.

(b) Performance . Each Warrantor shall have performed and complied with all obligations and conditions contained in the Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by them, on or before the Closing . In particular, except for the payment of Equity Transfer Price, all the restructuring steps specified under the Restructuring Agreement have been duly completed, including without limitation (A) each of the Management Shareholders have completed the initial SAFE registration under Circular 37 and obtained an SAFE registration form with respect to his/her direct or indirect interest in the Company in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investors; (B) the Equity Transfer has been duly registered at the competent local SAIC office and filed with competent MOFCOM office.

(c) Authorizations . All Consents of any competent Governmental Authority or of any other Person that are required to be obtained by any Warrantor in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (including but not limited to those related to the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares, and any waivers of notice requirements, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights, put or call rights) shall have been duly obtained and effective prior to the Closing, and evidence thereof shall have been delivered to the Investors.

(d) Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions to be completed at the Closing and all documents incident thereto, including without limitation written approval from all of the then current holders of equity interests of each Group Company, as applicable, with respect to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, shall have been completed in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investors, and the Investors shall have received all such counterpart original or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request. In particular, the Investors have received all the deliverables under Section 2.2.

 

8


(e) Memorandum and Articles . The Memorandum and Articles, shall have been duly adopted by all necessary action of the Board of Directors and/or the members of the Company and shall have been duly filed with the appropriate authority (ies) of the Cayman Islands, and such adoption shall have become effective within five (5) business days from the date of this Agreement, and reasonable evidence thereof shall have been delivered to the Investors.

(f) Transaction Documents and VIE Documents . Each of the parties to the Transaction Documents and VIE Documents (including the updated VIE Documents under Step 9 of Restructuring Agreement) other than the Investors, shall have executed and delivered such Transaction Documents and VIE Documents to the Investors.

(g) No Material Adverse Effect . There shall have been no Material Adverse Effect since the execution date of this Agreement.

2.4 At the Closing, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions set forth above, the Investors shall pay the Share Subscription Price by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company.

2.5 Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the Shares to pay the Equity Transfer Price in accordance with the Restructuring Agreement. The Proceeds shall not be used in the payment of any debts or obligations of any Group Company or its Subsidiaries or in the repurchase or cancellation of securities held by any shareholders of the Group Companies or for any other purpose.

2.6 Conversion into Ordinary Shares. The Series A Preferred Shares can be converted into Ordinary Shares in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Warrantors . Subject to such exceptions as may be specifically set forth in the Disclosure Schedule, the Warrantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Investors that:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . Each Group Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the Laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment and has all requisite power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to perform each of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Group Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would be a Material Adverse Effect. Each Group Company that is a PRC entity has a valid business license issued by the SAIC or its local branch or other relevant Government Authorities, and has, since its establishment, carried on its business materially in compliance with the business scope set forth in its business license.

 

9


3.2 Capitalization and Voting Rights .

(i) Company. The authorized share capital of the Company is and immediately prior to the Closing shall be US$ 50,000 divided into ( a ) a total of 1,000,000,000 authorized Ordinary Shares, 100,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding; ( b ) a total of 11,917,880 authorized Series A Preferred Shares, none of which are issued and outstanding. Schedule II sets forth the capitalization table of the Company as of immediately prior to the Closing, and immediately after the Closing, in each case reflecting all then outstanding and authorized Equity Securities of the Company.

(ii) HK Company . The authorized share capital of the HK Company is HK$1, divided into one (1) shares of HK$1 each, one (1) of which are issued and outstanding and held by the Company.

(iii) No Other Securities . Except for ( a ) the conversion privileges of the Series A Preferred Share, ( b ) certain rights provided in the Transaction Documents, and (c) the convertible bonds which have been disclosed to the Investors, ( A ) there are no and at the Closing there shall be no other authorized or outstanding Equity Securities of any Group Company, other than the shares issued or reserved pursuant to this Agreement; ( B ) no Equity Securities of any Group Company are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal (except to the extent provided by applicable PRC Laws) or other rights to purchase such Equity Securities or any other rights with respect to such Equity Securities, and ( C ) no Group Company is a party or subject to any Contract that affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to, or the right to cause the redemption, or repurchase of, any Equity Security of such Group Company. Except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement and the convertible bonds which have been disclosed to the Investors, the Company has not granted any registration rights or information rights to any other Person, nor is the Company obliged to list, any of the Equity Securities of any Group Companies on any securities exchange. Except as contemplated under the Transaction Documents, there are no voting or similar agreements which relate to the share capital or registered capital of any Group Company.

(iv) Issuance and Status . All presently outstanding Equity Securities of the Company and HK Company were duly and validly issued (or subscribed for) in compliance with all applicable Laws, preemptive rights of any Person, and applicable Contracts. All share capital or registered capital, as the case may be, of the Company and HK Company have been duly and validly issued, are fully paid (or subscribed for) and nonassessable, and are and as of the Closing shall be free of any and all Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer under the Transaction Documents and applicable Laws). Except as contemplated under the Transaction Documents, there are no ( a ) resolutions pending to increase the share capital of the Company or HK Company or cause the liquidation, winding up, or dissolution of the Company or HK Company, nor has any distress, execution or other process been levied against the Company or HK Company, ( b ) dividends which have accrued or been declared but are unpaid by the Company or HK Company, ( c ) obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Company or HK Company to repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire any Equity Securities, or ( d ) outstanding or authorized equity appreciation, phantom equity, equity plans or similar rights with respect to the Company or HK Company.

 

10


3.3 Authorization . Each Warrantor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All action on the part of each party to the Transaction Documents (other than the Investors) (and, as applicable, its officers, directors and shareholders) necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the performance of all obligations of each such party, and, in the case of the Company, the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance), sale and delivery of the Shares and the Conversion Shares, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. Each Transaction Document has been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than the Investors) and constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except ( i ) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and ( ii ) as limited by Laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

3.4 Valid Issuance of Shares . The Shares, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from any Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer under applicable Laws and under the Shareholders Agreement and Memorandum and Articles). The Conversion Shares have been reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Memorandum and Articles, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from any Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer under applicable securities Laws and under the Shareholders Agreement and Memorandum and Articles ). The issuance of the Shares and the Conversion Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.

3.5 Consents; No Conflicts . All Consents from or with any Governmental Authority or any other Person required in connection with the valid execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, in any case on the part of any party thereto (other than the Investors) have been duly obtained or completed (as applicable) and are in full force and effect. The execution, delivery and performance of each Transaction Document by each party thereto (other than the Investors) do not, and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated thereby will not, ( i ) result in any violation of, be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, require any Consent under, or give any Person rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation under, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, any Governmental Order, any provision of the Charter Documents of any Group Company, any applicable Laws, ( ii ) result in any termination, modification, cancellation, or suspension of any material right of, or any augmentation or acceleration of any material obligation of, any Group Company (including without limitation, any indebtedness of such Group Company), or ( iii ) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the material properties or assets of any Group Company other than Permitted Liens.

 

11


3.6 Offering . The offer, sale and issuance of the Shares are, and the issuance of the Conversion Shares will be, exempt from the qualification, registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities Laws.

3.7 No Operation . Both the Company, HK Company and WFOE are established for the purpose of holding company, neither of them has conducted any business operation, signed any kind of undisclosed major contracts or owned any kind of undisclosed properties (including real properties and intellectual properties), assets, Indebtedness or Liabilities since its establishment. Both the Company and HK Company are, and have been in compliance in all material aspects with all applicable laws.

3.8 Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Warrantors in this Agreement and no information or materials provided by the Warrantors to the Investors in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there is no fact that the Company has not disclosed to the Investors in writing and of which any of its officers, directors or executive employees has knowledge and that has had or would reasonably be expected to have any Material Adverse Effect.

3.9 Others . All the representations and warranties under Schedule III attached hereto.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Investors. Unless otherwise disclosed by the Investors at the Closing to the Warrantors in writing, the Investors represent and warrant to the Warrantors that:

4.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . Each Investor is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the Laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment and has all requisite power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to perform each of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Each Investor is qualified to do business and is in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would be a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2 Authorization. Each Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All action on the part of each Investor to the Transaction Documents (and, as applicable, its officers, directors and shareholders) necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the performance of all obligations of such Investor, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. Each Transaction Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Investor and constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable against such Investor in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by Laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

12


4.3 Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Investors in this Agreement and no information or materials provided by the Investors to the Warrantors in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Further Assurances .

(i) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein, each of the Parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done, to execute such further instruments, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties hereto in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws or otherwise to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Transaction Documents, provided that except as expressly provided herein, no Party shall be obligated to grant any waiver of any condition or other waiver hereunder.

(ii) The Warrantors undertake that the Group Companies have engaged Deloitte to be the auditor for the purpose of IPO. Each of the Warrantor shall cause the Company to deliver to the Investors as soon as practical, but in no event later than three (3) months from the execution of this Agreement the audited consolidated annual report of the Group Companies for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, which shall fairly present in all material respects the financial conditions and operating results of the Group Companies as of the end of 2017, including without limitations all the assets, Indebtedness and tax matters.

5.2 Indemnification .

(i) The Warrantors shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Investor and its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, agents and assigns, against any and all Indemnifiable Loss incurred by it, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from any inaccuracy in, breach of, or nonperformance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by the Group Companies and the Management Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other than cases of fraud or willful misconduct, the maximum liability of the Management Shareholders pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be limited to the delivery of the all Company’s Equity Securities held by them (either directly or indirectly); and the maximum liability of the Group Companies to each Investor pursuant to this Section 5.2 shall be limited to such Investor’s total investment in the Series A Preferred Shares.

 

13


(ii) The Investors shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Warrantor against any and all Indemnifiable Loss incurred by it, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from any inaccuracy in, breach of, or nonperformance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by the Investors pursuant to this Agreement.

5.3 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties hereto whose rights or obligations hereunder are affected by such terms and conditions. This Agreement and the rights and obligations therein may not be assigned by any Warrantor without the prior written consent of the Investors. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party other than the Parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

5.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the Laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC (“ Hong Kong ”), without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder.

5.5 Dispute Resolution .

(i) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

(ii) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong.

(iii) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section, including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section shall prevail.

(iv) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

(v) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

(vi) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive Laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive Law.

 

14


(vii) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

(viii) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

5.6 Notices . Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address of the relevant Party as shown on Schedule I V (or at such other address as such Party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties to this Agreement given in accordance with this Section). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the earlier of ( i ) delivery (or when delivery is refused) and ( ii ) expiration of two (2) Business Days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid, if such day is a Business Day and if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, otherwise the next Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a “with a copy to” address is designated, notice must also be given to such address in the manner above for such notice, request, consent or other communication hereunder to be effective.

5.7 Survival of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall survive any investigation made by any party hereto. The representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive from the Closing until the second anniversary of the Closing, except that the following representations and warranties shall survive from the Closing indefinitely: (i) the Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.3, Section 3.4, Section 3.5, Section 3.6 and Section 3.7 of this Agreement, and (ii) Section 1.1, Section 1.2, Section 1.4, Section 1.5, Section 1.7, Section 1.9, Section 1.10, Section 5.7 and Section 12 under Schedule III of this Agreement.

5.8 Rights Cumulative; Specific Performance . Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of a party hereto will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such Party may have at Law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to such Party. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree irreparable harm may occur for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

15


5.9 Severability . In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any such applicable Law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such Law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

5.10 Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended, only with the written consent of each of ( i ) the Company, ( ii ) each Management Shareholder, and ( iii ) each Investor. Any amendment effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each of the Parties hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Party against whom such waiver is sought.

5.11 No Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

5.12 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting Party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

5.13 No Presumption . The Parties acknowledge that any applicable Law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made by a Party relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of any Party or its counsel.

 

16


5.14 Headings and Subtitles; Interpretation . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. Unless a provision hereof expressly provides otherwise: ( i ) the term “or” is not exclusive; ( ii ) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; ( iii ) the terms “herein”, “hereof”, and other similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, clause, or other subdivision; ( iv ) the term “including” will be deemed to be followed by, “but not limited to”, ( v ) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will each be deemed to include the others; ( vi ) the terms “shall”, “will”, and “agrees” are mandatory, and the term “may” is permissive; ( vii ) the term “day” means “calendar day”, and “month” means calendar month, ( viii ) all references in this Agreement to designated “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Sections and other subdivisions of the body of this Agreement, ( ix ) all references in this Agreement to designated Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices are to the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices attached to this Agreement, ( x ) the phrase “directly or indirectly” means directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediate Persons or through contractual or other arrangements, and “direct or indirect” has the correlative meaning, ( xi ) references to laws include any such law modifying, re-enacting, extending or made pursuant to the same or which is modified, re-enacted, or extended by the same or pursuant to which the same is made, ( xii ) each representation, warranty, agreement, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance, regardless of whether also addressed by a different or more specific representation, warranty, agreement, or covenant, ( xi i ) pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms, ( x iv ) references to this Agreement, the Disclosure Schedule, any other Transaction Documents and any other document shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended, supplemented or novated from time to time, and ( xv ) all references to dollars or to “US$” are to currency of the United States of America; all references to dollars or to “HK$” are to currency of the Hong Kong and all references to RMB are to currency of the PRC (and each shall be deemed to include reference to the equivalent amount in other currencies).

5.15 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in eight (8) counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

5.16 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and other Transaction Documents, together with all schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and supersede all other agreements between or among any of the Parties with respect to the subject matters hereof and thereof.

(The remainder of this page is left intentionally blank; signature page to follow)

 

17


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

COMPANY :

 

Puxin Limited
By:  

/s/ SHA Yunlong

Name:   SHA Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Chief Executive Officer, Director

HK COMPANY :

 

Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited
By:  

/s/ SHA Yunlong

Name:   SHA Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Chief Executive Officer, Director

DOMESTIC COMPANY :

 

Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd / LOGO
By:  

/s/ SHA Yunlong

Name:   SHA Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Chief Executive Officer, Director
/s/ Seal of Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

PRINCIPALS :

 

SHA YUNLONG ( LOGO )
By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

GAO LIANG ( LOGO )
By:  

/s/ Gao Liang

XIAO YUN ( LOGO )
By:  

/s/ Xiao Yun

LI GANG ( LOGO )
By:  

/s/ Li Gang


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDERS :

 

Long bright Limited
By:  

/s/ SHA Yunlong

Name:   SHA Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Director
Gao & Tianyi Limited
By:  

/s/ GAO Liang

Name:   GAO Liang ( LOGO )
Title:   Director
Prospect Limited
By:  

/s/ XIAO Yun

Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
Title:   Director
Pution Limited
By:  

/s/ LI Gang

Name:   LI Gang ( LOGO )
Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

INVESTOR :

 

Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P.
By its general partner TB Partners GP6, L.P. on behalf of Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P.
By:  

/s/ LIN Ning David

Name:   LIN Ning David
Title:   Authorized Representative

[ Signature Page to Series A Preferred Share Subscription Agreement ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

INVESTOR :

 

Fasturn Overseas Limited
By:  

/s/ CHEN Yuan

Name:   CHEN Yuan
Title:   Director

[ Signature Page to Series A Preferred Share Subscription Agreement ]

Exhibit 4.5

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 5, 2018 by and among:

 

  (a) Puxin Limited, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”);

 

  (b) Long bright Limited, Gao & Tianyi Limited, Prospect Limited and Pution Limited, each a business company with limited liability incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (collectively, the “ Management Shareholders ” and each, a “ Management Shareholder ”);

 

  (c) Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P. (“ Trustbridge ”), an exempted limited partnership formed in the Cayman Islands, with its general partner TB Partners GP6, L.P. acting on behalf of it;

 

  (d) Fasturn Overseas Limited, a company with limited liability incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (“ Fasturn ”, with Trustbridge collectively, the “ Investors ” and each, an “ Investor ”); and

 

  (e) Puxin Nova Limited, Stary International Limited, Long wit Limited, Long belief Limited, Long faith Limited, Long favor Limited, each a business company with limited liability incorporated in the British Virgin Islands (collectively, the “ Other Shareholders ” and each, a “ Other Shareholder ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, on the date hereof, (a) the Management Shareholders hold and beneficially own certain number of Ordinary Shares, (b) the Investors hold and beneficially own certain number of Series A Preferred Shares, and (c) the Other Shareholders hold and beneficially own certain number of Ordinary Shares, each as set forth opposite such Other Shareholders, Management Shareholder’s, or Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement to govern certain of their rights, duties and obligations as Shareholders of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

D EFINITIONS

Section 1.01. Definitions. (a) As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:


Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person other than a natural person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person. With respect to any Person who is a natural Person, such Person’s Affiliates shall also include his or her spouse and lineal descendants, and estates or trusts controlled by the foregoing. The term “ control ” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ”, “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided , that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of fifty percent (50%) or more of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person.

Alternate Director ” means a person appointed pursuant to Section 2.01(d) and designated as an alternate Director by the appointing Director.

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any transnational, domestic or foreign federal, state or local law (statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree, ruling or other similar requirement enacted, adopted, promulgated or applied by a Governmental Authority that is binding upon or applicable to such Person, as amended unless expressly specified otherwise.

Auditor ” means the Person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the PRC, United States of America, Hong Kong or the Cayman Islands.

Company Competitors ” means any of New Oriental, Xueersi Education or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of New Oriental or Xueersi Education.

Company Securities ” means the Equity Securities of the Company, including the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares.

Consent ” means any consent, approval, permit, license, exemption or order of, registration or filing with, any Governmental Authority.

Date of Qualified IPO ” means the first day on which the Company Securities begin trading on a stock exchange pursuant to a Qualified IPO.

Director ” means any director of the Company.

Domestic Company ” means Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO LOGO ), a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the PRC.

 

2


Equity Securities ” means, with respect to any Person that is a legal entity, any and all shares of capital stock, membership interests, units, profits interests, ownership interests, equity interests, registered capital, and other equity securities of such Person, and any right, warrant, option, call, commitment, conversion privilege, preemptive right or other right to acquire any of the foregoing, or security convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for any of the foregoing.

ESOP ” means any equity incentive, purchase or participation plan, employee stock option plan or similar plan of the Company approved and adopted in accordance with this Agreement, including but not limited to the arrangement under Section 6.06.

Founder ” means Mr. Yunlong Sha ( LOGO ), a PRC citizen with identification card number being 21020219760127271X.

Group Companies ” means the Company, the HK Company, the WFOE, the Domestic Company and any direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the foregoing (with each of such Group Companies being referred to as a “ Group Company ”).

Governmental Authority ” means any government of any nation, federation, province, state or locality or any other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the PRC or any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization.

Governmental Order ” means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

HK Company ” means Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO ), a company organized under the Laws of Hong Kong.

Hong Kong ” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

IPO Resolution ” means a Board resolution or a Shareholders resolution to approve the Qualified IPO or any related reorganization of the Group Companies for purpose of effecting the Qualified IPO.

Law ” or “ Laws ” means any and all provisions of any applicable constitution, treaty, statute, law, regulation, ordinance, code, rule, or rule of common law, any governmental approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, in each case as amended, and any and all applicable Governmental Orders.

Memorandum and Articles ” means the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

3


New Oriental ” means New Oriental Education & Technology Group Inc., an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

New Securities ” means any Company Securities, provided , however , that the term “New Securities” shall not include (i) Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Public Offering, (ii) Equity Securities issued or issuable to the Group Companies’ employees, officers, directors, consultants or any other Persons qualified pursuant to the employee ownership or equity incentive plan of the Company, including those reserved in the arrangement under the Section 6.06, (iii) Equity Securities issued in connection with any bona fide acquisition (whether by consolidation, merger, purchase of assets, amalgamation, reorganization or otherwise) of any other Person, and (iv) Equity Securities issued or issuable pursuant to a share subdivision, share dividend, combination, Recapitalization or other similar transaction of the Company.

Options ” means rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Ordinary Shares or Company Securities.

Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

Permitted Transfers ” means (i) any Transfer of Company Securities by a Management Shareholder to its Affiliate(s) or a trust for the benefit of such Management Shareholder or its Affiliate(s), or (ii) any Transfer of Company Securities by the Management Shareholders pursuant to or in furtherance of the ESOP.

Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a Governmental Authority.

PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, but solely for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, excluding Hong Kong, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan.

Preferred Shares ” means the Series A Preferred Shares.

Principal/Principals ” shall have the meaning set forth in Share Subscription Agreement.

Public Offering ” means a firm underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company and the listing of such securities for trading on a stock or investment exchange or other public market.

Qualified IPO ” means a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market System, the Main Board or the Growth Enterprise Market of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange, Shenzhen Stock Exchange, or any other recognized international securities exchange approved by the Board, with an implied pre-money valuation of at least RMB10 billion on a fully diluted and as converted basis or any Public Offering which does not satisfy the requirements described above but is approved by the Investor.

 

4


Recapitalization ” means any reorganization, restructuring, reclassification or other similar event by the Company of its capital structure.

Related Party ” means any Affiliate, officer, director or supervisory board member of any Group Company.

Restructuring Agreement ” means the restructuring agreement/ LOGO entered by and among the Parties,TBP RMB Fund and relevant parties dated February 5, 2018.

RMB ” means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC.

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Series A Preferred Shares ” means the series A preferred shares with a par value of US$0.00005 per share in the share capital of the Company, having the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions set out in the Memorandum and Articles and this Agreement.

Shares ” means the Ordinary Shares and the Preferred Shares.

Shareholder ” means each shareholder of the Company.

Share Subscription Agreement ” means the Share Subscription Agreement entered by and among the Company, Principles, Management Shareholders, Investors and other related parties on the date hereof.

Statute ” means the Companies Law of the Cayman Islands as amended and every statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in effect.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other person that is controlled directly or indirectly by such Person.

Xueersi Education ” means TAL Education Group, an exempted company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

Transaction Documents ” means Restructuring Agreement, Share Subscription Agreement, this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles and each of the other agreements and documents otherwise required to implement the transactions contemplated by the Restructuring Agreement.

Transfer ” means, with respect to any Company Securities, (i) when used as a verb, to sell, assign, dispose of, exchange, pledge, encumber, hypothecate or otherwise transfer such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein, whether directly or indirectly (including pursuant to a derivative transaction), or agree or commit to do any of the foregoing and (ii) when used as a noun, a direct or indirect sale, assignment, disposition, exchange, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, or other transfer of such Company Securities or any participation or interest therein or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

 

5


WFOE ” means Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd./ LOGO      ( LOGO )      LOGO .

US$ ” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.

VIE Documents ” shall have the same meanings set forth in the Restructuring Agreement.

(b) Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term    Section

Agreement

Arbitration Notice

  

Preamble

Section 7.06

Chairman    Section 2.01(a)
Company    Preamble
Competing Business    Section 6.02
Confidential Information    Section 6.01(a)
Disclosing Party    Section 6.01(b)

Claim Notice

Dispute

  

Section 5.08

Section 7.06

Drag-Along Sale    Section 4.03(a)
Drag-Along Sale Notice    Section 4.03(b)
Election Notice    Section 4.03(c)
Election Period    Section 4.03(c)
Fasturn    Preamble
Final Prospectus    Section 5.08
Form S-3    Section 5.02

Form F-3

HKIAC

HKIAC Rules

  

Section 5.02

Section 7.06

Section 7.06

Holder    Section 5.02
Issuance Notice    Section 4.04(a)
Initiating Holders    Section 5.03
Investor    Preamble
Investor Director    Section 2.01(a)
Management    Section 2.06
Management Shareholder    Preamble
Non-Disclosing Parties    Section 6.03(b)
Offered Securities    Section 4.01(a)
Offeror    Section 4.03(a)
Option Period    Section 4.01(b)
Pro Rata Share    Section 4.01(b)
Proposed Issuance    Section 4.04(b)
Proposed Recipient    Section 4.04(a)
Registrable Securities    Section 5.02

 

6


Term    Section
Replacement Nominee    Section 2.01(c)
Request Notice    Section 5.03
Request Securities    Section 5.03
Transferor    Section 4.01(a)
Transfer Notice    Section 4.01(a)
Trustbridge    Preamble
Violation    Section 5.08

Section 1.02. Other Definitional and Interpretative Provisions. The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of like import used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. The captions herein are included for convenience of reference only and shall be ignored in the construction or interpretation hereof. References to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement unless otherwise specified. All Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto or referred to herein are hereby incorporated in and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth in full herein. Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein, shall have the meaning as defined in this Agreement. Any singular term in this Agreement shall be deemed to include the plural, and any plural term the singular. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”, whether or not they are in fact followed by those words or words of like import. “Writing”, “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form. References to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; provided that with respect to any agreement or contract listed on any schedules hereto, all such amendments, modifications or supplements must also be listed in the appropriate schedule. References to any law include all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. References to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of that Person. References from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and including, respectively. References to “law”, “laws” or to a particular statute or law shall be deemed also to include any and all Applicable Law.

ARTICLE 2

C ORPORATE G OVERNANCE

Section 2.01. Board of Directors . (a) The number of Directors constituting the entire Board shall be four (4) and the term of a Director shall be three (3) years. Each Shareholder shall vote its Shares at any Shareholders meeting called for the purpose of filling the positions of the Board or in any written consent of Shareholders executed for such purpose to elect, and shall take all other actions necessary to ensure the election to the Board of: (i) three (3) Director appointed by Long bright Limited, and (ii) one (1) Director appointed by the Investor (the “ Investor Director ”). The chairman of the Board (the “ Chairman ”) shall be selected from one of the three (3) Directors appointed by Long bright Limited.

 

7


(b) Each Shareholder agrees that, if at any time it is then entitled to vote for the removal of any Director from the Board, it shall not vote any of its Company Securities or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in favor of the removal of any Director who shall have been designated pursuant to Section 2.01(a) or Section 2.01(c), unless the Person or Persons entitled to designate or nominate or appoint such Director pursuant to Section 2.01 shall have consented to such removal in writing; provided that, if the Person or Persons entitled to designate any Director pursuant to Section 2.01 shall request in writing the removal, with or without cause, of such Director, each Shareholder shall vote all of its Company Securities or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in favor of such removal.

(c) If, as a result of death, disability, retirement, resignation, removal (with or without cause) or otherwise, there shall exist or occur any vacancy on the Board:

(i) the Person or Persons entitled under Section 2.01 to designate such Director whose death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal resulted in such vacancy, subject to the provisions of Section 2.01, shall have the exclusive right to designate another individual (the “ Replacement Nominee ”) to fill such vacancy and serve as a Director; and

(ii) subject to Section 2.01, each Shareholder agrees that if it is then entitled to vote for the election of the Directors, it shall vote all of its Company Securities, or execute proxies or written consents, as the case may be, in order to ensure that the Replacement Nominee be elected to the Board.

(d) Each of the Directors may appoint an Alternate Director from time to time to act during his absence and such Alternate Director shall be entitled, while holding such office at such, to receive notices of meetings of the Board or any committee (if any) thereof (if the Director who has appointed the Alternate Director is a member of such committee), and attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the appointing Director is not present and generally to exercise all the powers, rights, duties and authorities and to perform all functions of the appointing Director.

(e) At the written request of the Investors, the Company shall, to the extent practicable and permissible by Law, (i) cause the board of directors of the WFOE and the Domestic Company to have the same composition as the Company, and (ii) cause the quorum and voting arrangements and other procedures with respect to the boards of directors of the WFOE and the Domestic Company to be substantially the same as those set forth in this Article 2 with respect to the Board and the Company.

Section 2.02. Board Meetings. (a) The Board shall hold a regularly scheduled meeting at least once every calendar quarter. Meetings shall be held in a location of the Company or other location approved by a majority of the Directors. The Directors may participate in any meetings of the Board or any committee thereof through remote communication device where the participants can hear one another.

(b) A Board meeting may be called by the Chairman or any Director by giving notice in writing to the Chairman (or the Board) specifying the date, time and agenda for such meeting. The Chairman shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice to all Directors of such meeting, accompanied by a written agenda specifying the business of such meeting and copies of all papers relevant for such meeting. No less than seven (7) days’ prior written notice shall be given to all Directors; provided , however , that such notice period may be reduced or waived with the written consent of all of the Directors.

 

8


(c) All meetings of the Board shall require a quorum of at least three (3) Directors, which shall at least include the Investor Director. If any Director is absent (and does not designate a representative) for (i) two (2) consecutive duly-called Board meetings or (ii) two (2) Board meeting in aggregate out of four (4) consecutive duly-called Board meetings, the Shareholder appointing such Director shall remove such Director and such Director shall be removed pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

(d) At any Board meeting, each Director may exercise one (1) vote. Subject to Section 2.03, all actions of the Board shall require (i) the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Directors present at a duly-convened meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present or (ii) the unanimous written consent of the Board; provided that, if there is a vacancy on the Board and an individual has been nominated to fill such vacancy, the first order of business shall be to fill such vacancy.

(e) The reasonable costs of attendance of Directors at Board meetings shall be borne by the Company.

Section 2.03. Board Reserve Matters . (a) In addition to such other limitations as may be provided by this Agreement, the Statute and the Memorandum and Articles, the Company shall not, and shall cause the other Group Companies not to, without the approval of the Investor Director, take any of the following actions:

(i) sell, pledge, mortgage, lease or otherwise dispose of assets outside the ordinary course of business; or with a transaction amount in excess of US$5,000,000 in aggregate per fiscal year; with respect to any disposal of the Equity Securities of the Group Companies, if the revenue or turnover of such Equity Securities disposed accounts for more than 5% of the revenue or turnover of the Company in the preceding fiscal year on consolidated basis;

(ii) create, incur or assume any indebtedness or payment obligation in excess of US$15,000,000;

(iii) approve or amend any quarterly budget and operational plan, including any capital expenditure, operating budget and financial plan (such approval shall be obtained before the beginning of each financial quarter);

(iv) incur any capital expenditure not contemplated by the duly-approved budget or plan;

(v) incur any financial indebtedness not contemplated by the duly approved budget or plan;

(vi) provide guarantee or security in respect of obligations of a third party (including the Shareholders or actual controlling persons of the Company);

 

9


(vii) make any material changes to the accounting policies, engage or change the independent Auditor;

(viii) adopt or amend the ESOP (including the adoption of the ESOP under Section 6.06), or grant any options under the ESOP;

(ix) execute, terminate or amend any VIE Documents; or

(x) other matters to be approved by the Board as requested by the Shareholders meeting.

Section 2.04. Shareholders Meetings . (a) The Shareholders shall hold a regularly scheduled meeting once every calendar year. The Shareholders may participate in any Shareholders meeting through remote communication device where the participants can hear one another.

(b) A Shareholders meeting may be called by (i) 1/3 or more of the Directors or (ii) Shareholder(s), individually or in the aggregate, holding at least ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding Shares by giving notice in writing to the Secretary of the Company specifying the date, time and agenda for such meeting. The Secretary of the Company shall upon receipt of such notice give a copy of such notice to all Shareholders, accompanied by a written agenda specifying the business of such meeting and copies of all papers relevant for such meeting. No less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice shall be given to all Shareholders.

(c) All Shareholders meetings shall require the attendance of Shareholders holding at least a majority in voting power of the outstanding Shares of the Company, which shall at least include the Investors.

(d) At any Shareholders meeting, each Shareholder is entitled to the voting power proportionate to its ownership of Shares. Holders of Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares shall vote at any Shareholders Meeting as a single class. Holders of Preferred Shares shall vote their Preferred Shares on an as-converted basis. Subject to Section 2.05, the adoption of any resolution at the Shareholders meeting shall require the affirmative vote of at least a majority in voting power of all the Shareholders.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, any action that may be taken by the Shareholders at a meeting may be taken by a written resolution signed by all the Shareholders.

Section 2.05. Shareholder Reserve Matters . In addition to such other limitations as may be provided by this Agreement, the Statute and the Memorandum and Articles, the Company shall not, and shall cause the other Group Companies not to, without (1) the approval of the Investors, and (2) the affirmative written consent or approval of the Shareholders holding at least two thirds (2/3) of the Shares (including Ordinary Shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class and on an as-converted basis), take any of the following actions:

(i) effect a merger, spilt, consolidation, restructuring, change of control, establishment of any Subsidiary, joint venture or partnership arrangements, change of organizational form, liquidation, winding up, dissolution, insolvency or other similar transactions;

 

10


(ii) declare or pay any dividends or distribution to shareholders, or determine any profit distribution policy;

(iii) engage in any business materially different from the existing business lines, change or cease any existing business line, or change the principal business of the Company;

(iv) increase or reduce (by redemption, repurchase or otherwise) the authorized share capital of the Company and the Domestic Company (save for the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon the conversion of any Preferred Shares, or the redemption of any Preferred Shares in accordance with their terms of issue, or issuance or sale of any Equity Security or debt security or grant any warrant, option, award or other right to acquire the foregoing pursuant to the ESOP duly approved by the Board), change the shareholding structure of the Company (save for those issued, transferred or granted pursuant to the ESOP duly approved by the Board), WFOE and the Domestic Company, or dilute or reduce the ownership of any Investor in the Company and the Domestic Company (save for any arrangement under ESOP);

(v) dispose of all or any portion of material assets, business, goodwill or other interests of any Group Company;

(vi) amend the constitutional documents (including the Memorandum and Articles) of the Company and the Domestic Company;

(vii) change the size or composition of the Board or any committee thereof;

(viii) transact with any Related Party;

(ix) engage in any debt financing plan or arrangement in excess of US$15,000,000;

(x) engage in any merger or acquisition with an amount in excess of RMB100,000,000;

(xi) issue or sell any Equity Security or grant any warrant, option, award or other right to acquire the foregoing (except for those issued or granted pursuant to the ESOP duly approved by the Board);

(xii) determine the underwriter(s) and stock exchange of, and approve the valuation and terms and conditions of, the Public Offering;

(xiii) approve or amend any annual budget and operational plan, including any capital expenditure, operating budget and financial plan (such approval shall be obtained before the beginning of each fiscal year);

 

11


(xiv) amend or cancel any Investor’s rights under the Transaction Documents or grant any third party any right more favorable than any Investor’s rights under the Transaction Documents;

(xv) engage in other matters that materially and adversely affect the financial condition and business development of the Company;

(xvi) engage in any jointly operated project; or

(xvii) other matters agreed upon by the parties to this Agreement.

Section 2.06. Management . (a) Unless otherwise provided herein, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Deputy Chief Financial Officer and other senior management of the Company as the Board may deem necessary (collectively, the “ Management ”) shall be authorized and appointed by the Board in accordance with this Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles; (b) Founder shall have the right to nominate, for the Board’s authorization and appointment, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company; (c) the Investors shall have the right to jointly nominate, for the Board’s authorization and appointment, the Deputy Chief Financial Officer of the Company; and (d) the Investors shall have the right to (through its PRC designated party) jointly nominate one (1) supervisor for each of the WFOE and the Domestic Company. The Management Shareholders shall cause the boards of directors (or other competent corporate bodies) of the WFOE and the Domestic Company to approve such nominee(s).

ARTICLE 3

R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER

Section 3.01. General Restrictions on Transfer . Each Shareholder agrees that it shall not Transfer any Company Securities (or solicit any offer in respect of any Transfer of any Company Securities), except in compliance with all Applicable Laws and the terms and conditions of this Agreement. With respect to an initial Public Offering of the Company, the Shareholder further agrees to strictly comply with all restrictions and limitations on Transfer under all Applicable Laws of the proposed place of listing. Any attempt to Transfer any Company Securities not in compliance with this Agreement shall be null and void, and the Company shall not, and shall cause any transfer agent not to, give any effect in the Company’s share register or equivalent documents to such attempted Transfer.

Section 3.02. Restrictions on Transfer by Management Shareholders . Prior to the Date of Qualified IPO, except for the Permitted Transfers, the Management Shareholders agree not to Transfer any Company Securities held by them without the prior written consent of each of the Investors. In addition, if any Director, officer or other employee of the Company acquires, directly or indirectly, Companies Securities in the future, the Company shall ensure that such Director, officer or employee complies with the restrictions on Transfer provided in the preceding sentence and such compliance of restrictions shall be a condition for the direct or indirect acquisition by such Director, officer or employee of the Companies Securities.

 

12


Section 3.03. Restrictions on Transfer by the Investors . The Investors shall not Transfer any Company Securities to any of the Company Competitors at any time. Subject to the preceding sentence, for the avoidance of doubt, the Transfer of any Company Securities by any Investor shall not be subject to the restrictions provided in Section 3.02, Section 4.01 or Section 4.02.

ARTICLE 4

R IGHT OF F IRST REFUSAL ; C O - SALE R IGHTS ; D RAG - ALONG R IGHTS ; P REEMPTIVE R IGHTS

Section 4.01. Right of First Refusal. (a) Subject to Section 3.02 and except for the Permitted Transfers, if any Management Shareholder (the “ Transferor ”) proposes to Transfer any Company Securities to one or more Persons other than the Shareholders, the Transferor shall give the Company and the Investors a written notice of the Transferor’s intention to make the Transfer (the “ Transfer Notice ”), which shall include (i) a description of the Company Securities to be transferred (the “ Offered Securities ”), (ii) the identity and address of the prospective transferee and (iii) the consideration and other material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made.

(b) Each Investor shall have an option for a period of twenty (20) Business Days following receipt of the Transfer Notice (the “ Option Period ”) by notifying the Transferor in writing before expiration of the Option Period to (i) disapprove such Transfer, or (ii) approve such Transfer and not exercise its right of first refusal, or (iii) approve such Transfer and elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Securities at the same price and subject to the same terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice and specify the number of such Offered Securities that it wishes to purchase. Failure by any Investor to give such notice within the Option Period shall be deemed a consent to the Transfer and a waiver by such Investor of its rights of first refusal under this Section 4.01 with respect to such Offered Securities.

(c) If any Investor gives the Transferor and the Company notice that it desires to purchase Offered Securities, payment for the Offered Securities to be purchased shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency, against delivery of such Offered Securities to be purchased, remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures no later than the 60 th day after expiration of the Option Period, or other time as agreed by the Transferor and such Investor. The Company will update its register of members upon the consummation of any such Transfer.

Section 4.02. Co-Sale Rights . (a) After receiving the Transfer Notice, to the extent that any Investor does not elect to exercise its right of first refusal provided under Section 4.01, such Investor shall have the right to participate in such sale of Offered Securities proposed to be Transferred by the Transferor to the prospective transferee identified in the Transfer Notice on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor in writing the number of such Offered Securities that it wishes to sell before expiration of the Option Period. Failure by any Investor to give such notice within the Option Period shall be deemed a waiver by such Investor of its co-sale rights under this Section 4.02 with respect to such Offered Securities.

 

13


(b) The maximum number of Company Securities that each Investor may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of the Offered Securities proposed to be Transferred by the Transferor to the prospective transferee identified in the Transfer Notice, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Companies Securities owned by such Investor and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Companies Securities held by the Transferor and such Investor immediately prior to the proposed Transfer.

(c) Any Investor shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Transferor for Transfer to the prospective transferee, before the applicable closing, one or more certificates, which represent the type and number of Company Securities which such Investor elects to sell.

(d) The share certificate or certificates that any Investor delivers to the Transferor pursuant to Section 4.02(c) shall be submitted to the Company for cancellation and the Company shall, upon the consummation of the sale of the Company Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, issue a new certificate to such Investor for the remaining balance. The Transferor shall concurrently therewith remit to such Investor that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Investor is entitled by reason of its participation in such Transfer. The Company shall update its register of members upon consummation of such Transfer.

(e) To the extent that any prospective purchaser prohibits the participation by any Investor exercising its co-sale rights hereunder in a proposed Transfer or otherwise refuses to purchase Company Securities from such Investor, the Transferor shall not sell to such prospective purchaser any Company Securities. In the event that the Transferor sell any Company Securities not in compliance with this Section 4.02, the Investors shall have the right to sell to the Transferor and the Transferor shall purchase from the Investors such Company Securities that the Investors would otherwise be entitled to sell to the prospective purchaser pursuant to its co-sale rights for the same consideration and on the terms and conditions as the proposed Transfer described in the Transfer Notice.

Section 4.03. Drag-Along Rights . (a) Subject to Section 3.03, at any time prior to the Date of Qualified IPO, if any Investor proposes a transaction to Transfer all or any portion of the Company Securities held by such Investor (the “ Drag-Along Sale ”), to any third party (other than such Investor or any Affiliate of such Investor) (the “ Offeror ”), such Investor may, at its option, require each Management Shareholder to Transfer all or any portion of the Company Securities of such Management Shareholder to the Offeror and take all actions necessary or desirable to consummate the Drag-Along Sale; provided that such Drag-Along Sale shall be (i) approved by such Investor and the Founder; and (ii) at an equity valuation of the Company of no less than US$1,000,000,000 on a fully diluted basis.

(b) If any Investor elects to exercise its drag-along rights, such Investor shall give a written notice (the “ Drag-Along Sale Notice ”) to the Management Shareholders as soon as practicable, and in any event not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expected closing date of the Drag-Along Sale. The Drag-Along Sale Notice shall include (i) the number and type of Company Securities to be Transferred, (ii) the name and address, and beneficial owner of the Offeror, (iii) the amount and form of the proposed consideration in connection with the Drag-Along Sale for such Company Securities to be Transferred and (iv) any other terms and conditions of the Drag-Along Sale. In the event that the proposed consideration for the Drag-Along Sale includes consideration other than cash, the Drag-Along Sale Notice shall include a calculation of the fair market value of such consideration and an explanation of the basis for such calculation. Such Drag-Along Sale Notice shall be accompanied by a form of the proposed agreement, if any exists at such time, between such Investor and the Offeror regarding the Drag-Along Sale.

 

14


(c) If any Management Shareholder desires to purchase the Company Securities held by any Investor as proposed to be Transferred in the Drag-Along Sale, such Management Shareholder shall give a written notice (the “ Election Notice ”) to such Investor within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Drag-Along Sale Notice (the “ Election Period ”), indicating that it intends to purchase such Company Securities held by such Investor at the same price and on the same terms and conditions as described in the Drag-Along Sale Notice. Such Investor shall agree to Transfer such Company Securities to such Management Shareholder upon receipt of such Election Notice, and the Transfer shall be consummated within sixty (60) days after the expiration of such Election Period. If the Management Shareholders fail to give the Election Notice within such Election Period or refuse to purchase the Company Securities held by any Investor in writing, such Investor shall have the right to exercise its drag-along rights under this Section 4.03 to require each Management Shareholder to Transfer, together with such Investor, all or any portion of the Company Securities of such Management Shareholder to the Offeror at the same price and on the same terms and conditions described in the Drag-Along Sale Notice.

(d) The Investors shall have sixty (60) days from the expiration of the Election Period to consummate the Drag-Along Sale on the terms and conditions set forth in such Drag-Along Sale Notice.

(e) The Management Shareholders agree to cause the then Management and/or other relevant employees of the Company to use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the Investors to consummate the Drag-Along Sale, including participating in or assisting in any onsite investigation, management interview or due diligence investigation conducted by the Offeror; provided that the Investors shall give reasonable period of advance notice to the Management Shareholders in relation to such investigation or interview.

Section 4.04. Preemptive Rights. (a) The Company shall not issue any New Securities to any Person (the “ Proposed Recipient ”) unless the Company has offered each Investor in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4.04 the right to purchase up to such Investor’s pro rata share of a portion of the New Securities, for a purchase price equal to the price to be paid by the Proposed Recipient and on the same terms and conditions as are offered to the Proposed Recipient. For purpose of this Section 4.04, each Investor’s “pro rata share” to purchase a portion of the New Securities shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of New Securities to be issued in the Proposed Issuance, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Company Securities owned by such Investor and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Company Securities then outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such New Securities.

(b) Not less than twenty (20) Business Days (or other shorter period as agreed by the Investors) prior to any proposed issuance of Such New Securities (a “ Proposed Issuance ”), the Company shall deliver to the Investors a written notice of the Proposed Issuance (the “ Issuance Notice ”) setting forth (i) the number, type and material terms and conditions of the New Securities to be issued, (ii) the consideration to be received by the Company in connection with the Proposed Issuance, and (iii) the identity of the Proposed Recipients.

 

15


(c) Within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of the Issuance Notice, the Investors shall give written notice to the Company of its election to waive or exercise its preemptive rights under this Section 4.04 and if elect to exercise, specifying the number of Company Securities to be purchased by the Investors. Failure by any Investor to give such notice within such fifteen (15) Business Day period shall be deemed a waiver by such Investor of its preemptive rights under this Section 4.04 with respect to such Proposed Issuance.

(d) If both Investors fail to exercise their preemptive rights within the time period described above, the Company shall be free to complete the Proposed Issuance on terms no less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Issuance Notice; provided , that (i) such issuance is consummated within sixty (60) Business Days after the earlier of (x) expiration of the fifteen (15) Business Day period described in Section 4.04(c), and (y) the date of written notice given by such Investor described in Section 4.04(c), and (ii) the price at which the new Equity Securities are issued shall be equal to or higher than the purchase price described in the Issuance Notice. In the event that the Company has not issued such New Securities within such sixty (60) Business Day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such New Securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.04.

ARTICLE 5

R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

Section 5.01. Applicability of Rights . The holders of the Preferred Shares shall be entitled to the following rights with respect to any potential public offering of Ordinary Shares of the Company (or securities representing such Ordinary Shares) in the United States, and to any analogous or equivalent rights with respect to any other offering of shares in any other jurisdiction pursuant to which the Company undertakes to publicly offer or list such securities for trading on a recognized securities exchange.

Section 5.02. Definitions . For purposes of this Article 5:

(a) Registration. The terms “ register ”, “ registered ”, and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement under the Securities Act, and the declaration of effectiveness of such registration statement.

(b) Registrable Securities. The term “ Registrable Securities ” means collectively: (i) Preferred Shares, (ii) Ordinary Shares of the Company issued or issuable (A) upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and (B) pursuant to the issuance of New Securities by the Company to the holders of Preferred Shares pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) Ordinary Shares of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any of the foregoing; (iv) any other Ordinary Share owned or hereafter acquired by the holders of Preferred Shares, including Ordinary Shares issued in respect of the Ordinary Shares described in (ii) and (iii) above upon any share split, share dividend, recapitalization or a similar event; and (v) any depositary receipts issued by an institutional depositary upon deposit of any of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Registrable Securities” shall not include any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which rights under this Article 5 are not assigned in accordance with this Agreement or any Registrable Securities sold in a public offering, whether sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, or in a registered offering, or otherwise.

 

16


(c) Registrable Securities Then Outstanding. The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall mean the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company that are Registrable Securities and are then issued and outstanding or would be outstanding assuming full conversion of all Registrable Securities which are convertible into Ordinary Shares.

(d) Holder. For purposes of this Article 5, the term “ Holder ” means any Person who holds Registrable Securities of record, whether such Registrable Securities were acquired directly from the Company or from another Holder in a permitted transfer, to whom the rights under this Article 5 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Agreement, a record holder of the Preferred Shares convertible into such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Holder of such Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that (i) the Company shall in no event be obligated to register the Preferred Shares and that (ii) Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their Preferred Shares into Ordinary Share in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately prior to the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement for the offering to which the registration relates.

(e) Form S-3 and Form F-3. The terms “ Form S-3 ” and “ Form F-3 ” means such respective form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor or comparable registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC, which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

Section 5.03. Demand Registration .

(a) Request by Holders. If the Company shall receive, at any time after six (6) months following the closing of a Qualified IPO, a written request from the Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company files a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 5.03, then the Company shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of such written request, give a written notice of such request (the “ Request Notice ”) to all Holders of the Preferred Shares. The Holders shall send a written notice stating the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and included in such registration (the “ Request Securities ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Request Notice. The Company shall thereafter use its best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration of the Request Securities, subject only to the limitations of this Section 5.03.

 

17


(b) Underwriting. If the Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 5.03 (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this this Section 5.03 and the Company shall include such information in the Request Notice referred to in this Section 5.03(a). In the event of an underwritten offering, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and reasonably acceptable to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 5.03, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Holders of Preferred Shares on a pro-rata basis according to the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by each Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Holders); provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced (x) by more than seventy percent (70%) and (y) unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration including all shares that are not Registrable Securities and are held by any other Person, including any Person who is an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Further, if, as a result of such underwriter cutback, the Holders cannot include in the IPO all of the Registrable Securities that they have requested to be included therein, then such Registration shall not be deemed to constitute one of the two (2) demand Registrations to which the Holders are entitled pursuant to this Article 5. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter(s), delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, the Holder and the partners and retired partners of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, and for any Holder that is a corporation, the Holder and all corporations that are affiliates of such Holder, shall be deemed to be a single “Holder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder”, as defined herein.

(c) Maximum Number of Demand Registrations. The Company shall have no obligation to effect more than two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 5.03.

 

18


(d) Deferral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 5.03, a certificate signed by the president or chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided further that during such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of any securities of the Company.

(e) Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the Registrable Securities sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 5.03, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printer’s and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders of the Registrable Securities and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. Each Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 5.03 shall bear such Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares of Registrable Securities sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all discounts and commissions relating to the Registrable Securities sold by the Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay any expense of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 5.03 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree that such registration constitutes the use by the Holders of one (1) demand registration pursuant to this this Section 5.03 (in which case such registration shall also constitute the use by all Holders of Registrable Securities of one (l) such demand registration); provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, or if the registration proceeding is terminated for any reason not specifically covered by this this Section 5.03(e), then the Company shall be required to pay all of such expenses and such registration shall not constitute the use of a demand registration pursuant to this this Section 5.03.

Section 5.04. Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 5.03 or Section 5.05 of this Agreement or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder shall within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

19


(a) Underwriting. If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 5.04 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 5.04 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first to the Company, and second, to each of the Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro-rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Holder; provided , however , that the right of the underwriter(s) to exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and underwriting as described above shall be restricted so that (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in any such registration is not reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities for which inclusion has been requested, even if this will cause the Company to reduce the number of shares it wishes to offer; and (ii) all shares that are not Registrable Securities and are held by any other Person, including any Person who is an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company shall first be excluded from such registration and underwriting before any Registrable Securities are so excluded. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter(s) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, the Holder and the partners and retired partners of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, and for any Holder that is a corporation, the Holder and all corporations that are affiliates of such Holder, shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting and brokers’ discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 5.04, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 5.04 notwithstanding the cancellation or delay of the registration proceeding for any reason.

 

20


(c) Not Demand Registration. Registration pursuant to this Section 5.04 shall not be deemed to be a demand registration as described in Section 5.03 above. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 5.04.

Section 5.05. Form S-3 or Form F-3 Registration . After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or Form F-3 or any comparable or successor form promptly and to maintain such qualification thereafter. If the Company is qualified to use Form S-3 or Form F-3, any Holder or Holders shall have a right to request in writing that the Company effect a registration on either Form S-3 or Form F-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, and upon receipt of each such request, the Company shall perform the tasks set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) below:

(a) Notice. Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Holder’s or Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) Registration. As soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holders or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after the date on which the Company provides the notice contemplated by Section 5.05(a); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 5.05:

(i) if Form S-3 or Form F-3 becomes unavailable for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price of less than US$1,000,000 to the public; or

(iii) if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected a registration under the Securities Act other than a registration from which the Registrable Securities of Holders have been excluded (with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities the Holders requested to be included in such registration) pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.04(a).

 

21


(c) Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting or brokers’ discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 5.05, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 5.05 notwithstanding the cancellation or delay of the registration proceeding for any reason.

(d) Maximum Frequency. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 5.05.

(e) Deferral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 5.05, a certificate signed by the president or chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration statement to be filed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided further that during such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of any securities of the Company.

(f) Not Demand Registration. Form S-3 or Form F-3 registrations shall not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 5.03 above.

(g) Underwriting. If the requested registration under this Article 5 is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 5.03(b) shall apply.

(h) If the Company fails to perform any of the Company’s obligations set forth above in this Section 5.05 relating to a demand registration made pursuant to Section 5.03, such registration shall not constitute the use of a demand registration under Section 5.03.

Section 5.06. Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as practicable:

(a) Registration Statement. Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and keep any such registration statement effective for a period of one (1) year or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever is earlier;

(b) Amendments and Supplements. Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement;

 

22


(c) Prospectuses. Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

(d) Blue Sky. Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) Deposit Agreement. If the registration relates to an offering of depositary shares or other securities representing Ordinary Shares deposited pursuant to a deposit agreement or similar facility, cause the depositary under such agreement or facility to accept for deposit under such agreement or facility all Registrable Securities requested by each Holder to be included in such registration in accordance with this Article 5;

(f) Underwriting. In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(g) Notification. Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(h) Opinions and Comfort Letter. Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriter(s) for sale, if such Registrable Securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such Registrable Securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities becomes effective, (i) opinions, each dated as of such date, of the counsels representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort letter” dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

23


Section 5.07. Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 5.03, 5.04 or 5.05 that the Holders shall furnish to the Company information regarding such Holders, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities as shall reasonably be required to timely effect the Registration of their Registrable Securities.

Section 5.08. Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 5.03, 5.04 or 5.05:

(a) By the Company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and its Affiliates, partners, officers, directors, employee, legal counsel, agent, any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each Person, if any, who Controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities or actions in respect thereof arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”):

(i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

(ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or

(iii) any violation or alleged violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

        and the Company shall reimburse each such Holder and its Affiliates, partners, officers, directors, employees, legal counsel, agents, underwriters or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity contained in this Section 5.08(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, underwriter or controlling Person of such Holder.

 

24


(b) By Selling Shareholders. To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, on a several and not joint basis, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who Controls the Company, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors, officers, legal counsel or any Person who Controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, legal counsel, controlling Person, underwriter or other such Holder, partner or director, officer or controlling Person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities or actions in respect thereto arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in the Company’s reasonable reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other Holder, partner, officer, director or controlling Person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action: provided , however , that the indemnity contained in this Section 5.08(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Holder under this Section 5.08(b) plus any amount under Section 1.8(e) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Notice. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5.08 of notice of the commencement of any action, including any governmental action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 5.08, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof (a “ Claim Notice ”) and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, (i) during the period from the delivery of a Claim Notice until retention of counsel by the indemnifying party; and (ii) if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver a written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 5.08 to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced as a result thereof, but the omission to deliver a written notice to the indemnified party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 5.08.

 

25


(d) Defect Eliminated in Final Prospectus. The foregoing indemnity of the Company and Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b) (the “ Final Prospectus ”), such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Person if a copy of the Final Prospectus was timely furnished to the indemnified party and was not furnished to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act.

(e) Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling Person of any such Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5.08 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 5.08 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Holder or any such controlling Person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 5.08; then, and in each such case, the Company and such Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that, in any such case: (A) no such Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement absent guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and (B) no Person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation as defined in Section 11(f) of the Securities Act will be entitled to contribution from any Person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

(f) Survival. The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 5.08 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, regardless of the expiration of any statutes of limitation or extensions of such statutes.

Section 5.09. Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company;

 

26


(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual, interim, quarterly or other report of the Company and, (iii) such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

Section 5.10. Termination of the Company s Obligations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Sections 5.03, 5.04 or 5.05 with respect to any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registered public offering (i) five (5) years after the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii), if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may then be sold under Rule 144 in one transaction without exceeding the volume limitations thereunder.

Section 5.11. No Registration Rights to Third Parties . Without the prior written consent of the Holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, the Company covenants and agrees that it shall not grant, or cause or permit to be created, for the benefit of any Person or entity any registration rights of any kind, whether similar to the demand, “piggyback” or Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration rights described in this Article 5, or otherwise, relating to any shares or other securities of the Company, other than rights that are subordinate to the rights of the Holders hereunder.

Section 5.12. Market Stand-Off Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that, if and to the extent requested by the lead underwriter of securities of the Company in connection with a registration relating to a specific proposed public offering (other than a registration on Form S-8 or a related or successor form relating solely to an employee benefit plan or a registration on Form S-4 or a related or successor form relating solely to a transaction under SEC Rule 145), such Holder will, subject to the following conditions, enter into a lock-up or standoff agreement in customary form (subject to the following conditions) under which such Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other shares of the Company owned by such Holder as of the date of such registration for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the related registration statement. The obligations of each Holder under this Section 5.12 are subject to the following conditions: (i) the lockup or standoff agreement applies only to the first registration statement of the Company which covers securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering, but not to Registrable Securities actually sold pursuant to such registration statement; (ii) such Holder is satisfied that all directors, officers, and holders of 1% or more of any class of securities of the Company are bound by substantially identical restrictions; (iii) the lockup or standoff agreement provides that if any securities of the Company are to be excluded or released in whole or part from such restrictions, the underwriter shall so notify each Holder within three (3) days and each Holder shall be excluded or released, in proportionate amounts to the extent of the exclusion or release with respect to any other holder of Company’s securities, including any director, officer, or holder of 1% or more of any class of securities of the Company subject to such restrictions; and (iv) the lockup or standoff agreement by its terms permits transfers of Registrable Securities by any Holder to any Affiliate of such Holder during the restricted period, provided that such Affiliate executes a lock-up or standoff agreement substantively identical to that signed by the transferring Holder. The lock-up or standoff agreement shall expire no later than ninety (90) days after execution by the Holder if no underwritten public offering has occurred by the date of such execution. The Company may impose a stop-transfer restriction with respect to Registrable Securities that are subject to any such lockup or standoff agreement, but shall remove such restriction immediately upon the expiration or termination of such lockup or standoff agreement.

 

27


Section 5.13. Public Offering Rights (Non-U.S. Offerings) . If shares of the Company are offered in an underwritten public offering (whether or not a Qualified IPO) outside of the United States for the account of any Ordinary Shareholder or other shareholders, each Holder shall have the right to include a pro-rata number of shares (based on the number of shares (on an as—converted basis) then held by such Holder and all other shareholders of the Company selling in such offering) in such offering on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Holders than to any other selling shareholder.

Section 5.14. Re-sale Rights . The Company shall use its best efforts to assist each Holder in the sale or disposition of its Registrable Securities after a Qualified IPO, including the prompt delivery of applicable instruction letters by the Company and legal opinions from the Company’s counsels in forms reasonably satisfactory to the Holder’s counsel. In the event the Company has depositary receipts listed or traded on any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the Company shall pay all costs and fees related to such depositary facility, including conversion fees and maintenance fees for Registrable Securities held by the Holders.

ARTICLE 6

C ERTAIN C OVENANTS AND A GREEMENTS

Section 6.01. Confidentiality . (a) The parties shall, and shall cause its Affiliates, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, representatives and agents to, treat as strictly confidential the existence and terms of the Transaction Documents and all information received or obtained from the other parties as a result of or in connection with the entering into or performing this Agreement or other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (the “ Confidential Information ”).

(b) The parties must not disclose any Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of the other parties. In the event that any party is requested or becomes legally compelled (including, without limitation, pursuant to securities laws and regulations and other applicable laws and stock exchange rules) to disclose any Confidential Information, such party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) shall provide the other parties (the “ Non-Disclosing Parties ”) with prompt written notice of that fact and use all reasonable efforts to seek (with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other parties) a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy; provided that if such protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy is not available, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information which is requested or legally required to be disclosed.

 

28


Section 6.02. Non -C ompetition , Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality . (a) For so long as any Investor remains a Shareholder and unless such Investor otherwise consents in writing, each Management Shareholder shall not, and shall cause each of their Affiliates (excluding the Group Companies) not to, (i) directly or indirectly own, manage, control, invest in or otherwise participate in any business that competes with the business currently or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries (the “ Competing Business ”) regardless of being a shareholder, joint venture party, licensor, licensee, agent, distributor, counsel, employee, etc.; (ii) hire, attempt to hire or solicit any officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries to conduct the Competing Business within twelve (12) months after such officer’s termination of employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries; (iii) solicit, induce or attempt to cause any officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries to conduct the Competing Business, in each case which may result in the termination of such officer’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries; or (iv) permit, support or through other Person take any of the foregoing actions.

(b) The Management Shareholders and the Company shall cause the senior management of the Group Companies to enter into employment agreement or side letter containing a confidentiality provision or other provisions of a similar nature.

Section 6.03. Information Right s . The Company agrees to furnish to each Shareholder, for so long as it owns any Company Securities:

(i) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, the financial statements of the Company for such fiscal year, as audited by the Auditors mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Investors;

(ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flows as of/for such period), and the analysis report of the results of operations of the Company prepared by the management (including the financial data and analysis on the variances from the budget and target for such period);

(iii) within fifteen (15) days after the end of each fiscal month, the unaudited financial statements (including balance sheet, statement of operations and cash flows as of/for such period), and the analysis report of the results of operations of the Company prepared by the management (including the financial data and analysis on the variances from the budget and target for such period);

(iv) no later than fifteen (15) days prior to the end of a fiscal quarter, the proposed financial budget for the next quarter;

(v) no later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of a fiscal year, the proposed financial budget for the next year;

(vi) within five (5) Business Days after receiving any document(s) from any Governmental Authority, claiming the Company, any Director or officer of the Company is in violation of any Applicable Law, copies of such document(s) to the Investors; and

(vii) other report as reasonably requested by any Shareholder.

 

29


Section 6.04. Inspection Rights . The Company shall allow, and the Management Shareholders shall ensure that the Company shall allow, each Investor and its authorized representatives the right during normal business hours with reasonable advance notice, at such Shareholder’s own expense, (a) to inspect the facilities, books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to make extracts and copies therefrom and to have reasonable access to the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ property and assets; (b) to discuss the business, operations and conditions of the Company and its Subsidiaries with relevant directors, officers, employees, accountants, legal counsel and investment bankers. The Company shall allow, and the Management Shareholders shall ensure that the directors, officers, employees of the Company cooperate with each Investor and its authorized representatives during such process.

Section 6.05. Most Favored Nations. If the Company provides other investors with more favorable rights or terms than those provided to the Investors under the Transaction Documents in the future, each Investor shall be entitled to such more favorable rights or terms automatically without paying any additional consideration.

Section 6.06. ESOP Reservation . The Company, the Management Shareholders and the Investors hereby agree that, as soon as practicable immediately after the Company’s first confidential submission of its registration statement on the Form F-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company shall (i) reserve 18,222,222 Ordinary Shares (as adjusted for any share dividends, combinations, reclassifications or splits with respect to such shares), which is equivalent to 10% of the Company’s share capital after such issuance on a fully-diluted and as-converted basis; and (ii) adopt an ESOP in the forms and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor Director to administer such reserved share capital. The Investors agree to take all necessary actions to reserve such share capital.

ARTICLE 7

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01. Binding Effect; Assignability; Benefit. (a) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by any party hereto pursuant to any Transfer of Company Securities or otherwise, except that any Person acquiring Company Securities from any Shareholder in a Transfer in compliance with Article 3 (but excluding any such Transfer made in a Public Offering) or any Person acquiring Company Securities that is required or permitted by the terms of this Agreement or any employment agreement or share purchase, option, share option or other compensation plan of the Company or any other Group Company to become a party hereto shall (unless already bound hereby) execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to be bound by this Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto and shall thenceforth be a “Shareholder”.

 

30


(c) Except as expressly provided herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of each party hereunder may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided that each Investor may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to its Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other parties.

(d) Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the parties hereto, and their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.

Section 7.02. Notices. (a) Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand delivered to the other party, upon delivery; (b) when sent by facsimile at the number set forth in Schedule I I hereto, upon receipt of confirmation of error-free transmission; (c) seven (7) Business Days after deposit in the mail as air mail or certified mail, receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed to the other party as set forth in Schedule I I ; (d) three (3) Business Days after deposit with an overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties as set forth in Schedule I I with next business-day delivery guaranteed, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider; or (e) when sent by e-mail if sent to the address set forth in Schedule I I , and a receipt of the e-mail is requested and received.

(b) Each Person making a communication hereunder by facsimile or e-mail shall promptly confirm by telephone to the Person to whom such communication was addressed but the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of any such communication. A party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section 7.02 by giving the other party written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

Section 7.03. Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the prior written consent of all parties hereto. The failure of any party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. In addition, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.

Section 7.04. Fees and Expenses . All costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement, or any amendment or waiver hereof, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such costs or expenses.

 

31


Section 7.05. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Hong Kong, without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder.

Section 7.06. Dispute Resolution . (i) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “Dispute”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “Arbitration Notice”) to the other. (ii) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “HKIAC Rules”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong. (iii) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section, including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section shall prevail. (iv) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party. (v) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award. (vi) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive Laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive Law. (vii) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal. (viii) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.]

Section 7.07. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement shall become effective when each party hereto shall have received a counterpart hereof signed by all of the other parties hereto.

Section 7.08. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and other Transaction Documents, together with all schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and supersede all other agreements between or among any of the parties with respect to the subject matters hereof and thereof.

Section 7.09. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by the HKIAC, a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

32


Section 7.10. Specific Enforcement . The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur if any provision of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement or to enforce specifically the performance of the terms and provisions hereof, in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity.

Section 7.11. Effectiveness; Terminatio n . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution hereof by all of the parties to this Agreement, and shall continue in effect until the earlier to occur of the following: (a) consummation of a Qualified IPO, (b) any date agreed upon in writing by the Company and all the Shareholders, and (c) with respect to any Shareholder, upon the time it no longer holds any Company Securities; provided that (i) this Section 7.11, Section 7.02, Section 7.05 and Section 7.06 shall survive any termination of this Agreement, and (ii) no such termination shall release any party from any liability arising prior to such termination.

— REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK —

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:
Puxin Limited
By:    /s/ SHA Yunlong
  Name:   SHA Yunlong ( LOGO )
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer, Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER:
Long bright Limited
By:    /s/ SHA Yunlong
  Name:   SHA Yunlong ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER:
Gao & Tianyi Limited
By:    /s/ GAO Liang
  Name:   GAO Liang ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER:
Prospect Limited
By:    /s/ XIAO Yun
  Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

MANAGEMENT SHAREHOLDER:
Pution Limited
By:    /s/ LI Gang
  Name:   LI Gang ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:

Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P.

 

By its general partner TB Partners GP6, L.P.

on behalf of Trustbridge Partners VI, L.P.

By:    /s/ LIN Ning David
  Name:   LIN Ning David
  Title:   Authorized Representative


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

INVESTOR:
Fasturn Overseas Limited
By:   /s/ CHEN Yuan
Name:   CHEN Yuan
Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Puxin Nova Limited
By:    /s/ XIAO Yun
  Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Stary International Limited
By:    /s/ XIAO Yun
  Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Long wit Limited
By:    /s/ XIAO Yun
  Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Long belief Limited
By:    /s/ XIAO Yun
  Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Long faith Limited
By:    /s/ XIAO Yun
  Name:   XIAO Yun ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

Long favor Limited
By:    /s/ YANG Hao
  Name:   YANG Hao ( LOGO )
  Title:   Director

Exhibit 4.6

THIS NOTES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of August 1, 2017 by and among:

 

  (1) Puxin Limited , a company organized and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”);

 

  (2) Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO ) , a company organized and existing under the laws of Hong Kong (the “ HK Company ”);

 

  (3) Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited , a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the British Virgin Islands (the “ Purchaser ”);

 

  (4) The individual listed in Schedule I hereto (the “ Founder ”);

 

  (5) The entity listed in Schedule II hereto (the “ Founder Holdco ”; together with the Founder, the “ Key Parties ”);

 

  (6) Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO , the “ Domestic Company ”), a limited liability company incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the PRC.

The Company, the HK Company, the Purchaser, the Founder, the Founder Holdco, the PRC Companies (as defined below) are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and respectively referred to as a “ Party ”.

WHEREAS , the Founder owns 85.24% of the equity ownership of the Company through the Founder Holdco and own 59.24% of the equity interest in the Domestic Company;

WHEREAS , the Company has requested the Purchaser to provide loans in the aggregate principal amount of US$50,000,000 (the “ Principal Amount ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Notes (as defined below), under which the Company will issue to the Purchaser a convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 (the “ Convertible Principal Amount ”) and a promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of US$25,000,000 (the “ Ordinary Principal Amount ”); and

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1. ISSUANCE OF NOTES

1.1 Issuance of Notes .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Note Closing (as defined below), the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, the convertible promissory note in the form of Exhibit  A hereto (the “ Convertible Note ”) in the Convertible Principal Amount, against payment by the Purchaser to the Company of the Convertible Principal Amount;

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Note Closing (as defined below), the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, the promissory note in the form of Exhibit  B hereto (the “ Ordinary Note ”, together with the Convertible Note, the “ Notes ”) in the Ordinary Principal Amount, against payment by the Purchaser to the Company of the Ordinary Principal Amount.

 

1


(iii) In order to secure their obligations under this Agreement and the Note, the Warrantors agree to enter into the Security Deed and Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements (as defined below) to which it is a party.

1.2 Use of Proceeds . Subject to Section  6 hereof, the Company shall use the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes solely for payment of the consideration for the Company’s purchase and acquisition of 100% equity interest held by the offshore Affiliate of PEARSON PLC. in Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd. ( LOGO ) and its Affiliates (the “ Proposed Acquisition ”), and shall not use such proceeds to pay any debt of the Group Companies or to repurchase or cancel any securities held by any shareholder of the Group Companies or to make any payment to the shareholders or affiliates of any Group Company or for any other purposes without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

SECTION 2. NOTE CLOSING

2.1 Note Closing . The closing of the purchase and sale of the Notes hereunder (the “ Note Closing ”) shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures on the Closing Date, within three (3) Business Days upon completion by the Company (or waiver by the Purchaser) of all conditions in Section  5 below.

2.2 Delivery .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after the Note Closing, the Purchaser shall pay the Company, by wire transfer of immediately available funds, an amount equal to the Principal Amount, to the offshore bank account designated in writing by the Company and delivered to the Purchaser at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Note Closing (the “ Designated Account ”). The obligation of the Purchaser to pay the Principal Amount under this Agreement and both of the Convertible Note and the Ordinary Note are completed upon the full payment of the Principal Amount into the Designated Account; and

(ii) At the Note Closing, the Company shall (a) execute and deliver to the Purchaser a Convertible Note and an Ordinary Note in its name evidencing the Purchaser’s payment of the Convertible Principal Amount and the Ordinary Principal Amount. The Notes issued to the Purchaser shall be binding obligation of the Company upon execution thereof by the Company and delivery thereof to the Purchaser (including delivery via fax, email or other electronic means); and (b) deliver other documents as provided under Section  5 hereof.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the Group Companies and the Key Parties (collectively, the “ Warrantors ”) hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Purchaser that the statements in this Section  3 , except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules (the “ Disclosure Schedules ”) attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C (the contents of which shall also be deemed to be representations and warranties hereunder) are all true, accurate, complete and not misleading as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Note Closing. For purposes of this Section  3 , with respect to a Party that is an entity, any reference to such Party’s “knowledge” means such Party’s best knowledge after due and diligent inquiries of officers, directors, and other employees of such Party reasonably believed to have knowledge of the matter in question.

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification .

(i) Each of the Company and the HK Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under, and by virtue of, the laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment and has all requisite power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. Each of the Company and the HK Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2


(ii) Each of the PRC Companies is a company duly organized and existing under the laws of the PRC, and has all powers and all governmental licenses, permits, Governmental Authorizations, consents and approvals required to carry on its business as now conducted, unless failure to do so would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the PRC Companies has paid all such governmental fees, Taxes and stamp duty required to be paid by it under applicable PRC and other laws prior to or upon the Closing, unless any default in paying such governmental fees, Taxes and stamp duty would not have Material Adverse Effect. Copies of the business license, articles of association, and other organizational documents of each of the PRC Companies, as amended to date, have been delivered to the Purchaser and are true, correct and complete and are in full force and effect.

3.2 Due Authorization and No Conflict . All corporate action on each Group Company, its officers, directors and shareholders and authorization, approval and consent of a third Person necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of each Transaction Agreement (as defined below), the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes, the performance of their respective obligations under each Transaction Agreement and all other agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Note Closing. The execution, delivery, performance and observance by such Group Company of its obligations under each Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the issue and sale of the Notes to the Purchaser pursuant hereto, have been duly authorized and are, or will be duly authorized prior to the Note Closing and will be, the legally valid and binding obligations of such Group Company, enforceable against such Group Company in accordance with their respective terms, subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and to general equitable principles. Neither the Notes, nor the Conversion Shares are subject to any pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal, or liens of any kind. The execution, delivery, performance and observance by such Group Company of its obligations under each Transaction Agreement, the issue and delivery of the Notes and the Conversion Shares do not and will not, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, (i) result in the existence or imposition of any Liens, in favour of any person or entity over all or any of the assets or properties of any Group Company (except for such Lien created by the Transaction Agreements); (ii) conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement, mortgage, bond or other instrument to which any Group Company is a party or which is binding upon any Group Company, or any of their respective assets or properties; (iii) conflict with or result in a breach of the certificate of incorporation, memorandum of association, articles of association or other organizational or charter documents of any Group Company; (iv) conflict with or result in a breach of any law, regulation or judicial order binding on any Group Company; or (v) result in any Group Company (a) being rendered insolvent or bankrupt as the case may be, (b) being incapable of paying its debts or performing its obligations as such debts or obligations become due in the usual course of business, (c) having liabilities that exceed its assets, (d) having final money judgments rendered in amounts that it will be unable to satisfy promptly in accordance with their terms (taking into account the maximum probable amount of such judgments in any such actions and the earliest reasonable time at which such judgments might be rendered) as well as all other obligations of such Group Company, or (e) commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or other proceeding, under any federal, state or other law for the relief of debtors.

 

3


3.3 Capitalization . The authorized share capital of the Company will consist of the following immediately prior to the Closing:

(i) Ordinary Shares . A total of 1,000,000,000 authorized Ordinary Shares of which 100,000,000 shares are issued and outstanding.

(ii) Options, Warrants, Available Shares . Other than with respect to the Conversion Shares and those disclosed in Section 3.3(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no options, warrants, conversion privileges or other rights or agreements outstanding or under which the Company is or may become obligated to issue any securities of any class or series except as set forth above. Apart from the exceptions noted in this Section 3.3 and those disclosed in Section 3.3(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Company’s outstanding shares, and no shares issuable upon exercise, conversion, or exchange of any outstanding options or other shares issuable by the Company, are subject to any pre-emptive rights, rights of first refusal, or other rights to purchase such shares (whether in favor of the Company or any other Person), pursuant to any agreement or commitment to which the Company is a party or of which the Company is aware, except for the rights imposed under the M&AA and in the Transaction Agreements.

(iii) Outstanding Security Holders . Section 3.3(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of all outstanding shareholders, option holders and other security holders of the Company as of the date hereof.

3.4 Subsidiaries (General) . The Company does not presently own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, partnership, trust, joint venture, association, or other Person, except for one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in the HK Company who will directly own one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in the WFOE upon WFOE’s incorporation. The Company was formed solely to acquire and hold an equity interest in the HK Company and since its formation has not engaged in any business and has not incurred any Liability except in the ordinary course of acquiring, managing and disposing of its equity interest in the HK Company.

3.5 PRC Companies . Except as disclosed in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule:

(i) Except as provided under the Equity Pledge Agreements (as defined below), there are no outstanding rights, or commitments made by each of the PRC Companies or any of its investors and owners, to issue, purchase or sell any equity interest in each of the PRC Companies, nor is there any due but unpaid amount of purchase price for purchase, sale or transfer of equity interests in each of the PRC Companies in violation of the terms of relevant transaction documents contemplating purchase, sale or transfer of such equity interests.

(ii) There are no bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness of any of the PRC Companies having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which holders of equity interests of each of the PRC Companies may vote. There are no voting trusts, shareholder agreements, proxies or other agreements or understandings in effect with respect to the voting or transfer of any of the equity interests to which of any of the PRC Companies is a party or is otherwise bound.

(iii) The incorporation documents relating to each of the PRC Companies are valid and have been duly approved or issued (as applicable) by the appropriate PRC authorities and are valid and in full force.

 

4


(iv) All consents, approvals, Governmental Authorizations, permits or licenses required under PRC laws for the due and proper establishment of each of the PRC Companies have been duly obtained from the appropriate PRC authorities and are in full force and effect. All material consents, approvals, Governmental Authorizations, permits or licenses required under PRC laws for operation of each of the PRC Companies as currently operated, or contemplated to be operated, have been duly obtained from the appropriate PRC authorities and are in full force and effect, unless the absence of any of such consents, approvals, Governmental Authorizations, permits or licenses would have no Material Adverse Effect.

(v) All filings and registrations with the PRC authorities required in respect of each of the PRC Companies and its operations, including the registrations with, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, department of education, tax bureau, customs authorities, product registration authorities and health regulatory authorities, as applicable, have been duly completed in accordance with the relevant rules and regulations.

(vi) None of the PRC Companies has received any letter or notice from any relevant authority notifying each of the PRC Companies of the revocation of any Governmental Authorizations, permits or licenses issued to it for non-compliance or the need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or indirectly by each of the PRC Companies.

(vii) With respect to any land use right, building, property and investment held or leased by each of the PRC Companies, it has exclusive, full and unimpaired legal and beneficial ownership of its rights, leasehold interests, property and investments free from any mortgages or security interests of any nature, third party rights, conditions, orders or other restrictions and has obtained all necessary approvals and effected all necessary registrations with government authorities with respect thereto.

(viii) All requisite formalities in respect of the importation of machinery, equipment, parts, tools and materials by each of the PRC Companies has been and will be complied with in accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations.

(ix) Each of the PRC Companies has been conducting and will conduct its business activities within the permitted scope of business or is otherwise operating its business in material compliance with all relevant legal requirements, including producing, processing and/or distributing products with all requisite licenses, permits and approvals granted by competent PRC authorities.

(x) No Group Company has any reason to believe that any Governmental Authorizations, licenses or permits requisite for the conduct of any part of each of the PRC Companies’ business which are subject to periodic renewal will not be granted or renewed by the relevant PRC authorities. Section 3.5(xii) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all lines of business in which the each of the PRC Companies is participating or engaged.

(xi) All applicable laws and regulations with respect to the opening and operation of foreign exchange accounts and foreign exchange activities of each of the PRC Companies have been complied with in all material respects, and all requisite approvals from the SAFE in relation thereto have been duly obtained.

(xii) With regard to employment and staff or labour management, each of the PRC Companies has complied with all applicable PRC laws and regulations, including laws and regulations pertaining to welfare funds, social benefits, medical benefits, insurance, retirement benefits, pensions or the like.

 

5


(xiii) There are no outstanding stock options with respect to each of the PRC Companies. All presently outstanding equity securities of each Group Company were duly and validly issued (or subscribed for) in compliance with all applicable laws, pre-emptive rights of any Person, and applicable contracts, and are fully paid and non-assessable. All share capital of each Group Company is and as of the Note Closing shall be free and clear of any and all Liens or other third party rights, claims or interests (except as provided under the Transaction Documents or disclosed in Section 3.5 (xiii) under the Disclosure Schedule). There are no (a) resolutions pending to increase the share capital of any Group Company or cause the liquidation, winding up, or dissolution of any Group Company or (b) dividends which have accrued or been declared but are unpaid by any Group Company. The name of each director and officer of the Domestic Company on the date hereof, and the position held by each, are listed in Section 3.5(xiv) of the Disclosure Schedule.

(xiv) There are no other companies, partnerships, joint ventures, associations or other entities in which each of the PRC Companies owns, of record or beneficially, any direct or indirect equity or other interest or any right (contingent or otherwise) to acquire the same.

(xv) Each of the PRC Companies owns free and clear from all encumbrances and third party rights all properties and assets, including Proprietary Rights, necessary for its operations as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted.

3.6 Valid Issuance of Notes and Shares.

(i) The Convertible Note when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms hereof for the consideration expressed herein, and the Conversion Shares when issued in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Note (or the securities issuable upon conversion of such Conversion Shares) will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement, the Convertible Note and applicable state and federal securities laws. Subject to the truthfulness and accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the Purchaser under Section  4 below, the Convertible Note and the Conversion Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(ii) All presently outstanding shares of the Company are duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of any liens, and all outstanding shares, options and other securities of the Company, have been issued in full compliance with the requirements of all applicable securities laws and regulations, including the Securities Act, and all other antifraud and other provisions of applicable securities laws and regulations.

3.7 Financial Statements . The Company has provided the unaudited consolidated balance sheets, cash flow statements and income statements of the Group Companies as of June 30, 2017 (“ Financial Statements Date ”) (all such financial statements being collectively referred to herein as the “ Financial Statements ”). Such Financial Statements (a) accord with the books and records of the respective Group Company, (b) are true, correct and complete and present fairly the financial condition and state of affairs of the respective Group Company at the date or dates therein indicated and the results of operations for the period or periods therein specified, and (c) have been prepared in accordance with PRC GAAP applied on a consistent basis, except, as to the unaudited financial statements, for the omission of notes thereto and normal year-end audit adjustments.

Specifically, but not by way of limitation, the respective balance sheets included in the Financial Statements disclose all of the respective Group Company’s debts, liabilities and obligations of any nature, whether due or to become due, as of their respective dates (including absolute, accrued, and contingent liabilities) to the extent such debts, liabilities and obligations are required to be disclosed in accordance with the PRC GAAP, and each Group Company has good and marketable unencumbered title to all assets set forth on the balance sheets of the respective Financial Statements, except for such assets as have been spent, sold or transferred in the ordinary course of business since their respective dates.

 

6


3.8 Liabilities . Except as described in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Group Company has any indebtedness for borrowed money that it has directly or indirectly created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed, or with respect to which the Group Company has otherwise become directly or indirectly liable, except as reflected on the Financial Statements and none of the Group Companies is unable to pay its debts as and when such debts fall due or is subject to any insolvency proceedings or has had a receiver, liquidator or administrator appointed over its assets.

3.9 Title to Properties and Assets . Each Group Company has good and marketable title to all respective properties and assets reflected on the Financial Statements, in each case such property and assets are subject to no Lien. With respect to the property and assets it leases, each Group Company is in compliance with such leases and holds valid leasehold interests in such assets free of any Liens.

3.10 Activities Since Financial Statements Date . Except as disclosed in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the following events has occurred with respect to any Group Company since the Financial Statements Date and prior to the Note Closing:

(i) any declaration or payment of any dividend, or authorization or payment of any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital shares or any other equity interest;

(ii) any incurrence of indebtedness for money borrowed or any other liabilities in an aggregate amount exceeding US$ 500,000;

(iii) any sale, exchange, assignment, or other disposition of any assets or rights (including any Proprietary Rights or other intangible assets) or creation of any encumbrance on any of its assets or rights;

(iv) any agreements or transactions with any of its officers, directors or employees or any entity controlled by any of such individuals or with its shareholders or Persons related to such shareholders, or any agreement on transaction with any other party;

(v) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, affecting its assets, properties, financial condition, operating results, prospects or business as presently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted;

(vi) any waiver of a valuable right or of a debt owed to it;

(vii) any satisfaction or discharge of any Lien, claim or encumbrance or payment of any obligation;

(viii) any resignation or termination of any of its directors or key officers; or

(ix) any other event or condition of any character which would have Material Adverse Effect.

 

7


3.11 Proprietary Rights.

(i) Each Group Company (i) owns free and clear of all claims, security interests, Liens and other encumbrances, or (ii) has the valid right or license to use, all products, materials, software, tools, software tools, computer programs, specifications, source code, object code, improvements, discoveries, user interfaces, software, mask works, Internet domain names, enterprise or business names, logos, data, information and inventions, and all documentation and media constituting, describing or relating to the foregoing that is required or used in its business as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted together with all Proprietary Rights in or to all of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Group Company Technology ”). Section 3.11(i) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true, complete and accurate list of all Proprietary Rights necessary for the conduct of the Group Company’s business as currently being conducted or proposed to be conducted.

(ii) The possession, development, production, manufacturing, use, offering, marketing, licensing, distribution, sale and other exploitation by each Group Company of any and all Group Company Technology as now conducted does not (A) infringe, violate, misappropriate or otherwise interfere or conflict with any patent and trademark rights or (B) infringe, violate, misappropriate or otherwise interfere or conflict with any other rights, title or interest of any third party.

(iii) No Group Company has received any notice or claim (whether written, oral or otherwise) that (1) contests or challenges in any manner whatsoever the Group Company’s ownership or other rights in any Group Company Technology, (2) contests or challenges in any manner whatsoever the validity or enforceability of any of the Proprietary Rights of the Group Company in the Group Company Technology, or (3) claims or otherwise asserts that the Group Company, the Group Company Technology or the conduct of the Group Company’s business as currently conducted infringes, violates, misappropriates or otherwise interferes or conflicts with any right, title or interest of any third party.

(iv) There are no outstanding options, material licenses or agreements granting third parties the rights to own or use any Group Company Technology owned by the Group Company (“ Group Company Outbound Technology Licenses ”).

(v) The material licenses or other agreements giving a Group Company the right to use certain Group Company Technology are listed in Section 3.11(v) of the Disclosure Schedule ( Group Company Inbound Technology Licenses ”).

(vi) True and complete copies of all Group Company Outbound Technology Licenses and Group Company Inbound Technology Licenses (other than licenses of generally commercially available “ off the shelf ” software used by the Company) (collectively, the “ Group Company Technology Agreements ”) have been provided to the Purchaser.

(vii) All Group Company Technology Agreements are valid, binding and in full force and effect with respect to each Group Company, and to the best information, knowledge and belief of the Group Company, each other party thereto. To the best information, knowledge and belief of each Group Company, all parties to the Group Company Technology Agreements have performed in all material respects their obligations thereunder, and neither any Group Company nor any other party thereto is in material default thereunder, nor to the best knowledge of the Warrantors, has there occurred any material event or circumstance that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default or event of default on the part of the Group Company or any other party thereto or give to any other party thereto the right to terminate or modify any Group Company Technology Agreement.

 

8


(viii) No Group Company has received notice that any party to any Group Company Technology Agreement intends to cancel or terminate any Group Company Technology Agreement.

(ix) No Group Company is or will be as a result of the execution or delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or the performance of obligations hereunder or thereunder, or as a result of conducting its business as currently contemplated, in breach of any license or other agreement relating to Group Company Technology.

(x) No government funding, facilities of any university, college or other educational institution or public research centre or funding from third parties was used in the development of any Group Company Technology.

(xi) None of the software or firmware embedded or included in or on any hardware or other products sold by a Group Company or any other software or firmware that a Group Company now or in the future intends to sell or license either as a separate product or bundled with any other product or service, is required to be (a) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (b) licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (c) redistributable at no charge as the result of the use or incorporation of any Public Software in any Group Company Technology, the use of any Public Software (as defined below) in connection with the development of any Group Company Technology or for any other reason.

(xii) All inventions and know-how conceived by employees of a Group Company related to the business of such Group Company are currently owned exclusively by a Group Company. None of the Group Companies believes it is or will be necessary to utilize any inventions of any of its officers or employees (or any person it currently intends to hire) made prior to or outside the scope of their employment by such Group Company. All employees, contractors, agents and consultants of a Group Company who are or were involved in the creation of any Proprietary Rights for such Group Company have executed an assignment of inventions agreement that vests in a Group Company exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest in and to such Proprietary Rights, to the extent not already provided by Law. All employee inventors of Group Company Technology have received reasonable reward and remuneration from a Group Company for his/her service inventions or service technology achievements in accordance with the applicable PRC laws. It will not be necessary to utilize any Proprietary Rights of any such persons made prior to their employment by a Group Company and none of such Proprietary Rights has been utilized by any Group Company, except for those that are exclusively owned by a Group Company. None of the employees, consultants or independent contractors, currently or previously employed or otherwise engaged by any Group Company, (a) is in violation in any material respect of any current or prior confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation obligations to such Group Company or to any other Persons, including former employers, or (b) is obligated under any Contract, or subject to any Governmental Order, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Group Companies or that would conflict with the business of such Group Company as presently conducted.

3.12 Material Contracts .

(i) Material Contracts and Obligations . All agreements, contracts, leases, licenses, instruments, commitments (oral or written), indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations to which any Group Company is a party or by which it is bound that (i) are material to the conduct and operations of its business and properties; (ii) involve any of the officers, consultants, directors, employees or shareholders of any Group Company; or (iii) obligate any Group Company to share, license or develop any product or technology, (iv) involve purchase or acquisition of equity interest or assets of a school, training centre or its operator, (v) involve the right to purchase, or to request any Group Company or Founder to repurchase, any equity interest in any Group Company, are listed in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule and have been provided to the Purchaser and its counsel. For purposes of this Section 3.12 “ material ” shall mean any agreement, contract, indebtedness, Liability, arrangement or other obligation having an aggregate value, cost, Liability or amount of RMB1,000,000 or more.

 

9


(ii) Validity and Status . All the material contracts listed on Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule are legally valid and binding, in full force and effect, and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms against the parties thereto. There is no existing default or breach by any party thereto and no Group Company has received any notice or claim or allegation of default or breach thereof from any party thereto, and the various transfers of assets, shares, equity interests, capital, personnel, contracts and Proprietary Rights.

3.13 Litigation . There is no Action pending or to the best knowledge of the Warrantors, currently threatened against any of the Key Group Company, any Key Group Company’s activities, properties or assets or against any officer, director or employee of any Key Group Company in connection with such officer’s, director’s or employee’s relationship with, or actions taken on behalf of, any Key Group Company. There is no Action pending or to the best knowledge of the Warrantors, currently threatened against any of other Group Companies, any Group Company’s activities, properties or assets or against any officer, director or employee of any Group Company in connection with such officer’s, director’s or employee’s relationship with, or actions taken on behalf of, any other Group Company, which could have Material Adverse Effect. There is no factual or legal basis for any such Action that might result, individually or in the aggregate, in any material adverse change in the business, properties, assets, financial condition, affairs or prospects of any Group Company. No Key Group Company is a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no Action by any Key Group Company currently pending or which it intends to initiate. To the best knowledge of the Warrantors, no other Group Company is a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no Action by any of such other Group Company currently pending or which it intends to initiate.

3.14 Governmental Consents . All consents, approvals, orders, authorizations, permits or registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations or filings with any governmental authority (“ Governmental Authorizations ”) on the part of each Group Company required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been obtained and are currently effective and in consummating such transactions. The offer, sale and issuance of the Notes and the Conversion Shares, in conformity with the terms of this Agreement, are exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and all other applicable securities laws and regulations.

3.15 Compliance with Other Instruments . No Group Company is in, nor will the conduct of business of any Group Company as proposed to be conducted result in, any violation, breach or default of any constitutional document of any Group Company (which include, as applicable, articles of incorporation, memoranda and/or articles of association, by-laws, joint venture contracts and the like), or in any material respect of any term or provision of any mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement or instrument to which any Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound, or of any provision of any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to or binding upon any Group Company. The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in any such violation, breach or default, or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, either a default under any such constitutional documents, any such contract, agreement or instrument or a violation of any statutes, laws, regulations or orders, or an event which results in the creation of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any asset of any Group Company.

 

10


3.16 Registration Rights . Except as provided in the Transaction Agreements, no Group Company has granted or agreed to grant any Person or entity any registration rights with respect to any of the securities of any Group Company.

3.17 Tax Matters .

(i) All Tax Returns required to be filed on or prior to the date hereof with respect to each Group Company have been duly and timely filed by such Group Company within the requisite period and completed on a proper basis in accordance with the applicable Laws, and are up to date and correct in all material respects. All Taxes owed by each Group Company (whether or not shown on every Tax Return) have been paid in full or provision for the payment thereof have been made. No deficiencies for any Taxes with respect to any Tax Returns have been asserted in writing by, and no notice of any pending action with respect to such Tax Returns has been received from, any Tax authority, and no dispute relating to any Tax Returns with any such Tax authority is outstanding or contemplated. Each Group Company has timely paid all Taxes owed by it which are due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) and withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority all Taxes which it is obligated to withhold and remit from amounts owing to any employee, creditor, customer or third party, unless failure to do so would not have Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) No audit of any Tax Return of each Group Company and no formal investigation with respect to any such Tax Return by any Tax authority is currently in progress. No Group Company has waived any statute of limitations with respect to any Taxes, or agreed to any extension of time with respect to an assessment or deficiency for such Taxes.

(iii) No written claim has been received by the Company in a jurisdiction where the Group does not file Tax Returns that any Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(iv) The assessment of any additional Taxes with respect to the applicable Group Company for periods for which Tax Returns have been filed is not expected to exceed the recorded Liability therefor in the most recent balance sheet in the Financial Statements, and there are no unresolved questions or claims concerning any Tax Liability of any Group Company. which could have any Material Adverse Effect. Since the Financial Statements Date, no Group Company has incurred any liability for Taxes outside the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom and practice. Except as disclosed in Section 3.17(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no pending dispute with, or notice from, any Tax authority relating to any of the Tax Returns filed by any Key Group Company, and to the best knowledge of the Warrantors, there is not pending dispute with, or notice from, any Tax authority relating to any of the Tax Returns filed by any other Group Company. There is no proposed Liability for a deficiency in any Tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of any Group Company.

(v) No Group Company has been the subject of any examination or investigation by any Tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of Taxes that has not been resolved or is currently the subject of any examination or investigation by any Tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of Taxes. No Group Company is responsible for the Taxes of any other Person by reason of contract, successor liability or otherwise.

 

11


(vi) All Tax credits and Tax holidays enjoyed by the Group Company established under the laws of the PRC under applicable Laws since its establishment have been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws and is not subject to reduction, revocation, cancellation or any other changes (including retroactive changes) in the future, except through change in applicable Laws published by relevant Governmental Authority.

(vii) No Group Company is, or has ever been a PFIC or CFC or a U.S. real property holding corporation. No Group Company anticipates that it will become a PFIC or CFC or a U. S. real property holding corporation for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. No Group Company has any plan or intention to conduct its business in a manner that would be reasonably expected to result in such Group Company becoming a PFIC or CFC or a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future.

3.18 Obligations of Management . Each key employee of each Group Company is identified in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Key Employees ”) and except for the part-time employees specified in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, each such Key Employee is currently devoting one hundred percent (100%) of his or her working time to the conduct of the business of a Group Company. To the best knowledge of the Warrantors after due inquiry, no Warrantor is aware that any such Key Employee is planning to work less than full time at a Group Company in the future. To the best knowledge of the Warrantors after due inquiry and except as disclosed in Section 3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule, no such Key Employee directly or indirectly holds any interest in or is currently working for a competitive enterprise, whether or not such Person is or will be compensated by such enterprise.

3.19 Employment Agreement, Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement . Each employee, officer, consultant and contractor of each Group Company has entered into an employment agreement, and a confidentiality, non-competition and Proprietary Rights agreement satisfactory to the Purchaser.

3.20 Environmental Compliance .

(i) Each Group Company is in full compliance with all Environmental Laws, which compliance includes the possession by each Group Company of all permits and other Governmental Authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof. No Group Company has received any communication (written or oral), whether from a Governmental Authority, citizens group, employee, or otherwise, that alleges that it is not in such full compliance and to the best knowledge of each Warrantor, there are no circumstances that may prevent or interfere with such full compliance in the future.

(ii) There is no Environmental Claim pending or threatened against any Group Company or any Person whose Liability for an Environmental Claim a Group Company has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law. There are no past or present actions, activities or circumstances, including the release, emission, discharge, or disposal of any Material of Environmental Concern, that could form the basis of any Environmental Claim against any Group Company or any Person whose Liability for any Environmental Claim a Group Company has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law.

 

12


3.21 Interested Party Transactions . Except as disclosed in Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule, no shareholder, officer, employee or director of a Group Company or any Affiliate of any such Person (each of the foregoing, an “ Interested Party ”) has any agreement, understanding, or proposed transaction with, or is indebted to, any Group Company, nor is any Group Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any of them. Except as disclosed in Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Interested Party has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which a Group Company is affiliated or with which a Group Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with a Group Company, except that any of the foregoing Persons may have less than one percent (1%) of record ownership interest in the Company or own less than one percent (1%) of shares in publicly traded companies that may compete with a Group Company. No Affiliate of any officer or director of a Group Company is directly or indirectly interested in any material contract with a Group Company. No Interested Party has had, either directly or indirectly, any interest in: (a) any Person which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to a Group Company any goods, property, intellectual or other property rights or services; or (b) any contract or agreement to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.

3.22 Minute Books . The minute books of each Group Company made available to the Purchaser contain a complete summary of all meetings and actions taken by directors and shareholders or owners of each Group Company since their respective time of formation, and reflect all transactions referred to in such meetings and actions accurately in all material respects.

3.23 No Brokers. None of the Warrantors has any Contract with or retained any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any of the Transaction Documents, and none of them has incurred any Liability for any brokerage fees, agents’ fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with any of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein.

3.24 Labor Agreement and Actions; Employee Compensation . Except as disclosed in Section 3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Group Company is bound by or subject to (and none of its assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any written or oral, express or implied, contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union, and no labor union has requested or has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of a Group Company. There is no strike or other labor dispute involving a Group Company pending or threatened (nor has there been since the incorporation of each Group Company), which could have a Material Adverse Effect on any Group Company, nor is any Group Company aware of any labor organization activity involving its employees. To the best knowledge of the Warrantors after due inquiry, none of the officers or Key Employees, or any group of Key Employees, intends to terminate his, her or their employment with a Group Company, nor does any Group Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer or Key Employee. Each Group Company has complied in material respects with all applicable national, provincial, local or municipal equal employment opportunity and other laws related to employment. No Group Company is a party to or bound by any currently effective employment contract that provides for compensation exceeding three (3) months’ average remuneration of that employee upon termination, deferred compensation agreement, severance agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement, or other employee compensation agreement.

3.25 Exempt Offering . Based in part on the representations and warranties of the Purchaser set forth in Section 4 below, the offer, sale and issuance of the Notes under this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and from the registration or qualification requirements of any other applicable securities laws of any governmental authority, and the issuance of the Conversion Shares in accordance with the Notes, will be exempt from such registration or qualification requirements.

3.26 Insurance . To the extent required by applicable law, each Group Company has obtained the insurance coverage of the same types and at the same coverage levels as other similar situated companies. No Group Company has done or omitted to do or suffered anything to be done or not to be done other than any acts in the ordinary course of business which has or would render any policies of insurance taken out by it or by any other person in relation to any of such Group Company’s assets void or voidable or which would result in an increase in the rate of premiums on the said policies. There is no claim pending under the insurance policies and bonds maintained by each Group Company as to which coverage has been questioned, denied or disputed. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been timely paid, and each Group Company is otherwise in compliance in all respects with the terms of such policies and bonds. All such policies and bonds are in full force and effect.

 

13


3.27 Disclosure . No representation or warranty by any Warrantor in this Agreement or in any written statement or certificate furnished or to be furnished to the Purchaser pursuant to any Transaction Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of fact or omits or will omit to state any fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading in any way. Each of the Warrantors has fully provided the Purchaser with all the information that the Purchaser has requested for deciding whether to purchase the Notes and all information that could reasonably be expected to enable the Purchaser to make such decision.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER

The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company that:

4.1 Authorization . This Agreement constitutes, and the Notes when executed and delivered will constitute, its valid and binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights, and (ii) the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies. The Purchaser represents that it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Notes.

4.2 Sufficient Funds . The Purchaser represents that it has and will maintain the sufficient funds as of the Closing Date to fulfil its obligations to pay the Company the Principal Amount pursuant to this Agreement.

SECTION 5. CONDITIONS TO PURCHASER’S OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING.

The obligations of the Purchaser to the Company under this Agreement are subject to the fulfilment, on or before the Note Closing, of each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived in writing by the Purchaser:

5.1 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Section  3 shall be true, correct and complete when made, and shall be true and correct and complete as of the Closing Date with the same force and effect as if they had been made on and as of such date, or as of another date if any representations and warranties are made with respect to such other date.

5.2 Performance . The Warrantors shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement which are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Note Closing, and shall have obtained all approvals, consents and qualifications necessary to complete the purchase and sale described herein.

5.3 Waiver of Rights of First Refusal . The Company shall have received all requisite waivers of any rights of first refusal, pre-emptive rights or other contractual participation rights with respect to the issuance of the Notes and the Conversion Shares thereunder.

 

14


5.4 Consents, Permits, and Waivers . The Warrantors shall have obtained any and all permits, third party consents and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation (without adverse effect) of the transactions contemplated by each Transaction Agreement.

5.5 Proceedings and Documents . All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and all documents and instruments incident to such transactions shall be satisfactory in substance and form to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall have received all such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request. In particular, (i) the shareholders (except for Trustbridge) and board of directors (except for Trustbridge Director) of each of the Company, the HK Company, Founder Holdco and the Domestic Company shall have validly approved each Transaction Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and all other agreements and actions necessary to effect the terms contained therein, and such approval shall be in full force and effect; (ii) the shareholders of Guizhou Puxintian and Dalian Pude shall have approved the execution and performance of the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements by resolution.

5.6 No Material Adverse Change . There shall not have been any Material Adverse Effect since the Statement Date. There shall not be on the Closing Date any Governmental Order or any condition imposed under any applicable laws which would, in the reasonable judgment of the Purchaser, (a) prohibit or restrict (i) the sale and issuance of the Notes or (ii) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (b) subject the Purchaser to any material penalty or onerous condition under or pursuant to any applicable law if the Notes were to be sold and issued hereunder or (c) restrict the operation of the business of any Group Company in a manner that would have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 Domestic Equity Pledge . The Domestic Company, Guizhou Puxintian and Dalian Pude shall have entered into an equity interest pledge agreement with a designee of the Purchaser in the form attached as Exhibit D (collectively, the “ Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements ”). The Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements shall have been duly registered with competent PRC Governmental Authorities and a certified true copy of such registration shall have been furnished to the Purchaser.

5.8 Offshore Share Mortgage . The Company and the Founder Holdco shall have entered into a security deed (the “ Security Deed ”) to mortgage eighteen percent (18%) of the equity interests in the Company held by the Founder Holdco, in the form attached as the Exhibit E (the “ Share Mortgage ”), and an executed copy of the Security Deed shall have been delivered to the Purchaser.

5.9 Register of Charge . The particulars of the Share Mortgage shall have been entered in the register of charges of the Founder Holdco pursuant to the memorandum of association and articles of association of the Founder Holdco, and the agent of the Founder Holdco shall have submitted such register of charge for registration with the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands. The Founder Holdco shall have delivered a copy of such register of charge, as certified by agent of the Founder Holdco as true and complete as of the Closing Date, and the receipt of registration application issued from the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands or a confirmation letter issued by registered agent of the Founder Holdco evidencing that the registration application has been submitted to and accepted by the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands, to the Purchaser.

5.10 Register of Members . The particulars of the Share Mortgage shall have been entered in the register of members of the Company, and a copy of annotated registered of members, as certified by the Chief Executive Officer or registered agent of the Company as true and complete as of the Closing Date, shall have been delivered to the Purchaser.

 

15


5.11 Certificate of Good Standing . The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of good standing issued by the appropriate authority of the Cayman Islands in customary form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, dated no earlier than twenty (20) days prior to the Note Closing.

5.12 Certificate of Incumbency . The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of incumbency issued by the appropriate registered agency of the Company in customary form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, dated no earlier than twenty (20) days prior to the Note Closing.

5.13 Legal Opinions . The Cayman counsel to the Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser a legal opinion dated as of the date of the Note Closing addressed to the Purchaser in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser.

5.14 Employment Agreement . The Company shall have delivered to the Purchaser a copy of duly executed employment contracts between each Key Employee and the relevant Group Company and a copy of duly executed confidentiality, non-competition and invention assignment agreement with each Key Employee, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser.

5.15 Due Diligence . The Purchaser shall have completed its due diligence investigation of the Warrantors and the results of the due diligence investigation in legal, financial and commercial aspects shall be satisfactory to the Purchaser.

5.16 Spousal Consent . The spouse of the Founder (if applicable) shall have executed a consent letter to confirm her consent to the Founder’s execution and performance of the Transaction Agreements, in form and substance to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.

5.17 Letter of Undertaking by other Founding Shareholders . Each of Gao Liang ( LOGO ), Xiao Yun ( LOGO ) and Li Gang ( LOGO ), each a senior officer and beneficial owner of the Group Companies, shall have executed a letter of undertaking, confirming his agreement to be bound by the provisions regarding full time commitment, non-competition covenant and share transfer restriction as provided in Section 6.19, 6.20 and 6.10 herein as if he was the Founder, except that the applicable non-competition period starts from the date of this Agreement until the later of (x) the expiry of the twenty-four (24) months’ period after the date he ceases to be employed by any Group Company, or (y) the expiry of the twenty four (24) months’ period after the date when he is neither a director of the Company nor a beneficial owner of more than half of the total shares or equity interest he holds in the Company or the Domestic Company as of the Closing Date.

5.18 Founder’s Special Covenan t. The Founder shall have executed and delivered to the Purchaser a letter of warranty and undertaking in connection with the consent of Trustbridge and Trustbridge Director to the transaction contemplated under the Transaction Agreements, in form and substance to the satisfaction of the Purchaser.

5.19 Closing Certificate . The Warrantors shall have delivered to the Purchaser a closing certificate signed by the Key Parties, the Company, the HK Company and the Domestic Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that the conditions specified in this Section 5 have been fulfilled.

 

16


SECTION 6. COVENANTS OF THE WARRANTORS

The Warrantors hereby jointly and severally undertake and covenant to the Purchaser that:

6.1 Founder’s Guarantee . The Founder and the Founder Holdco hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a continuing obligation, the full and punctual payment and due performance by the Company of its obligation under this Agreement and the Notes. If and to the extent the Company has failed to pay any monies due and payable to the Purchaser under any Note, whether at their scheduled due date, upon acceleration, termination or otherwise, the Founder and the Founder Holdco shall promptly pay such monies to the Purchaser on demand and in currency as set forth under the Notes. The Founder and the Founder Holdco’s obligations hereunder shall be a continuing guarantee on a joint and several basis, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Company has fully and properly performed all its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes, notwithstanding the insolvency or liquidation or any incapacity or change in the constitution or status of the Company. This is a guarantee of payment, and not merely of collection. The Founder and the Founder Holdco further agree to pay all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees of outside counsel) incurred by the Purchaser in connection with enforcing or exercising its rights hereunder or arising from any breach by the Founder and the Founder Holdco of the provisions hereof. In no event shall the Purchaser be obligated to take any action, obtain any judgment or file any claim prior to enforcing the guarantee provided hereunder. The Purchaser’s rights under this Section  6.1 shall be in addition to, but not in substitution for, any security interest, guarantee or other security or right or remedy now or at any time hereafter held by or available to the Purchaser.

6.2 Authorization of Conversion Shares . The Company shall authorize sufficient shares to enable the conversion of the Convertible Note in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Note prior to the date of the proposed conversion. When issued, all such shares shall be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable, and validly issued in accordance with the M&AA and any relevant securities laws.

6.3 Certificate of the Proposed Acquisition and Joint Signature Arrangement . As soon as practicable but within one (1) month after the Note Closing (the “ Grace Period ”), the Warrantors shall provide the Purchaser with documents evidencing the consummation of the Proposed Acquisition and utilization of the Principal Amount for purpose of the Proposed Acquisition, including but without limitation, (i) the executed copy of definitive transaction documents regarding the Proposed Acquisition; (ii) the wiring instructions issued by the target of the Proposed Acquisition to the Company, and (iii) the transfer voucher evidencing that the fund equivalent to the Principal Amount has been transferred from the Designated Account to the account designated by the target of the Proposed Acquisition. If the Warrantors fail to provide the foregoing documents within the Grace Period, the Warrantors must cause the Designated Account to be modified to the effect that any disbursement of the Principal Amount from the Designated Account must require the joint signatures of the person designated by the Company and a person designated by the Purchaser (the “ Joint Signature Arrangement ”) within three (3) Business Days after the expiration of the Grace Period. The Joint Signature Arrangement ceases to apply upon the VIE Completion Date.

6.4 Negative Covenants . The Warrantors hereby jointly and severally covenant and agree with the Purchaser that, so long as any obligation of any Warrantor under this Agreement or any Note remains un-fulfilled, each of the Warrantors shall not carry out, and shall cause any other Group Companies not to carry out, the following acts without the prior written approval of the Purchaser (provided that no such consent shall be needed for the taking of such actions solely as are required to be taken by the Group Companies based on the terms of this Agreement):

(i) Trade Sale;

 

17


(ii) any direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer or otherwise dispose of any securities of any Group Company held by the Founder or the Founder Holdco in violation of Section 6.10;

(iii) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, create any Lien on or otherwise disposal of any of Dalian Pude’s or Guizhou Puxintian’s property or asset, whether now owned or hereafter acquired prior to the VIE Completion Date;

(iv) the liquidation, winding up or dissolution of any Group Company (or suffer of any liquidation, winding up or dissolution);

(v) the declaration or payment of a dividend or other distribution on any capital stock of any Group Company;

(vi) the extension by any Group Company of any loan or guarantee for indebtedness to any party;

(vii) any transaction involving any Group Company, on the one hand, and any of the Group Company’s employees, officers, directors, shareholders or any affiliate of the foregoing, on the other hand other than the Restructuring Agreements;

(viii) any substantive change in the scope of business or business plan of any Group Company; or

(ix) any amendment or termination of any Restructuring Agreements.

6.5 SAFE Registration. As soon as practicable after the date hereof but in any event before the incorporation of the WFOE, all record and beneficial owners of the equity securities in the Company, who is a “domestic resident” (as defined in the Circular 37 shall have completed and obtained the foreign exchange initial registration with the competent local branch of the SAFE with respect to his direct and/or indirect record and beneficial ownership of any equity securities in the Company and each other Group Company as required under the Circular 37, and delivered evidence of such registration satisfactory to the Purchaser.

6.6 Incorporation of WFOE and Restructuring Agreements. As soon as practicable but in any event no later than three (3) months after the date hereof, (i) the WFOE shall have been duly incorporated by the HK Company and executed the joinder agreement in substantially the form as Exhibit F attached hereto; (ii) the Restructuring Agreements shall have been duly executed and delivered by and between the parties thereto, (iii) the Domestic Company shall have completed the equity pledge registration contemplated under the Restructuring Agreements with the competent PRC administration for industry and commerce, and provided to the Purchaser the written record evidencing such equity pledge registration satisfactory to the Purchaser; and (iv) all necessary corporate authorization and approval for execution, delivery and performance of such Restructuring Agreements, as applicable, shall have been duly obtained (the date of completion of the matters set forth in (i) to (iv) above, the “ VIE Completion Date ”).

6.7 Release of the Domestic Equity Pledge and Share Mortgage . As soon as practicable after the VIE Completion Date, the Warrantors and the Purchaser shall terminate the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements, and release the mortgage of such number of shares representing nine percent (9%) of the then outstanding shares of the Company pursuant to the Security Deed.

6.8 Board Observer. The Purchaser has the right to appoint one observer (the “ Board Observer ”) to attend all the Board meetings in a non-voting observer capacity. This board observer shall be entitled to receive all notices and other materials sent by any Group Company to any member of the Board.

 

18


6.9 Information Rights. The Company covenants and agrees that, for so long as the Purchaser holds any Note and commencing from the Closing Date, the Company will and will cause the Group Companies to, deliver to the Purchaser the following with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries:

(i) annual audited consolidated financial statements within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, audited in accordance with U.S. GAAP or PRC GAAP or other accounting principle as agreed by the Purchaser by a Big Four Accounting Firm or such other reputable accounting firm recognized by the Purchaser;

(ii) semi-annual bank statements of each Group Company and semi-annual unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group Companies within thirty (30) days after the end of first half of each fiscal year;

(iii) a preliminary annual consolidated budget and business plan for the following fiscal year within thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, and the finalized annual consolidated budget and business plan for the following fiscal year within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year; and

(iv) copies of all documents or other information sent to any shareholder or any member of the Board of the Company, including but without limitation to the shareholders resolutions and the Board resolutions; and

(v) upon written request by the Purchaser, such other information as the Purchaser shall reasonably request.

6.10 Share Transfer Restriction. Before completion of a Qualified IPO, none of the Founder and Founder Holdco shall, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or a series of transaction, more than five percent (5%) of total outstanding shares of the Company in aggregate directly or indirectly held by it/him/her to any Person without prior written consent of the Purchaser, except for (i) any share transfer for the purpose of implementing the employee shares incentive plan of the Company (the “ ESIP ”) or Trade Sale as approved by the Purchaser, and (ii) creation of any Lien over no more than half of total shares of the Company owned by such Founder or Founder Holdco as of the Closing Date as security for the debenture, bonds and notes of similar nature herewith to be issued by the Company solely for the purpose of financing the merger and acquisition undertaken by the Company.

6.11 Use of the Purchaser’s Name or Logo . Without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, and whether or not the Purchaser then holds any Note or Conversion Shares, none of the Warrantors shall use, publish or reproduce the name “Haitong”, “ LOGO ”or any similar name, trademark or logo in any of their marketing, advertising or promotion materials or otherwise for any marketing, advertising or promotional purposes.

6.12 Proprietary Rights and Confidentiality Agreement . The Company shall cause each of the future employees of any Group Company to enter into an employment agreement, and a confidentiality, non-solicitation and Proprietary Rights assignment agreement with an appropriate Group Company.

 

19


6.13 Regulatory Compliance. The Warrantors shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in all material respects, including but not limited to applicable laws and regulations in connection with the operations of the Group Companies. Each Warrantor shall use its best efforts to cause all shareholders of each Group Company, and any successor entity or controlled affiliate of any Group Company to, timely complete all required registrations and other procedures with applicable Governmental Authorities (including without limitation, SAFE) as and when required by applicable laws and regulations. The Warrantors shall ensure that, each entity described above and its respective shareholders are in compliance with such requirements and that there is no barrier to repatriation of profits, dividends and other distributions from the WFOE (or any successor entity) to the HK Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the PRC Companies shall use their best effort to complete the procedures for conversion of for-profit schools operated by them into limited liability companies and obtain necessary education operation licenses.

6.14 Permit and License . To the extent permitted by the applicable laws, each of the Group Companies and the Key Parties shall procure each of the Group Companies to, use its best efforts to obtain and maintain in a timely manner all requisite Governmental Authorizations for conducting the Principal Business in compliance with all applicable laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, (i) the Domestic Company and the Founder shall procure each of the PRC Companies and its affiliated schools and education centres to obtain and renew (if applicable) necessary certificate for private non-enterprise entities (if applicable) and operation permit or filing to operate education and training business as soon as practicable after the Note Closing and ensure the lacking or deficiency of such certificate or operation permits and filings will not adversely affect the initial public offering of the Group Companies as a whole; (ii) all the articles of association and education operation permits concerning the schools and education centres operated by the Key Group Companies must be updated to reflect that the applicable Key Group Company is the owner thereof, as soon as practicable after the Note Closing but not later than October 31, 2017; (iii) the education operation permits concerning at least 90% of the schools and education centres operated by the Key Group Companies must pass the annual inspection for the year 2016 by the PRC education authority as soon as practicable after the Note Closing but not later than September 30, 2017; (iv) all the premises of schools and education centres operated by Key Group Companies must pass fire safety inspection as soon as practicable after the Note Closing; (v) the PRC Companies shall duly file tuition fee reports of the schools with the local price administration authority as soon as practicable after the Note Closing (vi) the PRC Companies that engage in publishing business shall obtain the publishing operation permit as soon as practicable after the Note Closing.

6.15 Proprietary Rights Protection . The Group Companies shall establish and maintain appropriate intellectual inspection system satisfactory to the Purchaser to protect the Proprietary Rights of the Group Companies. The Group Companies shall, and the Key Parties shall cause the Group Companies to fully comply with the laws and regulations in respect of the protection of the Proprietary Rights and refrain from infringing from the Proprietary Rights of other parties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (i) trademarks with the respective trademark registration/application number of 4832427, 10013837, 4832426, 4832431, 4832424, 4832430, 4832429 and 4220819 must be transferred to a PRC Company, and such transfer must be approved by the PRC trademark registration authority as soon as practicable after the Note Closing; (ii) the domain name of lychxx.com, meitongjy.cn and meitongjy.com and abc0575.com must be transferred to a PRC Company by September 30, 2017.

6.16 Employee Matters. The PRC Companies shall comply with all applicable PRC labour laws and regulations in all material respects, including without limitation, laws and regulations pertaining to welfare funds, social benefits, medical benefits, insurance, retirement benefits, pensions, employment of teachers and foreigners and labour dispatch.

 

20


6.17 Tax Matters . The PRC Companies shall comply with all applicable PRC tax laws and regulations, including without limitation, laws and regulations pertaining to income tax, withholding tax, value added tax and business tax.

6.18 Accrual Accounting. As soon as practicable after the Note Closing, the Group Companies shall establish and maintain the accounting policies, financial system and internal controls in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and to the Purchaser’s satisfaction, including without limitation, using bank accounts of the Group Companies to process all cash and amounts of the Group Companies.

6.19 Full Time Commitment. The Founder undertakes and covenants to the Purchaser that, as long as he remains an employee of any of the Group Companies, he shall commit all of his efforts to furthering the business of the Group Companies and shall not, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, either on his own account or through any of his Affiliates, or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other Person, (i) possess, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and business operation of any entity whether (A) through the ownership of any equity interest in such entity, or (B) by occupying half or more of the board seats of the entity; or (C) by contract or otherwise; or (ii) devote time to carry out the business operation of any other entity or work for or be employed by any other entity.

6.20 Non-Competition . The Founder undertakes and covenants to the Investors that commencing from the date of this Agreement until the later of (x) the expiry of the twenty-four (24) months’ period after the date he/she ceases to be employed by any Group Company, or (y) the expiry of the twenty four (24) months’ period after the date when he is neither a director of the Company nor a beneficial owner of more than five percent (5%) of the total outstanding shares or equity interest of the Company or the Domestic Company (the “ Non-Competition Period ”), he will not, without the prior written consent of the Investors, either on his/her/its own account or through any of his Affiliates, or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other Person: (i) carry out, be engaged, concerned or interested directly or indirectly whether as shareholder, director, employee, partner, agent in any business in direct competition with, or otherwise related to, the business relating to providing the Business engaged by any Group Company (except for a passive investment of less than one percent (1%) of the stock of any publicly traded company that engages in the foregoing); (ii) solicit or entice away or attempt to solicit or entice away from any Group Company, any Person, firm, company or organization who is an employee, customer, client, representative, agent or correspondent of such Group Company or in the habit of dealing with such Group Company.

6.21 Other Issues in the Disclosure Schedule. As soon as practicable after the Note Closing, the Warrantors shall, to the satisfaction of the Purchaser, resolve the issues in a practically reasonable manner, which are disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule or identified by the Purchaser in the due diligence process but not expressly specified as a specific covenant under Section  6 or a specific condition for the Note Closing under Section  5 .

6.22 Share Purchaser Agreement; New Shareholders Agreement and New M&A. The Warrantors shall enter into a share purchase agreement with terms of representations, warranties and indemnification no less favourable than those set forth in this Agreement, with the holder of the Convertible Note at the time of conversion of the Convertible Note. In addition, each of the Warrantors shall by itself, and shall cause other shareholders of the Company to enter into amended and restated shareholders agreement and adopt amended and restated memorandum and articles of association by resolutions, in accordance with the Convertible Note, to reflect the issuance of shares upon conversion of the Convertible Note.

 

21


6.23 Registration of Register of Charge . Within ten (10) Business Days after the Note Closing, the Founder Holdco of the Founder must complete registration of the register of charge with respect to the Share Mortgage with the Registry of Corporate Affairs in the British Virgin Islands, and deliver to the Purchaser a copy of such registered register of charge, as certified by the Chief Executive Officer or registered agent of the Company as true and complete as of date of delivery.

6.24 Pre-emptive Right. If the Company issues any New Securities (as defined in the Convertible Note) from time to time between the Note Closing and the date of conversion of the entire Convertible Principal Amount into shares of the Company pursuant to the Convertible Note, it shall give to the Purchaser a written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “ New Issuance Notice ”), describing the amount, the class and the price of New Securities and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities. The Purchaser has a pre-emptive right to purchase such New Securities at the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the New Issuance Notice, subject to negotiation between the Company and the Purchaser in good faith.

6.25 Trustbridge’s Consent . As soon as practicable but within thirty (30) Business Days after the Note Closing, the Warrantors shall provide the Purchaser with an executed copy of the unconditional written consent of Trustbridge and Trustbridge Director to the transaction contemplated under the Transaction Agreements, including without limitation, the issuance of the Notes, the Share Mortgage and the equity pledge under Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements.

SECTION 7. DEFINITIONS

7.1 Certain Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Action ” shall mean any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation.

Affiliate ” in respect of a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) in the case of a natural Person, shall include, without limitation, such Person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, (b) in the case of the Purchaser, shall include (i) any Person who holds shares as a nominee for the Purchaser, (ii) any shareholder of the Purchaser, (iii) any entity or individual which has a direct and indirect interest in the Purchaser (including, if applicable, any general partner or limited partner) or any fund manager thereof; (iv) any Person that directly or indirectly Controls, is Controlled by, under common Control with, or is managed by the Purchaser, its shareholder, its general partner or its fund manager, (v) the relatives of any individual referred to in (iii) above, and (vi) any trust Controlled by or held for the benefit of such individuals. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser shall not be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Group Company.

Big Four Accounting Firm ” means an accounting firm under the brand of Price Waterhouse Coopers, Deloitte & Touche, KPMG or Ernst & Young.

Board ” means the board of directors of the Company.

Business Day ” or “ business day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which banks are required to be closed in the PRC, Hong Kong or New York.

 

22


Circular 37 ” shall mean the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Residents to Engage in Overseas Financing and Round Trip Investment via Overseas Special Purpose Companies ( LOGO LOGO LOGO ) issued by SAFE on July 4, 2014, and its amendment, interpretation and operational guidance promulgated by SAFE from time to time.

Closing Date ” means such date as mutually agreed by the Parties, on which the Note Closing occurs.

Control ” of a given Person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person. The terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Conversion Shares ” means the shares which shall be authorized and then become issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Note.

Dalian Pude ” means Dalian Pude Education Consultancy Co., Ltd. ( LOGO LOGO ), a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC.

Environmental Claim ” shall mean any claim, action, cause of action, investigation, or notice (written or oral) by any Person alleging potential liability arising out of, based on, or resulting from: (i) the presence, or release into the environment, of any Material of Environmental Concern at any location; or (ii) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean all laws and regulations of any jurisdiction where a Group Company is or has engaged in business activities relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Materials of Environmental Concern.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of any nation, state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing and the term “ Government Authorities ” shall be construed accordingly.

Governmental Order ” means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

Group Companies ” means the Company, the HK Company, the PRC Companies, and any direct and indirect Subsidiaries of the foregoing (with each of such Group Companies being referred to as a “ Group Company ”). Upon the formation of the WFOE, it shall be included as one of the Group Companies.

 

23


Guizhou Puxintian ” means Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Co., Ltd. ( LOGO ), a limited liability company established under the laws of the PRC.

Hong Kong ” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC.

Key Group Companies ” means collectively, (i) the Company, the HK Company, the WFOE (upon its incorporation) and the Domestic Company, and (ii) each of the following PRC Subsidiaries and its Subsidiaries: LOGO , LOGO LOGO , LOGO , LOGO , LOGO , LOGO , LOGO , LOGO LOGO , LOGO , LOGO , LOGO LOGO , LOGO , LOGO and LOGO LOGO .

Liabilities ” means, with respect to any Person, all debts, obligations, liabilities owed by such Person of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, title defect, lien, charge, easement, adverse claim, restrictive covenant, or other restriction or limitation of any kind whatsoever, including any restriction on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any attributes of ownership.

M&AA ” means the effective Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company adopted by the shareholders of the Company, as amended from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” means any (a) event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or development that has had, has, or could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, employees, operations, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or liabilities of the Group Companies taken as a whole, (b) material impairment of the ability of any Group Company, Founder Holding Company or Founder to perform the material obligations of such Person hereunder or under any other Transaction Agreement, as applicable, or (c) material impairment of the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement against any Group Company, Founder Holdco or Founder.

Ordinary Shares ” shall mean the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, private non-enterprise entity (or “ LOGO ” as such terms is defined under the PRC law) as or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

PRC ” means the Peoples’ Republic of China, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and the Islands of Taiwan.

PRC Companies ” means collectively, the Domestic Company, the WFOE (upon its incorporation) and the PRC Subsidiaries; and “ PRC Company ” means any of them.

PRC GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles of the PRC.

 

24


PRC Subsidiaries ” means collectively, the entities listed in Schedule III hereto, and the Subsidiaries of the Domestic Company and the foregoing entities; and “ PRC Subsidiary ” means any of them.

Preferred Shares ” shall mean the Company’s redeemable and convertible preference shares of any class or series.

Principal Business ” means the business as currently conducted by the Group Companies, or such other business to be conducted by the Group Companies during the term of this Agreement.

Proprietary Rights ” shall mean any and all worldwide, international, PRC, or foreign registered and unregistered patents, all patent rights and all applications therefore and all reissues, re-examinations, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, and patent term extensions thereof, inventions (whether patentable or not), discoveries, improvements, concepts, innovations, industrial models, registered and unregistered copyrights, copyright registrations and applications, author’s rights, works of authorship (including artwork of any kind and software of all types in whatever medium, inclusive of computer programs, source code, object code and executable code, and related documentation), URLs, web sites, web pages and any part thereof, technical information, know-how, trade secrets, drawings, designs, design protocols, specifications for parts and devices, quality assurance and control procedures, design tools, manuals, research data concerning historic and current research and development efforts, including the results of successful and unsuccessful designs, databases and proprietary data, proprietary processes, proprietary rights, technology, engineering, discoveries, formulae, algorithms, operational procedures, trade names, trade dress, registered and unregistered trademarks, domain names, service marks, mask works, and registrations and applications therefore, the goodwill of the business symbolized or represented by the foregoing, customer lists and other proprietary information and common law rights.

Qualified IPO ” shall mean a firm underwritten public offering of the Ordinary Shares of the Company on the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Market System, the Main Board or the Growth Enterprise Market of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange, Shenzhen Stock Exchange, or any other recognized international securities exchange approved by the Board, with an implied pre-money valuation of US$1,500,000,000 or more on a fully diluted and as converted basis.

Restructuring Agreements ” means the restructuring agreements to be entered into by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company and the shareholders of the PRC Domestic Company upon incorporation of the WFOE, whereby the WFOE effectively Controls the PRC Domestic Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser;

SEC ” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” means, with respect to any subject entity (the “subject entity”), (i) any company, partnership or other entity (x) more than 50% of whose shares or other interests entitled to vote in the election of directors or (y) more than a 50% interest whose in the profits or capital of such entity are owned or controlled directly or indirectly by the subject entity or through one or more Subsidiaries of the subject entity, (ii) any entity whose assets, or portions thereof, are consolidated with the net earnings of the subject entity and are recorded on the books of the subject entity for financial reporting purposes in accordance with US GAAP or PRC GAAP, consistently applied, or (iii) any entity with respect to which the subject entity has the power to otherwise direct the business and policies thereof directly or indirectly through another subsidiary. Notwithstanding the above, for the purpose of the Transaction Agreements, as applied to the Company, the term “Subsidiary” or “subsidiary” includes, without limitation, the Domestic Company, the HK Company and the WFOE, and any of their respective Subsidiaries, if any.

 

25


Tax ” means any national, provincial or local income, sales and use, excise, franchise, real and personal property, gross receipt, capital stock, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance or withholding tax or any other type of tax, levy, assessment, custom duty or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority, any interest and penalties (civil or criminal) related thereto or to the non-payment thereof, and any loss or tax Liability incurred in connection with the determination, settlement or litigation of any Liability arising therefrom.

Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, estimate, claim for refund, claim for extension, information return, or statement relating to any Tax, including any schedule or attachment thereto.

Trade Sale ” means (i) a merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination of any Group Company with or into any Person, or any other transaction or series of transactions, as a result of which the Shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions will cease to own a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately after consummation of such transaction or series of transactions, (ii) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license to a third party or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Group Companies taken as a whole (including the equity securities and/or contractual arrangements by which any Group Company owns and/or Controls any other Group Company, the licenses and permits necessary to conduct the business of the Group Companies in the PRC and the intellectual property assets of the Group Companies taken as a whole) or (iii) the sale (whether by merger, reorganization or other transaction) of a majority of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company or a majority of the voting power of the Company.

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Notes, the Security Deed, the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements, the exhibits attached to any of the foregoing and each of the agreements and other documents otherwise required in connection with implementing the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing.

Trustbridge ” means collectively, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. ( LOGO ) and Ningbo Trustbridge New Economy Phrase II Equity Investment Partnership (Limited Partnership) ( LOGO LOGO ( LOGO ) ), each a Person established under the law of the PRC.

Trustbridge Director ” means the director appointed by Trustbridge to the board of directors of the Domestic Company.

WFOE ” means a wholly foreign owned enterprise to be incorporated under the laws of the PRC, all registered capital of which will be owned by the HK Company.

US GAAP ” means the generally accepted accounting principles of the United States of America.

US$ ” means the legal currency of the United States of America.

 

26


SECTION 8. INDEMNITY

8.1 Upon the conversion of the Convertible Note into the Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Note, each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser, and the Purchaser’s Affiliates, shareholders, partners, directors, officers, agents and assigns, from and against any and all losses, liabilities, damages, liens, penalties, diminution in value, costs and expenses, including reasonable advisor’s fees and other reasonable expenses of investigation and defense of any of the foregoing (“ Indemnifiable Losses ”) suffered by the Purchaser, or the Purchaser’s Affiliates, shareholders, partners, directors, officers, agents and assigns (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”), directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from (i) any breach or violation of, or inaccuracy or misrepresentation in, any representation or warranty made by the Warrantors contained herein or any of the other Transaction Agreements or, or (ii) any breach or violation of any covenant or agreement contained herein or any of the other Transaction Agreements. The rights contained in this Section 8 shall not be deemed to preclude or otherwise limit in any way the exercise of any other rights or pursuit of other remedies for the breach of this Agreement or with respect to any misrepresentation. This Section 8 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

8.2 Without limiting generality of foregoing, upon the conversion of the Convertible Note into the Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms of the Convertible Note, each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person from and against any and all Indemnifiable Loss, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from (i) any Tax Liability of any Group Company not reflected in the Financial Statements or arising out of any failure, whether intentional or not, by any Warrantor to comply with any applicable laws of the PRC or of any other applicable jurisdiction relating to Tax before or on the Closing Date, (ii) any Liability incurred by any Group Company arising in respect of, by reference to or in consequence of a school’s lack of education operation permit or filing as necessary for the conduct of the education-related business before or on the Closing Date, whether it has been disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule.

8.3 Notwithstanding Section 8.1, each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Persons from Indemnifiable Losses directly or indirectly, as a result of or arising from the Warrantors’ default in payment of outstanding amounts under the Notes, regardless of conversion of the Convertible Note into Conversion Shares.

8.4 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 8, the Warrantors shall not be required to indemnify the Indemnifiable Person unless and until the aggregate amount of Indemnifiable Losses actually incurred by the Purchaser exceeds US$200,000. The maximum aggregate amount payable to the Indemnifiable Person shall not exceed an amount equal to the Principal Amount. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser’s right to claim payment of the Principal Amount and interest accrued thereon is not subject to the limitations as provided in the foregoing sentences in this Section 8.3.

8.5 For the avoidance of doubt, each of the Warrantors hereby agrees and covenants that (i) it will not challenge or raise a defense to any claim against such Warrantor or the exercise of any right or remedy against such Warrantor (whether under this Section 8 or any other provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document) on the grounds that such claim, right or remedy is not enforceable or permitted by applicable Law, and (ii) it will do all such things and undertake all such actions, including without limitation any applications to and registrations with the Governmental Authorities and any other protective measures reasonably requested by the Purchaser, to ensure that the agreement of the Parties with respect to joint and several liability of the Warrantors under the Transaction Documents is given full force and effect.

8.6 The representations and warranties of the Warrantors in Section 3 hereof shall survive the Note Closing until the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however, that (i) the representations and warranties made pursuant to Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.6 and 3.27 shall survive indefinitely, and (ii) the representations and warranties dealing with Tax and labor and employment matters shall not terminate until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case of fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any of the Warrantors in connection with any of the representations and warranties made by it under Section 3 hereof, such representations and warranties shall survive the Note Closing indefinitely.

 

27


SECTION 9. MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The representations, warranties and covenants of the Warrantors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Note Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Purchaser.

9.2 Rights Cumulative . Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of the Parties hereto shall be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such Parties may have at law or in equity in the event of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy shall neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to such Party.

9.3 Notices . Except as may be otherwise provided herein, all notices, requests, waivers and other communications made pursuant to this Agreement and the Notes shall be in English, in writing, and shall be conclusively deemed to have been duly given (a) when hand delivered to the other party; (b) when sent by facsimile at the number set forth below, upon successful transmission report being generated by sender’s machine; (c) when sent by electronic mail to the address set forth below, upon receipt of confirmation of transmission, or (d) three (3) business days after deposit with an overnight delivery service, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties as set forth in Schedule IV attached hereto, provided that the sending party receives a confirmation of delivery from the delivery service provider.

9.4 Each person making a communication hereunder by facsimile shall promptly confirm by telephone to the person to whom such communication was addressed each communication made by it by facsimile pursuant hereto but the absence of such confirmation shall not affect the validity of any such communication. A Party may change or supplement the addresses given above, or designate additional addresses, for purposes of this Section  9.3 by giving the other Parties written notice of the new address in the manner set forth above.

9.5 Costs and Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any action, suit or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement, or any transaction contemplated hereby, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover all of its costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements) incurred in each such Action, including any and all appeals or petitions therefrom.

9.6 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, then such provision shall be construed, to the extent feasible, so as to render the provision enforceable and to provide for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby on substantially the same terms as originally set forth herein, and if no feasible interpretation would save such provision, it shall be severed from the remainder of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect unless the severed provision is essential to the rights or benefits intended by the Parties. In such event, the Parties shall use best efforts to negotiate, in good faith, a substitute, valid and enforceable provision or agreement which most closely effectuates the Parties’ intent in entering into this Agreement.

 

28


9.7 Headings; References; Exhibits . The headings in this Agreement are only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in construction or interpretation of this Agreement, nor as evidence of the intention of the Parties hereto. All exhibits, schedules and appendices attached to this Agreement are an integral part of this Agreement. Except where otherwise indicated, all references in this Agreement to Sections refer to Sections of this Agreement.

9.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and may be delivered by electronic or facsimile transmission, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and each of which shall be deemed an original.

9.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the schedules and the exhibits hereto, together with the Notes and other Transaction Agreements, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and supersede any and all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the Parties with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

9.10 Modification . Except as otherwise specifically provided, no modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to departure therefrom shall be effective unless in writing and approved by the Company and the Purchaser.

9.11 Waiver or Indulgence . No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement, or to exercise any power, right or remedy, shall be deemed a waiver or impairment of such performance, power, right or remedy or of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall be it construed as a breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring.

9.12 Interpretation; Titles and Subtitles . This Agreement shall be construed according to its fair language. The rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in interpreting this Agreement. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

9.13 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without regard to the conflicts of laws principles. Each of the Parties hereto irrevocably (i) agrees that any dispute or controversy arising out of, relating to, or concerning any interpretation, construction, performance or breach of this Agreement, shall be settled by arbitration to be held in Hong Kong which shall be administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules in force at the time of the commencement of the arbitration (the “ Arbitration Rules ”), (ii) waives, to the fullest extent it may effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such arbitration, and (iii) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of Hong Kong in any such arbitration. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong. The arbitration shall be conducted in English. The decision of the arbitration tribunal shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Parties to the arbitration. Judgment may be entered on the arbitration tribunal’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. The Parties to the arbitration shall each pay an equal share of the costs and expenses of such arbitration, and each Party shall separately pay for its respective counsel fees and expenses; provided, however, that the prevailing Party in any such arbitration shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing Party its reasonable costs and attorney fees. The Parties acknowledge and agree that, in addition to contract damages, the arbitrator may award provisional and final equitable relief, including injunctions, specific performance, and lost profits.

 

29


9.14 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties. None of the Parties shall, without the prior written consent of other Parties, assign or transfer (i) the Notes or (ii) the rights and obligations thereof under the Notes or this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Purchaser may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Notes to its Affiliates without the prior written consent of other Parties but with a prior written notice to the Company and the Founder and by delivering to the Company a joinder agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit  G . Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the Parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

9.15 Specific Performance . It might be impossible to measure in monetary terms the damage to a Party if another Party fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement. If any such failure occurs, the non-defaulting party might not have an adequate remedy at law or in damages. Therefore each Party consents to the issuance of an injunction and the enforcement of other equitable remedies against it to compel performance of this Agreement.

9.16 Further Assurances . The Parties agree to execute such further documents and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

9.17 Expenses . The Group Companies shall pay all of their own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including without limitation all legal fees incurred by the Group Companies. If the Note Closing occurs, the Group Companies shall pay the Purchaser’s fees and expenses, including legal, accounting and out-of-pocket costs incurred by the Purchaser in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and other Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (the “ Investment Expenses ”), within five (5) Business Days after its receipt of written invoices for such Investment Expenses, provided that such fees and expenses shall not exceed RMB 2,000,000. If the Note Closing does not occur due for any reason whatsoever, the Group Companies and the Purchase shall bear the Investment Expenses equally.

9.18 No Finder’s Fees . Each Warrantor represents that it is not and will not be obligated for any finder’s or broker’s fee or commission in connection with this transaction. Each of the Warrantors agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which such Warrantor or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

9.19 Confidentiality and Non-Disclosure.

(a) The terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, any term sheet or memorandum of understanding entered into pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, all exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including their existence, and all information furnished by any Party hereto and by representatives of such Party to any other Party hereof or any of the representatives of such Parties (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Party hereto to any third party except in accordance with the provisions set forth below. The obligations of each Party hereto under this Section 9.18 shall survive and continue to be binding upon such Party for a period of three years after the termination of this Agreement.

 

30


(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company and the Purchaser may disclose (i) the Confidential Information to its current or bona fide prospective Purchaser, Affiliates of the Company and the Purchaser and their respective employees, bankers, lenders, accountants, legal counsels, business partners or representatives or advisors who need to know such information, in each case only where such persons or entities are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations substantially similar to those set forth in this Section 9.10, (ii) such Confidential Information as is required to be disclosed pursuant to routine examination requests from Governmental Authorities with authority to regulate such Party’s operations, in each case as such Party deems appropriate in its sole discretion, and (iii) the Confidential Information to any Person to which disclosure is approved in writing by the other Parties hereto. Any Party hereto may also provide disclosure in order to comply with applicable Laws, as set forth in Section 9.19(c) below.

(c) Except as set forth in Section 9.19(b) above, in the event that any Party is requested or becomes legally compelled (including without limitation, pursuant to any applicable Tax, securities, or other Laws and regulations of any jurisdiction) to disclose the existence of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or content of any of the financing terms hereunder, such Party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) shall, to the extent legally permitted and reasonably possible, provide the other Parties hereto with prompt written notice of that fact and consult with the other Parties hereto regarding such disclosure. At the request of the other Parties, the Disclosing Party shall, to the extent reasonably possible and with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other Parties, seek a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy. In any event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information that is legally required and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 9.19, the confidentiality obligations of the Parties shall not apply to: (i) information which a Party learns from a third party which the receiving Party reasonably believes to have the right to make the disclosure, provided the receiving Party complies with any restrictions imposed by the third party; (ii) information which is rightfully in the receiving Party’s possession prior to the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party and not acquired by the receiving Party under a confidentiality obligation; or (iii) information which enters the public domain without breach of confidentiality by the receiving Party.

9.20 Further Assurances . Each Party shall from time to time and at all times hereafter make, do, execute, or cause to be made, done and executed such further acts, deeds, conveyances, consents and assurances without further consideration, which may reasonably be required to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

9.21 Termination of Agreement . This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Note Closing (a) by mutual written consent of the Purchaser and the Company, (b) by the Purchaser if any of the conditions to the Note Closing have not been fulfilled or waived in writing by the Purchaser by August 4, 2017, (c) by the Purchaser by written notice to the Company if there has been a material misrepresentation or material breach of a covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement on the part of the Warrantors, and such breach, if curable, has not been cured within thirty (30) days of such notice stating the reason and intention to so terminate, (d) by the Company if the Purchaser fails to pay the Principal Amount in full in accordance with this Agreement, or (d) by the Purchaser or the Company if, due to change of applicable laws, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder would become prohibited under applicable laws. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the provision of Section  9.21 , this Agreement will be of no further force or effect and the share pledge and share mortgage completed pursuant to this Agreement shall be terminated and released accordingly, provided that no party shall be relieved of any Liability for a breach of this Agreement or for any misrepresentation hereunder, nor shall such termination be deemed to constitute a waiver of any available remedy (including specific performance if available) for any such breach or misrepresentation.

 

31


9.22 Survival. The provisions of Section  6.11 , Section  7, Section  8 , Section 9.13, Section 9.19 and Section  9.21 shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Agreement.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank.]

 

32


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed, or caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

COMPANY :

Puxin Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Director

HK COMPANY:

Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO )

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Director

DOMESTIC COMPANY:

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (Seal)

LOGO

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Legal Representative

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd

 

1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed, or caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

FOUNDER & FOUNDER HOLDCO:

Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

FOUNDER HOLDCO :

Long bright Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Director

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed, or caused their duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date first above written.

PURCHASER

Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Deng Xi

Name:   Deng Xi
Title:   Director

 

Exhibit 4.7

PUXIN LIMITED

 

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US$25,000,000

August 4, 2017            

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Puxin Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with its registered office at Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, PO Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) promises to pay, in the lawful currency of the United States of America, to the order of Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, or its assigns (the “ Holder ”), the principal sum of US$25,000,000 (the “ Principal Amount ”), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon (the “ Interest ”), each due and payable on the dates and in the manner set forth below.

1. Notes Purchase Agreement . This convertible promissory note (the “ Note ”) is issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Notes Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1, 2017, by and between the Company, the Holder and certain other parties named therein (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated, the “ Agreement ”) and is subject to the terms thereof. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meaning ascribed therein to them in the Agreement. The provisions of this Note are subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, which are deemed incorporated by reference into this Note.

2. Repayment . The outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and accrued Interest thereon shall be due and payable on the date that is the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the date of this Note, or such later date as the Holder may in writing agree (the “ Maturity Date ”), unless this Note is previously converted pursuant to Section  5 herein or unless the maturity of this Note is accelerated pursuant to Section  5(b) or 5(c) or upon the occurrence of Event of Default. This Note may not be prepaid without the prior written consent of the Holder.

3. Interest Rate .

(i) Interest shall accrue at a compound interest rate of 12% per annum on the outstanding Principal Amount under this Note for the period commencing on and from the date of this Note until the date of payment in full of the outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and the accrued interests thereon; provided that no interest shall accrue on the outstanding Principal Amount under this Note if the entire Principal Amount has been converted into Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares on or before the Maturity Date pursuant to this Note. Interest shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date, and shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(ii) Default Interest. From and after the Maturity Date, or the date on which an Event of Default occurs, whichever is earlier, any unpaid and outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and accrued interest thereon shall bear interest at the compound interest rate of 12% per annum (computed on the basis of a 365-day year and accruing daily), until such amount has been paid in full to the Holder.

4. Payments .

(a) Currency and Account . All payments of the outstanding Principal Amount (other than payment by way of conversion) and all payments of the accrued interest shall be paid in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder, made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account designated by the Holder in a written notice delivered to the Company.

 

1


(b) Application of Payments . Payment on this Note shall be applied first to any expense reimbursement owed to the Holder by the Company pursuant to this Note or otherwise, second to accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding Principal Amount.

(c) Priority of the Note . This Note shall rank senior and superior to all the other existing or future Indebtedness owed by the Company, except that this Note shall rank on a parity with the other Note under the Agreement.

(d) No Set-Off . All payments on or in respect of this Note or the Indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be made to the Holder without any set-off and free and clear of and without any deduction of any kind whatsoever.

5. Automatic Discharge upon Conversion; Interest Repayment .

(a) If a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Agreement) occurs before or on June 30, 2019, this Note and the Company’s obligation to pay the outstanding Principal Amount shall be deemed automatically discharged, at the date of completion of the Qualified IPO, upon the automatic conversion of this Note into certain number of Ordinary Shares and the issuance to the Holder by the Company of such number of Ordinary Shares, calculated by dividing the outstanding Principal Amount by the applicable Ordinary Share Conversion Price.

For purpose of this Note, the “ Ordinary Share Conversion Price ” under this Section  5(a) shall be calculated according to the following formula:

Ordinary Share Conversion Price = N × X,

“N” means offering price per Ordinary Share in the Qualified IPO;

“X” means (i) seventy percent (70%), in the event of consummation of a Qualified IPO before or on December 31, 2018; (ii) sixty-five percent (65%), in the event of consummation of a Qualified IPO between January 1, 2019 and March 31, 2019; (iii) sixty percent (60%), in the event of consummation of a Qualified IPO between April 1, 2019 and June 30, 2019.

(b) If a Qualified IPO fails to occur and this Note is not fully repaid or converted into Preferred Shares pursuant hereto before or on June 30, 2019, this Note and the Company’s obligation to pay the outstanding Principal Amount shall be deemed automatically discharged, on the date of July 1, 2019, upon the automatic conversion of this Note into certain number of redeemable and convertible preferred shares of the Company with the rights, preferences and privileges as set forth in Schedule I hereto (the “ Converted Preferred Shares ”) and the issuance to the Holder by the Company of such number of Converted Preferred Shares, calculated by dividing the outstanding Principal Amount by the applicable Preferred Share Conversion Price (as defined below), provided, however, that if the Holder notifies the Company in writing of its decision to choose repayment in cash rather than conversion at least five (5) Business Days prior to June 30, 2019, all the outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and accrued Interest thereon shall become due and payable on the date of July 1, 2019 and no automatic conversion into Converted Preferred Shares will apply.

(c) If the Company contemplates a Trade Sale prior to full repayment of this Note, the Company shall deliver to the Holder a written notice describing the information of such Trade Sale at least twenty (20) Business Days before the closing of the Trade Sale. The Holder shall have right to (i) declare all Indebtedness under this Note become immediately due and payable in full on or prior to the closing of the Trade Sale, or (ii) convert all such Indebtedness into the such number of Converted Preferred Shares calculated by dividing the outstanding Principal Amount by the applicable Preferred Share Conversion Price on or prior to the closing of the Trade Sale.

 

2


(d) For purpose of this Note, the applicable “ Preferred Share Conversion Price ” shall be:

(i) in the case of conversion as provided in Section  5(b) above, the product obtained pursuant to the formula: Preferred Share Conversion Price = A × 1600%, “A” means the after-tax net earnings per outstanding share of the Company (calculated on a fully diluted and as converted basis) in the year of 2018, which shall be determined based on the consolidated audit report of the Group Companies for the year of 2018 formulated by a Big Four Accounting Firm or such other reputable accounting firm recognized by the Holder according to the U.S. GAAP;

(ii) in the case of conversion as provided in Section  5(c) above, the product obtained pursuant to the following formula:

Preferred Share Conversion Price for Trade Sale = N × X,

“N” means the amount of consideration or proceeds for each share deriving from the Trade Sale to which a shareholder of Company participating in the Trade Sale is entitled;

“X” means (i) seventy percent (70%), in the event of consummation of a Trade Sale before or on December 31, 2018; (ii) sixty-five percent (65%), in the event of consummation of a Trade Sale between January 1, 2019 and March 31, 2019; (iii) sixty percent (60%), in the event of consummation of a Trade Sale between April 1, 2019 and June 30, 2019.

(e) For the avoidance of doubt, the Converted Preferred Shares shall have rights, preferences and privileges senior to all outstanding shares or other equity securities of the Company as of the date of the conversion. In addition, if the Company hereafter grants any other investors or shareholders any rights, privileges or protections more favourable than those listed in Schedule I hereto, the Purchaser shall, at its option, be entitled to the same rights, privileges or protections in preference to such other investors or shareholders without additional consideration.

6. Mechanics and Effect of Conversion . No fractional shares of the Company will be issued upon conversion of this Note. In lieu of any fractional share to which the Holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company will pay to the Holder in cash the amount of the unconverted principal balance of this Note that would otherwise be converted into such fractional share. Upon conversion of this Note pursuant to Section  5 , the Holder shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of the Holder to surrender this Note pursuant to Section  6 shall not affect the conversion of this Note pursuant to Section  5 . Upon the conversion of this Note pursuant to Section  5 , this Note shall be deemed to have been cancelled even if it is not surrendered for cancellation.

 

3


7. Events of Default .

(a) Definition . For purpose of this Note, each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

(i) The Company fails to make any payment when due under this Note for more than ten (10) days;

(ii) without prejudice to (i), the Company or any other Warrantor breaches any material representation, warranty, covenant or obligation set forth in, or an event of default occurs under, any of the Transaction Agreements, and such breach or event of default, if curable, is not been cured within thirty (30) Business Days after occurrence;

(iii) The entry of one or more judgments against the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries by any court, tribunal, arbitration or any other legal proceeding calling for the payment by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries of more than US$5,000,000 in the aggregate;

(iv) An attachment or garnishment is levied, or writ of execution is enforced, against the assets or properties of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries involving an amount in excess of US$5,000,000 and such attachment or garnishment or writ of execution is not vacated or otherwise terminated within thirty (30) days after the date of its effectiveness;

(v) The Company and/or its Subsidiaries is legally dissolved or its existence is otherwise legally terminated;

(vi) The Company and/or its Subsidiaries commences or has commenced against it any proceeding to dissolve or otherwise terminate its existence under any dissolution, liquidation or similar statue now or hereafter in effect or its board of directors or shareholders take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

(vii) The Company and/or its Subsidiaries files any petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, moratorium or any other similar law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, nor or hereafter in effect, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or its board of directors or shareholders take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

(viii) An involuntary petition is filed against the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (unless such petition is dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days) under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, moratorium, or similar law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, nor or hereafter in effect, or a custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors (or other similar official) is appointed to take possession, custody or control of any property of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries;

(ix) The failure by the Company to (i) make any payment of any principal of, interest or premium on, any Indebtedness in excess of US$5,000,000 (other than in respect of the Notes under the Agreement) when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness as of the date of such failure or otherwise agreed to by the parties; or (ii) to perform or observe any material term, covenant or condition on its part to be performed or observed under any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness, when required to be performed or observed, and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such failure to perform or observe accelerates the maturity of such Indebtedness;

(x) The VIE Completion Date does not occur within three (3) months after the date of the Agreement; or

(xi) Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Holder in writing, any of Restructuring Agreements is amended, terminated or rescinded, or breached in any material aspect.

 

4


In this Convertible Note, the term “ Indebtedness ” means: (i) all indebtedness or other obligations for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (iv) all obligations under capital leases; (v) all reimbursement or other obligations under or in respect of letters of credit and bankers acceptances; and (vi) all indebtedness secured by any Lien upon or in property owned whether or not a person assumed or became liable for the payment of such indebtedness.

(b) Consequences of Events of Default .

(i) If an Event of Default occurs, the Holder has the right (but not the obligation) to declare that all or part of Principal Amount and Interest accrued thereon under this Note shall become immediately due and payable, in which case the Company shall immediately pay to Holder all such due and payable Indebtedness. The Company agrees to pay Holder all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Holder in any effort to collect Indebtedness under this Note, including reasonable attorney fees.

(ii) Holder shall also have any other rights which Holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which Holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

8. Expenses . The Company agrees to pay Holder all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Holder in any effort to collect Indebtedness under this Note, including reasonable attorney fees.

9. New Shareholders Agreement and new MA&A .

(a) New Shareholders Agreement . Certain shareholders agreement entered into by and among the shareholders of the Company shall be amended, in form and substance to the satisfaction of the Holder, by all necessary action of the Board and shareholders of the Company upon the conversion of this Convertible Note (the “ New Shareholders Agreement ”). In the case of issuance of Converted Preferred Shares, the New Shareholders Agreement shall set forth the rights, privileges and preferences of the Converted Preferred Shares listed in Schedule I hereto.

(b) New MA&A . The memorandum and articles of association of the Company (as amended and restated) shall be amended, in form and substance to the satisfaction of the Holder, by all necessary action of the Board and shareholders of the Company upon the conversion of this Convertible Note (the “ New MA&A ”) and such New MA&A shall have been duly filed and stamped with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands within ten (10) Business Days after the conversion. In the case of issuance of Converted Preferred Shares, the New MA&A shall set forth the rights, privileges and preferences of the Converted Preferred Shares listed in Schedule I hereto.

10. No impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its MA&A, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Convertible Note, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder under this Convertible Note against wrongful impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may duly and validly issue fully paid and non-assessable Ordinary Shares or Converted Preferred Shares upon conversion of this Convertible Note. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein limits the ability of the Holder to approve any amendment or waiver related to this Convertible Note.

 

5


11. Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Note . In the case that this Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new Note of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Note, or in lieu of the Note lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of the Note.

12. Severability . If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Note and the balance of the Note shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. The parties will work in good faith to substitute the excluded provision with a provision intended to accomplish the parties’ intent to the greatest extent permitted by law.

13. Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Note may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Note may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section  13 shall be binding upon the Holder and its successors and assigns and the Company.

14. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any party hereto is required to engage the services of any attorneys for the purpose of enforcing this Note, or any provision thereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable expenses and costs in enforcing this Note (including attorneys’ fees, cost and disbursements) plus all other costs of collection.

15. Waiver of Presentment, Dishonour, etc . The Company hereby waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonour, protest and notice of protest of this Note. The right to plead any and all statutes of limitations as a defence to any demands hereunder is hereby waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without regard to the conflicts of laws principles. The dispute resolution provision in the Agreement applies mutatis mutandis to this Note.

17. Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties. Neither Party shall not assign this Note or delegate any of its respective rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the other Party. However, the Holder may assign its rights and obligations under this Note to its Affiliate without the prior written of the Company but with a prior written notice to the Company. Immediately upon the delivery of a written notice about such assignment to the Company by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new Note to the Holder’s assign(s) and this Note shall be cancelled upon the issuance of such new Note.

18. Notices . The notice provision in the Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Note.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Convertible Promissory Note to be duly executed by its representative, thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

Puxin Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title:   Director


SCHEDULE I

Rights, Preference and Priority of Converted Preferred Shares

 

1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

 

  1.1 Applicability of Rights . The holders of the Converted Preferred Shares shall be entitled to the following rights with respect to any potential public offering of Ordinary Shares of the Company (or securities representing such Ordinary Shares) in the United States, and to any analogous or equivalent rights with respect to any other offering of shares in any other jurisdiction pursuant to which the Company undertakes to publicly offer or list such securities for trading on a recognized securities exchange.

 

  1.2 Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

 

  (a) Registration . The terms “ register ”, “ registered ”, and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement under the Securities Act, and the declaration of effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

  (b) Registrable Securities . The term “ Registrable Securities ” means collectively, the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities.

 

  (c) Converted Preferred Registrable Securities . The term “ Converted Preferred Registrable Securities ” means: (1) Ordinary Shares of the Company issued or to be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Shares held by the Holder issued (A) under the Convertible Note and (B) pursuant to the issuance of New Securities by the Company to the Holder pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof; (2) Ordinary Shares of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, any of the foregoing; (3) any other Ordinary Share owned or hereafter acquired by the Holder, including Ordinary Shares issued in respect of the Ordinary Shares described in (1)-(2) above upon any share split, share dividend, recapitalization or a similar event; and (4) any depositary receipts issued by an institutional depositary upon deposit of any of the foregoing.

 

  (d) Converted Preferred Registrable Securities Then Outstanding . The number of shares of “ Converted Preferred Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall mean the number of Ordinary Shares of the Company that are Converted Preferred Registrable Securities and are then issued and outstanding or would be outstanding assuming full conversion of all Converted Preferred Registrable Securities which are convertible into Ordinary Shares.

 

1


  (e) Registration Right Holder . For purposes of this Section 3, the term “ Registration Right Holder ” means any Person (as defined in the Agreement) who holds Registrable Securities of record, whether such Registrable Securities were acquired directly from the Company or from another Registration Right Holder in a permitted transfer, to whom the rights under this Section 1 have been duly assigned in accordance with this Agreement; provided , however , that for purposes of this Convertible Note, a record holder of the Preferred Shares convertible into such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be the Registration Right Holder of such Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that (i) the Company shall in no event be obligated to register the Preferred Shares and that (ii) Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their Preferred Shares into Ordinary Share in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately prior to the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement for the offering to which the registration relates.

 

  (f) Form S-3 and Form F-3 . The terms “ Form S-3 ” and “ Form F-3 ” means such respective form under the Securities Act as is in effect on the date hereof or any successor or comparable registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC, which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

  1.3 Demand Registration .

 

  (a) Request by Holders . If the Company shall receive, at any time after the earlier of (i) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date hereof, or (ii) a Qualified IPO, a written request from the Registration Right Holders of at least ten percent (10%) of the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company files a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1.3, then the Company shall, within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt of such written request, give a written notice of such request (the “ Request Notice ”) to all Registration Right Holders of the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities. The Registration Right Holders shall send a written notice stating the number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and included in such registration (the “ Request Securities ”) to the Company within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the Request Notice. The Company shall thereafter use its best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, the registration of the Request Securities, subject only to the limitations of this Section 3.3.

 

2


  (b) Underwriting . If the Registration Right Holders initiating the registration request under this Section 1.3 (the “ Initiating Registration Right Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, then they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.3 and the Company shall include such information in the Request Notice referred to in Section 1.3(a). In the event of an underwritten offering, the right of any Registration Right Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Registration Right Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Registration Right Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Registration Right Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Registration Right Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and reasonably acceptable to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the underwriter(s) advise(s) the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Registration Right Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be reduced as required by the underwriter(s) and allocated among the Registration Right Holders of Converted Preferred Registrable Securities on a pro-rata basis according to the number of Converted Preferred Registrable Securities then outstanding held by each Registration Right Holder requesting registration (including the Initiating Registration Right Holders); provided , however , that the number of shares of Converted Preferred Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced (x) by more than seventy-five percent (75%) and (y) unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration including all shares that are not Converted Preferred Registrable Securities and are held by any other Person, including any Person who is an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. Further, if, as a result of such underwriter cutback, the Registration Right Holders cannot include in the IPO all of the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities that they have requested to be included therein, then such Registration shall not be deemed to constitute one of the two (2) demand Registrations to which the Registration Right Holders are entitled pursuant to this Section 1. If any Registration Right Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Registration Right Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter(s), delivered at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, the Registration Right Holder and the partners and retired partners of such Registration Right Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, and for any Registration Right Holder that is a corporation, the Registration Right Holder and all corporations that are affiliates of such Registration Right Holder, shall be deemed to be a single “Registration Right Holder”, and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “Registration Right Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Registration Right Holder”, as defined herein.

 

3


  (c) Maximum Number of Demand Registrations . The Company shall have no obligation to effect more than two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 1.3.

 

  (d) Deferral . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to the Registration Right Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.3, a certificate signed by the president or chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such registration statement to be filed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Registration Right Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided further that during such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of any securities of the Company.

 

4


  (e) Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting discounts and commissions relating to the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities sold by the Registration Right Holders) incurred in connection with any registration pursuant to this Section 1.3, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printer’s and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Registration Right Holders of the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar, provided that such expenses shall not exceed US$50,000 for each registration in aggregate. Each Registration Right Holder participating in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall bear such Registration Right Holder’s proportionate share (based on the total number of shares of Registrable Securities sold in such registration other than for the account of the Company) of all discounts and commissions relating to the Registrable Securities sold by the Registration Right Holders and the expenses exceeding US$50,000 for each registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay any expense of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to this Section 1.3 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Registration Right Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered, unless the Registration Right Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding agree that such registration constitutes the use by the Holders of one (1) demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 (in which case such registration shall also constitute the use by all Registration Right Holders of Registrable Securities of one (l) such demand registration); provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Registration Right Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Registration Right Holders at the time of their request for such registration and have withdrawn their request for registration with reasonable promptness after learning of such material adverse change, or if the registration proceeding is terminated for any reason not specifically covered by this Section 1.3(e), then the Company shall be required to pay all of such expenses and such registration shall not constitute the use of a demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.3.

 

  1.4 Piggyback Registrations . The Company shall notify all Registration Right Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of effecting a public offering of securities of the Company (including registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding registration statements relating to any registration under Section 1.3 or Section 1.5 of this Agreement or to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization) and will afford each such Registration Right Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities then held by such Registration Right Holder. Each Registration Right Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by such Registration Right Holder shall within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing, and in such notice shall inform the Company of the number of Registrable Securities such Registration Right Holder wishes to include in such registration statement. If a Registration Right Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Registration Right Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

5


  (a) Underwriting . If a registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 1.4 is for an underwritten offering, then the Company shall so advise the Registration Right Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Registration Right Holder’s Registrable Securities to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall be conditioned upon such Registration Right Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Registration Right Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Registration Right Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter or underwriters selected by the Company for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter(s) determine(s) in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the managing underwriter(s) may exclude shares from the registration and the underwriting, and the number of shares that may be included in the registration and the underwriting shall be allocated, first to the Company, and second , to each of the Registration Right Holders requesting inclusion of their Registrable Securities in such registration statement on a pro-rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities then held by each such Registration Right Holder; provided , however , that the right of the underwriter(s) to exclude shares (including Registrable Securities) from the registration and underwriting as described above shall be restricted so that (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in any such registration is not reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate number of Registrable Securities for which inclusion has been requested, even if this will cause the Company to reduce the number of shares it wishes to offer; and (ii) all shares that are not Registrable Securities and are held by any other Person, including any Person who is an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company shall first be excluded from such registration and underwriting before any Registrable Securities are so excluded. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Registration Right Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter(s) at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Registration Right Holder that is a partnership, the Registration Right Holder and the partners and retired partners of such Registration Right Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, and for any Holder that is a corporation, the Registration Right Holder and all corporations that are affiliates of such Holder, shall be deemed to be a single “Registration Right Holder,” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “Registration Right Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Registration Right Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

6


  (b) Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting and brokers’ discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 notwithstanding the cancellation or delay of the registration proceeding for any reason.

 

  (c) Not Demand Registration . Registration pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be deemed to be a demand registration as described in Section 1.3 above. Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Registration Right Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 1.4.

 

  1.5 Form S-3 or Form F-3 Registration . After its initial public offering, the Company shall use its best efforts to qualify for registration on Form S-3 or Form F-3 or any comparable or successor form promptly and to maintain such qualification thereafter. If the Company is qualified to use Form S-3 or Form F-3, any Registration Right Holder or Registration Right Holders shall have a right to request in writing that the Company effect a registration on either Form S-3 or Form F-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Registration Right Holder or Registration Right Holders, and upon receipt of each such request, the Company shall perform the tasks set out in paragraphs (a) and (b) below:

 

7


  (a) Notice . Promptly give written notice of the proposed registration and the Registration Right Holder’s or Registration Right Holders’ request therefor, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Registration Right Holders of Registrable Securities; and

 

  (b) Registration . As soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registration Right Holders or Registration Right Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Registration Right Holder or Registration Right Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within twenty (20) days after the date on which the Company provides the notice contemplated by Section 1.5(a); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.5:

 

  (i) if Form S-3 or Form F-3 becomes unavailable for such offering by the Registration Right Holders;

 

  (ii) if the Registration Right Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price of less than US$1,000,000 to the public; or

 

  (iii) if the Company has, within the six (6) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected a registration under the Securities Act other than a registration from which the Registrable Securities of Registration Right Holders have been excluded (with respect to all or any portion of the Registrable Securities the Registration Right Holders requested to be included in such registration) pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.4(a).

 

  (c) Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses (excluding only underwriting or brokers’ discounts and commissions relating to shares sold by the Holders) incurred in connection with each registration requested pursuant to this Section 1.5, including all U.S. federal, “blue sky” and all foreign registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, the fees and expenses (including disbursements) of outside counsels for the Registration Right Holders and any fee charged by any depositary bank, transfer agent or share registrar. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.5 notwithstanding the cancellation or delay of the registration proceeding for any reason.

 

8


  (d) Maximum Frequency . Except as otherwise provided herein, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Registration Right Holders may request registration of Registrable Securities under this Section 1.5.

 

  (e) Deferral . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Registration Right Holders requesting the filing of a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.5, a certificate signed by the president or chief executive officer of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its shareholders for such Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration statement to be filed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Registration Right Holders; provided , however , that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided further that during such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not file any registration statement pertaining to the public offering of any securities of the Company.

 

  (f) Not Demand Registration . Form S-3 or Form F-3 registrations shall not be deemed to be demand registrations as described in Section 3.3 above.

 

  (g) Underwriting . If the requested registration under this Section 3 is for an underwritten offering, the provisions of Section 3.3(b) shall apply.

If the Company fails to perform any of the Company’s obligations set forth above in this Section 1.5 relating to a demand registration made pursuant to Section 1.3, such registration shall not constitute the use of a demand registration under Section 1.3.

 

  1.6 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under this Agreement, the Company shall, as soon as practicable:

 

  (a) Registration Statement . Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and keep any such registration statement effective for a period of one (1) year or until the Registration Right Holder or Registration Right Holders have completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto, whichever is earlier;

 

9


  (b) Amendments and Supplements . Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement;

 

  (c) Prospectuses . Furnish to the Registration Right Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by them that are included in such registration;

 

  (d) Blue Sky . Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Registration Right Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

 

  (e) Deposit Agreement . If the registration relates to an offering of depositary shares or other securities representing Ordinary Shares deposited pursuant to a deposit agreement or similar facility, cause the depositary under such agreement or facility to accept for deposit under such agreement or facility all Registrable Securities requested by each Registration Right Holder to be included in such registration in accordance with this Section 1;

 

  (f) Underwriting . In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Registration Right Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

 

  (g) Notification . Notify each Registration Right Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

 

10


  (h) Opinions and Comfort Letter . Furnish, at the request of any Registration Right Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriter(s) for sale, if such Registrable Securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such Registrable Securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities becomes effective, (i) opinions, each dated as of such date, of the counsels representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to Registration Right Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Registration Right Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a “comfort letter” dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering and reasonably satisfactory to Registration Right Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Registration Right Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities.

 

  1.7 Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Sections 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5 that the Registration Right Holders shall furnish to the Company information regarding such Registration Right Holders, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such Registrable Securities as shall reasonably be required to timely effect the Registration of their Registrable Securities.

 

  1.8 Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5:

 

  (a) By the Company . To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Registration Right Holder and its Affiliates, partners, officers, directors, employee, legal counsel, agent, any underwriter (as determined in the Securities Act) for such Registration Right Holder and each Person, if any, who Controls such Registration Right Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities or actions in respect thereof arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”):

 

11


  (iv) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto;

 

  (v) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or

 

  (vi) any violation or alleged violation of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement;

and the Company shall reimburse each such Registration Right Holder and its Affiliates, partners, officers, directors, employees, legal counsel, agents, underwriters or controlling Person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided , however , that the indemnity contained in this Section 1.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Registration Right Holder, underwriter or controlling Person of such Registration Right Holder.

 

  (b) By Selling Shareholders . To the extent permitted by law, each selling Registration Right Holder, on a several and not joint basis, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who have signed the registration statement, each Person, if any, who Controls the Company, any underwriter and any other Registration Right Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Registration Right Holder’s partners, directors, officers, legal counsel or any Person who Controls such Registration Right Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, legal counsel, controlling Person, underwriter or other such Registration Right Holder, partner or director, officer or controlling Person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other applicable law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities or actions in respect thereto arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in the Company’s reasonable reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Registration Right Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Registration Right Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling Person, underwriter or other Registration Right Holder, partner, officer, director or controlling Person of such other Registration Right Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action: provided , however , that the indemnity contained in this Section 1.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Registration Right Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that the total amounts payable in indemnity by a Registration Right Holder under this Section 1.8(b) plus any amount under Section 1.8(e) in respect of any Violation shall not exceed the net proceeds received by such Registration Right Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

 

12


  (c) Notice . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.8 of notice of the commencement of any action, including any governmental action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof (a “ Claim Notice ”) and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, (i) during the period from the delivery of a Claim Notice until retention of counsel by the indemnifying party; and (ii) if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential conflict of interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver a written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.8 to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced as a result thereof, but the omission to deliver a written notice to the indemnified party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.8.

 

13


  (d) Defect Eliminated in Final Prospectus . The foregoing indemnity of the Company and Registration Right Holders are subject to the condition that, insofar as they relate to any Violation made in a preliminary prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the amended prospectus on file with the SEC at the time the registration statement in question becomes effective or the amended prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to SEC Rule 424(b) (the “ Final Prospectus ”), such indemnity shall not inure to the benefit of any Person if a copy of the Final Prospectus was timely furnished to the indemnified party and was not furnished to the Person asserting the loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the time such action is required by the Securities Act.

 

  (e) Contribution . In order to provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (i) any Registration Right Holder exercising rights under this Agreement, or any controlling Person of any such Registration Right Holder, makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 1.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case notwithstanding the fact that this Section 1.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any such selling Registration Right Holder or any such controlling Person in circumstances for which indemnification is provided under this Section 1.8; then, and in each such case, the Company and such Registration Right Holder will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that, in any such case: (A) no such Registration Right Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Registration Right Holder pursuant to such registration statement absent guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and (B) no Person or entity guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation as defined in Section 11(f) of the Securities Act will be entitled to contribution from any Person or entity who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

14


  (f) Survival . The obligations of the Company and Registration Right Holders under this Section 1.8 shall survive for six (6) years after the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement, regardless of the expiration of any statutes of limitation or extensions of such statutes.

 

  1.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Registration Right Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to:

 

  (a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

 

  (b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company;

 

  (c) So long as a Registration Right Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Registration Right Holder forthwith upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements, (ii) a copy of the most recent annual, interim, quarterly or other report of the Company and, (iii) such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

  1.10 Termination of the Company s Obligations . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Sections 1.3, 1.4 or 1.5 with respect to any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Registration Right Holder in a registered public offering (i) five (5) years after the consummation of a Qualified IPO, or (ii), if, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all such Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder may then be sold under Rule 144 in one transaction without exceeding the volume limitations thereunder.

 

  1.11 No Registration Rights to Third Parties . Without the prior written consent of the Holders of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Converted Preferred Registrable Securities then outstanding, the Company covenants and agrees that it shall not grant, or cause or permit to be created, for the benefit of any Person or entity any registration rights of any kind, whether similar to the demand, “piggyback” or Form S-3 or Form F-3 registration rights described in this Section 3, or otherwise, relating to any shares or other securities of the Company, other than rights that are subordinate to the rights of the Registration Right Holders hereunder.

 

15


  1.12 Market Stand-Off Agreement . Each Registration Right Holder hereby agrees that, if and to the extent requested by the lead underwriter of securities of the Company in connection with a registration relating to a specific proposed public offering (other than a registration on Form S-8 or a related or successor form relating solely to an employee benefit plan or a registration on Form S-4 or a related or successor form relating solely to a transaction under SEC Rule 145), such Registration Right Holder will, subject to the following conditions, enter into a lock-up or standoff agreement in customary form (subject to the following conditions) under which such Registration Right Holder agrees not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities or other shares of the Company owned by such Registration Right Holder as of the date of such registration for up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the related registration statement. The obligations of each Registration Right Holder under this Section 1.12 are subject to the following conditions: (i) the lockup or standoff agreement applies only to the first registration statement of the Company which covers securities to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering, but not to Registrable Securities actually sold pursuant to such registration statement; (ii) such Registration Right Holder is satisfied that all directors, officers, and holders of 1% or more of any class of securities of the Company are bound by substantially identical restrictions; (iii) the lockup or standoff agreement provides that if any securities of the Company are to be excluded or released in whole or part from such restrictions, the underwriter shall so notify each Holder within three (3) days and each Registration Right Holder shall be excluded or released, in proportionate amounts to the extent of the exclusion or release with respect to any other holder of Company’s securities, including any director, officer, or holder of 1% or more of any class of securities of the Company subject to such restrictions; and (iv) the lockup or standoff agreement by its terms permits transfers of Registrable Securities by any Registration Right Holder to any Affiliate of such Holder during the restricted period, provided that such Affiliate executes a lock-up or standoff agreement substantively identical to that signed by the transferring Registration Right Holder. The lock-up or standoff agreement shall expire no later than ninety (90) days after execution by the Registration Right Holder if no underwritten public offering has occurred by the date of such execution. The Company may impose a stop-transfer restriction with respect to Registrable Securities that are subject to any such lockup or standoff agreement, but shall remove such restriction immediately upon the expiration or termination of such lockup or standoff agreement.

 

16


  1.13 Public Offering Rights (Non-U.S. Offerings) . If shares of the Company are offered in an underwritten public offering (whether or not a Qualified IPO) outside of the United States for the account of any Ordinary Shareholder or other shareholders, each Registration Right Holder shall have the right to include a pro-rata number of shares (based on the number of shares (on an as - converted basis) then held by such Registration Right Holder and all other shareholders of the Company selling in such offering) in such offering on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Registration Right Holders than to any other selling shareholder.

 

  1.14 Re-sale Rights . The Company shall use its best efforts to assist each Registration Rights Holder in the sale or disposition of its Registrable Securities after a Qualified IPO, including the prompt delivery of applicable instruction letters by the Company and legal opinions from the Company’s counsels in forms reasonably satisfactory to the Registration Rights Holder’s counsel. In the event the Company has depositary receipts listed or traded on any stock exchange or inter-dealer quotation system, the Company shall pay all costs and fees related to such depositary facility, including conversion fees and maintenance fees for Registrable Securities held by the Registration Rights Holders.

 

2. RIGHT OF PARTICIPATION ; RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

 

  2.1 With Respect to Issuance of New Securities :

 

  (a) General . Each of the holder of Preferred Shares (including, but without limitation, the Converted Preferred Shares) (under this Section 2, the “ Participation Rights Holder s ”, and each a “ Participation Rights Holder ”) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase such a Pro Rata Share of all or any part of the New Securities that the Company may from time to time issue after the date of issuance of the Converted Preferred Shares (the “ Right of Participation ”). Each Participation Rights Holder shall be entitled to apportion its Right of Participation hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

  (b) Pro Rata Share . A Participation Rights Holder’s “ Pro Rata Share ” is the ratio of (a) the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) then held by such Participation Rights Holder, to (b) the total number of Ordinary Shares (assuming conversion of all convertible securities) then outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities giving rise to the Right of Participation.

 

  (c) New Securities . “ New Securities ” shall mean any Preferred Shares, Ordinary Shares or other voting shares of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such Preferred Shares, Ordinary Shares and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into such Preferred Shares, Ordinary Shares or other voting shares, provided , however , that the term “ New Securities ” shall not include:

 

17


  (i) any Converted Preferred Shares issued upon the conversion of this Convertible Note, or Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares authorized;

 

  (ii) any securities issued in connection with any share split, share dividend or other similar event in which all Participation Rights Holders are entitled to participate on a pro rata basis;

 

  (iii) any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to any employee equity incentive plan to be approved by the Board and the shareholders of the Company pursuant to the New MA&A;

 

  (iv) those issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Shares or any event for which adjustment is made;

 

  (v) any securities offered in an underwritten registered public offering by the Company, as duly approved by the Board and the shareholders of the Company pursuant to the New MA&A.

 

  (d) Procedures .

 

  (i) First Participation Notice . In the event that the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, it shall give to each Participation Rights Holder a written notice of its intention to issue New Securities (the “ First Participation Notice ”), describing the amount, the type and the price of New Securities and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue such New Securities. Each Participation Rights Holder shall be entitled to purchase such Participation Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities at the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the First Participation Notice by giving a written notice to the Company and stating therein the number of New Securities to be purchased (such number shall not exceed such Participation Rights Holder’s Pro Rata Share) within twenty (20) Business Days from the date of such First Participation Notice. If any Participation Rights Holder fails to send such written notice within the prescribed time period or declines to exercise fully its Right of Participation, then the right of such Participation Rights Holder to purchase the part of its Pro Rata Share that it did not agree to purchase hereunder shall be forfeited.

 

18


  (ii) Second Participation Notice; Oversubscription . If any Participation Rights Holder fails or declines to exercise fully its Right of Participation in accordance with subsection (d)(i) above, the Company shall promptly give a written notice (the “ Second Participation Notice ”) to the Participation Rights Holders who agreed to exercise their Right of Participation in full (the “ Rights Participants ”) in accordance with subsection (d)(i) above. Each Rights Participant shall have five (5) Business Days from the date of the Second Participation Notice (the “ Second Participation Period ”) to notify the Company of its desire to purchase more than its Pro Rata Share of the New Securities, stating the number of the additional New Securities it proposes to purchase. Such notice may be made by telephone if followed by a written confirmation within two (2) Business Days from the date of verbal notice. If as a result thereof, such oversubscription exceeds the total number of the remaining New Securities available for purchase, the oversubscribing Rights Participants will be cut back by the Company with respect to their oversubscriptions to that number of remaining New Securities equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of the remaining New Securities available for subscription by (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by each oversubscribing Rights Participant and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (calculated on an as-converted basis) held by all the oversubscribing Rights Participants. Each oversubscribing Rights Participant shall be obligated to purchase such number of additional New Securities as determined by the Company pursuant to this subsection (d)(ii) and the Company shall so notify the Rights Participants within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Second Participation Notice.

 

  (e) Failure to Exercise . (i) In the event Participation Rights Holders do not exercise the Right of Participation with respect to all New Securities described in the First Participation Notice, after twenty (20) days following the date of the First Participation Notice, or (ii) upon the expiration of the Second Participation Period, the Company shall have a period of ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the New Securities described in the First Participation Notice (with respect to which the Right of Participation was not fully exercised) at the same price and upon the same non-price terms specified in the First Participation Notice. In the event that the Company has not issued and sold such New Securities within such prescribed period, then the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such New Securities to the Participation Rights Holders pursuant to this Section 2.

 

19


  2.2 With Respect to Shares Owned by Ordinary Shareholders:

 

  (a) Restriction on Transfers . Before completion of a Qualified IPO, none of the Key Parties shall, directly or indirectly, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or a series of transaction, more than five percent (5%) of total outstanding shares of the Company in aggregate, directly or indirectly held by it/him/her to any Person without prior written consent of the Purchaser, except for any share transfer for the purpose of implementing the ESIP or Trade Sale as approved by the Holder.

Each of Key Party and Ordinary Shareholders shall not sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of its shares of the Company to any Person, whether directly or indirectly, except in compliance with this Section 2.2 and Section 3.

 

  (b) Notice of Sale . If any Key Party and Ordinary Shareholders (under this Section 2.2, the “ Selling Shareholder ”) proposes to sell or transfer, directly or indirectly, any of its Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”), then the Selling Shareholder shall promptly give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company and to each holder of the Preferred Shares (the “ Non-Selling Shareholder ”), which Transfer Notice shall include the number of Transfer Shares to be sold or transferred and the nature of such sale or transfer, (ii) the identity (identities) (including name(s) and address(es)) of the prospective transferee(s), and (iii) the consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed sale or transfer is to be made. The Transfer Notice shall certify that the Selling Shareholder has received a firm offer from the prospective transferee(s) and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the sale or transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Transfer Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed transfer. Each holder of Preferred Shares shall be entitled to apportion its right of first refusal hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.

 

  (c) Notice of Purchase . Each Non-Selling Shareholder shall be entitled to purchase all or any part of such Non-Selling Shareholder’s pro rata share of the Transfer Shares at the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice by giving a written notice to the Selling Shareholder within twenty (20) Business Days after the receipt of the Transfer Notice (the “ First Refusal Period ”) stating therein the number of Transfer Shares to be purchased. If a Non-Selling Shareholder exercises such right and notifies the Selling Shareholder of the number of Transfer Shares to be purchased, then such Non-Selling Shareholder shall complete the purchase of the Transfer Shares on the same terms and conditions as those set out in the Transfer Notice. A failure by a Non-Selling Shareholder to respond within such prescribed period shall constitute a decision by such Non-Selling Shareholder not to exercise its right to purchase such Transfer Shares. For purposes of this clause (c), each Non-Selling Shareholder’s pro rata share of the Transfer Shares shall be equal to the number of Transfer Shares, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held by such Non-Selling Shareholder on the date of the Transfer Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as-converted basis) held on the date of the Transfer Notice by all Non-Selling Shareholders which exercise their right of first refusal under this clause (c) on the date of the Transfer Notice.

 

20


  (d) Second Transfer Notice; Over-Allotment . To the extent that any Non-Selling Shareholder does not exercise its right of first refusal to the full extent to purchase such Non-Selling Shareholder’s pro rata share of the Transfer Shares, the Selling Shareholder shall deliver written notice thereof (the “ Second Transfer Notic e ”), within two (2) days after the expiration of the First Refusal Period, to each Non-Selling Shareholder that elected to the full extent to purchase such Non-Selling Shareholder’s pro rata share of the Transfer Shares (the “ Exercising Holder ”). Each Exercising Holder shall have five (5) Business Days from the date of the Second Transfer Notice (the “ Second Refusal Period ”) to notify the Selling Shareholder of its desire to purchase more than its pro rata share of the Transfer Shares, stating the number of the additional Transfer Shares it proposes to purchase. Such notice may be made by telephone if followed by a written confirmation within two (2) Business Days from the date of verbal notice. If as a result thereof, such over-allotment exceeds the total number of the remaining Transfer Shares available for purchase, the over-purchasing Exercising Holders will be cut back or limited by the Selling Shareholder with respect to their over-allotment to that number of remaining Transfer Shares equal to the lesser of (a) the number of the additional Transfer Shares it proposes to purchase; (b) the product obtained by multiplying (i) the number of the remaining Transfer Shares available for purchase by (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (on an as converted basis) held by each over-purchasing Exercising Holder and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as converted basis) held by all the over-purchasing Exercising Holders. Each over-purchasing Exercising Holder shall be obligated to purchase such number of additional Transfer Shares as determined by the Selling Shareholder pursuant to this subsection (d) and the Selling Shareholder shall so notify such Exercising Holders within fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of the Second Transfer Notice.

 

21


  (e) Non-Exercise . Subject to the provisions of Section 3, in the event the Non-Selling Shareholder fails to purchase all of the Transfer Shares within the above-prescribed period, the Selling Shareholder shall have ninety (90) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice to each Non-Selling Shareholder to sell such Transfer Shares at a price upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the transferee than specified in the original Transfer Notice. In the event that the Selling Shareholder has not sold the Transfer Shares within such prescribed period, the Selling Shareholder shall not thereafter sell any Shares without first offering such Shares to the Non-Selling Shareholders in the manner provided in this Section 2 and in Section 3.

 

  (f) Closing . If any Non-Selling Shareholder elects to purchase the Transfer Shares pursuant to this Section 2.2, then the payment for the Transfer Shares to be purchased shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency, against delivery of such Transfer Shares to be purchased, at a place and time agreed by the Selling Shareholder and each Non-Selling Shareholder that has elected to purchase all or part of the Transfer Shares.

 

3. NON-SELLING SHAREHOLDER S CO-SALE RIGHT.

 

  3.1 Co-Sale Right . To the extent any Non-Selling Shareholder does not exercise its respective rights of first refusal as to all of the Transfer Shares pursuant to Section 2.2, such Non-Selling Shareholder (a “ Co-Sale Right Holder ”) shall have the right, exercisable upon delivery of a written notice to the Selling Shareholder, with a copy to the Company, within twenty (20) Business Days after the receipt of the Transfer Notice, to participate in the sale of any Transfer Shares to the extent of such Co-Sale Right Holder’s Pro Rata Co-Sale Share at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions indicated in the Transfer Notice. A failure by the Co-Sale Right Holder to respond within such prescribed period shall constitute a decision by such Co-Sale Right Holder not to exercise its right of co-sale as provided herein. To the extent one (1) or more of the Co-Sale Right Holders exercise such right of co-sale in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Transfer Shares that the Selling Shareholder may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced. The foregoing co-sale right of each Co-Sale Right Holder shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

22


  (a) each Co-Sale Right Holder may sell all or any part of its Pro Rata Share of the Transfer Shares. A Co-Sale Right Holder’s “ Pro Rata Co-Sale Share ” of a specified quantity of Transfer Shares shall mean that number of Ordinary Shares (or that number of Preferred Shares which, if converted at the current conversion ratio, would equal that number of Ordinary Shares) which equals the specified quantity of Transfer Shares proposed to be transferred multiplied by a fraction equal to (i) the total number of Ordinary Shares (on an as converted basis) then held by such Co-Sale Right Holder exercising co-sale rights pursuant to this Section 3, divided by (ii) the total number of Ordinary Shares held by the Selling Shareholder plus the total number of Ordinary Shares then held by all Co-Sale Right Holders exercising co-sale rights pursuant to this Section 3, on an as converted basis. As used in this definition, the phrase “on an as converted basis” shall mean assuming conversion of all Preferred Shares but not assuming exercise or conversion of any other outstanding option, warrants, or other convertible securities.

 

  (b) each Co-Sale Right Holder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Selling Shareholder, with a copy to the Company, for transfer to the prospective purchaser share certificates in respect of all Shares to be sold by such Co-Sale Right Holder and a transfer form signed by such Co-Sale Right Holder, which indicates:

 

  (i) the number of Ordinary Shares which such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell;

 

  (ii) that number of Preferred Shares which is at such time convertible into the number of Ordinary Shares that such Co-Sale Right Holder elects to sell; or

 

  (iii) any combination of the foregoing;

provided , however, that if the prospective purchaser objects to the delivery of Preferred Shares in lieu of Ordinary Shares, such Co-Sale Right Holder shall convert such Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares and deliver Ordinary Shares. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser.

 

  3.2 Procedure at Closing . The share certificate or certificates that such Co-Sale Right Holder delivers to the Selling Shareholder pursuant to paragraph 3.1(b) shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Transfer Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and the Selling Shareholder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Right Holder that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Right Holder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibit such assignment or otherwise refuse to purchase shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Right Holder exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, the Selling Shareholder shall not sell any Transfer Shares to such prospective purchaser or purchasers unless and until, simultaneously with such sales, the Selling Shareholder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Right Holder. In selling their Shares pursuant to their co-sale right hereunder, the Co-Sale Right Holders shall not be required to give any representations or warranties with respect to their Shares to be sold except to confirm that they have not transferred or encumbered such Shares.

 

23


  3.3 Non-Exercise . Subject to Section 2.2, to the extent the Co-Sale Right Holders do not elect to participate in the sale of Transfer Shares pursuant to the Transfer Notice, the Selling Shareholder may, not later than ninety (90) days following delivery of the Transfer Notice to each Co-Sale Right Holder, effect a transfer of the Transfer Shares covered by the Transfer Notice and not elected to be sold by the Co-Sale Right Holders. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions more favorable than those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer of any Shares by the Selling Shareholder, shall be subject to the procedures described in Section 4 and this Section 5.

 

  3.4 Prohibited Transfer .

 

  (a) Prohibited Transfer . In the event a Selling Shareholder should sell any Transfer Shares in disregard or contravention of the terms and conditions of the New Shareholders Agreement and/or the New MA&A, or the right of first refusal under Section 2.2 or the co-sale rights Section 3.1 of under this Agreement (a “ Prohibited Transfer ”), the Non-Selling Shareholders, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the put option provided below, and such Selling Shareholder shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such option.

 

  (b) Put Right . Without prejudice to any other rights and remedies available to any Non-Selling Shareholder, in the event of a Prohibited Transfer, each Non-Selling Shareholder shall have the right to sell to the Selling Shareholder the type and number of Ordinary Shares equal to the number of Shares such Non-Selling Shareholder would have been entitled to transfer to the purchaser under Section 3.1 hereof had the Prohibited Transfer been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

 

  (i) The price per share at which the Shares are to be sold to the Selling Shareholder shall be equal to the price per share paid by the purchaser to the Selling Shareholder in the Prohibited Transfer. The Selling Shareholder shall also reimburse each Non-Selling Shareholder for any and all reasonable fees and expenses, including legal fees and out-of-pocket expenses, incurred pursuant to the exercise or the attempted exercise of such Non-Selling Shareholder’s rights under this Section 3.

 

24


  (ii) Each Non-Selling Shareholder shall, if exercising the option created hereby, deliver to the Selling Shareholder within ninety (90) days after the later of the dates on which the Non-Selling Shareholder (A) received notice of the Prohibited Transfer or (B) otherwise become aware of the Prohibited Transfer, a notice describing the type and the number of Shares to be transferred by the Non-Selling Shareholder.

 

  (iii) The Selling Shareholder shall, promptly upon receipt of the notice described in subsection 3.4(b)(ii) above from the Non-Selling Shareholder(s) exercising the option created hereby, pay to each such Non-Selling Shareholder the aggregate purchase price for the Shares to be sold by such Non-Selling Shareholder, and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in subparagraph 3.4(b)(i), in cash or by other means acceptable to the Non-Selling Shareholder.

 

  (iv) Upon receipt of full payment of the amount due from the Selling Shareholder, the Non-Selling Shareholder shall deliver to the Selling Shareholder the certificate or certificates representing Shares to be sold, together with a transfer form signed by the Non-Selling Shareholder transferring such shares.

 

  (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any attempt by a Selling Shareholder to transfer any of the Transfer Shares in violation of Section 2 or 3 hereof, or other terms and conditions of the New Shareholders Agreement and/or the New MA&A shall be void, and the Company undertakes it will not effect such a transfer nor will treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such shares.

 

  3.5 Legend.

 

  (a) Each certificate representing the Ordinary Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend:

“THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN A SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.”

 

  (b) Each party agrees that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in Section 3.5(a) above to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Company agrees to promptly do so. The legend shall be removed upon termination of the provisions of this Section 3.

 

25


4. LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE.

 

  4.1 Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company and/or any Group Company, either voluntary or involuntary (each a “ Liquidation Event ”), distributions to the shareholders of the Company shall be made in the following manner:

 

  (a) Before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any other classes and series of shares, including the Ordinary Share, the holder of Converted Preferred Shares shall be entitled to receive, on a parity with each other, an amount equal to the sum of (x) the Principal Amount; (y) all dividends declared and unpaid with respect to Converted Preferred Share then held by such holder; and (z) annual compound interest calculated at twelve percent (12%) per annum on Principal Amount from the date of the issuance date of this Convertible Note and up to and including the date of receipt by the Holder of such full distribution amount set forth in (x), (y) and (z).

 

  (b) After distribution or payment in full of the amount distributable or payable on the Converted Preferred Shares pursuant to Section 4.1(a), the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to Members shall be distributed among the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares other than the Converted Preferred Shares pursuant to the New MA&A.

 

  (c) After distribution or payment in full of the amount distributable or payable on the Converted Preferred Shares pursuant to Section 4.1(a) and other outstanding Preferred Shares pursuant to Section 4.1(b), the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed on a pro rata basis among the holders of outstanding Ordinary Shares and the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares in proportion to the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares held by them (with outstanding Preferred Shares treated on an as-if-converted basis).

 

  (d) Liquidation on Trade Sale . In the event of a Trade Sale, any proceeds resulting to the shareholders of the Company therefrom shall be distributed in accordance with the terms of Section 4.1(a) through (c).

 

  (e) In the event the Company proposes to distribute assets other than cash in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the value of the assets to be distributed to the holder of the Preferred Shares and Ordinary Shares shall be determined in good faith by the Board pursuant to the New MA&A or by a liquidator if one is appointed. Any securities not subject to investment letter or similar restrictions on free marketability shall be valued as follows:

 

26


  (i) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the security’s closing prices on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending one (1) day prior to the distribution;

 

  (ii) if traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

 

  (iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board pursuant to the New MA&A.

 

5. CONVERSION OF CONVERTED PREFERRED SHARES

 

  5.1 The Holder have the following conversion rights described below with respect to the conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares into Ordinary Shares. The number of Ordinary Shares to which the Holder shall be entitled upon conversion of any Converted Preferred Share shall be the quotient of the applicable conversion price of this Note under the Section 5(b) of this Note (the “ Applicable Original Price ”) divided by the then-effective Preferred Conversion Price. The “ Preferred Conversion Price ” with respect to a Converted Preferred Share shall initially equal to the Applicable Original Price, and each shall be adjusted from time to time as provided in Section 5 below. For the avoidance of doubt, the initial conversion ratio for Converted Preferred Shares to Ordinary Shares shall be 1:1.

 

  (a) Optional Conversion . Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.1(a) and subject to complying with the requirements of the Statute, any Converted Preferred Share may, at the option of the Holder thereof, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable Ordinary Shares based on the then-effective Preferred Conversion Price.

 

  (b) Automatic Conversion . Without any action being required by the Holder of such share and whether or not the certificates representing such share are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, each Converted Preferred Share shall automatically be converted, based on the then-effective Preferred Conversion Price, into Ordinary Shares upon the closing of a Qualified IPO. Any conversion pursuant to this Section 5.1(b) shall be referred to as an “ Automatic Conversion ”.

 

27


  (c) Mechanics of Conversion . No fractional Ordinary Share shall be issued upon conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then-effective Preferred Conversion Price. Before the Holder shall be entitled to convert the same into full Ordinary Shares and to receive certificates therefor, the Holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for the applicable Converted Preferred Shares, duly endorsed, at the principal office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Converted Preferred Shares to be converted and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that the holder elects to convert the same. The Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to the Holder a certificate or certificates for, a copy of the Company’s register of member showing the Holder as a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares to which the Holder shall be entitled as aforesaid certified by the Company’s share registrar and a check payable to the Holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional Ordinary Shares. The Converted Preferred Shares converted into Ordinary Shares shall be cancelled and shall not be reissued. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificate or certificates for the Converted Preferred Shares to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares on such date. For the avoidance of doubt, no conversion shall prejudice the right of the Holder to receive dividends and other distributions declared but not paid as at the date of conversion on the Converted Preferred Shares being converted.

The Company may give effect to any conversion pursuant to the New MA&A by one or more of the following methods:

 

  (i) If the total nominal par value of the Converted Preferred Shares being converted is equal to the total nominal par value of the Ordinary Shares into which such Converted Preferred Shares convert such that each Converted Preferred Share is convertible into one (1) Ordinary Share and both the Converted Preferred Share and the Ordinary Share have the same par value, the Company may, by resolution of the Board, redesignate the Converted Preferred Shares to Ordinary Shares. On re-designation, each Converted Preferred Share to be converted shall become an Ordinary Share with the rights, privileges, terms and obligations of the class of Ordinary Shares and the converted Ordinary Shares shall thenceforth form part of the class of the Ordinary Shares (and shall cease to form part of the class of Converted Preferred Shares for all purposes).

 

  (ii) The Board may by resolution resolve to redeem the Converted Preferred Shares for the purpose of this Note (and, for accounting and other purposes, may determine the value therefor) and in consideration therefor issue fully-paid Ordinary Shares in relevant number.

 

28


  (iii) The Board may by resolution adopt any other method permitted by Statute including capitalizing reserves to pay up new Ordinary Shares, or by making a fresh issue of Ordinary Shares, except that if conversion is capable of being effected in the manner described in paragraph (i) above, the conversion shall be effected in that manner in preference to any other method permitted by law or the New MA&A.

 

  (d) Availability of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion . The Company shall at all times keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares, free of Liens of any kind, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares, such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Converted Preferred Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding Converted Preferred Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the Holder, the Company shall take such corporate action as may, in accordance with the Articles and the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, as amended, and every statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force (the “ Statues ”), be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

 

  (e) Cessation of Certain Rights on Conversion . Subject to Section 5.1(c), on the date of conversion of any Converted Preferred Shares to Ordinary Shares, the Holder shall cease to be entitled to any rights in respect of such Converted Preferred Shares and accordingly his name shall be removed from the register of members as the Holder and shall correspondingly be inserted onto the register of members as the holder of the number of Ordinary Shares into which such Converted Preferred Shares convert.

 

  (f) Ordinary Shares Resulting from Conversion . The Ordinary Shares resulting from the conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares:

 

  (i) shall be credited as fully paid and non-assessable;

 

  (ii) shall rank pari passu in all respects and form one class with the Ordinary Shares then issued; and

 

  (iii) shall entitle the holder to all dividends payable on the Ordinary Shares by reference to a record date after the date of conversion.

 

29


  5.2 Adjustment to Preferred Conversion Price

 

  (a) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 5.2, the following definitions shall apply:

 

  (i) Options ” mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

 

  (ii) Convertible Securities ” shall mean any notes, debentures, preferred shares or other securities or rights which are ultimately convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares.

 

  (iii) Additional Ordinary Shares ” (each an “ Additional Ordinary Share ”) shall mean all Ordinary Share Equivalents (including reissued shares) issued (or, pursuant to Section 5.2(c), deemed to be issued) by the Company, other than:

 

  (A) Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of Preferred Shares;

 

  (B) Ordinary Shares issued or issuable to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company pursuant to any equity plan or incentive arrangement approved by the Directors in accordance with the New MA&A;

 

  (C) those issued as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Shares or any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Section 5.2(f), (g) or (h) hereof; and

 

  (D) Ordinary Shares issued or issuable pursuant to a share split or sub-division, share dividend, combination, recapitalization or other similar transaction of the Company.

 

  (b) No Adjustment of Preferred Conversion Price . No adjustment in the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for any Converted Preferred Shares shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares unless the consideration per share for any Additional Ordinary Share issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the applicable Preferred Conversion Price of each such Converted Preferred Share in effect on the date of any immediately prior to such issue.

 

30


  (c) Deemed Issue of Additional Ordinary Shares . In the event the Company issues any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number that would result in an adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) below) of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Ordinary Shares issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided , that Additional Ordinary Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 5.2(e) hereof) of such Additional Ordinary Shares would be less than the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, or such record date, and provided , further that in any such case in which Additional Ordinary Shares are deemed to be issued:

 

  (i) no further adjustment in the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

 

  (ii) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company, or increase or decrease in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

 

  (iii) upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration, be recomputed as if:

 

  (A) in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Ordinary Shares, the only Additional Ordinary Shares issued were Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, or for the issue of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange; and

 

31


  (B) in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issue of such Options, and the consideration received by the Company for the Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issue of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Company upon the issue of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

 

  (iv) no re-adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for Converted Preferred Shares to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for Preferred Shares on the original adjustment date, or (ii) the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares between the original adjustment date and such re-adjustment date; and

 

  (v) in the case of any Options which expire by their terms not more than thirty (30) days after the date of issue thereof, no adjustment of the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the manner provided in clause (iii) above.

 

  (d) Adjustment of Preferred Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares . In the event that the Company shall issue Additional Ordinary Shares for a consideration per share received by the Company (net of any selling concessions, discounts or commissions) that is less than the applicable Preferred Conversion Price of a Converted Preferred Share in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for such Converted Preferred Share shall be reduced, to a price equal the price per share of such Additional Ordinary Shares.

 

32


  (e) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 5.2, the consideration received by the Company for the issue of any Additional Ordinary Shares shall be computed as follows:

 

  (i) Cash and Property. Except as provided in clause (ii) below, such consideration shall:

 

  (A) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest or accrued dividends;

 

  (B) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that no value shall be attributed to any services performed by any employee, officer or director of the Company; and

 

  (C) in the event Additional Ordinary Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received with respect to such Additional Ordinary Shares, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

  (ii) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 5.2(c), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (A) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company (net of any selling concessions, discounts or commissions) as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

33


  (B) the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

  (f) Adjustments for Shares Dividends, Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidations of Ordinary Share s. In the event the outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be subdivided (by share dividend, share split, or otherwise), into a greater number of Ordinary Shares, the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of Ordinary Shares, the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Converted Preferred Shares then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.

 

  (g) Adjustments for Other Distributions . In the event the Company makes, or files a record date for the determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive any distribution payable in securities or assets of the Company other than Ordinary Shares, then and in each such event, provision shall be made so that the holders of Converted Preferred Shares shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of Ordinary Shares receivable thereupon, the amount of securities or assets of the Company which they would have received had their Converted Preferred Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities or assets receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustment called for during such period under this Section 5.2 with respect to the rights of the Holder.

 

  (h) Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution . If the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of shares, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then and in each such event, the Holder shall have the right thereafter to convert such share into the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization or reclassification or other change by holders of the number of Ordinary Shares that would have been subject to receipt by the Holders upon conversion of the Converted Preferred Shares immediately before that change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

 

34


  (i) No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of the New MA&A or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but shall at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of Section 5.2 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Converted Preferred Shares hereunder against impairment.

 

  (j) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or re-adjustment of the applicable Preferred Conversion Price for the Preferred Shares pursuant to this Section 5.2, the Company shall, at its expense, promptly compute such adjustment or re-adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to the Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment or re-adjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or re-adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon the written request at any time of the Holder, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and re-adjustments, (ii) the applicable Preferred Conversion Prices for the Converted Preferred Shares at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of Ordinary Shares and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of each series of Preferred Shares.

 

6. REDEMPTION

 

  6.1 At any time after the earlier of (i) the failure by the Company to complete a Qualified IPO or an Trade Sale within five (5) years after the Closing Date ; (ii) the occurrence of a material breach by any Group Company or any of the Key Parties of any of their respective representations, warranties, covenants or undertakings under any of the Transaction Agreements, New Shareholders Agreements or New MA&A, or (iii) request by any other holder of Preferred Shares to redeem any Preferred Share, each Converted Preferred Share shall be redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, out of funds legally available therefor in accordance with the following terms of this Section 6.

 

35


  6.2 The redemption price of each Converted Preferred Share to be redeemed (the “ Redemption Price ”) shall be, the sum of (x) one hundred percent (100%) of the Preferred Share Conversion Price (adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions), (y) annual interest calculated at a compound interest rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum on Preferred Share Conversion Price (adjusted for any share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar transactions), from the date of the Note Closing and up to and including the date of receipt by the holder thereof of the full Redemption Price, and (z) all dividends declared and unpaid with respect thereto per Converted Preferred Share then held by such holder.

 

  6.3 If the Company’s assets or funds that are legally available on the date that any redemption payment of Preferred Shares is due are insufficient to pay in full all redemption payments to be paid, (i) those assets or funds which are legally available shall be used to the extent permitted by applicable law to pay all Redemption Price due on such date on the Converted Preferred Shares in proportion to the full amounts to which the holders to which such Redemption Price are due would otherwise be respectively entitled thereon, and (ii) after the payment of Redemption Price for all Converted Preferred Shares redeemed by the Company in full, those remaining assets or funds shall be used to the extent permitted by applicable law to pay all redemption payments due on such date on other Preferred Shares in proportion to the full amounts to which the holders to which such redemption payments are due would otherwise be respectively entitled thereon.

 

  6.4 Without limiting any rights of the holders of Converted Preferred Shares which are set forth in these Articles, or are otherwise available under law, the balance of any shares subject to redemption hereunder with respect to which the Company has become obligated to pay the Redemption Price but which it has not paid in full shall continue to have all the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional, and other special rights (including, without limitation, rights to accrue dividends) which such shares had prior to such date, until the Redemption Price has been paid in full with respect to such shares.

 

  6.5 To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall procure that the profits of each Subsidiary of the Company for the time being available for distribution shall be paid to it by way of dividend if and to the extent that, but for such dividend upstream, the Company would not itself otherwise have sufficient profits available for distribution to make any redemption of Converted Preferred Shares required to be made pursuant to this Section 6.

 

36


7. INFORMATION RIGHTS

The Company will and will cause the Group Companies to, deliver to the Holder the following with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries:

 

  (a) annual audited consolidated financial statements within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, audited in accordance with U.S. GAAP or PRC GAAP or other accounting principle as agreed by the Purchaser by a “Big Four” accounting firm or such other reputable accounting firm recognized by the Holder;

 

  (b) semi-annual bank statements of each Group Company and semi-annual unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group Companies within thirty (30) days after the end of first half of each fiscal year;

 

  (c) a preliminary annual consolidated budget and business plan for the following fiscal year within thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, and the finalized annual consolidated budget and business plan for the following fiscal year within thirty (30) days after the end of each fiscal year; and

 

  (d) copies of all documents or other information sent to any shareholder or any member of the Board of the Company, including but without limitation to the shareholders resolutions and the Board resolutions; and

 

  (e) upon written request by the Holder, such other information as the Holder shall reasonably request.

 

8. PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

For so long as any Converted Preferred Share remains outstanding, None of the Group Companies shall, directly or indirectly, and whether by amendment, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, take any of the actions listed in this Section 8 without the prior written consent of the Holder:

 

  (a) any amendment or change of the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Converted Preferred Shares;

 

  (b) any authorization, creation or issuance by the Company of any class or series of securities, any instruments that are convertible into securities, or the reclassification of any outstanding securities into securities, having rights, powers or preferences, such as dividend rights, redemption rights or liquidation preferences, superior to or on a parity with the Converted Preferred Shares;

 

37


  (c) adoption, change or waiver of any provision of the memorandum and articles of association or other charter documents of any Group Company;

 

  (d) any Trade Sale;

 

  (e) any reorganization, split, Liquidation Event or any filing by or against any Group Company for the appointment of a receiver, administrator or other form of external manager, or the winding up, liquidation, bankruptcy or insolvency of any Group Company;

 

  (f) termination of, or any amendment to, any Restructuring Agreement or any other document through which a Group Company effects Control over another Group Company;

 

  (g) any direct or indirect sale, assignment, transfer or otherwise disposition of any securities of any Group Company held by the Founder, Gao Liang ( LOGO ), Xiao Yun ( LOGO ) or Li Gang ( LOGO ) or their respective holding companies, except those disposition in compliance with Section 6.10 of the Agreement;

 

  (h) any transaction involving a Group Company, on the one hand, and any Group Company’s employees, officers, directors or shareholders or any Affiliate of the Group Company’s shareholders or any of its officers, directors or shareholders, on the other hand, except for employment contracts between a Group Company and an employee or officer;

 

  (i) declaration and/or payment of any dividends or other distributions on any securities of any Group Company;

 

  (j) sell, transfer, license, charge, mortgage, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of or create any third party right on any assets, intellectual property or business of any Group Company involving an amount exceeding US$5,000,000;

 

  (k) any incurrence of indebtedness or loan, any provision of any loan, or any issuance or creation of any bond or debenture by any Group Company with an amount exceeding US$50,000,000;

 

  (l) any provision of guarantee or suety for indebtedness of any third party other than the Group Companies;

 

  (m) any material alteration or change to, or termination of any principal business of any Group Company or entry into a new line of business;

 

38


  (n) appointment, replacement or removal of the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, and any other senior management at or above the level of vice president of any Group Company;

 

  (o) any investment by any Group Company in any form (including without limitation, acquisition of equity interests or assets by way of acquisition, merger or reorganization) in a target Person at a consideration equal to or greater than the applicable Investment Cap (as defined below) with respect to such target Person; and

 

  (p) agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing.

For the purpose of Section 8(o), the applicable “ Investment Cap ” with respect to a target Person means the lessor of (i) the product obtained by multiplying NI t and PE , and (ii) the product obtained by multiplying S t and PS , and the term of NI t , PE , S t and PS shall have the following respective meaning:

NI t ” means the audited consolidated after-tax net profit of such target Person for the immediately preceding year as of the date on which the board of directors of the Domestic Company resolves to approve the investment into such target Person;

PE ” means pre-money price-to-earning ratio as of the date on which the board of directors of the Domestic Company resolves to approve the investment into such target Person, which shall be 15;

S t ” means audited consolidated revenue of such target Person for the immediately preceding year as of the date on which the board of directors of the Domestic Company resolves to approve the investment into such target Person;

“PS” means pre-money sales multiple as at the date on which the board of directors of the Domestic Company resolves to approve the investment into such target Person, which shall be 1.6.

 

39

Exhibit 4.8

PUXIN LIMITED

 

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US$25,000,000

  August 4, 2017             

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , Puxin Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with its registered office at Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, PO Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) promises to pay, in the lawful currency of the United States of America, to the order of Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited, a limited liability company incorporated in British Virgin Islands, or its assigns (the “ Holder ”), the principal sum of US$25,000,000 (the “ Principal Amount ”), together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon (the “ Interest ”), each due and payable on the dates and in the manner set forth below.

1. Notes Purchase Agreement . This promissory note (the “ Note ”) is issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Notes Purchase Agreement dated as of August 1, 2017, by and between the Company, the Holder and certain other parties named therein (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified or supplemented or restated, the “ Agreement ”) and is subject to the terms thereof. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meaning ascribed therein to them in the Agreement. The provisions of this Note are subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, which are deemed incorporated by reference into this Note.

2. Repayment . The outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and accrued Interest thereon shall be due and payable on the date that is the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the date of this Note (the “ Repayment Period ”), unless the maturity of this Note is accelerated upon the occurrence of a Trade Sale or Event of Default or the outstanding amount of this Note has been prepaid by the Company within the Repayment Period in accordance with this Note. On the expiration date of such two-year Repayment Period, the Holder has right, at its sole discretion, to extend the expiration date of the Repayment Period to the third (3 rd ) anniversary date of the date of this Note. The expiration date of the Repayment Period is referred to as “ Maturity Date ” hereof.

3. Prepayment . This Note may be prepaid at any time after one (1) year following the date of this Note, provided that the Company shall have notified the Holder in writing of the prepaid amount at least ten (10) business days prior to such prepayment.

4. Interest Rate .

(i) Interest shall accrue at a simple interest rate of 8% per annum on the outstanding Principal Amount under this Note for the period commencing on and from the date of this Note until the date of payment in full of the outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and the accrued interests thereon. Interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be due and payable by the Company semi-annually commencing from the date of this Note.

(ii) Default Interest. From and after the Maturity Date, or the date on which an Event of Default occurs, whichever is earlier, any unpaid and outstanding Principal Amount under this Note and accrued interest thereon shall bear interest at the simple interest rate of 12% per annum (computed on the basis of a 365-day year and accruing daily), until such amount has been paid in full to the Holder.

 

1


5. Payments .

(a) Currency and Account . All payments of the outstanding Principal Amount and all payments of the accrued interest shall be paid in lawful money of the United States of America to the Holder, made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the bank account designated by the Holder in a written notice delivered to the Company.

(b) Application of Payments . Payment on this Note shall be applied first to any expense reimbursement owed to the Holder by the Company pursuant to this Note or otherwise, second to accrued interest, and thereafter to the outstanding Loan Principal Amount.

(c) Priority of the Note . This Note shall rank senior and superior to all the other existing or future Indebtedness owed by the Company, except that this Note shall rank on a parity with the other Note under the Agreement.

(d) No Set-Off . All payments on or in respect of this Note or the Indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be made to the Holder without any set-off and free and clear of and without any deduction of any kind whatsoever.

6. Events of Default .

(a) Definition . For purpose of this Note, each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” hereunder:

(i) The Company fails to make any payment when due under this Note for more than ten (10) days;

(ii) without prejudice to (i), the Company or any other Warrantor breaches any material representation, warranty, covenant or obligation set forth in, or an event of default occurs under, any of the Transaction Agreements, and such breach or event of default, if curable, is not been cured within thirty (30) Business Days after occurrence;

(iii) The entry of one or more judgments against the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries by any court, tribunal, arbitration or any other legal proceeding calling for the payment by the Company and/or its Subsidiaries of more than US$5,000,000 in the aggregate;

(iv) An attachment or garnishment is levied, or writ of execution is enforced, against the assets or properties of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries involving an amount in excess of US$5,000,000 and such attachment or garnishment or writ of execution is not vacated or otherwise terminated within thirty (30) days after the date of its effectiveness;

(v) The Company and/or its Subsidiaries is legally dissolved or its existence is otherwise legally terminated;

(vi) The Company and/or its Subsidiaries commences or has commenced against it any proceeding to dissolve or otherwise terminate its existence under any dissolution, liquidation or similar statue now or hereafter in effect or its board of directors or shareholders take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

(vii) The Company and/or its Subsidiaries files any petition or action for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, moratorium or any other similar law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, nor or hereafter in effect, or makes any assignment for the benefit of creditors or its board of directors or shareholders take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing;

 

2


(viii) An involuntary petition is filed against the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (unless such petition is dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days) under any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, arrangement, readjustment of debt, moratorium, or similar law for the relief of, or relating to, debtors, nor or hereafter in effect, or a custodian, receiver, trustee, assignee for the benefit of creditors (or other similar official) is appointed to take possession, custody or control of any property of the Company and/or its Subsidiaries;

(ix) The failure by the Company to (i) make any payment of any principal of, interest or premium on, any Indebtedness in excess of US$5,000,000 (other than in respect of the Notes under the Agreement) when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Indebtedness as of the date of such failure or otherwise agreed to by the parties; or (ii) to perform or observe any material term, covenant or condition on its part to be performed or observed under any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness, when required to be performed or observed, and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect of such failure to perform or observe accelerates the maturity of such Indebtedness;

(x) The VIE Completion Date does not occur within three (3) months after the date of the Agreement; or

(xi) Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Holder in writing, any of Transitional Restructuring Agreements or Restructuring Agreements is amended, terminated or rescinded, or breached in any material aspect, or there occurs any material adverse change in the regulatory environment, under which circumstance the Transitional Restructuring Agreements or Restructuring Agreements have become or will become invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

In this Note, the term “ Indebtedness ” means: (i) all indebtedness or other obligations for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services; (ii) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, including obligations so evidenced incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses; (iii) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property); (iv) all obligations under capital leases; (v) all reimbursement or other obligations under or in respect of letters of credit and bankers acceptances; and (vi) all indebtedness secured by any Lien upon or in property owned whether or not a person assumed or became liable for the payment of such indebtedness.

(b) Consequences of Events of Default .

(i) If an Event of Default occurs, the Holder has the right (but not the obligation) to declare that all or part of Principal Amount and Interest accrued thereon under this Note shall become immediately due and payable, in which case the Company shall immediately pay to Holder all such due and payable Indebtedness. The Company agrees to pay Holder all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Holder in any effort to collect Indebtedness under this Note, including reasonable attorney fees.

(ii) Holder shall also have any other rights which Holder may have been afforded under any contract or agreement at any time and any other rights which Holder may have pursuant to applicable law.

 

3


7. Trade Sale .

If a Trade Sale occurs prior to full payment of the Indebtedness under this Note (as provided herein), all Indebtedness under this Note shall, at the election of the Holder, become immediately due and payable in full prior to the closing of the Trade Sale without any action on the part of Holder. The Company agrees to pay Holder all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Holder in any effort to collect Indebtedness under this Note, including reasonable attorney fees.

8. No impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its M&AA, or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, sale of assets, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the Holder under this Note against wrongful impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein limits the ability of the Holder to approve any amendment or waiver related to this Note.

9. Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Note . If this Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall issue a new Note of like date, tenor and denomination and deliver the same in exchange and substitution for and upon surrender and cancellation of the mutilated Note, or in lieu of the Note lost, stolen or destroyed, upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft or destruction of the Note.

10. Severability . If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Note and the balance of the Note shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms. The parties will work in good faith to substitute the excluded provision with a provision intended to accomplish the parties’ intent to the greatest extent permitted by law.

11. Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Note may be amended, and the observance of any term of this Note may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Holder and the Company. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section  11 shall be binding upon the Holder and its successors and assigns and the Company.

12. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any party hereto is required to engage the services of any attorneys for the purpose of enforcing this Note, or any provision thereof, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable expenses and costs in enforcing this Note (including attorneys’ fees, cost and disbursements) plus all other costs of collection.

13. Waiver of Presentment, Dishonour, etc . The Company hereby waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonour, protest and notice of protest of this Note. The right to plead any and all statutes of limitations as a defence to any demands hereunder is hereby waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.

14. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong without regard to the conflicts of laws principles. The dispute resolution provision in the Agreement applies mutatis mutandis to this Note.

 

4


15. Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties. The Company shall not assign this Note or delegate any of its respective rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Holder. The Holder may assign its rights and obligations under this Note to its Affiliates or any other third party without the prior written consent of the other Parties. Immediately upon the delivery of a written notice about such assignment to the Company by the Holder, the Company shall issue a new Note to the Holder’s assign(s) and this Note shall be cancelled upon the issuance of such new Note.

16. Notices . The notice provision in the Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Note.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank.]

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Promissory Note to be duly executed by its representative, thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

Puxin Limited

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name: Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title: Director

 

6

Exhibit 4.9

THIS SECURITY DEED (this “ Deed ”) is dated and made on August 4, 2017 BY:

 

(1) Long bright Limited (the “ Mortgagor ”), a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability having its registered office at Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “ Mortgagor ”);

 

(2) Puxin Limited, an exempted company incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability having its registered office at offices of Osiris International Cayman Limited, Suite #4-210, Governors Square, 23 Lime Tree Bay Avenue, P.O. Box 32311, Grand Cayman KY1-1209, Cayman Islands ( the “Company”);

IN FAVOUR OF:

 

(3) Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited , a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands with limited liability having its registered office at Offshore Incoporations Limited of P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporationns Centre, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands (the “Mortgagee” ).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Mortgagor, the Mortgagee, the Company and other parties entered into a notes purchase agreement on August 1, 2017 (the “ NPA ”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue to the Mortgagee, and the Mortgagee agreed to purchase from the Company, certain secured promissory notes (the “ Notes ”), under the terms and conditions thereof and for the purposes mentioned therein.

 

(B) The execution and delivery of this Deed is one of the conditions to the Mortgagee’s purchase of the Notes.

 

(C) In pursuance of the NPA, the Mortgagor hereby enters into this Deed and mortgage the Mortgaged Securities (as defined below) in favor of the Mortgagee upon the terms and conditions hereinafter contained.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

 

1. Interpretation

 

1.1 Defined Terms

In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires, capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Schedule 2 attached to this Agreement.

 

2. Covenant to Pay

In consideration of the Mortgagee subscribing for the Notes and making payment of the subscription price therefor under and in accordance with the NPA, the Mortgagor hereby covenants with the Mortgagee to pay, make good and discharge to the Mortgagee the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Agreements and this Deed.

 


3. Mortgage

In consideration of entering into the Transaction Agreements, the Mortgagor, as legal and beneficial owner, hereby mortgages to the Mortgagee as a continuing security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations by way of a first equitable mortgage, all of the Mortgagor’s rights, title and interest in and to the Mortgaged Securities.

 

4. Perfection of Security

 

4.1 In furtherance of the security hereby constituted, the Mortgagor shall deliver to the Mortgagee contemporaneously with the execution of this Deed:

 

  (1) irrevocable proxy in respect of the representation of the Mortgagor or its nominee at general meetings of the Company in the form of Exhibit I;

 

  (2) an executed irrevocable letter of instruction from the Company to its registered agent substantially in the form set out in Exhibit II; and

 

  (3) all other documents (if any) necessary to enable the Mortgagee to effect a valid transfer of and register such Mortgaged Securities in its name or in the name of its nominee for the purpose of enforcing this Deed in accordance herewith.

 

4.2 The Mortgagee shall be entitled to continue to hold any document delivered to it pursuant to Clauses 4.1 and 4.2 until the Date of Satisfaction and if, for any reason, the Mortgagee releases any such document to the Mortgagor or its nominee before such time, the Mortgagee may by notice to the Mortgagor require that such document be redelivered to the Mortgagee and the Mortgagor shall immediately comply with that requirement or procure that it is complied with.

 

4.3 The Company hereby undertakes to the Mortgagee that the Company will:

 

  (1) cause the Company’s register of members to be annotated to indicate that the Mortgaged Shares have been mortgaged in favour of the Mortgagee under this Deed;

 

  (2) not amend the register of members or register any changes in respect of the Mortgaged Shares in the register without the prior written approval of the Mortgagee; and

 

  (3) upon due exercise of the rights under this Deed register transfers of the Mortgaged Securities and the entry of the Mortgagee or its nominees in the Company’s register of members as the holder of the Mortgaged Securities.

The Mortgagor hereby undertakes to the Mortgagee that the Mortgagor will procure the Company to promptly carry out and comply with the above undertaking.

 

2


4.4 Nothing in this Deed shall be construed as placing on the Mortgagee any liability whatsoever in respect of any calls, installments or other payments relating to any of the Mortgaged Securities.

 

5. Representations and Warranties

 

5.1 The Mortgagor hereby represents and warrants to the Mortgagee that:

 

  (1) during the continuance of this Deed, the Mortgagor is and will remain the beneficial owner of the Mortgaged Shares free from any Encumbrance and will not create or attempt to create or permit to arise or subsist any Encumbrance (other than pursuant to this Deed or any other Transaction Agreements) on or over any part of the Mortgaged Securities;

 

  (2) the Mortgaged Shares are validly issued and fully paid up and are free and clear of all Encumbrances and Dispositions otherwise than pursuant to this Deed or any other Transaction Agreements;

 

  (3) the Mortgaged Shares are not liable to any call, assessment or demand of any kind and the Company has not granted any right or option whatsoever to call for the issue of any further shares in the capital of the Company;

 

  (6) the Mortgagor has not Disposed of and will not at any time during the subsistence of this Deed Dispose of any of its rights, title and interest in any part of the Mortgaged Securities, otherwise than pursuant to this Deed or any other Transaction Agreements;

 

  (7) this Deed constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Mortgagor and is enforceable against the Mortgagor in accordance with the terms set forth herein;

 

  (8) the Mortgagor has the full power, authority and legal right to enter into and engage in the transactions contemplated by this Deed;

 

  (9) the security created hereby constitutes a valid and first ranking security enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof over all Mortgaged Securities as security for the discharge of the Secured Obligations, which is not subject to any prior or equal ranking claim, right or interest of any other person at law or in equity;

 

  (10) no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding is currently taking place or pending or threatened against the Mortgagor or the Mortgaged Securities which would have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Mortgagor to perform any of its obligations hereunder;

 

  (11) save for the requirements set forth in Clause 4.4, it is not necessary in order to ensure the validity, enforceability, priority or admissibility in evidence in proceedings of this Deed in Cayman Islands or any other relevant jurisdiction that this Deed or any other document be filed or registered with any authority in Cayman Islands or elsewhere or that any tax be paid in respect thereof, except that (i) the stamp duty will be payable if this Deed is executed in or brought to the Cayman Islands; or if this Deed is produced before a court of Cayman Islands; and (ii) filing fees may be payable should the security interests created hereunder be registered with the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands ; and

 

3


  (12) the Mortgagor is generally subject to civil and commercial law and to legal proceedings and neither the Mortgagor nor any of its assets is entitled to any immunity or privilege (sovereign or otherwise) from any set-off, judgment, execution, attachment or other legal process.

 

5.2 The Mortgagor further represents to the Mortgagee that until the Date of Satisfaction, each of the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 5.1 will be correct and complied with in all material respects with reference to the facts and circumstances subsisting from time to time.

 

6. Covenants and Undertakings

 

6.1 The Mortgagor hereby covenants with the Mortgagee that it will:

 

  (1) warrant and defend its title to and the security interest in the Mortgaged Securities against any and all claims (except those made pursuant to this Deed) of all persons whomsoever;

 

  (2) procure that at all times the Mortgaged Securities are free from any restrictions on transfer except pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreements;

 

  (3) punctually pay all calls or other payments due called by the Company in respect of any of the Mortgaged Securities;

 

  (4) upon due exercise of the rights under this Deed, procure the registration of transfers of the Mortgaged Securities and the entry of the Mortgagee or its respective nominees in the Company’s register of members as the holder of the Mortgaged Securities and give all necessary assistance to the Mortgagee in arranging the registration of the transfer of the Mortgaged Securities to the Mortgagee or its respective nominees in the books of the Company and the entry of the Mortgagee or its respective nominees in the register of members of the Company as the holder of the Mortgaged Securities;

 

  (5) other than pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreements, procure that the Company shall not allot or issue any shares or grant any right to acquire the same to any persons or change its authorised capital or the rights attaching to any of its shares without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee;

 

  (6) duly perform, observe and comply with all its obligations under this Deed in all respects and in accordance with all laws and regulations applicable to the transactions contemplated thereby and hereby;

 

4


  (7) obtain, maintain and comply with all consents or authorisations (whether from government, authority or otherwise) in respect of this Deed, and do all other things necessary to ensure the correctness of the warranties contained in Clauses 5.1 (7), (8) and (9); and

 

  (8) promptly advise the Mortgagee in writing upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any event or any factor which may inhibit or adversely affect the Mortgagor in the performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

6.2 The Mortgagor further covenants with the Mortgagee that until the Date of Satisfaction, without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee, the Mortgagor will not:

 

  (1) Dispose of, create or permit to arise or subsist any Encumbrance over the Mortgaged Securities or any part thereof or the equity of redemption thereof under this Deed otherwise than pursuant to this Deed or any other Transaction Agreements; nor

 

  (2) other than pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Agreements, declare or cause to be declared or paid to himself any dividends, or demand or accept any payment from the Company by way of distribution, return of capital or otherwise howsoever in respect of any Shares; nor

 

  (3) permit or agree to any variation of the rights attaching to any of the Mortgaged Securities; nor

 

  (4) participate in any vote concerning a members’ liquidation, dissolution or compromise in respect of the Company.

 

7. Voting Rights, Dividends and Interest

 

7.1 Until the security hereby constituted becomes enforceable, the Mortgagor may exercise the voting rights in respect of the Mortgaged Securities provided that no Event of Default has occurred and the security constituted herein has not become enforceable.

 

7.2 Upon the security hereby constituted becoming enforceable and at any time thereafter:

 

  (1) the Mortgagor shall not exercise the voting rights in respect of any Mortgaged Securities or attend any meeting of members of the Company unless authorized in writing by the Mortgagee; and

 

  (2) the Mortgagee or its nominees may (to the entire exclusion of the Mortgagor) at any time at the absolute discretion of the Mortgagee exercise the voting rights in respect of the Mortgaged Securities and all powers or rights which may be exercised by the person in whose name the Mortgaged Securities are registered under the terms hereof or otherwise.

 

5


8. Enforcement of Security

 

8.1 The Mortgagee shall be entitled to declare all or any part of the security hereby constituted immediately enforceable if:

 

  (1) any Obligor has failed to discharge, perform or observe any part of the Secured Obligations in any material respect when due; or

 

  (2) there shall be an occurrence of an Event of Default; or

 

  (3) the Mortgagor does or omits to do any act, deed, matter or thing, or knowingly or willingly permits or suffers any act, deed, matter or thing to be done or omitted to be done by which, directly or indirectly, which will result in this Deed and the security herein to become materially reduced in value to the Mortgagee as a security.

 

8.2 Upon the security hereby constituted becoming enforceable and at any time thereafter, the Mortgagee may, without prejudice to any of the rights and remedies available to the Mortgagee in respect of the Secured Obligations or to any other security held by the Mortgagee in respect of the Secured Obligations:

 

  (1) without any notice to or further consent or concurrence by the Mortgagor or any other persons exercise all rights and enjoy all benefits attaching to the Mortgaged Securities as if it was the sole beneficial owner thereof; and

 

  (2) Dispose of or appropriate to its own use and benefit (the last mentioned being treated as a sale at fair market value less costs incurred in such sale) the Mortgaged Securities or any part thereof by such method, upon such terms and for such consideration (whether payable or deliverable immediately or by installments) as the Mortgagee may in its absolute discretion determine with power to postpone any such Disposition and in any such case the Mortgagee may exercise any and all rights attaching to the Mortgaged Securities as the Mortgagee in its discretion may determine and without being answerable for any loss occasioned by such Disposition or resulting from postponement thereof or the exercise of such rights.

 

8.3 All monies received by the Mortgagee in respect of the Disposition by it of the Mortgaged Securities or any part thereof or otherwise howsoever arising out of the exercise by the Mortgagee of its power hereunder shall, be applied in or towards payment of the Secured Obligations in such order as the Mortgagee deems fit. If such proceeds are insufficient to discharge the Secured Obligations in full, then nothing contained in this Deed shall prejudice the rights of the Mortgagee against the Obligors or any other person under this Deed in respect of such deficiency and vice versa . In connection with any proposed Disposition, the Mortgagor hereby waives all rights to confidentiality in respect of the Mortgaged Securities.

 

8.4 For the purpose of assisting the Mortgagee in the exercise of any rights conferred by this Clause 8, the Mortgagor hereby covenants that it will promptly do all such deeds, assurances, acts and things or procure other interested party so to do and execute or procure the execution of all such instruments of transfer, proxies and other documents as the Mortgagee may reasonably require from time to time.

 

6


8.5 Without prejudice to the Mortgagee’s rights under the foregoing provisions of this Clause 8, upon the security hereby constituted becoming enforceable, the Mortgagee shall have the right either in its own name or in the name of the Mortgagor and/or any nominee of the Mortgagor and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the Mortgagee thinks fit:

 

  (1) to take possession of and collect the Mortgaged Securities, including without limitation, to date and put into effect the documents referred to in Clauses 4.1 and 4.2;

 

  (2) to exercise the voting rights attached to the Mortgaged Securities;

 

  (3) to settle, adjust, refer to arbitration, compromise and arrange any claims, accounts, disputes, questions and demands relating to the Mortgaged Securities;

 

  (4) to bring, prosecute, enforce, defend and abandon actions, suits and proceedings in relation to the Mortgaged Securities;

 

  (5) to redeem any security (whether or not having priority to the security created hereby over the Mortgaged Securities; and

 

  (6) to do all such other acts and things as it may consider necessary or expedient for the enforcement of the security hereby created.

 

8.6 In the exercise of its power under this Clause 8, the Mortgagee shall be the agent of the Mortgagor for all purposes and, subject to the law of any applicable jurisdiction, the Mortgagor shall be responsible for those contracts, engagements, acts, omissions, defaults and losses and for liabilities incurred by the Mortgagee in the exercise of such powers.

 

9. Further Assurance

The Mortgagor agrees, at its own cost and expense, to execute and do all assurances, acts, deeds and things as the Mortgagee may reasonably require, and procure other interested parties so to do, for protecting or perfecting the security over all or any part of the Mortgaged Securities or for facilitating the realization of all or any part of the Mortgaged Securities and the exercise of all powers, rights, remedies, authorities and discretions vested in the Mortgagee.

 

10. Release

 

10.1 Nothstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Mortgagee agrees to, at the request and cost of Mortgagor, discharge and release 50% of the Mortgaged Shares from the security constituted by this Deed on the VIE Completion Date (as defined in the NPA).

 

7


10.2 The Mortgagee agrees to, at the request and cost of Mortgagor, discharge and release one-sixth (1/6) of the Mortgaged Shares from the security constituted by this Deed upon the full repayment of all the Indebtedness under the Convertible Note (as defined in the NPA) or conversion of the entire Convertible Note into shares of the Company pursuant to the Convertible Note.

 

10.3 The Mortgagee agrees to, at the request and cost of Mortgagor, discharge and release one-sixth (1/3) of the Mortgaged Shares from the security constituted by this Deed upon the full repayment of all the Indebtedness under the Ordinary Note (as defined in the NPA).

 

11. Nature of Security

 

11.1 The security created by this Deed is in addition to and not in substitution for and shall not in any way affect or be affected by any other security or guarantee which the Mortgagee may now or at any time hold or take from the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person in respect of the Secured Obligations and the obligations and liabilities under this Deed.

 

11.2 For the purpose of suing or claiming from the Mortgagor and/or the Company or any other person liable for the Secured Obligations the full amount of the Secured Obligations and the obligations and liabilities of the Company, the Mortgagor or to preserve intact the liability of the Mortgagor or any other person, the Mortgagee may at any time place and keep for such time as it may think prudent any amounts received, recovered or realized under this Deed or as a result of the exercise of any right conferred herein to and in a separate or suspense account to the credit of the Company, the Mortgagor or of such other person or transaction as the Mortgagee shall in its unfettered discretion think fit.

 

12. Waiver of Surety Rights

 

12.1 It is expressly agreed and declared that the Mortgagor shall be liable as principal obligors hereunder and that this Deed and the rights of the Mortgagee hereunder shall not be affected by any act, omission, fact, circumstance, matter or thing which, but for this provision, might operate to release or otherwise exonerate the Mortgagor from its obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, and whether or not known to the Mortgagee:

 

  (1) any time or indulgence granted to, or composition with the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person; or

 

  (2) the taking, variation, compromise, renewal or release of, or refusal or failure to perfect or enforce or realise any rights, remedies or securities against the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person; or

 

  (3) any legal limitation, disability, incapacity of the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person or the irregular or improper purported exercise of powers by the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person; or want of authority by any person purporting to act on behalf of the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person; or

 

  (4) The Company, the Mortgagor or any other person not being or ceasing to be legally liable for discharging any obligation or liability undertaken or purported to be undertaken on its behalf; or

 

8


  (5) the absorption, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation, privatisation or other change in the constitution of or the making of any scheme of arrangement by the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person; or

 

  (6) the bankruptcy, winding-up, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Mortgagor or any other person.

 

12.2 The Mortgagor hereby waives any right it may have of requiring proceeding first against the Company or any other person or the realization first of any security before proceeding hereunder.

 

12.3 Should any purported obligation of the Company, which if valid or enforceable would be subject to this Deed or become wholly or partly invalid or unenforceable against the Company by reason of any defect or insufficient or want of powers of the Company or irregular or improper purported exercise thereof or breach or want of authority by any person purporting to act on behalf of the Company or because the rights of the Mortgagee have become barred by reason of any legal limitation, disability, incapacity or any other fact or circumstance whether or not always known to the Mortgagee or if for other reason whatsoever the Company is not or ceases to be legally liable to discharge any money, obligation or liability undertaken or purported to be undertaken on its behalf, the Mortgagor shall nevertheless be liable to the Mortgagee in respect of that purported obligation or liability as if the same were wholly valid and enforceable and the Mortgagor was the principal debtor in respect thereof. The Mortgagee shall not be concerned to see or enquire into the powers of the Company or its officers, employees or agents appointed to act on its behalf.

 

13. Assignment

 

13.1 This Deed shall be binding on and shall enure to the benefit of the parties and their respective executors, administrators, successors and assigns provided that (i) neither the Mortgagor nor the Company may Dispose of its rights or obligations under this Deed without the prior written consent of the Mortgagee, and (ii) the Mortgagee shall not transfer or assign its rights or obligations under this Deed to any person other than the holder or permitted assignee of the Notes.

 

13.2 If the Mortgagee in accordance with the relevant terms and conditions of the Notes assigns or transfers all or any of its rights in respect of its legal entitlement in respect of the outstanding principal amount payable by the Company under the Notes to another person, such assignee shall be entitled to the benefit of this Deed.

 

13.3 The Mortgagee may disclose to a potential permitted assignee information about the Obligors as the Mortgagee may think fit.

 

9


14. Costs and Expenses

 

14.1 The Mortgagor hereby covenants with the Mortgagee, on demand, to pay all reasonable costs, charges and expenses (including legal and other fees on a full indemnity basis and all other out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Mortgagee in the exercise of any powers, rights or remedies conferred by this Deed or which the Mortgagee shall incur in or about the preservation or attempted preservation of the Mortgaged Securities.

 

14.2 Independently of any other terms, conditions and stipulations herein, the Mortgagor agrees that if, for any reasons whatsoever, the security constituted hereunder is or becomes or proves to be unenforceable or shall be declared or adjudged to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any applicable law, the Mortgagor shall grant to the Mortgagee a complete indemnity and will pay to the Mortgagee all sums necessary to make good and to compensate the Mortgagee for all losses, damages, costs, disbursements and liabilities suffered as a result of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability.

 

15. Service of Notices and Documents

 

15.1 Any notice, consent or other communication (collectively a “ communication ”) under this Deed shall be made in writing but, unless otherwise stated, may be made by e-mail, facsimile or letter.

 

15.2 Each communication to be made to any party under this Deed shall be sent to that party at the facsimile number or address or e-mail address (if any) from time to time designated by that party to the Mortgagee for the purpose of this Deed or, in the case of the Company and the Mortgagor, at the address or facsimile number or e-mail address (if any) of the Company and the Mortgagor last known to the Mortgagee. Any communication from or to the Company and/or the Mortgagor shall be sent to, by or through the Mortgagee. The initial address, facsimile number (if any) of the Company, the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee are set out below:

 

To the Company or Mortgagor:

Address:

     16th Floor, Chuangfu Mansion, 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing, China

Telephone:

     +86 10 8260 5578

E-mail:

     jsjs214@163.com

Attention:

     Ms. Tan Chunxiang( LOGO )
To the Mortgagee:

Address:

    

18/F Li Po Chun Chambers, 189 Des Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong

Telephone:

    

+852 2848 4333

E-mail:

    

x.deng@htisec.com

Attention:

    

Deng Xi

 

 

10


15.3 Any communication so addressed to the relevant party shall be deemed to have been received within the time stated adjacent to the relevant means of dispatch:

 

  Means of dispatch    Time of deemed receipt

    

  Courier    24 hours after dispatch
  Facsimile/E-mail    on dispatch
  Air courier    3 days after dispatch

 

15.4 A change of correspondence address, facsimile number or e-mail address of the person to whom a communication is to be addressed or copied pursuant to this Deed shall not be effective until two Business Days after a written notice of change has been served in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 15 on the other party to this Deed with specific reference in such notice that such change is for the purposes of this Deed.

A communication served in accordance with this Clause 15 shall be deemed to have been sufficiently served and in proving service and/or receipt of a communication, it shall be sufficient to prove that such communication was, as the case may be, left at the addressee’s address or that the envelope containing such communication was properly addressed and posted or dispatched to the addressee’s address or that the communication was properly transmitted by facsimile or e-mail to the addressee. A communication served by facsimile shall be deemed properly dispatched on receipt of a satisfactory transmission report printed out by the sending facsimile machine. A communication served by e-mail shall be deemed properly dispatched, when the sender receives a return receipt from the mail server of the recipient indicating that the e-mail has been transmitted to and deposited in the recipient’s incoming mail box.

 

16. Miscellaneous

 

16.1 This Deed shall continue to be effective or, as the case may be, shall be reinstated if at any time payment of any sums paid to the Mortgagee hereunder must be rescinded or otherwise repaid or restored by the Mortgagee upon the insolvency or bankruptcy or otherwise of the Mortgagor.

 

16.2 Save as may be expressly provided herein to the contrary, time is of the essence of this Deed. No failure or delay on the part of the Mortgagee to exercise any power, right or remedy under this Deed shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall a waiver by the Mortgagee of any particular default by the Mortgagor affect or prejudice the power, right or remedy of the Mortgagee in respect of any other default or any subsequent default of the same or a different kind nor shall any single or partial exercise by the Mortgagee of any power, right or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy. The powers, right and remedies provided in this Deed are not exclusive of any power, right and remedies but are cumulative and in addition to every other power, right and remedy now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, by statute or contract or otherwise.

 

16.3 If at any time any provision of this Deed is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Deed nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision shall in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

11


16.4 This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original but all the counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

17. Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

17.1 This Deed is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with Hong Kong law, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law of any jurisdiction.

 

17.2 The dispute resolution provision in the NPA applies mutatis mutandis to this Deed.

[THE SPACE BELOW IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

12


IN WITNESS whereof the Mortgagor, the Company and the Mortgagee have executed this Deed the day and year first above written.

The Company:

Puxin Limited

 

By: /s/ Sha Yunlong                                
Name: Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title: Director
In the presence of:

/s/ Tan Chunxiang                                  

Name: Tan Chunxiang ( LOGO )

Address: 16F, ChuangFu Mansion, 18 Danling Street

Haidian District, Beijing, China, 100080


IN WITNESS whereof the Mortgagor, the Company and the Mortgagee have executed this Deed the day and year first above written.

 

The Mortgagor:
Long bright Limited
By: /s/ Sha Yunlong                            
Name: Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title: Director
In the presence of:
/s/ Tan Chunxiang                              
Name: Tan Chunxiang ( LOGO )
Address: 16F, ChuangFu Mansion, 18 Danling Street

Haidian District, Beijing, China, 100080


IN WITNESS whereof the Mortgagor, the Company and the Mortgagee have executed this Deed the day and year first above written.

 

The Mortgagee:

Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited

By: /s/ Deng Xi                                             
Name: Deng Xi
Title: Director
In the presence of:
/s/ Huang Yan                                             
Name: Huang Yan
Address: 22/F, Li Po Chun Chambers,

189 Des Voeux Road, Central, Hong Kong


SCHEDULE 1

Mortgagor and Mortgaged Shares

 

Mortgagor   Number of Mortgaged Shares   Share Certificate(s) No.
Long bright Limited   18,000,000 Ordinary Shares   [            ]
Total   18,000,000    


SCHEDULE 2

DEFINITIONS

Date of Satisfaction ” means the date on which the Secured Obligations shall have been fully paid and satisfied;

Disposition ” means any sale, exchange, transfer, concession, loan, direct or indirect reservation, waiver, compromise, release, dealing with or in or granting of any option, right of first refusal or other right or interest whatsoever and include any agreement for any of the same and “ Dispose ” and “ Disposal ” shall be construed accordingly;

Encumbrance ” means any mortgage, pledge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, title defect, lien, charge, easement, adverse claim, restrictive covenant, or other restriction or limitation of any kind whatsoever, including any restriction on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any attributes of ownership.

Event of Default ” means any events or circumstances defined as such in the terms and conditions of the Notes;

Mortgaged Securities ” means the Mortgaged Shares and all dividends, distributions and other payments paid or payable thereon and all stocks, shares, rights, monies and property accruing or offered at any time by way of substitution, redemption, bonus, preference, option, exchange, dividend, distribution, split, scheme of arrangement or organization or otherwise to the same or in respect thereof, all allotments, accretions, offers, rights, benefits and advantages whatsoever at any time accruing, made, offered or arising in respect of any of the same and all or any other rights attaching to or exercisable by virtue of the ownership of the Mortgaged Shares;

Mortgaged Shares ” means the number of Shares issued and held by the Mortgagor (as adjusted for stock split, stock combination, stock dividend) set forth opposite the Mortgagor’s name on Schedule 1 ; and references to Mortgaged Shares include references to any part of them, for the avoidance of any doubt, if the Company issues any additional Shares to the Mortgagor or its beneficial owner, Mr. Sha Yunlong from time to time after the date hereof, such number of additional Shares as may enable the Mortgaged Shares (plus such additional Shares) to represent eighteen per cent (18%) of all the outstanding and issued Shares then held by the existing shareholders of the Company immediately after the issue of such Additional Shares shall automatically become part of the Mortgaged Shares;

Obligors ” means and includes the Company, the Mortgagor and the Key Founder (as defined in the NPA);

Party ” means any of the Company, the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee;

Secured Obligations ” means all and any sums (whether principal, premium, interest, costs or otherwise) which are or at any time may become payable by the Obligors to the Mortgagee under the Notes and all obligations of the Obligors under the Transaction Agreements (whether present or future, actual or contingent);


Security Period ” means the period beginning on the date of this Deed and ending on the date upon which the Mortgagee is satisfied that all the Secured Obligations have been duly paid and discharged in full pursuant to the Notes;

Shares ” means the ordinary shares par value of US$0.00005 each in the share capital of the Company;

Transaction Agreements ” has the meaning ascribed to this term in the NPA;

US Dollars ” and the sign “ US$ ” mean the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.


EXHIBIT I

Irrevocable Proxy

 

To: Puxin Limited ( the “Company”)

Reference is made to the Security Deed dated August 4, 2017 entered into among the Company, Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited (the “ Subscriber ”) and other parties in respect of, among other things, certain shares in the Company (the “ Security Deed ”).

We, the undersigned, being the registered holder of 18,000,000 ordinary share of par value US$0.00005 each in the Company (the “ Mortgaged Shares ”) , hereby appoint the Subscriber or failing it, any person nominated by the Subscriber, upon the occurrence of any event described in Clause 8.1 of the Security Deed (i) to be my proxy to vote, with respect to the exercise of voting rights attaching to the Mortgaged Shares, in my name and on my behalf and (ii) as my duly authorized representative and duly appointed attorney-in-fact to approve and sign any members resolutions of the Company, in each case with respect to the exercise of voting rights attaching to the Mortgaged Shares required at any time so long as the Security Deed remains in force.

We hereby declare that the appointment hereby effected is and shall remain irrevocable (by reason of being coupled with the interest of the Subscriber as mortgagee of the aforesaid shares) so long as the Security Deed remains in force.

Dated this 4th day of August 2017.

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED

as a deed by /s/ Sha Yunlong

in the presence of

 

/s/ Tan Chunxiang


EXHIBIT II

Letter of Instruction to Registered Agent

Date:

August 4, 2017

Dear Sirs

Puxin Limited (THE “COMPANY”) — INSTRUCTIONS TO REGISTERED AGENT

We irrevocably instruct that Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited (the “ New Instructing Party ”) shall be an instructing party for the Company for the period from the Starting Date until the Ending Date (each as defined below). As for the period starting from the date (the “ Starting Date ”) on which there occurs any event described in Clause 8.1 of the Security Deed among the Company, the New instructing Party and certain other parties dated August 4, 2017 in respect of 18,000,000 shares of US$0.00005 in the Company (the “ Security Deed ”) and ending on the date (the “ Ending Date ”) on which such event no longer subsists or the security under the Security Deed is released, you will be irrevocably instructed to regard the New Instructing Party (or its successor-in-title) as the sole instructing party for the Company. If any event described in Clause 8.1 of the Security Deed occurs, you are hereby authorised upon the New Instructing Party’s instruction to register the New Instructing Party or its nominee as the registered holder of any of the shares subject to the Security Deed and update the original register of members of the Company accordingly without notice to us or consent from us.

We irrevocably instruct you to make an annotation of the existence of the Security Deed and the security interest created thereby in the Company’s register of members pursuant to the Security Deed.

Please confirm by countersigning below that you have received this correspondence and that you have updated your records accordingly.

 

Yours faithfully

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name: Sha Yunlong

Exhibit 4.10

CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into on 15 August 2017 by and among:

 

  1. Puxin Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”),

 

  2. Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO ), a company incorporated under the Laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“ Hong Kong ”) (the “ HK Subsidiary ”),

 

  3. Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO ), a company established under the Laws of the PRC (the “ Domestic Company ”),

 

  4. Mr. Sha Yunlong, a PRC citizen with PRC ID number [                ] (the “ Key Founder ”), and Long bright Limited, a company wholly owned by the Key Founder (the “ Key Founder Holdco ”); and

 

  5. CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited, a company incorporated under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Holder ”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

 

A. The Company holds 100% equity interest of the HK Subsidiary which will own 100% of the registered capital of the WFOE (upon its formation) which will in turn Controls the Domestic Company, the Domestic Subsidiaries (as defined below) and the Domestic Schools (as defined below) by a Captive Structure.

 

B. The Company desires to issue to the Holder, and the Holder desires to subscribe from the Company, the Note (as defined below) pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

 

C. The Company and the Holder desire to enter into this Agreement on the terms and conditions hereof.


WITNESSETH

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties intending to be legally bound hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

Accounting Standards ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the PRC, applied on a consistent basis.

Action ” means any notice, charge, claim, action, complaint, petition, investigation, appeal, suit, litigation, grievance, inquiry or other proceeding, whether administrative, civil, regulatory or criminal, whether at law or in equity, or otherwise under any applicable Law, and whether or not before any mediator, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person. In the case of the Holder, the term “Affiliate” also includes (v) any shareholder of the Holder, (w) any of such shareholder’s or the Holder’s general partners or limited partners, (x) the fund manager managing such shareholder or the Holder (and general partners, limited partners and officers thereof) and other funds managed by such fund manager, and (y) trusts controlled by or for the benefit of any such Person referred to in (v), (w) or (x).

Ancillary Agreements ” means, collectively, the Note, the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement, the Letter of Undertaking, the Indemnification Agreement and the Share Mortgage, each as defined herein.

Associate ” means, with respect to any Person, (1) a corporation or organization (other than the Group Companies) of which such Person is an officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten (10) percent or more of any class of Equity Securities of such corporation or organization, (2) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity, or (3) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person.

Benefit Plan ” means any employment contract, deferred compensation Contract, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement Contract or other employment compensation Contract or any other plan which provides or provided benefits in connection with the equity securities and/or profit sharing for any employee, officer, consultant, and/or director of a Person or with respect to which contributions are or have been made on account of an employee, officer, consultant, and/or director of such a Person.

Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

2


Business means, collectively, the business within the scope of business as set forth in the applicable business licenses and school operation licenses of the Group Companies, and other related business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted by the Group Companies.

Business Day means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the PRC or the Cayman Islands.

Captive Structure ” means the structure under which the WFOE (upon its formation) shall Control the Domestic Company, the Domestic Subsidiaries (as defined below) and the Domestic Schools (as defined below) through the Control Documents.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation as defined in the Code.

Charter Documents ” means, with respect to a particular legal entity, the articles of incorporation, certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if applicable, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association, bylaws, articles of organization, certificate of formation, limited liability company agreement, trust deed, trust instrument, operating agreement, joint venture agreement, business license, or similar or other constitutive, governing, or charter documents, or equivalent documents, of such entity.

Circular 37 ” means LOGO LOGO (the SAFE Circular on Issues relating to the Administration of Foreign Exchange of Company Offshore Investments and Financing through Special Purpose Companies and Round-Tripping Investments by PRC Residents [Huifa (2014) No. 37]) issued by SAFE with effect from 14 July 2014 and the schedules and exhibits thereto.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company Registered IP ” means all Intellectual Property for which registrations have been obtained in all jurisdictions (and all applications for, or extensions or reissues of, any of the foregoing in all jurisdictions) that are owned by, or registered or applied for in the name of, any Group Company.

Competitor ” means any Person (other than a Group Company) that is engaged in the business in connection with extracurricular tutorials for K-12 students, and consulting services and training for overseas study, whether online or offline.

Consent ” means any consent, approval, authorization, release, waiver, permit, grant, franchise, concession, agreement, license, exemption or order of, registration, certificate, declaration or filing with, or report or notice to, any Person, including any Governmental Authority.

Contract ” means, a contract, agreement, understanding, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, franchise, license, commitment, purchase order, purchasing arrangement and other legally binding arrangement, whether written or oral.

 

3


Control ” of a given Person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by Contract or otherwise; provided, that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person. The terms “ Controlled ” and “ Controlling ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Control Documents ” means the contracts and agreements to be entered into by and among the WFOE, the Domestic Company, the shareholders of the Domestic Company and the Domestic Entities upon incorporation of the WFOE, whereby the WFOE effectively Controls the Domestic Company and Domestic Entities, including the following contracts collectively:

 

  (i) (a) Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement ( LOGO ) to be entered into by and among the WFOE (upon its formation) and the Domestic Company, (b) Equity Pledge Agreement ( LOGO LOGO ) to be entered into by and among the WFOE (upon its formation), the Domestic Company and the equity holders of the Domestic Company, (c) Loan Contract ( LOGO ) (if any) to be entered into by and among the WFOE (upon its formation) and the Domestic Company, (d) Exclusive Call Option Agreement ( LOGO ) to be entered into by and among the WFOE (upon its formation), the Domestic Company and the equity holders of the Domestic Company, (e) Power of Attorney ( LOGO ) to be entered into by and among the WFOE (upon its formation), the Domestic Company and the equity holders of the Domestic Company, and (f) Spousal Consent Letters ( LOGO ) to be issued by the spouses of the Key Founder, Gao Liang ( LOGO ), Li Gang ( LOGO ) and Xiao Yun ( LOGO );

 

  (ii) Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement ( LOGO ) to be entered into by and among the WFOE (upon its formation), the Domestic Subsidiaries and the Domestic Company; and

 

  (iii) Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement ( LOGO ) to be entered into by and among the Domestic Schools and the Domestic Company.

Conversion Shares means collectively, Preferred Shares or Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Note in accordance with its terms, as the case may be.

Domestic Entities ” means, collectively, the Domestic Schools and the Domestic Subsidiaries.

 

4


Domestic Schools ” means the private unincorporated entities (including their respective campus and branches) directly or indirectly owned or Controlled by the Group Companies, including but not limited to the entities set forth in Appendix A attached hereto.

Domestic Subsidiaries ” means the corporate entities (including their respective branches) directly or indirectly owned or Controlled by the Group Companies, including but not limited to the entities set forth in Appendix B attached hereto.

Equity Securities ” means, with respect to any Person that is a legal entity, any and all shares of capital stock, membership interests, units, profits interests, ownership interests, equity interests, registered capital, and other equity securities of such Person, and any right, warrant, option, call, commitment, conversion privilege, preemptive right or other right to acquire any of the foregoing, or security convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for any of the foregoing, or any Contract providing for the acquisition of any of the foregoing.

FCPA ” means Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States of America, as amended from time to time.

Governmental Authority ” means any government of any nation or any federation, province or state or any other political subdivision thereof, any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the PRC or any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization.

Governmental Order ” means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

Group Company ” means each of the Company, the HK Subsidiary, the Domestic Company, the WFOE (upon its formation), and the Domestic Entities, together with each Subsidiary of any of the foregoing, and “ Group ” refers to all of Group Companies collectively.

Holding Company ” means each entity listed in Schedule I attached hereto.

Indemnifiable Loss ” means, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, cost, damage, deficiency, diminution in value, disbursement, expense, liability, loss, obligation, penalty or settlement of any kind or nature imposed on or otherwise incurred or suffered by such Person, including without limitation, reasonable legal, accounting and other professional fees and expenses incurred in the investigation, collection, prosecution and defense of claims and amounts paid in settlement and Taxes payable by such Person by reason of the indemnification.

 

5


Intellectual Property ” means any and all (i) patents, patent rights and applications therefor and reissues, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, and patent term extensions thereof, (ii) inventions (whether patentable or not), discoveries, improvements, concepts, innovations and industrial models, (iii) registered and unregistered copyrights, copyright registrations and applications, mask works and registrations and applications therefor, author’s rights and works of authorship (including artwork, software, computer programs, source code, object code and executable code, firmware, development tools, files, records and data, and related documentation), (iv) URLs, web sites, web pages and any part thereof, (v) technical information, know-how, trade secrets, drawings, designs, design protocols, specifications, proprietary data, customer lists, databases, proprietary processes, technology, formulae, and algorithms, (vi) trade names, trade dress, trademarks, domain names, service marks, logos, business names, and registrations and applications therefor, and (vii) the goodwill symbolized or represented by the foregoing.

Key Employee ” means the employees listed in Schedule IV to this Agreement.

Knowledge ” means, with respect to the Warrantors, the actual knowledge of any of the Principals and the Key Employees, and that knowledge which should have been acquired by each such individual after making such due inquiry and exercising such due diligence as a prudent business person would have made or exercised in the management of his or her business affairs, including but not limited to due inquiry of all officers, directors, employees, consultants and professional advisers (including attorneys, accountants and auditors) of the Group and of its Affiliates who could reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the matters in question.

Law ” or “ Laws ” means any and all provisions of any applicable constitution, treaty, statute, law, regulation, ordinance, code, rule, or rule of common law, any governmental approval, concession, grant, franchise, license, agreement, directive, requirement, or other governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any interpretation or administration of any of the foregoing by, any Governmental Authority, in each case as amended, and any and all applicable Governmental Orders.

Liabilities ” means, with respect to any Person, all liabilities, obligations and commitments of such Person of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due.

Lien ” means any claim, charge, easement, encumbrance, lease, covenant, security interest, lien, option, pledge, rights of others, or restriction (whether on voting, sale, transfer, disposition or otherwise), whether imposed by Contract, understanding, law, equity or otherwise.

 

6


Material Adverse Effect means (i) any event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or development that has had, has, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or together with other events, occurrences, facts, conditions, changes or developments, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, employees, operations, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), assets or liabilities of the Group taken as a whole, , (ii) material impairment of the ability of any party to perform the material obligations of such party under any Transaction Documents, or (iii) material impairment of the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document against any party hereto or thereto, provided, however, that none of the following, either alone or in combination, shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been a “Material Adverse Effect” or a breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement that is qualified by the term “Material Adverse Effect” (a) events, circumstances, changes or effects that generally affect the industries or segments thereof in which Group Companies operate (including legal and regulatory changes); (b) events, circumstances, changes or effects attributable to the announcement or existence of, or compliance with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (c) any event, circumstance, change or effect caused by acts of terrorism or war (whether or not declared), including any escalation or worsening thereof; (d) earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes, floods, mudslides or other natural disasters; (e) mandatorily applicable changes or modifications in the PRC general accepted accounting principles or applicable Law or the interpretation or enforcement thereof; (f) any event, circumstance, change or effect that results from any actions taken or not taken pursuant to or in accordance with this Agreement or at the request of the Holder; and (g) any event, circumstance, change or effect arising out of any matter set forth in the schedules and/or exhibits attached hereto, provided that such event, circumstance, change or effect could have reasonably been inferred from disclosures made in such schedules and/or exhibits.

Ministry of Civil Affairs ” means the Ministry of Civil Affairs of the PRC.

Ministry of Education ” means the Ministry of Education of the PRC.

MOFCOM ” means the Ministry of Commerce or, with respect to any matter to be submitted for examination and approval by the Ministry of Commerce, any Governmental Authority which is similarly competent to examine and approve such matter under the laws of the PRC.

Note ” means the convertible promissory note issued to the Holder pursuant to Section  2.1 below, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .

Ordinary Shares ” means the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.0005 per share.

Permitted Liens ” means (i) Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or the validity of which are being contested in good faith and for which there are adequate reserves on the applicable financial statements, and (ii) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, which (x) do not individually or in the aggregate materially detract from the value, use, or transferability of the assets that are subject to such Liens, and (y) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, unless otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate or other enterprise or entity.

PFIC ” means a passive foreign investment company as defined in the Code.

PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, but solely for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and the islands of Taiwan.

 

7


Preferred Shares ” means a series of preferred shares of the Company, issuable upon conversion of the Note pursuant to the terms therein.

Principal ” means each of the individuals listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

Prior Agreements ” means, collectively, the Capital Increase Agreement and Shareholders Agreement by and among the Principals, the Domestic Company, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. ( LOGO ) and Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership ( LOGO  ( LOGO ) ) in March 2015.

Prohibited Person ” means any Person that is (1) a national or resident of any U.S. embargoed or restricted country, (2) included on, or Affiliated with any Person on, the United States Commerce Department’s Denied Parties List, Entities and Unverified Lists; the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Specially Designated Nationals, Specially Designated Narcotics Traffickers or Specially Designated Terrorists, or the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; the Department of State’s Debarred List; UN Sanctions, (3) a member of any PRC military organization, or (4) a Person with whom business transactions, including exports and re-exports, are restricted by a U.S. Governmental Authority, including, in each clause above, any updates or revisions to the foregoing and any newly published rules.

Public Official ” means any executive, official, or employee of a Governmental Authority, political party or member of a political party, political candidate; executive, employee or officer of a public international organization; or director, officer or employee or agent of a wholly owned or partially state-owned or controlled enterprise, including a PRC state-owned or controlled enterprise.

Related Party ” means any Affiliate, officer, director, supervisory board member, employee, or holder of any Equity Security of any Group Company, and any Affiliate or Associate of any of the foregoing.

SAFE ” means the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC.

SAFE Rules and Regulations ” means collectively, the Circular 37 and any other applicable SAFE rules and regulations.

SAIC ” means the State Administration of Industry and Commerce or, with respect to the issuance of any business license or filing or registration to be effected by or with the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, any Governmental Authority which is similarly competent to issue such business license or accept such filing or registration under the laws of the PRC.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended and interpreted from time to time.

Social Insurance ” means any form of social insurance required under applicable Laws, including without limitation, the PRC national and local contributions for pensions, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, work-related injury insurance, pregnancy benefits, and housing accumulation funds.

 

8


Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any given Person, any other Person that is Controlled directly or indirectly by such given Person.

Tax ” means (i) in the PRC: (a) any national, provincial, municipal, or local taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments, including, without limitation, all net income (including enterprise income tax and individual income withholding tax), turnover (including value-added tax, business tax, and consumption tax), resource (including urban and township land use tax), special purpose (including land value-added tax, urban maintenance and construction tax, and additional education fees), property (including urban real estate tax and land use fees), documentation (including stamp duty and deed tax), filing, recording, social insurance (including pension, medical, unemployment, housing, and other social insurance withholding), tariffs (including import duty and import value-added tax), and estimated and provisional taxes, charges, fees, levies, or other assessments of any kind whatsoever, (b) all interest, penalties (administrative, civil or criminal), or additional amounts imposed by any Governmental Authority in connection with any item described in clause (a) above, and (c) any form of transferee liability imposed by any Governmental Authority in connection with any item described in clauses (a) and (b) above and (ii) in any jurisdiction other than the PRC: all similar liabilities as described in clause (i)(a) and (i)(b) above.

Tax Return ” means any return, report or statement showing Taxes, used to pay Taxes, or required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including any elections, declarations, schedules or attachments thereto, and any amendment thereof), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated or provisional Tax.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, and each of the other agreements and documents otherwise required in connection with implementing the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing.

Warrantors ” means, collectively, the Company, the HK Subsidiary, WFOE (upon its formation), the Domestic Company, the Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco.

WFOE ” means a wholly foreign owned enterprise to be incorporated under the Laws of the PRC after the Closing (as defined below) which shall be wholly owned by the HK Subsidiary.

1.2 Other Defined Terms . The following terms shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Sections set forth below:

 

Additional Covenants    Section 7.1 (xii)
Agreement    Preamble
Arbitration Notice    Section 7.8 (i)
Annual Statement Date    Section 3.11
Balance Sheet    Section 3.11
Beijing CICC Alpha    Section 5.6
Beijing Global ET    Section 5.12
Beijing Global ET Transactions    Section 5.12
Closing    Section 2.2 (i)

 

9


Company    Preamble
Company IP    Section 3.19 (i)
Company Owned IP    Section 3.19 (i)
Compliance Laws    Section 3.16 (i)
Confidential Information    Section 7.14 (i)
Disclosing Party    Section 7.14 (iii)
Disclosure Schedule    Section 3
Dispute    Section 7.8 (i)
Domestic Company    Preamble
Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement    Section 5.6
Financial Statements    Section 3.11
HKIAC    Section 7.8 (ii)
HKIAC Rules    Section 7.8 (ii)
Hong Kong (HK Subsidiary)    Preamble
Indemnification Agreement    Section 5.9
Indemnified Party    Section 7.11 (i)
Indemnified Party Claim(s)    Section 7.11 (v) (a)
Indemnifying Party    Section 7.11 (ii)
Joint Bank Account    Section 5.12
Key Founder    Preamble
Key Founder Holdco    Preamble
Holder    Preamble
Holder Director    Section 5.10
Lease    Section 3.17 (ii)
Letter of Undertaking    Section 5.7
Material Contracts    Section 3.15 (i)
Other Investment Documents    Section 5.13
Party / Parties    Preamble
Principal Tribunal    Section 7.8 (ix) (a)
Purchase Price    Section 2.1
Representatives    Section 3.16 (i)
Required Consents    Section 3.8 (iii)
SEC    Section 4.4
Security Holder    Section 7.2
Share Mortgage    Section 5.11
Statement Date    Section 3.11
VIE Completion Date    Section 7.3

2. Purchase and Sale of the Note.

2.1 Sale and Issuance of the Note. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Company agrees to issue the Note with a principal value of US$23,000,000 to the Holder, and in exchange, the Holder agrees to subscribe for the Note from the Company for an aggregate price of US$23,000,000 (being 100% of the face value thereof) (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

10


2.2 Closing

(i) Closing. The consummation of the sale and issuance of the Note pursuant to Section  2.1 (the “ Closing ”) shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures as soon as practicable, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days after all closing conditions specified in Section  5 and Section  6 hereof have been waived or satisfied (other than those conditions to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof at the Closing), or at such other time and place as the Company and the Holder shall mutually agree in writing.

(ii) Deliveries by the Company at the Closing . At the Closing, in addition to any items the delivery of which is made an express condition to the Closing pursuant to Section  5 , the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) the Note dated the date of the Closing and registered in the name of the Holder, and (b) the updated register of directors of the Company, certified by the registered office provider of the Company, evidencing the appointment of the director as contemplated by Section  5.10 hereof.

(iii) Deliveries by the Holder at the Closing . Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of all the conditions set forth in Section  5 , the Holder shall, at the Closing, pay the Purchase Price for the Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds in U.S. dollars to (a) the Joint Bank Account (as defined below) if the Joint Bank Account has been opened prior to the Closing; or (b) a bank account designated by the Company if the Joint Bank Account has not been opened prior to the Closing.

2.3 Use of Proceeds . The Company shall use the entire proceeds from the sale of the Note for the purpose of the business expansion, capital expenditures and general working capital needs of the Group Companies and mergers with and acquisitions of third parties.

3. Representations and Warranties of the Warrantors. Except as otherwise disclosed in the disclosure schedule delivered by the Warrantors to the Holder as of the date hereof and its supplements (if any) on or prior to the Closing solely with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.2(i) , 3.2(v) and 3.12 hereunder (collectively, the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), each of the Warrantors jointly and severally represents and warrants to the Holder that:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification. Each Group Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) under, and by virtue of, the Laws of the place of its incorporation or establishment and has all requisite power and authority to own its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and to perform each of its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. Except as disclosed in Section  3.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is qualified to do business and is in good standing (or equivalent status in the relevant jurisdiction) in each jurisdiction where failure to be so qualified would be a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in Section  3.1 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company that is a PRC entity has a valid business license or other similar license issued by the SAIC, the Ministry of Civil Affairs or their local branch or other relevant Government Authorities, as applicable (in each case, a true and complete copy of which has been delivered to the Holder), and has, since its establishment, carried on its business materially in compliance with the business scope set forth in its business license. Each shareholder of the Group Companies who is a natural person is a PRC citizen.

 

11


3.2 Capitalization and Voting Rights.

(i) Company. The authorized share capital of the Company is and immediately prior to the Closing shall be US$50,000.00 divided into a total of 1,000,000,000 authorized Ordinary Shares, 100,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding. Section  3.2(i) of the Disclosure Schedule set forth the capitalization table of each Group Company as of immediately prior to the Closing, and immediately after the Closing, in each case reflecting all then outstanding and authorized Equity Securities of such Group Company, the record and beneficial holders thereof, the issuance date, and the terms of any vesting applicable thereto.

(ii) HK Subsidiary . The authorized share capital of the HK Subsidiary is and immediately prior to and following the Closing shall be HK$1.00 and the total number of the ordinary share that is issued or outstanding is 1 at the par value HK$1.00,which is held by the Company.

(iii) WFOE and Domestic Company . The registered capital of each of the WFOE (upon its formation) and the Domestic Company is set forth opposite its name on Section  3.2(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, together with an accurate list of the record and beneficial owners of such registered capital.

(iv) Other Group Companies . The authorized and outstanding Equity Securities of each other Group Company other than the Company, the WFOE (upon its formation) and the Domestic Company (if any) is set forth on Section  3.2(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, together with an accurate list of the record and beneficial owners of such registered capital.

(v) No Other Securities . Except for (a) the conversion privileges of the Preferred Shares issuable upon conversion of all or a portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Note thereunder, (b) certain rights provided in the Prior Agreements and the Charter Documents of the Company and the Domestic Company as currently in effect (c) certain rights provided in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, in each case, from and after the Closing, and the Control Documents (once executed), and (d) the outstanding Equity Securities set forth in Section  3.2(i) of the Disclosure Schedule and its supplements, (1) there are no and at the Closing there shall be no authorized or outstanding Equity Securities of any Group Company; (2) no Equity Securities of any Group Company are subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal (except to the extent provided by applicable PRC Laws) or other rights to purchase such Equity Securities or any other rights with respect to such Equity Securities, and (3) no Group Company is a party or subject to any Contract that affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to, or the right to cause the redemption, or repurchase of, any Equity Security of such Group Company. Except as set forth in the Prior Agreements (before the Closing), the Company has not granted any registration rights to any other Person, nor is the Company obliged to list, any of the Equity Securities of any Group Companies on any securities exchange. Except as contemplated under the Prior Agreements (before the Closing), the Transaction Documents (including the Disclosure Schedule from and after the Closing) and the Control Documents (once executed), there are no voting or similar agreements which relate to the share capital or registered capital of any Group Company.

 

12


(vi) Issuance and Status . All presently outstanding Equity Securities of each Group Company were duly and validly issued (or subscribed for) in compliance with all applicable Laws, preemptive rights of any Person, and applicable Contracts and are fully paid and non-assessable. Except as disclosed in Section  3.2(vi) of the Disclosure Schedule, all share capital or registered capital, as the case may be, of each of the Company, the HK Subsidiary and the Domestic Company have been duly and validly issued and fully paid (or subscribed for), is nonassessable, and is and as of the Closing shall be free of any and all Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer under the Control Documents, the Ancillary Agreements and applicable Laws). No share capital or registered capital of any Group Company was issued or subscribed to in violation of the preemptive rights of any Person, terms of any Contract, or any Laws, by which each such Group Company at the time of issuance or subscription was bound. Except as contemplated under the Transaction Documents and as disclosed in Section  3.2(vi) of the Disclosure Schedule, there are no (a) resolutions pending to increase the share capital or registered capital of any Group Company or cause the liquidation, winding up, or dissolution of any Group Company, nor has any distress, execution or other process been levied against any Group Company, (b) dividends which have accrued or been declared but are unpaid by any Group Company, or (c) outstanding or authorized equity appreciation, phantom equity, equity plans or similar rights with respect to any Group Company. All dividends (if any) or distributions (if any) declared, made or paid by each Group Company, and all repurchases and redemptions of Equity Securities of each Group Company (if any) have been declared, made, paid, repurchased or redeemed, as applicable, in accordance with its Charter Documents and all applicable Laws.

3.3 Corporate Structure; Subsidiaries. Section  3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete structure chart showing Group Companies, and indicating the ownership and Control relationships among all Group Companies and the Principals, the nature of the legal entity which each Group Company constitutes, the jurisdiction in which each Group Company was organized, and each jurisdiction in which each Group Company is required to be qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign Person. No Group Company owns or Controls, or has ever owned or Controlled, directly or indirectly, any interest or share in any other Person or is or was a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. No Group Company is obligated to make any investment in or capital contribution in or on behalf of any other Person. The Company was formed solely to acquire and hold the equity interests in the HK Subsidiary and since its formation has not engaged in any other business and has not incurred any Liability. Each Group Company is engaged in the Business and has no other business which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No other Person owned or controlled by any Principal or Holding Company is engaged in the Business or has any assets in relation to the Business or any Contract with any Group Company.

3.4 Authorization. Each Warrantor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All action on the part of each party to the Transaction Documents (other than the Holder) (and, as applicable, its officers, directors and shareholders) necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, the performance of all obligations of each such party, and, in the case of the Company, the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance), sale and delivery of the Note, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. Each Transaction Document has been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto (other than the Holder) and constitutes valid and legally binding obligations of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by Laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

13


3.5 Valid Issuance of the Note. The Note, when executed, issued and delivered to the Holder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be validly issued and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, entitled to the benefits stated therein, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles. The Conversion Shares have been reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the then effective Charter Documents of the Company, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from any Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer under applicable securities Laws and under the Ancillary Agreements). The issuance of the Note and the Conversion Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.

3.6 Consents; No Conflicts. Except as disclosed in Section  3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, all Consents from or with any Governmental Authority or any other Person required in connection with the valid execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, in any case on the part of any party thereto (other than the Holder) have been duly obtained or completed (as applicable) and are in full force and effect. The execution, delivery and performance of each Transaction Document by each party thereto (other than the Holder) do not, and the consummation by such party of the transactions contemplated thereby will not, (i) result in any violation of, be in conflict with, or constitute a default under, or give any Person rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation under, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice, any Governmental Order, any provision of the Charter Documents of any Group Company, any applicable Laws (including without limitation, the SAFE Rules and Regulations), or any Material Contract, (ii) result in any termination, modification, cancellation, or suspension of any material right of, or any augmentation or acceleration of any material obligation of, any Group Company (including without limitation, any indebtedness of such Group Company), or trigger any preemptive right or transfer restriction, or (iii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of any Group Company other than Permitted Liens.

3.7 Offering. Subject in part to the accuracy of the Holder’s representations set forth in Section  4 of this Agreement, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares are, and the issuance of the Conversion Shares will be, exempt from the qualification, registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable securities Laws.

3.8 Compliance with Laws; Consents.

(i) Each Group Company is, and has been, in compliance with all applicable Laws since such Group Company is incorporated or established or acquired by the Group, except for those non-compliances that does not and with the lapse of time would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, since the incorporation, establishment or acquisition of any Group Company by the Group, none of the Group Companies has received any notice from any Governmental Authority regarding any of the foregoing. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no Group Company is under investigation with respect to a violation of any Law.

 

14


(ii) Except as disclosed in Section  3.8(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, all Consents from or with the relevant Governmental Authority or other Person required in respect of the due and proper establishment and operations of each Group Company as now conducted, including but not limited to the Consents from or with MOFCOM (or any predecessors thereof), SAIC, SAFE, the Ministry of Civil Affairs, the Ministry of Education, the Ministry of Information Industry, the Ministry of Culture, Press and Publication Administration, any Tax bureau, customs authorities, product registration authorities, and health regulatory authorities and the local counterpart thereof, as applicable (which Consents shall include without limitation, school running permit and registration certificate of private non-enterprise entity, and shall be collectively referred to as the “ Required Consents ”), have been duly obtained or completed in accordance with all applicable Laws, unless any failure to obtain such Required Consents would not constitute a Material Adverse Effect.

(iii) Each Required Consent is in full force and effect and will remain in full force and effect upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. None of the Group Companies is in default in any material respect under any Required Consent. There is no reason to believe that any Required Consent which is subject to periodic renewal will not be granted or renewed. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, since the incorporation, establishment or acquisition of any Group Company by the Group, no Group Company has received any letter or other communication from any Governmental Authority providing notice of revocation of any material Required Consent issued to any Group Company or the need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or indirectly by any Group Company.

3.9 Tax Matters.

(i) Since the incorporation, establishment or acquisition of any Group Company by the Group, each Group Company (a) has timely filed all Tax Returns that are required to have been filed by it with any Governmental Authority in all material respects, (b) has timely paid all Taxes owed by it which are due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) and withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority all Taxes which it is obligated to withhold and remit from amounts owing to any employee, creditor, customer or third party, and (c) has not waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency other than, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), unpaid Taxes that are in contest with Tax authorities by Group Company in good faith or nonmaterial in amount.

(ii) Each Tax Return referred to in paragraph (i) above was properly prepared in compliance with applicable Law and was (and will be) true, correct and complete. None of such Tax Returns contains a statement that is false or misleading or omits any matter that is required to be included or without which the statement would be false or misleading. All records relating to such Tax Returns or to the preparation thereof required by applicable Law to be maintained by applicable Group Company have been duly maintained. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no written claim has been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where the Group does not file Tax Returns that any Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(iii) The assessment of any additional Taxes with respect to the applicable Group Company for periods for which Tax Returns have been filed is not expected to exceed the recorded Liability therefor in the most recent balance sheet in the Financial Statements (as defined below), and there are no unresolved questions or claims concerning any Tax Liability of any Group Company. Since the Statement Date (as defined below), no Group Company has incurred any liability for Taxes outside the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom and practice. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there is no pending dispute with, or notice from, any Tax authority relating to any of the Tax Returns filed by any Group Company, and to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there is no proposed Liability for a deficiency in any Tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of any Group Company.

 

15


(iv) Except as disclosed in Section  3.9(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, since the incorporation, establishment or acquisition of any Group Company by the Group, no Group Company has been the subject of any examination or investigation by any Tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of Taxes that has not been resolved or is currently the subject of any examination or investigation by any Tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of Taxes, except where the examination or investigation, if any, would not result in or constitute a Material Adverse Effect. No Group Company is responsible for the Taxes of any other Person by reason of contract, successor liability or otherwise.

(v) To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all Tax credits and Tax holidays enjoyed by the Group Company established under the Laws of the PRC under applicable Laws since its establishment have been in compliance with all applicable Laws and is not subject to reduction, revocation, cancellation or any other changes (including retroactive changes) in the future, except through change in applicable Laws published by relevant Governmental Authority.

(vi) No Group Company is or has ever been a PFIC or CFC or a United States real property holding corporation. No Group Company anticipates that it will become a PFIC or CFC or a United States real property holding corporation for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

(vii) The Company is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

3.10 Charter Documents; Books and Records. The Charter Documents of each Group Company are in the form provided to the Holder. Each Group Company has been in compliance with its Charter Documents, and none of the Group Companies has violated or breached any of their respective Charter Documents. Each Group Company maintains its books of accounts and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, on a basis consistent with prior practice, and which permits its Financial Statements (as defined below) to be prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards. The register of members and directors (if applicable) of each Group Company is correct, there has been no notice of any proceedings to rectify any such register, and there are no circumstances which might lead to any application for its rectification. All documents requiring to be filed by each Group Company with the applicable Governmental Authority in respect of the relevant jurisdiction in which the relevant Group Companies is being incorporated have been properly made up and filed, unless failure to file any of the documents would not constitute or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

16


3.11 Financial Statements. Section  3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows for the Group for each of the fiscal years ended as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 (the “ Annual Statement Date ”) and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet (the “ Balance Sheet ”) and statements of operations and cash flows for the Group as of and for the three-month period ending on March 31, 2017 (the “ Statement Date ”) (collectively, the financial statements referred to above, the “ Financial Statements ”). The Financial Statements (a) have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of the Group, (b) fairly present in all respects the financial condition and position of the Group as of the dates indicated therein and the results of operations and cash flows of the Group for the periods indicated therein except for any deviation or discrepancy of less than ten percent (10%), and (c) were prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. There are no contingent or asserted claims, refusals to pay, or other rights of set-off with respect to any accounts receivable of any Group Company. None of the receivables owing to any Group Company (i) has been due for more than sixty (60) days, (ii) is payable by an account debtor that is insolvent or bankrupt or (iii) has been pledged to any third party by any Group Company.

3.12 Changes. Since the Statement Date until the Closing, the Group (i) has operated its business in the ordinary course consistent with its past practice, (ii) used its reasonable best efforts to preserve its business, (iii) collected accounts receivable and paid accounts payable and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (iv) not engaged in any new line of business or entered into any agreement, transaction or activity or made any commitment except those in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice. Since the Statement Date until the Closing, except for the necessary actions to consummate the transactions and Captive Structure contemplated hereof or as disclosed in Section  3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect or any material change in the way the Group conducts its business, and there has not been by or with respect to any Group Company:

(i) any purchase, acquisition, sale, lease, disposal of or other transfer of any assets that are individually or in the aggregate material to its business, whether tangible or intangible, other than the purchase or sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice;

(ii) any acquisition (by merger, consolidation or other combination, or acquisition of stock or assets, or otherwise) of any business or other Person or division thereof, or any sale or disposition of any business or division thereof;

(iii) any waiver, termination, cancellation, settlement or compromise of a valuable right, debt or claim owed to it;

(iv) any incurrence, creation, assumption, repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of (1) any material Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or (2) any indebtedness or guarantee, or the making of any loan or advance (other than reasonable and normal advances to employees for bona fide expenses that are incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice), or the making of any investment or capital contribution;

(v) any amendment to or termination of any Material Contract, any entering of any new Contract that would have been a Material Contract if in effect on the date hereof, or any amendment to or waiver under any Charter Document;

(vi) any change in any compensation arrangement or Contract with any Key Employee of any Group Company, or adoption of any new Benefit Plan, or made any material change in any existing Benefit Plan;

(vii) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any Equity Securities of any Group Company, or any issuance, transfer, redemption, purchase or acquisition of any Equity Securities by any Group Company;

 

17


(viii) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operation or business of any Group Company;

(ix) any material change in accounting methods or practices or any revaluation of any of its assets;

(x) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, entry into any closing agreement in respect of material Taxes, settlement of any claim or assessment in respect of any material Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of any material Taxes, entry or change of any material Tax election, change of any method of accounting resulting in a material amount of additional Tax or filing of any material amended Tax Return;

(xi) any commencement or settlement of any Action;

(xii) any authorization, sale, issuance, transfer, pledge or other disposition of any Equity Securities of any Group Company;

(xiii) any resignation or termination of any Key Employee of any Group Company or any material group of employees of any Group Company;

(xiv) any transaction with any Related Party other than any transaction between or among Group Companies; or

(xv) any agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 3.12 .

3.13 Actions. There is no Action pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened against or affecting any Group Company or any of its officers, directors or employees with respect to its businesses or proposed business activities, or any officers, directors or employees of any Group Company in connection with such person’s respective relationship with such Group Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Warrantors is there any basis for any of the foregoing. There is no judgment or award unsatisfied against any Group Company, nor is there any Governmental Order in effect and binding on any Group Company or their respective assets or properties that would constitute or result in a Material Adverse Effect. There is no Action pending by any Group Company against any third party nor does any Group Company intend to commence any such Action. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no Governmental Authority has at any time challenged or questioned in writing the legal right of any Group Company to conduct its business as presently being conducted. No Group Company has received any opinion or memorandum or advice from legal counsel to the effect that it is exposed, from a legal standpoint, to any Liability or disadvantage which may be material to the business of any Group Company.

3.14 Liabilities . No Group Company has any Liabilities except for (i) liabilities set forth in the Balance Sheet that have not been satisfied since the Statement Date, (ii) current liabilities incurred since the Statement Date in the ordinary course of the Group’s business consistent with its past practices and which do not exceed US$1,000,000 in the aggregate, and (iii) the liabilities disclosed in Section  3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule. Except as disclosed in Section  3.14 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Group Companies has any indebtedness or borrowed money that it has directly or indirectly created, incurred, assumed, or guaranteed, or with respect to which the Group Company has otherwise become directly or indirectly liable. None of the Group Companies is a guarantor or indemnitor of any Liabilities of any other Person.

 

18


3.15 Commitments.

(i) Section 3.15(i) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts. “ Material Contracts ” means, collectively, each Contract to which a Group Company or any of its properties or assets is bound or subject to that (a) involves obligations (contingent or otherwise) or payments in excess of RMB1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate per annum, (b) involves Intellectual Property that is material to a Group Company (other than generally-available “off-the-shelf” shrink-wrap software licenses obtained by the Group on non-exclusive and non-negotiated terms), including without limitation, the Licenses, (c) restricts the ability of a Group Company to compete or to conduct or engage in any business or activity or in any territory, (d) relates to the sale, issuance, grant, exercise, award, purchase, repurchase or redemption of any Equity Securities, (e) involves any provisions providing for exclusivity, “change in control”, “most favored nations”, rights of first refusal or first negotiation or similar rights, or grants a power of attorney, agency or similar authority, (f) is with a Related Party which involves obligations (contingent or otherwise) or payments in excess of RMB3,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, except for any Contract between a Group Company and any other Group Companies, (g) involves an extension of credit, a borrowing, guaranty, surety or deed of trust, or the grant of a Lien, in each case, involving obligations (contingent or otherwise) or payments in excess of RMB5,000,000 individually or in the aggregate, (h) involves the lease, license, sale, use, disposition or acquisition of a material amount of assets or of a business, (i) involves the waiver, compromise, or settlement of any dispute, claim, litigation or arbitration over RMB3,000,000, (j) involves the ownership or lease of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in, any real or personal property (except for real property leases involving payments of less than RMB3,000,000 per annum), (k) involves the establishment, contribution to, or operation of a partnership, joint venture, alliance or similar entity, or involving a sharing of profits or losses (including joint development and joint marketing Contracts), or any investment in, loan to or acquisition or sale of the securities, equity interests or assets of any Person, (l) is with a Governmental Authority, state-owned enterprise, or sole-source supplier of any material product or service (other than utilities), (m) is a Benefits Plan, or a collective bargaining agreement or is with any labor union or other representatives of the employees, or (n) is a brokerage or finder’s agreement, or material sales agency, marketing or distributorship Contract.

(ii) A true, fully-executed copy of each Material Contract including all amendments and supplements thereto has been delivered to the Holder, and none of the Material Contracts are oral Contracts. Each Material Contract is a valid and binding agreement of the Group Company that is a party thereto, the performance of which does not and will not violate any applicable Law or Governmental Order, and is in full force and effect and enforceable against the parties thereto, except (x) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (y) as may be limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other remedies in the nature of equitable remedies. Each Group Company has duly performed all of its obligations under each Material Contract to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and no breach or default, alleged breach or alleged default, or event which would (with the passage of time, notice or both) constitute a breach or default thereunder by such Group Company or any other party or obligor with respect thereto, has occurred, or as a result of the execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Documents will occur. No Group Company has given notice (whether or not written) that it intends to terminate a Material Contract or that any other party thereto has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract. No Group Company has received any notice (whether written or not) that it has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract or that any other party thereto intends to terminate such Material Contract.

 

19


3.16 Anti-Bribery, Anti-Corruption, Anti-Money Laundering and Sanctions; Absence of Government Interests.

(i) Each Group Company and other Warrantor and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and other persons acting on their behalf (collectively, “ Representatives ”) are familiar with and are and have been in compliance with all applicable Laws relating to anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, record keeping and internal control laws (collectively, the “ Compliance Laws ”) including the FCPA as if it were a U.S. Person. Furthermore, no Public Official (i) holds an ownership or other economic interest, direct or indirect, in any of the Group Companies or in the contractual relationship formed by this Agreement, or (ii) serves as an officer, director or employee of any Group Company. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Group Company nor any Representative has, directly or indirectly, offered, authorized, promised, condoned, participated in, consummated, or received notice of any allegation of,

(a) the making of any gift or payment of anything of value to any Public Official by any Person to obtain any improper advantage, affect or influence any act or decision of any such Public Official, or assist any Group Company in obtaining or retaining business for, or with, or directing business to, any Person.

(b) the taking of any action by any Person which (i) would violate the FCPA, if taken by an entity subject to the FCPA, or (ii) could reasonably be expected to constitute a violation of any applicable Compliance Law, or

(c) the making of any false or fictitious entries in the books or records of any Group Company by any Person, or

(d) the using of any assets of any Group Company for the establishment of any unlawful or unrecorded fund of monies or other assets, or the making of any unlawful or undisclosed payment.

(ii) No Group Company or any of its Representatives has ever been found by a Governmental Authority to have violated any criminal or securities Law or is subject to any indictment or any government investigation for bribery. None of the beneficial owners of any Equity Securities or other interest in any Group Company or the current or former Representatives of any Group Company are or were Public Officials.

(iii) No Group Company or any of its Representatives is a Prohibited Person, and no Prohibited Person will be given an offer to become an employee, officer, consultant or director of any Group Company. No Group Company has conducted or agreed to conduct any business, or entered into or agreed to enter into any transaction with a Prohibited Person.

 

20


3.17 Title; Properties.

(i) Title; Personal Property . Each Group Company has good and valid title to all of its respective assets, whether tangible or intangible (including those reflected in the Balance Sheet, together with all assets acquired thereby since the Statement Date, but excluding those that have been disposed of since the Statement Date), in each case free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens. The foregoing assets collectively represent all assets (including all rights and properties) necessary for the conduct of the business of each Group Company in the manner conducted during the periods covered by the Financial Statements and as presently conducted. All leases of real or personal property to which a Group Company is a party afford the Group Company valid leasehold possession of the real or personal property that is the subject of the lease. All vehicles, equipment and other tangible personal property owned or leased by a Group Company are (a) in good condition and repair in all respects (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and (b) not obsolete or in need in any respect of renewal or replacement, except for renewal or replacement in the ordinary course of business. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties which are used in connection with the business of the Company Group and which are shared with any other entity that is not a Group Company.

(ii) Real Property . No Group Company owns or has legal or equitable title or other right or interest in any real property other than as held pursuant to Leases. Section  3.17(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each leasehold interest pursuant to which any Group Company holds any real property (a “ Lease ”), indicating the parties to such Lease, the address of the property demised under the Lease, the rent payable under the Lease and the term of the Lease. The particulars of the Leases as set forth in Section  3.17(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule are true and complete. There is no claim asserted or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened by any Person regarding the lessor’s ownership of the property demised pursuant to each Lease. Each Lease is in compliance with applicable Laws in all material respects, including with respect to the ownership and operation of property and conduct of business as now conducted by the applicable Group Company which is a party to such Lease. Each Group Company which is party to a Lease is in actual possession thereof and has not sublet, assigned or hypothecated its leasehold interest. There exists no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened condemnation, confiscation, eminent domain proceeding, dispute, claim, demand or similar proceeding with respect to, or which could adversely affect, the continued use and enjoyment of such leasehold interests. There are no circumstances that would entitle any Governmental Authority or other Person to take possession or otherwise restrict use, possession or occupation of any property subject to any Leases. The use and operation of the real properties subject to the Leases by the Group Companies is in compliance with the scope of use provided in the applicable title certificates, land use certificates and all applicable Laws, including, without limitation, all applicable building codes, environmental, zoning, subdivision, and land use laws. None of the Group Companies has received notice from any Governmental Authority advising it of a violation (or an alleged violation) of any such laws or regulations.

 

21


3.18 Related Party Transactions . Other than (i) as set forth in Section  3.2(i) and Section  3.18 of the Disclosure Schedule or (ii) any Contract, understanding, indebtedness or proposed transaction between the Group Companies, no Related Party has any Contract, understanding, or proposed transaction with, or is indebted to, any Group Company or has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Group Company, nor is any Group Company indebted (or committed to make loans or extend or guarantee credit) to any Related Party (other than for accrued salaries, reimbursable expenses or other standard employee benefits), which, in each case, involves obligations (contingent or otherwise) or payments in excess of RMB1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate. No Related Party has any direct or indirect interest in any Person with which a Group Company is affiliated or with which a Group Company has a material business relationship (including any Person which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to a Group Company any goods, intellectual or other property rights or services), or any Person that directly or indirectly competes with any Group Company (other than ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the stock of publicly traded companies), or any Contract to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected.

3.19 Intellectual Property Rights.

(i) Company IP . Each Group Company owns or otherwise has the sufficient rights (including but not limited to the rights of development, maintenance, licensing and sale) to all Intellectual Property necessary and sufficient to conduct its business as currently conducted by such Group Company (“ Company IP ”) without any conflict with or infringement of the rights of any other Person. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Company Owned IP ” means Intellectual Property owned by, purported to be owned by, or licensed to, the Group Companies. Section  3.19(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Company Registered IP for each Group Company, including for each the relevant name or description, registration/certification or application number, and filing, registration or issue date.

(ii) IP Ownership . All Company Registered IP is owned by and registered or applied for solely in the name of a Group Company, is valid and subsisting and has not been abandoned, and all necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees with respect thereto and currently due have been satisfied. No Group Company or any of its employees, officers or directors has taken any actions or failed to take any actions that would cause any Company Owned IP to be invalid, unenforceable or not subsisting. No material Company Owned IP is the subject of any Lien, license or other Contract granting rights therein to any other Person. No Company Owned IP is subject to any proceeding or outstanding Governmental Order or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof, or any Group Company’s products or services, by any Group Company or may affect the validity, use or enforceability of such Company Owned IP. Each Principal has assigned and transferred to a Group Company any and all of his/her Intellectual Property related to the Business. No Group Company has (a) transferred or assigned any material Company IP; (b) authorized the joint ownership of, any material Company IP; or (c) permitted the rights of any Group Company in any material Company IP to lapse or enter the public domain.

(iii) Infringement, Misappropriation and Claims . No Group Company has violated, infringed or misappropriated any Intellectual Property of any other Person, nor has any Group Company received any written notice alleging any of the foregoing. No Person has challenged the ownership or use of the Company IP by a Group Company. No Group Company has agreed to indemnify any Person for any infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property by such Person.

(iv) Protection of IP . Except as disclosed in Section  3.19(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company has taken reasonable and appropriate steps to register, protect, maintain and safeguard material Company IP and made all appropriate filings, registrations and payments of fees in connection with the foregoing.

 

22


3.20 Labor and Employment Matters.

(i) Each Group Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws related to labor or employment, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, working conditions, benefits, retirement, social welfare, equal opportunity and collective bargaining. There is not pending or to the Knowledge of the Warrantors threatened, and there has not been during the three (3) years prior to the date of this Agreement, any Action relating to the violation or alleged violation of any applicable Laws by any Group Company related to labor or employment, including any charge or complaint filed by an employee with any Governmental Authority or any Group Company.

(ii) Section 3.20(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of each Benefit Plan currently adopted, maintained, or contributed to by any Group Company or under which any Group Company has any Liability or under which any employee or former employee of any Group Company has any present or future right to benefits. Except for required contributions or benefit accruals for the current plan year, no Liability has been or is expected to be incurred by any Group Companies under or pursuant to any applicable Laws relating to any Benefit Plan or individual employment compensation agreement, and, no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that would result in any such Liability to any Group Companies. Each of the Benefit Plans listed in Section  3.20(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule is and has at all times been in compliance with all applicable Laws (including without limitation, SAFE Rules and Regulations, if applicable), and all contributions to, and payments for each such Benefit Plan have been timely made. There are no pending or threatened Actions involving any Benefit Plan listed in Section  3.20(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule (except for claims for benefits payable in the normal operation of any Benefit Plan). Each Group Company maintains, and has fully funded, each Benefit Plan and any other labor-related plans that it is required by Law or by Contract to maintain. Each Group Company is in compliance with all Laws and Contracts relating to its provision of any form of Social Insurance, and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Social Insurance contributions required under applicable Laws and Contracts.

(iii) No Group Companies is bound by or subject to (and none of their assets or properties is bound by or subject to) any written or oral Contract, commitment or arrangement with any labor union or any collective bargaining agreements.

(iv) Section 3.20(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule enumerates each Key Employee, along with each such individual’s title. Each such individual is currently devoting all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the applicable Group Company. No such individual is subject to any covenant restricting him/her from working for any Group Company. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no such individual is obligated under, or in material violation of any term of, any Contract or any Governmental Order relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, such Group Company. No Group Company has received any notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. No such individual is currently working or plans to work for any other Person that competes with any Group Company, whether or not such individual is or will be compensated by such Person. No such individual or any group of employees of any Group Company has given any notice of an intent to terminate their employment with any Group Company, nor does any Group Company have a present intention to terminate the employment of any such individual or any group of employees.

 

23


(v) The following will not conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any Contract, covenant or instrument under which any of such employees, consultants or service providers of any Group Company is now obligated: (i) the execution, delivery and performance of any of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents; (ii) the adoption by the Company of the Memorandum and Articles, (iii) the carrying on of any Group Company’s business by the employees thereof; and (iv) the conduct of the business of any Group Company as currently conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

3.21 Insurance. No Group Company has obtained or maintained any insurance policies since its incorporation or establishment.

3.22 Internal Controls. Each Group Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions by it are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions by it are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with the Accounting Standards and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets of it is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (iv) the recorded accountability for assets of it is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any material differences, (v) segregating duties for cash deposits, cash reconciliation, cash payment, proper approval is established, and (vi) any personal assets or bank accounts of the employees, directors, officers are not mingled with the corporate assets or corporate bank account, and no Group Company uses any personal bank accounts of any employees, directors, officers thereof during the operation of the business unless the use of such personal bank accounts is temporary and transitional before any corporate bank accounts are opened and established.

3.23 Entire Business. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties shared with or provided by any other entity which is not a Group Company, which are used in connection with any business of any Group Company.

3.24 No Brokers . Except as disclosed in Section  3.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither any Group Company nor any of its Affiliates has any Contract with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any of the Transaction Documents, and none of them has incurred any Liability for any brokerage fees, agents’ fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with any of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein.

3.25 Safety Laws. Except as disclosed in Section  3.25 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Group Company is in compliance with all safety Laws, which compliance includes the possession by each Group Company of all permits and other Government Authorizations required under applicable safety Laws and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof. No Group Company has received, since their inceptions, any communication from a governmental authority that alleges that it is not in such full compliance.

3.26 Key Founder and His Holding Company . As the date hereof, the Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco own the outstanding Ordinary Shares listed opposite his/its name on Schedule I attached hereto. The Key Founder Holdco is not engaged in any business or activities except for the holding of Ordinary Shares of the Company.

 

24


3.27 Disclosure. No representation or warranty by the Warrantors in this Agreement and no information or materials provided by the Warrantors to the Holder in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Agreement or any agreement contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading. Except as set forth in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule, there is no fact that the Company has not disclosed to the Holder in writing and of which any of its officers, directors or executive employees has knowledge and that has had or would reasonably be expected to have any Material Adverse Effect.

4. Representations and Warranties of the Holder. The Holder hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

4.1 Authorization. The Holder has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All action on the part of the Holder (and, as applicable, its officers, directors and shareholders) necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, and the performance of all obligations of the Holder thereunder, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. Each Transaction Document has been duly executed and delivered by the Holder (to the extent the Holder is a party and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Holder), enforceable against the Holder in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by Laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

4.2 Purchase for Own Account. The Note will be acquired for the Holder’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to or in connection with the sale or distribution of any part thereof.

4.3 Sufficient Funds . The Holder represents that it will maintain sufficient funds as of the Closing Date to fulfil its obligations to pay the Company the Purchase Price pursuant to this Agreement.

4.4 Status of Holder . The Holder is either (i) an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, under the Securities Act, or (ii) not a “U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S of the Securities Act. The Holder has the knowledge, sophistication and experience necessary to make an investment decision like that involved in the purchase of the Note and can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Note.

5. Conditions to the Holder s Obligations at the Closing. The consummation of the Closing under Section  2.2 of this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of the Holder on or prior to the Closing, or waiver by the Holder, of the following conditions:

5.1 Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Section  3 shall have been true and complete when made and shall be true and complete on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing, except in either case for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which representations will have been true and complete as of such particular date.

 

25


5.2 Performance. Each Warrantor shall have performed and complied with all obligations and conditions contained in the Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by them, on or before the Closing.

5.3 Authorizations. All Consents of any competent Governmental Authority or of any other Person that are required to be obtained by any Warrantor in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents shall have been duly obtained and effective as of the Closing, and evidence thereof shall have been delivered to the Holder.

5.4 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions to be completed and all documents incident thereto, including without limitation written approval from all of the then current holders of equity interests of each Group Company that is a party to any Transaction Documents, as applicable, with respect to this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, shall have been completed in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder, and the Holder shall have received all such counterpart original or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request.

5.5 Transaction Documents. Each of the parties to the Transaction Documents, other than the Holder, shall have executed and delivered such Transaction Documents to the Holder.

5.6 Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement . The Domestic Company shall have entered into an equity interest pledge agreement ( LOGO LOGO ) with Beijing CICC Alpha No. 3 Equity Investment Partnership Enterprise (Limited Partnership) ( LOGO LOGO  ( LOGO ) ) (“ Beijing CICC Alpha ”) in the form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Company (the “ Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement ”). The equity pledge as contemplated under the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement shall have been duly registered with competent PRC Governmental Authorities and a certified true copy of such registration shall have been furnished to the Holder.

5.7 Letter of Undertaking. The Key Founder shall have entered into a letter of undertaking with the Holder, Beijing CICC Alpha and other parties (if any) in form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Company (the “ Letter of Undertaking ”).

5.8 Cayman Legal Opinion. The Holder shall have received from an opinion from the Cayman counsel for the Company, dated as of the Closing and in the form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Company.

5.9 Indemnification Agreement. The Company shall have delivered to the Holder a copy of an indemnification agreement between the Company and the director of the Company designated by the Holder, duly executed by the Company (the “ Indemnification Agreement ”) in form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Company.

5.10 Board of Directors. The Company shall have taken all necessary corporate action (including passing resolutions to approve the appointment of the Holder Director to take effect immediately upon the Closing but other than the filing of the updated register of directors with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands) such that immediately following the Closing the board of directors of the Company shall have seven (7) members, among which one (1) shall be designated by the Holder (the “ Holder Director ”).

 

26


5.11 Share Mortgage . The Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco shall have: (a) entered into a share mortgage with the Holder in the form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Company (the “ Share Mortgage ”), pursuant to which the Key Founder Holdco shall charge the Ordinary Shares held by it representing 8.3% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company as of the Closing in favor of the Holder, to secure the performance by the Warrantors of their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents; and (b) performed and complied with all obligations under the Share Mortgage that are required to be performed or complied with by them on the execution of the Share Mortgage (including the obligations to perfect the share mortgages pursuant to the terms of the Share Mortgage).

5.12 Joint bank Account Beijing and Global ET Transactions . The Warrantor shall procure either of the following two actions to be completed on or prior to the Closing: (a) an additional bank account of the Company (the “ Joint Bank Account ”) shall be established and any transaction in relation to the Joint Bank Account shall require the joint signatures of both a representative designated by the Company and a representative designated by the Holder in writing, provided, that (i) any transfer or disbursement from the Joint Bank Account for the payment by the Company in connection with its acquisition of 100% of the equity interest in Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd. ( LOGO ) (“ Beijing Global ET ”) directly or indirectly held by an Affiliate of PEARSON PLC.(the “ Beijing Global ET Transactions ”) shall not be subject to the foregoing joint signature requirements, and (ii) the foregoing joint signature requirements shall cease to apply after the VIE Completion Date (as defined below); or (b) (x) All the transaction documents in connection with Beijing Global ET Transactions shall have been duly executed, copies of which shall have been made available to the Holder at the principal office of the Company, and (y) Proof of funds obtained from sources other than the Holder for consummation of the Beijing Global ET Transactions shall have been provided to the Holder such that assuming the Purchase Price is funded in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall have funds sufficient for the consummation of the Beijing Global ET Transactions immediately after the Closing.

5.13 Other Investors . Copies of all the term sheets, definitive agreements and other relevant documents entered into by any Group Company with any investor not affiliated with the Holder in connection with such investor’s investments in any Group Company or the purchase of any assets from any Group Company (the “ Other Investment Documents ”) shall have been provided to the Holder and the Holder shall be reasonably satisfied that such Other Investment Documents shall not grant such other investor any rights, privileges or protections more favorable than those granted to the Holder under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents in all material respects.

5.14 Execution of Loan Agreement . The Key Founder and the Domestic Company shall have entered into a loan agreement with Beijing CICC Alpha or another Person designated by the Holder, in form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Company.

5.15 Employment Contract . The Domestic Company shall have entered into an employment contract with Zhang Hongwei with a term of no less than three (3) years, and the evidencing documents shall have been delivered to the Holder to its reasonable satisfaction.

5.16 No Material Adverse Effect . There shall have been no Material Adverse Effect since the Statement Date.

 

27


5.17 Closing Certificate . The chief executive officer of the Company shall have executed and delivered to the Holder at the Closing a certificate dated as of the Closing (i) stating that the conditions specified in this Section  5 have been fulfilled as of the Closing, and (ii) attaching thereto copies of all resolutions approved by the shareholders and boards of directors of each Group Company that is a party to any Transaction Documents related to the transactions contemplated under the Transaction Documents, other than the shareholders resolutions of the Domestic Company.

6. Conditions to the Company s Obligations at the Closing. The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing under Section  2 of this Agreement, unless otherwise waived in writing by the Company, are subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions:

6.1 Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Holder contained in Section  4 shall have been true and complete when made and shall be true and complete on and as of the Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing, except in either case for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which representations will have been true and complete as of such particular date.

6.2 Performance . The Holder shall have performed and complied with all covenants, obligations and conditions contained in the Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

6.3 Email Confirmation . The Holder shall have confirmed by an email to the Company at the Closing that the conditions specified in this Section  6 have been fulfilled as of the Closing.

7. Covenants; Miscellaneous.

7.1 Covenants.

(i) The Warrantors shall procure the Group Companies not to declare, set aside, pay or otherwise distribute any dividends or profits in respect of any Equity Securities of any Group Company until the full repayment or conversion of the Note in accordance with the terms thereof.

(ii) The Warrantors shall procure each Key Employee to, as soon as practicable after the Closing, enter into an employment agreement and a confidentiality, non-compete and invention assignment agreement or an employment agreement containing confidentiality, non-compete and invention assignment provisions in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Holder.

(iii) Upon full or partial conversion of the Note in accordance with the terms thereof, the Warrantors and the Holder shall enter into a shareholders agreement with the Holder being treated thereunder as a holder of the Conversion Shares issued to the Holder pursuant to the Note.

(iv) The Warrantors and the Holder shall comply with all the provisions under the other Transaction Documents, including without limitation, the covenants and undertakings set forth in Schedule B of the Note.

 

28


(v) As soon as practically possible following the Closing and to the extent permitted under applicable PRC laws, the WFOE (upon its formation) shall, and the Key Founder shall cause the WFOE (upon its formation) to have all the intellectual property rights, including without limitation software copyrights, trademarks and domain names necessary for the operation of the Group Companies registered with the competent PRC authorities under the name of the WFOE (upon its formation) unless such intellectual property rights are required to be registered under the name of the Domestic Company for the purpose of its obtaining the requisite operational license of the Domestic Company or for compliance with applicable PRC Laws, as determined by the Board of Directors.

(vi) Within ten (10) Business Days after the Closing, the Company shall file the updated register of directors reflecting the Holder Director as a member of the Board of Directors to the Registry of Affairs of the Cayman Islands.

(vii) Each of the Key Founder, the Key Founder Holdco and the Holder shall perform and comply with all of their respective obligations in accordance with the Share Mortgage.

(viii) As soon as practicable after the VIE Completion Date, the Warrantors and the Holder shall terminate the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreements and release the mortgage on such number of shares representing four point one five percent (4.15%) of the outstanding shares of the Company as of the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Share Mortgage.

(ix) The Warrantors shall, between the date of this Agreement and the Closing, ensure: (a) the Group (1) to operate its business in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, (2) use its reasonable best efforts to preserve its business, (3) collect accounts receivable and pay accounts payable and similar obligations in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, and (4) not engage in any new line of business or enter into any agreement, transaction or activity or make any commitment except for those in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and (b) except for the necessary actions to consummate the transactions and to establish the Captive Structure as contemplated hereunder or as disclosed in Section  3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Group will not conduct any of the activities set forth under paragraphs (i) through (xv) under Section  3.12 hereof and under paragraph 2 of Schedule B of the Note, in each case, without the prior written consent of the Holder.

(x) From and after the date of this Agreement, except as contemplated under the Share Mortgage, without prior written consent of the Holder, the Key Founder shall not:

(a) sell, transfer, assign, grant any Lien over or otherwise dispose of any of his direct or indirect interest in any Group Company, except for the transfer of Ordinary Shares by the Key Founder Holdco to any third party up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing, or the transfer of ordinary shares by the Key Founder in the Key Founder Holdco to any third party that may result in an indirect transfer of up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing; or

(b) cease to Control any Group Company.

 

29


(xi) From and after the date of this Agreement, the Warrantors undertake that if there is any change of equity interest in any Group Company, the holders of equity interest in such Group Company following such change shall hold their equity interest in compliance with applicable Laws and complete all examination and approval, registration or filing with respect thereto as required by applicable Laws.

(xii) The Warrantors shall procure all the undertakings set forth under Schedule III attached hereto (the “ Additional Covenants ”) to be duly completed and/or complied with within the prescribed time period provided therein or as soon as practicable following the Closing if no specific time period is provided, and deliver the documents evidencing such completion and/or compliance to the Holder to its reasonable satisfaction.

7.2 Completion of SAFE Registration; Compliance . The Warrantors shall procure each holder or beneficial owner of an Equity Security of a Group Company (each a “ Security Holder ”), who is a “Domestic Resident” as defined in Circular 37 (including but not limited to the individuals set forth in Appendix C hereto) and is subject to any of the registration or reporting requirements of Circular 37 to, as soon as practicable after the Closing, comply with the SAFE Rules and Regulations and fully complete their reporting obligations thereunder with respect to their holding of shares direct or indirect holding of shares in the Group Companies, if applicable. The Warrantors shall procure each Group Company to comply with all applicable Laws in connection with the conduct of their respective business, including but not limited to the laws regarding foreign investments, corporate registration and filing, import and export, customs administration, foreign exchange, telecommunication and e-commerce, intellectual property rights, labor and social welfare, and taxation.

7.3 Captive Structure and Control Documents . As soon as practicable but in any event no later than six (6) months after the Closing, the Warrantors shall procure to establish the Captive Structure as follows: (i) the WFOE shall be duly incorporated by the HK Company; (ii) the Prior Agreements shall be terminated and the Control Documents shall be duly executed by the parties thereto and delivered to the Holder; (iii) Trustbridge Partners and its Affiliate(s) (including Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. ( LOGO LOGO ) and Ningbo Trustbridge New Economy II Equity Investment Limited Partnership) ( LOGO LOGO   ( LOGO )) shall cease to hold any equity interest in the Domestic Company (except for any equity interest to be beneficially owned by Trustbridge Partners and its Affiliate(s) in the Domestic Company through its shareholding in the Company and the operation of the Captive Structure); (iv) the Domestic Company shall complete the registration with respect to the equity pledge contemplated under the Control Documents with the competent PRC administration for industry and commerce and provide the Holder with the written records evidencing such equity pledge registration in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder; and (v) all necessary corporate authorization and approval for execution, delivery and performance of such Control Documents, as applicable, shall have been duly obtained (the date of completion of the matters set forth in subsections (i) through (v) above, the “ VIE Completion Date ”). If the Company fails to complete all the matters listed in subsections (i) through (v) above within six (6) months after the Closing, the Company shall, and the Warrantors shall cause the Company to, repay the principal balance of the Note to the Holder at a price equal to 1.3 times of the Purchase Price upon request of the Holder and pursuant to the terms of the Note. The Warrantors undertake to the Holder that (a) the Company will at all times control the operations of each other Group Company and will at all times be permitted to properly consolidate the financial results for each other Group Company in the consolidated financial statements for the Company prepared under the then applicable accounting standards through the operation of the Captive Structure, and (b) the Captive Structure will be suitable for the launching and completion of a public offering of the Equity Securities of the Company (or as the case may be, the shares or securities of the relevant entity resulting from any merger, reorganization or other arrangements made by or to the Company for the purposes of public offering) on a stock exchange outside the territory of the PRC.

 

30


7.4 Key Founder’s Guarantee . Each of the Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as a continuing obligation, the full and punctual payment and due performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement and the Note. If and to the extent the Company has failed to pay any monies due and payable to the Holder under the Note, whether at its scheduled due date, upon acceleration, termination or otherwise, the Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco shall promptly pay such monies to the Holder on demand and in currency as set forth under the Note. The obligations of the Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco hereunder shall be a continuing guarantee on a joint and several basis, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Company has fully and properly performed all its obligations under this Agreement and the Note, notwithstanding the insolvency or liquidation or any incapacity or change in the constitution or status of the Company. This is a guarantee of payment, and not merely of collection. Each of the Key Founder and the Key Founder Holdco further agree to pay all costs, fees and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees of outside counsel) incurred by the Holder in connection with enforcing or exercising its rights hereunder or arising from any breach by the Key Founder and/or the Key Founder Holdco of the provisions under this Agreement and the Note. In no event shall the Holder be obligated to take any action, obtain any judgment or file any claim prior to enforcing the guarantee provided hereunder. The Holder’s rights under this Section  7.4 shall be in addition to, but not in substitution for, any security interest, guarantee or other security or right or remedy now or at any time hereafter held by or available to the Holder.

7.5 Further Assurances. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein, each of the Parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all actions, to do or cause to be done, to execute such further instruments, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties hereto in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws or otherwise to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and, to the extent reasonably requested by another Party, to enforce rights and obligations pursuant hereto or thereto.

7.6 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties hereto whose rights or obligations hereunder are affected by such terms and conditions. This Agreement and the rights and obligations therein may not be assigned by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Parties, provided that, this Agreement and the rights and obligations herein may be assigned by the Holder to any of its Affiliates (other than the Competitor of the Group Companies). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party other than the Parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

7.7 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the Laws of Hong Kong, without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder.

 

31


7.8 Dispute Resolution.

(i) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

(ii) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong.

(iii) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section  7.8 , including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section  7.8 shall prevail.

(iv) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

(v) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

(vi) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive Laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive Law.

(vii) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

(viii) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

(ix) The Parties to this Agreement agree to the consolidation of arbitrations under the Transaction Documents in accordance with the following:

 

32


(a) In the event of two or more arbitrations having been commenced under any of the Transaction Documents, the tribunal in the arbitration first filed (the “ Principal Tribunal ”) may in its sole discretion, upon the application of any party to the arbitrations, order that the proceedings be consolidated before the Principal Tribunal if (A) there are issues of fact and/or law common to the arbitrations, (B) the interests of justice and efficiency would be served by such a consolidation, and (C) no prejudice would be caused to any party in any material respect as a result of such consolidation, whether through undue delay or otherwise. Such application shall be made as soon as practicable and the party making such application shall give notice to the other parties to the arbitrations.

(b) The Principal Tribunal shall be empowered to (but shall not be obliged to) order at its discretion, after inviting written (and where desired oral) representations from the parties that all or any of such arbitrations shall be consolidated or heard together and/or that the arbitrations be heard immediately after another and shall establish a procedure accordingly. All Parties shall take such steps as are necessary to give effect and force to any orders of the Principal Tribunal.

(c) If the Principal Tribunal makes an order for consolidation, it: (A) shall thereafter, to the exclusion of other arbitral tribunals, have jurisdiction to resolve all disputes forming part of the consolidation order; (B) shall order that notice of the consolidation order and its effect be given immediately to any arbitrators already appointed in relation to the disputes that were consolidated under the consolidation order; and (C) may also give such directions as it considers appropriate (x) to give effect to the consolidation and make provision for any costs which may result from it (including costs in any arbitration rendered functus officio under this Section  7.8 ); and (y) to ensure the proper organization of the arbitration proceedings and that all the issues between the parties are properly formulated and resolved.

(d) Upon the making of the consolidation order, any appointment of arbitrators relating to arbitrations that have been consolidated by the Principal Tribunal (except for the appointment of the arbitrators of the Principal Tribunal itself) shall for all purposes cease to have effect and such arbitrators are deemed to be functus officio, on and from the date of the consolidation order. Such cessation is without prejudice to (A) the validity of any acts done or orders made by such arbitrators before termination, (B) such arbitrators’ entitlement to be paid their proper fees and disbursements and (C) the date when any claim or defence was raised for the purpose of applying any limitation period or any like rule or provision.

(e) The Parties hereby waive any objections they may have as to the validity and/or enforcement of any arbitral awards made by the Principal Tribunal following the consolidation of disputes or arbitral proceedings in accordance with this Section  7.8 where such objections are based solely on the fact that consolidation of the same has occurred.

 

33


7.9 Notices. Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address of the relevant Party as shown on Schedule II (or at such other address as such Party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties to this Agreement given in accordance with this Section  7.9 ). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the earlier of (i) delivery (or when delivery is refused) and (ii) expiration of two (2) Business Days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid, if such day is a Business Day and if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, otherwise the next Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a “with a copy to” address is designated, notice must also be given to such address in the manner above for such notice, request, consent or other communication hereunder to be effective.

7.10 Survival of Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Section  3 of this Agreement (other than those contained in in Section  3.9 of this Agreement) shall survive the Closing for a period of thirty-six (36) months; provided, that, the representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Section  3.9 of this Agreement shall survive the Closing indefinitely. The covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the term of or full performance of the undertaking set forth in such covenants and agreements.

7.11 Indemnity.

(i) Each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Holder (each an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses suffered by such Indemnified Party, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from any breach or nonperformance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by any Warrantor in or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

(ii) An Indemnified Party seeking indemnification with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss shall give prompt written notice to the party required to provide indemnity hereunder (the “ Indemnifying Party ”). If any claim, demand or Liability is asserted by any third party against any Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall upon the written request of the Indemnified Party, defend any actions or proceedings brought against the Indemnified Party in respect of matters embraced by the indemnity under this Section  7.11 . Any dispute related to this Section  7.11 shall be resolved pursuant to Section  7.8 .

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Disclosure Schedule, each Warrantor shall jointly and severally indemnify at all times and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against (i) any Indemnifiable Losses, and (ii) any Taxes imposed on the Indemnified Party by any PRC Governmental Authority in connection with its investment in the Company attributable to (x) any Taxes of any Group Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the Closing and the portion through the end of the Closing for any taxable period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing, (y) all liability for any Taxes of any other person imposed by any Governmental Authority on any Group Company as a transferee, successor, withholding agent, or accomplice in connection with an event or transaction occurring before the Closing, and (z) all liability for Taxes attributable to any misrepresentation or breach of warranty made in Section  3.9 of this Agreement.

 

34


(iv) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Disclosure Schedule, each Warrantor shall jointly and severally indemnify at all times and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses suffered by such Indemnified Party, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from the failure of any Group Company to timely obtain any Consent from the competent government authority in accordance with the applicable Laws, or the non-payment or underpayment of Social Insurance or housing fund contributions by any Group Company, or any action, suit, arbitration or other court proceeding in which any Group Company was or is involved, pending or threatened, due to the facts existing prior to the Closing even if the liability is actually incurred after the Closing, or the failure of any Security Holder to comply with the SAFE Rules and Regulations.

(v) Limitation on the Warrantors’ Liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

(a) The maximum liability of the Warrantors to the Holder for any claims in respect of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made by any Warrantor in or pursuant to this Agreement under this Section  7.11 (collectively, the “ Indemnified Party Claims ” and each an “ Indemnified Party Claim ”) shall be limited to 100% of the Purchase Price.

(b) Any Warrantor is not liable in respect of an Indemnified Party Claim unless the amount of such Indemnified Party Claim exceeds RMB300,000 (or its equivalent in other currency), in which case the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to recover 100% of the amount of such Indemnified Party Claim (but subject to the limitations provided in the foregoing paragraph (a)). For this purpose, a number of claims arising out of the same, related, or similar matters, facts, or circumstances shall be aggregated and form a single claim.

(c) None of paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) under Sections 7.11 shall be applicable before any partial or full conversion of the Note into the Ordinary Shares or Preferred Shares of the Company. No Indemnified Party Claims under this Section  7.11 shall be brought by an Indemnified Party against any Indemnifying Party until the full or partial conversion of the Note into the Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms thereof.

(d) Nothing in this Section  7.11(v) shall have the effect of limiting or restricting any liability of the Warrantors in respect of any claim arising as a result of or in connection with any fraud, willful misconduct or intentional misrepresentation.

7.12 Rights Cumulative; Specific Performance . Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of a party hereto will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such Party may have at Law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to such Party. Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties hereto acknowledge and agree irreparable harm may occur for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to injunction to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

35


7.13 Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all of its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company shall pay or reimburse at the Closing all reasonable costs and expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Holder up to a maximum of RMB2,000,000 which shall include all expenses and costs, including out-of-pocket expenses and third party consulting or advisory expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents after the Holder provides the Company with all the receipts, invoice, Fapiao or other documents proving the incurrence and payment of such costs and expenses; provided, however, if the Closing fails to occur due to any reason solely attributable to the Holder, all costs and expenses incurred by the Holder shall be borne by the Holder. If any action at Law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. As of the date of this Agreement, the Holder shall provide the Company with a full copy of all the reports of the due diligence investigations conducted on the Group Companies by the Holder itself or the professional advisers engaged by the Holder.

7.14 Confidentiality.

(i) The terms and conditions of this Agreement, any term sheet or memorandum of understanding entered into pursuant to the transactions contemplated hereby, all exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto, the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including their existence, and all information furnished by any Party hereto and by representatives of such Parties to any other Party hereof or any of the representatives of such Parties (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), shall be considered confidential information and shall not be disclosed by any Party hereto to any third party except in accordance with the provisions set forth below.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Party may disclose (a) the Confidential Information to its current or bona fide prospective investors, Affiliates, target companies it intends to acquire and their respective employees, bankers, accountants or legal counsels who need to know such information, in each case only where such persons or entities are informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and are under appropriate nondisclosure obligations substantially similar to those set forth in this Section  7.14 , (b) such Confidential Information as is required to be disclosed pursuant to routine examination requests from Governmental Authorities with authority to regulate such Party’s operations, in each case as such Party deems appropriate in good faith, and (c) the Confidential Information to any Person to which disclosure is approved in writing by the other Parties. Any Party hereto may also provide disclosure in order to comply with applicable Laws, as set forth in Section  7.14(iii) below.

(iii) Except as set forth in Section  7.14(ii) above, in the event that any Party is requested or becomes legally compelled (including without limitation, pursuant to any applicable tax, securities, other Laws of any jurisdiction, or any applicable stock exchange rules or regulations) to disclose the existence of this Agreement or any Confidential Information, such party (the “ Disclosing Party ”) shall provide the other Parties hereto with prompt written notice of that fact and shall consult with the other Parties hereto regarding such disclosure. At the request of any other Parties, the Disclosing Party shall, to the extent reasonably possible and with the cooperation and reasonable efforts of the other Parties, seek a protective order, confidential treatment or other appropriate remedy. In any event, the Disclosing Party shall furnish only that portion of the information that is legally required and shall exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.

(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section  7.14 , the confidentiality obligations of the Parties shall not apply to: (a) information which a restricted party learns from a third party which the receiving party reasonably believes to have the right to make the disclosure, provided the restricted party complies with any restrictions imposed by the third party; (b) information which is rightfully in the restricted party’s possession prior to the time of disclosure by the protected party and not acquired by the restricted party under a confidentiality obligation; or (c) information which enters the public domain without breach of confidentiality by the restricted party.

 

36


7.15 Finder s Fee. The Holder agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finders’ fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Holder or any of its officers, partners, employees or representatives is responsible. Each Warrantor agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless the Holder from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finders’ fee (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

7.16 Severability. In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any such applicable Law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such Law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

7.17 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended, only with the written consent of both the holders of a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares and the Holder. Any amendment effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each of the Parties hereto. The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Party against whom such waiver is sought.

7.18 No Waiver . Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

7.19 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting Party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

7.20 No Presumption. The Parties acknowledge that any applicable Law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made by a Party relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of any Party or its counsel.

 

37


7.21 Headings and Subtitles; Interpretation. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. Unless a provision hereof expressly provides otherwise: (i) the term “or” is not exclusive; (ii) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; (iii) the terms “herein”, “hereof”, and other similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, clause, or other subdivision; (iv) the term “including” will be deemed to be followed by, “but not limited to”, (v) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will each be deemed to include the others; (vi) the terms “shall”, “will”, and “agrees” are mandatory, and the term “may” is permissive; (vii) the term “day” means “calendar day”, and “month” means calendar month, (viii) all references in this Agreement to designated “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Sections and other subdivisions of the body of this Agreement, (ix) all references in this Agreement to designated Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices are to the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices attached to this Agreement, (x) the phrase “directly or indirectly” means directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediate Persons or through contractual or other arrangements, and “direct or indirect” has the correlative meaning, (xi) references to laws include any such law modifying, re-enacting, extending or made pursuant to the same or which is modified, re-enacted, or extended by the same or pursuant to which the same is made, (xii) each representation, warranty, agreement, and covenant contained herein will have independent significance, regardless of whether also addressed by a different or more specific representation, warranty, agreement, or covenant, (xiii) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned under the Accounting Standards, (xiv) pronouns of either gender or neuter shall include, as appropriate, the other pronoun forms, (xv) references to this Agreement, any other Transaction Documents and any other document shall be construed as references to such document as the same may be amended, supplemented or novated from time to time, and (xvi) all references to dollars or to “US$” are to currency of the United States of America and all references to RMB are to currency of the PRC (and each shall be deemed to include reference to the equivalent amount in other currencies).

7.22 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

7.23 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents, together with all schedules and exhibits hereto and thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the Parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof, and supersede all other agreements between or among any of the Parties with respect to the subject matters hereof and thereof.

7.24 Use of English Language . This Agreement has been executed and delivered in the English language. Any translation of this Agreement into another language shall have no interpretive effect. All documents or notices to be delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be in the English language or, if any such document or notice is not in the English language, accompanied by an English translation thereof, and the English language version of any such document or notice shall control for purposes thereof.

 

38


7.25 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated: (i) by mutual written consent of the Company and the Holder, (ii) by the Holder by issuing a written notice to the Company if all the conditions set forth in Section  5 have not been satisfied or waived by the Holder on or prior to August 16, 2017 or another date mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Holder, or (iii) by the Company by issuing a written notice to the Holder if all the conditions set forth in Section  5 have been satisfied or waived by the Holder on or prior to August 16, 2017 or another date mutually agreed upon by the Company but the Holder fails to pay the Purchase Price pursuant to Section  2.2 on or prior to August 23, 2017 or another date mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Holder. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in this Sections 7.25 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party.

[ The remainder of this page has been left intentionally blank ]

 

39


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

GROUP COMPANIES :        Puxin Limited
   By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

   Name:   Sha Yunlong( LOGO )
   Title   Director
   Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO )
   By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

   Name:   Sha Yunlong( LOGO )
   Title   Director
  

Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO

LOGO )

   By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

   Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
   Title   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

KEY FOUNDER :

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )

KEY FOUNDER HOLDCO :

 

Long bright Limited
By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized representatives to execute this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

HOLDER :

 

CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited
By:  

/s/ Wang Lu

Name:   Wang Lu ( LOGO )
Title   Authorized Signatory

Exhibit 4.11

AMENDMENT TO CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT TO CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), is made and entered into on September 28, 2017 by and among:

1. Puxin Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”),

2. Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO ), a company incorporated under the Laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“ Hong Kong ”) (the “ HK Subsidiary ”),

3. Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO ), a company established under the Laws of the PRC (the “ Domestic Company ”),

4. Mr. Sha Yunlong, a PRC citizen with PRC ID number [                    ] (the “ Key Founder ”),

5. Long bright Limited, a company wholly owned by the Key Founder (the “ Key Founder Holdco ”), and

6. CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited, a company incorporated under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Holder ”).

Each of the parties listed above is referred to herein individually as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into a Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Note Purchase Agreement ”) on August 15, 2017;

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend the Note Purchase Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements and covenants hereinafter set forth, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

1.1 The definitions of the terms “Group Company”, “Ancillary Agreements” and “Ordinary Shares” in the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced by the following definitions.

 

1


Group Company ” means each of the Company, the HK Subsidiary, the Domestic Company, the WFOE (upon its formation), and the Domestic Entities, together with each Subsidiary of any of the foregoing, and “Group” refers to all of Group Companies collectively. For the avoidance of doubt, for the purpose of Section 3 of the Note Purchase Agreement only, any references of the “Group Company” or “Group” under Section 3 of the Note Purchase Agreement shall neither include any Person acquired by the Company on or after August 16, 2017 through Beijing Global ET Transactions, nor include Woodpecker International Education Consulting (Beijing) Company Limited ( LOGO ) or any of its Affiliates acquired by the Company.

“Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, the Note, the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement, the Letter of Undertaking, the Side Letter to Letter of Undertaking and the Share Mortgage, each as defined under the Note Purchase Agreement (as amended from time to time).

“Ordinary Shares” means the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.00005 per share.

1.2 The following definition shall be added in the Note Purchase Agreement:

“Exit” means the sale or disposal by the Exercising Holder of all the Equity Securities (excluding any portion of Note that has not been converted into the Ordinary Shares of the Company) it holds in the Company after the completion of an IPO by the Company to the extent that the Exercising Holder ceases to be a holder of any equity interests in the Company.

1.3 Unless otherwise provided under this Amendment, all capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement and its Exhibit A.

2. Deletion of Certain Sections and References . Sections 5.9, 5.10, 5.14 and 7.1(vi) of the Note Purchase Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and any references thereto, or to the phrases “Holder Director” or “Indemnification Agreement” in the Note Purchase Agreement are hereby deleted.

3. Amendment to Section 2.2(ii) of the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 2.2(ii) of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(ii) Deliveries by the Company at the Closing . At the Closing, in addition to any items the delivery of which is made an express condition to the Closing pursuant to Section 5 , the Company shall deliver to the Holder the Note dated the date of the Closing and registered in the name of the Holder.

4. Amendment to Section 2.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 2.3 of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

2.3 Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the entire proceeds from the sale of the Note for the purpose of (i) repayment of the loan or indebtedness (together with any interests accrued thereon) that has been or will be incurred by any of the Warrantors for payment of any consideration for Beijing Global ET Transactions; (ii) business expansion, capital expenditures and general working capital needs of the Group Companies; and (iii) mergers with and acquisitions of any Person other than the Group Company.

 

2


5. Disclosure Schedule . Without prejudice to the Warrantors’ right to make any supplements to the Disclosure Schedule on or prior to the Closing solely with respect to the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.2(i), 3.2(v) and 3.12 under the Note Purchase Agreement, the Disclosure Schedule dated 15 August 2017 attached to the Note Purchase Price shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the Disclosure Schedule as of the same date hereof.

6. Amendment to Section 3.5 of the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 3.5 of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

3.5 Valid Issuance of the Note. The Note, when executed, issued and delivered to the Holder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein, will be validly issued and constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, entitled to the benefits stated therein, subject, as to enforceability, to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles. The Conversion Shares shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Note into the Conversion Shares pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, and upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the then effective Charter Documents of the Company, the Conversion Shares will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from any Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer under applicable securities Laws and under the Ancillary Agreements). The issuance of the Note and the Conversion Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.

7. Amendment to Section 5.6 of the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 5.6 of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

5.6 Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement . The Key Founder shall have entered into an equity interest pledge agreement ( LOGO ) with Beijing CICC Alpha No. 3 Equity Investment Partnership Enterprise (Limited Partnership) ( LOGO LOGO ( LOGO )) (“ Beijing CICC Alpha ”) in the form and substance satisfactory to both the Holder and the Key Founder (the “ Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement ”) and the equity pledge as contemplated under the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement shall have been duly registered with competent PRC Governmental Authorities and a certified true copy of such registration shall have been furnished to the Holder.

8. Amendment to Section 7.1(viii) of the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 7.1(viii) of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(viii) The Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to the provisions thereunder, and as soon as practicable after the VIE Completion Date, the Warrantors and the Holder shall release and discharge the mortgage on such number of shares representing four point one five percent (4.15%) of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company as of the Closing in accordance with the terms of the Share Mortgage.

 

3


9. Amendment to Section 7.1(x) of the Note Purchase Agreement . Section 7.1(x) of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(x) From and after the date of this Agreement, except as contemplated under the Transaction Documents, without prior written consent of the Holder, the Key Founder shall not:

(a) sell, transfer, assign, grant any Lien over or otherwise dispose of any of his direct or indirect interest in any Group Company, except for (x)the transfer of or grant of any interest in or disposal of Ordinary Shares by the Key Founder Holdco to any third party up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing, or the transfer of or grant of any interest in or disposal of ordinary shares by the Key Founder in the Key Founder Holdco to any third party that may result in an indirect transfer or disposal of up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing; and (y) the Key Founder Holdco grants to Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Company Limited ( LOGO LOGO ) or any Person designated by it a Lien over the Equity Securities held by the Key Founder Holdco in the Company for the purpose of redemption of the shares held by Trustbridge Partners or its Affiliates in the Domestic Company.

(b) cease to Control any Group Company, unless otherwise provided under the Transaction Documents.

10. Amendment to Appendix C to the Note Purchase Agreement . The Appendix C to the Note Purchase Agreement shall be replaced and superseded by the Appendix C attached to this Amendment.

11. Amendment to Section 7.25 of the Note Purchase Agreement . The Section 7.25 of the Note Purchase Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

7.25 Termination . This Agreement, as amended from time to time, may be terminated: (i) by mutual written consent of the Company and the Holder, (ii) by the Holder by issuing a written notice to the Company if all the conditions set forth in Section 5 have not been satisfied or waived by the Holder on or prior to September 29 th , 2017 or another date mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Holder, or (iii) by the Company by issuing a written notice to the Holder if all the conditions set forth in Section 6 have not been satisfied or waived by the Company on or prior to September 29 th , 2017 or another date mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Holder; or (iv) by the Holder (on the one hand) or the Company (on the other hand) by issuing a written notice to the Company (in the case of termination by the Holder) or to the Holder (in the case of termination by the Company) if Closing does not occur by September 29 th , 2017 or another date mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Holder, provided that the Party responsible for the failure of the Closing to occur as of such date shall not have the right to terminate under this Section 7.25. In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in this Section 7.25, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any Party, provided, however, that the terms of Sections 7.7, 7.8, 7.13, 7.14 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

4


In the event of (i) the termination of this Agreement; or (ii) the repurchase or redemption of the Note in full by the Company pursuant to the Transaction Documents, all the other Transaction Documents as defined under this Agreement, including but not limited to the Ancillary Agreements, shall be forthwith terminated, provided that, no Party hereto shall be relieved of any liability for a breach of this Agreement or for any fraud or misrepresentation hereunder occurring before termination, nor shall such termination be deemed to constitute a waiver of any available remedy for any such breach or fraud or misrepresentation. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 4 and Section 13 under the Domestic Equity Pledge Agreement and Section 19 under Share Mortgage with respect to the release of the charge or mortgage shall survive the termination of the Transaction Agreements.

12. Amendment to the Note . Exhibit A of the Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Note ”) shall be revised in the following means:

(a) Items (1), (2), (4), (6), (7), (8) and (12) of Section 2(a) of Schedule B to the Note are hereby deleted;

(b) Item (3) of Section 2(a) of Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(3) any entry into or execution of any transaction or agreement with a value exceeding RMB2,000,000 with any Affiliate, Associate, controlling person, shareholder, director, senior officer, or any other employee of the Group Companies or any Affiliate or Associate of any of the foregoing Persons, other than (i) any transactions between the Company or Domestic Company and any of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) any transaction or agreement that is entered into for the purpose of establishment of the Captive Structure or implementation of a restructuring scheme of the Payor approved by the Payor and its advisors for completion of an IPO of the Payor;

(c) Item (5) of Section 2(a) of Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(5) any extension in any form of any loan to any Person other than the Domestic Company and the Domestic Subsidiaries, or providing any security, guarantee or any other arrangement that may result in any liabilities (including without limitation, creation of any encumbrance over any interest or providing any guarantee by the Domestic Company) for the benefit of any Person other than the Domestic Company and Domestic Subsidiaries;

(d) Item (11) of Section 2(a) of Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(11) any profit distribution plan of any Group Company;

 

5


(e) Reference to “Holder Director or his/her alternate” in the leading paragraph of Section 2(a) of Schedule B to the Note is hereby deleted and replaced by the word “Holder”;

(f) Section 3 of Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

3 . Observer Right

The Holder shall be entitled to appoint one observer (“ Observer ”) to attend all meetings of the Board and all subcommittees of the Board, in a nonvoting observer capacity and the Company shall give the observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that the Company provides to the Company’s directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors.

(g) Reference to “the Board of Directors of the Payor (including the Holder Director)” in Section 5 of Schedule B to the Note is hereby deleted and replaced by the wording “the Board of Directors of the Payor and the prior written consent of the Holder”;

(h) The below section is hereby added as Section 2(c) of Schedule B to the Note:

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under the Transaction Documents (including but not limited to Section 7.1(x) of the Note Purchase Agreement, and Sections 5, 6 and 18 of the Schedule B to the Note), but subject to Section 2(a) and 2(b) above, prior consent of the Holder is required if the Payor sells, splits off, ceases to Control or otherwise disposes of any Group Companies unless the revenue or turnover of such Group Companies to be disposed of, individually or in aggregate, accounts for no more than 5% of the revenue or turnover of the Payor calculated on consolidated basis.

(i) The heading “Voting Trust” in Section 10 of the Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted from the Note;

(j) Section 11 of the Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

11 . Transfer Restrictions

Key Founder shall not directly or indirectly, sell or transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their respective shares in the Payor prior to the Qualified IPO without the prior written consent of the Holder except for (x)the transfer of or grant of any interest in or disposal of Ordinary Shares by the Key Founder Holdco to any third party up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing, or the transfer of or grant of any interest in or disposal of ordinary shares by the Key Founder in the Key Founder Holdco to any third party that may result in an indirect transfer or disposal of up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing; and (y) the Key Founder Holdco grants to Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Company Limited ( LOGO ) or any Person designated by it a Lien over the Equity Securities held by the Key Founder Holdco in the Payor for the purpose of redemption of the shares held by Trustbridge Partners or its Affiliates in the Domestic Company. After the IPO, Key Founder shall be subject to the lock-up period (i) applicable under the relevant rules, and (ii) at least one (1) year longer than the lock-up period that the Holder will be subject to.

 

6


(k) Section 12(a) of the Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

12. Guaranteed Return

(a) If after the completion of an IPO, the Internal Rate of Return (“ IRR ”) of the Holder exercising the Conversion Rights (the “ Exercising Holder ”) over the Unpaid Amount that the Exercising Holder has elected to be converted into the Ordinary Shares of the Payor (“ Elected Amount ”, which does not include the Non-conversion Amount) upon the occurrence of Exit is below 25%, Key Founder shall compensate the Exercising Holder in cash until and only to the extent that the aggregate proceeds received by Exercising Holder upon the occurrence of Exit (including the proceeds received by Exercising Holder by sale of the equity interests in the Payor held by the Exercising Holder in the market) reach the less of (i) an amount reflecting an IRR of 25% over the Elected Amount as of the occurrence of Exit; or (ii) 3.052 times the Elected Amount, provided however that in the event (i) after the expiration of any lock-up period applicable to the shares or equity security held by the Holder, the daily volume weighted average trading price per share (or in the event of any shares represented by ADSs or ADRs, the per share price derived by dividing the price of such ADSs or ADRs by the number of shares that such ADSs or ADRs represent) that the Holder holds in the Payor is not less than the per share price calculated pursuant to the formula below (such price, the “ Qualified Stock Price ”) for thirty (30) consecutive trading days of the Company on each and any of such day, and (ii) the daily turnover rate of the Company’s shares during such consecutive thirty (30) trading days is above 5‰ on each and any of such day, then neither the Key Founder nor his Holding Company shall have any payment obligation with respect to such guaranteed return under this Clause 12:

 

 

  P n  =    X 0  × 3.052    
    S n   

Where,

P n = Qualified Stock Price;

X o = Elected Amount;

S n = the number of shares of the Payor held by the Holder as of the date the Qualified Stock Price is calculated.

 

7


For the avoidance of doubt, daily turnover rate shall be calculated pursuant to the following formula:

 

 

number of shares of the Payor traded one day

  ×100%   
 

aggregate number of shares of the Payor outstanding on  the same day

    

(l) Section 12(c) of the Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(c) If any outstanding principal amount under this Note cannot be converted into the shares or other securities of the Company (or as the case may be, the shares or securities of the relevant entity resulting from any merger, reorganization or other arrangements made by or to the Company for the purposes of public offering) to be listed in an IPO (“ Non-conversion Amount ”) for any reason other than the Holder’s determination not to proceed with such conversion at its sole discretion, such Non-conversion Amount under the Note shall be repurchased or redeemed by the Company at a price that is the lower of (i) 3.052 times the Non-conversion Amount; or (ii) a price calculated pursuant to the formula below (“ Compensation Amount ”):

P n  =   X 0 × (1 + r ) n

Where,

P n = the Compensation Amount;

X o = Non-conversion Amount;

r = IRR, which shall equal to 25%;

n = the number of calendar days from the date hereof to the date when the Compensation Amount is paid in full by the Key Founder, divided by 365.

(m) Section 18(a) and Section 18(c) of the Schedule B to the Note shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:

(a) any authorization, creation or issuance by the Company of any class or series of securities, any instruments that are convertible into securities, or the reclassification of any outstanding securities into securities, having rights, powers or preferences, such as dividend rights, redemption rights or liquidation preferences, superior to or on a parity with the Preferred Shares, the Note or any other Equity Securities held by the Holder at the time of the proposed action, or any amendment or change of the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Shares, the Note or any other Equity Securities held by the Holder at the time of the proposed action.

 

8


(c) any amendment to any organizational or constitutive document (including the Memorandum and these Articles) of any Group Company in a manner that would alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of any Preferred Shares, the Note or any other Equity Securities held by the Holder at the time of the proposed action;

13. Effect of the Amendment . On or after the date hereof, any reference to “this Agreement” and/or the “Note” in the Note Purchase Agreement shall constitute a reference to the Note Purchase Agreement and/or the Note as amended hereby. Except as expressly modified or amended hereby, all terms and provisions of the Note Purchase Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. If and to the extent there are any inconsistencies between the Note Purchase Agreement and this Amendment with respect to the matters set forth herein, the terms of this Amendment shall control and prevail.

14. Headings . The headings of the sections of this Amendment are inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference purposes only and in no respect define, limit or describe the scope of this Amendment or the intent of any section.

15. Incorporation of General Provisions . This Amendment shall be subject to the miscellaneous provisions contained in sections 7.6-7.9, 7.12, 7.14, 7.16-7.21, 7.23 and 7.24 of the Note Purchase Agreement, which are hereby incorporated by reference herein, mutatis mutandis.

16. Authorization . Each Party hereto represents and warrants to the other Parties hereto that such Party has the proper authorization from its board of directors or comparable governing body to enter into this Amendment.

17. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission, such as by electronic mail in “pdf” form) in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[ SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE ]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by its respective representative thereunto duly authorized.

 

GROUP COMPANIES :     Puxin Limited  
    By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

 
    Name:   Sha Yunlong( LOGO )  
    Title   Director  
    Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO )  
    By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

 
    Name:   Sha Yunlong( LOGO )  
    Title   Director  
   

Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO

LOGO )

 
    By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

 
    Name:   Sha Yunlong( LOGO )  
    Title   Director  


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by its respective representative thereunto duly authorized.

KEY FOUNDER :

 

By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )

KEY FOUNDER HOLDCO :

 

Long bright Limited
By:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title   Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties hereto has caused this Amendment to be executed as of the date first written above by its respective representative thereunto duly authorized.

HOLDER :

 

CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited
By:  

/s/ Yin Xiaobin

Name:   Yin Xiaobin
Title:   Director

Exhibit 4.12

THIS CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE AND THE EQUITY SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE BORROWER THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT.

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

US$23,000,000    September 29, 2017

F OR VALUE RECEIVED , P UXIN L IMITED , a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Payor ” or the “ Company ”), hereby promises to pay to the order of CICC ALPHA E AGLE I NVESTMENT L IMITED , a company incorporated and existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Holder ”) the principal sum of US$23,000,000 (“ Principal Amount ”) with interest accrued on the outstanding principal amount at a simple rate of 15% per annum annually.

1. P AYMENT ; S ECURITY ; M ATURITY ; D EFAULT I NTEREST

(a) This note (“ Note ”) is issued pursuant to the terms of that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of 15 August 2017 by and among Payor and Holder. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings given to them in the Purchase Agreement.

(b) This Note shall rank pari passu in all respects in terms of the claims on or entitlement to the payment by the Payor to all other indebtedness of the Payor, now existing or incurred shortly after this Agreement.

(c) At any time on or after the fourth (4th) anniversary of the date hereof (the “ Maturity Date ”), if the outstanding principal amount of this Note has not been converted in full in accordance with the terms of Section 2 below, Holder may demand payment of all or a portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with any accrued and unpaid interest by presenting a written demand notice to Payor.

(d) Payor shall repay any and all amount due and payable pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 3 of this Note by wire transfer of immediately available funds in United States dollars to bank accounts designated by Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding otherwise provided in this Note, if Payor fails to repay any amount due and payable pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 3, default interest shall begin to accrue on the outstanding amount (including the interest accrued hereunder) at a rate of 0.05% per calendar day, compounded daily.

 


(f) All computations of interest or default interest shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) days for the actual number of days (including the first day but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.

2. C ONVERSION

(a) If the initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (the “ IPO ”) occurs on or before June 30, 2020, the Holder shall have the right but not the obligation (the “ Conversion Right ”) to convert all or any part of the principal amount that is outstanding under this Note (the “ Unpaid Amount ”) into Ordinary Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of the Payor (the “ Conversion Shares ”) at the date of completion of the IPO, at the conversion price (the “ Conversion Price ”) as set out below:

(i) immediately upon completion of an IPO, if such IPO is completed on or before June 30, 2019, at a Conversion Price equal to 70% of the offering price in the IPO;

(ii) immediately upon completion of an IPO, if such IPO is completed at any time after June 30, 2019 but on or before (and including) June 30, 2020, at a Conversion Price equal to 55% of the offering price in the IPO;

If the Holder exercises the Conversion Right pursuant to this Section 2(a), the portion of the Unpaid Amount that the Holder has elected to convert shall be converted into such number of Conversion Shares as is determined in accordance with the following formula:

Xn = Xo /CP

Where,

Xn = the number of Conversion Shares to be issued to the Holder upon exercise of the Conversion Right;

Xo = the portion of the Unpaid Amount with respect to which the Conversion Right is being exercised as determined by the Holder, without any interests accrued thereon;

CP = the applicable Conversion Price under Section 2(a).

Subject to the last paragraph of Clause 12 of Schedule B, on the date of the completion of the IPO, the portion of the Unpaid Amount that the Holder has elected not to be converted into the Ordinary Shares of the Company shall be redeemed and repurchased by the Company at the price calculated pursuant to the formula below:

P n = X 0 × (1 + r) n

Where,

P n = the redemption price of the portion of the Unpaid Amount that the Holder has elected to be redeemed and repurchased by the Company at the time of an IPO;

 

-2-


X 0 = the portion of the Unpaid Amount that the Holder has elected to be redeemed and repurchased by the Company at the time of an IPO;

r = IRR, which shall equal to 15%;

n = the number of calendar days from the date hereof to the date when the redemption price payable is paid in full by the Payor, divided by 365.

For the avoidance of doubt, if the Holder exercises the conversion right set forth under this Section 2(a) upon a completion of an IPO but not a Qualified IPO, the Holder shall not be entitled to redemption of the Note pursuant to an Event of Default set forth under Clause 1 and 2 of Schedule A.

(b) If an IPO fails to occur before or on June 30, 2020, the Holder shall have the Conversion Right but not the obligation to convert all or any part of the Unpaid Amount into the Preferred Shares of the Payor (also, the “ Conversion Shares ” as defined under the Agreement) at the Conversion Price calculated pursuant to the formula below:

 

  S =    X 0   
    NI 2020  *  PE 2020     

Where,

S = the percentage of shares held by the Holder in the Payor immediately after conversion (on a fully-diluted and as converted basis);

X 0 = the portion of the Unpaid Amount with respect to which the Conversion Right is being exercised as determined by the Holder;

NI 2020 = Audited Net Income of the Payor for the calendar year 2020;

PE 2020 = 10.

The Preferred Shares shall rank senior to any other class or series of preferred shares of the Company which were issued based on a price that is less than the Conversion Price calculated above, but junior to any other class or series of preferred shares of the Company which were issued based on a price that is more than the Conversion Price calculated above, and pari passu with any other class or series of preferred shares of the Company which were issued based on a price that is equal to the Conversion Price calculated above. The Preferred Shares received by the Investors in the Same Round shall rank pari passu with each other, provided that if any Investor in the Same Round converts its convertible note(s) or note(s) at a conversion price lower than the Conversion Price of the Holder, the Company shall issue additional Preferred Shares to the Holder as if the Holder’s Conversion Price is reduced to the lower conversion price. The terms of such Preferred Shares shall substantially reflect the arrangement and economic terms of the Note hereunder.

 

-3-


In the event that the Holder exercises its right under this Section 2(b) after June 30, 2020 but prior to the date when the Audited Net Income of the Payor for the calendar year 2020 becomes available, NI 2020 shall be replaced by a good faith estimate of the Audited Net Income for the calendar year 2020 determined by the Holder and the Payor based on the most updated budget for the calendar year 2020. The Payor and the Holder agree to re-calculate the number of Preferred Shares that the Holder is entitled to receive under this Section 2(b), after the Audited Net Income for the calendar year 2020 becomes available, and if necessary, to make adjustments to the shareholding of the Holder by issuing or repurchasing from the Holder at nil price such amount of Preferred Shares so that the number of Preferred Shares hold by the Holder after such adjustment shall correctly reflect the number of Preferred Share that the Holder is entitled to receive pursuant to the formula set forth above.

(c) To exercise the Conversion Right, the Holder must deliver to the Payor a written notice (a “ Conversion Notice ”). The date on which the Conversion Right shall be exercised (the “ Conversion Date ”) shall be (i) the date of completion of the IPO in the case of Section 2(a)(i) and Section 2(a)(ii) above, or (ii) the third Business Day following the date on which the Conversion Notice is delivered pursuant to this Section 2(c) in the case of Section 2(b) above.

(d) On the Conversion Date, the Payor shall issue to the Holder or the person or persons designated by the Holder such number of Conversion Shares as has been determined pursuant to Section 2(c) above. Any fraction of a Conversion Share will not be issued on the Conversion Date and the Payor shall pay cash compensation to the Holder in respect of such fraction of a Conversion Share (such compensation to be calculated by the Holder, it be agreed that any delay in paying or failure to pay such amount will not delay or restrict the exercise of the Conversion Right or the issuance of the Conversion Shares to the Holder in accordance with the provisions hereof).

(e) The Payor undertakes that upon issuance of such Conversion Shares to the Holder (or to the person or persons designated by the Holder) pursuant to this Section 2, the Conversion Shares shall be fully-paid and non-assessable, free from any pre-emptive or other similar rights of any person or any security.

(f) On the Conversion Date, the Holder shall surrender this Note, duly endorsed, to the Payor. On the Conversion Date, at its own expense, the Payor will update the register of members of the Payor, and provide the Holder a certified copy of the updated register of member, together with any other securities, property or cash required to be delivered upon conversion and such assignments and other documents (if any) as may be required by law to effect the conversion thereof. The Payor shall also issue an additional note for the balance of the Note not converted on the Conversion Date.

3. D EFAULT ; R EMEDIES

(a) The occurrence of any Event of Default described in Schedule A attached hereto shall be an Event of Default hereunder. The Payor shall notify the Holder of any Event of Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly on becoming aware of its occurrence.

 

-4-


(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (other than an event of default set forth under Clause 13 of Schedule A), the Payor shall, at the option of Holder, immediately redeem or cause a third party to purchase the Note at a price calculated pursuant to the formula below:

P n = X 0 × (1 + r) n

Where,

P n = the redemption price of the Note payable by the Payor to the Holder in an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default set forth under Clause 13 of Schedule A);

X 0 = the Principal Amount;

r = IRR, which shall equal to (i) 15% in an Event of Default other than the an Event of Default set forth under Clause 2 or Clause 13 of Schedule A, and (ii) 30% in an Event of Default set forth under Clause 2 of Schedule A;

n = the number of calendar days from the date hereof to the date when all such amounts payable upon the occurrence of the Event of Default is paid in full by the Payor, divided by 365.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default set forth in Clause 13 of Schedule A, the Payor shall, at the option of Holder, immediately redeem or cause a third party to purchase the Note at a price calculated pursuant to the formula below:

P n = X 0 × 1.3

Where,

P n = the redemption price of the Note payable by the Payor to the Holder in an Event of Default set forth in Clause 13 of Schedule A;

X 0 = the Principal Amount.

(d) All such amounts payable under this Section 3 shall be paid within two (2) months of the occurrence of an Event of Default. The Maturity Date shall be deemed to have advanced to the date of occurrence of such Event of Default.

4. P REPAYMENT . Payor may not prepay this Note without the consent of the holder thereof.

5. W AIVER ; P AYMENT OF F EES AND E XPENSES . Payor waives presentment and demand for payment, notice of dishonor, protest and notice of protest of this Note, and shall pay all costs of collection when incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and other expenses. The right to plead any and all statutes of limitations as a defense to any demands hereunder is hereby waived to the full extent permitted by law. No delay by Holder shall constitute a waiver, election or acquiescence by it.

 

-5-


6. C UMULATIVE R EMEDIES . Holder’s rights and remedies under this Note shall be cumulative. Holder shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under by law or in equity.

7. C OVENANTS . The Payor covenants with the Holder and undertakes to comply with and shall cause each of the Warrantors to comply with those covenants as set out in Schedule B attached hereto.

8. D EFINITION . As used in this Note, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

(a) Accounting Standards ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or of a jurisdiction agreed upon by the Holder, applied on a consistent basis.

(b) Audited Financial Statements ” means the Payor’s audited annual consolidated financial statements (including balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flows) for the relevant fiscal year of the Payor, each as prepared in accordance with the Accounting Standards, and audited by a Big Four Accounting Firm.

(c) Audited Net Income ” means, for a given fiscal year of the Payor, the sum of the Payor’s consolidated net income (or loss) attributable to shareholders as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements thereof for such fiscal year after paying all relevant taxes and after eliminating all items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Payor in accordance with the Accounting Standards, calculated in accordance with the Accounting Standards, and disregarding any Extraordinary Items.

(d) Big Four Accounting Firm ” means one of the four largest international accountancy firms.

(e) Competitor ” means any Person that is engaged in the business in connection with extracurricular tutorials for K-12 students, and consulting services and training for overseas study, whether online or offline.

(f) Deemed Liquidation Event ” means any of the following events: (1) any consolidation, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or merger of any Group Company with or into any other Person or other reorganization in which the members or shareholders of such Group Company immediately prior to such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, scheme of arrangement or reorganization own less than fifty percent (50%) of such Group Company’s voting power in the aggregate immediately after such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or reorganization, or any transaction or series of related transactions to which such Group Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of such Group Company’s voting power is transferred; (2) a sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of any Group Company (or any series of related transactions resulting in such sale, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Group Company); or (3) the exclusive licensing of all or substantially all of any Group Company’s intellectual property to a third party.

 

-6-


(g) Extraordinary Items ” means, with respect to a given set of Audited Financial Statements, any income, gains or losses reflected or included therein arising from (a) sales or leases of material assets or equipment outside the ordinary course of business, (b) sales of interests in any subsidiaries of the Payor, (c) any transaction between the Payor and a Related Party not on an arms-length basis (in which case such income, gains or losses shall be adjusted to reflect a transaction of the similar nature on the arms-length basis), (d) any changes in accounting principles, (e) any extraordinary or non-recurring earnings such as government subsidies or rebates, (f) any prior year adjustments, and (g) other events or transactions which, in accordance with the Accounting Standards, possess a significant degree of abnormality, are of a type not expected to recur in successive accounting periods or are unrelated or only incidentally related to the ordinary and typical activities of the Group.

(h) Investors in Same Round ” mean the investors that invest in the Payor and/or the Domestic Company by way of subscribing for convertible notes or notes, the transaction documents of which were executed or will be executed between June 1, 2017 and September 30, 2017.

(i) Qualified IPO ” means an underwritten public offering of the shares or other securities of the Payor (or as the case may be, the shares or securities of the relevant entity resulting from any merger, reorganization or other arrangements made by or to the Payor for the purposes of public offering) completed within forty-eight (48) months hereof, underwritten by a reputable underwriter recognized by the Holder, on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq, or the Hong Kong Stock Exchange, at a pre-offering valuation of not less than US$ 1.5 billion (or an equivalent amount in foreign currency), where the shares or other securities converted from this Note shall be listed and tradeable on such stock exchange, subject only to the minimum lock-up period as required under applicable laws.

(j) Share Sale ” means a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of related Persons, acquires any Equity Securities of the Payor such that, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions, such Person or group of related Persons holds Equity Securities of the Payor representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Payor.

9. M ISCELLANEOUS

(a) Governing Law. The terms of this Note shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong, without giving effect to principles of conflict of law thereunder.

(b) Dispute Resolution.

(i) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Note, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

 

-7-


(ii) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong.

(iii) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 9(b), including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 9(b) shall prevail.

(iv) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

(v) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

(vi) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive Laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive Law.

(vii) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

(viii) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

(ix) The Parties to this Agreement agree to the consolidation of arbitrations under the Transaction Documents (as defined under the Purchase Agreement) in accordance with the following:

(1) In the event of two or more arbitrations having been commenced under any of the Transaction Documents, the tribunal in the arbitration first filed (the “ Principal Tribunal ”) may in its sole discretion, upon the application of any party to the arbitrations, order that the proceedings be consolidated before the Principal Tribunal if (A) there are issues of fact and/or law common to the arbitrations, (B) the interests of justice and efficiency would be served by such a consolidation, and (C) no prejudice would be caused to any party in any material respect as a result of such consolidation, whether through undue delay or otherwise. Such application shall be made as soon as practicable and the party making such application shall give notice to the other parties to the arbitrations.

 

-8-


(2) The Principal Tribunal shall be empowered to (but shall not be obliged to) order at its discretion, after inviting written (and where desired oral) representations from the parties that all or any of such arbitrations shall be consolidated or heard together and/or that the arbitrations be heard immediately after another and shall establish a procedure accordingly. All Parties shall take such steps as are necessary to give effect and force to any orders of the Principal Tribunal.

(3) If the Principal Tribunal makes an order for consolidation, it: (A) shall thereafter, to the exclusion of other arbitral tribunals, have jurisdiction to resolve all disputes forming part of the consolidation order; (B) shall order that notice of the consolidation order and its effect be given immediately to any arbitrators already appointed in relation to the disputes that were consolidated under the consolidation order; and (C) may also give such directions as it considers appropriate (x) to give effect to the consolidation and make provision for any costs which may result from it (including costs in any arbitration rendered functus officio under this Section 9(b)); and (y) to ensure the proper organization of the arbitration proceedings and that all the issues between the parties are properly formulated and resolved.

(4) Upon the making of the consolidation order, any appointment of arbitrators relating to arbitrations that have been consolidated by the Principal Tribunal (except for the appointment of the arbitrators of the Principal Tribunal itself) shall for all purposes cease to have effect and such arbitrators are deemed to be functus officio, on and from the date of the consolidation order. Such cessation is without prejudice to (A) the validity of any acts done or orders made by such arbitrators before termination, (B) such arbitrators’ entitlement to be paid their proper fees and disbursements and (C) the date when any claim or defense was raised for the purpose of applying any limitation period or any like rule or provision.

(5) The Parties hereby waive any objections they may have as to the validity and/or enforcement of any arbitral awards made by the Principal Tribunal following the consolidation of disputes or arbitral proceedings in accordance with this Section 9(b) where such objections are based solely on the fact that consolidation of the same has occurred.

(c) Successors and Assigns; Assignment. The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Payor may not assign this Note or delegate any of its obligations hereunder without the written consent of Holder. Holder may not assign this Note and its rights hereunder to any third party other than its Affiliate (except for any Competitors of the Group Companies) without consent of Payor.

(d) Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Note are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting the Note.

(e) Amendment; Modification; Waiver. No term of this Note may be amended, modified or waived without the written consent of Payor and Holder.

 

-9-


(f) Counterparts. This Note may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed and original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature page follows]

 

-10-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this C ONVERTIBLE P ROMISSORY N OTE as of the date first written above.

 

PUXIN LIMITED

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name: Sha Yunlong ( LOGO )
Title: Director
CICC ALPHA EAGLE INVESTMENT LIMITED

/s/ Yin Xiaobin

Name: Yin Xiaobin ( LOGO )
Title: Director
SHA YUNLONG

/s/ Sha Yunlong

 


Schedule A

Event of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out below is an event of default (“ Event of Default ”).

1. The Payor or the Domestic Company fails to complete a Qualified IPO on or prior to the Maturity Date for any reason other than those provided in Clause 2 below.

2. The consolidated annual revenue and after-tax net profit of the Payor or the Domestic Company achieve RMB3 billion and RMB300 million, respectively, however, the Payor or the Domestic Company fails to complete a Qualified IPO on or prior to the Maturity Date because the Key Founder refuses to complete a Qualified IPO.

3. The Payor fails to pay any sum payable by it under this Note when due and fails to rectify such default to the Holder’s satisfaction within 15 calendar days thereafter.

4. Any warranty, representation or statement made, repeated or deemed made by the Warrantors in, or pursuant to, the Transaction Documents is (or proves to have been) incomplete, untrue, incorrect or misleading when made, repeated or deemed made, which such default, in the opinion of the Holder, has a Material Adverse Effect on the ability to perform any Transaction Document by any Warrantor, and (if the Holder considers, acting reasonably, that the default is capable of remedy) such default is not remedied within 30 Business Days upon the Holder notifying the defaulting Warrantor of the default.

5. Any Warrantor fails to comply with any provision of the Transaction Documents, which such non-compliance, has a Material Adverse Effect on the ability to perform any Transaction Document by any Warrantor, and such non-compliance is not remedied to the satisfaction of the Holder within 30 Business Days upon receipt by the defaulting Warrantor of the notification of such non-compliance.

6. An event occurs (or circumstances exist) which has a Material Adverse Effect on the business, operation, financial, ownership or other aspects of any of the Company, the HK Subsidiary, the Domestic Company and/or the Domestic Entities and the ability to perform any Transaction Document by any foregoing entity (which shall include but not limited to the cessation of the Business as required by the PRC Laws or Governmental Orders, unless such cessation of the Business is solely attributable to the change of the PRC Laws).

7. Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to (a) suspension or cessation of business, winding-up, dissolution, bankruptcy, administration, provisional supervision or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Group Company, (b) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager, provisional supervisor, trustee, bankruptcy official or other similar officer in respect of any Group Company or any of its assets, or a distress, attachment, execution, expropriation, sequestration or other analogous legal process is levied, enforced or sued out on, or against, all or substantially all of the assets of any Group Company.


8. Any settlement, litigation, arbitration, administrative, dispute or other proceeding is initiated against any Group Company and/or Key Founder, which has a Material Adverse Effect on the ability to perform any Transaction Document by any foregoing entity or Person.

9. Key Founder commits any violation under the Laws or undertakes any bad faith action, which violation or action (as the case may be), has a Material Adverse Effect on the ability of any Group Company and/or Key Founder to perform any Transaction Document.

10. A Deemed Liquidation Event or a Share Sale occurs.

11. Pursuant to the annual audit report of the Group each year, the cumulative losses of the Group, incurred and accrued after the Closing, other than the losses arising from any Persons acquired by the Group after March 31, 2017, have reached RMB 60 million, which for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude any losses incurred or suffered during the ordinary operation of the Group before the date of this Note.

12. The Company is not able to continue with its Business due to the applicable Laws or any order, decision or requirement by the competent Governmental Authorities.

13. Establishment of the Captive Structure (including execution of the Control Documents) is not completed within six (6) months of the date hereof.


Schedule B

General Covenants

 

  1. Continuing obligations

The covenants under this Schedule B shall remain in force from the date of this Note for so long as any amount remains outstanding under the Note.

 

  2. Protective Provisions

(a) The Payor shall not, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following, and the Payor shall not permit any other Group Company to take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, whether directly or indirectly, and whether or not by amendment, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Holder:

 

  (1) any entry into or execution of any transaction or agreement with a value exceeding RMB2,000,000 with any Affiliate, Associate, controlling person, shareholder, director, senior officer, or any other employee of the Group Companies or any Affiliate or Associate of any of the foregoing Persons, other than (i) any transactions between the Company or Domestic Company and any of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) any transaction or agreement that is entered into for the purpose of establishment of the Captive Structure or implementation of a restructuring scheme of the Payor approved by the Payor and its advisors for completion of an IPO of the Payor;

 

  (2) any extension in any form of any loan to any Person other than the Domestic Company and the Domestic Subsidiaries, or providing any security, guarantee or any other arrangement that may result in any liabilities (including without limitation, creation of any encumbrance over any interest or providing any guarantee by the Domestic Company) for the benefit of any Person other than the Domestic Company and Domestic Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) any formulation of annual financial budget plans of any Group Company (including without limitation, capital expenditure plan, operating budget, financial plan), or any amendment thereto with an adjustment exceeding 15% thereof;

 

  (4) any annual final accounts of any Group Company, or any plan or proposal thereto;

 

  (5) any profit distribution plan of any Group Company;

 

  (6) any action by a Group Company to authorize, approve or enter into any agreement or obligation with respect to any of the above actions.


(b) For the avoidance of doubt, Clauses 2(a)(1) and (2) shall be respectively applicable to any matters involving related party transaction, debt financing, loan extension, arrangement of contingent liabilities or investment.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under the Transaction Documents (including but not limited to Section 7.1(x) of the Note Purchase Agreement, and Sections 5, 6 and 18 of the Schedule B to the Note), but subject to Section 2(a) and 2(b) above, prior consent of the Holder is required if the Payor sells, splits off, ceases to Control or otherwise disposes of any Group Companies unless the revenue or turnover of such Group Companies to be disposed of, individually or in aggregate, accounts for no more than 5% of the revenue or turnover of the Payor calculated on consolidated basis.

 

  3. Observer Right

The Holder shall be entitled to appoint one observer to attend all meetings of the Board and all subcommittees of the Board, in a nonvoting observer capacity and the Company shall give the observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that the Company provides to the Company’s directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors.

 

  4. Business of the Group Companies

The business of each other Group Companies shall be restricted to the Business, except with the approval of the Board and any required approvals under Clause 2.

 

  5. Control Documents

The Payor shall ensure that each party to the relevant Control Documents (once duly executed by all parties thereto) fully perform its/his/her respective obligations thereunder and carry out the terms and the intent of the Control Documents. Any termination, or material modification or waiver of, or material amendment to any Control Documents shall require the written consent of the Board of the Payor and the prior written consent of the Holder. If any of the Control Documents becomes illegal, void or unenforceable under PRC Laws after the date hereof, the Payor shall make every endeavor to devise a feasible alternative legal structure reasonably satisfactory to the Holder which gives effect to the intentions of the parties in each Control Document and the economic arrangement thereunder as closely as possible.

 

  6. Control of Subsidiaries

The Payor shall institute and keep in place such arrangements as are reasonably satisfactory to the Holder such that the Company (i) will at all times control the operations of each other Group Company, and (ii) will at all times be permitted to properly consolidate the financial results for each other Group Company in the consolidated financial statements for the Company prepared under the Accounting Standards.


  7. Compliance with Laws; Registrations

(a) The Payor shall, and shall cause the other Group Companies to, conduct their respective business in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws, including but not limited to Laws regarding foreign investments, corporate registration and filing, import and export, customs administration, foreign exchange, telecommunication and e-commerce, intellectual property rights, labor and social welfare, and taxation, and obtain, make and maintain in effect, all Consents from the relevant Governmental Authority or other Person required in respect of the due and proper establishment and operations of each Group Company as now conducted in accordance with applicable Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Payor shall not, and the Payor shall cause each Group Company not to, and the Payor shall ensure that its Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, and representatives shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) offer or give anything of value to any Public Official with the intent of obtaining any improper advantage, affecting or influencing any act or decision of any such Person, assisting any Group Company in obtaining or retaining business for, or with, or directing business to, any Person, or constituting a bribe, kickback or illegal or improper payment to assist any Group in obtaining or retaining business, (b) take any other action, in each case, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States of America, as amended (as if it were a US Person), or any other applicable similar anti-corruption, recordkeeping and internal controls Laws, or (c) establish or maintain any fund or assets in which any Group Company has proprietary rights that have not been recorded in its books and records of Group Company.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Payor shall, and shall cause each other Group Company to, ensure that all filings and registrations with the PRC Governmental Authorities so required by them shall be duly completed in accordance with the relevant rules and regulations, including without limitation any such filings and registrations with the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Information Industry, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, tax bureau, customs authorities, product registration authorities, health regulatory authorities, and the local counterpart of each of the aforementioned governmental authorities, in each case, as applicable.

 

  8. Stock Option Plan

(a) The Payor may reserve up to 10% of the Payor’s issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares under an unallocated option pool, prior to conversion of the Note pursuant to the terms hereunder.

(b) The Payor shall, and shall cause each Group Company to, obtain all authorizations, consents, orders and approvals of all Governmental Authorities that may be or become necessary to effectuate the ESOP in the PRC in accordance with PRC Law; provided that the Payor shall not grant any awards or issue any Shares pursuant to the ESOP to any grantee in the PRC if any required or appropriate authorization, consent, order or approval of any Governmental Authority in connection with such issuance has not been obtained.


  9. Non-compete

Unless the Holder otherwise consents in writing, each Principal (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (a) so long as such Principal is an employee of a Group Company, shall devote his or her full time and attention to the business of the Group Companies and will use his or her best efforts to develop the business and interests of the Group Companies unless an alternative arrangement is approved by the Investor, and (b) so long as such Principal is a director, officer, employee or a direct or indirect holder of Equity Securities of a Group Company and for two (2) years after the later of (i) such Principal being no longer a director, officer, employee; or (ii) such Principal holds less than one third (1/3) of the Ordinary Shares of the Company that this Principal holds as of the Closing, shall not, and shall cause his Affiliate or Associate not to, directly or indirectly, (i) own, manage, engage in, operate, control, work for, consult with, render services for, do business with, maintain any interest in (proprietary, financial or otherwise) or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of, any business, whether in corporate, proprietorship or partnership form or otherwise, that is related to the business of any Group Company or otherwise competes with the Group Companies (a “ Restricted Business ”); provided, however, that the restrictions contained in this Clause (i) shall not restrict the acquisition by such Principal, directly or indirectly, of less than 1% of the outstanding share capital of any publicly traded company engaged in a Restricted Business, (ii) solicit any Person who is or has been at any time a customer of the Group for the purpose of offering to such customer goods or services similar to or competing with those offered by any Group Company, or canvass or solicit any Person who is or has been at any time a supplier or licensor or customer of any Group Company for the purpose of inducing any such Person to terminate its business relationship with such Group Company, or (iii) solicit or entice away or endeavor to solicit or entice away any director, officer, consultant or employee of any Group Company. The Principals expressly agree that the limitations set forth in this Clause are reasonably tailored and reasonably necessary in light of the circumstances. Furthermore, if any provision of this Clause is more restrictive than permitted by the Laws of any jurisdiction in which the Holder seeks enforcement thereof, then this Clause will be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by Law.

 

  10. No Avoidance

The Payor will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be performed hereunder by the Payor, and the Payor will at all times in good faith assist and take action as appropriate in the carrying out of all of the provisions of this Note.

 

  11. Transfer Restrictions

Key Founder shall not directly or indirectly, sell or transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their respective shares in the Payor prior to the Qualified IPO without the prior written consent of the Holder except for (x) the transfer of or grant of any interest in or disposal of Ordinary Shares by the Key Founder Holdco to any third party up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing, or the transfer of or grant of any interest in or disposal of ordinary shares by the Key Founder in the Key Founder Holdco to any third party that may result in an indirect transfer or disposal of up to 5% of the Company’s total issued and outstanding Shares as of the Closing; and (y) the Key Founder Holdco grants to Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Company Limited ( LOGO LOGO ) or any Person designated by it a Lien over the Equity Securities held by the Key Founder Holdco in the Payor for the purpose of redemption of the shares held by Trustbridge Partners or its Affiliates in the Domestic Company. After the IPO, Key Founder shall be subject to the lock-up period (i) applicable under the relevant rules, and (ii) at least one (1) year longer than the lock-up period that the Holder will be subject to.


  12. Guaranteed Return

(a) If after the completion of an IPO, the Internal Rate of Return (“ IRR ”) of the Holder exercising the Conversion Rights (the “ Exercising Holder ”) over the Unpaid Amount that the Exercising Holder has elected to be converted into the Ordinary Shares of the Payor (“ Elected Amount ”, which does not include the Non-conversion Amount) upon the occurrence of Exit is below 25%, Key Founder shall compensate the Exercising Holder in cash until and only to the extent that the aggregate proceeds received by Exercising Holder upon the occurrence of Exit (including the proceeds received by Exercising Holder by sale of the equity interests in the Payor held by the Exercising Holder in the market) reach the less of (i) an amount reflecting an IRR of 25% over the Elected Amount as of the occurrence of Exit; or (ii) 3.052 times the Elected Amount, provided however that in the event (i) after the expiration of any lock-up period applicable to the shares or equity security held by the Holder, the daily volume weighted average trading price per share (or in the event of any shares represented by ADSs or ADRs, the per share price derived by dividing the price of such ADSs or ADRs by the number of shares that such ADSs or ADRs represent) that the Holder holds in the Payor is not less than the per share price calculated pursuant to the formula below (such price, the “ Qualified Stock Price ”) for thirty (30) consecutive trading days of the Company on each and any of such day, and (ii) the daily turnover rate of the Company’s shares during such consecutive thirty (30) trading days is above 5‰ on each and any of such day, then neither the Key Founder nor his Holding Company shall have any payment obligation with respect to such guaranteed return under this Clause 12:

 

  P n  =    X 0  × 3.052    
    S n   

Where,

P n = Qualified Stock Price;

X 0 = Elected Amount;

S n = the number of shares of the Payor held by the Holder as of the date the Qualified Stock Price is calculated.

For the avoidance of doubt, daily turnover rate shall be calculated pursuant to the following formula:

 

                    number of shares of the Payor traded one day                      aggregate number of shares of the Payor outstanding on the same day   ×   100%  


(b) If the IRR of the Exercising Holder upon exit is more than 30%, the Exercising Holder shall pay the following amount out of such return to Key Founder in cash as an award:

(i) If the IRR upon exit exceeds 30% but is no more than 50%, the Exercising Holder shall pay 30% of the difference between the actual cash return and the cash return that corresponds to an IRR of 30%;

(ii) (x) If the IRR upon exit exceeds 50% but is no more than 100%, the Exercising Holder shall pay 40% of the difference between the actual cash return and the cash return that corresponds to an IRR of 50%, plus (y) the amount calculated pursuant to (a) above assuming the actual cash return under (a) above corresponds to an IRR of 50%;

(iii) If the IRR upon exit exceeds 100%, the Exercising Holder shall pay 50% of the difference between the actual cash return and the cash return that corresponds to an IRR of 100%, plus the amount calculated pursuant to (b) above assuming the actual cash return under (b)(x) corresponds to an IRR of 100%.

(c) If any outstanding principal amount under this Note cannot be converted into the shares or other securities of the Company (or as the case may be, the shares or securities of the relevant entity resulting from any merger, reorganization or other arrangements made by or to the Company for the purposes of public offering) to be listed in an IPO (“ Non-conversion Amount ”) for any reason other than the Holder’s determination not to proceed with such conversion at its sole discretion, such Non-conversion Amount under the Note shall be repurchased or redeemed by the Company at a price that is the lower of (i) 3.052 times the Non-conversion Amount; or (ii) a price calculated pursuant to the formula below (“ Compensation Amount ”):

P n = X 0 × (1 + r) n

Where,

P n = the Compensation Amount;

X 0 = Non-conversion Amount;

r = IRR, which shall equal to 25%;

n = the number of calendar days from the date hereof to the date when the Compensation Amount is paid in full by the Key Founder, divided by 365.

 

  13. Most-Favored-Nation Treatment

In the event that before or shortly after the date hereof, the Payor or Key Founder had granted any other investors or shareholders any rights or privileges with respect to which the economic terms (including returns), ranking and protections of rights are more favorable than those granted to the Holder under this Note or any other Transaction Documents entered into with respect to the issue of this Note, the Holder shall, at its option, be entitled to rights and privileges at least pari passu with such investors or shareholders, unless the terms agreed by other investors or shareholders, taken as a whole, are more favorable to the Payor than those under the Agreement or otherwise waived in writing by the Holder.


  14. Offshore Convertible Bonds

The Holder shall have the right to review the terms of any convertible notes to be issued by the Payor to other investors (if any), and:

(a) the Payor shall not grant rights, privileges or protections, that are more favourable than those of the Holder under this Note or any other Transaction Documents (including without limitation, a lower conversion price under the convertible bonds) unless the terms agreed by other investors or shareholders, taken as a whole, are more favorable to the Payor than those under the Agreement or otherwise waived in writing by the Holder; and

(b) the Payor shall procure the convertible noteholders to undertake that the convertible notes shall rank pari passu with the liquidation rights of this Note held by the Payor unless the terms agreed by other investors or shareholders, taken as a whole, are more favorable to the Payor than those under the Agreement or otherwise waived in writing by the Holder.

 

  15. Qualified IPO

The Payor and the Principal shall use their best efforts to procure the Qualified IPO to occur within forty-eight (48) months from the date hereof.

 

  16. Information and Inspection Rights

The Payor shall, and shall cause the Group Companies to, deliver to the Holder the following documents or reports:

(a) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Payor, a consolidated income statement and statement of cash flows for the Payor for such fiscal year and a consolidated balance sheet for the Payor as of the end of the fiscal year, audited and certified by an internationally reputable firm of independent certified public accountants acceptable to the Holder and a management report including a comparison of the financial results of such fiscal year with the corresponding annual budget, all prepared in English or Chinese and in accordance with the Accounting Standards consistently applied throughout the period;

(b) within thirty (30) days of the end of each fiscal quarter, a consolidated unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such quarter and a consolidated balance sheet for the Payor as of the end of such quarter, and a comparison of the financial results of such quarter with the corresponding quarterly budget, all prepared in English or Chinese and in accordance with the Accounting Standards consistently applied throughout the period (except for customary year-end adjustments and except for the absence of notes), and certified by the chief financial officer of the Payor;

(c) within fifteen (15) days of the end of each month, a consolidated unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month and a consolidated balance sheet for the Payor as of the end of such month, and a comparison of the financial results of such month with the corresponding monthly budget, all prepared in English or Chinese and in accordance with the Accounting Standards consistently applied throughout the period (except for customary year-end adjustments and except for the absence of notes), and certified by the chief financial officer of the Payor;


(d) a preliminary annual budget, operating budget, financial plan and capital expenditure plan within thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year, and a finalized annual budget, operating budget, financial plan and capital expenditure plan which shall be approved by the Board in accordance with this Agreement, within thirty (30) days after the beginning of each fiscal year, in each of the foregoing instances, setting forth: projected detailed budgets for each such quarter; any dividend or distribution projected to be declared or paid; the projected incurrence, assumption or refinancing of indebtedness; and all other material matters relating to the operation, development and business of the Group Companies;

(e) copies of all documents or other information sent to all the shareholders and any reports publicly filed by the Payor with any relevant securities exchange, regulatory authority or governmental agency, no later than five (5) days after such documents or information are filed by the Payor;

(f) as soon as practicable, any other information reasonably requested by the Holder.

The Holder shall have the right, at its own expenses, to reasonably inspect facilities, properties, records and books of each Group Company at any time during regular working hours on reasonable prior notice to such Group Company and the right to discuss the business, operation and conditions of a Group Company with any Group Company’s directors, officers, employees, accounts, legal counsels and investment bankers.

 

  17. Dividends and Repurchase

(a) Prior to the full repayment or conversion of the Note, the Payor shall not, and shall ensure the other Group Companies not to, declare and/or distribute any dividends to any shareholder of the Payor or the other Group Companies.

(b) Except as disclosed in Section 7.3 of the Purchase Agreement, prior to the full repayment or conversion of the Note, the Payor shall not, and shall ensure the other Group Companies not to, affect or approve any repurchase of any equity securities held by any shareholder of the Payor or the other Group Companies.

 

  18. Negative Covenants

The Payor shall not, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following, and the Payor shall not permit any other Group Company to take, permit to occur, approve, authorize, or agree or commit to do any of the following, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, whether directly or indirectly, and whether or not by amendment, merger, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, amalgamation, or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Holder:


(a) any authorization, creation or issuance by the Company of any class or series of securities, any instruments that are convertible into securities, or the reclassification of any outstanding securities into securities, having rights, powers or preferences, such as dividend rights, redemption rights or liquidation preferences, superior to or on a parity with the Preferred Shares, the Note or any other Equity Securities held by the Holder at the time of the proposed action, or any amendment or change of the rights, preferences, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Shares, the Note or any other Equity Securities held by the Holder at the time of the proposed action.

(b) any merger, split-off, dissolution, Deemed Liquidation Event, Share Sale or change of the organization form of any Group Company, or any plan or proposal thereto;

(c) any amendment to any organizational or constitutive document (including the Memorandum and these Articles) of any Group Company in a manner that would alter or change the rights, preferences, or privileges of any Preferred Shares, the Note or any other Equity Securities held by the Holder at the time of the proposed action; and

(d) any commencement of any bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, winding up, ceasing operation or other similar proceeding with respect to any Group Company.

 

  19. Other Covenants

The Warrantors shall comply with all the provisions under the other Transaction Documents, including without limitation, the covenants and undertakings set forth in Section 7 of the Purchase Agreement.

Exhibit 4.13

SHARE MORTGAGE

over shares of Puxin Limited

dated September 29, 2017

created by

Long bright Limited

as

the Mortgagor

in favour of

CICC ALPHA EAGLE INVESTMENT LIMITED

as the Mortgagee


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE        PAGE  
1.   Definitions and Interpretation      1  
2.   Undertaking to pay      4  
3.   Security      4  
4.   Restrictions      6  
5.   Further assurance      7  
6.   Delivery of documents      7  
7.   Shares      8  
8.   General undertakings      10  
9.   Representations and warranties      10  
10.   Enforcement      11  
11.   Appointment and rights of Receivers      12  
12.   Mortgagee’s rights      13  
13.   Order of distributions      13  
14.   NO Liability of Mortgagee, Receivers and Delegates      14  
15.   Redemption of prior mortgages      14  
16.   Power of attorney      14  
17.   Protection of third parties      15  
18.   Saving provisions      15  
19.   Discharge of Security      17  
20.   Expenses      17  
21.   Payments      17  
22.   Rights, waivers and determinations      17  
23.   Counterparts      18  
24.   Governing law      18  
25.   Jurisdiction      18  

 

THE SCHEDULES

 

 

SCHEDULE        PAGE  
SCHEDULE 1 - A First tranche Shares      21  
SCHEDULE 1 - B Second tranche Shares      21  
SCHEDULE 2 Rights and powers of Receivers      22  
SCHEDULE 3 Form of Letter of Authority and Undertaking      24  
SCHEDULE 4 - A Form of Resolutions for Transfer of Shares      28  
SCHEDULE 4 - B Form of Resolutions for Transfer of Shares      33  


THIS DEED is dated September 28, 2017 and

MADE BETWEEN:

 

(1) Long bright Limited, a company incorporated with limited liability in the British Virgin Islands (the “ Mortgagor ”);

 

(2) Mr. Sha Yunlong ( LOGO ), the sole shareholder and director of the Mortgagor, a PRC citizen with his PRC ID card number 21020219760127271X (the “ Principal ”); and

 

(3) CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Mortgagee ”).

BACKGROUND

 

(A) The Mortgagor is entering into this Deed in connection with the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement by and amongst the Mortgagee, the Mortgagor, the Principal, the Company (as herein defined) and certain other parties thereto dated 15 August, 2017 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) and in connection with the Note Documents (as herein defined).

 

(B) The Principal is satisfied that entering into this Deed is for the purposes and to the benefit of the Mortgagor and its business.

 

(C) The Mortgagee and the Mortgagor intend this document to take effect as a deed (even though the Mortgagee may execute it under hand).

 

(D) The Mortgagee holds the benefit of this Deed on the terms of the Note Documents.

This DEED witnesses the following:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Deed, unless a contrary indication appears:

Company: Puxin Limited, an exempted company incorporated under the Laws of the Cayman Islands.

Companies Ordinance: the Companies Ordinance (Cap.622) of the Laws of Hong Kong.

Competitors: any Person (other than a Group Company) that is engaged in the business in connection with extracurricular tutorials for K-12 students, and consulting services and training for overseas study, whether online or offline.

CPO : the Conveyancing and Property Ordinance (Cap. 219) of the Laws of Hong Kong.

Covenant Parties: collectively, the Principal, the Company, Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited ( LOGO ), Pu Xin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ( LOGO LOGO ) and any other Group Companies (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), each a Covenant Party ; for the avoidance of doubt and solely for the purpose of this Deed, Covenant Parties do not include the Mortgagor or the Mortgagee.

Currency of Account: the currency in which the relevant indebtedness is denominated or, if different, is payable.

Deed: this deed and its schedules.

 

1


Delegate: a delegate or sub-delegate appointed under Clause 12.2 ( Delegation ) and any person appointed as attorney of the Mortgagee, Receiver or Delegate.

Dividends: in relation to any Share, all present and future:

 

  (a) dividends and distributions of any kind and any other sum received or receivable in respect of that Share;

 

  (b) rights, shares, money or other assets accruing or offered by way of redemption, bonus, option or otherwise in respect of that Share;

 

  (c) allotments, offers and rights accruing or offered in respect of that Share; and

 

  (d) other rights and assets attaching to, deriving from or exercisable by virtue of the ownership of, that Share.

Enforcement Event: an Event of Default as defined in the Note or any other non-compliance or breach of the provisions of the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

First Mortgages: all or any of the First Security created or expressed to be created by or pursuant to this Deed.

First Mortgaged Assets : the assets from time to time subject, or expressed to be subject, to the First Mortgages or any part of those assets.

First Tranche Shares:

 

  (a) the shares of the Company described in Schedule 1A ( First Tranche Shares ), representing 4.15% of the total issued and outstanding share capital of the Company as of the date of this Deed;

 

  (b) any right or property accruing or offered at any time in relation to such shares by way of redemption, substitution, exchange, bonus or preference, under option rights or otherwise;

 

  (c) all rights relating to any of those shares which are deposited with or registered in the name of, any depositary, custodian, nominee, clearing house or system, investment manager, mortgagee or other similar person or their nominee, in each case whether or not on a fungible basis (including any rights against any such person); and

 

  (d) all warrants, options and other rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of those shares,

in each case now or in the future owned by it or (to the extent of its interest) in which it now or in the future has an interest.

Secured Obligations: all present and future moneys, debts and liabilities due, owing or incurred by the Mortgagor or any Covenant Party to the Mortgagee under or in connection with any Transaction Documents (in each case, whether alone or jointly, or jointly and severally, with any other person, whether actually or contingently and whether as principal, surety or otherwise), whether originally incurred by such Covenant Party or by some other person and including all interest (including default interest) accruing in respect thereof.

Mortgaged Assets : collectively, the First Mortgaged Assets and the Second Mortgaged Assets.

Mortgages: collectively, the First Mortgages and the Second Mortgages.

 

2


Note : the convertible promissory note to be issued to the Mortgagee by the Company with a principal amount of US$23,000,000.

Party: a party to this Deed and includes its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees.

Receiver: a receiver and manager or other receiver appointed in respect of the Mortgaged Assets.

Register of Members: has the meaning given to it in paragraph (d) of Clause 6.3 ( Perfection and registration ).

Relevant Amounts: all distributions (including cash income, dividends and any other return) received from or in respect of any Share.

Second Mortgages: all or any of the Second Security created or expressed to be created by or pursuant to this Deed.

Second Mortgaged Assets : the assets from time to time subject, or expressed to be subject, to the Second Mortgages or any part of those assets.

Second Tranche Shares:

 

  (a) the shares of the Company described in Schedule 1B ( Second Tranche Shares ), representing 4.15% of the total issued and outstanding share capital of the Company as of the date of this Deed;

 

  (b) any right or property accruing or offered at any time in relation to such shares by way of redemption, substitution, exchange, bonus or preference, under option rights or otherwise;

 

  (c) all rights relating to any of those shares which are deposited with or registered in the name of, any depositary, custodian, nominee, clearing house or system, investment manager, mortgagee or other similar person or their nominee, in each case whether or not on a fungible basis (including any rights against any such person); and

 

  (d) all warrants, options and other rights to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any of those shares,

in each case now or in the future owned by it or (to the extent of its interest) in which it now or in the future has an interest.

Shares: collectively, the First Tranche Shares and the Second Tranche Shares.

Winding-up: winding up, amalgamation, reconstruction, administration, dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation or any analogous procedure or step in any jurisdiction.

 

1.2 Terms defined in the Purchase Agreement

Unless defined in this Deed or the context otherwise requires, a term defined in the Purchase Agreement or in any other Transaction Document has the same meaning in this Deed or in any notice given under or in connection with this Deed.

 

1.3 Construction

 

  (a) Any reference in this Deed to a “ Note Document ” is a reference to the Note, the Purchase Agreement and any other document designated as such upon the mutual agreement of the Mortgagor, the Principal and the Mortgagee, or any other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, restated (however fundamentally and whether or not more onerous) or replaced and includes any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in that the amount extended under the Note Documents or other agreement or instrument, in any manner whatsoever.

 

3


  (b) Unless otherwise stated, references to Clauses and Schedules are to clauses of and schedules to this Deed.

 

  (c) Unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to a Mortgaged Asset includes:

 

  (i) any part of that Mortgaged Asset;

 

  (ii) the proceeds of sale of that Mortgaged Asset; and

 

  (iii) any present and future asset of that type.

 

  (d) An Enforcement Event is “ continuing ” if it has not been waived.

 

  (e) In this Deed, unless the contrary intention appears, the term “ this Security ” means the First Security and/or the Second Security created by this Deed.

 

1.4 Perpetuity Period

If the rule against perpetuities applies to any trust created by this deed, the perpetuity period shall be eighty (80) years (as specified by section 6(1) of the Perpetuities and Ordinance (Cap. 257 of the Laws of Hong Kong)).

 

1.5 Currency, symbols and definitions

USD ”, “ US$ ” and “ United States Dollars ” each denotes the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.

 

2. UNDERTAKING TO PAY

The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, pay or discharge each of the Secured Obligations when due in accordance with the Note Documents and this Deed or, if they do not specify a time for payment, within ten (10) Business Days following demand by the Mortgagee.

 

3. SECURITY

 

3.1 Security

 

  (a) The Mortgagor, as legal and beneficial owner, charges in favour of the Mortgagee as continuing security for the due and punctual payment and discharge of all Secured Obligations:

 

  (i) by way of first equitable mortgage all the First Tranche Shares owned by it or held by any nominee on its behalf; and

 

  (ii) (to the extent that they are not the subject of a mortgage under sub-paragraph (i) above) by way of a first fixed charge its interest in the First Tranche Shares owned by it or held by any nominee on its behalf.

 

4


  (b) The Mortgagor, as legal and beneficial owner, charges in favour of the Mortgagee as continuing security for the due and punctual payment and discharge of all Secured Obligations:

 

  (i) by way of first equitable mortgage all the Second Tranche Shares owned by it or held by any nominee on its behalf; and

 

  (ii) (to the extent that they are not the subject of a mortgage under sub-paragraph (i) above) by way of a first fixed charge its interest in the Second Tranche Shares owned by it or held by any nominee on its behalf.

 

  (c) A reference in this Clause 3.1 (Security) to a mortgage or charge of the First Tranche Shares or the Second Tranche Shares (as the case may be) includes:

 

  (i) the Relevant Amounts; and

 

  (ii) any right or property accruing or offered at any time in relation to it by way of redemption, substitution, exchange, bonus or preference, under option rights or otherwise.

 

  (d) The security created on all the First Tranche Shares pursuant to Clause 3.1(a) and Clause 3.1(c) above is collectively referred to as the “ First Security ”, and the security created on all the Second Tranche Shares pursuant to Clause 3.1(b) and Clause 3.1(c) above is collectively referred to as the “ Second Security ”.

 

3.2 Share Certificates etc.

 

  (a) The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to:

 

  (i) on the date of this Deed and, where Shares are acquired by the Mortgagor after the date of this Deed, within five (5) Business Days of such acquisition, deliver to the Mortgagee, or as the Mortgagee may direct:

 

  A. all original share certificate(s) or confirmation from the Company that it does not issue any such certificate(s) in relation to all such Shares; and

 

  B. a blank, signed and undated instrument of transfer in respect of the First Tranche Shares; and

 

  C. a blank, signed and undated instrument of transfer in respect of the Second Tranche Shares; and

 

  (ii) promptly deliver to the Mortgagee, or as the Mortgagee may direct, any other documents relating to the Shares which the Mortgagee requires.

 

  (b) Forthwith upon any right, money or property (including any share, stock, debenture, bond or other securities or investments) becoming a Mortgaged Asset, the Mortgagor must deliver to the Mortgagee (or as the Mortgagee may direct) all documents referred to in Clause 3.2(a) above as if the references to the Mortgaged Asset in those sub-paragraphs were references to such right, money or property.

 

5


  (c) The Mortgagor and the Principal agree and acknowledge that at any time on or after the occurrence of an Enforcement Event (but subject to Clause 18.4), the Mortgagee may, at its sole discretion and at the cost of the Mortgagor, complete, date and put into effect the documents referred to in this Clause 3.2 ( Share Certificates etc. ) and may register the Shares in the name of the Mortgagee or its nominee; provided, that if the then Fair Market Value of the Shares exceeds the amount of the outstanding Secured Obligations (such difference, the “ Overpayment ”), the Mortgagee shall, and shall procure its nominee to, return an amount equal to the Overpayment to the Mortgagor as soon as practicable following the completion of registration of the Shares in the name of Mortgage or its nominee (as applicable). For purpose of this Deed, “Fair Market Value” of the Shares will be determined by an independent appraiser jointly selected by the Mortgagor and the Mortgagee on the basis of the cash price that an unaffiliated third party would pay to acquire all the shares of the Company (computed on a fully diluted basis after giving effect to the exercise of any and all outstanding conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants and options) in an arm’s-length transaction, assuming that the Company was being sold in a manner reasonably designed to solicit all possible participants and permit all interested Persons an opportunity to participate and to achieve the best value reasonably available to the shareholders of the Company at the time, taking into account all existing circumstances.

 

4. RESTRICTIONS

 

4.1 Security

The Mortgagor shall not, and the Principal shall not cause or permit the Mortgagor to, create or permit to subsist any security over any Mortgaged Asset other than the Security created hereby, nor do anything else prohibited or restricted by the terms of any Transaction Document.

 

4.2 Disposal

The Mortgagor shall not (and shall not agree or purport to), and the Principal shall not cause or permit the Mortgagor to, enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not and whether voluntary or involuntary) to dispose of any Mortgaged Asset, except, as expressly contemplated by any Transaction Document or with written consent of the Mortgagee.

 

4.3 No Transfer to the Competitors

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Deed, (a) the Mortgagee agrees that by no means shall the Mortgagee or its affiliates, nominees, Receiver or Delegate transfer or grant any interest in Mortgaged Assets, including the First Mortgaged Assets and Second Mortgaged Assets, to any of the Competitors of the Company, by enforcement of the Security under this Deed, whether or not by exercising the right under Clause 7.8 or Clause 10.3 or otherwise under this Deed; (b) the Mortgagee shall, at the request of the Mortgagor, take all and any actions and execute all and any other documents necessary under this Deed and applicable laws which are deemed proper or desirable in a written opinion of an attorney independent of all parties hereto (“ Independent Legal Advisor ”) delivered to the Mortgagee, to give legal effect and enforceability to the provisions under this Clause 4.3; and (c) the Mortgagee further agrees that, (i) if its covenant under this Clause 4.3 not to transfer or pledge any interest in the Mortgaged Assets to any of the Competitors of the Company, is made not enforceable by the act or omission of the Mortgagee (in the absence of any fault attributable to the Mortgagor or the Principal) or under the applicable laws, and (ii) there is no alternative solutions that may make it otherwise enforceable, in each case of (i) and (ii) above, as concluded by the Independent Legal Advisor in its written opinion which shall be delivered to the Mortgagee, the Mortgagee shall, and shall procure any of its affiliates, nominees, Receiver or Delegate, refrain from exercising any right or authorizations otherwise exercisable or available under this Deed solely for purpose of preventing the Competitors of the Company from acquiring any interest in the Mortgaged Assets under this Deed.

 

6


5. FURTHER ASSURANCE

The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, promptly do (at the cost of the Mortgagor) whatever the Mortgagee requires pursuant to this Deed:

 

  (a) to create, perfect or protect the security intended to be created by this Deed, the Mortgages and/or the priority thereof; or

 

  (b) while an Enforcement Event is continuing, to facilitate the realisation of any Mortgaged Asset and/or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion exercisable vested in the Mortgagee or any Receiver,

including (if the Mortgagor or any Receiver thinks expedient) executing any transfer, conveyance, charge, mortgage, assignment or assurance of any Mortgaged Asset (whether to the Mortgagee or its nominee or otherwise), making any registration and giving any notice, order or direction.

 

6. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS

 

6.1 In addition to the requirements under Clause 3.2 ( Share Certificates etc. ), the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, deliver or procure that there shall be delivered to the Mortgagee the following documents (in form and substance satisfactory to the Mortgagee) upon execution of this Deed which may be held by the Mortgagee until the Mortgages are released:

 

  (a) signed and dated letters of authority and undertaking from all the directors of the Company authorising the Mortgagee or any of its officers to date and put into effect the resolutions referred to in paragraph (b) below and undertaking to approve transfers of Shares by or in favour of the Mortgagee substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 ( Form of Letter of Authority and Undertaking ); and

 

  (b) signed but undated resolutions of all the directors and shareholders of the Company approving the transfers of Shares by or in favour of the Mortgagee substantially in the form set out in Schedules 4-A and 4-B ( Form of Resolutions for Transfer of Shares );

 

6.2 All documents required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Clause 6.1 shall be in the forms set out in Schedule 3 ( Form of Letter of Authority and Undertaking ) to Schedule 4 ( Form of Resolutions for Transfer of Shares ) or otherwise as the Mortgagee shall require. At any time on or after the occurrence of an Enforcement Event (but subject to Clause 18.4), the Mortgagee shall have the right to complete, date and put into effect the undated documents referred to in this Clause 6 and Clause 3.2 ( Share Certificates etc. ) and/or the placements of any such document delivered to the Mortgagee pursuant to Clause 6.5 ( Changes in Directors ) below) and to appoint such persons as the Mortgagee shall think fit as directors of the Company.

 

6.3 Perfection and registration

 

  (a) The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, on or prior to the date of execution of this Deed, (i) instruct its registered agent to create and maintain (to the extent it has not already done so) a Register of Charge and to enter particulars of the security created pursuant to this Deed in such Register of Charge, and (ii) instruct its registered agent to effect registration of particulars of this Deed at the Registrar of Corporate Affairs of the British Virgin Islands (“ Registry ”) pursuant to Section 163 of the BVI Business Companies Act (as amended) (“ BCA ”).

 

7


  (b) On the date of execution of this Deed, the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Mortgagee a certified copy of the updated Register of Charge recording the particulars of the security created pursuant to this Deed and a confirmation in writing from the registered agent of the Mortgagor that the relevant application form to register the security created pursuant to this Deed with the Registry has been filed with the Registry pursuant to Section 163 of the BCA.

 

  (c) Promptly and in any event within thirty (30) Business Days from and including the date of execution of this Deed, the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Mortgagee the certificate of registration of charge issued by the Registry and a Registry stamped copy of the description of the security created pursuant to this Deed.

 

  (d) On the date of execution of this Deed, the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, deliver or procure to be delivered to the Mortgagee a certified copy (certified by the Company’s registered office provider) of an annotated register of members of the Company referencing this Deed (the “ Register of Members ”).

 

6.4 Changes in Directors

 

  (a) If a new director of the Company is appointed, the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, on or prior to such appointment becoming effective, procure that such director signs and delivers to the Mortgagee the documents described in Clauses 6.1(a) and (b) ( Delivery of documents ).

 

  (b) If a director of the Company resigns or is removed from such office, the Mortgagee shall promptly upon its becoming aware of the same return to the Mortgagor the documents signed by such director which were received by the Mortgagee pursuant to this Deed.

 

6.5 Directors resolution

After the Mortgages have become enforceable, the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, procure to the extent that it is within the power of the Mortgagor as a majority shareholder of the Company that any transfer to or by the Mortgagee or its nominee of any of the Mortgaged Assets is duly approved by the required proportion of directors of the Company and registered in the Register of Members.

 

7. SHARES

 

7.1 Acquisition

The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, promptly notify the Mortgagee of its acquisition of, or agreement to acquire, any Shares.

 

8


7.2 No changes to rights

The Mortgagor shall not, and the Principal shall not cause or permit the Mortgagor to, take or allow the taking of any action on its behalf which may result in the rights attaching to any Mortgaged Asset being altered.

 

7.3 Calls

The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, pay all calls or other payments due and payable in respect of the Shares.

 

7.4 Voting

Subject to Clause 7.5 ( Voting after enforcement ), the Mortgagor shall be entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting and other rights attached to any Share or Mortgaged Assets as it sees fit provided that:

 

  (a) it does so for a purpose not inconsistent with any Transaction Document;

 

  (b) it does so in a manner that does not affect the validity or enforceability of the Security and does not cause an Event of Default to occur; and

 

  (c) the exercise of or failure to exercise those rights would not have a material adverse effect on the value of the relevant Shares or the Mortgaged Assets and would not otherwise materially prejudice the interests of the Mortgagee under any Note Document.

 

7.5 Voting after enforcement

After this Security has become enforceable:

 

  (a) the Mortgagee or the Receiver shall be entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting and other rights attached to any Share or any Mortgaged Asset in such manner as it or he sees fit; and

 

  (b) the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, comply or procure the compliance with any directions of the Mortgagee or the Receiver in respect of the exercise of those rights and shall promptly execute and/or deliver to the Mortgagee or the Receiver such additional forms of proxy as it or he requires with a view to enabling such person as it or he selects to exercise those rights.

 

7.6 Dividends

Subject to Clause 7.7 ( Dividends after enforcement ) and the terms and conditions set forth in the Note Documents, the Mortgagor is entitled to retain any cash income derived from the Shares or any Mortgaged Asset and (to the extent any such cash income is received by the Mortgagee or its nominee) the Mortgagee shall (or, as the case may be, ensure that its nominee shall) pay the same to the Mortgagor or as it may direct.

 

7.7 Dividends after enforcement

After this Security has become enforceable, the Mortgagee (or, as the case may be, its nominee) shall be entitled to retain any Relevant Amount derived from the Shares or any Mortgaged Asset received by it and apply the same as the Mortgagee sees fit.

 

9


7.8 Power of attorney

If any Share is not held in the Mortgagor’s name other than pursuant to this Deed, the Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, promptly execute and deliver to the Mortgagee an irrevocable power of attorney, expressed to be given by way of security and executed as a deed by the person in whose name that Share is held. That power of attorney shall appoint the Mortgagee, each Receiver and each Delegate the attorney of the holder and shall be in such form as the Mortgagee requires provided that any power granted to the Mortgagee in respect of the enforcement or realisation of the Security created or expressed to be created under this Deed shall not be exercisable until this Security has become enforceable.

 

7.9 Communications

The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, promptly execute and/or deliver to the Mortgagee a copy of each circular, notice, report, set of accounts or other document received by it or its nominee in connection with any Share or in connection with or from the issuer of any of the Shares.

 

7.10 Role of Mortgagee

For the avoidance of doubt, the Mortgagee is not obliged to:

 

  (i) perform any obligation of the Mortgagor;

 

  (ii) make any payment, or to make any enquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or the Mortgagor; or

 

  (iii) present or file any claim or take any other action to collect or enforce the payment of any amount to which it may be entitled under this Deed,

in respect of any Share or other Mortgaged Asset.

 

8. GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

8.1 The Mortgagor shall not, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor not to, do, or permit to be done, anything which could prejudice the Mortgages.

 

8.2 The Mortgagor shall (and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to) notify the Mortgagee in writing in advance of any plan to register under Part XVI of the Companies Ordinance and shall ensure that details of the Security created by this Deed are duly registered with the Companies Registry in Hong Kong within one month after the Mortgagor is so registered.

 

9. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

  (a) The Mortgagor makes the representations and warranties set out in section 3 (Representations and Warranties of the Warrantors) of the Purchase Agreement to the Mortgagee on the date of this Deed.

 

  (b) The Mortgagor makes the representations and warranties set out in this paragraph (b) to the Mortgagee on the date of this Deed:

 

  (i) the shares described in Schedule 1A ( First tranche Shares ) and Schedule 1B ( Second Tranche Shares ) are duly authorised, validly issued and fully paid, non-assessable and freely transferable and constitute shares in the capital of a limited company. There are no moneys or liabilities outstanding or payable in respect of any of the Shares;

 

10


  (ii) the Shares constitute 8.3% of the total issued and outstanding share capital in the Company and no person has or is entitled to any conditional or unconditional option, warrant or other right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any issued or unissued Shares, or any interest in Shares or the capital of the Company;

 

  (iii) The Mortgagor is not registered under Part XVI of the Companies Ordinance or, if it has so registered, it has provided sufficient details to the Mortgagee to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Morgagee at the Companies Registry; and

 

  (iv) this Deed creates the security it purports to create and is not liable to be amended or otherwise set aside on the winding up of the Mortgagor or otherwise.

 

  (c) Unless a representation and warranty is expressed to be given at a specific date, each representation and warranty under this Deed is deemed to be repeated by each of the Mortgagor and the Principal on the date hereof and the date of consummation of the transactions as contemplated under the Transaction Documents.

 

  (d) When a representation and warranty is repeated, it is applied to the circumstances existing at the time of repetition.

 

10. ENFORCEMENT

 

10.1 Enforcement Event

The Security constituted by this Deed shall become immediately enforceable upon the occurrence of an Enforcement Event.

 

10.2 Discretion

After this Security has become enforceable, the Mortgagee may in its sole and absolute discretion, enforce all or any part of this Security at the times, in the manner and on the terms it sees fit.

 

10.3 Power of sale

 

  (a) After this Security has become enforceable, the Mortgagee may, without prior notice to the Mortgagor or prior authorisation from any court, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Mortgaged Assets at the times, in the manner and on the terms it thinks fit.

 

  (b) The power of sale and other powers conferred (or deemed by this Deed to be conferred) by section 51 (Powers of mortgagee and receiver) and Section 53 (Sale by mortgagee) of the CPO and the Fourth Schedule (Powers of mortgagee and receiver) to the CPO as varied and extended by this Deed shall arise on the date of this Deed and no restriction imposed by any ordinance or other statutory provision in relation to the exercise of any power of sale shall apply to this Deed.

 

10.4 No liability as mortgagee in possession

Nothing done by or on behalf of the Mortgagee pursuant to this Deed shall render it liable to account as a mortgagee in possession for any sums other than actual receipts.

 

11


11. APPOINTMENT AND RIGHTS OF RECEIVERS

 

11.1 Appointment of receivers

If:

 

  (a) requested by the Mortgagor; or

 

  (b) after this Security has become enforceable (whether or not the Mortgagee has taken possession of the Mortgaged Assets),

without any notice or further notice, the Mortgagee may, by deed or otherwise in writing signed by any officer or manager of the Mortgagee or any person authorised for this purpose by the Mortgagee, appoint one or more persons to be a Receiver. If the Mortgagee appoints more than one person as Receiver, the Mortgagee may give those persons power to act either jointly or severally. The provisions of section 50 (Power to appoint a receiver) of the CPO (as varied and/or extended by this Deed) shall apply to any appointment made pursuant to this Deed.

 

11.2 Scope of appointment

Any Receiver may be appointed Receiver of all of the Mortgaged Assets or Receiver of a part of the Mortgaged Assets specified in the appointment. In the latter case, the rights conferred on a Receiver as set out in Schedule 2 ( Rights and powers of Receivers ) shall have effect as though every reference in that Schedule to any Mortgaged Assets were a reference to the part of those assets so specified or any part of those assets.

 

11.3 Power of appointment exercisable despite prior appointments

The power to appoint a Receiver (whether conferred by this Deed or by law) shall be, and remain, exercisable by the Mortgagee despite any prior appointment in respect of all or any part of the Mortgaged Assets.

 

11.4 Rights and powers of Receivers

Any Receiver appointed pursuant to this Clause 11 shall have the rights, powers, discretions, privileges and immunities conferred (or deemed to be conferred) on receivers by the CPO (as varied and/or extended by this Deed), all powers (if any) conferred on receivers by law or otherwise and shall also have the powers and rights set out in Schedule 2 ( Rights and powers of Receivers ), all of which powers and rights are exercisable without further notice.

 

11.5 Agent of Mortgagor

 

  (a) Any Receiver shall be the agent of the Mortgagor for all purposes and accordingly will be deemed to be in the same position as a Receiver duly appointed by a mortgagee under the CPO or any other applicable law. The Mortgagor alone shall be solely responsible for the Receiver’s contracts, engagements, acts, omissions, defaults, losses and remuneration and for liabilities incurred by the Receiver.

 

  (b) The agency of each Receiver shall continue until the Mortgagor goes into liquidation and after that, the Receiver shall act as principal and shall not become the agent of the Mortgagee.

 

  (c) The Mortgagor will not incur any liability (either to the Mortgagee or to any other person) by reason of the appointment of a Receiver or for any other reason.

 

12


11.6 Remuneration

The Mortgagee may determine the remuneration of any Receiver and direct payment of that remuneration out of moneys received by Receiver. The Mortgagor alone shall be liable for the remuneration and all other costs, losses, liabilities and expenses of the Receiver and the same shall be a debt secured by this Deed which shall be immediately due and payable.

 

11.7 Removal of Receiver

The Mortgagee may, without further notice from time to time, by way of deed or otherwise in writing, remove any Receiver appointed by it and may, whenever it thinks fit, appoint a new Receiver in the place of any Receiver whose appointment may for any reason have terminated.

 

12. MORTGAGEE’S RIGHTS

 

12.1 Same rights as Receiver

To the fullest extent allowed by law, any right, power or discretion conferred by any Note Document (either expressly or impliedly) or by law upon a Receiver may be exercised by the Mortgagee, after the Mortgages become enforceable, without first appointing a Receiver, and whether or not the Mortgagee shall have taken possession or appointed a Receiver of the Mortgaged Assets.

 

12.2 Delegation

The Mortgagee may delegate in any manner to any person any rights exercisable by the Mortgagee under any Note Document. Any such delegation may be made upon such terms and conditions (including power to sub-delegate) as the Mortgagee thinks fit.

 

13. ORDER OF DISTRIBUTIONS

 

13.1 Application of proceeds

All amounts received or recovered by the Mortgagee or any Receiver or Delegate in exercise of their rights under this Deed shall, subject to the rights of any creditors having priority, be applied in the order provided in Clause 13.2 ( Order of distributions ).

 

13.2 Order of distributions

The order referred to in Clause 13.1 ( Application of proceeds ) is:

 

  (a) in or towards the payment of all costs, losses, liabilities, expenses and remuneration of and incidental to the appointment of any Receiver or Delegate and the exercise of any of his rights or powers, including his remuneration and all outgoings paid by him;

 

  (b) in or towards the payment of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the Note; and

 

  (c) in payment of any surplus to the Mortgagor or other person entitled to it.

 

13.3 Payment of claims in priority and no prejudice to right to recover shortfall

This Clause 13.2 (Order of distributions) is subject to the payment of any claims having priority over this Security and does not prejudice the right of the Mortgagee to recover any shortfall from the Mortgagor.

 

13


14. NO LIABILITY OF MORTGAGEE, RECEIVERS AND DELEGATES

 

14.1 No liability as mortgagee in possession

If the Mortgagee, any Receiver or any Delegate takes possession of the Mortgaged Assets, it or he may at any time relinquish possession. Without prejudice to Clause 14.2 ( No liability for costs ), the Mortgagee shall not be liable as (or required to account as) a mortgagee in possession by reason of viewing or repairing any of the present or future assets of the Mortgagor.

 

14.2 No liability for costs

Neither the Mortgagee nor any Receiver or Delegate shall (either by reason of taking possession of the Mortgaged Assets or for any other reason and whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) be liable to the Mortgagor or any other person for any costs, losses, liabilities or expenses relating to the realisation of any Mortgaged Assets except to the extent caused by its or his own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

15. REDEMPTION OF PRIOR MORTGAGES

 

  (a) At any time after this Security has become enforceable, the Mortgagee may:

 

  (i) redeem any prior security against any Mortgaged Asset; and/or

 

  (ii) procure the transfer of that security to itself; and/or

 

  (iii) settle and pass the accounts of the prior mortgagee, chargee or encumbrancer; any accounts so settled and passed will be, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive and binding on the Mortgagor.

 

  (b) The Mortgagor must pay to the Mortgagee the costs and expenses incurred by the Mortgagee in connection with any such redemption and/or transfer, including the payment of any principal or interest in accordance with Section 5 ( Waiver; Payment of Fees and Expenses ) of the Note.

 

16. POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

16.1 Appointment

The Mortgagor by way of security irrevocably appoints the Mortgagee, every Receiver and every Delegate severally as its attorney (with full power of substitution), on its behalf and in its name or otherwise, at such time and in such manner as the attorney thinks fit:

 

  (a) to create, perfect or protect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by this Deed (or the priority of the Security) and to do anything else which the Mortgagor is obliged to do (but has not done) under any Note Document to which it is party (including to execute charges over, transfers, conveyances, assignments and assurances of, and other deeds, instruments, notices, orders and directions relating to, the Mortgaged Assets);

 

  (b) to take any action and to execute any other documents which the Mortgagor is required to execute and do under this Deed and any attorney deems proper or desirable in exercising any of the rights, powers, authorities and discretions conferred by this Deed or by law on the Mortgagee, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

 

14


  (c) after this Security has become enforceable, to exercise any of the rights conferred on the Mortgagee, any Receiver or any Delegate in relation to the Mortgaged Assets or under any Note Document, the CPO or generally under Hong Kong law.

 

16.2 Ratification

The Mortgagor ratifies and confirms and agrees to ratify and confirm whatever any such attorney shall do in the exercise or purported exercise of the power of attorney granted by it in Clause 16.1 ( Appointment ).

 

17. PROTECTION OF THIRD PARTIES

 

17.1 No duty to enquire

No person dealing with the Mortgagee, any Receiver or any Delegate (or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing) shall be concerned to enquire:

 

  (a) whether the Secured Obligations have become payable;

 

  (b) whether the powers or rights conferred by or pursuant to any Note Document are exercisable or are being properly exercised;

 

  (c) whether any money remains due under the Note Documents;

 

  (d) whether any consents, regulations, restrictions or directions relating to such rights have been obtained or complied with;

 

  (e) otherwise as to the propriety or regularity of acts purporting or intended to be in exercise of any such rights; or

 

  (f) as to the application of any money borrowed or raised.

 

17.2 Protection to purchasers

 

  (a) The receipt of the Mortgagee or any Receiver or Delegate shall be a conclusive discharge to a purchaser and, in making any sale or other disposal of any of the Mortgaged Assets or in making any acquisition in the exercise of their respective powers, the Mortgagee, every Receiver and Delegate may do so for any consideration, in any manner and on any terms that it or he thinks fit.

 

  (b) Subject to the provisions of this Deed, all the protection to purchasers contained in Sections 52 (Protection of purchaser), 53 (Sale by mortgagee) and 55 (Mortgagee’s receipt) of the CPO or in any other applicable legislation shall apply to any person purchasing from or dealing with the Mortgagee, any Receiver or any Delegate.

 

18. SAVING PROVISIONS

 

18.1 Continuing Security

Subject to Clause 19 ( Discharge of Security ), the Mortgages are continuing Security and will extend to the ultimate balance of the Secured Obligations, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

18.2 Reinstatement

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of the Mortgagor, any Covenant Party or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by the Mortgagee in whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Mortgagor and the Covenant Parties and the Mortgages shall continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

15


18.3 Mortgagor intent

The Mortgagor expressly confirms that it intends that the Mortgages shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Note Documents and/or any loans or amount made available under any of the Note Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such loan or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

18.4 Immediate recourse

The Mortgagor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Mortgagee (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Mortgagor under this Deed, and this waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Note Document to the contrary; provided, that, the Mortgagee hereby agrees that the Security under this Deed shall not become enforceable unless six (6) months have lapsed since the date of the occurrence of an Enforcement Event under the Note Documents and any Secured Obligations remain due and outstanding at the time of the enforcement.

 

18.5 Appropriations

Until this Security is discharged pursuant to Clause 19, the Mortgagee (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a) refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Mortgagee (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Mortgagor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b) hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Mortgagor or on account of the Mortgagor’s liability under this Deed.

 

18.6 Additional Security

The Mortgages are in addition to and are not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantees or security now or subsequently held by the Mortgagee.

 

18.7 Tacking

The Mortgagee, the Mortgagor and the Covenant Parties shall comply with its obligations under the Note Documents.

 

16


19. DISCHARGE OF SECURITY

 

19.1 Final redemption

 

  (a) If the Captive Structure (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) has been established in accordance with Section 7.3 of the Purchase Agreement, the Mortgagee shall, within five (5) Business Days upon its receipt of the request of the Mortgagor and at cost of the Mortgagor, release or discharge (as appropriate) the Second Mortgaged Assets from the Second Mortgages.

 

  (b) If all the Secured Obligations have been irrevocably paid in full (including the exercise of the Conversion Right by the Mortgagee (as defined under the Note Documents) in full in accordance with the terms of the Note Documents), the Mortgagee shall, within five (5) Business Days upon its receipt of the request of the Mortgagor and at cost of the Mortgagor, release or discharge (as appropriate) the First Mortgaged Assets from the First Mortgages.

 

20. EXPENSES

 

20.1 Expenses

The Mortgagor shall, and the Principal shall cause the Mortgagor to, within five (5) Business Days of demand, pay to the Mortgagee the amount of all costs, losses, liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) incurred (in the case of costs, losses, liabilities and expenses incurred in relation to realisation or enforcement of any rights under or in connection with this Deed) or reasonably incurred (in all other cases) by the Mortgagee, any Receiver or any Delegate in relation to this Deed (including the administration, protection, realisation, enforcement or preservation of any rights under or in connection with this Deed, or any consideration by the Mortgagee as to whether to realise or enforce the same, and/or any amendment, waiver, consent or release of this Deed and/or any other document referred to in this Deed).

 

21. PAYMENTS

 

21.1 Demands

Any demand for payment made by the Mortgagee shall be valid and effective only if it contains a statement of the relevant Secured Obligations.

 

21.2 Payments

All payments by the Mortgagor under this Deed (including damages for its breach) shall be made in the Currency of Account and to such account, with such financial institution and in such other manner as the Mortgagee may direct.

 

22. RIGHTS, WAIVERS AND DETERMINATIONS

 

22.1 Ambiguity

Where there is any ambiguity or conflict between the rights conferred by law and those conferred by or pursuant to any Note Document, the terms of that Note Document shall prevail.

 

22.2 Remedies and waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Mortgagee, Receiver or Delegate, of any right or remedy under any Note Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Note Documents. No waiver or election to affirm any of the Note Documents on the part of the Mortgagee, Receiver or Delegate shall be effective unless in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Note Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

17


22.3 Determinations

Any determination by or certificate of the Mortgagee or any Receiver or Delegate under any Note Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

23. COUNTERPARTS

This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Deed.

 

24. GOVERNING LAW

This Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by Hong Kong law.

 

25. JURISDICTION

 

25.1 Dispute Resolution

 

  (a) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Deed, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

 

  (b) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in Hong Kong.

 

  (c) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Clause 25.1, including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Clause 25.1 ( Dispute Resolution ) shall prevail.

 

  (d) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

 

  (e) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

  (f) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of Laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive law.

 

18


  (g) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

  (h) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

 

  (i) The Parties to this Agreement agree to the consolidation of arbitrations under the Transaction Documents in accordance with the following:

 

  (1) In the event of two or more arbitrations having been commenced under any of the Transaction Documents, the tribunal in the arbitration first filed (the “ Principal Tribunal ”) may in its sole discretion, upon the application of any party to the arbitrations, order that the proceedings be consolidated before the Principal Tribunal if (A) there are issues of fact and/or law common to the arbitrations, (B) the interests of justice and efficiency would be served by such a consolidation, and (C) no prejudice would be caused to any party in any material respect as a result of such consolidation, whether through undue delay or otherwise. Such application shall be made as soon as practicable and the party making such application shall give notice to the other parties to the arbitrations.

 

  (2) The Principal Tribunal shall be empowered to (but shall not be obliged to) order at its discretion, after inviting written (and where desired oral) representations from the parties that all or any of such arbitrations shall be consolidated or heard together and/or that the arbitrations be heard immediately after another and shall establish a procedure accordingly. All Parties shall take such steps as are necessary to give effect and force to any orders of the Principal Tribunal.

 

  (3) If the Principal Tribunal makes an order for consolidation, it: (A) shall thereafter, to the exclusion of other arbitral tribunals, have jurisdiction to resolve all disputes forming part of the consolidation order; (B) shall order that notice of the consolidation order and its effect be given immediately to any arbitrators already appointed in relation to the disputes that were consolidated under the consolidation order; and (C) may also give such directions as it considers appropriate (x) to give effect to the consolidation and make provision for any costs which may result from it (including costs in any arbitration rendered functus officio under this Clause 25.1 ( Dispute Resolution )); and (y) to ensure the proper organization of the arbitration proceedings and that all the issues between the parties are properly formulated and resolved.

 

19


  (4) Upon the making of the consolidation order, any appointment of arbitrators relating to arbitrations that have been consolidated by the Principal Tribunal (except for the appointment of the arbitrators of the Principal Tribunal itself) shall for all purposes cease to have effect and such arbitrators are deemed to be functus officio, on and from the date of the consolidation order. Such cessation is without prejudice to (A) the validity of any acts done or orders made by such arbitrators before termination, (B) such arbitrators’ entitlement to be paid their proper fees and disbursements and (C) the date when any claim or defence was raised for the purpose of applying any limitation period or any like rule or provision.

 

  (5) The Parties hereby waive any objections they may have as to the validity and/or enforcement of any arbitral awards made by the Principal Tribunal following the consolidation of disputes or arbitral proceedings in accordance with this Clause 25.1 ( Dispute Resolution ) where such objections are based solely on the fact that consolidation of the same has occurred.

This Deed has been entered into as a deed and delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Deed.

 

20


SCHEDULE 1 - A

F IRST TRANCHE S HARES

Company in respect of which the Shares are issued: Puxin Limited

 

Registered Shareholder

   No. of Shares    Share Certificate Number(s)

The Mortgagor

   4,150,000
(of par value 0.00005
each)
   No. 13

SCHEDULE 1 - B

S ECOND TRANCHE S HARES

Company in respect of which the Shares are issued: Puxin Limited

 

Registered Shareholder

   No. of Shares    Share Certificate Number(s)

The Mortgagor

   4,150,000
(of par value 0.00005
each)
   No. 14

 

21


SCHEDULE 2

R IGHTS AND POWERS OF R ECEIVERS

Any Receiver appointed pursuant to Clause 11 ( Appointment and rights of Receivers ) shall have the right, either in his own name or in the name of the Mortgagor or otherwise and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as the Receiver thinks fit, and either alone or jointly with any other person:

 

(a) Enter into possession

to take immediate possession of, get in and collect the Mortgaged Assets and to require payment to it of all Dividends and Relevant Amounts and, without prejudice to the foregoing, cause to be registered all or any part of the Mortgaged Assets in its own name or in the name of its nominee(s) or in the name of any purchaser(s) thereof;

 

(b) Deal with Mortgaged Assets

to sell, transfer, assign, exchange, convert into money or otherwise dispose of or realise the Mortgaged Assets to any person (whether by public offer or auction, tender or private contract or otherwise) on such terms as he sees fit, including for a consideration of any kind (which may consist of cash, debentures or other obligations, shares, stock or other valuable consideration, may be payable or delivered in one amount or by instalments spread over a period or deferred);

 

(c) Borrow money

to borrow and/or raise money either unsecured or on the security of the Mortgaged Assets (either in priority to the Mortgages or otherwise and generally on any terms and for whatever purpose which it thinks fit);

 

(d) Claims

to settle, adjust, refer to arbitration, compromise and arrange any claim, account, dispute, question and demand with or by any person (including any person who is or claims to be a creditor of the Mortgagor) relating in any way to the Mortgaged Assets;

 

(e) Legal actions

to bring, prosecute, enforce, defend and abandon any application, action, suit and/or proceedings in relation to the Mortgaged Assets or any business of the Mortgagor in the name of the Mortgagor or in its own name and to submit to arbitration, negotiate, compromise and settle any such application, claim, action, suit or proceedings and in addition to take or defend proceedings for the winding-up of the Mortgagor and proceedings for directions under any applicable law;

 

22


(f) Receipts

to give a valid receipt for any moneys and execute any assurance or thing which may be proper or desirable for realising any Mortgaged Asset.

 

(g) Redemption of Security

to redeem any Security (whether or not having priority to the Mortgages) over the Mortgaged Assets and to settle the accounts of any person with an interest in the Mortgaged Assets;

 

(h) Rights of ownership

to exercise and do (or permit the Mortgagor or any nominee of it to exercise and do) all such rights and things as the Mortgagee would be capable of exercising or doing if it were the absolute beneficial owner of the Mortgaged Assets;

 

(i) CPO

to exercise all powers set out in the Fourth Schedule to the CPO as now in force (whether or not in force at the date of exercise) and any powers added to the Fourth Schedule, after the date of this Deed;

 

(j) Delegation

to delegate its powers in accordance with this Deed;

 

(k) Lending

to lend money or advance credit to any customer of the Mortgagor.

 

(l) Covenants, guarantees and indemnities

to enter into bonds, covenants, guarantees, commitments, indemnities and other obligations or liabilities as it shall think fit, make all payments needed to effect, maintain or satisfy such obligations or liabilities and use the company seal(s) (if any) of the Mortgagor; and

 

(m) Other powers

to do anything else it may think fit, necessary or desirable for the realisation of the Mortgaged Assets or incidental or conducive to the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, privileges and immunities conferred on the Receiver under or by virtue of any Note Document to which the Mortgagor is party, or the CPO and any other applicable law and to use the name of the Mortgagor for any of the above purposes.

 

(n) Construction

In the context of all rights, powers, privileges, discretions and immunities conferred on a Receiver, references to charge or mortgage in any provision of the CPO shall, for the purposes of this Deed, be deemed to be references to the Mortgages and references to mortgaged land in any provision of the CPO shall, for the purposes of this Deed, be deemed to be references to the Mortgaged Assets.

 

23


SCHEDULE 3

F ORM OF L ETTER OF A UTHORITY AND U NDERTAKING

To: CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited

            , 2017

Dear Sirs

Puxin Limited (the “Company”)

I irrevocably authorise you or any of your officers to complete, date and put into effect the attached resolutions signed by me in accordance with the provisions of the share mortgage entered into by Long bright Limited relating to the Company dated             , 2017 (the “ Share Mortgage ”).

I also irrevocably undertake to vote in favour of any resolution approving that any Shares (as defined in the Share Mortgage) comprised in the Mortgaged Assets (as defined in the Share Mortgage) be registered in your name or in the name of your nominees or in the name of any purchaser of those Shares or its nominee in accordance with the provisions of the Share Mortgage (including without limitation, Clause 6 ( Delivery of documents )) referred to above.

Yours faithfully,

 

 

by  Yunlong Sha

 

24


SCHEDULE 3

F ORM OF L ETTER OF A UTHORITY AND U NDERTAKING

To: CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited

            , 2017

Dear Sirs

Puxin Limited (the “Company”)

I irrevocably authorise you or any of your officers to complete, date and put into effect the attached resolutions signed by me in accordance with the provisions of the share mortgage entered into by Long bright Limited relating to the Company dated             , 2017 (the “ Share Mortgage ”).

I also irrevocably undertake to vote in favour of any resolution approving that any Shares (as defined in the Share Mortgage) comprised in the Mortgaged Assets (as defined in the Share Mortgage) be registered in your name or in the name of your nominees or in the name of any purchaser of those Shares or its nominee in accordance with the provisions of the Share Mortgage (including without limitation, Clause 6 ( Delivery of documents )) referred to above.

Yours faithfully,

 

 

by Gang Li

 

25


SCHEDULE 3

F ORM OF L ETTER OF A UTHORITY AND U NDERTAKING

To: CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited

            , 2017

Dear Sirs

Puxin Limited (the “Company”)

I irrevocably authorise you or any of your officers to complete, date and put into effect the attached resolutions signed by me in accordance with the provisions of the share mortgage entered into by Long bright Limited relating to the Company dated             , 2017 (the “ Share Mortgage ”).

I also irrevocably undertake to vote in favour of any resolution approving that any Shares (as defined in the Share Mortgage) comprised in the Mortgaged Assets (as defined in the Share Mortgage) be registered in your name or in the name of your nominees or in the name of any purchaser of those Shares or its nominee in accordance with the provisions of the Share Mortgage (including without limitation, Clause 6 ( Delivery of documents )) referred to above.

Yours faithfully,

 

 

by Liang Gao

 

26


SCHEDULE 3

F ORM OF L ETTER OF A UTHORITY AND U NDERTAKING

To: CICC ALPHA Eagle Investment Limited

            , 2017

Dear Sirs

Puxin Limited (the “Company”)

I irrevocably authorise you or any of your officers to complete, date and put into effect the attached resolutions signed by me in accordance with the provisions of the share mortgage entered into by Long bright Limited relating to the Company dated             , 2017 (the “ Share Mortgage ”).

I also irrevocably undertake to vote in favour of any resolution approving that any Shares (as defined in the Share Mortgage) comprised in the Mortgaged Assets (as defined in the Share Mortgage) be registered in your name or in the name of your nominees or in the name of any purchaser of those Shares or its nominee in accordance with the provisions of the Share Mortgage (including without limitation, Clause 6 ( Delivery of documents )) referred to above.

Yours faithfully,

 

 

by Yun Xiao

 

27


SCHEDULE 4 - A

F ORM OF R ESOLUTIONS FOR T RANSFER OF S HARES

Puxin Limited (the “Co mpany”)

WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF THE DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY (the “ Directors ”) made pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company

Directors: Yunlong Sha, Gang Li, Liang Gao and Yun Xiao

Date:

TRANSFER OF SHARES

NOTED that instrument(s) of transfer executed by Long bright Limited (the “ Mortgagor ”) transferring              share(s) in the Company from the Mortgagor to                      (the “ Transfer ”) was provided to the Directors.

IT WAS RESOLVED that, the share transfer evidenced by the Transfer be approved, and that the transferee’s name therein be registered in the register of the members of the Company in respect of the shares so transferred, and that new share certificates in respect of such shares be sealed with the common seal of the Company in accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company and issued to the transferees as appropriate and that the Company’s register of members be updated accordingly.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]

 

28


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this written resolution so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Name of Directors      Signature   
Yunlong Sha     

 

  

 

29


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this written resolution so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Name of Directors      Signature   
Gang Li     

 

  

 

30


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this written resolution so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Name of Directors      Signature
Liang Gao     

 

 

31


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this written resolution so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

 

Name of Directors      Signature
Yun Xiao     

 

 

32


SCHEDULE 4 - B

F ORM OF R ESOLUTIONS FOR T RANSFER OF S HARES

Puxin Limited (the “Company”)

WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF THE SHAREHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY (the “ Shareholders ”) made pursuant to the Articles of Association of the Company

Shareholders: Long bright Limited, Prospect Limited, Pution Limited and Gao & Tianyi Limited

Date:

TRANSFER OF SHARES

NOTED that instrument(s) of transfer executed by Long bright Limited (the “ Mortgagor ”) transferring              share(s) in the Company from the Mortgagor to                      (the “ Transfer ”) was provided to the Shareholders.

IT WAS RESOLVED that, the share transfer evidenced by the Transfer be approved, and that the transferee’s name therein be registered in the register of the members of the Company in respect of the shares so transferred, and that new share certificates in respect of such shares be sealed with the common seal of the Company in accordance with the Articles of Association of the Company and issued to the transferees as appropriate and that the Company’s register of members be updated accordingly.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed these written resolutions so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

Name of Members

Long bright Limited

 

By:  

 

Name:   Yunlong Sha
Title:   Director

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed these written resolutions so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

Name of Members

Prospect Limited

 

By:  

 

Name:   Yun Xiao
Title:   Director

 

35


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed these written resolutions so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

Name of Members

Pution Limited

 

By:  

 

Name:   Gang Li
Title:   Director

 

36


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed these written resolutions so as to be effective as of the date first written above.

Name of Members

Gao & Tianyi Limited

 

By:  

 

Name:   Liang Gao
Title:   Director

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deed has been duly executed and delivered as a deed on the date first set out above.

 

The COMMON SEAL of
   )
Long bright Limited    )
was affixed hereto
   ) /s/ COMMON SEAL of Long bright Limited
in the presence of:    )

/s/ Sha Yunlong

  
Signature of witness   
Name: Sha Yunlong   
Address: No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District,   
Beijing, China   
Occupation: CEO   

SIGNED, SEALED and DELIVERED as a

 

DEED

  

)

) /s/ Sha Yunlong

by SHA YUNLONG ( LOGO )
   ) /s/ Seal of Sha Yunlong
in the presence of:   

/s/ Tan Chunxiang

  
Signature of witness   
Name: Tan Chunxiang   

Address: No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District,

 

Beijing, China

  
Occupation: Manager   

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deed has been duly executed and delivered as a deed on the date first set out above.

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED    )
as a DEED by and in the name of    )
CICC ALPHA EAGLE INVESTMENT    ) /s/ Yin Xiaobin
LIMITED    )
by its duly authorized attorney YIN XIAOBIN    )
in the presence of:   

/s/ Yeung Ming Ho Stella

  
Signature of witness   
Name: YEUNG MING HO STELLA   

Address: 12/F Gloucester Tower The Landmark

 

               15 Queen’s Road Central

  

Occupation: Solicitor

 

                     Shearman & Sterling

  

 

39

Exhibit 4.14

[2017] Ye Wu Zi No. 08

Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

By and among

Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Yunlong Sha

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

June 15, 2017

Beijing PRC


Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

By and among

Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Yunlong Sha

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Party A: Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.,

Legal representative: Liu Zhen

Registered address: Room 205, Tower F, No. 9 East Outer Ring Road, Jiangyin City

Party B: Yunlong Sha

Identity Card No.: [                 ]

Domicile: Countrywide Talent Flowing Center Talent Market, Ministry of Personnel, No. 13 Sanlihe Road, Haidian District, Beijing City

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Yunlong Sha

Registered address: Unit 05-535, 8/F, No. 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

Whereas:

1. Party A is an enterprise legal person duly incorporated in PRC under PRC laws and focusing on equity and debt investment.


2. As of the signing date of this Agreement, Party B holds RMB29,621,500 of Party C’s registered capital, accounting for 59.243% of Party C’s registered capital. Party B is Party C’s controlling shareholder and actual controller.

3. Party C is an enterprise legal person duly incorporated in PRC under PRC laws, with registered capital of RMB50 million, and Party C’s unified social credit code is 91110108317937192W.

4. Party C intends to carry out financing through convertible debt, and the funds raised will mainly be used for making up the Company’s operation expenses and business expansion (including business, asset or equity acquisition).

5. In March 2017, Party A, Party C and Party B signed the List of Investment Terms Between Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., and Puxin Education.

This Agreement is formulated according to relevant laws and regulations like Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, Securities Law of the People’s Republic of China, Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China and the List of Investment Terms Between Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., and Puxin Education, and in the principle of equality, free will, fairness and honesty and upon full consideration.

Article 1 Definitions

(1) “Investment” refers to Party A’s investment in Party C in the form of convertible debt as agreed in this Agreement, and the aforesaid convertible debt may be converted into Party C’s equity according to this Agreement.

(2) “Articles of Associations” refer to the Articles of Associations of Party C.

(3) “Company” refers to Party C and the main body corresponding to Party C’s ownership equity.


(4) “Shares” are equal to equity for a limited liability company.

(5) “The parties hereto” refer to the parties signing this Agreement, namely Party A, Party B and Party C of this Agreement.

(6) “Registration date” refers to the date of completion of registering the capital increase via debt-to-equity conversion with the industry and commerce authority.

(7) “Subscription date” refers to the date of arrival of each subscription payment to Party C’s designated account regarding Party A’s investing in Party C (the financing party) by instalment in the form of convertible debt.

(8) “Reselling date” refers to the date of arrival of Party C’s reselling payment to Party A’s account.

(9) “Transfer date” refers to the date of arrival of Party B’s transfer payment to Party A’s account.

(10) “Termination date” refers to the maturity date of the period of 22 months starting from the first subscription date, and such a period shall not exceed 36 months in case of extension.

(11) “Subsidiaries” refer to the legal persons, partners, limited liability companies, joint-stock companies or other organizations directly or indirectly controlled by Party C.

(12) “Material adverse changes” refer to any influences, changes or development (excluding any of the said influences, changes or development that have been remedied or rectified under any circumstance) which are or are reasonably expected to be, individually or jointly with other influences, changes or development, ) obviously adverse to the Company’s entire business, capital, financial position or other situations, operating results or operation.


(13) “Intellectual property rights ” refer to patents, trademarks, service marks, registration designs, domain names, utility models, copyrights, inventions, confidential information, commercial secrets, proprietary manufacturing techniques and equipment, brand names, data base rights, trade names in any countries or regions or any other rights similar to any of the aforesaid rights, and the interests of any of the aforesaid rights (no matter whether they have been registered or not, and including the applications of granting the aforesaid rights and the right to apply to any of the aforesaid rights in any place of the world).

(12) “Vesting date” refers to the day on which Party A issues the written notice of exercising conversion right to the Company.

(15) “Transition period” refers to the period from the signing date of this Agreement to the first subscription date.

(16) “Liabilities” refer to all of the Company’s payables, debts and obligations, including but not limited to debts of the third parties, for which the Company provides guarantee, and all the expenditures, expenses, insurance premiums, transportation fees and interests owing the third parties by the Company under contract or agreement.

(17) “Close relatives” refer to spouses, parents, children and their spouses, brothers and sisters and their spouse, and the parents, brothers and sisters of spouses, and the parents of spouses of children.

(18) “Accounting standard” refers to Chinese accounting standards applicable to the Company then.

(19) “Workday” refers to the normal business day of financial institutions specified by the State Council of the People’s Republic of China.

(20) “Laws” refer to the laws, regulations, and judicial interpretations of the People’s Republic of China (not including Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Province in the context of this Contract).


(21) “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China (not including Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macao Special Administrative Region and Taiwan Province in the context of this Contract).

(22) Unless clearly specified herein, the term “including” shall be deemed as “including but not limited to” no matter whether the words like “but not limited to” have been contained.

Article 2 Amount and Interest Rate of Convertible Debt

The maximum amount of convertible debt under this Agreement shall be RMB300 million (RMB300,000,000.00), and the amount actually distributed shall prevail.

Prior to conversion of the convertible debt into equity under this Agreement, the interest rate adopted shall be fixed interest rate, and the interest shall be paid annually according to Article 11 of this Agreement. Information of Party A’s account used for receiving Party C’s payment of interests and principal is given as follows:

Account name: Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Account number: [                ]

Opening bank: Beijing Shangdi Branch of Bank of Communications

Article 3 Term of Convertible Debt

The Term of convertible debt shall be 22 months starting from the first subscription date. If Party A does not exercise debt-to-equity conversion within such 22 months, the convertible debt shall mature; and Party A may decide to extend the investment period before the maturity date, and the longest investment period shall not exceed 36 months.


Article 4 Conditions of Equity Conversion

4.1 If the Company intends to apply for overseas listing and has submitted application documents for overseas listing, Party A shall have the right to carry out conversion at the time of listing of the Company, and the specific procedures are provided in Clause 4.4 of this Agreement. Party A shall have the right to, under the situations permitted by the foreign exchange supervision and regulation and relevant laws and regulations, require the Company to support Party A’s outbound funds transfer (as applicable). In this case, Party A may establish an overseas entity with special purpose to directly hold the shares of the Company’s affiliated entity to be listed overseas, and Party B and the Company shall, on the condition of meeting laws and regulations, support Party A’s debt-to-equity conversion, and Party A shall bear the relevant expenses and taxes (if any) relating to its overseas shareholding.

4.2 If the Company fails to submit listing materials before December 31, 2020 and Party A decides to convert to equity, Party A shall have the right to convert into equity at the price provided in Clause 5.3 of Article 5 of this Agreement.

4.3 At the time of meeting the conditions of conversion, Party A shall have the right to decide partial or complete conversion.


4.4 If the Company has applied for listing in the United States before Party A decides to carry out debt-to-equity conversion, the Company shall, within 30 workdays prior to the printing of the red herring prospectus to be used for road show, issue a written notice (“advance notice”) of intended debt-to-equity conversion to Party A. Party A shall, within five days after receiving the advance notice, issue an conversion notice to the Company (“conversion notice”), and the conversion notice shall specify whether Party A decides to exercise the conversion right at the time of listing of the Company, and shall also specify the amount of debt to be converted into equity and other information as required in the advance notice. If Party A issues the conversion notice to the Company, the debt-to-equity conversion and the shares issued to public shareholders by the Company during its IPO shall be closed at the same time. Party A shall, according to relevant domestic and overseas laws and regulations and the listing rules, obtain all the approvals, consent and filings concerning the its or a designated third party’s holding of the shares of the Company affiliated entity to be listed, and Party B and the Company shall provide support in this regard. The specific implementation methods of debt-to-equity conversion shall be subject to negotiation of the parties hereto according to relevant laws and regulations and policies, and shall not constitute substantially adverse influence on the listing and listing process of the Company or its affiliates

Article 5 Equity Conversion Method and Price

5.1 Method of Debt-to-Equity Conversion

The debt-to-equity conversion is to be exercised in the form of capital increase to the Company. Party A shall determine the amount of debt to be converted into equity, and subscribe all of the Company’s newly increased registered capital with the aforesaid amount.

Party B waives the pre-emptive right to subscribe for the newly increased registered capital resulting from Party A’s debt-to-equity conversion, and promises to support Party A in achieving the waiver of the pre-emptive right to subscribe for newly increased registered capital by the other original shareholders.


5.2 If the Company is listed successfully, Party A shall have the right to, at the time of listing of the Company, convert the debt into equity of the Company at the conversion price depending on different situations as follows:

(1) If the Company submits listing materials before December 31, 2018, the conversion price of each share on the vesting date shall be 90% of the issuing price per share of the Company;

(2) If the Company submits listing materials before December 31, 2019, the conversion price of each share on the vesting date shall be 80% of the issue price per share of the Company;

(3) If the Company submits listing materials before December 31, 2020, the conversion price of each share on the vesting date shall be 70% of the issue price per share of the Company;

The number of the Company’s shares may be obtained by Party A = the amount of debt to be converted into equity held by Party A/the conversion price per share on the vesting date

5.3 If the Company fails to submit listing materials before December 31, 2020 and Party A decides to carry out debt-to-equity conversion, Party A may carry out it according to the Company’s valuation specified in the following items (1) and (2), whichever is lower:

(1) The Company’s valuation = (the net profits excluding non-recurring gains/losses of 2019 audited by audit institutions recognized by Party A + the interest paid by the Company to Party A in the year during which the conversion right is exercised) × 15.

(2) The valuation prior to each round of the Company’s equity financing starting from the date of this investment agreement (excluding the debt financing via debt-to-equity conversion for this round, and the debt financing via debt-to-equity conversion for this round refers to the debt financing via the Company’s debt-to-equity conversion closed at the same time with this investment or closed within three months before or after this investment). If the Company does not carry out equity financing or there is no confirmed pre-money valuation for relevant financing during the period from the date of this investment agreement to the conversion date, the Company’s valuation specified in item (1) shall prevail.


The proportion of the Company’s equity that can be obtained by Party A = the amount of debt to be converted into equity held by Party A/the Company’s valuation specified in the preceding clause.

Article 6 Use of Proceeds

The proceeds of the investment shall be used for making up the Company’s operation expenses and business expansion (including business, asset or equity acquisition). Prior to the successful listing of the Company, transactions with the amount for each transaction exceeding RMB100,000,000 (RMB100 million) or 20% of the net assets or other material investment or acquisition matters shall be subject to approval by the Company’s board of directors and shall be reported to Party A on the day the board resolution is passed. The proceeds of the investment shall not be used for other purposes without the written consent of Party A.

Article 7 Payment of Investment Amount and Conditions Precedent

The amount of the investment shall be paid according to the following agreement:

7.1 The investment amount (the “subscription price” or the “principal of convertible debt”) is RMB300,000,000 (RMB300 million), and the specific investment amount shall be the amount actually paid by Party A to the Company according to this Agreement. Party A shall be obliged to pay Subscription Price as agreed herein only when the Company and the relevant parties meet all the following conditions or such conditions have been exempted by Party A:

(1) The representations and warranties made by Party B and the Company to Party A under this Agreement are true, complete and accurate in all material aspects in the period from the signing date of this Agreement to the first subscription date, and will continue to be maintained as true, complete and accurate, unless such representations and warranties are subject to clear validity period;


(2) Party B and the Company have obtained all the internal approvals (including but not limited to the approval by general meeting, the board of directors, the committee of investment decision-making and the meeting of limited partners ) and the approvals of examination and approval institutions required for the investment, and such approvals have not been revoked;

(3) There are no material adverse changes to the business, technology, legal affairs and financial affairs of the Company and its subsidiaries as of the first subscription date;

(4) The Company has not distributed dividends in the period from the signing date to the first subscription date;

(5) The Company has not any material adverse events beyond normal operation before the first subscription date;

(6) This Agreement has been signed and taken effect;

(7) The Equity Pledge Contract Between Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd numbered (2017) Ye Wu Zi No. 08-1 has been signed and taken effect, and Party A has obtained the registration certificate of the pledge of 100% equity interests in Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Company Limited;


(8) The Guarantee Contract Among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., Yunlong Sha and Wenjing Song numbered (2017) Ye Wu Zi No. 08-1 has been signed and taken effect;

(9) The shareholders as natural persons among the Company’s existing shareholders have signed the agreements providing minimum service period, the non-competition agreements and the confidentiality agreements as agreed in this Agreement;

(10) The Company has sent Party A a detailed business plan, budget, and the plan of the convertible debt investment by the lead investor under this Agreement;

(11) There are no applicable laws or judgements, rulings, arbitrations, injunctions or orders of governmental agencies which restrict, prohibit or cancel the investment, and the Company does not have other lawsuits, judgements, rulings, arbitrations, injunctions or orders that have caused or may reasonably be expected to cause adverse influence to the investment;

(12) Party B and the Company have provided Party A with the letter of confirmation, which is signed by their authorized representatives and specifies that the aforesaid conditions of items (1) to (5) have been met;

(13) Party A has assigned a director as observer to the board or directors, and the corresponding filing (if necessary) with the industry and commerce authority has been completed.

7.2 After all the aforesaid conditions precedent have been met or exempted by Party A, Party A shall pay the Company the subscription price of convertible debt according to the following provisions:

(1) Party A shall, within five workdays after all the aforesaid conditions precedent have been met or exempted by Party A, remit the subscription price of RMB50,000,000 (RMB50 million) to the Company’s designated account, and the date of Party A’s payment of the subscription price of RMB50,000,000 (RMB50 million) shall be the first subscription date.


(2) The payment time and amount of the remaining subscription price of Party A shall be determined according to the Company’s written notice. While applying for payment of subscription price, the Company shall issue a written notice to Party A five workdays in advance, and the notice shall specify the amount and payment time of subscription price that shall be paid. Party A shall remit the necessary subscription price to the Company’s designated account according to the time and amount specified in the notice. In case of excessive or premature payment by Party A, the actual payment time and amount shall still be calculated and confirmed according to the time and amount specified in the Company’s written notice, and the Company shall have the right to (but is not obliged to) return the excessive or premature payment amount.

(3) Information of the Company’s account:

Account Name: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd

Account Bank: Beijing Zhongguancun Branch of Shanghai Pudong Development Bank

Account Number: [                ]

7.3 While calculating the interest, repurchase price, transfer price, comprehensive yield of Party A’s convertible debt according to this Agreement. The subscription price to be paid by instalments by Party A shall be individually calculated according to the actual payment date and amount of subscription price for each instalment.

Article 8 Representations and Warranties

8.1 Party B and the Company make the following representations and warranties to Party A at the time of signing this investment agreement.


(1) The Company is a corporate legal person legally established and effectively existing, has the complete legal capacity for civil rights and civil conduct, and has all the necessary approvals, licenses and permits required for business operation.

(2) As of the signing date of this Agreement, the Company has obtained all necessary internal and governmental (if necessary) approvals or authorizations and has the complete right, power and authorization to sign this Agreement and fulfil the obligations under this Agreement. This Agreement has been reviewed by the Company’s general meeting and approved by all the shareholders, and all the shareholders know their rights and obligations under this Agreement.

(3) The Company’s signing, fulfilment of this Agreement and completion of transactions mentioned in this Agreement do not violate any laws, administrative regulations, department rules and industrial standards, do not violate the Articles of Association, and do not violate any contracts, arrangements or memorandums to which the Company is a party or is bound by.

(4) The individuals representing Party B and the Company have obtained the authorizations required for signing this document.

8.2 Party B and the Company further make the following representations and warranties to Party A that, at the time of signing this investment agreement and as of the first subscription date:

(1) The Company’s information provided in this Agreement is true, complete and correct in all aspects. The convertible debt subscribed by Party A from the Company are effectively issued, and there are no any other right restrictions or any claims of rights by third parties unless specified in this Agreement.


(2) The financial report provided by Party B and the Company for Party A is true, complete and correct, and all the accounts are prepared according to laws, regulations, financial and accounting systems and based on the Company’s specific situation, truly reflecting the Company’s financial position and operating results. The financial records and materials fully comply with requirements of laws and regulations and accounting principles, and there are not any false records or material omissions.

(3) The Company and its original shareholders make the undertakings and warranties that except for the ones disclosed to Party A ( the liabilities stated in the balance sheet of the Company as at December 31, 2016 shall be deemed as the liabilities disclosed to Party A ) , the Company has not signed any external security documents and does not have any other liabilities not disclosed. If the Company still has contingent liabilities or other liabilities that have not been disclosed, all of them shall be borne by the original shareholders. If the Company first assumes and fully pays the aforesaid liabilities and therefore incur losses, the original shareholders shall fully compensate the Company within five workdays after occurrence of actual losses of the Company.

(4) Except for the ones disclosed to Party A, the Company, none of the original shareholders and the Company’s subsidiaries has been involved in any material lawsuits, arbitrations or administrative punishments, has disputes or illegal actions which may lead to the aforesaid lawsuits, arbitrations or administrative punishments, or has been imposed with any judiciary protective measures or enforcement measures. If the Company or its subsidiaries still have any material lawsuits, arbitrations or administrative punishments that have not been disclosed, or if there are other events resulting from illegal actions not being disclosed to Party A before the signing of this Agreement that cause loss of the interests to the Company or its subsidiaries, all the direct losses caused to the Company shall be borne by the original shareholders. If the Company first assumes the aforesaid losses, the original shareholders shall fully compensate the Company within five workdays after occurrence of actual losses of the Company.


8.3. Taxes

(1) Except for the taxes that have been disclosed to Party A, all the taxes that shall be paid by the Company or shall be paid under the name of the Company have been fully and timely paid, fully disclosed, or recorded provisions, and the Company is not liable to pay penalties, surcharges, fines or interest relating to any taxes;

(2) All the undue and outstanding taxes and expenses have been appropriately recorded in the Company’s financial statements, account books and records (the Company’s balance sheet dated December 31, 2016 attached to this Agreement shall prevail);

(3) If the Company still has undisclosed outstanding taxes that should have been paid but are not paid prior to the signing date of this Agreement and therefore incurs losses, the original shareholders shall bear the losses.

8.4 The information of all the immovable properties leased by the Company and the rights and interests (including not not limited to land use right) affiliated to these immovable properties have been fully disclosed. Except for the situations that have been disclosed to Party A, the Company has not breached any lease agreement of immovable properties, and there are not any events or any circumstances that may lead to breach of agreements or make any third parties claim for any compensation against the Company. The Company has never received or issued any notice of breach of agreements or notice of relevant events.

8.5 With respect to all the material and tangible moveable properties used by the Company during its operation (excluding the ones which are sold or disposed of without breach of this Agreement during the ordinary course of business after the signing of this Agreement), the Company has complete ownership and title or use right and there are not any right restrictions that would affect the normal use by the Company. All the tangible moveable properties that are material to the Company’s business operation are all kept in good condition and under well maintenance and repair (except for wear and tear) and fit for ordinary purposes.


8.6 In respect of the material intellectual property rights owned or used by the Company, the Company has exclusive ownership or valid and existing use right and license; except for the obligations specified by laws and regulations and agreed in the relevant license contracts of intellectual property rights, there are not any right restrictions or obligations to others. The Company’s operation and products have not infringed upon any intellectual property rights or other rights of any third parties in any material aspects, and any third parties have never claimed or threatened to claim for infringement of such rights; and none of any third parties has dispute regarding the Company’s right to use any intellectual property rights relating to its business, or has claimed or threatened to claim for any rights.

8.7 Except for the contracts that have been disclosed to Party A, all the contracts being performed to which the Company is a party or under which the Company or its assets are legally bound, no matter whether they are in written or verbal form, are completely effective and continue to be completely effective, and there is no need to bear any damages, compensation or other adverse consequences. The Company has not breached any material contract, and the other parties to such material contract have not violated or breached such contract.

8.8 Except for the situations that have been disclosed to Party A, the Company’s directors, supervisors or officers, or the Company’s shareholders and their directors, supervisors or officers, or the close relatives of the aforesaid persons and any of their affiliates have not:

(1) owed to the Company any money (excluding the business expenses and traffic expenses temporarily borrowed from the Company because of fulfilment of duties as the Company’s employees), or received the Company’s promise that the Company would provide loan to them, or provide loan to them in other manners, or allow delayed payment, and any mortgage, pledge, detainment, or guarantee or counter-guarantee in other forms;


(2) improperly been involved in the Company’s any business arrangement or other relations;

(3) been entitled to the ownership of any of tangible or intangible property or rights used by the Company;

(4) acted as the Company’s competitor, supplier, customer, lessor and lessee.

8.9 There are not any events or circumstances under which the violation of environment laws and regulations or any requirements of environmental protection authorities causes the Company to undertake any legal liabilities.

8.10 Party A makes the following representations and warranties to Party B.

(1) Party A is a company duly incorporated and legally existing under PRC laws, has adequate legal capacity for civil rights and civil capacity, and has all the necessary approvals, licenses and permits required for business operation.

(2) Party A has obtained all necessary internal and external governmental approvals or authorizations, and has the complete legitimate right, power and authorization to sign this Agreement and perform the obligations under this Agreement.

(3) Party A will make the investment payment according to Article 7 of this Agreement, and Party A promises to make the investment payment with its own funds gained from legitimate sources.


(4) Party A will actively handle or support Party B in handling the relevant formalities, including the formalities required for the investment contemplated hereunder.

(5) Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement and completion of transactions mentioned in this Agreement do not violate: i) any laws, administrative regulations, department rules and industrial standards, and any responsibilities that shall be undertaken by Party A according to applicable laws; ii) judgements, rulings of judiciary institutions or decisions of governmental departments and iii) any provisions of Party A’s Articles of Associations.

(6) The individuals who will execute this Agreement on behalf of Party A have obtained the authorizations required for the execution of this Agreement.

(7) Party A shall be obliged to keep the information of Party B and its affiliates confidential.

(8) The Company may, after the execution of this Agreement, reserve 10% of the Company’s total share capital on an fully diluted basis for an employee share or option incentive scheme.

Article 9 Commitments on Operating Results

In respect of the investment, the Company and the Company’s actual controller (also Party B), Yunlong Sha, makes the following commitments on the operating results of the Company.

9.1 The total net profits of the Company in 2017, 2018 and 2019 (the “net profits” mentioned herein and hereafter refer to the net profits excluding non-recurring gains/losses attributable to owners of the parent company given in the standard unqualified audit report issued by an accounting firm with the securities business qualification recognized by Party A) are not less than RMB950,000,000 (RMB950 million), and the interest paid by the Company to Party A shall also be included while calculating the net profit of certain year.


9.2 If the Company’s actual operating results fail to achieve the aforesaid operating results during the period of commitments and Party A has not exercised the conversion right, then prior to maturity date of convertible debt, Party A shall have the right to

(1) Resell the convertible debt to the Company, and the reselling price = S the principal of convertible debt of Party A’s each subscription + the principal of convertible debt of Party A’s each subscription × 18% × the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the reselling date (exclusive)/365 - interest of convertible debt that have been received by Party A; or

(2) Transfer the convertible debt held by Party A to Party B at a premium. Transfer price = S Party A’s principal of convertible debt of each subscription + Party A’s principal of convertible debt of each subscription × 18% × the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the transfer date (exclusive)/365 - interest of convertible debt that have been received by Party A.

Article 10 Operation Management and Corporate Governance After Investment

10.1 The Company sets up a board of directors, which consists of seven directors or less. Party A shall have the right to appoint an observer to attend the meeting of the board of directors. The observer shall have the right to attend the meeting of the board of directors but is not entitled to vote. The board of directors shall convene a meeting at least every half a year. Party A may timely and comprehensively get to know the operating results and fulfilment of profit commitments of the target Company during the commitment period.


10.2 All the businesses relating to the Company’s existing operation shall be operated by the Company or the subsidiaries controlled by the Company. The Company’s shareholders, chairman, general manager, important members of management and core technicians shall not operate the businesses which are the same as or similar to the businesses of the Company, unless otherwise approved by the Company’s general meeting or board of directors.

10. 3 After the investment, the Company’s controlling shareholders, actual controllers, directors, supervisors, officers and core technicians and their Close Relatives shall not conduct any new related party transactions with the Company which may have negative impacts on the Company, unless otherwise approved by the Company’s general meeting or board of directors.

10.4 Starting from the signing date of this investment agreement, the Company shall not provide new external guarantees or lend money to other parties, excluding the guarantees provided by the Company for its own debts or the debts of the Subsidiaries controlled by it.

Article 11 Payment of Interest

11.1 In the period that Party A’s convertible debt of the Company have not been converted into equity, the Company shall pay the interest of convertible debt annually, and the interest rate (singular interest) shall be 12% per year. The payment of interest shall start from the actual payment of the investment price by Party A, and the interest shall be calculated as per the number of days for the investment amount actually used by the Company before conversion. The interest period of Party A’s each subscription of convertible debt shall start separately from the time of each subscription of convertible debt.


The Company shall pay the interest of the current year within five workdays starting from December 10 (“settlement date of interests”) of every natural year. The calculation of interest is as follows:

(1) The interest that shall be paid by the Company to Party A in the first natural year = S Party A’s each subscription of principal of convertible debt x 12% x the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the settlement date of interests of the first natural year.

(2) The interests that shall be paid by the Company to Party A from the second natural year = S Party A’s principal of convertible debt for each subscription × 12% × the number of actual days starting from the the settlement date of interest (inclusive) of last natural year to the settlement date of interest (exclusive) of the current natural year/365.

11.2 If Party A does not exercise the conversion right when the term of the convertible debt matures, the principal and interest that shall be paid by the Company to Party A on the maturity date = S principal of convertible debt for Party A’s each subscription + principal of convertible debt for Party A’s each subscription × 18% × the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the maturity date (exclusive) of convertible debt/365 - all the interest of convertible debt that have been received by Party A.

11.3 If Party A exercises the conversion right prior to the maturity date of convertible debt, the interest that shall be paid by the Company to Party A at the time of the registration date of Party A’s equity converted = S principal of convertible debt for Party A’s each subscription × 12% × the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the registration date (exclusive)/365 - interest of convertible debt Party A has received.


11.4 The Company promises that the internal rate of return (IRR) at the time of Party A’s exit is not lower than 18%/year within the period of up to 58 months starting from Party A’s investment in the Company. If the Company is listed successfully and Party A conducts conversion smoothly, and if Party A’s IRR calculated based on the closing stock price for consecutive 20 trading days after the Company’s equity held by Party A has been issued and traded freely is higher than 30%/year, then the Company is no longer obliged to promise the yield of at least 18%/year to Party A regardless of whether the investment period calculated from Party A’s investment has reached 58 months or how much the actual IRR is at the time of Party A’s exit.

Article 12 Right to Resell

12.1 All the parties hereto agree that if the Company decides to establish VIE structure to apply for overseas listing and Party A decides not to carry out equity conversion or there are obstacles to the equity conversion that cannot be resolved because of other reasons, Party A shall have the right to resell its convertible debt to the Company.

In case of Party A’s resale of the convertible debt to the Company because of the aforesaid circumstances, the reselling price = S principal of convertible debt for Party A’s each subscription + principal of convertible debt for Party A’s each subscription x 18% x the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the reselling date (exclusive)/365 - interest of convertible debt that Party A has received.

12.2 In case of the following material events, Party A shall have the right to ask the Company and/or Party B to, jointly or severally, prematurely repurchase Party A’s convertible debt of the Company or equity converted under the convertible debt.


(1) The Company or Party B is dishonest and this could seriously damage Party A’s interests;

(2) The Company has large amount of off-balance sheet cash income or expenditure not known by Party A, and this could seriously damage Party A’s interests;

(3) Party B’s transfer of any of its equity, interests, bonds, warrants, options or the interests of the same nature or similar interests, or disposal of such equity or interests in any other form without the consent of Party A (excluding the situations under which Party B transfers less than 5% of the Company’s equity to its close relatives or disposes of equity according to the employee share scheme approved by the Company’s board of directors or general meeting);

(4) Yunlong Sha, Liang Gao, Gang Li or Yun Xiao quits the job at the Company without the consent of Party A;

(5) The Company meets the listing conditions but it gives up the listing (excluding the situation under which the Company’s general meeting or the Company’s board of directors decides not to apply);

(6) There are changes to the Company’s controlling shareholder or actual controller;

(7) There are material adverse changes to more than 50% of the Company’s officers;

(8) The accounting firms qualified for securities business appointed by the Company cannot issue standard unqualified audit report regarding the Company’s financial statement, which substantially affects the listing of the Company;


(9) Significant breach of contracts by the Company or its controlling shareholder or actual controller leads to restrictions of Party A’s rights and/or significant damage or potential significant damage to Party A’s interests;

(10) The Company is faced with disputes, lawsuits, arbitrations or administrative punishments of asset ownership and/or business operation qualifications relating to its main business, which may cause material adverse changes to the Company’s operation or financial position and cause substantial obstacles to the Company’s listing;

(11) After the transaction, the Company’s manufacturing, operation, labour and personnel, property and assets, business qualifications and payment of taxes are faced with disputes or administrative punishments, and such administrative punishments may cause substantial obstacles to the listing of the Company or the entity corresponding to all the interests of the Company;

(12) The information provided by Party B and the Company during the due diligence conducted by Party A regarding the transaction contains significant mistakes, misrepresentation or concealment;

(13) Other events that cause severe adverse influence on the Company’s operation, or substantially affect the Company’s listing or M&A with listed companies.

12.3 In case of circumstances of Clause 12.2, Party A shall have the right to resell the convertible debt to the Company or transfer the convertible debt to Party B at a premium price. The calculation formula is as follows:

Reselling price or transfer price = S principal of convertible debt for Party A’s each subscription + principal of convertible debt of Party A’s each subscription × 18% × the number of actual days starting from the date of each subscription (inclusive) of convertible debt to the reselling/transfer date (exclusive)/365 - interest of convertible debt that have been received by Party A.


12.4 The Company and/or Party B shall make the full payment within 90 business days starting from receiving the reselling notice/transfer notice issued by Party A. If the Company is unable to complete what Party A requests with respect to the reselling due to restrictions imposed by laws or other reasons, Party B shall is jointly and severally liable for such consequences. All of the obligations with respect to reselling, transfer, commitments and compensation promised by Party B to Party A under this Agreement and the corresponding joint liabilities shall be limited to the value of all of the Company’s shares held by Party B.

Article 13 Guarantee

All the debts under this Agreement, including but not limited to the principal of convertible debt, interest, default interest, compound interest, liquidated damages, damages, and all the expenses arising from the lender’s exercising creditor’s rights and all the other payable expenses shall be guaranteed in the following manner:

The Company agrees to pledge 100% equity in Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Company Limited lawfully held by it in favour of Party A with, so as to provide security for the principal, interest and reselling price of the convertible debt under this Agreement. Specific matters relating to pledge are provided in the Equity Pledge Contract Between Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. numbered (2017) Ye Wu Zi No. 08-1 and separately signed by the Company and Party A.

Party B and Party B’s spouse agree to provide joint and several guarantee for the principal, interest and reselling price of the convertible debt under this Agreement. Specific matters relating to joint and several guarantee are provided in the Guarantee Contract Among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. , Yunlong Sha and Wenjing Song numbered (2017) Ye Wu Zi No. 08-2 and signed by Party A, Party B and Party B’s spouse.


Article 14 Right to Anti-dilution

Except for the situations under which Party A issues written consent or internal staff share scheme is carried out, after the first subscription date, the Company shall not, in principle, conduct subsequent equity financing (including, among others, issuing new shares or increasing registered capital (or securities and bills that can be converted into equity)) at a price lower than the valuation at the time when Party A exercises the conversion right or under the conditions superior to the conditions of the conversion into equity by Party A, otherwise Party A shall be automatically entitled to the conditions (if any) superior to the conditions of the conversion by Party A during subsequent equity financing, and Party A shall have the right to ask the Company and Party B to, through the methods which include but are not limited to the following ones, ensure that the price per share of the Company’s shares obtained by Party A is not higher than the price per share of the Company’s shares obtained by subsequent investors.

Party A shall have the right to convert the difference of price into the Company’s equity as per the lower price, and ask Party B to transfer such equity to Party A for free, and Party B shall sign equity transfer and capital increase agreement, and provide assistance in handling the subsequent account transfer of equity transfer or registration formalities of capital increase. Party B shall bear any new expenditures of Party A’s shareholders regarding such transfer if the free transfer is prohibited by regulatory departments such as registration institutions, and Party B shall also compensate Party A accordingly.


Article 15 Pre-emptive Right

Starting from the date of Party A’s payment of the first subscription, Party A shall have the right to first subscribe at the time of capital increase of the Company, and the subscription price and conditions shall not be substantially superior to the price and conditions of new investors. If the Company’s certain shareholders request for excising the pre-emptive rights at the same time, the shares shall be allocated according to the proportion of the Company’s equity held by respective shareholders that request for excising the right of first refusal.

Article 16 Investor’s Right to Information

16.1 If Party A decides to convert the debt into equity and becomes a shareholder of the Company or an entity corresponding to all the interests of the Company, then the equity held by Party A shall be entitled to the rights and interests of shareholders, including all the rights and interests of shareholders contained in such equity. The rights and interests of shareholders shall include but are not limited to the Company’s existing and future profit distribution right, voting right as shareholder, right to information and right to receive distribution of remaining property, which are corresponding to such equity, and other interests of shareholders specified according to Company Law and the Articles of Associations.

16.2 As a shareholder, Party A shall have the right to know the Company’s affairs, and Party B and the Company shall provide Party A with the following information and shall ensure that such information is true, complete and accurate.

(1) After the completion of conversion, the Company shall provide Party A with annual financial statement and brief analysis of annual operation within 60 days after each accounting year; and shall, within 120 days after each accounting year, provide Party A with standard unqualified annual audit report, which has been audited, work report of the board of directors, detailed analysis of operation of last year and the budget and operation plan of next year


(2) Information related to the proposed listing or the proposed merger into another entity;

(3) Other information, statistical data, transactions and financial data that have substantial relations with the Company’s operation.

16.3 Party B and the Company shall ensure that all the accounting statements are prepared by accounting firms qualified for securities business collectively recognized by the parties hereto. In case of any of Party A’s reasonable requirements, which do not disturb the normal manufacturing and operation of the Company, Party B will urge the Company to provide Party A with other significant information relating to the Company’s manufacturing, operation and financial management.

16.4 If the Company undergoes liquidation of bankruptcy or liquidation of dissociation because of poor operation or other reasons, Party A shall enjoy preferred liquidation right as compared with Party B after the conversion, namely the Company’s remaining property after the liquidation shall first be used to pay Party A’s principal of investment amount. After Party A obtains the liquidation amount according to the aforesaid method, the remaining property of the Company can be distributed to Party B and other shareholders of the Company.

16.5 If the aforesaid plan becomes impractical because of the restrictions by laws and regulations or the liquidation amount is not enough to pay the investment amount claimed by Party A, Party A shall have the right to, besides the statutory liquidation amount lawfully gained, ask Party B to compensate Party A in cash, and Party B’s compensation obligation shall be limited to the liquidation amount obtained by Party B.


16.6 All the parties hereto agree and confirm that the Company’s merger or consolidation that makes Party B fails to maintain the majority of voting rights in the surviving entity, or the sale of all or the majority of the Company’s assets shall be deemed as the Company’s liquidation, dissociation or termination, which leads Party A to be entitled to the amount under the priority of liquidation.

Article 17 Restrictions on Actions in the Transition Period

17.1 Unless with the written consent of Party A, in the period from the signing date of this Agreement to the first subscription date, Party B and the Company shall make sure:

(1) to operate normally to maintain the continuous business operation;

(2) not to conduct any abnormal transactions or cause abnormal debts;

(3) not to acquire or dispose of any income, assets or business beyond normal business scope, and not to inherit or have responsibilities, debts or expenses beyond the normal business scope;

(4) not to conduct profit distribution;

(5) not to set any right restriction on any assets (excluding normal bank loan guarantee for operation and financing with convertible debt and ABS, etc.);

(6) not to provide guarantee for the debts of third parties with undertaking, compensation or other contractual arrangement;

(7) not to reach any contractual arrangement under which the Company’s controlling shareholders, actual controller, directors, supervisors, officers and core technicians and their close relatives enjoy improper interests.


17.2 If Party B or the Company has known or found the facts or circumstances that have constituted or may constitute violation of obligations under this Agreement, or may make the representations or warranties made by any person untrue, inaccurate or misleading, Party B or the Company shall inform Party A immediately.

Article 18 Restrictions on Transfer of Shares of Original Shareholders

18.1 During the period from the time when the investment is completed to the successful listing of the Company or another entity corresponding to all the interests of the Company, without the consent of Party A, the Company, Party B and Party B’s close relatives shall not transfer or pledge more than 5% of the shares of the Company or the entity corresponding to all the interests of the Company to third parties.

18.2 During the period from the time when the investment is completed to the successful listing of the Company or another entity corresponding to all the interests of the Company, without the consent of Party A, the Company’s management and core technicians other than Party B shall not transfer or pledge the Company’s shares held by them.

18.3 The transfer made as a result of implementing the Company’s employee share incentive plan is an exception.


Article 19 Non-competition

19.1 Non-competition. Party B promises to the Company and Party A that it will not and it will ensure that its close relatives, affiliates and the Company’s directors, supervisors, officers will not directly or indirectly engage in the activities competing with the businesses of the Company or its subsidiaries, and will not privately or jointly implement any of the following restrictions:

(1) conducting competitive cooperation in any form that impedes the Company’s business, namely: engaging together with any other third parties in any activities competing with the Company’s ongoing or expected businesses as a principal, an agent, a shareholder, a co-venturer of a joint-venture, a licensee, a licensor or any other identity, or having interests in any of such competitive activities;

(2) in the country and place where the Company and/or its subsidiaries operate, ① directly or indirectly engaging in the businesses that are directly competing with the businesses of the Company and/or its subsidiaries; ② directly or indirectly investing in enterprises or entities (unless with the written consent of Party A in advance and such enterprises or entities are controlled by the Company after the investment) that are competing with the businesses of the Company and/or its subsidiaries; ③ supporting other parties in any form (including as an owner, a partner, a shareholder, or a director, etc.) in competing with the businesses of the Company and/or its subsidiaries;

(3) persuading or soliciting senior executives, customers, suppliers, distributors or agents of the Company and/or its subsidiaries to engage in the businesses that are competing with the businesses of the Company and/or its subsidiaries, or soliciting them to terminate their contractual relations with the Company and/or its subsidiaries;

(4) ensure that the persons working in the Company do not have part-time jobs in other enterprises in the same industry that directly compete with the Company and/or its subsidiaries, and do not directly or through third parties engage in the business activities that are competing with the businesses of the Company and/or its subsidiaries.


19.2 Prohibition of Part-time Job. In order to guarantee the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries, the parties hereto agree that Party B and the Company’s other key employees shall not hold any executive positions at companies or enterprises other than the Company and its subsidiaries.

19.3 Party B agrees, and warrants and promises to Party A that it will make sure that each director nominated by Party B, senior operation and management employees and senior technicians and other major employees have signed an employment contract, a confidentiality agreement and a non-competition agreement with the Company, and have agreed in writing that they will not engage in the industries competing with the Company during their term of office and within two years after resignation.

Article 20 Expenses

Unless otherwise specified, the parties hereto shall independently pay their expenses relating to the negotiation, drafting, signing and execution of this Agreement and documents relating to this Agreement. If Party A decides to conduct equity conversion, the expenses relating to the examination and approval, capital verification, audit, amendment registration with the industry and commercial authority regarding the Company’s domestic capital increase shall be borne by the Company. The relevant taxes and expenses shall be borne by the respective parties hereto according to relevant laws and regulations. If the relevant taxes and expenses shall be withheld or paid by a party according to laws and regulations, the parties hereto shall agree with the withholding and payment by such party.


Article 21 Termination of Agreement

21.1 In case of any of the following event, the non-default party may terminate this Agreement after informing the other party in writing.

(1) Party B and the Company cannot meet the preconditions specified in Article 7 of this Agreement within 90 days after the execution of this Agreement;

(2) The purposes of this Agreement cannot be realized because of force majeure;

(3) The purposes of this Agreement cannot be realized because of the delayed payment of debts or other breaches of contract by a party hereto;

(4) Serious deterioration of the Company’s operation;

(5) The Company transfers property and withdraws capital to evade debts;

(6) The Company seriously loses goodwill because of service quality problems;

(7) Any other circumstances under which a party has lost or is likely to lose the capability of performing this Agreement;

(8) Other circumstances stipulated by laws and regulations.

21.2 If party A fails to remit the first transfer payment recognized by the Company to the Company’s designated account within 20 days after signing this Agreement, this Agreement shall be automatically terminated without the need of issuing any written notice no matter what this Agreement provides.

21.3 The aforesaid termination does not affect any right to claim for compensation a party is entitled because of the other party’s breach of this Agreement.


Article 22 Confidentiality

22.1 Confidential information refers to the information and materials like any technology, financial information and operation and commercial information, which are provided by one party to the other party in writing, in oral or in other forms, not known by the other party, cannot be obtained through public channels and are not known by the public.

22.2 None of the parties hereto shall, in any form, utilize any confidential information obtained by it during the capital increase under this Agreement, or disclose such information to other organizations or persons other than the parties hereto, unless:

(1) the other party has agreed in writing in advance;

(2) the confidential information is made public not because of mistakes ascribable to the parties hereto;

(3) for the purpose of enforcing the courts’ rulings, judgements or arbitration awards that have taken effect;

(4) according to requirements of any judiciary and administrative institutions or supervising institutions with jurisdiction;

(5) disclosure (if any) to professional consultants, accountants, evaluators and lawyers that participate in the capital increase;

(6) to fulfil the obligations specified by relevant laws and regulations or observe the requirements of disclosure of public information.

22.3 None of the parties shall make public the contents of this Agreement without the written consent of the other party, excluding the situation under which it is necessary to make public according to laws and regulations.


22.4 In spite of the aforesaid provisions, the Company and Party B may, after the completion of the investment under this Agreement, disclose that the they have obtained the investment by Party A, but the investment details shall not be disclosed without the consent by Party A.

Article 23 Liabilities for Breach of Agreement

23.1 If any party has violated the obligations as agreed in any terms (including appendixes) of this Agreement, or any of its representations, warranties and covenants contained herein is substantially untrue or has material omission and has caused material adverse changes, such party shall be deemed as having breached this Agreement. The defaulting party shall undertake corresponding liabilities of breach of the agreement for the non-defaulting party.

23.2 The provisions relating to the liabilities for the breach of this Agreement mentioned herein shall still be effective after cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

Article 24 Force Majeure

24.1 Force majeure refers to any events that cannot be controlled, foreseen or any events that can be foreseen but cannot be avoided, occurring after the execution date of this Agreement and making any party unable to fully or partly perform this Agreement. Force majeure includes but is not limited to explosion, fire disaster, flood, earthquake, typhoon or other natural disasters and war, civil disorder, deliberate destruction, expropriation, confiscation, sovereign acts of the government, changes to law, or failure to obtain governmental approvals of relevant events, or relevant governmental compulsory regulations or requirements that make the parties hereto cannot continue the cooperation and the occurrence of other material events or emergencies.


24.2 In case of force majeure, the party that is impeded from performing this Agreement shall inform the other party with the most convenient method without delay, and shall provide the other party with detailed written report of the force majeure within 15 days after the occurrence. The party affected by force majeure shall take all reasonable measures to eliminate the influences of force majeure and reduce the losses caused by force majeure to the parties hereto. The parties hereto shall, based on the influence of force majeure on the fulfilment of this Agreement, decides to whether to terminate or postpone the performance of this Agreement, or whether to exempt all or part of the obligations under this Agreement of the party affected by force majeure.

Article 25 Governing Laws and Settlement of Disputes

25.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the courts in China and the laws of PRC.

25.2 The parties hereto shall resolve any disputes arising from this Agreement or performance of or failure to perform the obligations under this Agreement upon on friendly negotiation. If negotiation fails, any party could initiate a legal proceeding at the people’s court having jurisdiction in the place where this Agreement is signed.

25.3 During the period the dispute is being settled, the parties hereto shall continue performing other undisputable aspects of this Agreement.


Article 26 Notice

26.1 Unless otherwise specified, the notice or communications made by any party according to this Agreement may be delivered to the following addresses or email addresses of the parties hereto via hand delivery by a contact person, express, registered mail or email.

Party A: Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Correspondence address: T1-602, Huamao Center, 81 Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Contact person: Hou Hengxing Tel.: [            ]

Postcode: 100025                   Email: [            ]

Party B: Yunlong Sha

Correspondence address: Room 1601, Chuangfu Building, 18 Danleng Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Contact person: Yunlong Sha Tel.: [            ]

Postcode:                             Email: [            ]

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Correspondence address: Room 1601, Chuangfu Building, No. 18 Danleng Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Contact person: Yunlong Sha Tel.: [            ]

Postcode:                             Email: [            ]


26.2 The date of the valid receipt of notice shall be determined according to the following provisions:

(1) For the notice delivered by a contact person, it is deemed to be validly delivered when the notice is hand-delivered by the contact person;

(2) For the notice via registered mail, it is deemed to be validly delivered on the seventh day following the day when the notice is mailed (as indicated on the postmark);

(3) For the notice via express, it is deemed to be validly delivered on the third day following the day when the notice is mailed (as indicated on the shipping label of the express company);

(4) For the notice via email, it is deemed to be validly delivered on the first business day following the day when the email is sent (as indicated by the delivery confirmation recorded by the computer of the sender);

Article 27 Appendixes

27.1 This Agreement shall contain the following appendixes:

(1) The resolution of general meeting which indicates that the Company has considered and passed the investment or this Agreement;

(2) The Company’s financial statements as of December 31, 2016;

27.2 The appendixes shall be an inalienable part of this Agreement, and the parties that provide the appendixes shall ensure that the contents of the appendixes are true, accurate and complete.


Article 28 Supplementary Provisions

28.1 This Agreement shall constitute all the agreements between the parties hereto on all the issues set out herein and shall take the place of all the discussions, records, summaries, memos, letters of intent, negotiations, notes and all other documents and agreements among the parties hereto on the aforesaid issues.

28.2 Without the written consent of the other parties, none of the parties shall transfer or assign its rights under this Agreement or establish any security interests upon such rights.

28.3 If any term of this Agreement is held by the court to be invalid or void, then such a term shall be deemed as ineffective, but this does not affect the effectiveness of any other terms of this Agreement. In this case, the parties hereto shall make the best efforts to replace it with an effective and enforceable term, and such term shall be as close as possible to the intention of original term.

28.4 Any party’s failure to exercise any rights or delayed exercise of any rights that it is entitled to exercise under laws or this Agreement, shall not be deemed as waiver of such rights, and such rights may be exercised at any time in the future. Independent or partial exercise of such rights does not exclude the exercise of such rights in other forms or in the future, or the exercise of other rights.

28.5 Any amendment to this Agreement shall be deemed as invalid unless it is agreed in writing by the parties hereto. For matters not covered herein, the parties hereto shall sign a written supplementary agreement upon negotiation, and the supplementary agreement has the same legal effect as this Agreement.


28.6 This Agreement is signed in Dongcheng District, Beijing, and takes effect upon affixing of corporate seals and signatures of legal representatives or authorized representatives of the parties hereto. This Agreement shall be executed in six counterparts with equal legal force, with two held by each party.


(This is the signature page to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., Yunlong Sha and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.)

Party A: Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signature of authorized representative: /s/ Zhen Liu

/s/ Seal of Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Party B: Yunlong Sha

Signature: /s/ Yunlong Sha

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Legal representative: Yunlong Sha

Signature: /s/ Yunlong Sha

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Exhibit 4.15

Supplemental Agreement to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

By and among

Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.

Yunlong Sha

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Puxin Limited

February 8, 2018

Beijing China


Supplemental Agreement to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement

[2017] Ye Wu Zi No. 08 – Supplemental

This Supplemental Agreement to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement (the “ Supplemental Agreement ”) was signed by the following parties on February 8, 2018 in Dongcheng District, Beijing.

Party A: Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Liu Zhen

Registered address: Room 205, Tower F, No. 9 East Outer Ring Road, Jiangyin City

Party B: Yunlong Sha

Identity Card No.: [                ]

Domicile: Countrywide Talent Flowing Center Talent Market, Ministry of Personnel, No. 13 Sanlihe Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Legal representative: Yunlong Sha

Registered address: Unit 05-535, 8/F, No. 18, Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

Party D: China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. ( referred to as “ China Central International ”)

Party E: Puxin Limited (referred to as “ Cayman Company ”)


Whereas:

1. In June 2017, Party A, Party B and Party C signed the “Convertible Debt Investment Agreement” numbered [2017] Ye Wu Zi No. 08 (the “ Original Agreement ”). Pursuant to the Original Agreement, the maximum amount of Party A’s investment of convertible debt is RMB300 million, which can be withdrawn and paid by instalments. As of the date of signing the Supplemental Agreement, Party A provided to Party C RMB190 million of convertible debt in total, of which the first subscription of principal of convertible debt was RMB50 million and the subscription date (i.e. the date on which such amount is actually provided by Party A) was July 5, 2017; the second subscription of principal of convertible debt was RMB90 million and the subscription date was 29 November 2017; the third subscription of principal of convertible debt was RMB50 million and the subscription date was February 5, 2018 (hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ principal of convertible debt of the first three subscriptions ”). Each abovementioned subscription of convertible debt and each subscription subsequently provided by Party A to Party C in accordance with the Original Agreement ten (10) working days prior to the listing of Cayman Company shall be respectively referred to as the “ principal of convertible debt ” of each subscription.

2. The Cayman Company intends to conduct an initial public offering and listing on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) or the NASDAQ. Party A intends to designate its related party, China Central International, to exercise Party A’s equity conversion under the Original Agreement. For the purpose of exercising such right, the Cayman Company intends to issue certain warrants for which a specific amount of equity is subscribed from the Cayman Company under specific conditions (each warrant issued for the principal of convertible debt of each subscription is referred to as each “ Warrant ” respectively) by China Central International for each abovementioned subscription of principal of convertible debt.

3. As Party A intends to appoint China Central International to exercise equity conversion, the parties intend to make corresponding supplement and revision to the Original Agreement with respect to the equity conversion. Upon negotiation and reaching agreement, the Supplemental Agreement is signed as follows:

 

I. The parties confirm that “the subject of all the rights and interests of Party C” in the definition of “Company” in Article 1(3) of the Original Agreement refers to the Cayman Company. Unless otherwise specified in this Supplemental Agreement, the terms, definitions and explanations under this Supplemental Agreement are consistent with the terms, definitions and explanations under the Original Agreement.

 

II. Party A confirms that Party A shall authorize China Central International to subscribe for the corresponding shares from the Cayman Company pursuant to the Original Agreement, this Supplemental Agreement and each Warrant. The Cayman Company is obliged to, as soon as possible, but not later than (i) within two (2) months after signing this Supplemental Agreement in respect of the first three subscriptions of principal of convertible debt; or (ii) within ten (10) working days after the subscription date in respect of the principal of convertible debt after the signing of this Supplemental Agreement, issue the Warrant to China Central International pursuant to which certain shares are subscribed from the Cayman Company under specific conditions by China Central International or its transferee as agreed in Article 3 below; as a consideration, Party A and any of its related party irrevocably waive and cease to exercise equity conversion of the principal of convertible debt or the amount of any convertible debt under the Original Agreement to Party C’s equity from the date of signing of this Supplemental Agreement.


With the prior consent of the Cayman Company, China Central International may transfer such Warrants to a third party (the “ Transferee ”). Where China Central International has transferred any Warrant in its entirety, the Cayman Company shall reissue the Warrant to the Transferee; where China Central International has partially transferred any Warrant, such Warrant shall be divided and the Cayman Company shall each issue a new Warrant to China Central International and the Transferee respectively.

 

III. Each Warrant should be subject to and set out the following conditions:

(1) The value of each Warrant shall be the principal of convertible debt for each corresponding subscription (the “ Value of the Warrant ”); the value of a Warrant that is partially transferred is the corresponding part of the principal of the convertible debt.

(2) The equity conversion price of the Warrant is the conversion price (the “ Equity Conversion Price ”) as agreed in Article 5.2 of the Original Agreement.

(3) The conversion method is that: China Central International or its transferee shall issue a written conversion notice to the Cayman Company within three (3) calendar months after the listing of the Cayman Company; (i) where China Central International issues such written conversion notice, it shall have the right to request Party C to repay the principal and interest in advance within six (6) months after the Cayman Company has received such written conversion notice in accordance with the interest agreed in the Original Agreement, and China Central International may choose to pay the Equity Conversion Price to the Cayman Company within five (5) working days after the Cayman Company has received the written conversion notice or within five (5) working days after Party C has repaid the principal and interest in advance; (ii) where the Transferee issues such written conversion notice, the Transferee shall pay in full the Equity Conversion Price to the Cayman Company within five (5) working days after the Cayman Company has received such written conversion notice and, in this case, the principal of the convertible debt (equivalent to the Equity Conversion Price) owed to Party A by Party C in accordance with the Original Agreement shall be due and payable after 22 months from the date of the first subscription in accordance with the Original Agreement, but Party C shall have the right to choose to repay in advance at any time without additional penalty. The Cayman Company shall complete the update of the register of shareholders within five (5) working days after the date of receipt of written conversion notice of China Central International or the Transferee and the consideration for the equity conversion (which should be confirmed as the “ Equity Conversion Day ”), and deliver the share certificate to China Central International or the Transferee within ten (10) working days, provided that the exercising party (i.e. China Central International or its Transferee) timely provides all necessary materials.

(4) The Cayman Company has made satisfactory representations and guarantees to China Central International or the Transferee of the Warrant, including but not limited to the following: the issue of Warrant has obtained the approval of the shareholders’ meeting and/or the Board of Directors of the Cayman Company; the Company has reserved sufficient issued shares corresponding to the Warrant; there are no encumbrances or claims from third party rights on the issued shares corresponding to the Warrants.


(5) For the avoidance of doubt, China Central International and the Transferee (if any) may agree on a one-off equity conversion of all the principal of convertible debt corresponding to the Warrants in accordance with the above terms after the listing of the Cayman Company. For the unexercised portion, holders of such Warrant do not have the right to continue the equity conversion.

(6) The number of shares of the Cayman Company that China Central International or the Transferee acquires under the exercise of the Warrant shall be the number of shares being calculated as the value of the Warrant divided by the Equity Conversion Price.

 

IV. The parties agree that after the Warrants corresponding to the principals of convertible debt of the first three subscriptions are properly signed and approved by the shareholders’ meeting and/or the Board of Directors of the Cayman Company, and China Central International has obtained the Warrants, Articles 4.1, 4.4 and 5.1 of the Original Agreement are terminated and no longer implemented. For the avoidance of doubt, the relevant provisions of Article 9 of the Original Agreement, Commitments on Operating Results, are terminated and no longer enforceable since the listing of the Cayman Company.

 

V. Regardless of any contrary provisions in the Original Agreement, Party B and Party C guarantee that for each exercised Warrant and each corresponding domestic bond,

(1) After the debts held by Party A under the Original Agreement and all the shares acquired by China Central International and the Transferee through the equity conversion are all realized, the sum of all proceeds (the “ Actual Total Proceeds ”, calculation formula as follows) obtained by Party A, China Central International and the Transferee of the Warrants shall not be lower than the minimum promised proceeds (the “ Minimum Proceeds ”) calculated according to the following formula:

Actual Total Proceeds = (P × 12% × N 1 ) + C

P = Value of the Warrant;

N 1 = The actual number of days calculated from the date of subscription (including the day) of the principal of convertible debt corresponding to the value of such Warrant under the Original Agreement up to the date (excluding the day) on which Party C shall repay the principal and interest to Party A based on the Original Agreement and this Supplemental Agreement /365;

C =The sum of the income earned from realization of all the shares of the Cayman Company after China Central International and the Transferee has exercised equity conversion, after deducting the Equity Conversion Price of China Central International and the Transferee.

Minimum Proceeds =P×18%× N 2

P= Value of the Warrant;

N 2 = (The actual number of days calculated from the date of subscription (including the day) of the principal of convertible bond corresponding to the value of such Warrant under the Original Agreement up to the date (excluding the day) of realization of all shares obtained after the equity conversion of the Warrant with the corresponding amount -N 0 ) /365; of which N 0 = The actual number of days calculated from the day of repayment of the principal of convertible bond by Party C domestically up to the day of payment of the Equity Conversion Price by China Central International or its Transferee, where the day of payment of the Equity Conversion Price is earlier than the day of repayment of the principal of convertible bond, then N 0 =0.


If the Actual Total Proceeds are lower than the Minimum Proceeds, Party B and Party C shall be obliged to make up for the difference, and the difference shall be paid in cash to China Central International or the Transferee by the Cayman Company, Party B or the designated institution of the Cayman Company. For the avoidance of doubts, the Minimum Proceeds undertaken by Party B and Party C to Party A, China Central International and the Transferee (if any) shall in no circumstances be higher than the results calculated according to the above formulae, and Party C and the Cayman Company shall only be obligated to pay Party A and/or China Central International an annual simple interest of 12% (no obligation to pay the interest to the Transferee of China Central International) according to the Original Agreement. The Minimum Proceeds of the holders of the Warrants after the equity conversion shall not be less than: (P×18%× N 2 )-(P×12%×N 1 ).

(2) Regardless of this Supplemental Agreement or any contrary agreement in this Supplemental Agreement, if the Cayman Company is listed and the yield calculated from the closing prices of the shares on the 20 consecutive trading days after China Central International or its Transferee of the Warrants exercise equity conversion is not less than 30 %, i.e. A1 ³ A2, which is calculated from the closing price of the shares on a certain trading day (hereinafter referred to as the “Accounting Day”) and A1 calculated on 20 consecutive Accounting Days is not less than A2, then Party B and Party C shall no longer be obliged to make up for the differences as mentioned in this Article.

A1=(P×12%×N 1 )+C 1

A2=P×30%× N 3

P= Value of the Warrant;

N 1 = The actual number of days calculated from the date of subscription (inclusive) of the principal of convertible debt corresponding to the value of such Warrant under the Original Agreement up to the date (exclusive) on which Party C repays the principal and interest to Party A based on the Original Agreement and this Supplemental Agreement/365;

C 1 = Market value held by China Central International and the Transferee calculated from the closing price on the Accounting Day, after deducting the Equity Conversion Price of China Central International and the Transferee

N 3 = (The actual number of days calculated from the date of subscription (including this day) of the principal of convertible debt corresponding to the value of the Warrant for the exercised portion under the Original Agreement up to the Accounting Day (excluding this day) -N 0 ) /365

 

VI. The term of the convertible debt under Article 3 of the Original Agreement is revised to read as: “The term of the convertible debt is 22 months from the date of the initial subscription. If Party A fails to exercise equity conversion under the Warrants within 22 months, the convertible debt shall be expired; Party A may decide to extend the investment period before the expiration of the term, and the investment period after extension shall not be more than 36 months. If the Original Agreement and this Supplemental Agreement terminate prematurely, the convertible debt shall be expired prematurely.


If the listing of Cayman Company is unsuccessful or China Central International fails to exercise equity conversion in accordance with the above terms after the listing, Party C shall pay the reselling price to Party A in accordance with the provisions of Article 12 of the Original Agreement on the date of expiry of the debts.

If, after the listing of the Cayman Company, the Transferee of the Warrants fails to exercise the Warrants in accordance with the above terms, Party C and related parties do not need to perform the Minimum Proceeds guarantee obligation to the Transferee of the Warrant or pay the reselling price to the Transferee of the Warrant.

 

VII. Unless otherwise stipulated in the aforesaid arrangements relating to the warrant subscription by China Central International and the term of the convertible debt, in respect of the convertible debt and its interest under the Original Agreement, Party C reserves the right to, or appoint related parties (including but not limited to the Cayman Company or its subsidiaries) to, repay the principal of the convertible debt to Party A and pay the relevant interest.

 

VIII. Party B and Party C undertake that the Cayman Company is the only overseas listed entity of Party C, but it should not be excluded that the Cayman Company, upon its listing, will simultaneously conduct listing on other stock exchanges or that other related parties of Party C will be listed on any stock exchange.

 

IX. Each party to this Supplemental Agreement confirms to the other parties that as of the date of this Supplemental Agreement, the other parties do not have any breach of contract under the Original Agreement or such breach has been rectified or exempted.

 

X. This Supplemental Agreement shall enter into force on the date of due execution by the parties.

 

XI. This Supplemental Agreement is made in ten counterparts with equal legal force, with each party holding two counterparts.

 

XII. Where this Supplemental Agreement is inconsistent with the Original Agreement, this Supplemental Agreement shall prevail. Where this Supplemental Agreement keeps silent, the Original Agreement and the Warrant shall be followed.


(The remainder is intentionally left blank. This page is the signature page to the Supplemental Agreement to the Convertible Debt Investment Agreement by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd., China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd., Yunlong Sha, Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. and Puxin Limited)

Party A: Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd. (seal)

Authorized representative: Zhen Liu

Signature: /s/ Seal of Zhen Liu

/s/ Seal of Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Party B: Yunlong Sha (signature)

Signature: /s/ Yunlong Sha

/s/ Fingerprint of Yunlong Sha

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (seal)

Legal representative: Yunlong Sha

Signature: /s/ Yunlong Sha

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Party D: China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.

Authorized signatory: /s/ Zhen Liu

Party E: Puxin Limited

Authorized signatory: /s/ Yunlong Sha

Exhibit 4.16

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. HOLDERS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

 

 

 

Warrant No. 1    Date of Issuance: March 28, 2018

WARRANT

This Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. (the “ Holder ”), by Puxin Limited, an exempted company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Company. This Warrant is issued in connection with (i) that certain Convertible Note Investment Agreement (the “ Investment Agreement ”) dated as of June 15, 2017 by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Company Limited (the “ Huazhong ”), an affiliate of the Holder, Puxin Education Technology Group Company Limited (“ Domestic Company ”), an affiliate of the Company and Mr. Yunlong Sha (“ Mr.  Sha ”), pursuant to which the Huazhong extended to the Domestic Company a convertible loan in the principal amount of up to RMB 300,000,000 (the “ Loan ”); and (ii) that certain side agreement to the Investment Agreement (the “ Side Agreement ”) dated as of February 8, 2018 by and among Huazhong, Domestic Company and Mr. Sha, pursuant to which the Huazhong has agreed to, among others, waive its right to convert the Loan into the equity interests of the Domestic Company subject to the terms and conditions contained therein. On July 5, 2017 (the “ Date of Drawdown ”), the Domestic Company has drawn down an amount of RMB 50,000,000 (the “ Principal ”) from Huazhong pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

1. Warrant Shares.

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and the compliance with all the applicable laws, upon occurrence of an initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (the “ IPO ”), the Holder is hereby entitled to purchase from the Company up to the number of ordinary shares of the Company, at par value US$0.00005 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the US$ equivalent of the Principal, calculated by applying the central parity rate between US$ and RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the date hereof) (the “ Value of the Warrant ”) by (b) the per share price (the “ Bench Price ”) as set out below:


(1)    if an IPO application is submitted on or before December 31, 2018, the Bench Price shall equal to 90% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO; or

(2)    if an IPO application is submitted at any time after December 31, 2018 but on or before (and including) December 31, 2019, the Bench Price shall equal to 80% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO; or

(3)    if an IPO application is submitted at any time after December 31, 2019 but on or before (and including) December 31, 2020, the Bench Price shall equal to 70% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO.

If the Holder exercises the Warrant pursuant to this Section 1(a), the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

Xn = Xo /CP

Where,

Xn = the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Warrant;

Xo = Value of the Warrant;

CP = the applicable Bench Price provided under this Section 1(a).

(b)    if an IPO has not been completed by December 31, 2020, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder is hereby entitled to purchase from the Company up to the number of preferred shares of the Company (the “ Preferred Shares ”, and collectively with the Ordinary Shares receivable pursuant to Section 1(a) above, the “ Warrant Shares ”) calculated pursuant to the formula below:

S= Xo/V 2020

Where,

S = the percentage of the number of Preferred Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Section 1(b) compared to the aggregate share capital of the Company at the time of exercise of the Warrant (on a fully-diluted and as converted basis);

Xo =Value of the Warrant;

V2020 means the pre-money valuation of the Company, which shall be the less of (i) the least of the pre-money valuations of the Company applied for all rounds of equity financing of the Company after the date of the Investment Agreement (excluding the convertible note financing of the Investment Agreement and any convertible note financing provided by the Investors of Same Round); or (ii) the valuation calculated based on the following formula:

 

- 2 -


V 2020 =(P+I) *15

Where,

V 2020 = pre-money valuation of the Company;

P=Audited Net Income of the Company for the year 2019, as audited by an accounting firm acceptable to the Holder;

I= interests that the Domestic Company has paid to the Huazhong from January 1, 2019 until the date of exercise of the Warrant.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the absence of any subsequent round of equity financing of the Company after the date of the Investment Agreement, the V 2020 calculated based on the formula set out for V 2020 in Section 1(b) above shall be applied, provided that where the sum of Audited Net Income is no greater than 0, the formula under this Section 1(b) shall not be applicable, in which case, the Company and the Holder shall discuss in good faith how to calculate the number of preferred shares of the Company receivable upon exercise of the Warrant.

The Preferred Shares received by the Holder shall rank pari passu with the preferred shares received by the Investors of the Same Round.

 

2. Exercise Price. The per share purchase price for the Warrant Shares shall be an amount equal to the Value of the Warrant, divided by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1 above under this Warrant (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

3. Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable (i) pursuant to Section 1(a) from the completion of an IPO until three (3) months upon the expiration of the lock-up period of the Holder, and (ii) pursuant to Section 1(b) only after December 31, 2020. For the avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant is not exercised in its entirety at one time within the exercise period specified above, no further exercise is permitted under this Warrant with respect to the balance of the Warrant Shares that would otherwise have been issuable hereunder.

 

4. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that (a) upon an exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(a) above, at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery; or (b) upon an exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(b) above, at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, sufficient number of Ordinary Shares, in each case as may be issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the “ Issuable Securities ”). All Issuable Securities shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise or conversion, shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions, other than transfer restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws, and free and clear of all preemptive and similar rights. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Issuable Securities shall be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law.

 

- 3 -


5. Method of Exercise. The Company agrees that the Warrant Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder (or to the nominee of the Holder) as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business in the jurisdiction in which the Company has its principal executive offices on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised (or the close of business on the next Business Day if the date on which this Warrant is exercised is not a Business Day). Such exercise shall be effected by:

 

  (a) the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of a Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto, to the Company at its principal executive offices; and

 

  (b) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder elects to purchase (the “ Warrant Price ”) in cash, by wire transfer or by check,

 

  (i) where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable to the Transferee Holder), within five (5) Business Days after, at the option of the Holder (x) the full payment of the Principal and all the interests accrued on the Principal by the Domestic Company or its designated affiliates to Huazhong pursuant to the Investment Agreement and Side Agreement (the “ Repayment ”) within six (6) months upon the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise, or (y) the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise; or,

 

  (ii) where the Warrant is exercised by the Transferee Holder, within five (5) Business Days upon the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise.

 

6. Registration  & Certificates for Warrant Shares. Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, the Company shall cause (a) the official Register of Members of the Company to be updated to reflect the issuance of the number of Warrant Shares so purchased to the Holder at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable thereafter and in no event later than five (5) Business Days upon the date of exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 5 and (b) one or more certificates for the number of Warrant Shares so purchased to be issued to the Holder at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable thereafter and in no event later than ten (10) Business Days upon the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise, provided that the Holder has provided all the documents required for such update of Register of Members and issuance of share certificates in a timely manner. The entries on the Register of Members and each share certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name(s) of the Holder’s nominee(s), subject to the applicable laws and regulations.

 

- 4 -


7. Warrant Shares Cease to Exist . In the case all the Preferred Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Company’s then effective amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time (the “ Memorandum and Articles ”), or reclassified into other securities of property, or all the Warrant Shares otherwise cease to exist (except for pursuant to a redemption by the Company in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles), then, in such case, the Holder, upon exercise of this Warrant at any time after the date on which the Warrant Shares are so converted or cease to exist, as applicable (the “Termination Date”), shall receive, in lieu of the number of Warrant Shares that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the Termination Date (the “Former Number of Warrant Shares”), the shares and other securities and property which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the Termination Date if the Holder had exercised this Warrant with respect to the Former Number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to the Termination Date (all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Warrant).

 

8. Representations and Warranties of the Company

The Company represents and warrants as of the date hereof that:

 

  (a) It (A) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and (B) has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Warrant (A) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (B) does not and will not contravene the Company’s charter or bylaws or any other organizational document and (C) does not and will not contravene any applicable law or any contractual restriction binding on or otherwise affecting the Company or any of its properties or result in a default under any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties may be subject.

 

  (c) This Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and is legal, valid and binding upon the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.

 

  (d) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption or other action by, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is or will be necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant, the issuance by the Company of the Warrant Shares, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the performance of or compliance with the terms and conditions hereof, or to ensure the legality, validity, and enforceability hereof.

 

  (e) Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would require registration, or the filing of a prospectus qualifying the distribution, of this Warrant being issued hereby under the Act or cause the issuance of this Warrant to be integrated with any prior offering of securities of the Company for purposes of the Act.

 

- 5 -


9. Undertakings.

 

  (a) No Impairment . Unless with the consent of the Holder, the Company will not, by amendment of the Memorandum and Articles or any other agreements or documents or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

 

  (b) Guaranteed Return .

 

  (A) If the aggregate cash return actually received by the Holder on the Warrant Shares of the Company over the Value of the Warrant calculated based on the formula below (the “ Actual Return ”) under this Warrant is less than the minimum return that the Holder is guaranteed to receive up to 58 months from the Date of Drawdown, which shall be calculated based on the formula below (the “ Minimum Return ”), the Company shall cause the Key Founder and/or the Domestic Company to compensate the Holder in cash for the difference between the Actual Return and the Minimum Return within thirty (30) days upon the Holder’s written request,

(1) Formula:

Actual Return = C

Minimum Return = (V×18%×N 2 )-(V×12%×N 1 )

Where,

 

  V = (i) Value of the Warrant where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable Transferee Holder) even if this Warrant is partially exercised by the Holder; or,

 

         (ii) the portion of the Value of the Warrant exercised by the Transferee Holder;

N 1 = the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date of the Repayment, divided by 365;

C = the aggregate cash return received by the Holder by cashing out the Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant deducting the Warrant Price paid by the Holder;

 

- 6 -


N 2 = the result of the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date on which Holder cashes out the Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant by the Holder, minus N 0 , divided by 365;

N 0 = the number of days starting from date on which the Domestic Company completes the Repayment until the Holder pays the Warrant Price to the Company (if the Holder pays the Warrant Price earlier than the Repayment, N 0 = 0).

 

  (2) Interest Payment: for the avoidance of doubt, this Warrant does not relieve the Domestic Company from its obligation under the Investment Agreement and Side Agreement to pay to Huazhong the interests accrued on the Loan drawn down by the Domestic Company pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

  (3) For the avoidance of doubt, N 2 above shall in no event be more than 29/6, which means the maximum liability on the Company, the Key Founder or the Domestic Company with respect to the Minimum Return under Section 9(b)(A) above shall be no more than the result of (V×18%×29/6)-(V×12%×N 1 ).

 

  (B) Notwithstanding the provisions under Section 9(b)(A) above, in the event that the Company completes the IPO and the Holder exercises the Warrant, if the closing price per share of the Warrant Shares held by the Holder (subject to adjustments made for share splits, share subdivision, share combination and the like) on the stock market which the Company’s stock is traded is higher than or equal to the per share price calculated based on the formula below (such price, the “ Qualified Stock Price ”) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days on each and any of such day, then neither the Key Founder nor the Domestic Company shall have any payment obligation with respect to such guaranteed return under this Section 9(b):

Formula:

Qualified Stock Price = [A2– A1 + W] /S

A1 = V × 12%× N 1

A2 = V×30%×N 3

Where,

 

  V = (i) Value of the Warrant where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable to Transferee Holder) even if this Warrant is partially exercised by the Holder; or,

 

         (ii) the portion of the Value of the Warrant exercised by the Transferee Holder;

W = Warrant Price that has been paid by the Holder;N 1 = the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date of the Repayment, divided by 365;

 

- 7 -


N 3 = the result of the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to each of such trading day within such twenty (20) consecutive trading days of the Company, minus N 0 , divided by 365.

N 0 = the number of days starting from date on which the Domestic Company completes the Repayment until the Holder pays the Warrant Price to the Company (if the Holder pays the Warrant Price earlier than the Repayment, N 0 = 0).

S= the number of Warrant Shares received by the Holder under this Warrant, subject to adjustments made for share splits, share subdivision, share combination and the like

 

  (c) Further Assurances . The Company agrees to cooperate fully with the Holder and to execute such further instruments, documents and agreements and to give such further written assurances, as may be reasonably requested by the Holder to evidence and reflect the transactions described herein and contemplated hereby, and to carry into effect the intents and purposes of this Warrant.

 

10. Partial Exercise; No Fractional Shares or Scrip. Partial exercise of this Warrant shall be permitted under this Warrant, but in the event of partial exercise of this Warrant, no further exercise is permitted under this Warrant. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

11. Definitions . In this Warrant:

Accounting Standards ”     means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or of a jurisdiction agreed upon by the holder of this Warrant, applied on a consistent basis.

Audited Net Income ” means, for a given fiscal year of the Company, the sum of the Company’s consolidated net income attributable to shareholders as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements thereof for such fiscal year after paying all relevant taxes and after eliminating all items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Company in accordance with the Accounting Standards, calculated in accordance with the Accounting Standards, and disregarding any Extraordinary Items.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in Hong Kong, Cayman Islands or the PRC.

Competitor ” means any Person (other than a Group Company) that is engaged in the business in connection with extracurricular tutorials for K-12 students, and consulting services and training for overseas study, whether online or offline.

 

- 8 -


Control ” of a given person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such person. The terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Extraordinary Items ” means, with respect to a given set of Audited Financial Statements, any income, gains or losses reflected or included therein arising from (a) sales or leases of material assets or equipment outside the ordinary course of business, (b) sales of interests in any Subsidiaries of the Company, (c) any transaction between the Company and a Related Party not on an arms-length basis (in which case such income, gains or losses shall be adjusted to reflect a transaction of the similar nature on the arms-length basis), (d) any changes in accounting principles, (e) any extraordinary or non-recurring earnings such as government subsidies or rebates, (f) any prior year adjustments, and (g) other events or transactions which, in accordance with the Accounting Standards, possess a significant degree of abnormality, are of a type not expected to recur in successive accounting periods or are unrelated or only incidentally related to the ordinary and typical activities of the Group.

Group Company ” means each of the Company and all of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, and “Group” refers to all of the Group Companies collectively.

Investors of the Same Round ” mean the investors that invest in the Company and/or the Domestic Company by way of subscribing for convertible notes or notes or convertible loans, which were completed concurrently with or within three (3) months prior to or after the first drawdown under the Investment Agreement, including Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited and CICC Alpha Eagle Investment Limited in terms of their convertible note financing provided to the Company from August 2017 to October 2017.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any given person, any other person that is Controlled directly or indirectly by such given person.

 

12. Transfers of Warrant. This Warrant shall not become transferable or assignable until (i) December 31, 2018, or (ii) the completion of an IPO, whichever occurs earlier. Before this Warrant becomes transferable or assignable, the Holder shall not approach or negotiate with any potential Transferee Holder (as defined below) in the public market for the transfer or assignment of this Warrant or any rights hereunder. After this Warrant becomes transferable or assignable, subject to applicable laws and prior written consent of the Company, this Warrant and all rights hereunder may be transferred or assigned in whole or in part by the Holder to any person or entity (the “ Transferee Holder ”). Subject to the preceding sentence, the transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon such notice to the Company. In the event of a transfer, the Company shall issue to each of the Transferee Holder and Holder (as the case may be)a new warrant of like tenor and date for the applicable number of Warrant Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise provided under this Warrant, the terms and conditions hereunder shall be applicable to the Transferee Holder after the transfer and assignment pursuant to this Section 12.

 

- 9 -


13. Successors and Assigns. The Company shall not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holder (or its successors or permitted assigns, as appropriate). This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Holder and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

14. Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Warrant of like tenor as the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

 

15. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“ Hong Kong ”) without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder.

 

16. Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Warrant, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

 

  (b) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be three (3) arbitrators, who shall be qualified to practice law in New York. The claimants in the Dispute shall nominate one (1) arbitrator and the respondents in the Dispute shall nominate one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall serve as the presiding arbitrator.

 

  (c) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 16, including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 16 shall prevail.

 

  (d) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

 

- 10 -


  (e) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

  (f) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive law.

 

  (g) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

  (h) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Warrant shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

 

17. Notices. Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Warrant shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address set forth below (or at such other address as such party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other parties to this Warrant given in accordance with this Section 17). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the earlier of (i) delivery (or when delivery is refused) and (ii) expiration of two (2) Business Days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid, if such day is a Business Day and if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, otherwise the next Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a “with a copy to” address is designated, notice must also be given to such address in the manner above for such notice, request, consent or other communication hereunder to be effective. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the People’s Republic of China or Hong Kong.

If to the Holder, to:

Address: Room 502, T1, China Central Place, No 81, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang

District, Beijing, P. R. China    

Tel:     [                ]

Fax:     [                ]

Attention: Mr. Hou Hengxing ( 侯恒星 )

 

- 11 -


If to the Company, to:

Address: 16th Floor, Chuangfu Mansion, 18 Danling Street, Haidian District,

Beijing, China

Tel: [                ]

Fax: [                ]

Email: [                ]

Attn: Ms. Tan Chunxiang( 谭春香 )

 

19. Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

20. Rights Cumulative; Specific Performance. Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of the Holder will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which the Holder may have at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Warrant. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to the Holder. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree irreparable harm may occur for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Warrant were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to injunction to prevent breaches of this Warrant and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Warrant.

 

21. Severability. In case any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any such applicable law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Warrant, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

22. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

23. No Waiver. Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

 

- 12 -


24. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing under this Warrant, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Warrant, shall impair any such right, power or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Warrant, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Warrant, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

25. No Presumption. The Company and the Holder each acknowledges that any applicable law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Warrant against the drafter thereof, has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Warrant, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Warrant was prepared by or at the request of the Company or the Holder or its respective counsel.

 

26. Third Party Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, a person who is not a party to this Warrant shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Chapter 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any term of this Warrant. The rights of the parties to terminate, rescind or agree any variation, waiver or settlement under this Warrant are not subject to the consent of any person who is not a party to this Warrant.

 

26. Headings and Titles. The headings and titles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

27. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Warrant.

 

28. Entire Agreement. This Warrant together with the other instruments and agreements referenced herein constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[ The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank ]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered on the date first set out above.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED       )   
by and in the name of       )   
China Central International         
Asset Management Co., Ltd. by its duly       )    /s/ Liu Zhen
authorized attorney         )     
in the presence of:         )     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ Hou Hengxing

Name:  Hou Hengxing

Address:  Room 502, T, China Central Place,
No 81, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R, China

Occupation: Director

 

THE COMMON SEAL of                            )      
Puxin Limited    )   

            /s/ Seal of Puxin Limited

  
was hereunto affixed    )      
in the presence of:    )      

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Director

 


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:     Puxin Limited

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase               [Ordinary /Preferred] Shares of Puxin Limited, pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (the “ Warrant ”), and payment of the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant) per share required under the Warrant accompanies this notice.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is acquiring such shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not for resale or with a view to distribution of such shares or any part thereof.

 

 

Holder:

 

China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.

 

 

By:                                                               

 

 

Name:                                                          

 

 

Title:                                                            

 

Date:                                                                           
Name in which shares should be registered:

 

 

 

2

Exhibit 4.17

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. HOLDERS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

 

 

 

Warrant No. 2   Date of Issuance: March 28, 2018

WARRANT

This Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. (the “ Holder ”), by Puxin Limited, an exempted company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Company. This Warrant is issued in connection with (i) that certain Convertible Note Investment Agreement (the “ Investment Agreement ”) dated as of June 15, 2017 by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Company Limited (the “ Huazhong ”), an affiliate of the Holder, Puxin Education Technology Group Company Limited (“ Domestic Company ”), an affiliate of the Company and Mr. Yunlong Sha (“ Mr.  Sha ”), pursuant to which the Huazhong extended to the Domestic Company a convertible loan in the principal amount of up to RMB 300,000,000 (the “ Loan ”); and (ii) that certain side agreement to the Investment Agreement (the “ Side Agreement ”) dated as of February 8, 2018 by and among Huazhong, Domestic Company and Mr. Sha, pursuant to which the Huazhong has agreed to, among others, waive its right to convert the Loan into the equity interests of the Domestic Company subject to the terms and conditions contained therein. On November 28, 2017 (the “ Date of Drawdown ”), the Domestic Company has drawn down an amount of RMB 90,000,000 (the “ Principal ”) from Huazhong pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

1. Warrant Shares.

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and the compliance with all the applicable laws, upon occurrence of an initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (the “ IPO ”), the Holder is hereby entitled to purchase from the Company up to the number of ordinary shares of the Company, at par value US$0.00005 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the US$ equivalent of the Principal, calculated by applying the central parity rate between US$ and RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the date hereof) (the “ Value of the Warrant ”) by (b) the per share price (the “ Bench Price ”) as set out below:


(1)    if an IPO application is submitted on or before December 31, 2018, the Bench Price shall equal to 90% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO; or

(2)    if an IPO application is submitted at any time after December 31, 2018 but on or before (and including) December 31, 2019, the Bench Price shall equal to 80% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO; or

(3)    if an IPO application is submitted at any time after December 31, 2019 but on or before (and including) December 31, 2020, the Bench Price shall equal to 70% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO.

If the Holder exercises the Warrant pursuant to this Section 1(a), the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

Xn = Xo /CP

Where,

Xn = the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Warrant;

Xo = Value of the Warrant;

CP = the applicable Bench Price provided under this Section 1(a).

(b)    if an IPO has not been completed by December 31, 2020, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder is hereby entitled to purchase from the Company up to the number of preferred shares of the Company (the “ Preferred Shares ”, and collectively with the Ordinary Shares receivable pursuant to Section 1(a) above, the “ Warrant Shares ”) calculated pursuant to the formula below:

S= Xo/V 2020

Where,

S = the percentage of the number of Preferred Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Section 1(b) compared to the aggregate share capital of the Company at the time of exercise of the Warrant (on a fully-diluted and as converted basis);

Xo =Value of the Warrant;

V2020 means the pre-money valuation of the Company, which shall be the less of (i) the least of the pre-money valuations of the Company applied for all rounds of equity financing of the Company after the date of the Investment Agreement (excluding the convertible note financing of the Investment Agreement and any convertible note financing provided by the Investors of Same Round); or (ii) the valuation calculated based on the following formula:

 

- 2 -


V 2020 =(P+I) *15

Where,

V 2020 = pre-money valuation of the Company;

P=Audited Net Income of the Company for the year 2019, as audited by an accounting firm acceptable to the Holder;

I= interests that the Domestic Company has paid to the Huazhong from January 1, 2019 until the date of exercise of the Warrant.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the absence of any subsequent round of equity financing of the Company after the date of the Investment Agreement, the V 2020 calculated based on the formula set out for V 2020 in Section 1(b) above shall be applied, provided that where the sum of Audited Net Income is no greater than 0, the formula under this Section 1(b) shall not be applicable, in which case, the Company and the Holder shall discuss in good faith how to calculate the number of preferred shares of the Company receivable upon exercise of the Warrant.

The Preferred Shares received by the Holder shall rank pari passu with the preferred shares received by the Investors of the Same Round.

 

2. Exercise Price. The per share purchase price for the Warrant Shares shall be an amount equal to the Value of the Warrant, divided by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1 above under this Warrant (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

3. Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable (i) pursuant to Section 1(a) from the completion of an IPO until three (3) months upon the expiration of the lock-up period of the Holder, and (ii) pursuant to Section 1(b) only after December 31, 2020. For the avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant is not exercised in its entirety at one time within the exercise period specified above, no further exercise is permitted under this Warrant with respect to the balance of the Warrant Shares that would otherwise have been issuable hereunder.

 

4. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that (a) upon an exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(a) above, at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery; or (b) upon an exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(b) above, at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, sufficient number of Ordinary Shares, in each case as may be issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the “ Issuable Securities ”). All Issuable Securities shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise or conversion, shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions, other than transfer restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws, and free and clear of all preemptive and similar rights. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Issuable Securities shall be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law.

 

- 3 -


5. Method of Exercise. The Company agrees that the Warrant Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder (or to the nominee of the Holder) as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business in the jurisdiction in which the Company has its principal executive offices on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised (or the close of business on the next Business Day if the date on which this Warrant is exercised is not a Business Day). Such exercise shall be effected by:

 

  (a) the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of a Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto, to the Company at its principal executive offices; and

 

  (b) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder elects to purchase (the “ Warrant Price ”) in cash, by wire transfer or by check,

 

  (i) where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable to the Transferee Holder), within five (5) Business Days after, at the option of the Holder (x) the full payment of the Principal and all the interests accrued on the Principal by the Domestic Company or its designated affiliates to Huazhong pursuant to the Investment Agreement and Side Agreement (the “ Repayment ”) within six (6) months upon the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise, or (y) the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise; or,

 

  (ii) where the Warrant is exercised by the Transferee Holder, within five (5) Business Days upon the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise.

 

6. Registration  & Certificates for Warrant Shares. Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, the Company shall cause (a) the official Register of Members of the Company to be updated to reflect the issuance of the number of Warrant Shares so purchased to the Holder at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable thereafter and in no event later than five (5) Business Days upon the date of exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 5 and (b) one or more certificates for the number of Warrant Shares so purchased to be issued to the Holder at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable thereafter and in no event later than ten (10) Business Days upon the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise, provided that the Holder has provided all the documents required for such update of Register of Members and issuance of share certificates in a timely manner. The entries on the Register of Members and each share certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name(s) of the Holder’s nominee(s), subject to the applicable laws and regulations.

 

- 4 -


7. Warrant Shares Cease to Exist . In the case all the Preferred Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Company’s then effective amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time (the “ Memorandum and Articles ”), or reclassified into other securities of property, or all the Warrant Shares otherwise cease to exist (except for pursuant to a redemption by the Company in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles), then, in such case, the Holder, upon exercise of this Warrant at any time after the date on which the Warrant Shares are so converted or cease to exist, as applicable (the “ Termination Date ”), shall receive, in lieu of the number of Warrant Shares that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the Termination Date (the “ Former Number of Warrant Shares ”), the shares and other securities and property which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the Termination Date if the Holder had exercised this Warrant with respect to the Former Number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to the Termination Date (all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Warrant).

 

8. Representations and Warranties of the Company

The Company represents and warrants as of the date hereof that:

 

  (a) It (A) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and (B) has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Warrant (A) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (B) does not and will not contravene the Company’s charter or bylaws or any other organizational document and (C) does not and will not contravene any applicable law or any contractual restriction binding on or otherwise affecting the Company or any of its properties or result in a default under any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties may be subject.

 

  (c) This Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and is legal, valid and binding upon the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.

 

  (d) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption or other action by, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is or will be necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant, the issuance by the Company of the Warrant Shares, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the performance of or compliance with the terms and conditions hereof, or to ensure the legality, validity, and enforceability hereof.

 

  (e) Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would require registration, or the filing of a prospectus qualifying the distribution, of this Warrant being issued hereby under the Act or cause the issuance of this Warrant to be integrated with any prior offering of securities of the Company for purposes of the Act.

 

- 5 -


9. Undertakings.

 

  (a) No Impairment . Unless with the consent of the Holder, the Company will not, by amendment of the Memorandum and Articles or any other agreements or documents or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

 

  (b) Guaranteed Return .

 

  (A) If the aggregate cash return actually received by the Holder on the Warrant Shares of the Company over the Value of the Warrant calculated based on the formula below (the “ Actual Return ”) under this Warrant is less than the minimum return that the Holder is guaranteed to receive up to 58 months from the Date of Drawdown, which shall be calculated based on the formula below (the “ Minimum Return ”), the Company shall cause the Key Founder and/or the Domestic Company to compensate the Holder in cash for the difference between the Actual Return and the Minimum Return within thirty (30) days upon the Holder’s written request,

(1) Formula:

Actual Return = C

Minimum Return = (V×18%×N 2 )-(V×12%×N 1 )

Where,

 

  V = (i) Value of the Warrant where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable Transferee Holder) even if this Warrant is partially exercised by the Holder; or,

 

         (ii) the portion of the Value of the Warrant exercised by the Transferee Holder;

N 1 = the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date of the Repayment, divided by 365;

 

- 6 -


C = the aggregate cash return received by the Holder by cashing out the Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant deducting the Warrant Price paid by the Holder;

N 2 = the result of the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date on which Holder cashes out the Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant by the Holder, minus N 0 , divided by 365;

N 0 = the number of days starting from date on which the Domestic Company completes the Repayment until the Holder pays the Warrant Price to the Company (if the Holder pays the Warrant Price earlier than the Repayment, N 0  = 0).

 

  (2) Interest Payment: for the avoidance of doubt, this Warrant does not relieve the Domestic Company from its obligation under the Investment Agreement and Side Agreement to pay to Huazhong the interests accrued on the Loan drawn down by the Domestic Company pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

  (3) For the avoidance of doubt, N 2 above shall in no event be more than 29/6, which means the maximum liability on the Company, the Key Founder or the Domestic Company with respect to the Minimum Return under Section 9(b)(A) above shall be no more than the result of (V×18%×29/6)-(V×12%×N 1 ).

 

  (B) Notwithstanding the provisions under Section 9(b)(A) above, in the event that the Company completes the IPO and the Holder exercises the Warrant, if the closing price per share of the Warrant Shares held by the Holder (subject to adjustments made for share splits, share subdivision, share combination and the like) on the stock market which the Company’s stock is traded is higher than or equal to the per share price calculated based on the formula below (such price, the “ Qualified Stock Price ”) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days on each and any of such day, then neither the Key Founder nor the Domestic Company shall have any payment obligation with respect to such guaranteed return under this Section 9(b):

Formula:

Qualified Stock Price = [A2– A1 + W] /S

A1 = V × 12%× N 1

A2 = V×30%×N 3

Where,

 

  V = (i) Value of the Warrant where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable to Transferee Holder) even if this Warrant is partially exercised by the Holder; or,

 

- 7 -


         (ii) the portion of the Value of the Warrant exercised by the Transferee Holder;

W = Warrant Price that has been paid by the Holder;N 1 = the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date of the Repayment, divided by 365;

N 3 = the result of the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to each of such trading day within such twenty (20) consecutive trading days of the Company, minus N 0 , divided by 365.

N 0 = the number of days starting from date on which the Domestic Company completes the Repayment until the Holder pays the Warrant Price to the Company (if the Holder pays the Warrant Price earlier than the Repayment, N 0  = 0).

S= the number of Warrant Shares received by the Holder under this Warrant, subject to adjustments made for share splits, share subdivision, share combination and the like

 

  (c) Further Assurances . The Company agrees to cooperate fully with the Holder and to execute such further instruments, documents and agreements and to give such further written assurances, as may be reasonably requested by the Holder to evidence and reflect the transactions described herein and contemplated hereby, and to carry into effect the intents and purposes of this Warrant.

 

10. Partial Exercise; No Fractional Shares or Scrip. Partial exercise of this Warrant shall be permitted under this Warrant, but in the event of partial exercise of this Warrant, no further exercise is permitted under this Warrant. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

11. Definitions . In this Warrant:

Accounting Standards ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or of a jurisdiction agreed upon by the holder of this Warrant, applied on a consistent basis.

Audited Net Income ” means, for a given fiscal year of the Company, the sum of the Company’s consolidated net income attributable to shareholders as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements thereof for such fiscal year after paying all relevant taxes and after eliminating all items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Company in accordance with the Accounting Standards, calculated in accordance with the Accounting Standards, and disregarding any Extraordinary Items.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in Hong Kong, Cayman Islands or the PRC.

 

- 8 -


Competitor ” means any Person (other than a Group Company) that is engaged in the business in connection with extracurricular tutorials for K-12 students, and consulting services and training for overseas study, whether online or offline.

Control ” of a given person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such person. The terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Extraordinary Items ” means, with respect to a given set of Audited Financial Statements, any income, gains or losses reflected or included therein arising from (a) sales or leases of material assets or equipment outside the ordinary course of business, (b) sales of interests in any Subsidiaries of the Company, (c) any transaction between the Company and a Related Party not on an arms-length basis (in which case such income, gains or losses shall be adjusted to reflect a transaction of the similar nature on the arms-length basis), (d) any changes in accounting principles, (e) any extraordinary or non-recurring earnings such as government subsidies or rebates, (f) any prior year adjustments, and (g) other events or transactions which, in accordance with the Accounting Standards, possess a significant degree of abnormality, are of a type not expected to recur in successive accounting periods or are unrelated or only incidentally related to the ordinary and typical activities of the Group.

Group Company ” means each of the Company and all of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, and “Group” refers to all of the Group Companies collectively.

Investors of the Same Round ” mean the investors that invest in the Company and/or the Domestic Company by way of subscribing for convertible notes or notes or convertible loans, which were completed concurrently with or within three (3) months prior to or after the first drawdown under the Investment Agreement, including Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited and CICC Alpha Eagle Investment Limited in terms of their convertible note financing provided to the Company from August 2017 to October 2017.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any given person, any other person that is Controlled directly or indirectly by such given person.

 

- 9 -


12. Transfers of Warrant. This Warrant shall not become transferable or assignable until (i) December 31, 2018, or (ii) the completion of an IPO, whichever occurs earlier. Before this Warrant becomes transferable or assignable, the Holder shall not approach or negotiate with any potential Transferee Holder (as defined below) in the public market for the transfer or assignment of this Warrant or any rights hereunder. After this Warrant becomes transferable or assignable, subject to applicable laws and prior written consent of the Company, this Warrant and all rights hereunder may be transferred or assigned in whole or in part by the Holder to any person or entity (the “ Transferee Holder ”). Subject to the preceding sentence, the transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon such notice to the Company. In the event of a transfer, the Company shall issue to each of the Transferee Holder and Holder (as the case may be)a new warrant of like tenor and date for the applicable number of Warrant Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise provided under this Warrant, the terms and conditions hereunder shall be applicable to the Transferee Holder after the transfer and assignment pursuant to this Section 12.

 

13. Successors and Assigns. The Company shall not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holder (or its successors or permitted assigns, as appropriate). This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Holder and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

14. Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Warrant of like tenor as the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

 

15. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“ Hong Kong ”) without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder.

 

16. Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Warrant, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

 

  (b) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be three (3) arbitrators, who shall be qualified to practice law in New York. The claimants in the Dispute shall nominate one (1) arbitrator and the respondents in the Dispute shall nominate one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall serve as the presiding arbitrator.

 

  (c) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 16, including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 16 shall prevail.

 

- 10 -


  (d) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

 

  (e) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

  (f) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive law.

 

  (g) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

  (h) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Warrant shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

 

17. Notices. Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Warrant shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address set forth below (or at such other address as such party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other parties to this Warrant given in accordance with this Section 17). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the earlier of (i) delivery (or when delivery is refused) and (ii) expiration of two (2) Business Days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid, if such day is a Business Day and if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, otherwise the next Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a “with a copy to” address is designated, notice must also be given to such address in the manner above for such notice, request, consent or other communication hereunder to be effective. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the People’s Republic of China or Hong Kong.

If to the Holder, to:

 

- 11 -


Address: Room 502, T1, China Central Place, No 81, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P. R. China    

Tel:     [                ]

Fax:     [                ]

Attention: Mr. Hou Hengxing ( 侯恒星 )

If to the Company, to:

Address: 16th Floor, Chuangfu Mansion, 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing, China

Tel: [                ]

Fax: [                ]

Email: [                ]

Attn: Ms. Tan Chunxiang( 谭春香 )

 

19. Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

20. Rights Cumulative; Specific Performance. Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of the Holder will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which the Holder may have at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Warrant. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to the Holder. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree irreparable harm may occur for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Warrant were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to injunction to prevent breaches of this Warrant and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Warrant.

 

21. Severability. In case any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any such applicable law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Warrant, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

22. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

- 12 -


23. No Waiver. Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

 

24. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing under this Warrant, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Warrant, shall impair any such right, power or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Warrant, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Warrant, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

25. No Presumption. The Company and the Holder each acknowledges that any applicable law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Warrant against the drafter thereof, has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Warrant, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Warrant was prepared by or at the request of the Company or the Holder or its respective counsel.

 

26. Third Party Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, a person who is not a party to this Warrant shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Chapter 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any term of this Warrant. The rights of the parties to terminate, rescind or agree any variation, waiver or settlement under this Warrant are not subject to the consent of any person who is not a party to this Warrant.

 

26. Headings and Titles. The headings and titles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

27. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Warrant.

 

28. Entire Agreement. This Warrant together with the other instruments and agreements referenced herein constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[ The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank ]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered on the date first set out above.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED       )   
by and in the name of       )   
China Central International         
Asset Management Co., Ltd. by its duly       )    /s/ Liu Zhen
authorized attorney         )     
in the presence of:         )     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ Hou Hengxing

Name:  Hou Hengxing

Address:  Room 502, T, China Central Place,
No 81, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R, China

Occupation: Director

 

THE COMMON SEAL of                            )      
Puxin Limited    )                /s/ Seal of Puxin Limited   
was hereunto affixed    )          
in the presence of:    )          

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Director

 


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:     Puxin Limited

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  [Ordinary /Preferred] Shares of Puxin Limited, pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (the “ Warrant ”), and payment of the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant) per share required under the Warrant accompanies this notice.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is acquiring such shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not for resale or with a view to distribution of such shares or any part thereof.

 

Holder:
China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.
By:                                                              
Name:                                                         
Title:                                                           

 

Date:                                                            
Name in which shares should be registered:  
                                                                     

 

Exhibit 4.18

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. HOLDERS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.

 

 

 

Warrant No. 3    Date of Issuance: March 28, 2018

WARRANT

This Warrant (the “ Warrant ”) is issued to China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd. (the “ Holder ”), by Puxin Limited, an exempted company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) for good and valuable consideration, the receipt, adequacy and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the Company. This Warrant is issued in connection with (i) that certain Convertible Note Investment Agreement (the “ Investment Agreement ”) dated as of June 15, 2017 by and among Jiangyin Huazhong Investment Management Company Limited (the “ Huazhong ”), an affiliate of the Holder, Puxin Education Technology Group Company Limited (“ Domestic Company ”), an affiliate of the Company and Mr. Yunlong Sha (“ Mr.  Sha ”), pursuant to which the Huazhong extended to the Domestic Company a convertible loan in the principal amount of up to RMB 300,000,000 (the “ Loan ”); and (ii) that certain side agreement to the Investment Agreement (the “ Side Agreement ”) dated as of February 8, 2018 by and among Huazhong, Domestic Company and Mr. Sha, pursuant to which the Huazhong has agreed to, among others, waive its right to convert the Loan into the equity interests of the Domestic Company subject to the terms and conditions contained therein. On February 5, 2018 (the “ Date of Drawdown ”), the Domestic Company has drawn down an amount of RMB 50,000,000 (the “ Principal ”) from Huazhong pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

1. Warrant Shares.

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth and the compliance with all the applicable laws, upon occurrence of an initial public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares (the “ IPO ”), the Holder is hereby entitled to purchase from the Company up to the number of ordinary shares of the Company, at par value US$0.00005 per share (the “ Ordinary Shares ”) that is equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the US$ equivalent of the Principal, calculated by applying the central parity rate between US$ and RMB published by the People’s Bank of China on the date hereof) (the “ Value of the Warrant ”) by (b) the per share price (the “ Bench Price ”) as set out below:


(1)    if an IPO application is submitted on or before December 31, 2018, the Bench Price shall equal to 90% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO; or

(2)    if an IPO application is submitted at any time after December 31, 2018 but on or before (and including) December 31, 2019, the Bench Price shall equal to 80% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO; or

(3)    if an IPO application is submitted at any time after December 31, 2019 but on or before (and including) December 31, 2020, the Bench Price shall equal to 70% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the IPO.

If the Holder exercises the Warrant pursuant to this Section 1(a), the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the following formula:

Xn = Xo /CP

Where,

Xn = the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Warrant;

Xo = Value of the Warrant;

CP = the applicable Bench Price provided under this Section 1(a).

(b)    if an IPO has not been completed by December 31, 2020, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Holder is hereby entitled to purchase from the Company up to the number of preferred shares of the Company (the “ Preferred Shares ”, and collectively with the Ordinary Shares receivable pursuant to Section 1(a) above, the “ Warrant Shares ”) calculated pursuant to the formula below:

S= Xo/V 2020

Where,

S = the percentage of the number of Preferred Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase under this Section 1(b) compared to the aggregate share capital of the Company at the time of exercise of the Warrant (on a fully-diluted and as converted basis);

Xo =Value of the Warrant;

V2020 means the pre-money valuation of the Company, which shall be the less of (i) the least of the pre-money valuations of the Company applied for all rounds of equity financing of the Company after the date of the Investment Agreement (excluding the convertible note financing of the Investment Agreement and any convertible note financing provided by the Investors of Same Round); or (ii) the valuation calculated based on the following formula:

 

- 2 -


V 2020 =(P+I) *15

Where,

V 2020 = pre-money valuation of the Company;

P=Audited Net Income of the Company for the year 2019, as audited by an accounting firm acceptable to the Holder;

I= interests that the Domestic Company has paid to the Huazhong from January 1, 2019 until the date of exercise of the Warrant.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the absence of any subsequent round of equity financing of the Company after the date of the Investment Agreement, the V 2020 calculated based on the formula set out for V 2020 in Section 1(b) above shall be applied, provided that where the sum of Audited Net Income is no greater than 0, the formula under this Section 1(b) shall not be applicable, in which case, the Company and the Holder shall discuss in good faith how to calculate the number of preferred shares of the Company receivable upon exercise of the Warrant.

The Preferred Shares received by the Holder shall rank pari passu with the preferred shares received by the Investors of the Same Round.

 

2. Exercise Price. The per share purchase price for the Warrant Shares shall be an amount equal to the Value of the Warrant, divided by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder is entitled to purchase pursuant to Section 1 above under this Warrant (the “ Exercise Price ”).

 

3. Exercise Period. This Warrant shall be exercisable (i) pursuant to Section 1(a) from the completion of an IPO until three (3) months upon the expiration of the lock-up period of the Holder, and (ii) pursuant to Section 1(b) only after December 31, 2020. For the avoidance of doubt, if this Warrant is not exercised in its entirety at one time within the exercise period specified above, no further exercise is permitted under this Warrant with respect to the balance of the Warrant Shares that would otherwise have been issuable hereunder.

 

4. Reservation of Shares. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that (a) upon an exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(a) above, at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery; or (b) upon an exercise of the Warrant pursuant to Section 1(b) above, at all times there shall be reserved for issuance and delivery upon conversion of the Preferred Shares, sufficient number of Ordinary Shares, in each case as may be issuable upon exercise of the Warrant (the “ Issuable Securities ”). All Issuable Securities shall be duly authorized and, when issued upon such exercise or conversion, shall be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, security interests, charges and other encumbrances or restrictions, other than transfer restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws, and free and clear of all preemptive and similar rights. The Company will take all such action as may be necessary to assure that such Issuable Securities shall be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law.

 

- 3 -


5. Method of Exercise. The Company agrees that the Warrant Shares to be purchased pursuant to this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder (or to the nominee of the Holder) as the record owner of such shares as of the close of business in the jurisdiction in which the Company has its principal executive offices on the date on which this Warrant shall have been exercised (or the close of business on the next Business Day if the date on which this Warrant is exercised is not a Business Day). Such exercise shall be effected by:

 

  (a) the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of a Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto, to the Company at its principal executive offices; and

 

  (b) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Warrant Shares that the Holder elects to purchase (the “ Warrant Price ”) in cash, by wire transfer or by check,

 

  (i) where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable to the Transferee Holder), within five (5) Business Days after, at the option of the Holder (x) the full payment of the Principal and all the interests accrued on the Principal by the Domestic Company or its designated affiliates to Huazhong pursuant to the Investment Agreement and Side Agreement (the “ Repayment ”) within six (6) months upon the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise, or (y) the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise; or,

 

  (ii) where the Warrant is exercised by the Transferee Holder, within five (5) Business Days upon the Company’s receipt of the Notice of Exercise.

 

6. Registration  & Certificates for Warrant Shares. Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, the Company shall cause (a) the official Register of Members of the Company to be updated to reflect the issuance of the number of Warrant Shares so purchased to the Holder at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable thereafter and in no event later than five (5) Business Days upon the date of exercise of this Warrant pursuant to Section 5 and (b) one or more certificates for the number of Warrant Shares so purchased to be issued to the Holder at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable thereafter and in no event later than ten (10) Business Days upon the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise, provided that the Holder has provided all the documents required for such update of Register of Members and issuance of share certificates in a timely manner. The entries on the Register of Members and each share certificate so delivered shall be in such denominations as may be requested by the Holder hereof and shall be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name(s) of the Holder’s nominee(s), subject to the applicable laws and regulations.

 

- 4 -


7. Warrant Shares Cease to Exist . In the case all the Preferred Shares are converted into Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Company’s then effective amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as amended from time to time (the “ Memorandum and Articles ”), or reclassified into other securities of property, or all the Warrant Shares otherwise cease to exist (except for pursuant to a redemption by the Company in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles), then, in such case, the Holder, upon exercise of this Warrant at any time after the date on which the Warrant Shares are so converted or cease to exist, as applicable (the “Termination Date”), shall receive, in lieu of the number of Warrant Shares that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the Termination Date (the “Former Number of Warrant Shares”), the shares and other securities and property which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the Termination Date if the Holder had exercised this Warrant with respect to the Former Number of Warrant Shares immediately prior to the Termination Date (all subject to further adjustment as provided in this Warrant).

 

8. Representations and Warranties of the Company

The Company represents and warrants as of the date hereof that:

 

  (a) It (A) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and (B) has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and as presently contemplated and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Warrant (A) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (B) does not and will not contravene the Company’s charter or bylaws or any other organizational document and (C) does not and will not contravene any applicable law or any contractual restriction binding on or otherwise affecting the Company or any of its properties or result in a default under any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties may be subject.

 

  (c) This Warrant has been duly executed and delivered by the Company, and is legal, valid and binding upon the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and general principles of equity.

 

  (d) No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption or other action by, and no registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority is or will be necessary in connection with the execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant, the issuance by the Company of the Warrant Shares, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the performance of or compliance with the terms and conditions hereof, or to ensure the legality, validity, and enforceability hereof.

 

- 5 -


  (e) Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any person acting on its or their behalf, has directly or indirectly made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security under circumstances that would require registration, or the filing of a prospectus qualifying the distribution, of this Warrant being issued hereby under the Act or cause the issuance of this Warrant to be integrated with any prior offering of securities of the Company for purposes of the Act.

 

9. Undertakings.

 

  (a) No Impairment . Unless with the consent of the Holder, the Company will not, by amendment of the Memorandum and Articles or any other agreements or documents or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, dissolution, sale of assets or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

 

  (b) Guaranteed Return .

 

  (A) If the aggregate cash return actually received by the Holder on the Warrant Shares of the Company over the Value of the Warrant calculated based on the formula below (the “ Actual Return ”) under this Warrant is less than the minimum return that the Holder is guaranteed to receive up to 58 months from the Date of Drawdown, which shall be calculated based on the formula below (the “ Minimum Return ”), the Company shall cause the Key Founder and/or the Domestic Company to compensate the Holder in cash for the difference between the Actual Return and the Minimum Return within thirty (30) days upon the Holder’s written request,

(1) Formula:

Actual Return = C

Minimum Return = (V×18%×N 2 )-(V×12%×N 1 )

Where,

 

  V = (i) Value of the Warrant where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable Transferee Holder) even if this Warrant is partially exercised by the Holder; or,

 

         (ii) the portion of the Value of the Warrant exercised by the Transferee Holder;

N 1 = the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date of the Repayment, divided by 365;

 

- 6 -


C = the aggregate cash return received by the Holder by cashing out the Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant deducting the Warrant Price paid by the Holder;

N 2 = the result of the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date on which Holder cashes out the Warrant Shares issued upon the exercise of this Warrant by the Holder, minus N 0 , divided by 365;

N 0 = the number of days starting from date on which the Domestic Company completes the Repayment until the Holder pays the Warrant Price to the Company (if the Holder pays the Warrant Price earlier than the Repayment, N 0 = 0).

 

  (2) Interest Payment: for the avoidance of doubt, this Warrant does not relieve the Domestic Company from its obligation under the Investment Agreement and Side Agreement to pay to Huazhong the interests accrued on the Loan drawn down by the Domestic Company pursuant to the Investment Agreement.

 

  (3) For the avoidance of doubt, N 2 above shall in no event be more than 29/6, which means the maximum liability on the Company, the Key Founder or the Domestic Company with respect to the Minimum Return under Section 9(b)(A) above shall be no more than the result of (V×18%×29/6)-(V×12%×N 1 ).

 

  (B) Notwithstanding the provisions under Section 9(b)(A) above, in the event that the Company completes the IPO and the Holder exercises the Warrant, if the closing price per share of the Warrant Shares held by the Holder (subject to adjustments made for share splits, share subdivision, share combination and the like) on the stock market which the Company’s stock is traded is higher than or equal to the per share price calculated based on the formula below (such price, the “ Qualified Stock Price ”) for twenty (20) consecutive trading days on each and any of such day, then neither the Key Founder nor the Domestic Company shall have any payment obligation with respect to such guaranteed return under this Section 9(b):

Formula:

Qualified Stock Price = [A2– A1 + W] /S

A1 = V × 12%× N 1

A2 = V×30%×N 3

Where,

 

  V = (i) Value of the Warrant where the Warrant is exercised by the Holder (not applicable to Transferee Holder) even if this Warrant is partially exercised by the Holder; or,

 

- 7 -


         (ii) the portion of the Value of the Warrant exercised by the Transferee Holder;

W = Warrant Price that has been paid by the Holder;N 1 = the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to the date of the Repayment, divided by 365;

N 3 = the result of the number of days from the Date of Drawdown to each of such trading day within such twenty (20) consecutive trading days of the Company, minus N 0 , divided by 365.

N 0 = the number of days starting from date on which the Domestic Company completes the Repayment until the Holder pays the Warrant Price to the Company (if the Holder pays the Warrant Price earlier than the Repayment, N 0 = 0).

S= the number of Warrant Shares received by the Holder under this Warrant, subject to adjustments made for share splits, share subdivision, share combination and the like

 

  (c) Further Assurances . The Company agrees to cooperate fully with the Holder and to execute such further instruments, documents and agreements and to give such further written assurances, as may be reasonably requested by the Holder to evidence and reflect the transactions described herein and contemplated hereby, and to carry into effect the intents and purposes of this Warrant.

 

10. Partial Exercise; No Fractional Shares or Scrip. Partial exercise of this Warrant shall be permitted under this Warrant, but in the event of partial exercise of this Warrant, no further exercise is permitted under this Warrant. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

 

11. Definitions . In this Warrant:

Accounting Standards ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States or of a jurisdiction agreed upon by the holder of this Warrant, applied on a consistent basis.

Audited Net Income ” means, for a given fiscal year of the Company, the sum of the Company’s consolidated net income attributable to shareholders as set forth in the Audited Financial Statements thereof for such fiscal year after paying all relevant taxes and after eliminating all items required to be eliminated in the course of the preparation of consolidated financial statements of the Company in accordance with the Accounting Standards, calculated in accordance with the Accounting Standards, and disregarding any Extraordinary Items.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banks are required to be closed in Hong Kong, Cayman Islands or the PRC.

 

- 8 -


Competitor ” means any Person (other than a Group Company) that is engaged in the business in connection with extracurricular tutorials for K-12 students, and consulting services and training for overseas study, whether online or offline.

Control ” of a given person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; provided, that such power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such person. The terms “Controlled” and “Controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Extraordinary Items ” means, with respect to a given set of Audited Financial Statements, any income, gains or losses reflected or included therein arising from (a) sales or leases of material assets or equipment outside the ordinary course of business, (b) sales of interests in any Subsidiaries of the Company, (c) any transaction between the Company and a Related Party not on an arms-length basis (in which case such income, gains or losses shall be adjusted to reflect a transaction of the similar nature on the arms-length basis), (d) any changes in accounting principles, (e) any extraordinary or non-recurring earnings such as government subsidies or rebates, (f) any prior year adjustments, and (g) other events or transactions which, in accordance with the Accounting Standards, possess a significant degree of abnormality, are of a type not expected to recur in successive accounting periods or are unrelated or only incidentally related to the ordinary and typical activities of the Group.

Group Company ” means each of the Company and all of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, and “Group” refers to all of the Group Companies collectively.

Investors of the Same Round ” mean the investors that invest in the Company and/or the Domestic Company by way of subscribing for convertible notes or notes or convertible loans, which were completed concurrently with or within three (3) months prior to or after the first drawdown under the Investment Agreement, including Haitong International Investment Holdings Limited and CICC Alpha Eagle Investment Limited in terms of their convertible note financing provided to the Company from August 2017 to October 2017.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any given person, any other person that is Controlled directly or indirectly by such given person.

 

- 9 -


12. Transfers of Warrant. This Warrant shall not become transferable or assignable until (i) December 31, 2018, or (ii) the completion of an IPO, whichever occurs earlier. Before this Warrant becomes transferable or assignable, the Holder shall not approach or negotiate with any potential Transferee Holder (as defined below) in the public market for the transfer or assignment of this Warrant or any rights hereunder. After this Warrant becomes transferable or assignable, subject to applicable laws and prior written consent of the Company, this Warrant and all rights hereunder may be transferred or assigned in whole or in part by the Holder to any person or entity (the “ Transferee Holder ”). Subject to the preceding sentence, the transfer shall be recorded on the books of the Company upon such notice to the Company. In the event of a transfer, the Company shall issue to each of the Transferee Holder and Holder (as the case may be)a new warrant of like tenor and date for the applicable number of Warrant Shares. For the avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise provided under this Warrant, the terms and conditions hereunder shall be applicable to the Transferee Holder after the transfer and assignment pursuant to this Section 12.

 

13. Successors and Assigns. The Company shall not assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Holder (or its successors or permitted assigns, as appropriate). This Warrant shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Holder and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

14. Loss or Mutilation. Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the ownership of and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant, and of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and (in the case of mutilation) upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company will execute and deliver in lieu thereof a new Warrant of like tenor as the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

 

15. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed under the laws of Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China (“ Hong Kong ”) without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder.

 

16. Dispute Resolution.

 

  (a) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “ Dispute ”) arising out of or relating to this Warrant, or the interpretation, breach, termination, validity or invalidity thereof, shall be referred to arbitration upon the demand of either party to the dispute with notice (the “ Arbitration Notice ”) to the other.

 

  (b) The Dispute shall be settled by arbitration in Hong Kong by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (the “ HKIAC ”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules (the “ HKIAC Rules ”) in force when the Arbitration Notice is submitted in accordance with the HKIAC Rules. There shall be three (3) arbitrators, who shall be qualified to practice law in New York. The claimants in the Dispute shall nominate one (1) arbitrator and the respondents in the Dispute shall nominate one (1) arbitrator. The HKIAC Council shall appoint the third arbitrator, who shall serve as the presiding arbitrator.

 

  (c) The arbitral proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese. To the extent that the HKIAC Rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 16, including the provisions concerning the appointment of the arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 16 shall prevail.

 

- 10 -


  (d) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitral proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

 

  (e) The award of the arbitral tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties thereto, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

 

  (f) The arbitral tribunal shall decide any Dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration strictly in accordance with the substantive laws of Hong Kong (without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder) and shall not apply any other substantive law.

 

  (g) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

 

  (h) During the course of the arbitral tribunal’s adjudication of the Dispute, this Warrant shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

 

17. Notices. Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Warrant shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address set forth below (or at such other address as such party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other parties to this Warrant given in accordance with this Section 17). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the earlier of (i) delivery (or when delivery is refused) and (ii) expiration of two (2) Business Days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid, if such day is a Business Day and if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, otherwise the next Business Day. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a “with a copy to” address is designated, notice must also be given to such address in the manner above for such notice, request, consent or other communication hereunder to be effective. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial banks are required or authorized by law to be closed in the People’s Republic of China or Hong Kong.

If to the Holder, to:

 

- 11 -


Address: Room 502, T1, China Central Place, No 81, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P. R. China    

Tel:       [                ]

Fax:      [                ]

Attention: Mr. Hou Hengxing ( 侯恒星 )

If to the Company, to:

Address: 16th Floor, Chuangfu Mansion, 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing, China

Tel: [                ]

Fax: [                ]

Email: [                ]

Attn: Ms. Tan Chunxiang( 谭春香 )

 

19. Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

20. Rights Cumulative; Specific Performance. Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of the Holder will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which the Holder may have at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Warrant. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to the Holder. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree irreparable harm may occur for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy in the event that any of the provisions of this Warrant were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to injunction to prevent breaches of this Warrant and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Warrant.

 

21. Severability. In case any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Warrant shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any such applicable law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Warrant, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

22. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

- 12 -


23. No Waiver. Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

 

24. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing under this Warrant, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Warrant, shall impair any such right, power or remedy nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Warrant, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Warrant, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing.

 

25. No Presumption. The Company and the Holder each acknowledges that any applicable law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Warrant against the drafter thereof, has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Warrant, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Warrant was prepared by or at the request of the Company or the Holder or its respective counsel.

 

26. Third Party Rights. Except as expressly provided in this Warrant, a person who is not a party to this Warrant shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Chapter 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any term of this Warrant. The rights of the parties to terminate, rescind or agree any variation, waiver or settlement under this Warrant are not subject to the consent of any person who is not a party to this Warrant.

 

26. Headings and Titles. The headings and titles used in this Warrant are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Warrant.

 

27. Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Warrant.

 

28. Entire Agreement. This Warrant together with the other instruments and agreements referenced herein constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[ The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank ]

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Warrant has been duly executed and delivered on the date first set out above.

 

SIGNED AND DELIVERED       )   
by and in the name of       )   
China Central International         
Asset Management Co., Ltd. by its duly       )    /s/ Liu Zhen
authorized attorney          )     
in the presence of:         )     

 

Signature of witness:

 

/s/ Hou Hengxing

Name:  Hou Hengxing

Address:  Room 502, T, China Central Place,
No 81, Jianguo Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, P.R, China

Occupation: Director

 

THE COMMON SEAL of                            )      
Puxin Limited    )                /s/ Seal of Puxin Limited   
was hereunto affixed    )          
in the presence of:    )          

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Director


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

To:     Puxin Limited

The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  [Ordinary /Preferred] Shares of Puxin Limited, pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (the “ Warrant ”), and payment of the Exercise Price (as defined in the Warrant) per share required under the Warrant accompanies this notice.

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is acquiring such shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not for resale or with a view to distribution of such shares or any part thereof.

 

Holder:
China Central International Asset Management Co., Ltd.
By:                                                              
Name:                                                         
Title:                                                           

 

Date:                                                      

Name in which shares should be registered:

                                                             

Exhibit 5.1

 

May 18, 2018    Our Ref: YX/P3059-H15837

Puxin Limited

Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion

No. 18 Danling Street

Haidian District, Beijing, 100080

People’s Republic of China

Dear Sirs

PUXIN LIMITED

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to Puxin Limited (the “ Company ”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “ Registration Statement ”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offering by the Company of American Depositary Shares representing the Company’s Ordinary Shares of a par value of US$0.00005 each (the “ Ordinary Shares ”). We are furnishing this opinion as exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined and relied upon the originals, copies or translations of the documents listed in Schedule 1.

In giving this opinion we have relied upon the assumptions set out in Schedule 2, which we have not independently verified.

We are Cayman Islands Attorneys at Law and express no opinion as to any laws other than the laws of the Cayman Islands in force and as interpreted at the date of this opinion. We have not, for the purposes of this opinion, made any investigation of the laws, rules or regulations of any other jurisdiction.

Based upon the foregoing examinations and assumptions and upon such searches as we have conducted and having regard to legal considerations which we consider relevant, and subject to the qualifications set out in Schedule 3, and under the laws of the Cayman Islands, we give the following opinions in relation to the matters set out below.

 

1


1. The Company is an exempted company duly incorporated with limited liability, validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

2. Based on our review of the Amended and Restated M&A (as defined in Schedule 1), the authorised share capital of the Company is currently US$50,000 divided into 1,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares of par value 0.00005 each.

 

3. The issue and allotment of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement has been duly authorized. When allotted, issued and fully paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and when appropriate entries have been made in the Register of Members of the Company, the Ordinary Shares will be validly issued, allotted and fully paid, and there will be no further obligation on the holder of any of the Ordinary Shares to make any further payment to the Company in respect of such Ordinary Shares.

 

4. The statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects.

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

 

2


This opinion is limited to the matters referred to herein and shall not be construed as extending to any other matter or document not referred to herein.

This opinion shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Yours faithfully

/s/ WALKERS

WALKERS

 

3


SCHEDULE 1

LIST OF DOCUMENTS EXAMINED

 

1. The Certificate of Incorporation dated 17 March 2017, Amended Memorandum and Articles of Association as adopted on 5 February 2018, the Second Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association as conditionally adopted by special resolution on 17 May 2018 and effective upon the commencement of the trading of the Company’s American Depositary Shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “ Amended and Restated M&A ”), the Register of Members, Register of Directors and the Register of Mortgages and Charges of the Company, copies of which have been provided to us by its registered office in the Cayman Islands (together the “ Company Records ”).

 

2. A Certificate of Good Standing dated 27 July 2017 in respect of the Company issued by the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands (the “ Certificate of Good Standing ”).

 

3. The Cayman Online Registry Information System (CORIS), the Cayman Islands’ General Registry’s online database, search on 18 May 2018.

 

4. A copy of executed written resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company dated 17 May 2018, and a copy of executed written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company dated 17 May 2018 (the “ Resolutions ”).

 

5. A certificate from a director of the Company dated 17 May 2018, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “ Director’s Certificate )”.

 

6. The Registration Statement.

 

4


SCHEDULE 2

ASSUMPTIONS

 

1. The originals of all documents examined in connection with this opinion are authentic. All documents purporting to be sealed have been so sealed. All copies are complete and conform to their originals.

 

2. The Company Records are complete and accurate and constitute a complete and accurate record of the business transacted and resolutions adopted by the Company and all matters required by law and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company to be recorded therein are so recorded.

 

3. The Director’s Certificate is true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

5


SCHEDULE 3

QUALIFICATIONS

 

1. Our opinion as to good standing is based solely upon receipt of the Certificate of Good Standing. The term “good standing” as used herein means that the Company is not currently in breach of its obligations to file the annual return, and pay the annual filing fees, due for the current calendar year, and having regard to any grace periods permitted under the Companies Law.

 

6


Puxin Limited

Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion, No. 18 Danling Street

Haidian District, Beijing, 100080

People’s Republic of China

May 18 2018

Walkers

15/F Alexandra House

18 Chater Road

Central

Hong Kong

Dear Sirs,

Puxin Limited (the “Company”) – Director’s Certificate

I, Sha Yunlong, being a director of the Company, am aware that you are being asked to provide a legal opinion (the “ Opinion ”) in relation to certain aspects of Cayman Islands law. Capitalised terms used in this certificate have the meaning given to them in the Opinion. I hereby certify that:

 

1. the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company as adopted by special resolution passed on May 17 2018 remain in full force and effect and are otherwise unamended;

 

2. the written resolutions of the shareholders dated May 17 2018 were executed (and where by a corporate entity such execution has been duly authorised if so required) by and on behalf of all shareholders in the manner prescribed in the articles of association of the Company, the signatures and initials thereon are those of a person or persons in whose name the resolutions have been expressed to be signed, are in full force and effect at the date hereof and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect;

 

3. the written resolutions of the board of directors dated May 17 2018 were executed by all the directors in the manner prescribed in the articles of association of the Company, the signatures and initials thereon are those of a person or persons in whose name the resolutions have been expressed to be signed, are in full force and effect at the date hereof and have not been amended, varied or revoked in any respect; and

 

7


4. there is no contractual or other prohibition (other than as arising under Cayman Islands law) binding on the Company prohibiting it from issuing and allotting the Ordinary Shares.

I confirm that you may continue to rely on this Certificate as being true and correct on the day that you issue the Opinion unless I have previously notified you personally to the contrary.

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

8


Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Sha Yunlong
Director  

 

9

Exhibit 8.3

 

        

New York

Northern California

Washington DC

São Paulo

London

  

Paris

Madrid

Tokyo

Beijing

Hong Kong

LOGO

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell London LLP

5 Aldermanbury Square

London EC2V 7HR

  

020 7418 1300 tel

020 7418 1400 fax

        

[            ], 2018

Puxin Limited

Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion

No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District

Beijing, 100080

People’s Republic of China

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We are acting as United States counsel to Puxin Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands (the “Company” ) , in connection with the preparation of the registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement” ) and the related prospectus (the Prospectus ) with respect to the Company’s American depositary shares representing the Company’s ordinary shares to be offered in the Company’s initial public offering (the “ADSs” ). The Company is filing the Registration Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

We have examined such matters of fact and law as we have deemed necessary or advisable for the purpose of our opinion.

We hereby confirm that our opinion as to the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders of an investment in the ADSs is set forth in full under the caption “Taxation – U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” in the Prospectus.

We are members of the Bar of the State of New York, and we express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States.

We hereby consent to the use of our name under the caption “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing, as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, of this letter.

In giving such consent we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Very truly yours,

[ /s / Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP]

 

Davis Polk & Wardwell London LLP is a limited liability partnership formed under the laws of the State of New York,

USA, and is authorised and regulated by the Solicitors Regulation Authority with registration number 566321.

Davis Polk includes Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP and its associated entities.

Exhibit 10.1

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

PUXIN LIMITED

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), made and entered into as of the      day of                 , 2018, by and between Puxin Limited, an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) and                  (“ Indemnitee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or executive officers unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities.

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons.

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future.

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified.

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company (as may from time to time be supplemented and amended) (the “ Memorandum and Articles ”) and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director of the Company without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

 

1


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

(a) As used in this Agreement:

Change of Control ” means any one of the following circumstances occurring after the date hereof: (i) there shall have occurred an event required to be reported with respect to the Company in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item or any similar schedule or form) under the Exchange Act, regardless of whether the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; (ii) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) shall have become, without prior approval of the Company’s Board by approval of at least two-thirds of the Continuing Directors, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (provided that, for purposes of this clause (ii), the term “person” shall exclude (x) the Company, (y) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (z) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company); (iii) there occurs a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity; (iv) all or substantially all the assets of the Company are sold or disposed of in a transaction or series of related transactions; (v) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company; or (vi) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.

Continuing Director ” means (i) each director on the Board on the date hereof or (ii) any new director whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date hereof or whose election or nomination was so approved.

 

2


Corporate Status ” means the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise.

Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

Enterprise ” means (i) the Company, (ii) any of the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliates, and (iii) any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expenses ” means all direct and indirect costs (including attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses) reasonably incurred in connection with (i) prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or (ii) establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Memorandum and Articles, applicable law or otherwise. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. For the avoidance of doubt, Expenses, however, shall not include any Liabilities.

Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither currently is, nor in the five years previous to its selection or appointment has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Liabilities ” means any losses or liabilities, including any judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement, arising out of or in connection with any Proceeding (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement).

 

3


Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, derivative action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil (including intentional and unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative or investigative, including any appeal therefrom, and whether instituted by or on behalf of the Company or any other party, or any inquiry or investigation that Indemnitee in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit or other proceeding hereinabove listed in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of any Corporate Status of Indemnitee, or by reason of any action taken (or failure to act) by him or her or of any action (or failure to act) on his or her part while serving in any Corporate Status.

(b)     For the purposes of this Agreement:

References to “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting or surviving corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, then Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to any of the Company’s subsidiaries, affiliates, an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Reference to “including” shall mean “including, without limitation,” regardless of whether the words “without limitation” actually appear, references to the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection or other subdivision.

 

4


ARTICLE 2

SERVICES BY INDEMNITEE

Section 2.01 .  Services By Indemnitee.   Indemnitee hereby agrees to serve or continue to serve as [for directors] a director of the Company, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed. [for officers] an officer of the Company until such time as Indemnitee’s employment is terminated for any reason.

ARTICLE 3

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01 .  General.   (a) The Company hereby agrees to and shall indemnify Indemnitee and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against any and all Expenses and Liabilities, in either case, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The Company’s indemnification obligations set forth in this Section 3.01 shall apply (i) in respect of Indemnitee’s past, present and future service in any Corporate Status and (ii) regardless of whether Indemnitee is serving in any Corporate Status at the time any such Expense or Liability is incurred.

For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) to the fullest extent permitted by any provision of the Companies Law (2016 Revision) (the “ Companies Law ”) or the corresponding provision of any successor statute, and

(ii) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the Companies Law adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

(b)  Witness Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

(c)  Expenses as a Party Where Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding, but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. All such indemnification against Expenses shall be offset by the amount of cash, if any, received by the Indemnitee resulting from his/her success therein. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

5


Section 3.02 . Exclusions.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement and unless Indemnitee ultimately is successful on the merits with respect to any such claim, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, regardless of whether the securities are subject to the requirements of such provisions; or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

(b) except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.01(e), prior to a Change of Control, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

(c) to the extent that Indemnitee is indemnified and actually received such payment other than pursuant to this Agreement;

(d) in connection with a judicial action by or in the right of the Company, in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated by final judgment in a court of law to be liable for fraud or willful default in the performance of his duty to the Company unless and only to the extent that any court in which such action was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses as such court shall deem proper; or

 

6


(e) for any judgment, fine or penalty which the Company is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnification.

ARTICLE 4

ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES; DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

Section 4.01 .  Advances.   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall advance any Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within 30 business days after the receipt by the Company of each statement in writing requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such amounts and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements in writing to the Company to support the advances claimed. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be promptly repaid to the Company. To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company as soon as practicable after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement.

Section 4.02 .  Repayment of Advances or Other Expenses.   Indemnitee agrees that Indemnitee shall reimburse the Company for all Expenses advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 4.01, in the event and only to the extent that it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication under the provisions of any applicable law (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed) that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such Expenses.

Section 4.03.  Defense of Claims. The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense. Upon the delivery of written notice by the Company to Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding with counsel consented to by Indemnitee (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), except for such Proceeding brought by the Company or as to which the Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee. After delivery of such notice, consent to such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding; provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel in respect of any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized in writing by the Company or (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded upon the advice of counsel that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such Proceeding, then in each such case the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the Company’s expense. Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, damages, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

7


ARTICLE 5

PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF AND DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

Section 5.01 .  Notification; Request For Indemnification. (a) As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by Indemnitee of written notice that he is a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding or of any other matter in respect of which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder, Indemnitee shall provide to the Company written notice thereof, including the nature of and the facts underlying the Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise.

(b) As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall deliver to the Company a written request for indemnification, including therewith such information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to determine Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder and such information as reasonably requested by the Company. Such request(s) may be delivered from time to time and at such time(s) as Indemnitee deems appropriate in his or her sole discretion. Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be determined according to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and applicable law.

Section 5.02 .  Determination of Entitlement. (a) Where there has been a written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b), then as soon as is reasonably practicable (but in any event not later than 60 days) after final disposition of the relevant Proceeding, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee. If it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) business days after such determination. Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification).

 

8


(b)     If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(ii), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If entitlement to indemnification is to be determined by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 5.02(a)(i)(C) (or if Indemnitee requests that such selection be made by the Board), such Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company in which case the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) business days after such written notice of selection shall have been received, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 5.01(b) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 5.02(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(c)     The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel serving under this Agreement.

 

9


Section 5.03 .  Presumptions and Burdens of Proof; Effect of Certain Proceedings.   (a) In making any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 5.01(b) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of any person, persons or entity to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by any person, persons or entity that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b)     If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 5.02 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within the sixty (60) day period referred to in Section 5.02(a), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided , however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.

(c)     The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(d)     For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is in good faith reliance on the records or books of account of any Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of such Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for such Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to such Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by such Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 5.03(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed or found to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

10


(e)     The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, officer, agent or employee of any Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any right to indemnification under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 6

REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

Section 6.01.  Adjudication or Arbitration . (a) In the event of any dispute between Indemnitee and the Company hereunder as to entitlement to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (including where (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 4.01 of this Agreement, (iii) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3.01 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) business days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, (iv) no determination as to entitlement to indemnification is timely made pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Agreement and no payment of indemnification is made within ten (10) business days after entitlement is deemed to have been determined pursuant to Section 5.03(b)) or (v) a contribution payment is not made in a timely manner pursuant to Section 8.04 of this Agreement, then Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his or her entitlement to such indemnification, contribution or advancement. Alternatively, in such case, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b)     In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the Company may not refer to or introduce into evidence any determination pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement adverse to Indemnitee for any purpose. If Indemnitee commences a judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to this Section 6.01, Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advances pursuant to Section 4.02 until a final determination is made with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification (as to which all rights of appeal have been exhausted or lapsed).

 

11


(c)     If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 5.02(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d)     The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 6.01 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

(e)     The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law against all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) business days after the Company’s receipt of such written request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advances of Expenses by the Company (or otherwise for the enforcement, interpretation or defense of his or her rights) under this Agreement or any other agreement, including any other indemnification, contribution or advancement agreement, or any provision of the Memorandum and Articles now or hereafter in effect or (ii) recovery or advances under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, contribution, advancement or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 7

DIRECTORS’ AND OFFICERS’ LIABILITY INSURANCE

Section 7.01 .  D&O Liability Insurance.   To the extent that the Company maintains a policy or policies of insurance (“ D&O Liability Insurance ”) providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company in their capacities as such (and for any capacity in which any director or officer of the Company serves any other Enterprise at the request of the Company), in respect of acts or omissions occurring while serving in such capacity, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any other director or officer under such policy or policies.

Section 7.02 .  Evidence of Coverage.   Upon request by Indemnitee, the Company shall provide copies of all policies of D&O Liability Insurance obtained and maintained in accordance with Section 7.01 of this Agreement. The Company shall promptly notify Indemnitee of any changes in such insurance coverage.

 

12


ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01 .  Non-exclusivity of Rights.   The rights of indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled to under applicable law, the Memorandum and Articles, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

Section 8.02 .  Insurance and Subrogation. (a) If, at the time the Company receives notice of a claim hereunder, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. The failure or refusal of any such insurer to pay any such amount shall not affect or impair the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.

(b)     In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(c)     The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has actually received such payment under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision.

Section 8.03 The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, board of directors’ committee member, employee or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise.

Section 8.04 .  Contribution.   To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s). The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8.04 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

13


Section 8.05 .  Amendment.   This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by a written instrument executed by or on behalf of each of the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit, restrict or reduce any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any act or omission, or any event occurring, prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in applicable law, whether by statute or judicial decision limits rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses, it is the intent of the parties hereto that the rights with respect to indemnification, contribution or advancement of Expenses in effect prior to such change shall remain in full force and effect to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 8.06 .  Waivers.   The observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) by the party entitled to enforce such term only by a writing signed by the party against which such waiver is to be asserted. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, no delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party hereto of any right, power or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver of any other right, power or privilege hereunder nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

Section 8.07 .  Entire Agreement.   This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby, and any other prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements with respect to the matters covered hereby are superseded by this Agreement, provided that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Memorandum and Articles and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

Section 8.08 .  Severability.   If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

14


Section 8.09 .  Notices.   All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing (which may be by facsimile transmission). All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5:00 p.m. in the place of receipt and such day is a business day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding business day in the place of receipt. The address for notice to a party is as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as any party shall have given by written notice to the other party as provided above.

Section 8.10 .  Binding Effect.   (a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

(b)     This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, spouses, heirs, and executors, administrators, personal and legal representatives. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all, or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

(c)     The indemnification, contribution and advancement of Expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his former or current capacity at the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and assigns of such Indemnitee.

 

15


Section 8.11 .  Governing Law.   This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, Cayman laws, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

Section 8.12 .  Consent to Jurisdiction.   Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 6.01(a) of this Agreement, each of the parties to this Agreement irrevocably agrees that the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have nonexclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any claim, suit, action or proceeding, and to settle any disputes, which may arise out of or are in any way related to or in connection with this Agreement, and, for such purposes, irrevocably submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of such courts.

Section 8.13 .  Headings.   The Article and Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

Section 8.14 .  Counterparts.   This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 8.15 .  Use of Certain Terms.   As used in this Agreement, the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular paragraph, subparagraph, section, subsection, or other subdivision. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa.

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

PUXIN LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:
Facsimile:
Attention:
With a copy to:
Address:
Facsimile:
Attention:
INDEMNITEE
    

 

Address:
Facsimile:
With a copy to:
Address:
Facsimile:
Attention:

 

17

Exhibit 10.2

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of [MONTH DATE], [YEAR] (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered between Puxin Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”) and [NAME] (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to enter into an employment agreement whereby the Executive will be employed by the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions stated below;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

E MPLOYMENT , D UTIES A ND R ESPONSIBILITIES

Section 1.01 . Employment. The Executive shall serve as the [TITLE] of the Company. The Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to devote substantially all of the Executive’s time and efforts to promoting the interests of the Company.

Section 1.02 . Duties and Responsibilities. Subject to the supervision of and direction by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Executive shall perform such duties as are similar in nature to those duties and services customarily associated with the positions set forth above.

Section 1.03 . Base of Operation. The Executive’s principal base of operation for the performance of his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement shall be the offices of the Company in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”), and at such other places as shall from time to time be reasonably necessary to fulfill the Executive’s obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE 2

T ERM

Section 2.01 . Term. (a) The term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be specified in a separate agreement between the Executive and the Company’s designated subsidiary or affiliate entity (the “ PRC Agreement ”). The Term and this Agreement will be renewed automatically thereafter for successive one-year terms unless a one-month notice of non-renewal is given by one party to the other.

(b) The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder violates or will violate the provisions of any other agreement to which the Executive is a party or by which the Executive is bound.

(c) If the PRC Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms therein, the employment between the Executive and the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall also be terminated unless mutually agreed by both parties.


ARTICLE 3

C OMPENSATION A ND E XPENSES

Section 3.01 . Salary And Benefits. The Executive’s salary and benefits shall be determined by the Company and shall be specified in the PRC Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in such separate agreement, the Executive’s salary and benefits are subject to annual review and adjustment by the Company.

Section 3.02 Expenses. The Company will reimburse the Executive for reasonable documented business-related expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder during the Term, subject, however, to the Company’s policies relating to business-related expenses as in effect from time to time during the Term.

Section 3.03 . Stock Incentive Plan. The Executive shall be entitled to participate during the Term in the share incentive plans of the Company, and any successors thereto, subject to the terms and provisions of such plan and the execution of the award agreement and other related agreements between the Company and the Executive.

Section 3.04 Payer of Compensation. All compensation, salary, benefits and remuneration in this Agreement may be paid by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities, as decided by the Company in its sole discretion.

ARTICLE 4

E XCLUSIVITY , NON - COMPETE , C ONFIDENTIALITY AND NO S OLICITATION

Section 4.01 . Exclusivity. The Executive agrees to perform his duties, responsibilities and obligations hereunder efficiently and to the best of his ability. The Executive agrees that the Executive will devote substantially all of the Executive’s working time, care and attention and best efforts to such duties, responsibilities and obligations throughout the Term. The Executive agrees that all of his activities as an employee of the Company shall be in conformity with all present and future policies, rules and regulations and directions of the Company not inconsistent with this Agreement.

Section 4.02 . Non-Compete, Confidentiality and No Solicitation.

(a) Non-compete. During the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twenty-four (24) months after his employment with the Company terminates for any reason, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, (i) be employed or self-employed in, engage in or own or hold any interest in (whether as a principal, partner, director, employee, shareholder, agent, advisor or otherwise) any business that is in direct or indirect competition, or would compete, with any businesses conducted by the Company or its affiliated entities upon or prior to the termination of the employment of the Executive, or (ii) be employed or hold any interest in businesses (including companies and entities located in the PRC (including, for the purpose of this section, Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan) controlled or wholly or partially owned by such businesses), as specified in the PRC Agreement, that are in competition with those conducted by the Company and its affiliated entities; provided , however , it shall not be a violation of this Section 4.02 for the Executive to become the registered or beneficial owner of up to five percent (5%) of any class of the capital stock of a publicly traded corporation in competition with the Company or its affiliated entities, provided that the Executive does not otherwise participate in the business of such corporation.

 

2


(b) Confidentiality. Throughout the course of the Executive’s employment with the Company and thereafter, the Executive shall keep in strict confidence and not to use all non-public information relating to the business, financial condition and other aspects of the Company, including but not limited to trade secrets, business methods, products, processes, procedures, development or experimental projects, plans, service providers, customers and users and such non-public information of the customers, users and suppliers of the Company, and except as authorized by the Company, may not disclose or provide to any person, firm, corporation or entity such non-public information, and may not use such non-public information for any purpose other than to fulfill his responsibilities in the best interest of the Company. The Executive shall also comply with the Company’s corporate policies and any other agreements on confidentiality that the Executive may enter into with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliated entities. This provision and such other confidentiality policies and agreements are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Confidentiality Terms .”

(c) No Solicitation. During the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twenty-four (24) months after his employment with the Company terminates for any reason, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit (either in his or her own name or on behalf of any other party) any person who, within a period of one year preceding the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, is an employee, consultant, customer, supplier or agent of the Company or any of its affiliated entities, to terminate its relationship with the Company or any of its affiliated entities.

ARTICLE 5

T ERMINATION

Section 5.01 . Termination by the Company. The Company shall have the right to terminate the Executive’s employment at any time with “Cause” without any advance notice pursuant to the terms hereof. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” shall have the meanings ascribed to it in the PRC Agreement. For purposes of this Section 5.01, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be deemed “ willful ” unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the act or omission of the Executive was in the best interest of the Company. The Company may also terminate the Executive’s employment at any time with or without Cause by giving a 30 days’ advance notice in writing.

Section 5.02 . Termination by the Executive. The Executive shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time by giving a 30 days’ advance notice in writing pursuant to the terms hereof. If the Executive terminates the employment under this Section 5.02, the Company is not obliged to pay to the Executive any financial compensation for such termination.

 

3


Section 5.03 . Death. In the event the Executive passes away during the Term, this Agreement shall automatically terminate, such termination to be effective on the date of the Executive’s death.

Section 5.04 . Disability. In the event that the Executive shall suffer a disability which shall have prevented the Executive from performing satisfactorily the Executive’s obligations hereunder for a period of at least 120 consecutive days, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, such termination to be effective upon the giving of notice thereof to the Executive in accordance with Section 6.02 hereof.

Section 5.05 . Effect of Termination. (a) In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment, whether before or after the Term, by either party for any reason, or by reason of the Executive’s death or disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive (or his beneficiary in the event of his death) any base salary or other compensation earned but not paid to the Executive prior to the effective date of such termination. All other benefits due the Executive following the Executive’s termination of employment shall be determined in accordance with the plans, policies and practices of the Company.

(b) In the event of termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company other than for Cause, the Company shall pay to the Executive any additional amount as provided by applicable law.

ARTICLE 6

M ISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01 . Benefit Assignment; Assignment; Beneficiary. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any corporation or person which may acquire all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business, or with or into which the Company may be consolidated or merged. This Agreement shall also inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executive and the Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Executive should die while any amount would still be payable to the Executive hereunder if the Executive had continued to live, all such amounts shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to the Executive’s beneficiary, devisee, legatee or other designee, or if there is no such designee, to the Executive’s estate.

Section 6.02. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified mail, national overnight courier, or email. In the case of the Company, to the office or email account of the Head of Human Resources; and in the case of the Executive, to the address or email account appearing on the employment records of the Company, from time to time. Any notice given hereunder shall be deemed to have been given at the time of receipt thereof by the person to whom such notice is given.

 

4


Section 6.03 . Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the Executive and the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the Executive’s employment during the Term and supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, between the parties hereto with respect to compensation due for services rendered hereunder. This Agreement may not be changed or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

Section 6.04 . Waiver. The waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a continuing waiver or as a consent to or waiver of any subsequent breach hereof.

Section 6.05 . Headings. The article and section headings herein are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

Section 6.06 . Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of Hong Kong.

Section 6.07 . Agreement To Take Actions. Each party hereto shall execute and deliver such documents, certificates, agreements and other instruments, and shall take such other actions, as may be reasonably necessary or desirable in order to perform his or its obligations under this Agreement or to effectuate the purposes hereof.

Section 6.08 . Arbitration. Any dispute between the parties hereto respecting the meaning and intent of this Agreement or any of its terms and provisions shall be submitted to arbitration in Hong Kong, in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules then in effect, and the arbitration determination resulting from any such submission shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto. The arbitrator shall have no authority to award reasonable attorney’s fees to any party in any dispute subject to this Section 6.08. Judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction .

Section 6.09 . Survivorship. The respective rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations.

Section 6.10 . Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision or provisions of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

Section 6.11 . Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 6.12 . Corporate Authorization. The Company hereby represents that the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement are within the corporate powers of the Company, and that the Chairman of its Board of Directors has the requisite authority to bind the Company hereby.

Section 6.13 . Withholding. All payments to the Executive hereunder shall be subject to withholding to the extent required by applicable law.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PUXIN LIMITED
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
EXECUTIVE
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

6

Exhibit 10.3

Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”) was signed by the following parties in Beijing of the People’s Republic of China on February 5, 2018.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91110108MA019R588L and a registered address of 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing.

Party B: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd , a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and a registered address at unit 05-535, 8/F, No. 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing.

Party C:  Sha Yunlong , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Xiao Yun , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Gao Liang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Li Gang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership , a limited liability partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X and a registered address at 223-1, 8 Xinfu Road, Dajianchang Town, Wuqing District, Tianjin.

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership , a limited liability partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and a registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District.


(Party A, Party B and Party C are referred to as “ one party ” respectively and collectively referred to as the “ parties ”. “ Party B’s subsidiaries ” are all the principal bodies mentioned in Appendix I to this Agreement and the institutions invested and controlled by Party B (including but not limited to the companies, schools and relevant institutions, more than 50% investment equity of which are directly or indirectly held by Party B) updated from time to time according to this Agreement.

Whereas:

 

(1) Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise effectively established and lawfully subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with business scope including technology development, technology advice, technology services, technology transfer; computer system services; business management consultancy; sales of self-developed products, stationery commodities, sporting goods, household groceries, household appliances, computers, software and auxiliary equipment, cosmetics, handicrafts; import and export of goods, import and export of technology, import and export of agent goods (items subject to approval in accordance with the laws, and operation of business subject to the contents approved by the relevant authorities).

 

(2) Party B is a company with limited liability effectively established and lawfully subsisting under the laws of the PRC, mainly engaging in education consultancy (excluding intermediary service); cultural consultancy; investment management; asset management; technology development; technology promotion; technology transfer; technology consultancy; technology service; sales of self-developed products; computer system services; basic software services; application software services; software development; software consulting (hereinafter referred to as “ the Main Services ”).

 

(3) Subsidiaries currently held by Party B are shown in Appendix I .

 

(4) Party C is a shareholder of Party B, and holds 100% equity of Party B.

 

(5) Party B and Party C undertake to help materializing the compliance and implementation of the terms under this Agreement by Party B’s subsidiaries, and sign necessary relevant specific agreements or documents to realize the purposes of this Agreement under the request of Party A.


(6) Party A agrees to provide Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries with exclusive education management consultancy, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support by leveraging its advantages on talents, technology and information and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries agree to accept the relevant services provided by Party A.

The parties have reached a consensus and the following agreement:

 

  1. Provision of Service

 

  1.1 According to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Party B and Party C hereby appoint Party A as the exclusive provider of technology and service for Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries during the period of this Agreement, so as to provide Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries with comprehensive education management consultancy, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support. Specific contents are given in Appendix II of this Agreement. Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries are the “ service recipients ”.

Party B shall, and Party B shall guarantee to procure Part B’s subsidiaries, based on actual business needs, determine the services together with Party A or the entities designated by Party A, and such services are given in Appendix II of this Agreement. The parties understand that the services actually provided by Party A are subject to Party A’s approved business scope; and if Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries require Party A to provide services beyond Party A’s approved business scope, Party A shall have the right to designate third parties or within the maximum limit allowed by law to apply for expanding its business scope, and then provide services after the application has been approved.

 

  1.2 Party B and Party C further agree that, without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B and Party C guarantee that they and their relevant institutions (including but not limited to Part B’s subsidiaries) shall not directly or indirectly obtain services the same as or similar to the exclusive technology and services specified in this Agreement from any third party, and shall not establish any similar cooperation relations relating to the matters covered herein with any third party and shall promise that their relevant institutions shall not do so. Party B and Party C agree that Party A may designate other parties to provide Party B and Part B’s subsidiaries with the services specified in Appendix II of this Agreement.


  1.3 In order to ensure the normal operation of daily business of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, Party A may (but not necessarily), based on its own judgement and Chinese laws and regulations, provide guarantee for the performance of other business contracts and agreements signed between Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries and any third parties related to its business as the guarantor. Party B and Party C hereby unanimously agree and confirm that Party A shall first be appointed as the guarantor if it is necessary to provide any guarantee for the fulfilment of any contract or loan during the business operation of Party B and/or Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

  2. Price and Payment Method of Services

 

  2.1 Party A may, by referring to the specific service contents and objects and the income, number of students in the particular period of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, determine by itself the price and appropriate payment methods of services, and the specific calculation and payment methods of service expenses are given in Appendix II of this Agreement.

 

  2.2 If Party A thinks that the confirmation mechanism of service prices specified in this Agreement becomes inappropriate because of some reasons and therefore shall be adjusted, Party A shall actively and honestly propose adjustment plan, so as to confirm new price standard or mechanism. If the service recipients fail to reply within seven workdays after receiving the notice of the aforesaid adjustment, it shall be deemed as having accepted the said adjustment to service price.


  3. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  3.1 The intellectual property rights of all the achievements arising from performing this Agreement shall include but not limited to copyright, patent, the right to apply for patent, technological secrets, commercial secrets, etc., whether or not developed by Party A, and shall be the ownerships, rights and interests that are exclusively enjoyed by Party A. Party B, Party B’s subsidiaries and Party C shall not enjoy any other rights that are not specified in this Agreement unless with the permission of Party A, and shall support Party A in taking all necessary measures to obtain such intellectual property rights. For the avoidance of doubt, except for the intellectual property rights that are confirmed by Party A as necessary for normal business operation of Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries or shall be held by Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries according to relevant domestic laws and regulations, as for the intellectual property rights that have been held or applied by Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries to relevant competent authorities as of the signing date of this Agreement, the equity holders or applicants of other intellectual property rights shall, based on Party A’s requirements, transfer the said intellectual property rights to Party A or Party A’s related parties, and Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries shall sign a transfer agreement of intellectual property rights with Party A or Party A’s related parties.

 

  3.2 If development is conducted by Party A based on the intellectual property rights of Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries, Party B and Party B’s relevant subsidiary shall ensure that there are not any flaw of such intellectual property rights, otherwise Party B and Party B’s relevant subsidiaries shall bear the losses caused to Party A. If Party A needs to compensate any third person in this case, Party A shall have the right to, after such a compensation, claim for all the losses against Party B and/or relevant Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

  3.3 The parties agree that, regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated, these terms are binding.


  4. Realization of Party A’s Rights

Whereas the provisions of Article 1 of this Agreement and in order to clarify the rights and interests of the parties, guarantee the actual performance of management services agreement provided by Party A for Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, the implementation of business services between Party A and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and the payment by Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries for payable consideration to Party A, Party B and Party C hereby agree that, and guarantee to procure Party B to agree:

 

  4.1 Party A shall have the right to propose suggestions or requirements regarding the daily operation, financial management and staff employment of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall strictly fulfil or observe the said suggestions or requirements proposed by Party A.

 

  4.2 Party C, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall, according to laws and regulations and the procedures specified in the articles of association of school or company, select candidates designated by Party A as the directors of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and procure the said elected directors to select the chairman of the board of directors from the candidates recommended by Party A, and appoint the persons designated by Party A as all of the senior executives (including but not limited to principal, general manager, financial controller, responsible persons of respective businesses, financial management staff, financial monitoring staff and accountant) of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

  4.3 Party C, Party B and/or Party B’s subsidiaries shall, based on Party A’s requirements, dismiss any directors and/or senior executives of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and immediately select and appoint other persons designated by Party A to assume the said positions.

 

  4.4 In respect of the objective of Clause 4.3, Party C, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall, according to laws, articles of association and this Agreement, take all necessary internal or external procedures to complete the abovementioned dismissal and employment procedures.


  4.5 Party A shall have the right to check the accounts of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries regularly or at any time. Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall timely and accurately record the accounts, and shall, upon requirements of Party A, provide Party A with their accounts, audit reports, financial statements and all operation records, business contracts and financial information. During the validity period of this Agreement and on the condition of not violating applicable laws, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall agree to support Party A and any third party designated by Party A in auditing (including but not limited to audit of related transactions and other audits of various types), provide relevant information and data relating to operation, business, customers, finance and staff of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries for Party A and any third party designated by Party A and auditors appointed by Party A, and shall agree that Party A or any other related parties of Party A may disclose such information and data in order to meet the relevant requirements of securities regulatory authorities.

 

  4.6 Party C hereby agrees to, on the date of signing this Agreement, present Party A with a Power of Attorney, the content and form of which satisfy Party A, and comprehensively, appropriately and completely perform the stipulation of such a Power of Attorney, including but not limited to, according to this Power of Attorney, unconditionally and irrevocably authorizing Party A or the persons (“ trustee ”, and such a trustee shall not be Party C) designated by Party A as the representative of Party C to exercise the rights of shareholders and/or directors of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries based on the will of the trustee.

 

  4.7 Party C confirms that it has comprehensively and clearly understood the obligations of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries under this Agreement at the time of signing this Agreement, and that it is willing to pledge the 100% equity of Party B held by it to Party A, so as to provide guarantee for the performance of all the obligations of Party B under this Agreement. The parties will sign a separate agreement on equity pledge.


  4.8 Party B and Party C hereby agree that, and Party B and Party C guarantee to procure Party B’s subsidiaries to agree, once Party A submits a written request, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries and Party C will pledge all of their receivables and/or all the other assets that are lawfully owned and may be disposed of by them as the guarantee for the payment obligation of the service expenses specified in Clause 2.1 of this Agreement, in a manner then permitted by the laws. Party B and Party C hereby agree that, and Party B and Party C guarantee to procure Party B’s subsidiaries to agree, during the validity period of this Agreement, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries maintain complete business licences necessary for operation and adequate rights and qualifications to engage in the current businesses in China.

 

  4.9 In case of liquidation or dissolution of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries for various reasons, Party C, Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries shall, within the scope permitted by Chinese laws, appoint the persons recommended by Party A as the liquidation team, which takes charge of managing the property of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries. Party C, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries promise that in case of liquidation or dissolution of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, Party C, Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries shall deliver all the remaining property obtained from the liquidation of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries conducted according to Chinese laws and regulations respectively to Party A or the third parties designated by Party A, no matter whether the agreement specified in this article has been implemented and within the restriction of Chinese laws.

 

  4.10 Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries are not allowed to conduct any transactions that may substantially affect their assets, obligations, rights or operation of institutions, including but not limited to:

 

  (1) To conduct any activities beyond the normal business scope of institutions or do business not in the consistent and usual way;

 

  (2) To lend the third parties money or assume any debts;

 

  (3) To change or dismiss any directors or change any executives;

 

  (4) Employ other staff or service providers with annual remuneration more than RMB 500,000;


  (5) To sell to any third parties or obtain from any third parties, or otherwise deal with any assets or rights, including but not limited to any intellectual property rights;

 

  (6) To provide guarantee for any third parties with its assets or intellectual property rights, or provide guarantee in any other forms or set any encumbrance on the assets of institutions not because of the debts of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries;

 

  (7) To change the articles of association of institutions or change the business scope of institutions;

 

  (8) To change the operation method, business procedures of institutions or change any major internal rules and systems of institutions;

 

  (9) To significantly adjust its business operation models, marketing strategies, operation guidelines or customer relations;

 

  (10) To distribute bonus and dividends in any form;

 

  (11) To liquidate institutions and distribute the remaining assets;

 

  (12) To transfer the rights and interests under this Agreement to any third parties;

 

  (13) To sign any other agreements or arrangements which contradict this Agreement or may damage the rights and interests of Party A under this Agreement; and

 

  (14) To conduct contracted operation, operation of lease, consolidation, division, joint venture, shareholding reform or other arrangements that change the operation method and equity structure, or deal with all or substantial assets or rights and interests of the institutions of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries in the form of transfer, or assignment or capital contribution at a certain price or other ways.

Moreover, Party B shall, and Party C shall, procure Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries to immediately inform Party A of any situations that will or may substantially and adversely affect the businesses and operation of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and shall use its best endeavours to avoid the occurrence of such situations and/or the expansion of losses.


  4.11 Party B hereby grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive purchase right, pursuant to which Party A may, at its own option, purchase any partial or entire assets and businesses from Party B at the minimum price allowed by the Chinese laws within the scope permitted by the Chinese laws and regulations. The two parties will then separately sign asset or business transfer contract to specify the terms and conditions of such asset transfer.

 

  5. Validity Period and Termination Right

 

  5.1 This Agreement was signed and took effect on the date set out in the first page.

 

  5.2 This Agreement shall be effective in the operation period of Party A, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries unless it is cancelled earlier as unanimously agreed by the parties.

 

  5.3 The parties agree to grant Party A an option to terminate this Agreement at any time. Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time during the performance of this Agreement by serving a written notice.

 

  5.4 Party B and/or Party C are not allowed to terminate this Agreement under any situations without the prior written consent of Party A.

 

  6. Representations and Warranties

 

  6.1 Party A makes the following representations and warranties for Party B and Party C:

 

  (1) Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legal person lawfully established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the PRC, and has the capacity of independently undertaking civil liabilities.

 

  (2) Party A has the full corporate powers necessary for signing and delivering this Agreement and fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement. After the signing, this Agreement shall constitute statutory, effective and binding obligations for Party A and may be enforceable based on its terms.


  (3) The signing of this Agreement and Party A’s fulfilment of the obligations under this Agreement will not contradict, breach or violate (i) any requirements of Party A’s any business licences or articles of association; (ii) any laws, rules, ordinances, authorizations or approvals of any government agencies or departments that are applicable to Party A; and (iii) any requirements of the contracts and agreements to which Party A is the signing party or main body.

 

  6.2 Party B makes the following representations and warranties to Party A:

 

  (1) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries are companies with limited liability or non-governmental non-profit units (legal person) lawfully established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the PRC, and have the capacity of independently undertaking civil liabilities with its registered capital.

 

  (2) Party B has the full authority necessary for signing and delivering this Agreement and completely fulfilling their obligations under this Agreement. After the signing, this Agreement shall constitute statutory, effective and binding obligations for Party B and may be enforceable based on its terms.

 

  (3) The signing of this Agreement and the fulfilment by Party B of the obligations under this Agreement will not contradict, breach or violate (i) any requirements of business licences or articles of association of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries; (ii) any laws, rules, ordinances, authorizations or approvals of any government agencies or departments that are applicable to Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries; and (iii) any requirements of the contracts and agreements to which Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries or any of their related companies are the signing parties or main bodies.

 

  (4) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries will, based on Party A’s requirements, provide Party A with relevant information and document; assign special staff to communicate with Party A and coordinate the work, and actively support Party A’s on-site investigation and data collection at Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries.


  (5) If necessary, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall provide necessary working facilities and conditions for Party A’s professionals, and bear the corresponding expenditures and expenses incurred during the provision of management services by the said professionals at Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries;

 

  (6) To develop and provide the Main Services effectively, prudently and lawfully, maintain and timely update all the licences and authorizations necessary for the provision of the Main Services by Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries under this Agreement, so as to maintain the validity and full legal force of such licences and authorizations; and establish and maintain an independent recording unit for the Main Services;

 

  (7) To provide Party A with any technological information or other data that Party A thinks are necessary for fulfilling the obligations under this Agreement, and allow Party A to enter the relevant venues and facilities that Party A thinks are necessary for providing the services under this Agreement;

 

  (8) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries will, based on relevant Chinese laws and regulations, conduct business operation and handle all the necessary formalities relating to the business operation, and timely provide Party A with the copies of the aforesaid licences;

 

  (9) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries have all the permits, licences, authorizations, approvals and facilities necessary for providing the Main Services during the validity period of this Agreement, and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries guarantee that the aforesaid permits, licences, authorizations and approvals will continue to have legal force and legally valid during the entire validity period of this Agreement.

 

  (10) To pay service expenses to Party A on time.


  7. Confidentiality

 

  7.1 All the terms of this Agreement and this Agreement itself are both confidential, and the parties shall not disclose them to any third party, except for the disclosure to senior staff, directors, employees, agents and professional consultants that are related to this project and undertake the confidentiality obligation to the said parties or their related parties; with the exception of the disclosure of information or content of this document to government, public or shareholders and the filing of this document at relevant institutions based on the requirements of laws or relevant securities trading institutions.

 

  7.2 This article shall still have legal force no matter whether this Agreement has been altered, cancelled or terminated.

 

  8. Liabilities for Default

 

  8.1 Where a party fails to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement or any representations or guarantees of such party under this Agreement are substantially untrue or inaccurate, such Party shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall be liable for compensation of all losses of other parties or pay liquidated damages according to the agreement separately signed by the relevant parties.

 

  8.2 Where Party B is deemed as having breached this Agreement according to Clause 8.1, Party B shall fully compensate Party A for any losses, damages or liabilities (including the losses and expenses arising from any lawsuit, claim for compensation or other requirements) that Party A incur or assume because of fulfilling the obligations under this Agreement or providing the services specified in this Agreement.

 

  8.3 Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated, these terms are legally binding.

 

  9. Force Majeure

A force majeure event means any event unforeseen by any party at the time of signing this Agreement that cannot be avoided, controlled and overcome (including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, strike, war or riot, etc.).


In view of the fact that the force majeure event affects the performance of this Agreement, in the event of force majeure, the party shall forthwith (i) notify the remaining parties in the form of telegraph, facsimile or other electronic means and submit the written evidence of force majeure within fifteen (15) working days; (ii) take all reasonable and possible measures to eliminate or mitigate the effects of force majeure event and to resume the fulfillment of its obligations upon the elimination or mitigation of the effects of force majeure event.

 

  10. Transfer of Agreement and Changes to Parties of Agreement

 

  10.1 Without the prior written consent of Party A, none of Party B and Party C shall have the right to transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party, except for the situation that Party A directly or indirectly obtains the equity of Party B based on the Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Party A, Party B and Party C on February 5, 2018 (including amendments made by the parties from time to time).

 

  10.2 Party B hereby agrees that Party A may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to third parties, and Party A only needs to issue a written notice to Party B at the time of such transfer, without obtaining Party B’s consent of the said transfer.

 

  10.3 Addition of Party B’s subsidiaries. In case that it is necessary to add Party B’s subsidiaries at any time starting from the effective date of this Agreement, the said Party B’s subsidiaries newly added shall be regarded as one of the Party B’s subsidiaries specified under this Agreement. The other parties of this Agreement hereby agree with and completely accept the aforesaid arrangement.

 

  10.4 The rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be legally binding on the transferees and successors (no matter whether the transfer of such rights and obligations are caused by acquisition, reorganization, succession, transfer or other reasons) of rights and obligations of the parties of this Agreement.


  10.5 If Party C no longer holds any shares of Party B, it shall be deemed that Party C is no longer either party of this Agreement. In case that any third party becomes a shareholder of Party B, Party B and Party C shall try its best to include the said third party as one of Party C of this Agreement as soon as possible through signing appropriate legal documents.

 

  11. Supplementary Provisions

 

  11.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute that may arise during the performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable negotiations by all parties involved. Where the negotiation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of such arbitration institution. The place of arbitration is Beijing, the arbitration language is Chinese, the arbitral award is final and binding on all parties. Except for the part that is being submitted to arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in force. The validity of this Article is not subject to the impact from the change, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

 

  11.2 Upon signing this Agreement, it shall supersede any prior undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

  11.3 All parties agree that this Agreement shall be implemented to the extent permitted by law. Where any of the terms of this Agreement or any part of a term is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable by any competent authority or court have jurisdiction, such unlawful, invalid or unenforceable terms shall not be prejudice to any other terms of this Agreement or other parts of such terms. Other terms or other parts of such terms shall remain in full force and each party shall use its best endeavors to amend such illegal, invalid or unenforceable terms for the purpose of achieving the original terms.


  11.4 The appendixes shall be an inalienable part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as other parts of this Agreement.

 

  11.5 This Agreement is prepared in Chinese and shall be executed in quadruplicate. Each copy has the same legal effect.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Party B: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

 

Party C:

 

ShaYunlong

Signature:

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Xiao Yun

Signature:

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Gao Liang

Signature:

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Li Gang

Signature:

 

/s/ Sha Yunlong


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature): /s/ Wu Zhiguang                    

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


Appendix I List of Party B’s subsidiaries:

 

No.

  

Name

1.    Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Company Limited
2.    Shanghai Jinshan Xin Kebiao Education and Training Center
3.    Chongqing Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
4.    Chongqing Puxin Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
5.    Chongqing Shapingba Wuyou Education and Training School
6.    Chongqing Beibei Wuyou Education and Training School
7.    Chongqing Youfang Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
8.    Chongqing Jiulongpo Wuyou Education and Training Company Limited
9.    Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Company Limited
10.    Beijing Puxing Education Technology Company Limited
11.    Beijing Puxian Education Technology Company Limited
12.    Beijing Haidian Puxin Training School
13.    Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Company Limited
14.    Fuzhou Gulou Xueyoufang Training School
15.    Hangzhou Puxin Technology Company Limited
16.    Hangzhou Feiyue Foreign Language Training School
17.    Hangzhou Yulan Professional School
18.    Shenyang Milestone Education Information Consulting Company Limited
19.    Dalian Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
20.    Shenyang Huanggu Dongfang Shenhua Arts Training school
21.    Shenyang Shenhe Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
22.    Shenyang Heping Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
23.    Shenyang Tiexi Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
24.    Shenyang Bingying Modern Foreign Language Training School
25.    Shenyang Heping Bingying Education and Training Center
26.    Shenyang Shenhe Bingying Education and Training Center
27.    Shenyang Tiexi Bingying Education and Training Center
28.    Dalian Dongfang Shenhua Education Consulting Company Limited


29.    Dalian Shahekou Dongfang Shenhua Children’s Art Training School
30.    Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education and Training Company Limited
31.    Beijing Milestone Education Consulting Company Limited
32.    Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Company Limited
33.    Taiyuan Meikang Training School
34.    Taiyuan Puxinxue Culture and Arts Company Limited
35.    Taiyuan Fubusi Education and Training School
36.    Jinan Pude Education Technology Company Limited
37.    Jinan Delin Education and Training School
38.    Jinan Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
39.    Shandong Daozhen English Professional School
40.    Jinan Tianqiao Puxin Education and Training School
41.    Nanjing Dreamtown Education Information Consulting Company Limited
42.    Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Company Limited
43.    Jinan Qiru Education and Training School
44.    Beijing YESSAT Education Consulting Company Limited
45.    Nanjing Diyou Investment Management Company Limited
46.    Nanjing Chuangxin Professional School
47.    Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Company Limited
48.    Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Company Limited
49.    Chengdu Wuhou Shucai Education and Training School
50.    Chengdu Jinniu Shucai School
51.    Chengdu Jinjiang Shucai Training School
52.    Shenyang Puxin Elite Education Consulting Company Limited
53.    Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Company Limited
54.    Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Company Limited
55.    Beijing Houpu Education Company Limited
56.    Beijing Quakers Education Consulting Company Limited
57.    Nanjing Xinshangxin Education Consulting Company Limited
58.    Shanghai Xinyinsi Immigration Services Company Limited
59.    Beijing Pule Travel Company Limited
60.    Beijing Pule Education Technology Company Limited


61.    Shenzhen Daiweisi Information Consulting Company Limited
62.    Shenzhen Futian Daiweisi English Training Center
63.    Shenzhen Milestone Education Technology Company Limited
64.    Beijing Puda Education Technology Company Limited
65.    Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Company Limited
66.    Shaoxing Yuecheng Lingxian Education and Training School
67.    Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Company Limited
68.    Luzhou Puxing Culture Communication Company Limited
69.    Luzhou Hanlin Education Center
70.    Xi’an Puxin Shanghe Cultural Development Company Limited
71.    Xi’an Yangjian Culture Training Center
72.    Xi’an Chang’an Yangjian Culture and Education Training Center
73.    Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Company Limited
74.    Qingzhen Tiantian English Training School
75.    BaiyunTiantian Foreign Language School
76.    Guiyang Wudang Tiantian Foreign Language School
77.    Guiyang Huaxi Tiantian Training School
78.    Guiyang Yunyan Tiantian Education and Training School
79.    Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Company Limited
80.    Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Company Limited
81.    Tianjin Nankai Chengjia Training Center
82.    Dalian Pude Education Consulting Company Limited
83.    Dalian Xigang Tongfang Technology Culture Training School
84.    Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Development Company Limited
85.    Ningbo Yinzhou Puxin Weien Education and Training School
86.    Ningbo Haishu Weien Education and Training School
87.    Ningbo Haishu Xiaoxingxing Foreign Language Training School
88.    Ningbo Jiangbei Weien Education and Training School
89.    Ningbo Yinzhou Weien Education and Training School
90.    Shenyang Pude Education Technology Company Limited
91.    Shenyang Tiexi Zhongying Education and Training Center
92.    Shenyang Huanggu Zhongying Children Education and Training School


93.    Jilin Puxin Educational Technology Company Limited
94.    Jilin Chuanying Shiji Dongfang Training School
95.    Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Company Limited
96.    Luoyang Luolong Rainbow Education and Training School
97.    Luoyang Jianxi Rainbow Education and Training School
98.    Luoyang Gaoxin Rainbow Education and Training School
99.    Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Company Limited
100.    Guangzhou Yuexiu Lixiang Training Center
101.    Guangzhou Yingxun English Training Center
102.    ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Company Limited
103.    Beijing Haidian ZMN Education and Training School
104.    Henan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
105.    Zhengzhou Jinshui Wude Paike Foreign Language Training Center
106.    Kunming ZMN Education Information Consulting Company Limited
107.    Shaanxi ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited
108.    ZMN Culture Communication (Shanghai) Company Limited
109.    ZMN Education Consulting (Dalian) Company Limited
110.    Dalian Shahekou ZMN Education and Training School
111.    Qingdao ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
112.    Qingdao ZMN Foreign Language Training School
113.    Chengdu ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited
114.    Wuhan Wude Paike Culture Communication Company Limited
115.    Taiyuan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
116.    Beijing Shaonian Technology Company Limited
117.    Shenyang ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
118.    Hangzhou ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
119.    Chongqing ZMN Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
120.    Shanghai Global Future Education Technology Holdings Limited
121.    Wuhan Tianxia Elite Education Consulting Company Limited
122.    Wuhan Global English Training School
123.    Nanjing Global Education and Training School


124.    Suzhou Yisi Future Education Consulting Company Limited
125.    Suzhou Global Elite Training Center
126.    Nantong Chongchuan Global Education Training Center
127.    Wuxi Global Future Education Consulting Company Limited
128.    Wuxi Global Education Training Center
129.    Ningbo Haishu Elite Global Education Training Center
130.    Global Future (Tianjin) Education Technology Company Limited
131.    Ningbo Yinzhou Elite Global Education Training Center
132.    Beijing Global Zhuoer Elite Culture Communication Company Limited
133.    Wuhan Global English Training School
134.    Beijing Chaoyang Global Education Training Center
135.    Beijing Haidian Global Education Training Center
136.    Shanghai Yangpu Global Education Training Center
137.    Tianjin Heping Global Education Training Center
138.    Shenzhen Global Education Training Center
139.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center
140.    Guangzhou Global Future Education Information Consulting Company Limited
141.    Guangzhou Yuexiu Global Elite Training Center
142.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center (Heping)
143.    Changchun Hafu Cultural Exchange Communication Company Limited
144.    Changchun Chaoyang Global Education and Training School
145.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center (Shenhe)
146.    Chengdu Global English School
147.    Xi’an Yanta AoBo Foreign Language Training School
148.    Changsha Furong Global Education Training Center
149.    Global Wuhu (Beijing) Overseas Study Consulting Company Limited
150.    Beijing Global World-wide Travel Company Limited
151.    Nantong Qiantu Yisi Consulting Company Limited
152.    Pingyin County Daozhen Education and Training School
153.    Tianjin Beichen Shengjia Training School


Appendix II Service Content, Calculation and Payment Methods of Service Expenses

(I) List of service content

 

  1. To provide opinions and suggestions on asset, business operation and negotiation, signing and fulfilment of significant contracts;

 

  2. To provide services relating to short-term and medium-term market development and market plan;

 

  3. To provide industrial market investigation, study and consulting service;

 

  4. To provide opinions and suggestions on disposing of creditor’s rights and debts;

 

  5. To provide opinions and suggestions on M&A;

 

  6. To provide human resources management service and pre-job training, on-site skill training;

 

  7. To provide the authorized use of various intellectual property rights like software, trademark, domain name and technological secret;

 

  8. To provide the R&D of educational software, educational courseware and on-line lessons and supporting services;

 

  9. To provide consulting and training services on opening school and training courses;

 

  10. To provide services on technological development, technological transfer and technological consultancy;

 

  11. To provide the management and maintenance of management and service systems like human resources information management system, payment management system and internal informationization management system;

 

  12. To provide development and upgrading of website, and daily maintenance, monitoring, debugging and troubleshooting of computer network equipment;

 

  13. To provide technological consultancy and answer to the technological questions on network equipment, technological product and software proposed by the service recipients;

 

  14. To provide public relations service;

 

  15. To provide selling service for self-made products;

 

  16. To provide daily maintenance for office equipment;

 

  17. To seek and select appropriate service provider as the third party for the service recipients;

 

  18. To provide daily management of service provider as the third party for the service recipients;

 

  19. To provide the service recipients with consultancy service regarding overseas market; and/or


  20. To provide other services that are negotiated and confirmed from time to time by Party A and the service recipients based on the business needs of the service recipients and Party A’s capability of providing services.

(II) Calculation and Payment Methods of Service Expenses

1. The amount of service expenses are the balance of the total income of the service recipients minus cost, taxes and other expenses that are reserved or withdrawn according to laws and regulations. The specific amount shall be determined by Party A by referring to the following factors:

(1) Technological difficulties and complexity of services;

(2) The resources input by Party A and the time spent by Party A’s staff for specific services;

(3) Specific content and commercial value of services;

(4) Market reference price of services of the same category;

(5) Operating conditions of the service recipients.

2. Party A shall summarize the service expenses on time (the specific period shall be determined by Party A, and the service recipients shall agree with such decision) and notify the service recipients by regularly sending the account of service expenses to them. The service recipients shall remit the said service expenses to the bank account designated by Party A within 10 work days after receiving the said notice. The service recipients shall fax or mail the copy of remittance voucher to Party A within 10 workdays after the remittance.

3. Besides the service expenses, the service recipients shall bear all reasonable expenses, advance payment and expenses actually paid (“ expenditures ”) in any form that are ascribable to Party A, arising from, or relating to Party A’s fulfilment or provision of services, and shall compensate Party A in respect of these expenses.

4. The service recipients shall pay the service expenses and the expenditures to be made up to Party A according to this Agreement and the supplementary agreement signed from time to time. Party A shall timely issue the invoices of corresponding service expenses and all the expenditures arising during the relevant period to the service recipients. All the payments shall be remitted to the bank account designated by Party A via remittance or other methods agreed by both parties. Both parties agree that Party A may also inform the service recipients of changing the said payment instructions from time to time.

Exhibit 10.4

Exclusive Call Option Agreement

This Exclusive Call Option Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”) was signed by the following parties this 5 th day of February, 2018 in Beijing of the People’s Republic of China:

 

Party A:    Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with a unified social credit code of 91110108MA019R588L and a registered address of 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing.
Party B:    Sha Yunlong , Chinese citizens, ID no. is [                ]
   Xiao Yun , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]
   Gao Liang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]
   Li Gang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]
   Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership , a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X and the registered address at 223-1, 8 Xingfu Road, Dajianchang Town, Wuqing District, Tianjin.
   Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with the unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and the registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District.
Party C:    Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd , a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and the registered address at 05-535, 8th floor, 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing.

(Party A, Party B and Party C are individually referred to as “ one party ”, collectively referred to as the “ parties ”.)

Whereas :


Party B holds a total of 100% equity of Party C. All the above parties, upon amicable negotiations, hope to reach this Agreement in respect of the purchase by Party A or the third party designated by Party A of Party C’s equity held by Party B for joint compliance.

The parties have reached a consensus and the following agreement:

 

1. Exclusive call option

 

  1.1 From the date of signing this Agreement, Party A shall be entitled at any time under the following circumstances to request Party B (subject to the specific requirements of Party A) to transfer all or part of 100% equity of Party C held by Party B (hereinafter referred to as the “ subject equity ”) in accordance with the consideration as stipulated in Article 3 of this Agreement. Party B shall transfer the subject equity to Party A or a third party designated by Party A at Party A’s request and complete the corresponding change of industrial and commercial registration:

 

  (1) Where the PRC laws and regulations permit Party A or a third party designated by Party A to hold all or part of the subject equity; or

 

  (2) Any other circumstances that Party A deems appropriate or necessary as far as legally permissible under the PRC laws and regulations.

Party A’s call options under this Agreement are exclusive, unconditional and irrevocable.

 

  1.2 All parties agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Party A shall be entitled, at its own discretion, to exercise all or part of the exclusive call options and acquire all or part of the subject equity without violating the then PRC laws. All parties further agree that Party A shall not be subject to any restriction on the time, method, quantity and frequency of exercising the exclusive call options as stipulated in this Agreement.

 

  1.3 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all parties agree that Party A may designate any third party to exercise its exclusive call option to purchase all or part of the subject equity without violating the then PRC laws. Unless expressly prohibited by PRC laws, Party B shall not refuse to transfer all or part of the subject equity to the designated third party.

 

2


       Party B shall not transfer the subject equity to any third party without the prior written consent of Party A before transferring all the subject equity to Party A or a third party designated by Party A in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, i.e. before Party B no longer holds any equity in Party C. Except for the Equity Pledge Agreement separately signed by Party A and Party B, Party B shall not pledge the subject equity to any third party or impose any encumbrance on the subject equity.

 

  1.4 Party B agrees that before transferring the subject equity to Party A by Party B, where Party B obtains dividends, bonuses or any assets distributed from Party C, subject to the compliance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, upon payment of the taxes as required by the relevant laws and regulations, Party B, as the shareholder of Party C, shall deliver such dividends, bonuses or any assets at no charge to Party A or a third party designated by Party A as soon as possible not later than three days from the date of receiving such distributed proceeds.

 

2. Procedures

 

  2.1 Where Party A decides to exercise the exclusive call option pursuant to the provisions of Article 1.1 above, Party A shall issue a written notice (refer to the format as shown in Appendix III to this Agreement) to Party B and state in the notice the proportion or quantity of the subject equity to be transferred, and the name and identity of the transferee. Party B and Party C shall provide all the necessary information and documents for the transfer of equity interests within seven days from the date of the notification by Party A, including but not limited to the “Equity Transfer Contract” and “Letter of Consent” signed in accordance with the format stipulated in Appendices I and II to this Agreement.

 

  2.2 Except the notice as set forth in Article 2.1 of this Agreement, Party A shall have no other conditions or procedures precedent or incidental to the exercise of the option right to purchase the subject equity.

 

3


  2.3 Party B shall instruct Party C to convene a shareholders’ meeting in time. At this meeting, a resolution to approve the transfer of the subject equity to Party A and / or the appointee by Party B shall be passed.

 

  2.4 Party B shall provide Party C with necessary and prompt coordination to assist Party C in completing the examination and approval formalities with the examination and approval authorities (if required by law) in accordance with the applicable PRC laws and completing the equity transfer formalities with the administration for industry and commerce.

 

  2.5 The date on which the exercise of exclusive call option is completed is the date on which all transfer formalities of the entire 100% equity in Party C has been completed in accordance with this Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

 

3. Transfer price

 

  3.1 All parties confirm that, without violating the PRC laws and regulations, the subject equity shall be transferred at no charge or transferred at the lowest price permitted by the PRC laws and regulations. Where the subject equity is to be transferred by installments or in stages, the amount of the corresponding transfer price shall be determined based on the specific transfer time and the proportion of subject equity to be transferred.

 

  3.2 Where the subject equity is not transferred by way of free transfer, Party B agrees that, when Party A or a third party designated by Party A exercises its rights, the entire exercise price received thereof by Party B shall be given as a gift at no charge to Party C or given as a gift in full amount to Party A or a third party designated by Party A at Party A’s request.

 

  3.3 The taxes and expenses incurred due to the transfer of the subject equity (including the gift of the price) shall be borne by each party respectively pursuant to the law. Agreement otherwise made between the parties shall be complied with.

 

4. Representation, guarantee and undertaking

 

  4.1 Each party hereby represents and assures to the other party as follows:

 

4


  (1) The party has all the necessary rights, powers and authorization to sign this Agreement and fulfil all the obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement;

 

  (2) The Party has passed all necessary internal procedures for signing, delivering and performing this Agreement and has obtained all necessary internal and external authorizations and approvals;

 

  (3) This Agreement and each of the Equity Transfer Contracts for which the party is one of the parties, once signed, constitute or will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation and be enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  (4) Signing and performance of this Agreement shall not contravene, be in breach of or contrary to (i) any of the business licences of each party or any of the provisions of its articles of association, (ii) any laws, rules, regulations, authorizations or approvals of any government agencies or departments applicable to each party, or (iii) any of the provisions of the contracts and agreements in which each party is a signatory or principal body;

 

  (5) Party C does not have any outstanding debts except for debts incurred in its normal course of business, and debts which has been disclosed to Party A and agreed in writing by Party A;

 

  (6) Party C complies with all laws and regulations applicable to the acquisition of assets; and

 

  (7) No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the subject equity, Party C’s assets or Party C is pending or threatened.

 

  4.2 Party B and Party C severally and jointly make further representations, guarantees and undertakings to Party A as follows:

 

  (1) On the effective date of this Agreement, Party B is a Chinese national or an entity established and validly subsisting under the PRC laws, which legally owns the entire equity of Party C and has full and effective disposition rights over such equity. Party C’s registered capital has been fully paid up. Except for the pledges as stipulated in the “Equity Pledge Agreement” signed by each party and other rights agreed in writing by Party A, Party B has no mortgage, pledge, guarantee or other third party rights in the equity of Party C owned by Party B, and shall not be liable to third parties for recourse; and no third party shall be entitled to demand the allotment, issue, sale, transfer or conversion of any Party C’s equity under any option, conversion option, preemptive right or other agreement in such party’s favour;

 

5


  (2) During the validity period of this Agreement, except for the pledges set forth in the “Equity Pledge Agreement” signed by all parties or with the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer any equity of Party C to any third party or grant any options, conversion rights, pre-emptive rights to any third party or sign other agreements with third parties to allot, issue, sell, transfer or convert any of Party C’s equity or to set up any collateral, pledge or other form of guarantee or other third party rights and interests to such third parties, and to ensure that Party B shall not be liable to third parties for recourse;

 

  (3) Without the prior written consent of Party A, other party / parties shall not supplement, change or amend Party C’s Articles of Association in any form, increase or decrease its / their registered capital, or otherwise change its / their registered capital structure, unless otherwise stipulated in other agreements signed by all parties or except for amendments to be made as required by laws and regulations;

 

  (4) Without the prior written consent of Party A, no major contract shall be signed or the scope of business operation shall be changed;

 

  (5) Subject to the relevant PRC laws and regulations, Party B and Party C shall extend the operating period of Party C in accordance with the permitted period of operation of Party A, so as to make it equal to Party A’s operating period or set and adjust the operating period of Party C at Party A’s request in accordance with the requirements of PRC laws;

 

  (6) Maintain the existence of Party C, obtain and maintain all the government permits and licences required of Party C to perform its business in accordance with sound financial and commercial standards and practices, and conduct its business and deal with its business matters in a prudent and effective manner;

 

  (7) During the validity period of this Agreement, Party B and Party C will use their best efforts to maintain and increase the value of Party C’s assets. Party B and Party C shall not terminate any material agreement to which Party C is a party or shall not enter into any agreement that would affects Party C’s assets and financial position without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

6


  (8) Without the prior written consent of Party A, no debts shall be incurred, inherited, guaranteed or permitted, except for those payables incurred in the ordinary or usual course of business but not incurred by way of borrowing;

 

  (9) Party C shall not merge with any entity or acquire or make foreign investments in any entity without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

  (10) Promptly notify Party A of all occurrences or possible occurrences of any litigation, arbitration, administrative investigation or conduct which may substantially affect Party C’s assets, business or income;

 

  (11) Without the prior written consent of Party A, no dividend shall be distributed to shareholders in any form;

 

  (12) From the date of signing this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A, the party / parties shall not sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of any of Party C’s assets at any time or allow any encumbrance of any assets, provided that Party C can prove that the disposal of the relevant assets or the encumbrances of the assets are treated as necessary for their daily business operations and the value of the assets involved in a single transaction does not exceed RMB100,000; and

 

  (13) Unless required by the PRC laws, Party C shall not be dissolved or liquidated without the written consent of Party A. If Party C is liquidated or dissolved within the validity period of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall appoint Party A’s nominees to form a liquidation team to manage Party C’s property within the scope permitted by PRC laws and regulations. Party B confirms that when Party C is liquidated or dissolved, Party B agrees to deliver all the remaining property obtained from liquidation of Party C in accordance with the PRC laws and regulations to Party A or a third party designated by Party A, regardless of whether the above-mentioned agreement of this Article is implemented or not.

 

5 . Applicable law and dispute resolution

 

  5.1 Applicable law

 

7


    The laws of the People’s Republic of China shall apply to the signing, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 Method of dispute resolution

Any dispute that may arise during the performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable negotiations by all parties involved. Where the negotiation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of such arbitration institution. The place of arbitration is Beijing, the arbitration language is Chinese, and the arbitral award is final and binding on all parties. Except for the part that is being submitted to arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in force. The validity of this Article is not subject to the impact from the change, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

 

6. Liability for default

 

  6.1 Where a party fails to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement or any representations or guarantees of such party under this Agreement are substantially untrue or inaccurate, such Party shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall be liable for compensation of all losses of other parties.

 

  6.2 Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated, these terms are legally binding.

 

7. Termination

 

  7.1 This Agreement shall enter into force on the date of signing by all parties and shall not be terminated until Party A or the third party designated by it exercises the option pursuant to the Agreement and acquires the entire 100% equity in Party C, or until 30 days after the date Party A issues a written notice to the other parties regarding the cancellation of the Agreement. Subject to the laws and regulations, when the Agreement is cancelled, Party B shall repay in full the transfer price (if any) paid by Party A or the third party designated by it.

 

8


  7.2 Unless otherwise provided by laws, neither Party B nor Party C shall have the right to terminate or rescind this Agreement in any case.

 

8. Notification

 

  8.1 All notices and other communications required or permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent either by hand or by postage prepaid registered mail, courier service or facsimile to the following address of such party. An acknowledgement receipt shall be sent for each notice via email. The date on which such notices are deemed to be validly served shall be determined as follows:

 

  8.1.1 Notices sent by hand delivery, courier service or postage prepaid registered mail shall be deemed to be validly served on the day of delivery or rejection at the specified recipient address of the notice.

 

  8.1.2 Notices, if sent by facsimile, shall be deemed to be validly served on the day of successful transmission (as proved by the automatically generated transmission confirmation).

 

  8.2 For the purpose of notification, the addresses of all parties are as follows:

Party A:

Address: 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing

Recipient: Tan Chunxiang

Tel: 010-82605578

Party B (other than Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership) :

Address: Floor 16, Chuangfu Building, 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing

Recipient: Tan Chunxiang

Tel: 010-82605578

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

Address: No. 655 Haike Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

Recipient: Lin Ning

Tel: 021-50106188

Party C:

 

9


Address: Unit 05-535, 8 Floor, 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

Recipient: Tan Chunxiang

Tel: 010-82605578

 

  8.3 Any party may change the recipient address of its notice at any time by giving notice to other parties in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

 

9. Confidentiality obligations

All parties confirm that any oral or written information exchanged by them for the purposes of this Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not disclose any relevant information to any third party without the prior written consent of the other parties, except where: (a) the public is aware of or will be aware of such information (But this is not due to public disclosure by one of the parties receiving the information); (b) information required to be disclosed by applicable laws or the rules or provisions of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser as to the transactions stipulated under this Agreement and the legal adviser or financial adviser is also subject to the confidentiality obligations similar to the obligations set forth in this Article. The disclosure of any confidential information by a staff member or agency employed by either party shall be deemed to be such party’s disclosure of such confidential information and such party shall be legally liable for any violation of this Agreement. This Article shall remain in force irrespective of whether this Agreement is terminated for any reason.

 

10. Further assurance

All parties agree to promptly sign documents necessary or conducive to them for the purpose of implementation of various provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further action that is necessary or conducive to them for the purpose of implementation of various provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

11. Others

 

  11.1 Revision, change and supplement

Any amendments, changes and supplements to this Agreement must be signed in writing by all the parties.

 

  11.2 Title

 

10


The title of this Agreement is for readability only and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  11.3 Language

This Agreement is prepared in Chinese in quadruplicate. Each copy has the same legal effect.

 

  11.4 Divisibility

In the event that one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. All parties shall, through bona fide negotiations, seek to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions permitted by laws and within the maximum extent of expectations of all parties, and the economic effect resulting from such valid provisions shall be similar to the economic effect resulting from such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions as much as possible.

 

  11.5 Successor

This Agreement shall be binding and conducive to the respective successors of the parties and to the transferee(s) permitted by such parties.

 

  11.6 Force majeure

A force majeure event means any event unforeseen by any party at the time of signing this Agreement that cannot be avoided, controlled and overcome (including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, strike, war or riot, etc.).

In view of the fact that the force majeure event affects the performance of this Agreement, in the event of force majeure, the party shall forthwith (i) notify the remaining parties in the form of telegraph, facsimile or other electronic means and submit the written evidence of force majeure within fifteen (15) working days; (ii) take all reasonable and possible measures to eliminate or mitigate the effects of force majeure event and to resume the fulfillment of its obligations upon the elimination or mitigation of the effects of force majeure event.

 

11


  11.7 Abstention

Either party may abstain from voting on the terms and conditions of this Agreement but such abstention must be in writing and signed by all parties. Abstention by either party of breach of contract by the other parties under certain circumstances shall not be regarded as abstention by such party in similar case of breach of contract under other circumstances.

 

  11.8 Remaining in force

Any obligations arising from this Agreement or expired prior to the expiry or early termination of this Agreement shall remain in force upon expiry or early termination of this Agreement.

 

  11.9 Complete contract

Except for written amendments, supplements or changes made upon the signing of this Agreement, this Agreement, once signed, constitutes the complete agreement reached between the parties to this Agreement in respect of the transactions under this Agreement and shall supersede any and all oral or written undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) : /s/ Sha Yunlong                

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

 

Party B:
Sha Yunlong
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong
 
Xiao Yun
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong
 
Gao Liang
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong
 
Li Gang
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) : /s/ Sha Yunlong                

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) :                                                                

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) : /s/ Sha Yunlong                

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd


Appendix I

Equity Transfer Contract

This Equity Transfer Contract (hereinafter referred to as “this Contract”) was entered into by the following parties this    day of        , 20     in [    ] Municipality in China:

Transferor: [            ]

Transferee: [            ]

Upon amicable negotiations, the above two parties have reached an agreement on equity transfer as follows:

1. The transferor agrees to transfer the [    ]% equity (the “subject equity”) of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. held by it to the transferee in RMB Yuan, and the transferee agrees to assign such subject equity.

2. Upon completion of the transfer of the subject equity, the transferor no longer has the shareholders’ rights of the subject equity and the shareholders’ obligation to undertake the subject equity. The transferee has the shareholders’ rights of the subject equity and the shareholders’ obligation to undertake the subject equity.

3. For matters not covered in this Contract, both parties may sign a supplementary agreement.

4. This Contract shall come into effect from the date of signing by both parties.

5. This Contract is in quadruplicate. Each party holds a copy and other copies are used for industrial and commercial change.

Transferor: [            ]

Signature:

Transferee: [            ]

Signature:


Appendix II

Letter of Consent

To: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

As a shareholder of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), I hereby agree and confirm as follows:

 

  1. Agree and accept all terms and conditions of the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” signed by the Company and myself with Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”) this    day of        , 20        , and take all actions to assist WFOE in the transfer of relevant equity interests when exercising the exclusive call option over the Company’s equity in WFOE pursuant to the provisions of such agreement.

 

  2. Agree other shareholders of the Company to transfer the Company’s equity held by them to WFOE or its designated third party, and I abstain from the preemptive right.

 

  3. Agree that when other shareholders of the Company transfer the Company’s equity held by them to WFOE or its designated third party, I will sign or provide the necessary documents for the purpose of the equity transfer.

Sincerely,

[            ]

Signature:


Appendix III

Exercise Notice

To: All shareholders of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.; and / or Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

In view of the signing of an “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” this    day of        , 20        between the Company and you, it is agreed that, subject to the conditions permitted by the relevant PRC laws and regulations, you shall, pursuant to the requirements of the Company, sell to the Company or the transferee designed by the Company all or part of the equity interest in Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. held by you.

Accordingly, the Company hereby issues this notice to you as follows:

The Company hereby requires the exercise of the option under the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” for the purchase of the equity held by you, accounting for [      ] % of registered capital of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (“equity to be transferred”), by the Company / the transferee designated by the Company at a price of RMB [    ] yuan. Please, upon receipt of this notice, immediately handle the necessary formalities for the sale of all the equity to be transferred to the Company / the transferee designated by the Company pursuant to the agreement of the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”.

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) :                                     

Date:

Exhibit 10.5

Equity Pledge Agreement

This Equity Pledge Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”) was signed by the following parties on this 5th day of February, 2018 in Beijing of the People’s Republic of China:

 

Party A:    Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with a unified social credit code of 91110108MA019R588L and a registered address of 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing.
Party B:    Sha Yunlong , Chinese citizens, ID no. is [                ]
   Xiao Yun , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]
   Gao Liang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]
   Li Gang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]
   Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership , a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with the unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X and the registered address at 223-1 8 Xingfu Road, Dajianchang Town, Wuqing District, Tianjin.
   Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership , a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with the unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and the registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District.
Party C:    Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with the unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and the registered address at 05-535, 8th floor, 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing.

(Party A, Party B and Party C are individually referred to as “ one party ”, collectively referred to as the “ parties ”.)

Whereas :


  (1) Party A, Party B and Party C have respectively signed the agreements as set out in Appendix I to this Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Master Contract ”); and

 

  (2) Party B holds a total of 100% equity of Party C; Party B intends to pledge its own 100% equity of Party C to Party A unconditionally, as the guarantee for performance of all the obligations under the Master Contract by Party B, Party C and Party C’s subsidiaries. Party A also agrees to accept the above-mentioned guarantee interests (hereinafter referred to as the “ pledge ”).

In view of this, the three parties, namely Party A, Party B and Party C have, upon amicable negotiations, reached the following agreements for joint compliance:

 

1. Pledge

Party B agrees to unconditionally and irrevocably pledge all of its own 100% equity of Party C (hereinafter referred to as “ pledged equity ”) to Party A, as the guarantee for performance of all the obligations under the Master Contract by Party B and Party C.

 

2. Scope of guarantee

The guarantee of pledged equity under this Agreement covers all the obligations of Party B and Party C under the Master Contract (including but not limited to any monies, dividends, bonuses or any assets, liquidated damages, damages due but not paid to Party A etc.) and the expenses incurred for realizing main creditor’s rights and pledges, as well as all other related costs, but not limited to the amount of secured creditor’s rights as recorded in the administration for industry and commerce.

 

3. Pledge period and cancellation of the pledge

 

  3.1 The pledge of equity under this Agreement has been established since its registration with the administration for industry and commerce to which Party C belongs, and terminated until all of the Master Contract has been fulfilled, lapsed or terminated (whichever is later), and all the secured debts agreed in Article 2 have been settled. All parties jointly confirm that, for the purpose of handling the industrial and commercial registration formalities for the pledge of equity, all parties shall submit this Agreement or an equity pledge contract (hereinafter referred to as the “Industrial and Commercial Registration Pledge Contract”), which is signed in the form required by the administration for industry and commerce of the place where Party C is located and truly reflects the pledge information under this Agreement. For matters not stipulated in the Industrial and Commercial Registration Pledge Contract, this Agreement shall prevail. During the term of the pledge, if Party B or Party C fails to fulfil any of its obligations under the Master Contract, or in the event of occurrence of any default as stipulated in Article 6.1 of this Agreement, Party A shall have the right but not be obliged to dispose of the pledged equity in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2


  3.2 After all of the Master Contract has been fulfilled, lapsed or terminated (whichever is later), and Party B and/or Party C fully and completely fulfilled all of the contractual obligations under the Master Contract and all the secured debts agreed in Article 2 of this contract have been settled, Party A shall, at the request of Party B, terminate the pledge of equity under this Agreement, and cooperate with Party B in handling the registration cancellation of the pledge of equity registered in the register of shareholders of Party C and in the administration for industry and commerce. The expenses arising from cancellation of the pledge of equity shall be borne by Party C.

 

4. Pledge registration and custody of pledge record

 

  4.1 Party B and Party C undertake to Party A that Party B and Party C will (i) record the pledge of equity under this Agreement on the register of shareholders of Party C as set out in Appendix II at the date of signing this Agreement and deliver the register of shareholders recording the pledge of equity to Party A for its custody; (ii) within thirty (30) working days from the date of signing this Agreement or within the fastest time limit as may be practicable, file record of the registration of the aforementioned pledge of equity with the relevant industrial and commercial registration authorities, and obtain a written certificate of registration filing from such registration authorities. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement, Party C’s register of shareholders shall be kept by Party A or its designated officers, except for the registration and amendments necessary for the operation of Party C.

 

3


  4.2 Party B and Party C further undertake that after the signing of this Agreement, Party B may increase capital contribution to Party C with the prior consent of Party A, provided that the equity arising from any increase in Party C’s equity by Party B is part of the pledged equity under this Agreement. Party B and Party C are obliged to make any necessary amendments to the register of shareholders and the amount of their capital contribution in the relevant company immediately after completion of the relevant capital increase and fulfil the pledge registration procedures stipulated in Article 4.1.

 

  4.3 All expenses and actual expenses related to this Agreement, including but not limited to registration fee, production costs, stamp duty and any other taxes, fees, etc., shall be borne by Party A in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations.

 

  4.4 During the period of pledge stipulated in this Agreement, Party B shall deliver the certificate of capital contribution to Party A for its custody within one week after the signing of this Agreement. Party A shall keep such document for the entire period of the pledge stipulated in this Agreement. During the period of the pledge, Party A shall have the right to receive dividends arising from the pledged equity.

 

5. Undertaking and guarantee of Party B and Party C

Party B and Party C shall severally and jointly undertake and guarantee to Party A as follows:

 

  5.1 Party B is the legal owner of the pledged equity and there is no dispute over the ownership of the relevant pledged equity that has been or may have occurred. Party B has the right to dispose of pledged shares and any part thereof, and such right of disposal shall not be restricted by any third party.

 

  5.2 Except for this Agreement and the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” signed by all the related parties, Party B has not set any other pledge or third party rights on the pledged shares.

 

  5.3 Party B and Party C fully understand the contents of this Agreement. The signing and performance of this Agreement are voluntary and all the representations are true. Party B and Party C have taken all necessary measures at Party A’s reasonable request, obtained all internal authorization necessary for signing and performing this Agreement, signed all the necessary documents and obtained the consent and approval of government departments and third parties (if involved) to ensure that the pledge of equity under this Agreement is lawful and valid.

 

4


  5.4 The signing, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall not (i) cause a violation of any relevant PRC law; (ii) contradict with Party C’s Articles of Association or any other organizational documents; (iii) cause a breach of any contract or document to which it is a party or is bound; or cconstitute a breach of contract under any contract or document to which it is a party or is bound; (iv) cause a breach of any permission or approval granted to either party and (or) any conditions which continue to be valid; or (v) cause termination or revocation of any permission or approval granted to either party or imposition of additional conditions on either party.

 

  5.5 During the duration of this Agreement, Party B shall not transfer the pledged equity without the prior written consent of Party A. No other person shall be authorized to exercise any rights and interests, options or other rights in connection with the pledged equity, and shall not establish or allow the existence of any third party guarantee interest in respect of the pledged equity or dispose of the pledged equity in any other manner that may affect Party A’s pledge.

 

  5.6 During the duration of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall comply with and implement the provisions of all laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China pertaining to the pledge of rights. Upon receipt of the notice, order or recommendation issued by the relevant competent authorities on pledged equity and / or pledges under this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall present the above-mentioned notice, order or recommendation to Party A within five working days, at the same time comply with the above-mentioned notice, order or recommendation, or propose objection opinions and representation on the above-mentioned matter at Party A’s reasonable request or with the written consent of Party A.

 

  5.7 Party B and Party C will not implement, procure or permit the other party to commit any act that may derogate, endanger or otherwise impair the value of pledged equity or Party A’s pledge. Party B and Party C shall notify Party A in writing within five working days from the date of knowing any event and action that may affect the value of pledged equity or Party A’s pledge. Party A shall not be held accountable for any reduction in the value of pledged equity and neither Party B nor Party C shall have any right to make any claim or any request in any form against Party A.

 

5


  5.8 Subject to the provisions of the relevant PRC laws and regulations, the pledge of equity under this Agreement is a continuous guarantee and will remain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement even if neither Party B nor Party C is insolvent, liquidated, incapacitated or has incurred any change of organization or status, or any offsetting of funds between the parties, or any other event, the pledge of equity under this Agreement will not be affected.

 

  5.9 For the purpose of the implementation of this Agreement, Party A shall have the right to dispose of the pledged equity in the manner provided in this Agreement and Party A shall, at the time of exercising its right in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, not be subject to interruption or prejudice arising from legal proceedings made by Party B or Party C or successors of Party B or Party C, or trustees of Party B or Party C or any other person.

 

  5.10 For the purpose of protecting or improving the guarantee provided by this Agreement for performance of the obligation under the Master Contract by Party B and Party C, Party B and Party C will sign honestly and procure other parties interested in the pledged equity to sign all rights certificates, contracts relating to the implementation of this Agreement at Party A’s request, and / or perform and procure other interested parties to perform any act relating to the implementation of this Agreement at Party A’s request, and facilitate the exercise of Party A’s rights and authorization entitled under this Agreement.

 

  5.11 For the purpose of protecting the interests of Party A, Party B and Party C will comply with and perform all the guarantees, undertakings, agreements, representations and conditions. Party B and / or Party C shall compensate Party A for any damages suffered by Party A if Party B and / or Party C fails to perform or fully perform its guarantees, undertakings, agreements, representations and conditions.

 

6


6 Rights exercise events and pledge execution

 

  6.1 Where any of the following events occurs (hereinafter referred to as “rights exercise events”), Party A may, in the case that the relevant PRC laws and regulations permit, opt to request Party B or Party C to forthwith and fully fulfill all of their obligations under this Agreement, and the pledge established under this Agreement can also be executed immediately:

 

  (a) Where Party B or Party C violates any of its material obligations or undertakings and guarantee under this Agreement, or its undertakings and guarantee under this Agreement are materially untrue;

 

  (b) Where Party B or Party C violate(s) any material obligations or undertakings and guarantee under their respective Master Contract, or its undertakings and guarantee under the Master Contract are materially untrue;

 

  (c) Where one or more of any obligations of Party B or Party C under this Agreement or the Master Contract are deemed to be unlawful or invalid transactions;

 

  (d) Where Party C or the subsidiaries or subordinate schools of Party C (hereinafter referred to as “Party C’s subsidiaries”) cease(s) or is / are dissolved, or is / are ordered to suspend business, dissolve or go bankrupt;

 

  (e) Where Party B and / or Party C or Party C’s subsidiaries involve(s) any dispute, litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding or any other legal proceedings or government inquiry, action or investigation for which Party A reasonably believes to have a material adverse effect on: (i) the ability of Party B to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Contract, or (ii) the ability of Party C to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Contract; or

 

  (f) Any other circumstances under which pledged equity may be disposed of under applicable laws and regulations.

 

  6.2 Where any of the above-mentioned rights exercise events occurs, Party A or a third party designated by Party A may, in accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, purchase whole or part of the pledged equity at the lowest price permitted by the laws or designate other parties to purchase whole or part of the pledged equity at the lowest price permitted by the laws, or auction or sell whole or part of the pledged equity and execute the pledge by way of priority of compensation from the proceeds from auction or sale. Party A may forthwith execute the pledge under this Agreement without first exercising any other guarantee or right, or by taking other measures or procedures against Party B and / or Party C or any other party, or by first making other default relief.

 

7


  6.3 Party B and Party C shall, at the request of Party A, take all legal and appropriate actions required by Party A to ensure that Party A could execute the pledge pursuant to this Agreement. For this purpose, Party B and Party C shall sign all the documents and materials reasonably requested by Party A, and shall implement and handle all acts and matters that Party A reasonably requires.

 

7. Transfer

 

  7.1 Party B and Party C shall not be entitled to make a gift of or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of Party A, except for Party A who obtains the pledged equity directly or indirectly under the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”.

 

  7.2 This Agreement is binding on both Party B and its successors and is valid for Party A and each successor and assignee.

 

  7.3 Party A may at any time transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the Master Contract to its designees (which may be natural persons / legal persons), in which case the assignee shall be entitled to and undertake the rights and obligations to be entitled and undertaken by Party A under this Agreement, and shall be the same as those to be entitled and undertaken by any party to this Agreement. When Party A transfers the rights and obligations under the Master Contract, at Party A’s request, Party B and / or Party C or any Party C’s subsidiaries shall transfer and execute the relevant agreements and documents (including but not limited to the new equity pledge agreement signed by the assignee of the format and content consistent to this Agreement).

 

  7.4 In case of the change of Party A to this Agreement in consequence of the above Party A’s transfer, the new pledge parties shall re-sign the Equity Pledge Agreement. Party B and Party C shall assist the transferee in handling all the change formalities for equity pledge registration (if applicable).

 

8


8. Confidentiality

The entire terms of this Agreement and this Agreement itself are confidential. All parties shall not disclose such information to any third party other than senior officers, directors, employees, agents and professional advisers of the parties and their affiliates, except that there is a need for all parties to disclose the information or content of this document to the government, the public or shareholders in accordance with legal requirements or the requirements of the relevant securities trading institutions or to submit such document to the relevant authorities for the record.

Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, canceled or terminated, this term is legally binding.

 

9. Liability for default

 

  9.1 Where a party fails to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement or any representations or guarantees of such party under this Agreement are substantially untrue or inaccurate, such Party shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall be liable in full for compensation of other Party’s actual economic losses; this Article 9 shall not hinder Party A from any other rights under this Agreement.

 

  9.2 Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, canceled or terminated, this term is legally binding.

 

10. Force majeure

A force majeure event means any event unforeseen by any party at the time of signing this Agreement that cannot be avoided, controlled and overcome (including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, strike, war or riot, etc.).

In view of the fact that the force majeure event affects the performance of this Agreement, in the event of force majeure, the party shall forthwith (i) notify the remaining parties in the form of telegraph, facsimile or other electronic means and submit the written evidence of force majeure within fifteen (15) working days; (ii) take all reasonable and possible measures to eliminate or mitigate the effects of force majeure event and to resume the fulfillment of its obligations upon the elimination or mitigation of the effects of force majeure event.

 

9


11. Changes in agreement parties

Where Party B no longer holds any shares in Party C, Party B shall automatically be deemed as Party B ceasing to be a party to this Agreement. Where any third party becomes a shareholder of Party C, Party A and Party C shall use their best endeavors to urge the third party to become one of Party B to this Agreement as soon as possible by signing the appropriate legal documents.

 

12. Termination

Party B and / or Party C shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement under any circumstance without the written consent of Party A.

Unless this Agreement has been terminated in accordance with these terms, Party A shall, at Party B’s request, lift the pledge of pledged equity under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable after Party B and Party C have fully and completely fulfilled all their contractual obligations and settled all the secured debts, and cooperate with Party B to cancel the registration of the pledge of equity made in the register of shareholders of Party C and handle the pledge deregistration with the relevant administration for industry and commerce.

 

13. Supplementary provisions

 

  13.1 This Agreement is governed by the laws of PRC in all respects. Any dispute that may arise during the performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable negotiations by all parties involved. Where the negotiation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of such arbitration institution. The place of arbitration is Beijing, the arbitration language is Chinese, the arbitral award is final and binding on all parties. Except for the part that is being submitted to arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in force. The validity of this Article is not subject to the impact from the change, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

 

  13.2 This Agreement shall enter into force on the date of signing by all parties and the pledge under this Agreement shall be established from the date on which it is registered in the administration for industry and commerce to which Party C belongs. Unless Party A executes the pledge in accordance with this Agreement within the validity period of this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be terminated until all of the Master Contract has been fulfilled, lapsed or terminated and all the secured debts agreed in Article 2 have been settled, or all parties have engaged in any written agreement to revoke this agreement (whichever is later).

 

10


  13.3 All parties agree that this Agreement shall be implemented to the extent permitted by law. Where any of the terms of this Agreement or any part of a term is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable by any competent authority or court have jurisdiction, such unlawful, invalid or unenforceable terms shall not be prejudice to any other terms of this Agreement or other parts of such terms. Other terms or other parts of such terms shall remain in full force and each party shall use its best endeavors to amend such illegal, invalid or unenforceable terms for the purpose of achieving the original terms.

 

  13.4 This Agreement is prepared in Chinese quadruplicate. Party A and Party B as well as Party C each own one copy respectively. The remaining original copy shall be submitted to the relevant industrial and commercial registration authorities for record filing and registration or retained by Party A.

 

  13.5 Upon signing this Agreement, it shall supersede any prior undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

  13.6 Any amendment or supplement to this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only after all parties to this Agreement have signed it in effect.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party A:    Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

 

Party B:
Sha Yunlong
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong
 
Xiao Yun
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong
 
Gao Liang
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong
 
Li Gang
Signature:   /s/ Sha Yunlong


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representative hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:    

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:    

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) : /s/ Wu Zhiguang                    

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:    Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd


Appendix I Master Contract List

 

1. “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” signed this 5 th day of February, 20    between Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

2. “Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement” signed this 5 th day of February, 2018 between Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

3. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Sha Yunlong

 

4. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Xiao Yun

 

5. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Gao Liang

 

6. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Li Gang

 

7. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership

 

8. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

 

9. “Power of Attorney” issued this 5 th day of February, 2018 by Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

10. “Loan agreement” signed on this 5 th day of February, 2018 between Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


Appendix II Register of Shareholders

Register of shareholders of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd

 

Name of shareholder

  

Capital

contribution (’0,000

RMB)

    

Ratio of capital

contribution

    

Pledge of equity

Sha Yunlong

     3,212.15        64.243%      64.243% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Xiao Yun

     57.00        1.140%      1.140% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Gao Liang

     284.90        5.698%      5.698% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Li Gang

     170.95        3.419%      3.419% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership

     911.65        18.233%      18.233% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

     363.35        7.267%      7.267% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.


(This page is the signature page of the Register of Shareholders of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd)

Company: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature) :                                                                

Date:    day of        , 2018

Exhibit 10.6

Loan Agreement

The Loan Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”) was signed by the following two parties in Beijing on February 5, 2018:

Party A:

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

Unified social credit code: 91330206MA28YH3T6T

Address: Room 4005, Office Building 11, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District

Party B: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “WFOE”)

Unified social credit code: 91110108MA019R588L

Address: Rooms 0807 & 0808, 7 th Floor, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing

(In the Agreement, the aforesaid two parties are individually and collectively referred to as the “ party ” and the “ parties ” respectively.)

Whereas:

1. Party A and Ningbo Trustbridge New Economy II Equity Investment Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Ningbo Trustbridge ”) have signed the Equity Transfer Agreement (the “ Equity Transfer Agreement ”) on 2 January 2018, under which Ningbo Trustbridge shall transfer to Party A its 3.6335% equity in Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (the “ Target Company ”) (i.e. RMB1,816,750 of the registered capital of the Target Company) at a total consideration of RMB130,806,000 (the “ Equity Transfer Consideration ”).

2. Party A, Party B and Ningbo Trustbridge have signed the Debt Transfer Agreement (“ Debt Transfer Agreement ”) at the time of signing of the Agreement, under which Party A shall transfer to Party B the debt owed to Ningbo Trustbridge arising from the Equity Transfer Consideration.

 

1


3. Party B has agreed to provide Party A with a loan of RMB130,806,000 in the way specified herein, which will be used by Party A as payment of the Equity Transfer Consideration to Ningbo Trustbridge.

Therefore, upon negotiation, both parties have made agreement on the aforesaid loan subject to the following terms and conditions:

Article 1. Definitions

In the Agreement, the following expressions have the meanings set out below:

1.1 “ Debt ” means the Equity Transfer Consideration that Party A owes to Ningbo Trustbridge, which amounts to RMB130,806,000;

1.2 “ Borrower ” means Party A;

1.3 “ Lender ” means Party B;

1.4 “ Loan ” means the loan in a principal amount of RMB130,806,000 provided by the Lender to the Borrower under Article 2.1;

1.5 “ Effective Date ” means the start date of the loan term under the Agreement as defined under Article 2.2 hereof;

1.6 “ Loan Term ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 2.3 hereof;

1.7 “ Repayment Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 2.4 hereof;

1.8 “ Confidential Information ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 3.1 hereof;

1.9 “ Rights ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 8.5 hereof; and

1.10 “ PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan for the purpose hereof.

 

2


Article 2. Loan

 

2.1 Based on the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Lender has agreed to provide the Borrower with a loan in a principal amount of RMB130,806,000 after execution of the Agreement. The Borrower has confirmed that the loan may be provided by the Lender and/or a third party designated by the Lender. The Borrower may only apply the loan under the Agreement to pay the Equity Transfer Consideration to Ningbo Trustbridge according to the Equity Transfer Agreement and the Agreement. The Borrower shall sign an equity pledge agreement (as well as relevant supplementary agreement, if applicable) with the Lender according to the Lender’s requirements to pledge all its equity in the Target Company after the equity transfer to the Lender as a guarantee for loan repayment.

 

2.2 In particular, both parties have confirmed that the Lender’s being transferred the debt owed by the Borrower to Ningbo Trustbridge according to the Debt Transfer Agreement shall be deemed as the Lender’s provision of loan to the Borrower. In this case, the effective date of the debt transfer shall be the start date of the loan term (“ Effective Date ”).

 

2.3 The Lender has confirmed that it will not charge any interest on the loan. The loan term under the Agreement shall expire upon the earliest of: (1) expiry of twenty (20) years after the Effective Date; or (2) expiry of the operation period of the Lender; or (3) expiry of the operation period of the Target Company (“ Loan Term ”). After expiry of the Loan Term, the Borrower shall return all the monies in a lump sum on the expiry date of the Loan Term, unless the Lender agrees to extend the Loan Term. Moreover, under such circumstances, the Lender shall acquire or designate a third party to acquire all the equity held at the time by the Borrower in the Target Company at a transfer consideration equivalent to the loan principal without breaching the applicable laws and regulations.

 

3


2.4 In the Loan Term, subject to Article 2.5 of the Agreement, the Lender may, at its absolute discretion, declare early maturity of the loan at any time and send a repayment notice (“ Repayment Notice ”) to any Borrower thirty (30) days in advance to request the Borrower to repay part or all of the monies.

 

2.5 If the Lender requests the Borrower to make repayment according to Article 2.4 hereof, the Lender shall acquire or designate a third party to acquire part of the equity held by the Borrower in the Target Company at a transfer consideration equivalent to the monies requested to be repaid without breaching the applicable laws and regulations. The ratio of the said equity required to be acquired to the equity held by the Borrower in the Target Company shall be the same as the ratio of the monies requested to be repaid to the total amount of the loan borrowed by the Borrower according to the Agreement. In this case, the Equity Transfer Consideration shall be offset by the relevant loan principal. If the Borrower receives any cash due to the aforesaid equity transfer, it shall pay the cash to the Lender within ten (10) working days after receiving the same.

 

2.6 When the Borrower repays the monies according to the aforesaid provisions of this article, the two parties shall complete the specified equity transfer and guarantee settlement of the monies. At the same time, the Lender or the third party designated by the Lender shall have lawfully and completely been transferred the corresponding equity of the Target Company without any pledge or any other form of encumbrances according to the aforesaid provisions. The Borrower shall provide all reasonable assistance when the equity of the Target Company is transferred according to the aforesaid provisions. The Borrower shall cease to bear the repayment obligations under the Agreement after the Borrower has transferred all of its equity in the Target Company to the Lender or the third party designated by the Lender according to this article, and has paid to the Lender all the dividends (if any) obtained by the Borrower for holding the equity of the Target Company during the holding period and the earnings (if any) obtained by the Borrower for transferring all of its equity in the Target Company to the Lender or the third party designated by the Lender.

 

4


2.7 Both parties agree that the Borrower shall, at the time when the Agreement is executed, sign with the Lender an equity pledge agreement and an exclusive acquisition right agreement which format and content are satisfactory to the Lender, and urge the Target Company and the Lender to sign an agreement of exclusive management services and business operations which format and content are satisfactory to the Lender.

Article 3. Confidentiality

 

3.1 Regardless of whether the Agreement has been terminated or not, either party shall have the obligation to keep the business secrets, proprietary information and customer information (“ Confidential Information ”) of the other party acquired or received during signing and performance of the Agreement in confidence. Either party may use the Confidential Information only for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement. Without the written consent of the other party, either party shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information to any third party, otherwise it shall bear the default liability and make compensation for relevant losses.

 

3.2 The following information shall not be deemed as Confidential Information:

 

  (1) any information proved by written evidence to have been previously known to the recipient through legal means;

 

  (2) any information that enters the public domain for a reason besides the fault of the recipient;

 

  (3) any information obtained by the recipient through other legal means after receiving such information; or

 

  (4) any information required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, stock trading rules or orders of government agencies or courts.

 

5


3.3 After termination of the Agreement, the recipient shall, when requested by the party providing such Confidential Information, return, destroy or otherwise dispose of all the documents, information or software containing Confidential Information and cease to use such Confidential Information.

 

3.4 Notwithstanding other provisions of the Agreement, the validity of this article shall not be affected by the suspension or termination of the Agreement.

Article 4. Commitments and undertakings

 

4.1 The Borrower hereby irrevocably undertakes and guarantees that it is not involved in any disputes, litigations, arbitrations, administrative proceedings or any other legal proceedings, and that, as of the date of signing the Agreement, it does not have knowledge of any potential disputes, litigations, arbitrations, administrative proceedings or any other legal proceedings related to the debtor, which will affect the Borrower’s performance of obligations under the Agreement.

 

4.2 The Borrower hereby irrevocably undertakes and guarantees that the loan shall only be used for payment of the Equity Transfer Consideration as stipulated in the Agreement and the Borrower shall not use the loan for any other purpose without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

4.3 The Borrower hereby irrevocably undertakes and guarantees that, without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not transfer part or all of its equity in the Target Company to a third party, or make or authorize others (including but not limited to the directors of the Target Company nominated by it) to make any resolution, instruction, consent or order by any means to cause the Target Company to carry out any transaction that will or may materially affect the assets, rights, obligations or businesses of the Target Company (including its branches and/or subsidiaries).

 

6


4.4 Unless otherwise provided by law, the Borrower shall not, in any circumstance, unilaterally terminate or discharge the Agreement. Save as expressly provided in the Agreement or requested by the Lender in writing, the Borrower shall not, in any circumstance, repay the subject loan before expiry of the loan term.

Article 5. Notice

 

5.1 Any notice, request, demand and other correspondences required by the Agreement or made according to the Agreement shall be served in writing to the parties concerned.

 

5.2 The aforesaid notices or other correspondences shall be deemed to have been served: (i) upon sending, when sent by facsimile; (ii) upon receipt, when delivered personally; (iii) five (5) days after being posted, when sent by post; (iv) upon receipt by the addressee, when sent by express delivery; (v) upon receipt by the recipient’s mail server, when sent by email. If they are sent in several forms mentioned above at the same time, whichever is the earliest shall be the time of service.

Article 6. Default liability

 

6.1 If either party fails to fulfill its obligations under the Agreement in part or in whole (including but not limited to the violation of the statements, guarantees or undertakings under the Agreement) and thereby causes any losses to the other party, it shall bear the corresponding liability for compensation.

 

6.2 Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Agreement, the validity of this Article shall not be affected by the suspension or termination of the Agreement.

 

7


6.3 If the Borrower fails to fulfill its repayment obligation within the time limit prescribed in the Agreement, the Borrower shall pay an overdue interest of 5% of all the outstanding monies every day until the date on which the Borrower repays all the subject loan principal, overdue interests and other monies.

Article 7. Settlement of disputes

Any dispute arising out of and in connection with the Agreement shall be settled through negotiation between the two parties. If the two parties fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days after the arising of the dispute, the dispute shall, without prejudice to the statutory principle of the jurisdiction, be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Beijing pursuant to its arbitration rules. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties.

Article 8. Others

 

8.1 The Agreement is executed in Chinese language in four (4) original copies, effective from the date of signing by both parties, with one (1) held by each party hereto and two (2) by the Target Company. The Agreement may be signed by the two parties separately and the texts signed by them separately shall be treated as originals rather than duplicates regardless of whether they are sent by facsimile or other means. The texts signed by the two parties separately shall jointly constitute a fully signed agreement.

 

8.2 The execution, validity, performance, amendment, interpretation and termination of the Agreement shall be governed by the PRC laws.

 

8.3 All the taxes and duties incurred by the Borrower for repaying loans according to Articles 2.3 and 2.5 hereof or any acts connected therewith shall be borne by the Lender, and the Borrower shall be entitled to directly deduct relevant taxes from the amount payable when it pays relevant monies to the Lender.

 

8


8.4 Any rights, powers and remedies conferred on either party by any provision of the Agreement shall not preclude any other rights, powers or remedies conferred on it under the laws and other provisions of the Agreement, and either party’s exercise of its rights, powers and remedies shall not preclude its exercise of other rights, powers and remedies conferred on it.

 

8.5 The failure or delay of either party to exercise any rights, powers and remedies (the “ Rights ”) conferred on it under the Agreement or laws shall not result in its waiver of the Rights. Waiver of any single or part of the Rights shall not preclude the party from exercising the Rights in other ways and exercising the other Rights.

 

8.6 Any amendment and supplement to the Agreement shall be made in writing and shall take effect upon proper signatures of both parties.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank]

 

9


Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

 

Signature:  

/s/ Wu Zhiguang

Name:   Wu Zhiguang
Title:   Authorized Signatory

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

 


Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

 

Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Name:   Sha Yunlong
Title:   Director

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Exhibit 10.7

Loan Agreement

The Loan Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”) was signed by the following two parties in Beijing on February 5, 2018:

Party A:

Sha Yunlong

ID: [                ]

Party B: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Unified social credit code: 91110108MA019R588L

Address: Rooms 0807 & 0808, 7 th Floor, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing

(In the Agreement, the aforesaid two parties are individually and collectively referred to as the “party” and the “ parties ” respectively.)

Whereas:

 

1. Party A and Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. (“ Shanghai Trustbridge ”) and Ningbo Trustbridge New Economy II Equity Investment Limited Partnership (“ Ningbo Trustbridge ”) have signed the Equity Transfer Agreement (the “ Equity Transfer Agreement ”) respectively on [●] 2017, under which Shanghai Trustbridge and Ningbo Trustbridge shall transfer to Party A their 5% equity in Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (the “ Target Company ”) at a total consideration of RMB180,000,000 (the “ Equity Transfer Consideration ”).

 

2. Party B has agreed to provide Party A with a loan of 180,000,000 in the way specified herein, which will be used by Party A as payment of the Equity Transfer Consideration to Shanghaitrust Bridge and Ningbo Trustbridge.

 

3. The parties hereto intend to enter into the Agreement in place of all previous oral or written agreements, understandings and communications between the parties with respect to the relevant contents of the Agreement, and the parties are required to agree under the terms and conditions of the Agreement the relationship between rights and obligations under the aforesaid loan arrangement.

 

1


Therefore, upon negotiation, both parties have made agreement on the aforesaid loan subject to the following terms and conditions:

Article 1. Definitions

 

1.1 In the Agreement,

Borrower ” means Party A;

Lender ” means Party B;

Loan ” means the loan in a principal amount of 180,000,000 provided by the Lender to the Borrower under Article 2.1;

Loan Term ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 4.1 hereof;

Repayment Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 4.2 hereof;

Confidential Information ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 6.1 hereof;

Prohibited Documents ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 7.1 hereof;

Rights ” has the meaning ascribed to it under Article 11.4 hereof; and

PRC ” means the People’s Republic of China, excluding Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan for the purpose hereof.

 

1.2 The meanings of the related terms mentioned in the Agreement are as follows:

Articles ” shall be construed as articles in the Agreement unless the context of the Agreement shall otherwise require;

Taxes and Duties ” shall be construed as including any taxes, fees, duties or other charges of the same nature (including but not limited to any fines or interest associated with unpaid or delayed payment of such taxes and duties);

 

2


Borrower ” and “ Lender ” shall be construed as including the successors and assignees of the parties; and

Yuan ” refers to the Renminbi.

 

1.3 Unless otherwise specified, references in the Agreement to this Agreement or any other agreement or document shall be construed as a revision, change, substitution, or supplement to the Agreement or any other agreement or document that has been made or may be made from time to time, as the case may be.

Article 2. Loan

 

2.1 Based on the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the Lender has agreed to provide the Borrower with a loan in a principal amount of 180,000,000 within one hundred and twenty (120) days from signing of the Agreement. The Borrower may apply the loan under the Agreement to pay the Equity Transfer Consideration to Shanghai Trustbridge and Ningbo Trustbridge according to the Equity Transfer Agreement and the Agreement. The Lender will provide the loan in accordance with the Agreement.

 

2.2 Previously, the Borrower had paid the advance payment in other ways and paid the Equity Transfer Consideration to Shanghai Trustbridge and Ningbo Trustbridge in accordance with the Equity Transfer Agreement. The Lender will continue to provide loans according to the terms of the Agreement, and the Borrower has the right to settle down the advance payment with the Loan provided by the Borrower.

Article 3. Interest

The Lender has confirmed that it will not charge any interest on the loan.

 

3


Article 4. Repayment

 

4.1 The longest loan term under the Agreement shall expire upon the earliest of twenty (20) years after the Effective Date; or expiry of the operation period of the Lender; or expiry of the operation period of the Target Company (hereinafter referred to as the “ Loan Term ”). After expiry of the Loan Term, the Borrower shall return all the monies in a lump sum on the expiry date of the Loan Term, unless the parties concerned agree to extend the Loan Term. Moreover, under such circumstances, the Lender shall have the right to acquire or designate a third party to acquire corresponding equity held at the time by the Borrower in the Target Company at an equity transfer consideration equivalent to the amount of the payment without breaching the applicable laws and regulations.

 

4.2 In the Loan Term, the Lender may, at its absolute discretion, declare early maturity of the loan at any time and send a repayment notice (hereinafter referred to as the “ Repayment Notice ”) to any Borrower thirty (30) days in advance to request any or both of the Borrower to repay part or all of the monies.

If the Lender requests the Borrower to make repayment according to the provisions of the preceding paragraph,, the Lender shall acquire or designate a third party to acquire part of the equity held by the such Borrower in the Target Company at an equity transfer consideration equivalent to the monies requested to be repaid without breaching the applicable laws and regulations. The ratio of the said equity required to be acquired to the equity held by the Borrower in the Target Company shall be the same as the ratio of the monies requested to be repaid to the total amount of the loan borrowed by the Borrower according to the Agreement.

 

4.3 The Borrower who is required to repay or apply for repayment shall repay the corresponding amount in the form of cash, or repay the amount in other forms determined by the Lender’s Board of Directors through a resolution.

 

4


4.4 When the Borrower repays the monies according to the aforesaid provisions of this article, the parties concerned shall complete the specified equity transfer and guarantee settlement of the monies. At the same time, the Lender or the third party designated by the Lender shall have lawfully and completely been transferred the corresponding equity of the Target Company without any pledge or any other form of encumbrances according to the aforesaid provisions. The Borrower shall provide all reasonable assistance when the equity of the Target Company is transferred according to the aforesaid provisions.

 

4.5 The Borrower shall cease to bear the repayment obligations under the Agreement after the Borrower has transferred all of its equity in the Target Company to the Lender or the third party designated by the Lender according to this article.

Article 5. Taxes and Duties

All taxes and duties related to the Loan shall be borne by the Lender.

Article 6. Confidentiality

 

6.1 Regardless of whether the Agreement has been terminated or not, either party shall have the obligation to keep the business secrets, proprietary information and customer information (“ Confidential Information ”) of the other party acquired or received during signing and performance of the Agreement in confidence. Either party may use the Confidential Information only for the purpose of fulfilling its obligations under the Agreement. Without the written consent of the other party, either party shall not disclose any of the Confidential Information to any third party, otherwise it shall bear the default liability and make compensation for relevant losses.

 

6.2 The following information shall not be deemed as Confidential Information:

 

  (1) any information proved by written evidence to have been previously known to the recipient through legal means;

 

5


  (2) any information that enters the public domain for a reason besides the fault of the recipient;

 

  (3) any information obtained by the recipient through other legal means after receiving such information; or

 

  (4) any information required to be disclosed in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, stock trading rules or orders of government agencies or courts.

 

6.3 After termination of the Agreement, the recipient shall, when requested by the party providing such Confidential Information, return, destroy or otherwise dispose of all the documents, information or software containing Confidential Information and cease to use such Confidential Information.

 

6.4 Notwithstanding other provisions of the Agreement, the validity of this provision shall not be affected by the suspension or termination of the Agreement.

Article 7. Commitments and Undertakings

 

7.1 The Borrower hereby irrevocably undertakes and guarantees that, without the prior written consent of the Lender, the Borrower shall not transfer part or corresponding equity in the Target Company to a third party, or make or authorize others (including but not limited to the directors of the Target Company nominated by it) to make any resolution, instruction, consent or order by any means to cause the Target Company to carry out any transaction that will or may materially affect the assets, rights, obligations or businesses of the Target Company (including its branches and/or subsidiaries) (collectively referred to as “Prohibited Transactions”) including but not limited to:

 

  (1) borrow from a third party or assume any debt (excluding debt generated in daily normal business activities that does not exceed RMB100,000 in total or not exceed RMB100,000 in total for six (6) consecutive months);

 

6


  (2) provide guarantee to a third party for the Borrower’s debt or to provide any guarantee to a third party;

 

  (3) transfer any business, material assets, actual or potential business opportunities to a third party;

 

  (4) transfer to a third party or license any domain name, trademark or other intellectual property that the target company has legal rights;

 

  (5) any other material transaction;

or sign any agreement, contract, memorandum or other form of transaction documents (hereinafter referred to as “ Prohibited Documents ”) in respect of the Prohibited Transactions, and will not allow any Prohibited Transactions or any Prohibited Documents signing in any manner of inaction.

 

7.2 Unless otherwise provided by the applicable laws, both parties shall not, in any circumstance, unilaterally terminate or discharge the Agreement. Save as expressly provided in the Agreement or requested by the Lender in writing, the Borrower shall not, in any circumstance, repay the loan before expiry of the loan term.

Article 8. Notice

 

8.1 Any notice, request, demand and other correspondences required by the Agreement or made according to the Agreement shall be served in writing to the parties concerned.

 

8.2 The aforesaid notices or other correspondences shall be deemed to have been served: (i) upon sending, when sent by facsimile; (ii) upon receipt, when delivered in person; (iii) five (5) days after being posted, when sent by post; (iv) upon receipt by the addressee, when sent by express delivery; (v) upon receipt by the recipient’s mail server, when sent by email. If they are sent in several forms mentioned above at the same time, whichever is the earliest shall be the time of service.

Article 9. Default Liability

 

9.1 If either party fails to fulfill its obligations under the Agreement in part or in whole (including but not limited to the violation of the statements, guarantees or undertakings under the Agreement) and thereby causes any losses to the other party, it shall bear the corresponding liability for compensation.

 

7


9.2 Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Agreement, the validity of this Article shall not be affected by the suspension or termination of the Agreement.

Article 10. Settlement of Disputes

 

10.1 Any dispute arising out of and in connection with the Agreement shall be settled through negotiation between the two parties. If the two parties fail to reach any agreement within thirty (30) days after the arising of the dispute, the dispute shall, without prejudice to the statutory principle of the jurisdiction, be submitted to the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in Beijing pursuant to its arbitration rules.

 

10.2 The arbitration award shall be final and binding on both parties.

Article 11. Others

 

11.1 The Agreement is executed in Chinese language in two (2) original copies, effective from the date of signing by both parties, with one (1) original held by each party hereto. The Agreement may be signed by the two parties separately and the texts signed by them separately shall be treated as originals rather than duplicates regardless of whether they are sent by facsimile or other means. The agreement signed by the two parties separately shall jointly constitute a full set of signed agreement.

 

11.2 The execution, validity, performance, amendment, interpretation and termination of the Agreement shall be governed by the PRC laws.

 

11.3 Any rights, powers and remedies conferred on each party by any provision of the Agreement shall not preclude any other rights, powers or remedies conferred on it under the applicable laws and other provisions of the Agreement, and either party’s exercise of its rights, powers and remedies shall not preclude its exercise of other rights, powers and remedies conferred on it.

 

8


11.4 The failure or delay of each party to exercise any rights, powers and remedies (hereinafter referred to as the “ Rights ”) conferred on it under the Agreement or laws shall not result in its waiver of the Rights. Waiver of any single or part of the Rights shall not preclude the party from exercising the Rights in other ways and exercising the other Rights.

 

11.5 The headings of each article of the Agreement are for indexing purposes only. In no event should such headings be used or affect the interpretation of provisions of the Agreement.

 

11.6 Each provision of the Agreement should be separated and independent of each other. If any one or several provisions of the Agreement becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of other provisions of the Agreement shall not be affected.

 

11.7 The Agreement supersedes all previous oral and written agreements undertaken by both parties regarding this contract and its related contents, and other written agreements, understandings and communications. Any amendment and supplement to the Agreement shall be made in writing and shall take effect upon proper signatures of both parties.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank]

 

9


(This is the signature page to the Loan Agreement)

Sha Yunlong

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong


(This is the signature page to the Loan Agreement)

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Name: Sha Yunlong

Title: Director

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Exhibit 10.8

Power of Attorney

I, Sha Yunlong, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at the Ministry of Personnel National Talent Exchange Center and Talent Market, 13 Sanlihe Road, Haidian District, Beijing, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 64.243% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Sha Yunlong
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 5, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Gao Liang, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at No. 302, Gate 2, Block 8, Dongxing New District, Dongxiachi Village, Xigong District, Luoyang City, Henan Province , and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 5.698% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Gao Liang
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 5, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Li Gang, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at Flat 4, 3 Tongyu Road, Shibei District, Qingdao City, Shandong Province, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 3.419% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE ( the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Li Gang  
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 5, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Xiao Yun, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at Room 401, Unit 1, 32 Block, 47 Hongqi Avenue, Zhanggong District, Ganzhou City, Jiangxi Province, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 1.140% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Xiao Yun  
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 5, 2018


Power of Attorney

Our company, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, with the unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X, and domicile at unit 223-1, No. 8 Xingfu Street, Dajianchang, Wuqing District, Tianjin, as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney holds 18.233% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on behalf of our company to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as a shareholder in the Company under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity our company holds in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to our company as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on behalf of our company as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on behalf of our company as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion our company holds in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.

Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

Date: February 5, 2018

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


Power of Attorney

Our company, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, with the unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and the registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney holds 7.267% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) to, on behalf of our company, exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

 

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

 

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as a shareholder in the Company under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

 

3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to be submitted by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

 

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity our company holds in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

 

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power that the liquidation team is entitled to in accordance with the laws, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

 

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and


7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) that our company is entitled to as a shareholder of the Company.

Without forming any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on behalf of our company as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on behalf of our company as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets of the Company.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion our company holds in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power that the Trustee is entitled to through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.

Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will facilitate the Company in providing full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wu Zhiguang

Date: February 5, 2018

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


Power of Attorney

Our company, Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd, is a limited liability company established and subsisting in accordance with the laws of China, with the unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and the registered address at unit 05-535, 8/F, No. 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney directly or indirectly holds equity or sponsor’s interest of the institutions (hereinafter referred to as the “ Subject Interest ”) set forth in the appendix to this Power of Attorney (hereinafter referred to as the “ Subsidiaries ”).

If our company increases any institutions invested or controlled (including but not limited to companies, schools and other affiliates directly or indirectly owned by our company with more than 50% investment interest) at any time after the date of signing this Power of Attorney, our company undertakes to add such new entities to the scope of the Subject Interest in this Power of Attorney.

In respect of the aforesaid Subject Interest, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) to, on behalf of our company, exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council pursuant to the articles of association of the companies or schools (as applicable, the same below), and attend the shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council of the companies or schools and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council;

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as shareholders or sponsors of the companies or schools under the laws and the articles of association of the companies or schools respectively at the shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council of the companies or schools, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;


3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to be submitted to the relevant competent government authorities by shareholders of the companies or sponsors of the schools;

4) Under the conditions allowed by the laws, exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association of the companies or schools the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the Subject Interest our company holds in the companies or schools, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the companies or schools, and other rights of operation of the companies or schools;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power that the liquidation team is entitled to in accordance with the laws, including but not limited to management of the assets of the companies or schools, during the liquidation in liquidation or dissolution period of the companies or schools;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings of the companies, the resolutions of the board of directors/council of the companies or schools, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the companies or schools in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association of the companies or schools) that our company is entitled to as shareholders of companies or sponsors of schools.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets of the companies or returns distributed by the schools.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the companies or sponsor of the schools, no matter how the interest proportion our company holds in the companies or schools is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power that the Trustee is entitled to through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.


Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.

Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will facilitate the companies or schools in providing full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the companies or schools, and accessing to related information of the companies or schools.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                 

Date: February 5, 2018

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd


Appendix:

 

No.

  

Name

1.    Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Company Limited
2.    Shanghai Jinshan Xin Kebiao Education and Training Center
3.    Chongqing Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
4.    Chongqing Puxin Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
5.    Chongqing Shapingba Wuyou Education and Training School
6.    Chongqing Beibei Wuyou Education and Training School
7.    Chongqing Youfang Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
8.    Chongqing Jiulongpo Wuyou Education and Training Company Limited
9.    Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Company Limited
10.    Beijing Puxing Education Technology Company Limited
11.    Beijing Puxian Education Technology Company Limited
12.    Beijing Haidian Puxin Training School
13.    Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Company Limited
14.    Fuzhou Gulou Xueyoufang Training School
15.    Hangzhou Puxin Technology Company Limited
16.    Hangzhou Feiyue Foreign Language Training School
17.    Hangzhou Yulan Professional School
18.    Shenyang Milestone Education Information Consulting Company Limited
19.    Dalian Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
20.    Shenyang Huanggu Dongfang Shenhua Arts Training school
21.    Shenyang Shenhe Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
22.    Shenyang Heping Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
23.    Shenyang Tiexi Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
24.    Shenyang Bingying Modern Foreign Language Training School
25.    Shenyang Heping Bingying Education and Training Center
26.    Shenyang Shenhe Bingying Education and Training Center
27.    Shenyang Tiexi Bingying Education and Training Center


28.    Dalian Dongfang Shenhua Education Consulting Company Limited
29.    Dalian Shahekou Dongfang Shenhua Children’s Art Training School
30.    Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education and Training Company Limited
31.    Beijing Milestone Education Consulting Company Limited
32.    Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Company Limited
33.    Taiyuan Meikang Training School
34.    Taiyuan Puxinxue Culture and Arts Company Limited
35.    Taiyuan Fubusi Education and Training School
36.    Jinan Pude Education Technology Company Limited
37.    Jinan Delin Education and Training School
38.    Jinan Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
39.    Shandong Daozhen English Professional School
40.    Jinan Tianqiao Puxin Education and Training School
41.    Nanjing Dreamtown Education Information Consulting Company Limited
42.    Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Company Limited
43.    Jinan Qiru Education and Training School
44.    Beijing YESSAT Education Consulting Company Limited
45.    Nanjing Diyou Investment Management Company Limited
46.    Nanjing Chuangxin Professional School
47.    Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Company Limited
48.    Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Company Limited
49.    Chengdu Wuhou Shucai Education and Training School
50.    Chengdu Jinniu Shucai School
51.    Chengdu Jinjiang Shucai Training School
52.    Shenyang Puxin Elite Education Consulting Company Limited
53.    Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Company Limited
54.    Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Company Limited
55.    Beijing Houpu Education Company Limited
56.    Beijing Quakers Education Consulting Company Limited
57.    Nanjing Xinshangxin Education Consulting Company Limited
58.    Shanghai Xinyinsi Immigration Services Company Limited
59.    Beijing Pule Travel Company Limited


60.    Beijing Pule Education Technology Company Limited
61.    Shenzhen Daiweisi Information Consulting Company Limited
62.    Shenzhen Futian Daiweisi English Training Center
63.    Shenzhen Milestone Education Technology Company Limited
64.    Beijing Puda Education Technology Company Limited
65.    Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Company Limited
66.    Shaoxing Yuecheng Lingxian Education and Training School
67.    Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Company Limited
68.    Luzhou Puxing Culture Communication Company Limited
69.    Luzhou Hanlin Education Center
70.    Xi’an Puxin Shanghe Cultural Development Company Limited
71.    Xi’an Yangjian Culture Training Center
72.    Xi’an Chang’an Yangjian Culture and Education Training Center
73.    Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Company Limited
74.    Qingzhen Tiantian English Training School
75.    BaiyunTiantian Foreign Language School
76.    Guiyang Wudang Tiantian Foreign Language School
77.    Guiyang Huaxi Tiantian Training School
78.    Guiyang Yunyan Tiantian Education and Training School
79.    Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Company Limited
80.    Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Company Limited
81.    Tianjin Nankai Chengjia Training Center
82.    Dalian Pude Education Consulting Company Limited
83.    Dalian Xigang Tongfang Technology Culture Training School
84.    Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Development Company Limited
85.    Ningbo Yinzhou Puxin Weien Education and Training School
86.    Ningbo Haishu Weien Education and Training School
87.    Ningbo Haishu Xiaoxingxing Foreign Language Training School
88.    Ningbo Jiangbei Weien Education and Training School
89.    Ningbo Yinzhou Weien Education and Training School
90.    Shenyang Pude Education Technology Company Limited
91.    Shenyang Tiexi Zhongying Education and Training Center


92.    Shenyang Huanggu Zhongying Children Education and Training School
93.    Jilin Puxin Educational Technology Company Limited
94.    Jilin Chuanying Shiji Dongfang Training School
95.    Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Company Limited
96.    Luoyang Luolong Rainbow Education and Training School
97.    Luoyang Jianxi Rainbow Education and Training School
98.    Luoyang Gaoxin Rainbow Education and Training School
99.    Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Company Limited
100.    Guangzhou Yuexiu Lixiang Training Center
101.    Guangzhou Yingxun English Training Center
102.    ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Company Limited
103.    Beijing Haidian ZMN Education and Training School
104.    Henan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
105.    Zhengzhou Jinshui Wude Paike Foreign Language Training Center
106.    Kunming ZMN Education Information Consulting Company Limited
107.    Shaanxi ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited
108.    ZMN Culture Communication (Shanghai) Company Limited
109.    ZMN Education Consulting (Dalian) Company Limited
110.    Dalian Shahekou ZMN Education and Training School
111.    Qingdao ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
112.    Qingdao ZMN Foreign Language Training School
113.    Chengdu ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited
114.    Wuhan Wude Paike Culture Communication Company Limited
115.    Taiyuan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
116.    Beijing Shaonian Technology Company Limited
117.    Shenyang ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
118.    Hangzhou ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
119.    Chongqing ZMN Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
120.    Shanghai Global Future Education Technology Holdings Limited
121.    Wuhan Tianxia Elite Education Consulting Company Limited
122.    Wuhan Global English Training School


123.    Nanjing Global Education and Training School
124.    Suzhou Yisi Future Education Consulting Company Limited
125.    Suzhou Global Elite Training Center
126.    Nantong Chongchuan Global Education Training Center
127.    Wuxi Global Future Education Consulting Company Limited
128.    Wuxi Global Education Training Center
129.    Ningbo Haishu Elite Global Education Training Center
130.    Global Future (Tianjin) Education Technology Company Limited
131.    Ningbo Yinzhou Elite Global Education Training Center
132.    Beijing Global Zhuoer Elite Culture Communication Company Limited
133.    Wuhan Global English Training School
134.    Beijing Chaoyang Global Education Training Center
135.    Beijing Haidian Global Education Training Center
136.    Shanghai Yangpu Global Education Training Center
137.    Tianjin Heping Global Education Training Center
138.    Shenzhen Global Education Training Center
139.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center
140.    Guangzhou Global Future Education Information Consulting Company Limited
141.    Guangzhou Yuexiu Global Elite Training Center
142.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center (Heping)
143.    Changchun Hafu Cultural Exchange Communication Company Limited
144.    Changchun Chaoyang Global Education and Training School
145.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center (Shenhe)
146.    Chengdu Global English School
147.    Xi’an Yanta AoBo Foreign Language Training School
148.    Changsha Furong Global Education Training Center
149.    Global Wuhu (Beijing) Overseas Study Consulting Company Limited
150.    Beijing Global World-wide Travel Company Limited
151.    Nantong Qiantu Yisi Consulting Company Limited
152.    Pingyin County Daozhen Education and Training School
153.    Tianjin Beichen Shengjia Training School

Exhibit 10.9

Letter of Consent

I, Song Wenjing (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No: [                ]), am the lawful spouse of Sha Yunlong (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No: [                ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Sha Yunlong:

I am informed that:

(1) The entire equity held by Sha Yunlong in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated DDMMYY, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated DDMMYY and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated DDMMYY signed by Sha Yunlong, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE;

(2) The entire equity held by Sha Yunlong in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Sha Yunlong to WFOE on DDMMYY.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Sha Yunlong and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Sha Yunlong as common property of husband and wife.

I further confirm that Sha Yunlong needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.


I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Song Wenjing
Signature: /s/ Song Wenjing                

Date: February 5, 2018


Letter of Consent

I, Wang Lulu (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No.: [                ]), am the lawful spouse of Gao Liang (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No.:), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Gao Liang:

I am aware that:

(1) The entire equity held by Gao Liang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated DDMMYY, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated DDMMYY and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated DDMMYY signed by Gao Liang, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE; and

(2) The entire equity held by Gao Liang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Gao Liang to WFOE on DDMMYY.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Gao Liang and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Gao Liang as common property of by husband and wife.

I further confirm that Gao Liang needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.


I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Wang Lulu  
Signature: /s/ Wang Lulu                 
Date: February 5, 2018  


Letter of Consent

I, Yuki Torii (passport number of [                ]), am the lawful spouse of Li Gang (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No.: [                ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Li Gang:

I am aware that:

(1) The entire equity held by Li Gang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated DDMMYY, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated DDMMYY and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated DDMMYY signed by Li Gang, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE; and

(2) The entire equity held by Li Gang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Li Gang to WFOE on DDMMYY.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Li Gang and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Li Gang as common property of husband and wife.

I further confirm that Li Gang needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.


I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Yuki Torii  
Signature: /s/ Yuki Torii                                
Date: February 5, 2018  


Letter of Consent

I, Li Ang (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No.: [                ]), am the lawful spouse of Xiao Yun (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No.: [                ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Xiao Yun:

I am aware that:

(1) The entire equity held by Xiao Yun in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated DDMMYY, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated DDMMYY and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated DDMMYY signed by Xiao Yun, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE; and

(2) The entire equity held by Xiao Yun in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Xiao Yun to WFOE on DDMMYY.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Xiao Yun and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Xiao Yun as common property of by husband and wife.

I further confirm that Xiao Yun needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.


I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Li Ang  
Signature: /s/ Li Ang                                
Date: February 5, 2018  

Exhibit 10.10

Letter of Commitment

To: Puxin Limited (“ Cayman Company ”)

         Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”)

Whereas:

 

  1. Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Ningbo Zhimei ”) holds 7.267% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ domestic company ”):

 

  2. The property share proportions of Ningbo Zhimei held by all the partners of Ningbo Zhimei are listed as follows:

 

No.

   Name    Type of partner      Property share
proportion of limited
partnership enterprise
 

(1)

   Li Shujun      Limited partner        96.67

(2)

   Wu Zhiguang      General partner        3.33

((1) - (2) above are collectively referred to as “ Partners ”)

 

  3. The aforesaid partners have acknowledged and agreed that Ningbo Zhimei preferably pledges the 7.267% equity of the domestic company it holds to WFOE (“ equity pledge ”) for the guarantee of the fulfilment of a series of structural contracts among Ningbo Zhimei, the domestic company and WFOE (See “ Appendix I ” to this Letter of Commitment).


In order to guarantee the effectiveness of preference and stable implementation of the structural contracts and equity pledge, the aforesaid partners hereby irrevocably undertake as follows:

As of the date of issuing this Letter of Commitment, unless with the prior written consent of WFOE and Cayman Company, the aforesaid partners shall not, at present and in the future, set pledges, selling or disposals, guarantee right of other third parties, or right of priority of other third parties, or other disposals or transactions with the same economic results, which may affect the effectiveness of preference of the Equity Pledge and the stable implementation of the structural contracts, with the property share of Ningbo Zhimei held by them. In case of violation of this Letter of Commitment, the aforesaid partners shall assume liabilities of breach for the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company, and shall compensate the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company for all of their losses and damages.

The aforesaid partners further undertake that they will urge Ningbo Zhimei to fulfil the aforesaid undertakings.

This Letter of Commitment shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank]


(This page is the signature page of this Letter of Commitment)

Promisors:

 

Li Shujun   Signature:  

/s/ Li Shujun

 
Wu Zhiguang   Signature:  

/s/ Wu Zhiguang

 

February 5, 2018


Appendix I Structural Contracts

 

1. The Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei and the domestic company on February 5, 2018.

 

2. The Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei and the domestic company and relevant parties concerned on February 5, 2018.

 

3. The Equity Pledge Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei and the domestic company on February 5, 2018.

 

4. The Power of Attorney issued by Ningbo Zhimei on February 5, 2018.

 

5. The Loan Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Zhimei on February 5, 2018.


Letter of Commitment

To: Puxin Limited (“ Cayman Company ”)

         Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”)

Whereas:

1. Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Tianjin Puxian ”) is a shareholder of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ domestic company ”), with legal ownership of the equity of the domestic company.

2. All the partners of Tianjin Puxian are listed as follows:

 

No.

  

Name

  

Type of partner

    
(1)    Li Gang    General partner   
(2)    Song Wenjing    Limited partner   
(3)    Zhang Hongwei    Limited partner   
(4)    Dong Zhi    Limited partner   
(5)    Tan Chunxiang    Limited partner   
(6)    Yang Hao    Limited partner   
(7)    Luo Ke    Limited partner   
(8)    Bai Liping    Limited partner   
(9)    Cheng Sheng    Limited partner   
(10)    Kang Yiwen    Limited partner   
(11)    Guo Wei    Limited partner   
(12)    Lai Han    Limited partner   
(13)    Li Hong    Limited partner   
(14)    Li Shiwei    Limited partner   
(15)    Tian yang    Limited partner   
(16)    Zhang Ping    Limited partner   
(17)    Zhao Xiaolin    Limited partner   
(18)    Zhao Yuanyuan    Limited partner   
(19)    Zhou Rong    Limited partner   


(20)

   Zhuang Zhong    Limited partner

(21)

   Liu Ning    Limited partner

(22)

   Liu Xinxin    Limited partner

(23)

   Zeng Hua    Limited partner

(24)

   Chen Yedong    Limited partner

(25)

   Li Hongqiao    Limited partner

(26)

   Zhang Han    Limited partner

(27)

   Yan Bingxiang    Limited partner

(The abovementioned 27 partners are collectively referred to as “ Partners ”)

3. The aforesaid partners have known and agreed that Tianjin Puxian preferably pledges all the equity held by it of the domestic company to WFOE (“ equity pledge ”), so as to guarantee the fulfilment of a series of structural contracts (see “ Appendix I ” of this Letter of Commitment) among Tianjin Puxian, the domestic company and WFOE.

In order to guarantee the effectiveness of preference and stable implementation of the structural contracts and equity pledge, the aforesaid partners hereby irrevocably undertake that:

As of the date of issuing this Letter of Commitment, unless with the written consent of WFOE and Cayman Company, the aforesaid partners shall not, at present and in the future, set pledges, selling or disposals, guarantee right of other third parties, or right of priority of other third parties, or other disposals or transactions with the same economic results, which may affect the effectiveness of preference of equity pledge and the stable implementation of the structural contracts, with the property share held by them of Tianjin Puxian. In case of violation of this Letter of Commitment, the aforesaid partners shall assume liabilities of breach for the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company, and shall compensate the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company for all of their losses and damages.


Unless with the written consent of WFOE and the domestic company, the aforesaid partners shall not, during the period of indirectly holding the equity of the domestic company and for the sake of the their own interest and the interests of others, directly or indirectly engage in, own, invest in, participate in or operate any businesses or activities (“ competitive businesses ”) that compete or may compete with the domestic company and its subsidiaries, or utilize any information obtained from the domestic company and its subsidiaries to engage in competitive businesses, or obtain any interests from any competitive businesses. If the aforesaid partners directly or indirectly engage in, own, invest in, participate in or operate any competitive businesses, then WFOE or the entities designated by WFOE shall have the right to ask for the signing of Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Power of Attorney and any other legal documents permitted or required by Chinese laws with the aforesaid entities engaging in competitive businesses, so as to form relations of control upon agreement with the aforesaid entities engaging in competitive businesses.

The aforesaid partners further undertake that they will urge Tianjin Puxian to fulfil the aforesaid undertakings.

This Letter of Commitment shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

[The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank]


(This page is the signature page of Letter of Commitment)

Promisors:

 

Li Gang   Signature:  

/s/ Li Gang

  
Song Wenjing   Signature:  

/s/ Song Wenjing

  
Zhang Hongwei   Signature:  

/s/ Zhang Hongwei

  
Dong Zhi   Signature:  

/s/ Dong Zhi

  
Tan Chunxiang   Signature:  

/s/ Tan Chunxiang

  
Yang Hao   Signature:  

/s/ Yang Hao

  
Luo Ke   Signature:  

/s/ Luo Ke

  
Bai Liping   Signature:  

/s/ Bai Liping

  
Cheng Sheng   Signature:  

/s/ Cheng Sheng

  
Kang Yiwen   Signature:  

/s/ Kang Yiwen

  
Guo Wei   Signature:  

/s/ Guo Wei

  
Lai Han   Signature:  

/s/ Lai Han

  
Li Hong   Signature:  

/s/ Li Hong

  


Li Shiwei   Signature:  

/s/ Li Shiwei

  
Tian yang   Signature:  

/s/ Tian yang

  
Zhang Ping   Signature:  

/s/ Zhang Ping

  
Zhao Xiaolin   Signature:  

/s/ Zhao Xiaolin

  
Zhao Yuanyuan   Signature:  

/s/ Zhao Yuanyuan

  
Zhou Rong   Signature:  

/s/ Zhou Rong

  
Zhuang Zhong   Signature:  

/s/ Zhuang Zhong

  
Liu Ning   Signature:  

/s/ Liu Ning

  
Liu Xinxin   Signature:  

/s/ Liu Xinxin

  
Zeng Hua   Signature:  

/s/ Zeng Hua

  
Chen Yedong   Signature:  

/s/ Chen Yedong

  
Li Hongqiao   Signature:  

/s/ Li Hongqiao

  
Zhang Han   Signature:  

/s/ Zhang Han            

  
Yan Bingxiang   Signature:  

/s/ Yan Bingxiang                

  

Date: February 5, 2018


Appendix I Structural Contracts

 

1. The Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei and the domestic company on February 5, 2018.

 

2. The Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei and the domestic company and relevant parties concerned on February 5, 2018.

 

3. The Equity Pledge Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei and the domestic company on February 5, 2018.

 

4. The Power of Attorney issued by Ningbo Zhimei on February 5, 2018.

 

5. The Loan Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Zhimei on February 5, 2018.

Exhibit 10.11

Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”), amended based on the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated February 5, 2018, was signed by the following parties on February 25, 2018 in Beijing of the People’s Republic of China.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91110108MA019R588L and a registered address of 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing.

Party B: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd ., a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and a registered address at unit 05-535, 8/F, No. 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

Party C: Sha Yunlong , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Xiao Yun , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Gao Liang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Li Gang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership , a limited liability partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X and a registered address at 223-1, 8 Xinfu Road, Dajianchang Town, Wuqing District, Tianjin.

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd., a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 9131011479447504XP and the registered address at Room 7504, No. 7, Lane 1028, Fengdeng Road, Malu Town, Jiading District, Shanghai.

 

1


Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Partnership Limited , a limited liability partnership company legally established and subsistingunder the laws of the PRC, with a unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and a registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District.

(Party A, Party B and Party C are referred to as “ one party ” respectively and collectively referred to as the “ parties ”. “ Party B’s subsidiaries ” are all the principal bodies mentioned in Appendix I to this Agreement and the institutions invested and controlled by Party B (including but not limited to the companies, schools and relevant institutions, more than 50% investment equity of which are directly or indirectly held by Party B) updated from time to time according to this Agreement.

Whereas:

 

  (1) Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise effectively established and lawfully subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with business scope including technology development, technology advice, technology services, technology transfer; computer system services; business management consultancy; sales of self-developed products, stationery commodities, sporting goods, household groceries, household appliances, computers, software and auxiliary equipment, cosmetics, handicrafts; import and export of goods, import and export of technology, import and export of agent goods (items subject to approval in accordance with the laws, and operation of business subject to the contents approved by the relevant authorities).

 

  (2) Party B is a company with limited liability effectively established and lawfully subsisting under the laws of the PRC, mainly engaging in education consultancy (excluding intermediary service); cultural consultancy; investment management; asset management; technology development; technology promotion; technology transfer; technology consultancy; technology service; sales of self-developed products; computer system services; basic software services; application software services; software development; software consulting (hereinafter referred to as “ the Main Services ”);

 

2


  (3) Subsidiaries currently held by Party B are shown in Appendix I .

 

  (4) Party C is a shareholder of Party B, and holds 100% equity of Party B.

 

  (5) Party B and Party C undertake to help materializing the compliance and implementation of the terms under this Agreement by Party B’s subsidiaries, and sign necessary relevant specific agreements or documents to realize the purposes of this Agreement under the request of Party A;

 

  (6) Party A agrees to provide Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries with exclusive education management consultancy, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support by leveraging its advantages on talents, technology and information and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries agree to accept the relevant services provided by Party A.

The parties have reached a consensus and the following agreement:

 

  1. Provision of Service

 

  1.1 According to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Party B and Party C hereby appoint Party A as the exclusive provider of technology and service for Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries during the period of this Agreement, so as to provide Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries with comprehensive education management consultancy, permission of intellectual property rights, technological support and business support. Specific contents are given in Appendix II of this Agreement. Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries are the “ service recipients ”.

Party B shall, and Party B shall guarantee to procure Part B’s subsidiaries, based on actual business needs, determine the services together with Party A or the entities designated by Party A, and such services are given in Appendix II of this Agreement. The parties understand that the services actually provided by Party A are subject to Party A’s approved business scope; and if Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries require Party A to provide services beyond Party A’s approved business scope, Party A shall have the right to designate third parties or within the maximum limit allowed by law to apply for expanding its business scope, and then provide services after the application has been approved.

 

3


  1.2 Party B and Party C further agree that, without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B and Party C guarantee that they and their relevant institutions (including but not limited to Part B’s subsidiaries) shall not directly or indirectly obtain services the same as or similar to the exclusive technology and services specified in this Agreement from any third party, and shall not establish any similar cooperation relations relating to the matters covered herein with any third party and shall promise that their relevant institutions shall not do so. Party B and Party C agree that Party A may designate other parties to provide Party B and Part B’s subsidiaries with the services specified in Appendix II of this Agreement.

 

  1.3 In order to ensure the normal operation of daily business of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, Party A may (but not necessarily), based on its own judgement and Chinese laws and regulations, provide guarantee for the performance of other business contracts and agreements signed between Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries and any third parties related to its business as the guarantor. Party B and Party C hereby unanimously agree and confirm that Party A shall first be appointed as the guarantor if it is necessary to provide any guarantee for the fulfilment of any contract or loan during the business operation of Party B and/or Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

  2. Price and Payment Method of Services

 

  2.1 Party A may, by referring to the specific service contents and objects and the income, number of students in the particular period of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, determine by itself the price and appropriate payment methods of services, and the specific calculation and payment methods of service expenses are given in Appendix II of this Agreement.

 

4


  2.2 If Party A thinks that the confirmation mechanism of service prices specified in this Agreement becomes inappropriate because of some reasons and therefore shall be adjusted, Party A shall actively and honestly propose adjustment plan, so as to confirm new price standard or mechanism. If the service recipients fail to reply within seven workdays after receiving the notice of the aforesaid adjustment, it shall be deemed as having accepted the said adjustment to service price.

 

  3. Intellectual Property Rights

 

  3.1 The intellectual property rights of all the achievements arising from performing this Agreement shall include but not limited to copyright, patent, the right to apply for patent, technological secrets, commercial secrets, etc., whether or not developed by Party A, and shall be the ownerships, rights and interests that are exclusively enjoyed by Party A. Party B, Party B’s subsidiaries and Party C shall not enjoy any other rights that are not specified in this Agreement unless with the permission of Party A, and shall support Party A in taking all necessary measures to obtain such intellectual property rights. For the avoidance of doubt, except for the intellectual property rights that are confirmed by Party A as necessary for normal business operation of Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries or shall be held by Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries according to relevant domestic laws and regulations, as for the intellectual property rights that have been held or applied by Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries to relevant competent authorities as of the signing date of this Agreement, the equity holders or applicants of other intellectual property rights shall, based on Party A’s requirements, transfer the said intellectual property rights to Party A or Party A’s related parties, and Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries shall sign a transfer agreement of intellectual property rights with Party A or Party A’s related parties.

 

  3.2 If development is conducted by Party A based on the intellectual property rights of Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries, Party B and Party B’s relevant subsidiary shall ensure that there are not any flaw of such intellectual property rights, otherwise Party B and Party B’s relevant subsidiaries shall bear the losses caused to Party A. If Party A needs to compensate any third person in this case, Party A shall have the right to, after such a compensation, claim for all the losses against Party B and/or relevant Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

5


  3.3 The parties agree that, regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated, these terms are binding.

 

  4. Realization of Party A’s Rights

Whereas the provisions of Article 1 of this Agreement and in order to clarify the rights and interests of the parties, guarantee the actual performance of management services agreement provided by Party A for Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, the implementation of business services between Party A and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and the payment by Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries for payable consideration to Party A, Party B and Party C hereby agree that, and guarantee to procure Party B to agree:

 

  4.1 Party A shall have the right to propose suggestions or requirements regarding the daily operation, financial management and staff employment of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall strictly fulfil or observe the said suggestions or requirements proposed by Party A.

 

  4.2 Party C, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall, according to laws and regulations and the procedures specified in the articles of association of school or company, select candidates designated by Party A as the directors of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and procure the said elected directors to select the chairman of the board of directors from the candidates recommended by Party A, and appoint the persons designated by Party A as all of the senior executives (including but not limited to principal, general manager, financial controller, responsible persons of respective businesses, financial management staff, financial monitoring staff and accountant) of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

6


  4.3 Party C, Party B and/or Party B’s subsidiaries shall, based on Party A’s requirements, dismiss any directors and/or senior executives of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and immediately select and appoint other persons designated by Party A to assume the said positions.

 

  4.4 In respect of the objective of Clause 4.3, Party C, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall, according to laws, articles of association and this Agreement, take all necessary internal or external procedures to complete the abovementioned dismissal and employment procedures.

 

  4.5 Party A shall have the right to check the accounts of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries regularly or at any time. Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall timely and accurately record the accounts, and shall, upon requirements of Party A, provide Party A with their accounts, audit reports, financial statements and all operation records, business contracts and financial information. During the validity period of this Agreement and on the condition of not violating applicable laws, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall agree to support Party A and any third party designated by Party A in auditing (including but not limited to audit of related transactions and other audits of various types), provide relevant information and data relating to operation, business, customers, finance and staff of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries for Party A and any third party designated by Party A and auditors appointed by Party A, and shall agree that Party A or any other related parties of Party A may disclose such information and data in order to meet the relevant requirements of securities regulatory authorities.

 

  4.6 Party C hereby agrees to, on the date of signing this Agreement, present Party A with a Power of Attorney, the content and form of which satisfy Party A, and comprehensively, appropriately and completely perform the stipulation of such a Power of Attorney, including but not limited to, according to this Power of Attorney, unconditionally and irrevocably authorizing Party A or the persons (“ trustee ”, and such a trustee shall not be Party C) designated by Party A as the representative of Party C to exercise the rights of shareholders and/or directors of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries based on the will of the trustee.

 

7


  4.7 Party C confirms that it has comprehensively and clearly understood the obligations of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries under this Agreement at the time of signing this Agreement, and that it is willing to pledge the 100% equity of Party B held by it to Party A, so as to provide guarantee for the performance of all the obligations of Party B under this Agreement. The parties will sign a separate agreement on equity pledge.

 

  4.8 Party B and Party C hereby agree that, and Party B and Party C guarantee to procure Party B’s subsidiaries to agree, once Party A submits a written request, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries and Party C will pledge all of their receivables and/or all the other assets that are lawfully owned and may be disposed of by them as the guarantee for the payment obligation of the service expenses specified in Clause 2.1 of this Agreement, in a manner then permitted by the laws. Party B and Party C hereby agree that, and Party B and Party C guarantee to procure Party B’s subsidiaries to agree, during the validity period of this Agreement, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries maintain complete business licences necessary for operation and adequate rights and qualifications to engage in the current businesses in China.    

 

  4.9 In case of liquidation or dissolution of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries for various reasons, Party C, Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries shall, within the scope permitted by Chinese laws, appoint the persons recommended by Party A as the liquidation team, which takes charge of managing the property of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries. Party C, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries promise that in case of liquidation or dissolution of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, Party C, Party B or Party B’s subsidiaries shall deliver all the remaining property obtained from the liquidation of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries conducted according to Chinese laws and regulations respectively to Party A or the third parties designated by Party A, no matter whether the agreement specified in this article has been implemented and within the restriction of Chinese laws.

 

  4.10 Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries are not allowed to conduct any transactions that may substantially affect their assets, obligations, rights or operation of institutions, including but not limited to:

 

8


  (1) To conduct any activities beyond the normal business scope of institutions or do business not in the consistent and usual way;

 

  (2) To lend the third parties money or assume any debts;

 

  (3) To change or dismiss any directors or change any executives;

 

  (4) Employ other staff or service providers with annual remuneration more than RMB 500,000;

 

  (5) To sell to any third parties or obtain from any third parties, or otherwise deal with any assets or rights, including but not limited to any intellectual property rights;

 

  (6) To provide guarantee for any third parties with its assets or intellectual property rights, or provide guarantee in any other forms or set any encumbrance on the assets of institutions not because of the debts of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries;

 

  (7) To change the articles of association of institutions or change the business scope of institutions;

 

  (8) To change the operation method, business procedures of institutions or change any major internal rules and systems of institutions;

 

  (9) To significantly adjust its business operation models, marketing strategies, operation guidelines or customer relations;

 

  (10) To distribute bonus and dividends in any form;

 

  (11) To liquidate institutions and distribute the remaining assets;

 

  (12) To transfer the rights and interests under this Agreement to any third parties;

 

  (13) To sign any other agreements or arrangements which contradict this Agreement or may damage the rights and interests of Party A under this Agreement; and

 

  (14) To conduct contracted operation, operation of lease, consolidation, division, joint venture, shareholding reform or other arrangements that change the operation method and equity structure, or deal with all or substantial assets or rights and interests of the institutions of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries in the form of transfer, or assignment or capital contribution at a certain price or other ways.

 

9


Moreover, Party B shall, and Party C shall, procure Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries to immediately inform Party A of any situations that will or may substantially and adversely affect the businesses and operation of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries, and shall use its best endeavours to avoid the occurrence of such situations and/or the expansion of losses.

 

  4.11 Party B hereby grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive purchase right, pursuant to which Party A may, at its own option, purchase any partial or entire assets and businesses from Party B at the minimum price allowed by the Chinese laws within the scope permitted by the Chinese laws and regulations. The two parties will then separately sign asset or business transfer contract to specify the terms and conditions of such asset transfer.

 

  5. Validity Period and Termination Right

 

  5.1 This Agreement was signed and took effect on the date set out in the first page.

 

  5.2 This Agreement shall be effective in the operation period of Party A, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries unless it is cancelled earlier as unanimously agreed by the parties.

 

  5.3 The parties agree to grant Party A an option to terminate this Agreement at any time. Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time during the performance of this Agreement by serving a written notice.

 

  5.4 Party B and/or Party C are not allowed to terminate this Agreement under any situations without the prior written consent of Party A.

 

  6. Representations and Warranties

 

  6.1 Party A makes the following representations and warranties for Party B and Party C:

 

10


  (1) Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legal person lawfully established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the PRC, and has the capacity of independently undertaking civil liabilities.

 

  (2) Party A has the full corporate powers necessary for signing and delivering this Agreement and fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement. After the signing, this Agreement shall constitute statutory, effective and binding obligations for Party A and may be enforceable based on its terms.

 

  (3) The signing of this Agreement and Party A’s fulfilment of the obligations under this Agreement will not contradict, breach or violate (i) any requirements of Party A’s any business licences or articles of association; (ii) any laws, rules, ordinances, authorizations or approvals of any government agencies or departments that are applicable to Party A; and (iii) any requirements of the contracts and agreements to which Party A is the signing party or main body.

 

  6.2 Party B makes the following representations and warranties to Party A:

 

  (1) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries are companies with limited liability or non-governmental non-profit units (legal person) lawfully established and effectively subsisting under the laws of the PRC, and have the capacity of independently undertaking civil liabilities with its registered capital.

 

  (2) Party B has the full authority necessary for signing and delivering this Agreement and completely fulfilling their obligations under this Agreement. After the signing, this Agreement shall constitute statutory, effective and binding obligations for Party B and may be enforceable based on its terms.

 

  (3) The signing of this Agreement and the fulfilment by Party B of the obligations under this Agreement will not contradict, breach or violate (i) any requirements of business licences or articles of association of Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries; (ii) any laws, rules, ordinances, authorizations or approvals of any government agencies or departments that are applicable to Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries; and (iii) any requirements of the contracts and agreements to which Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries or any of their related companies are the signing parties or main bodies.

 

11


  (4) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries will, based on Party A’s requirements, provide Party A with relevant information and document; assign special staff to communicate with Party A and coordinate the work, and actively support Party A’s on-site investigation and data collection at Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries.

 

  (5) If necessary, Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries shall provide necessary working facilities and conditions for Party A’s professionals, and bear the corresponding expenditures and expenses incurred during the provision of management services by the said professionals at Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries;

 

  (6) To develop and provide the Main Services effectively, prudently and lawfully, maintain and timely update all the licences and authorizations necessary for the provision of the Main Services by Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries under this Agreement, so as to maintain the validity and full legal force of such licences and authorizations; and establish and maintain an independent recording unit for the Main Services ;
  (7) To provide Party A with any technological information or other data that Party A thinks are necessary for fulfilling the obligations under this Agreement, and allow Party A to enter the relevant venues and facilities that Party A thinks are necessary for providing the services under this Agreement;

 

  (8) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries will, based on relevant Chinese laws and regulations, conduct business operation and handle all the necessary formalities relating to the business operation, and timely provide Party A with the copies of the aforesaid licences;

 

  (9) Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries have all the permits, licences, authorizations, approvals and facilities necessary for providing the Main Services during the validity period of this Agreement, and Party B and Party B’s subsidiaries guarantee that the aforesaid permits, licences, authorizations and approvals will continue to have legal force and legally valid during the entire validity period of this Agreement.

 

12


  (10) To pay service expenses to Party A on time.

 

  7. Confidentiality

 

  7.1 All the terms of this Agreement and this Agreement itself are both confidential, and the parties shall not disclose them to any third party, except for the disclosure to senior staff, directors, employees, agents and professional consultants that are related to this project and undertake the confidentiality obligation to the said parties or their related parties; with the exception of the disclosure of information or content of this document to government, public or shareholders and the filing of this document at relevant institutions based on the requirements of laws or relevant securities trading institutions.

 

  7.2 This article shall still have legal force no matter whether this Agreement has been altered, cancelled or terminated.

 

  8. Liabilities for Default

 

  8.1 Where a party fails to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement or any representations or guarantees of such party under this Agreement are substantially untrue or inaccurate, such Party shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall be liable for compensation of all losses of other parties or pay liquidated damages according to the agreement separately signed by the relevant parties.

 

  8.2 Where Party B is deemed as having breached this Agreement according to Clause 8.1, Party B shall fully compensate Party A for any losses, damages or liabilities (including the losses and expenses arising from any lawsuit, claim for compensation or other requirements) that Party A incur or assume because of fulfilling the obligations under this Agreement or providing the services specified in this Agreement.

 

13


  8.3 Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated, these terms are legally binding.

 

  9. Force Majeure

A force majeure event means any event unforeseen by any party at the time of signing this Agreement that cannot be avoided, controlled and overcome (including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, strike, war or riot, etc.).

In view of the fact that the force majeure event affects the performance of this Agreement, in the event of force majeure, the party shall forthwith (i) notify the remaining parties in the form of telegraph, facsimile or other electronic means and submit the written evidence of force majeure within fifteen (15) working days; (ii) take all reasonable and possible measures to eliminate or mitigate the effects of force majeure event and to resume the fulfillment of its obligations upon the elimination or mitigation of the effects of force majeure event.

 

  10. Transfer of Agreement and Changes to Parties of Agreement

 

  10.1 Without the prior written consent of Party A, none of Party B and Party C shall have the right to transfer any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party, except for the situation that Party A directly or indirectly obtains the equity of Party B based on the Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Party A, Party B and Party C on February 25, 2018 (including amendments made by the parties from time to time).

 

  10.2 Party B hereby agrees that Party A may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to third parties, and Party A only needs to issue a written notice to Party B at the time of such transfer, without obtaining Party B’s consent of the said transfer.

 

14


  10.3 Addition of Party B’s subsidiaries. In case that it is necessary to add Party B’s subsidiaries at any time starting from the effective date of this Agreement, the said Party B’s subsidiaries newly added shall be regarded as one of the Party B’s subsidiaries specified under this Agreement. The other parties of this Agreement hereby agree with and completely accept the aforesaid arrangement.

 

  10.4 The rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be legally binding on the transferees and successors (no matter whether the transfer of such rights and obligations are caused by acquisition, reorganization, succession, transfer or other reasons) of rights and obligations of the parties of this Agreement.

 

  10.5 If Party C no longer holds any shares of Party B, it shall be deemed that Party C is no longer either party of this Agreement. In case that any third party becomes a shareholder of Party B, Party B and Party C shall try its best to include the said third party as one of Party C of this Agreement as soon as possible through signing appropriate legal documents.

 

  11. Supplementary Provisions

 

  11.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China. Any dispute that may arise during the performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable negotiations by all parties involved. Where the negotiation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of such arbitration institution. The place of arbitration is Beijing, the arbitration language is Chinese, the arbitral award is final and binding on all parties. Except for the part that is being submitted to arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in force. The validity of this Article is not subject to the impact from the change, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

 

  11.2 Upon signing this Agreement, it shall supersede any prior undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

15


  11.3 All parties agree that this Agreement shall be implemented to the extent permitted by law. Where any of the terms of this Agreement or any part of a term is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable by any competent authority or court have jurisdiction, such unlawful, invalid or unenforceable terms shall not be prejudice to any other terms of this Agreement or other parts of such terms. Other terms or other parts of such terms shall remain in full force and each party shall use its best endeavors to amend such illegal, invalid or unenforceable terms for the purpose of achieving the original terms.

 

  11.4 The appendixes shall be an inalienable part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal effect as other parts of this Agreement.

 

  11.5 This Agreement is prepared in Chinese and shall be executed in quadruplicate. Each copy has the same legal effect.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Party B: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:

ShaYunlong

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Xiao Yun

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Gao Liang

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Li Gang

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Li Shujun

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C:

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wu Zhiguang

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


Appendix I             List of Party B’s subsidiaries:

 

No.

  

Name

1.

   Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Company Limited

2.

   Shanghai Jinshan Xin Kebiao Education and Training Center

3.

   Chongqing Puxin Education Technology Company Limited

4.

   Chongqing Puxin Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited

5.

   Chongqing Shapingba Wuyou Education and Training School

6.

   Chongqing Beibei Wuyou Education and Training School

7.

   Chongqing Youfang Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited

8.

   Chongqing Jiulongpo Wuyou Education and Training Company Limited

9.

   Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Company Limited

10.

   Beijing Puxing Education Technology Company Limited

11.

   Beijing Puxian Education Technology Company Limited

12.

   Beijing Haidian Puxin Training School

13.

   Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Company Limited

14.

   Fuzhou Gulou Xueyoufang Training School

15.

   Hangzhou Puxin Technology Company Limited

16.

   Hangzhou Feiyue Foreign Language Training School

17.

   Hangzhou Yulan Professional School

18.

   Shenyang Milestone Education Information Consulting Company Limited

19.

   Dalian Puxin Education Technology Company Limited

20.

   Shenyang Huanggu Dongfang Shenhua Arts Training school

21.

   Shenyang Shenhe Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center

22.

   Shenyang Heping Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center

23.

   Shenyang Tiexi Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center

24.

   Shenyang Bingying Modern Foreign Language Training School

25.

   Shenyang Heping Bingying Education and Training Center

26.

   Shenyang Shenhe Bingying Education and Training Center

27.

   Shenyang Tiexi Bingying Education and Training Center

28.

   Dalian Dongfang Shenhua Education Consulting Company Limited


29.

   Dalian Shahekou Dongfang Shenhua Children’s Art Training School

30.

   Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education and Training Company Limited

31.

   Beijing Milestone Education Consulting Company Limited

32.

   Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Company Limited

33.

   Taiyuan Meikang Training School

34.

   Taiyuan Puxinxue Culture and Arts Company Limited

35.

   Taiyuan Fubusi Education and Training School

36.

   Jinan Pude Education Technology Company Limited

37.

   Jinan Delin Education and Training School

38.

   Jinan Puxin Education Technology Company Limited

39.

   Shandong Daozhen English Professional School

40.

   Jinan Tianqiao Puxin Education and Training School

41.

   Nanjing Dreamtown Education Information Consulting Company Limited

42.

   Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Company Limited

43.

   Jinan Qiru Education and Training School

44.

   Beijing YESSAT Education Consulting Company Limited

45.

   Nanjing Diyou Investment Management Company Limited

46.

   Nanjing Chuangxin Professional School

47.

   Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Company Limited

48.

   Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Company Limited

49.

   Chengdu Wuhou Shucai Education and Training School

50.

   Chengdu Jinniu Shucai School

51.

   Chengdu Jinjiang Shucai Training School

52.

   Shenyang Puxin Elite Education Consulting Company Limited

53.

   Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Company Limited

54.

   Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Company Limited

55.

   Beijing Houpu Education Company Limited

56.

   Beijing Quakers Education Consulting Company Limited

57.

   Nanjing Xinshangxin Education Consulting Company Limited

58.

   Shanghai Xinyinsi Immigration Services Company Limited

59.

   Beijing Pule Travel Company Limited

60.

   Beijing Pule Education Technology Company Limited


61.

   Shenzhen Daiweisi Information Consulting Company Limited

62.

   Shenzhen Futian Daiweisi English Training Center

63.

   Shenzhen Milestone Education Technology Company Limited

64.

   Beijing Puda Education Technology Company Limited

65.

   Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Company Limited

66.

   Shaoxing Yuecheng Lingxian Education and Training School

67.

   Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Company Limited

68.

   Luzhou Puxing Culture Communication Company Limited

69.

   Luzhou Hanlin Education Center

70.

   Xi’an Puxin Shanghe Cultural Development Company Limited

71.

   Xi’an Yangjian Culture Training Center

72.

   Xi’an Chang’an Yangjian Culture and Education Training Center

73.

   Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Company Limited

74.

   Qingzhen Tiantian English Training School

75.

   BaiyunTiantian Foreign Language School

76.

   Guiyang Wudang Tiantian Foreign Language School

77.

   Guiyang Huaxi Tiantian Training School

78.

   Guiyang Yunyan Tiantian Education and Training School

79.

   Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Company Limited

80.

   Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Company Limited

81.

   Tianjin Nankai Chengjia Training Center

82.

   Dalian Pude Education Consulting Company Limited

83.

   Dalian Xigang Tongfang Technology Culture Training School

84.

   Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Development Company Limited

85.

   Ningbo Yinzhou Puxin Weien Education and Training School

86.

   Ningbo Haishu Weien Education and Training School

87.

   Ningbo Haishu Xiaoxingxing Foreign Language Training School

88.

   Ningbo Jiangbei Weien Education and Training School

89.

   Ningbo Yinzhou Weien Education and Training School

90.

   Shenyang Pude Education Technology Company Limited

91.

   Shenyang Tiexi Zhongying Education and Training Center

92.

   Shenyang Huanggu Zhongying Children Education and Training School


93.

   Jilin Puxin Educational Technology Company Limited

94.

   Jilin Chuanying Shiji Dongfang Training School

95.

   Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Company Limited

96.

   Luoyang Luolong Rainbow Education and Training School

97.

   Luoyang Jianxi Rainbow Education and Training School

98.

   Luoyang Gaoxin Rainbow Education and Training School

99.

   Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Company Limited

100.

   Guangzhou Yuexiu Lixiang Training Center

101.

   Guangzhou Yingxun English Training Center

102.

   ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Company Limited

103.

   Beijing Haidian ZMN Education and Training School

104.

   Henan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited

105.

   Zhengzhou Jinshui Wude Paike Foreign Language Training Center

106.

   Kunming ZMN Education Information Consulting Company Limited

107.

   Shaanxi ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited

108.

   ZMN Culture Communication (Shanghai) Company Limited

109.

   ZMN Education Consulting (Dalian) Company Limited

110.

   Dalian Shahekou ZMN Education and Training School

111.

   Qingdao ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited

112.

   Qingdao ZMN Foreign Language Training School

113.

   Chengdu ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited

114.

   Wuhan Wude Paike Culture Communication Company Limited

115.

   Taiyuan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited

116.

   Beijing Shaonian Technology Company Limited

117.

   Shenyang ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited

118.

   Hangzhou ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited

119.

   Chongqing ZMN Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited

120.

   Shanghai Global Future Education Technology Holdings Limited

121.

   Wuhan Tianxia Elite Education Consulting Company Limited

122.

   Wuhan Global English Training School

123.

   Nanjing Global Education and Training School

124.

   Suzhou Yisi Future Education Consulting Company Limited


125.

   Suzhou Global Elite Training Center

126.

   Nantong Chongchuan Global Education Training Center

127.

   Wuxi Global Future Education Consulting Company Limited

128.

   Wuxi Global Education Training Center

129.

   Ningbo Haishu Elite Global Education Training Center

130.

   Global Future (Tianjin) Education Technology Company Limited

131.

   Ningbo Yinzhou Elite Global Education Training Center

132.

   Beijing Global Zhuoer Elite Culture Communication Company Limited

133.

   Wuhan Global English Training School

134.

   Beijing Chaoyang Global Education Training Center

135.

   Beijing Haidian Global Education Training Center

136.

   Shanghai Yangpu Global Education Training Center

137.

   Tianjin Heping Global Education Training Center

138.

   Shenzhen Global Education Training Center

139.

   Shenyang Global Education Training Center

140.

   Guangzhou Global Future Education Information Consulting Company Limited

141.

   Guangzhou Yuexiu Global Elite Training Center

142.

   Changchun Hafu Cultural Exchange Communication Company Limited

143.

   Changchun Chaoyang Global Education and Training School

144.

   Chengdu Global English School

145.

   Xi’an Yanta AoBo Foreign Language Training School

146.

   Changsha Furong Global Education Training Center

147.

   Global Wuhu (Beijing) Overseas Study Consulting Company Limited

148.

   Beijing Global World-wide Travel Company Limited

149.

   Nantong Qiantu Yisi Consulting Company Limited

150.

   Pingyin County Daozhen Education and Training School

151.

   Tianjin Beichen Shengjia Training School


Appendix II Service Content, Calculation and Payment Methods of Service Expenses

 

(I) List of service content

 

  1. To provide opinions and suggestions on asset, business operation and negotiation, signing and fulfilment of significant contracts;

 

  2. To provide services relating to short-term and medium-term market development and market plan;

 

  3. To provide industrial market investigation, study and consulting service;

 

  4. To provide opinions and suggestions on disposing of creditor’s rights and debts;

 

  5. To provide opinions and suggestions on M&A;

 

  6. To provide human resources management service and pre-job training, on-site skill training;

 

  7. To provide the authorized use of various intellectual property rights like software, trademark, domain name and technological secret;

 

  8. To provide the R&D of educational software, educational courseware and on-line lessons and supporting services;

 

  9. To provide consulting and training services on opening school and training courses;

 

  10. To provide services on technological development, technological transfer and technological consultancy;

 

  11. To provide the management and maintenance of management and service systems like human resources information management system, payment management system and internal informationization management system;

 

  12. To provide development and upgrading of website, and daily maintenance, monitoring, debugging and troubleshooting of computer network equipment;

 

  13. To provide technological consultancy and answer to the technological questions on network equipment, technological product and software proposed by the service recipients;

 

  14. To provide public relations service;

 

  15. To provide selling service for self-made products;

 

  16. To provide daily maintenance for office equipment;

 

  17. To seek and select appropriate service provider as the third party for the service recipients;

 

  18. To provide daily management of service provider as the third party for the service recipients;

 

  19. To provide the service recipients with consultancy service regarding overseas market; and/or


  20. To provide other services that are negotiated and confirmed from time to time by Party A and the service recipients based on the business needs of the service recipients and Party A’s capability of providing services.

 

(II) Calculation and Payment Methods of Service Expenses

1. The amount of service expenses are the balance of the total income of the service recipients minus cost, taxes and other expenses that are reserved or withdrawn according to laws and regulations. The specific amount shall be determined by Party A by referring to the following factors:

 

  (1) Technological difficulties and complexity of services;

 

  (2) The resources input by Party A and the time spent by Party A’s staff for specific services;

 

  (3) Specific content and commercial value of services;

 

  (4) Market reference price of services of the same category;

 

  (5) Operating conditions of the service recipients.

2. Party A shall summarize the service expenses on time (the specific period shall be determined by Party A, and the service recipients shall agree with such decision) and notify the service recipients by regularly sending the account of service expenses to them. The service recipients shall remit the said service expenses to the bank account designated by Party A within 10 work days after receiving the said notice. The service recipients shall fax or mail the copy of remittance voucher to Party A within 10 workdays after the remittance.

3. Besides the service expenses, the service recipients shall bear all reasonable expenses, advance payment and expenses actually paid (“ expenditures ”) in any form that are ascribable to Party A, arising from, or relating to Party A’s fulfilment or provision of services, and shall compensate Party A in respect of these expenses.

4. The service recipients shall pay the service expenses and the expenditures to be made up to Party A according to this Agreement and the supplementary agreement signed from time to time. Party A shall timely issue the invoices of corresponding service expenses and all the expenditures arising during the relevant period to the service recipients. All the payments shall be remitted to the bank account designated by Party A via remittance or other methods agreed by both parties. Both parties agree that Party A may also inform the service recipients of changing the said payment instructions from time to time.

Exhibit 10.12

Exclusive Call Option Agreement

This Exclusive Call Option Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”), amended based on the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated February 5, 2018, was signed by the following parties on February 25, 2018 in Beijing of the People’s Republic of China:

 

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with a unified social credit code of 91110108MA019R588L and a registered address of 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing

 

Party B: Sha Yunlong , Chinese citizens, ID no. is [                ]

Xiao Yun , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Gao Liang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Li Gang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership , a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X and the registered address at 223-1, 8 Xingfu Road, Dajianchang Town, Wuqing District, Tianjin.

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd, a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 9131011479447504XP and the registered address at Room 7504, No. 7, Lane 1028, Fengdeng Road, Malu Town, Jiading District, Shanghai.

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with the unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and the registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District.

 

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and the registered address at 05-535, 8th floor, 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

 

1


(Party A, Party B and Party C are individually referred to as “ one party ”, collectively referred to as the “ parties ”.)

Whereas:

Party B holds a total of 100% equity of Party C. All the above parties, upon amicable negotiations, hope to reach this Agreement in respect of the purchase by Party A or the third party designated by Party A of Party C’s equity held by Party B for joint compliance.

The parties have reached a consensus and the following agreement:

 

1. Exclusive call option

 

  1.1 From the date of signing this Agreement, Party A shall be entitled at any time under the following circumstances to request Party B (subject to the specific requirements of Party A) to transfer all or part of 100% equity of Party C held by Party B (hereinafter referred to as the “ subject equity ”) in accordance with the consideration as stipulated in Article 3 of this Agreement. Party B shall transfer the subject equity to Party A or a third party designated by Party A at Party A’s request and complete the corresponding change of industrial and commercial registration:

 

  (1) Where the PRC laws and regulations permit Party A or a third party designated by Party A to hold all or part of the subject equity; or

 

  (2) Any other circumstances that Party A deems appropriate or necessary as far as legally permissible under the PRC laws and regulations.

Party A’s call options under this Agreement are exclusive, unconditional and irrevocable.

 

  1.2 All parties agree to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and Party A shall be entitled, at its own discretion, to exercise all or part of the exclusive call options and acquire all or part of the subject equity without violating the then PRC laws. All parties further agree that Party A shall not be subject to any restriction on the time, method, quantity and frequency of exercising the exclusive call options as stipulated in this Agreement.

 

2


  1.3 Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all parties agree that Party A may designate any third party to exercise its exclusive call option to purchase all or part of the subject equity without violating the then PRC laws. Unless expressly prohibited by PRC laws, Party B shall not refuse to transfer all or part of the subject equity to the designated third party.

 

  1.4 Party B shall not transfer the subject equity to any third party without the prior written consent of Party A before transferring all the subject equity to Party A or a third party designated by Party A in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, i.e. before Party B no longer holds any equity in Party C. Except for the Equity Pledge Agreement separately signed by Party A and Party B, Party B shall not pledge the subject equity to any third party or impose any encumbrance on the subject equity.

 

  1.5 Party B agrees that before transferring the subject equity to Party A by Party B, where Party B obtains dividends, bonuses or any assets distributed from Party C, subject to the compliance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, upon payment of the taxes as required by the relevant laws and regulations, Party B, as the shareholder of Party C, shall deliver such dividends, bonuses or any assets at no charge to Party A or a third party designated by Party A as soon as possible not later than three days from the date of receiving such distributed proceeds.

 

2. Procedures

 

  2.1 Where Party A decides to exercise the exclusive call option pursuant to the provisions of Article 1.1 above, Party A shall issue a written notice (refer to the format as shown in Appendix III to this Agreement) to Party B and state in the notice the proportion or quantity of the subject equity to be transferred, and the name and identity of the transferee. Party B and Party C shall provide all the necessary information and documents for the transfer of equity interests within seven days from the date of the notification by Party A, including but not limited to the “Equity Transfer Contract” and “Letter of Consent” signed in accordance with the format stipulated in Appendices I and II to this Agreement.

 

3


  2.2 Except the notice as set forth in Article 2.1 of this Agreement, Party A shall have no other conditions or procedures precedent or incidental to the exercise of the option right to purchase the subject equity.

 

  2.3 Party B shall instruct Party C to convene a shareholders’ meeting in time. At this meeting, a resolution to approve the transfer of the subject equity to Party A and / or the appointee by Party B shall be passed;

 

  2.4 Party B shall provide Party C with necessary and prompt coordination to assist Party C in completing the examination and approval formalities with the examination and approval authorities (if required by law) in accordance with the applicable PRC laws and completing the equity transfer formalities with the administration for industry and commerce.

 

  2.5 The date on which the exercise of exclusive call option is completed is the date on which all transfer formalities of the entire 100% equity in Party C has been completed in accordance with this Exclusive Call Option Agreement.

 

3. Transfer price

 

  3.1 All parties confirm that, without violating the PRC laws and regulations, the subject equity shall be transferred at no charge or transferred at the lowest price permitted by the PRC laws and regulations. Where the subject equity is to be transferred by installments or in stages, the amount of the corresponding transfer price shall be determined based on the specific transfer time and the proportion of subject equity to be transferred.

 

  3.2 Where the subject equity is not transferred by way of free transfer, Party B agrees that, when Party A or a third party designated by Party A exercises its rights, the entire exercise price received thereof by Party B shall be given as a gift at no charge to Party C or given as a gift in full amount to Party A or a third party designated by Party A at Party A’s request.

 

  3.3 The taxes and expenses incurred due to the transfer of the subject equity (including the gift of the price) shall be borne by each party respectively pursuant to the law. Agreement otherwise made between the transferor and the transferee shall be complied with.

 

4


4. Representation, guarantee and undertaking

 

  4.1 Each party hereby represents and assures to the other party as follows:

 

  (1) The party has all the necessary rights, powers and authorization to sign this Agreement and fulfil all the obligations and responsibilities under this Agreement;

 

  (2) The Party has passed all necessary internal procedures for signing, delivering and performing this Agreement and has obtained all necessary internal and external authorizations and approvals;

 

  (3) This Agreement and each of the Equity Transfer Contracts for which the party is one of the parties, once signed, constitute or will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation and be enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

  (4) Signing and performance of this Agreement shall not contravene, be in breach of or contrary to (i) any of the business licences of each party or any of the provisions of its articles of association, (ii) any laws, rules, regulations, authorizations or approvals of any government agencies or departments applicable to each party, or (iii) any of the provisions of the contracts and agreements in which each party is a signatory or principal body;

 

  (5) Party C does not have any outstanding debts except for debts incurred in its normal course of business, and debts which has been disclosed to Party A and agreed in writing by Party A,

 

  (6) Party C complies with all laws and regulations applicable to the acquisition of assets; and

 

  (7) No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the subject equity, Party C’s assets or Party C is pending or threatened.

 

  4.2 Party B and Party C severally and jointly make further representations, guarantees and undertakings to Party A as follows:

 

  (1) On the effective date of this Agreement, Party B is a Chinese national or an entity established and validly subsisting under the PRC laws, which legally owns the entire equity of Party C and has full and effective disposition rights over such equity. Party C’s registered capital has been fully paid up. Except for the pledges as stipulated in the “Equity Pledge Agreement” signed by each party and other rights agreed in writing by Party A, Party B has no mortgage, pledge, guarantee or other third party rights in the equity of Party C owned by Party B, and shall not be liable to third parties for recourse; and no third party shall be entitled to demand the allotment, issue, sale, transfer or conversion of any Party C’s equity under any option, conversion option, preemptive right or other agreement in such party’s favour;

 

5


  (2) During the validity period of this Agreement, except for the pledges set forth in the “Equity Pledge Agreement” signed by all parties or with the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer any equity of Party C to any third party or grant any options, conversion rights, pre-emptive rights to any third party or sign other agreements with third parties to allot, issue, sell, transfer or convert any of Party C’s equity or to set up any collateral, pledge or other form of guarantee or other third party rights and interests to such third parties, and to ensure that Party B shall not be liable to third parties for recourse;

 

  (3) Without the prior written consent of Party A, other party / parties shall not supplement, change or amend Party C’s Articles of Association in any form, increase or decrease its / their registered capital, or otherwise change its / their registered capital structure, unless otherwise stipulated in other agreements signed by all parties or except for amendments to be made as required by laws and regulations;

 

  (4) Without the prior written consent of Party A, no major contract shall be signed or the scope of business operation shall be changed;

 

  (5) Subject to the relevant PRC laws and regulations, Party B and Party C shall extend the operating period of Party C in accordance with the permitted period of operation of Party A, so as to make it equal to Party A’s operating period or set and adjust the operating period of Party C at Party A’s request in accordance with the requirements of PRC laws;

 

  (6) Maintain the existence of Party C, obtain and maintain all the government permits and licences required of Party C to perform its business in accordance with sound financial and commercial standards and practices, and conduct its business and deal with its business matters in a prudent and effective manner;

 

6


  (7) During the validity period of this Agreement, Party B and Party C will use their best efforts to maintain and increase the value of Party C’s assets. Party B and Party C shall not terminate any material agreement to which Party C is a party or shall not enter into any agreement that would affects Party C’s assets and financial position without the prior written consent of Party A.

 

  (8) Without the prior written consent of Party A, no debts shall be incurred, inherited, guaranteed or permitted, except for those payables incurred in the ordinary or usual course of business but not incurred by way of borrowing;

 

  (9) Party C shall not merge with any entity or acquire or make foreign investments in any entity without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

  (10) Promptly notify Party A of all occurrences or possible occurrences of any litigation, arbitration, administrative investigation or conduct which may substantially affect Party C’s assets, business or income;

 

  (11) Without the prior written consent of Party A, no dividend shall be distributed to shareholders in any form;

 

  (12) From the date of signing this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Party A, the party / parties shall not sell, transfer, license or otherwise dispose of any of Party C’s assets at any time or allow any encumbrance of any assets, provided that Party C can prove that the disposal of the relevant assets or the encumbrances of the assets are treated as necessary for their daily business operations and the value of the assets involved in a single transaction does not exceed RMB100,000; and

 

  (13) Unless required by the PRC laws, Party C shall not be dissolved or liquidated without the written consent of Party A. If Party C is liquidated or dissolved within the validity period of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall appoint Party A’s nominees to form a liquidation team to manage Party C’s property within the scope permitted by PRC laws and regulations. Party B confirms that when Party C is liquidated or dissolved, Party B agrees to deliver all the remaining property obtained from liquidation of Party C in accordance with the PRC laws and regulations to Party A or a third party designated by Party A, regardless of whether the above-mentioned agreement of this Article is implemented or not.

 

7


5. Applicable law and dispute resolution

 

  5.1 Applicable law

The laws of the People’s Republic of China shall apply to the signing, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes under this Agreement.

 

  5.2 Method of dispute resolution

Any dispute that may arise during the performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable negotiations by all parties involved. Where the negotiation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of such arbitration institution. The place of arbitration is Beijing, the arbitration language is Chinese, and the arbitral award is final and binding on all parties. Except for the part that is being submitted to arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in force. The validity of this Article is not subject to the impact from the change, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

 

6. Liability for default

 

  6.1 Where a party fails to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement or any representations or guarantees of such party under this Agreement are substantially untrue or inaccurate, such Party shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall be liable for compensation of all losses of other parties.

 

  6.2 Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, cancelled or terminated, these terms are legally binding.

 

7. Termination

 

  7.1 This Agreement shall enter into force on the date of signing by all parties and shall not be terminated until Party A or the third party designated by it exercises the option pursuant to the Agreement and acquires the entire 100% equity in Party C, or until 30 days after the date Party A issues a written notice to the other parties regarding the cancellation of the Agreement. Subject to the laws and regulations, when the Agreement is cancelled, Party B shall repay in full the transfer price (if any) paid by Party A or the third party designated by it.

 

8


  7.2 Unless otherwise provided by laws, neither Party B nor Party C shall have the right to terminate or rescind this Agreement in any case.

 

8. Notice

 

  8.1 All notices and other communications required or permitted to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent either by hand or by postage prepaid registered mail, courier service or facsimile to the following address of such party. An acknowledgement receipt shall be sent for each notice via email. The date on which such notices are deemed to be validly served shall be determined as follows:

 

  8.1.1 Notices sent by hand delivery, courier service or postage prepaid registered mail shall be deemed to be validly served on the day of delivery or rejection at the specified recipient address of the notice.

 

  8.1.2 Notices, if sent by facsimile, shall be deemed to be validly served on the day of successful transmission (as proved by the automatically generated transmission confirmation).

 

  8.2 For the purpose of notification, the addresses of all parties are as follows:

Party A:

 

  Address: 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing

 

  Recipient: Tan Chunxiang

 

  Tel: 010-82605578

 

  Party B : Party B other than Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.

 

  Address: Floor 16, Chuangfu Building, 18 Danleng Street, Haidian District, Beijing

 

  Recipient: Tan Chunxiang

 

  Tel: 010-82605578

 

9


  Party B : Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.

 

  Address: No. 655 Haike Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai

 

  Recipient: Lin Ning

 

  Tel: 8621-50106188

 

  Party C:

 

  Address: Unit 05-535, 8 Floor, 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

 

  Recipient: Tan Chunxiang

 

  Tel: 010-82605578

 

  8.3 Any party may change the recipient address of its notice at any time by giving notice to other parties in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

 

9. Confidentiality

All parties confirm that any oral or written information exchanged by them for the purposes of this Agreement is confidential. Each party shall keep all such information confidential and shall not disclose any relevant information to any third party without the prior written consent of the other parties, except where: (a) the public is aware of or will be aware of such information (But this is not due to public disclosure by one of the parties receiving the information); (b) information required to be disclosed by applicable laws or the rules or provisions of any stock exchange; or (c) information required to be disclosed by either party to its legal adviser or financial adviser as to the transactions stipulated under this Agreement and the legal adviser or financial adviser is also subject to the confidentiality obligations similar to the obligations set forth in this Article. The disclosure of any confidential information by a staff member or agency employed by either party shall be deemed to be such party’s disclosure of such confidential information and such party shall be legally liable for any violation of this Agreement. This Article shall remain in force irrespective of whether this Agreement is terminated for any reason.

 

10. Further assurance

All parties agree to promptly sign documents necessary or conducive to them for the purpose of implementation of various provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further action that is necessary or conducive to them for the purpose of implementation of various provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10


11. Others

 

  11.1 Revision, change and supplement

Any amendments, changes and supplements to this Agreement must be signed in writing by all the parties.

 

  11.2 Title

The title of this Agreement is for readability only and shall not be used to interpret, explain or otherwise affect the meaning of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  11.3 Language

This Agreement is prepared in Chinese in quadruplicate. Each copy has the same legal effect.

 

  11.4 Divisibility

In the event that one or more of the provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any law or regulation, the validity, legality or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or compromised in any respect. All parties shall, through bona fide negotiations, seek to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions permitted by laws and within the maximum extent of expectations of all parties, and the economic effect resulting from such valid provisions shall be similar to the economic effect resulting from such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions as much as possible.

 

  11.5 Successor

This Agreement shall be binding and conducive to the respective successors of the parties and to the transferee(s) permitted by such parties.

 

11


  11.6 Force majeure

A force majeure event means any event unforeseen by any party at the time of signing this Agreement that cannot be avoided, controlled and overcome (including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, strike, war or riot, etc.).

In view of the fact that the force majeure event affects the performance of this Agreement, in the event of force majeure, the party shall forthwith (i) notify the remaining parties in the form of telegraph, facsimile or other electronic means and submit the written evidence of force majeure within fifteen (15) working days; (ii) take all reasonable and possible measures to eliminate or mitigate the effects of force majeure event and to resume the fulfillment of its obligations upon the elimination or mitigation of the effects of force majeure event.

 

  11.7 Abstention

Either party may abstain from voting on the terms and conditions of this Agreement but such abstention must be in writing and signed by all parties. Abstention by either party of breach of contract by the other parties under certain circumstances shall not be regarded as abstention by such party in similar case of breach of contract under other circumstances.

 

  11.8 Remaining in force

Any obligations arising from this Agreement or expired prior to the expiry or early termination of this Agreement shall remain in force upon expiry or early termination of this Agreement.

 

  11.9 Complete contract

Except for written amendments, supplements or changes made upon the signing of this Agreement, this Agreement, once signed, constitutes the complete agreement reached between the parties to this Agreement in respect of the transactions under this Agreement and shall supersede any and all oral or written undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.)

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:    

ShaYunlong

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Xiao Yun

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Gao Liang

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Li Gang

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wu Zhiguang

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Li Shujun

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.


Appendix I

Equity Transfer Contract

This Equity Transfer Contract (hereinafter referred to as “this Contract”) was entered into by the following parties this          day of             , 20         in [                ] Municipality in China:

Transferor:     [                ]

Transferee:     [                ]

Upon amicable negotiations, the above two parties have reached an agreement on equity transfer as follows:

1. The transferor agrees to transfer the [                ] % equity (the “subject equity”) of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. held by it to the transferee in RMB Yuan, and the transferee agrees to assign such subject equity.

2. Upon completion of the transfer of the subject equity, the transferor no longer has the shareholders’ rights of the subject equity and the shareholders’ obligation to undertake the subject equity. The transferee has the shareholders’ rights of the subject equity and the shareholders’ obligation to undertake the subject equity.

3. For matters not covered in this Contract, both parties may sign a supplementary agreement.

4. This Contract shall come into effect from the date of signing by both parties.

5. This Contract is in quadruplicate. Each party holds a copy and other copies are used for industrial and commercial change.

Transferor: [                ]    

Signature:    

Transferee: [                ]

Signature:


Appendix II

Letter of Consent

To: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.    

As a shareholder of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (the “Company”), I hereby agree and confirm as follows:

 

  1. Agree and accept all terms and conditions of the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” signed by the Company and myself with Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”) this         day of             , 20        , and take all actions to assist WFOE in the transfer of relevant equity interests when exercising the exclusive call option over the Company’s equity in WFOE pursuant to the provisions of such agreement.

 

  2. Agree other shareholders of the Company to transfer the Company’s equity held by them to WFOE or its designated third party, and I abstain from the preemptive right.

 

  3. Agree that when other shareholders of the Company transfer the Company’s equity held by them to WFOE or its designated third party, I will sign or provide the necessary documents for the purpose of the equity transfer.

Sincerely,

  [                ]

Signature:


Appendix III

Exercise Notice

To: All shareholders of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.; and / or Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

In view of the signing of an “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” this          day of             , 20         between the Company and you, it is agreed that, subject to the conditions permitted by the relevant PRC laws and regulations, you shall, pursuant to the requirements of the Company, sell to the Company or the transferee designed by the Company all or part of the equity interest in Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. held by you.

Accordingly, the Company hereby issues this notice to you as follows:

The Company hereby requires the exercise of the option under the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” for the purchase of the equity held by you, accounting for [    ]% of registered capital of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (“equity to be transferred”), by the Company / the transferee designated by the Company at a price of RMB [    ] yuan. Please, upon receipt of this notice, immediately handle the necessary formalities for the sale of all the equity to be transferred to the Company / the transferee designated by the Company pursuant to the agreement of the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”.

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature): __________________

Date:

Exhibit 10.13

Equity Pledge Agreement

This Equity Pledge Agreement (hereinafter referred to as the “ Agreement ”), amended based on the Equity Pledge Agreement dated February 5, 2018, was signed by the following parties on February 25, 2018 in Beijing of the People’s Republic of China:

 

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a wholly foreign-owned enterprise legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with a unified social credit code of 91110108MA019R588L and a registered address of 0807 & 0808, Floor 7, Block 1, 113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing

 

Party B: Sha Yunlong , Chinese citizens, ID no. is [                ]

Xiao Yun , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Gao Liang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Li Gang , Chinese citizen, ID no. is [                ]

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership , a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with the unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X and the registered address at 223-1 8 Xingfu Road, Dajianchang Town, Wuqing District, Tianjin.

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd ., a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with its unified social credit code of 9131011479447504XP and the registered address at Room 7504, No. 7, Lane 1028, Fengdeng Road, Malu Town, Jiading District, Shanghai.

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership , a limited partnership legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC, with the unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and the registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District.

 

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company legally established and subsisting under the laws of the PRC with the unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and the registered address at 05-535, 8th floor, 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing

 

1


(Party A, Party B and Party C are individually referred to as “ one party ”, collectively referred to as the “ parties ”.)

Whereas :

 

(1) Party A, Party B and Party C have respectively signed the agreements as set out in Appendix I to this Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Master Contract ”); and

 

(2) Party B holds a total of 100% equity of Party C; Party B intends to pledge its own 100% equity of Party C to Party A unconditionally, as the guarantee for performance of all the obligations under the Master Contract by Party B, Party C and Party C’s subsidiaries. Party A also agrees to accept the above-mentioned guarantee interests (hereinafter referred to as the “ pledge ”).

In view of this, the three parties, namely Party A, Party B and Party C have, upon amicable negotiations, reached the following agreements for joint compliance:

1. Pledge

Party B agrees to unconditionally and irrevocably pledge all of its own 100% equity of Party C (hereinafter referred to as “ pledged equity ”) to Party A, as the guarantee for performance of all the obligations under the Master Contract by Party B and Party C.

2. Scope of guarantee

The guarantee of pledged equity under this Agreement covers all the obligations of Party B and Party C under the Master Contract (including but not limited to any monies, dividends, bonuses or any assets, liquidated damages, damages due but not paid to Party A etc.) and the expenses incurred for realizing main creditor’s rights and pledges, as well as all other related costs, but not limited to the amount of secured creditor’s rights as recorded in the administration for industry and commerce.

 

2


3. Pledge period and cancellation of the pledge

3.1 The pledge of equity under this Agreement has been established since its registration with the administration for industry and commerce to which Party C belongs, and terminated until all of the Master Contract has been fulfilled, lapsed or terminated (whichever is later), and all the secured debts agreed in Article 2 have been settled. All parties jointly confirm that, for the purpose of handling the industrial and commercial registration formalities for the pledge of equity, all parties shall submit this Agreement or an equity pledge contract (hereinafter referred to as the “Industrial and Commercial Registration Pledge Contract”), which is signed in the form required by the administration for industry and commerce of the place where Party C is located and truly reflects the pledge information under this Agreement. For matters not stipulated in the Industrial and Commercial Registration Pledge Contract, this Agreement shall prevail. During the term of the pledge, if Party B or Party C fails to fulfil any of its obligations under the Master Contract, or in the event of occurrence of any default as stipulated in Article 6.1 of this Agreement, Party A shall have the right but not be obliged to dispose of the pledged equity in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

3.2 After all of the Master Contract has been fulfilled, lapsed or terminated (whichever is later), and Party B and/or Party C fully and completely fulfilled all of the contractual obligations under the Master Contract and all the secured debts agreed in Article 2 of this contract have been settled, Party A shall, at the request of Party B, terminate the pledge of equity under this Agreement, and cooperate with Party B in handling the registration cancellation of the pledge of equity registered in the register of shareholders of Party C and in the administration for industry and commerce. The expenses arising from cancellation of the pledge of equity shall be borne by Party C.

4. Pledge registration and custody of pledge record

 

  4.1 Party B and Party C undertake to Party A that Party B and Party C will (i) record the pledge of equity under this Agreement on the register of shareholders of Party C as set out in Appendix II at the date of signing this Agreement and deliver the register of shareholders recording the pledge of equity to Party A for its custody; (ii) within thirty (30) working days from the date of signing this Agreement or within the fastest time limit as may be practicable, file record of the registration of the aforementioned pledge of equity with the relevant industrial and commercial registration authorities, and obtain a written certificate of registration filing from such registration authorities. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement, Party C’s register of shareholders shall be kept by Party A or its designated officers, except for the registration and amendments necessary for the operation of Party C.

 

3


  4.2 Party B and Party C further undertake that after the signing of this Agreement, Party B may increase capital contribution to Party C with the prior consent of Party A, provided that the equity arising from any increase in Party C’s equity by Party B is part of the pledged equity under this Agreement. Party B and Party C are obliged to make any necessary amendments to the register of shareholders and the amount of their capital contribution in the relevant company immediately after completion of the relevant capital increase and fulfil the pledge registration procedures stipulated in Article 4.1.

 

  4.3 All expenses and actual expenses related to this Agreement, including but not limited to registration fee, production costs, stamp duty and any other taxes, fees, etc., shall be borne by Party A in accordance with the provisions of the relevant laws and regulations.

 

  4.4 During the period of pledge stipulated in this Agreement, Party B shall deliver the certificate of capital contribution to Party A for its custody within one week after the signing of this Agreement. Party A shall keep such document for the entire period of the pledge stipulated in this Agreement. During the period of the pledge, Party A shall have the right to receive dividends arising from the pledged equity.

5. Undertaking and guarantee of Party B and Party C

Party B and Party C shall severally and jointly undertake and guarantee to Party A as follows:

 

  5.1 Party B is the legal owner of the pledged equity and there is no dispute over the ownership of the relevant pledged equity that has been or may have occurred. Party B has the right to dispose of pledged shares and any part thereof, and such right of disposal shall not be restricted by any third party.

 

  5.2 Except for this Agreement and the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” signed by all the related parties, Party B has not set any other pledge or third party rights on the pledged shares.

 

4


  5.3 Party B and Party C fully understand the contents of this Agreement. The signing and performance of this Agreement are voluntary and all the representations are true. Party B and Party C have taken all necessary measures at Party A’s reasonable request, obtained all internal authorization necessary for signing and performing this Agreement, signed all the necessary documents and obtained the consent and approval of government departments and third parties (if involved) to ensure that the pledge of equity under this Agreement is lawful and valid.

 

  5.4 The signing, delivery and performance of this Agreement shall not (i) cause a violation of any relevant PRC law; (ii) contradict with Party C’s Articles of Association or any other organizational documents; (iii) cause a breach of any contract or document to which it is a party or is bound; or constitute a breach of contract under any contract or document to which it is a party or is bound; (iv) cause a breach of any permission or approval granted to either party and (or) any conditions which continue to be valid; or (v) cause termination or revocation of any permission or approval granted to either party or imposition of additional conditions on either party.

 

  5.5 During the duration of this Agreement, Party B shall not transfer the pledged equity without the prior written consent of Party A. No other person shall be authorized to exercise any rights and interests, options or other rights in connection with the pledged equity, and shall not establish or allow the existence of any third party guarantee interest in respect of the pledged equity or dispose of the pledged equity in any other manner that may affect Party A’s pledge.

 

  5.6 During the duration of this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall comply with and implement the provisions of all laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China pertaining to the pledge of rights. Upon receipt of the notice, order or recommendation issued by the relevant competent authorities on pledged equity and / or pledges under this Agreement, Party B and Party C shall present the above-mentioned notice, order or recommendation to Party A within five working days, at the same time comply with the above-mentioned notice, order or recommendation, or propose objection opinions and representation on the above-mentioned matter at Party A’s reasonable request or with the written consent of Party A.

 

5


  5.7 Party B and Party C will not implement, procure or permit the other party to commit any act that may derogate, endanger or otherwise impair the value of pledged equity or Party A’s pledge. Party B and Party C shall notify Party A in writing within five working days from the date of knowing any event and action that may affect the value of pledged equity or Party A’s pledge. Party A shall not be held accountable for any reduction in the value of pledged equity and neither Party B nor Party C shall have any right to make any claim or any request in any form against Party A.

 

  5.8 Subject to the provisions of the relevant PRC laws and regulations, the pledge of equity under this Agreement is a continuous guarantee and will remain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement even if neither Party B nor Party C is insolvent, liquidated, incapacitated or has incurred any change of organization or status, or any offsetting of funds between the parties, or any other event, the pledge of equity under this Agreement will not be affected.

 

  5.9 For the purpose of the implementation of this Agreement, Party A shall have the right to dispose of the pledged equity in the manner provided in this Agreement and Party A shall, at the time of exercising its right in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, not be subject to interruption or prejudice arising from legal proceedings made by Party B or Party C or successors of Party B or Party C, or trustees of Party B or Party C or any other person.

 

  5.10 For the purpose of protecting or improving the guarantee provided by this Agreement for performance of the obligation under the Master Contract by Party B and Party C, Party B and Party C will sign honestly and procure other parties interested in the pledged equity to sign all rights certificates, contracts relating to the implementation of this Agreement at Party A’s request, and / or perform and procure other interested parties to perform any act relating to the implementation of this Agreement at Party A’s request, and facilitate the exercise of Party A’s rights and authorization entitled under this Agreement

 

  5.11 For the purpose of protecting the interests of Party A, Party B and Party C will comply with and perform all the guarantees, undertakings, agreements, representations and conditions. Party B and / or Party C shall compensate Party A for any damages suffered by Party A if Party B and / or Party C fails to perform or fully perform its guarantees, undertakings, agreements, representations and conditions.

 

6


6 Rights exercise events and pledge execution

 

  6.1 Where any of the following events occurs (hereinafter referred to as “rights exercise events”), Party A may, in the case that the relevant PRC laws and regulations permit, opt to request Party B or Party C to forthwith and fully fulfill all of their obligations under this Agreement, and the pledge established under this Agreement can also be executed immediately:

 

  (a) Where Party B or Party C violates any of its material obligations or undertakings and guarantee under this Agreement, or its undertakings and guarantee under this Agreement are materially untrue;

 

  (b) Where Party B or Party C violate(s) any material obligations or undertakings and guarantee under their respective Master Contract, or its undertakings and guarantee under the Master Contract are materially untrue;

 

  (c) Where one or more of any obligations of Party B or Party C under this Agreement or the Master Contract are deemed to be unlawful or invalid transactions;

 

  (d) Where Party C or the subsidiaries or subordinate schools of Party C (hereinafter referred to as “Party C’s subsidiaries”) cease(s) or is / are dissolved, or is / are ordered to suspend business, dissolve or go bankrupt;

 

  (e) Where Party B and / or Party C or Party C’s subsidiaries involve(s) any dispute, litigation, arbitration, administrative proceeding or any other legal proceedings or government inquiry, action or investigation for which Party A reasonably believes to have a material adverse effect on: (i) the ability of Party B to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Contract, or (ii) the ability of Party C to fulfil its obligations under this Agreement or the Master Contract; or

 

  (f) Any other circumstances under which pledged equity may be disposed of under applicable laws and regulations.

 

  6.2 Where any of the above-mentioned rights exercise events occurs, Party A or a third party designated by Party A may, in accordance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations, purchase whole or part of the pledged equity at the lowest price permitted by the laws or designate other parties to purchase whole or part of the pledged equity at the lowest price permitted by the laws, or auction or sell whole or part of the pledged equity and execute the pledge by way of priority of compensation from the proceeds from auction or sale. Party A may forthwith execute the pledge under this Agreement without first exercising any other guarantee or right, or by taking other measures or procedures against Party B and / or Party C or any other party, or by first making other default relief.

 

7


  6.3 Party B and Party C shall, at the request of Party A, take all legal and appropriate actions required by Party A to ensure that Party A could execute the pledge pursuant to this Agreement. For this purpose, Party B and Party C shall sign all the documents and materials reasonably requested by Party A, and shall implement and handle all acts and matters that Party A reasonably requires.

7. Transfer

 

  7.1 Party B and Party C shall not be entitled to make a gift of or transfer any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of Party A, except for Party A who obtains the pledged equity directly or indirectly under the “Exclusive Call Option Agreement”.

 

  7.2 This Agreement is binding on both Party B and its successors and is valid for Party A and each successor and assignee.

 

  7.3 Party A may at any time transfer all or any of its rights and obligations under the Master Contract to its designees (which may be natural persons / legal persons), in which case the assignee shall be entitled to and undertake the rights and obligations to be entitled and undertaken by Party A under this Agreement, and shall be the same as those to be entitled and undertaken by any party to this Agreement. When Party A transfers the rights and obligations under the Master Contract, at Party A’s request, Party B and / or Party C or any Party C’s subsidiaries shall transfer and execute the relevant agreements and documents (including but not limited to the new equity pledge agreement signed by the assignee of the format and content consistent to this Agreement).

 

  7.4 In case of the change of Party A to this Agreement in consequence of the above Party A’s transfer, the new pledge parties shall re-sign the Equity Pledge Agreement. Party B and Party C shall assist the transferee in handling all the change formalities for equity pledge registration (if applicable).

 

8


8. Confidentiality

The entire terms of this Agreement and this Agreement itself are confidential. All parties shall not disclose such information to any third party other than senior officers, directors, employees, agents and professional advisers of the parties and their affiliates, except that there is a need for all parties to disclose the information or content of this document to the government, the public or shareholders in accordance with legal requirements or the requirements of the relevant securities trading institutions or to submit such document to the relevant authorities for the record.

Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, canceled or terminated, this term is legally binding.

9. Liability for default

 

  9.1 Where a party fails to fulfil any of its obligations under this Agreement or any representations or guarantees of such party under this Agreement are substantially untrue or inaccurate, such Party shall be in breach of this Agreement and shall be liable in full for compensation of other Party’s actual economic losses; this Article 9 shall not hinder Party A from any other rights under this Agreement.

 

  9.2 Regardless of whether this Agreement is changed, canceled or terminated, this term is legally binding.

10. Force majeure

A force majeure event means any event unforeseen by any party at the time of signing this Agreement that cannot be avoided, controlled and overcome (including but not limited to earthquake, typhoon, flood, fire, strike, war or riot, etc.).

In view of the fact that the force majeure event affects the performance of this Agreement, in the event of force majeure, the party shall forthwith (i) notify the remaining parties in the form of telegraph, facsimile or other electronic means and submit the written evidence of force majeure within fifteen (15) working days; (ii) take all reasonable and possible measures to eliminate or mitigate the effects of force majeure event and to resume the fulfillment of its obligations upon the elimination or mitigation of the effects of force majeure event.

 

9


11. Changes in agreement parties

Where Party B no longer holds any shares in Party C, Party B shall automatically be deemed as Party B ceasing to be a party to this Agreement. Where any third party becomes a shareholder of Party C, Party A and Party C shall use their best endeavors to urge the third party to become one of Party B to this Agreement as soon as possible by signing the appropriate legal documents.

12. Termination

Party B and / or Party C shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement under any circumstance without the written consent of Party A.

Unless this Agreement has been terminated in accordance with these terms, Party A shall, at Party B’s request, lift the pledge of pledged equity under this Agreement as soon as reasonably practicable after Party B and Party C have fully and completely fulfilled all their contractual obligations and settled all the secured debts, and cooperate with Party B to cancel the registration of the pledge of equity made in the register of shareholders of Party C and handle the pledge deregistration with the relevant administration for industry and commerce.

13. Supplementary provisions

 

  13.1 This Agreement is governed by the laws of PRC in all respects. Any dispute that may arise during the performance of this Agreement shall be settled through amicable negotiations by all parties involved. Where the negotiation fails, either party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the prevailing arbitration rules of such arbitration institution. The place of arbitration is Beijing, the arbitration language is Chinese, the arbitral award is final and binding on all parties. Except for the part that is being submitted to arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall remain in force. The validity of this Article is not subject to the impact from the change, cancellation or termination of this Agreement.

 

10


  13.2 This Agreement shall enter into force on the date of signing by all parties and the pledge under this Agreement shall be established from the date on which it is registered in the administration for industry and commerce to which Party C belongs. Unless Party A executes the pledge in accordance with this Agreement within the validity period of this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be terminated until all of the Master Contract has been fulfilled, lapsed or terminated and all the secured debts agreed in Article 2 have been settled, or all parties have engaged in any written agreement to revoke this agreement (whichever is later).

 

  13.3 All parties agree that this Agreement shall be implemented to the extent permitted by law. Where any of the terms of this Agreement or any part of a term is deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable by any competent authority or court have jurisdiction, such unlawful, invalid or unenforceable terms shall not be prejudice to any other terms of this Agreement or other parts of such terms. Other terms or other parts of such terms shall remain in full force and each party shall use its best endeavors to amend such illegal, invalid or unenforceable terms for the purpose of achieving the original terms.

 

  13.4 This Agreement is prepared in Chinese quadruplicate. Party A and Party B as well as Party C each own one copy respectively. The remaining original copy shall be submitted to the relevant industrial and commercial registration authorities for record filing and registration or retained by Party A. All parties confirmed that all parties may sign separate agreements that meet format requirements of the industrial and commercial authorities for the registration under any request from the industrial and commercial registration authorities, but the substance of such agreements shall be consistent with this Agreement. Any inconsistency in content between such agreements and this Agreement, whether or not such agreements are signed later than this Agreement, shall be subject to this Agreement.

 

  13.5 Upon signing this Agreement, it shall supersede any prior undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

  13.6 Any amendment or supplement to this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only after all parties to this Agreement have signed it in effect.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party A: Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

ShaYunlong

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Xiao Yun

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Gao Liang

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong

Li Gang

Signature: /s/ Sha Yunlong


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wu Zhiguang

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party B:

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Li Shujun

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the Parties or their authorized representatives hereto as of the date first above written.

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.


Appendix I Master Contract List

 

1. “Exclusive Call Option Agreement” signed on February 25, 2018 between Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education Technology Partnership Limited, Shanghai Trust Bridge Partners Investment Management Co., Ltd., Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Partnership Limited and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

2. “Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement” signed on February 25, 2018 between Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd , Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

3. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Sha Yunlong

 

4. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Xiao Yun

 

5. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Gao Liang

 

6. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Li Gang

 

7. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Tianjin Puxian Education Technology Limited Partnership

 

8. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd

 

9. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

 

10. “Power of Attorney” issued on February 25, 2018 by Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

11. “Loan agreement” signed on February 5, 2018 between Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


Appendix II Register of Shareholders

Register of shareholders of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

Name of

shareholder

   Capital
contribution
(’0,000 RMB)
   Ratio of
capital
contribution
  

Pledge of equity

Sha Yunlong

   3,212.15    64.243%    64.243% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Xiao Yun

   57.00    1.140%    1.140% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Gao Liang

   284.90    5.698%    5.698% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Li Gang

   170.95    3.419%    3.419% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership

   911.65    18.233%    18.233% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.

   181.675    3.6335%    3.6335% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership

   181.675    3.6335%    3.6335% equity have been pledged to Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.


(This page is the signature page of the Register of Shareholders of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.)

Company: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (Seal)

Authorized representative (Signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

Date: 25 th day of February, 2018

Exhibit 10.14

Power of Attorney

I, Sha Yunlong, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at the Ministry of Personnel National Talent Exchange Center and Talent Market, 13 Sanlihe Road, Haidian District, Beijing, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 64.243% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Sha Yunlong
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 25, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Gao Liang, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at No. 302, Gate 2, Block 8, Dongxing New District, Dongxiachi Village, Xigong District, Luoyang City, Henan Province , and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 5.698% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Gao Liang
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 25, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Li Gang, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at Flat 4, 3 Tongyu Road, Shibei District, Qingdao City, Shandong Province, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 3.419% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE ( the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Li Gang  
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 25, 2018


Power of Attorney

I, Xiao Yun, with identity card number of [                    ], am a Chinese citizen, with domicile at Room 401, Unit 1, 32 Block, 47 Hongqi Avenue, Zhanggong District, Ganzhou City, Jiangxi Province, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney hold 1.140% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, I hereby irrevocably authorize Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

I exclusively authorize WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on my behalf to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all my rights in the Company as a shareholder under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on my behalf any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity I hold in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on my behalf as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on my behalf as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, I undertake to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when I am a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion I hold in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues me a written notice of replacing the Trustee, I shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of my consent. In addition, I will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, I hereby give up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercise such rights by myself. If I become a person without capacity for civil conduct or with limited capacity for civil conduct, any my successors, guardians or administrators shall continue to comply with the stipulation of this Power of Attorney upon inheriting or managing the shareholders’ rights entitled to me as a shareholder of the Company.

I accept and bear the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. I hereby confirm that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And I agree to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


I will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except my violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, me and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

 

Xiao Yun  
Signature:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

Date:   February 25, 2018


Power of Attorney

Our company, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, with the unified social credit code of 91120222300648730X, and domicile at unit 223-1, No. 8 Xingfu Street, Dajianchang, Wuqing District, Tianjin, as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney holds 18.233% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) on behalf of our company to exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as a shareholder in the Company under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to submit by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity our company holds in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power entitled to the liquidation team, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period in compliance with the laws when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) entitled to our company as a shareholder of the Company.


Without any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on behalf of our company as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on behalf of our company as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion our company holds in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power entitled to the Trustee through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.

Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation whatsoever in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will procure the Company to provide full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing to related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership (seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                    

Date: February 25, 2018

/s/ Seal of Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership


Power of Attorney

Our company, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, with the unified social credit code of 91330206MA28YH3T6T and the registered address at Room 4005, No. 11 Office Building, Business Center, Meishan Avenue, Beilun District, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney holds 3.6335% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”). In respect of the aforesaid equity, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) to, on behalf of our company, exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

 

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

 

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as a shareholder in the Company under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

 

3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to be submitted by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

 

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity our company holds in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

 

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power that the liquidation team is entitled to in accordance with the laws, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;

 

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and


7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) that our company is entitled to as a shareholder of the Company.

Without forming any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on behalf of our company as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on behalf of our company as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets of the Company.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion our company holds in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power that the Trustee is entitled to through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.

Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.


Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will facilitate the Company in providing full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (Seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Wu Zhiguang

Date: February 25, 2018

/s/ Seal of Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership


Power of Attorney

Our company, Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd, is a limited liability company established and subsisting in accordance with the laws of China, with the unified social credit code of 91110108317937192W and the registered address at unit 05-535, 8/F, No. 18 Zhongguancun Avenue, Haidian District, Beijing, and as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney directly or indirectly holds equity or sponsor’s interest of the institutions (hereinafter referred to as the “ Subject Interest ”) set forth in the appendix to this Power of Attorney (hereinafter referred to as the “ Subsidiaries ”).

If our company increases any institutions invested or controlled (including but not limited to companies, schools and other affiliates directly or indirectly owned by our company with more than 50% investment interest) at any time after the date of signing this Power of Attorney, our company undertakes to add such new entities to the scope of the Subject Interest in this Power of Attorney.

In respect of the aforesaid Subject Interest, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (the “ Trustee ”) to, on behalf of our company, exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own purpose:

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council pursuant to the articles of association of the companies or schools (as applicable, the same below), and attend the shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council of the companies or schools and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council;

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as shareholders or sponsors of the companies or schools under the laws and the articles of association of the companies or schools respectively at the shareholders’ meetings or meetings of board of directors/council of the companies or schools, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;


3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to be submitted to the relevant competent government authorities by shareholders of the companies or sponsors of the schools;

4) Under the conditions allowed by the laws, exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association of the companies or schools the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the Subject Interest our company holds in the companies or schools, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the companies or schools, and other rights of operation of the companies or schools;

5) Constitute a liquidation team and exercise the power that the liquidation team is entitled to in accordance with the laws, including but not limited to management of the assets of the companies or schools, during the liquidation in liquidation or dissolution period of the companies or schools;

6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings of the companies, the resolutions of the board of directors/council of the companies or schools, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the companies or schools in accordance with the laws; and

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association of the companies or schools) that our company is entitled to as shareholders of companies or sponsors of schools.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets of the companies or returns distributed by the schools.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the companies or sponsor of the schools, no matter how the interest proportion our company holds in the companies or schools is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power that the Trustee is entitled to through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.


Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights. And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.

Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will facilitate the companies or schools in providing full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the companies or schools, and accessing to related information of the companies or schools.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (seal)

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Sha Yunlong                 

Date: February 25, 2018

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd


Appendix:

 

No.

  

Name

1.    Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Company Limited
2.    Shanghai Jinshan Xin Kebiao Education and Training Center
3.    Chongqing Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
4.    Chongqing Puxin Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
5.    Chongqing Shapingba Wuyou Education and Training School
6.    Chongqing Beibei Wuyou Education and Training School
7.    Chongqing Youfang Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
8.    Chongqing Jiulongpo Wuyou Education and Training Company Limited
9.    Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Company Limited
10.    Beijing Puxing Education Technology Company Limited
11.    Beijing Puxian Education Technology Company Limited
12.    Beijing Haidian Puxin Training School
13.    Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Company Limited
14.    Fuzhou Gulou Xueyoufang Training School
15.    Hangzhou Puxin Technology Company Limited
16.    Hangzhou Feiyue Foreign Language Training School
17.    Hangzhou Yulan Professional School
18.    Shenyang Milestone Education Information Consulting Company Limited
19.    Dalian Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
20.    Shenyang Huanggu Dongfang Shenhua Arts Training school
21.    Shenyang Shenhe Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
22.    Shenyang Heping Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
23.    Shenyang Tiexi Dongfang Shenhua Education and Training Center
24.    Shenyang Bingying Modern Foreign Language Training School
25.    Shenyang Heping Bingying Education and Training Center
26.    Shenyang Shenhe Bingying Education and Training Center
27.    Shenyang Tiexi Bingying Education and Training Center


28.    Dalian Dongfang Shenhua Education Consulting Company Limited
29.    Dalian Shahekou Dongfang Shenhua Children’s Art Training School
30.    Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education and Training Company Limited
31.    Beijing Milestone Education Consulting Company Limited
32.    Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Company Limited
33.    Taiyuan Meikang Training School
34.    Taiyuan Puxinxue Culture and Arts Company Limited
35.    Taiyuan Fubusi Education and Training School
36.    Jinan Pude Education Technology Company Limited
37.    Jinan Delin Education and Training School
38.    Jinan Puxin Education Technology Company Limited
39.    Shandong Daozhen English Professional School
40.    Jinan Tianqiao Puxin Education and Training School
41.    Nanjing Dreamtown Education Information Consulting Company Limited
42.    Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Company Limited
43.    Jinan Qiru Education and Training School
44.    Beijing YESSAT Education Consulting Company Limited
45.    Nanjing Diyou Investment Management Company Limited
46.    Nanjing Chuangxin Professional School
47.    Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Company Limited
48.    Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Company Limited
49.    Chengdu Wuhou Shucai Education and Training School
50.    Chengdu Jinniu Shucai School
51.    Chengdu Jinjiang Shucai Training School
52.    Shenyang Puxin Elite Education Consulting Company Limited
53.    Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Company Limited
54.    Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Company Limited
55.    Beijing Houpu Education Company Limited
56.    Beijing Quakers Education Consulting Company Limited
57.    Nanjing Xinshangxin Education Consulting Company Limited
58.    Shanghai Xinyinsi Immigration Services Company Limited
59.    Beijing Pule Travel Company Limited


60.    Beijing Pule Education Technology Company Limited
61.    Shenzhen Daiweisi Information Consulting Company Limited
62.    Shenzhen Futian Daiweisi English Training Center
63.    Shenzhen Milestone Education Technology Company Limited
64.    Beijing Puda Education Technology Company Limited
65.    Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Company Limited
66.    Shaoxing Yuecheng Lingxian Education and Training School
67.    Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Company Limited
68.    Luzhou Puxing Culture Communication Company Limited
69.    Luzhou Hanlin Education Center
70.    Xi’an Puxin Shanghe Cultural Development Company Limited
71.    Xi’an Yangjian Culture Training Center
72.    Xi’an Chang’an Yangjian Culture and Education Training Center
73.    Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Company Limited
74.    Qingzhen Tiantian English Training School
75.    BaiyunTiantian Foreign Language School
76.    Guiyang Wudang Tiantian Foreign Language School
77.    Guiyang Huaxi Tiantian Training School
78.    Guiyang Yunyan Tiantian Education and Training School
79.    Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Company Limited
80.    Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Company Limited
81.    Tianjin Nankai Chengjia Training Center
82.    Dalian Pude Education Consulting Company Limited
83.    Dalian Xigang Tongfang Technology Culture Training School
84.    Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Development Company Limited
85.    Ningbo Yinzhou Puxin Weien Education and Training School
86.    Ningbo Haishu Weien Education and Training School
87.    Ningbo Haishu Xiaoxingxing Foreign Language Training School
88.    Ningbo Jiangbei Weien Education and Training School
89.    Ningbo Yinzhou Weien Education and Training School
90.    Shenyang Pude Education Technology Company Limited
91.    Shenyang Tiexi Zhongying Education and Training Center


92.    Shenyang Huanggu Zhongying Children Education and Training School
93.    Jilin Puxin Educational Technology Company Limited
94.    Jilin Chuanying Shiji Dongfang Training School
95.    Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Company Limited
96.    Luoyang Luolong Rainbow Education and Training School
97.    Luoyang Jianxi Rainbow Education and Training School
98.    Luoyang Gaoxin Rainbow Education and Training School
99.    Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Company Limited
100.    Guangzhou Yuexiu Lixiang Training Center
101.    Guangzhou Yingxun English Training Center
102.    ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Company Limited
103.    Beijing Haidian ZMN Education and Training School
104.    Henan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
105.    Zhengzhou Jinshui Wude Paike Foreign Language Training Center
106.    Kunming ZMN Education Information Consulting Company Limited
107.    Shaanxi ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited
108.    ZMN Culture Communication (Shanghai) Company Limited
109.    ZMN Education Consulting (Dalian) Company Limited
110.    Dalian Shahekou ZMN Education and Training School
111.    Qingdao ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
112.    Qingdao ZMN Foreign Language Training School
113.    Chengdu ZMN Culture Communication Company Limited
114.    Wuhan Wude Paike Culture Communication Company Limited
115.    Taiyuan ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
116.    Beijing Shaonian Technology Company Limited
117.    Shenyang ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
118.    Hangzhou ZMN Education Consulting Company Limited
119.    Chongqing ZMN Education Information Consulting Services Company Limited
120.    Shanghai Global Future Education Technology Holdings Limited
121.    Wuhan Tianxia Elite Education Consulting Company Limited
122.    Wuhan Global English Training School


123.    Nanjing Global Education and Training School
124.    Suzhou Yisi Future Education Consulting Company Limited
125.    Suzhou Global Elite Training Center
126.    Nantong Chongchuan Global Education Training Center
127.    Wuxi Global Future Education Consulting Company Limited
128.    Wuxi Global Education Training Center
129.    Ningbo Haishu Elite Global Education Training Center
130.    Global Future (Tianjin) Education Technology Company Limited
131.    Ningbo Yinzhou Elite Global Education Training Center
132.    Beijing Global Zhuoer Elite Culture Communication Company Limited
133.    Wuhan Global English Training School
134.    Beijing Chaoyang Global Education Training Center
135.    Beijing Haidian Global Education Training Center
136.    Shanghai Yangpu Global Education Training Center
137.    Tianjin Heping Global Education Training Center
138.    Shenzhen Global Education Training Center
139.    Shenyang Global Education Training Center
140.    Guangzhou Global Future Education Information Consulting Company Limited
141.    Guangzhou Yuexiu Global Elite Training Center
142.    Changchun Hafu Cultural Exchange Communication Company Limited
143.    Changchun Chaoyang Global Education and Training School
144.    Chengdu Global English School
145.    Xi’an Yanta AoBo Foreign Language Training School
146.    Changsha Furong Global Education Training Center
147.    Global Wuhu (Beijing) Overseas Study Consulting Company Limited
148.    Beijing Global World-wide Travel Company Limited
149.    Nantong Qiantu Yisi Consulting Company Limited
150.    Pingyin County Daozhen Education and Training School
151.    Tianjin Beichen Shengjia Training School


Power of Attorney

Our company, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd., with the unified social credit code of 9131011479447504XP and the registered address at Room 7504, No. 7, Lane 1028, Fengdeng Road, Malu Town, Jiading District, Shanghai, holds 3.6335% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as the “ Company ”) as of the date of signing this Power of Attorney. In respect of the aforesaid equity, our company hereby irrevocably authorizes Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “ WFOE ”) to exercise the following rights during the validity period of this Power of Attorney in compliance with the laws and regulations of China:

Our company exclusively authorizes WFOE or the individual(s) designated by WFOE (“ the Trustee ”) to, on behalf of our company, exercise, including but not limited to, the following rights in accordance with the Trustee’s own will:

 

1) Convene shareholders’ meetings pursuant to the articles of association of the Company, and attend the shareholders’ meetings and sign the resolutions and minutes of the relevant shareholders’ meetings;

 

2) Exercise all the rights of our company as a shareholder in the Company under the laws and the articles of association respectively at the shareholders’ meetings, including but not limited to voting rights, nomination rights and appointment rights;

 

3) Submit on behalf of our company any documents that are necessary to be submitted by shareholders of the Company to the relevant competent government authorities;

 

4) Exercise in accordance with the laws and the articles of association the rights of receiving dividends, selling or transferring or pledging or disposing of all or part of the equity our company holds in the Company, the rights of distribution of the remaining assets after liquidation of the Company, and other rights of operation of the Company;

 

5) Form a liquidation team and exercise the power that the liquidation team is entitled under the laws, including but not limited to management of the assets of the Company, during the liquidation period when the Company is liquidated or dissolved;


6) Inspect the resolutions of the shareholders’ meetings, the resolutions of the board of directors, records and financial accounting statements and reports of the Company in accordance with the laws; and

 

7) All other rights (including but not limited to all the rights under the laws and the articles of association) that our company is entitled as a shareholder of the Company.

Without forming any restriction on this authorization and within the scope of authorization, the Trustee shall have the right to sign and perform on behalf of our company as the contractual party the equity transfer contract stipulated in the Exclusive Call Option Agreement, and sign and perform as scheduled on behalf of our company as the contractual party the Equity Pledge Agreement and Exclusive Call Option Agreement, as well as the supplemental agreements of the aforesaid agreements.

Within the validity period of this Power of Attorney and subject to the restrictions of the laws of China, our company undertakes to deliver free of charge to WFOE or its designated third party the received distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets as soon as possible and no later than three (3) days from the date of receipt of such distribution of dividends, bonuses or any assets of the Company.

During the period when our company is a shareholder of the Company, no matter how the equity proportion our company holds in the Company is changed, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocable and effective from the date of signing the Power of Attorney. If and only if WFOE issues our company a written notice of replacing the Trustee, our company shall immediately appoint the then other trustee designated by WFOE to exercise the entrusted rights under this Power of Attorney, and the new authorization shall, once made, supersede the original authorization without the requirement of consent from our company. In addition, our company will not revoke the entrustment and authorization made to the Trustee. During the validity period of this Power of Attorney, our company hereby gives up all rights of exercising the power that the Trustee is entitled to through this Power of Attorney and no longer exercises such rights by itself.

Our company accepts and bears the corresponding responsibilities for any legal consequences arising from the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights by the Trustee. Our company hereby confirms that in no event shall the Trustee be liable for or make any financial compensation in respect of the exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights.


And our company agrees to indemnify WFOE, and hold it harmless, for all the loss suffered or likely to be suffered as a result of the exercise of the entrusted rights by the designated Trustee, including but not limited to litigation, recovery, arbitration, claim by any third party or any loss caused by administrative investigation or punishment of the government authorities.

Our company will provide full assistance to the Trustee in exercising the aforesaid entrusted rights and will facilitate the Company in providing full assistance, including signing in time the legal documents of shareholders’ meetings or other relevant legal documents made by the Trustee if necessary (such as meeting the requirements of the government departments for examination, approval, registration and filing of the required submitted documents), as well as entitling the Trustee the rights to know about the operations, business, customers, finance, employees and other relevant information of the Company, and accessing related information of the Company.

In case the authorization or exercise of the aforesaid entrusted rights could not be realized for any reasons (except violation of the terms of this Power of Attorney by our company) at any time during the validity period of this trust, all parties shall immediately seek alternatives that are the closest to the unrealized ones, and sign supplemental agreements to amend or adjust the terms of this Power of Attorney to ensure the continuous realization of the purposes of this Power of Attorney if necessary.

This Power of Attorney will be effective from the date of signature and shall, once signed, supersede any undertakings, memorandums, agreements or any other documents previously made in connection with matters of this Power of Attorney, and shall be continuously effective in the validity period of the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by WFOE, the Company, our company and other relevant parties.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]


(This page is the signature page of the Power of Attorney)

Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Authorized representative (signature): /s/ Li Shujun                    

Date: February 25, 2018

/s/ Seal of Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd.

Exhibit 10.15

Letter of Consent

I, Song Wenjing (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No: [            ]), am the lawful spouse of Sha Yunlong (ID Card No: [            ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Sha Yunlong:

I am informed that:

(1) The entire equity held by Sha Yunlong in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated February 25, 2018, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated February 25, 2018 and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated February 25, 2018 signed by Sha Yunlong, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE;

(2) The entire equity held by Sha Yunlong in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Sha Yunlong to WFOE on February 25, 2018.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Sha Yunlong and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Sha Yunlong as common property of husband and wife.

I further confirm that Sha Yunlong needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.

I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

 

1


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Song Wenjing
Signature: /s/ Song Wenjing
Date: February 25, 2018

 

2


Letter of Consent

I, Wang Lulu (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No: [            ]), am the lawful spouse of Gao Liang (ID Card No: [            ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Gao Liang:

I am informed that:

(1) The entire equity held by Gao Liang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated February 25, 2018, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated February 25, 2018 and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated February 25, 2018 signed by Gao Liang, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE;

(2) The entire equity held by Gao Liang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Gao Liang to WFOE on February 25, 2018.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Gao Liang and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Gao Liang as common property of husband and wife.

I further confirm that Gao Liang needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.

I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

 

3


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Wang Lulu
Signature: /s/ Wang Lulu
Date: February 25, 2018

 

4


Letter of Consent

I, Yuki Torii (passport number: [                ]), am the lawful spouse of Li Gang (ID card No: [                ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Li Gang:

I am informed that:

(1) The entire equity held by Li Gang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated February 25, 2018, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated February 25, 2018 and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated February 25, 2018 signed by Li Gang, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE;

(2) The entire equity held by Li Gang in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Li Gang to WFOE on February 25, 2018.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Li Gang and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Li Gang as common property of husband and wife.

I further confirm that Li Gang needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.

I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

 

5


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Yuki Torii
Signature: /s/ Yuki Torii
Date: February 25, 2018

 

6


Letter of Consent

I, Li Ang (Citizen of the People’s Republic of China; ID Card No: [        ]), am the lawful spouse of Xiao Yun (ID Card No: [        ]), and now hereby provide this Letter of Consent unconditionally and irrevocably as follows with respect to the equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (the “ Company ”) held by Xiao Yun:

I am informed that:

(1) The entire equity held by Xiao Yun in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Exclusive Call Option Agreement dated February 25, 2018, the Equity Pledge Agreement dated February 25, 2018 and the Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement dated February 25, 2018 signed by Xiao Yun, the Company, other shareholders of the Company and Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”). Such equity is under the control of WFOE;

(2) The entire equity held by Xiao Yun in the Company will be settled in accordance with the Power of Attorney issued by Xiao Yun to WFOE on February 25, 2018.

I confirm that I am aware of and agree to the signing of the aforesaid Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement and Power of Attorney (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Transaction Documents ”) by Xiao Yun and the disposal of the corresponding equity of the Company in accordance with the requirements of the Transaction Documents. I undertake neither to take any action at any time to hinder the disposal of the above equity, nor to claim any rights in regard to the above equity, including but not limited to claiming that the above equity of the Company is attributed to me and Xiao Yun as common property of by husband and wife.

I further confirm that Xiao Yun needs no further authorization or consent from me for the fulfillment of all the above Transaction Documents and the further modification or termination of any of the Transaction Documents. I undertake to sign all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure that the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) are properly implemented.

I agree and undertake that I shall be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and subject to the obligations under the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as a shareholder of the Company if I, for any reason, have acquired any equity of the Company, and for this purpose, under the request of WFOE, I shall sign a series of written documents with basically the same format and content as the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time). I further undertake and guarantee that I shall in no circumstances, whether directly or indirectly, proactively or passively, take any action or make any claim or litigation with a contradicting intention against the above arrangements.

 

7


(This page is the signature page of the Letter of Consent)

 

Li Ang
Signature: /s/ Li Ang
Date: February 25, 2018

 

8

Exhibit 10.16

(1) Letter of Commitment

To: Puxin Limited (“ Cayman Company ”)

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”)

Whereas:

1. Tianjin Puxian Education Technology Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Tianjin Puxian ”) is a shareholder of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Led (hereinafter referred to as the “ domestic company ”), with legal ownership of the equity of the domestic company.

2. All the partners of Tianjin Puxian are listed as follows:

 

No.

  

Name

  

Type of partner

(1)    Li Gang    General partner
(2)    Song Wenjing    Limited partner
(3)    Zhang Hongwei    Limited partner
(4)    Dong Zhi    Limited partner
(5)    Tan Chunxiang    Limited partner
(6)    Yang Hao    Limited partner
(7)    Luo Ke    Limited partner
(8)    Bai Liping    Limited partner
(9)    Cheng Sheng    Limited partner
(10)    Kang Yiwen    Limited partner
(11)    Guo Wei    Limited partner
(12)    Lai Han    Limited partner
(13)    Li Hong    Limited partner
(14)    Li Shiwei    Limited partner
(15)    Tian yang    Limited partner
(16)    Zhang Ping    Limited partner
(17)    Zhao Xiaolin    Limited partner
(18)    Zhao Yuanyuan    Limited partner
(19)    Zhou Rong    Limited partner

 

1


No.

  

Name

  

Type of partner

(20)    Zhuang Zhong    Limited partner
(21)    Liu Ning    Limited partner
(22)    Liu Xinxin    Limited partner
(23)    Zeng Hua    Limited partner
(24)    Chen Yedong    Limited partner
(25)    Li Hongqiao    Limited partner
(26)    Zhang Han    Limited partner
(27)    Yan Bingxiang    Limited partner

(The abovementioned 27 parties are collectively referred to as “ Partners ”)

3. The aforesaid partners have known and agreed that Tianjin Puxian preferably pledges all the equity held by it of the domestic company to WFOE (“ equity pledge ”), so as to guarantee the fulfilment of a series of structural contracts (see “ Appendix I ” of this Letter of Commitment) among Tianjin Puxian, the domestic company and WFOE.

In order to guarantee the effectiveness of preference and stable implementation of the structural contracts and equity pledge, the aforesaid partners hereby irrevocably undertake that:

As of the date of issuing this Letter of Commitment, unless with the written consent of WFOE and Cayman Company, the aforesaid partners shall not, at present and in the future, set pledges, selling or disposals, guarantee right of other third parties, or right of priority of other third parties, or other disposals or transactions with the same economic results, which may affect the effectiveness of preference of equity pledge and the stable implementation of the structural contracts, with the property share held by them of Tianjin Puxian. In case of violation of this Letter of Commitment, the aforesaid partners shall assume liabilities of breach for the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company, and shall compensate the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company for all of their losses and damages.

 

2


Unless with the written consent of WFOE and the domestic company, the aforesaid partners shall not, during the period of indirectly holding the equity of the domestic company and for the sake of the their own interest and the interests of others, directly or indirectly engage in, own, invest in, participate in or operate any businesses or activities (“ competitive businesses ”) that compete or may compete with the domestic company and its subsidiaries, or utilize any information obtained from the domestic company and its subsidiaries to engage in competitive businesses, or obtain any interests from any competitive businesses. If the aforesaid partners directly or indirectly engage in, own, invest in, participate in or operate any competitive businesses, then WFOE or the entities designated by WFOE shall have the right to ask for the signing of Exclusive Call Option Agreement, Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement, Equity Pledge Agreement, Power of Attorney and any other legal documents permitted or required by Chinese laws with the aforesaid entities engaging in competitive businesses, so as to form relations of control upon agreement with the aforesaid entities engaging in competitive businesses.

The aforesaid partners further undertake that they will urge Tianjin Puxian to fulfil the aforesaid undertakings.

This Letter of Commitment shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

(The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank)

 

3


(This page is the signature page of Letter of Commitment)

Promisors:

 

Li Gang    Signature: /s/ Li Gang
Song Wenjing    Signature: /s/ Song Wenjing
Zhang Hongwei    Signature: /s/ Zhang Hongwei
Dong Zhi    Signature: /s/ Dong Zhi
Tan Chunxiang    Signature: /s/ Tan Chunxiang
Yang Hao    Signature: /s/ Yang Hao
Luo Ke    Signature: /s/ Luo Ke
Bai Liping    Signature: /s/ Bai Liping
Cheng Sheng    Signature: /s/ Cheng Sheng
Kang Yiwen    Signature: /s/ Kang Yiwen
Guo Wei    Signature: /s/ Guo Wei
Lai Han    Signature: /s/ Lai Han
Li Hong    Signature: /s/ Li Hong
Li Shiwei    Signature: /s/ Li Shiwei

 

4


Tian Yang    Signature: /s/ Tian Yang
Zhang Ping    Signature: /s/ Zhang Ping
Zhao Xiaolin    Signature: /s/ Zhao Xiaolin
Zhao Yuanyuan    Signature: /s/ Zhao Yuanyuan
Zhou Rong    Signature: /s/ Zhou Rong
Zhuang Zhong    Signature: /s/ Zhuang Zhong
Liu Ning    Signature: /s/ Liu Ning
Liu Xinxin    Signature: /s/ Liu Xinxin
Zeng Hua    Signature: /s/ Zeng Hua
Chen Yedong    Signature: /s/ Chen Yedong
Li Hongqiao    Signature: /s/ Li Hongqiao
Zhang Han    Signature: /s/ Zhang Han
Yan Bingxiang    Signature: /s/ Yan Bingxiang

Date: February 25, 2018

 

5


Appendix I Structural Contracts

 

1. The Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd, Ltd. and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

2. The Exclusive Management Services and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

3. The Equity Pledge Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

4. The Power of Attorney issued by Tianjin Puxian on February 25, 2018.

 

5. The Borrowing Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership on February 5, 2018.

 

6


Letter of Commitment

 

To: Puxin Limited ( “Cayman Company” )

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”)

Whereas:

 

1. Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership (hereinafter referred to as “ Ningbo Zhimei ”) holds 3.6335% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ domestic company ”):

 

2. The property share proportions of Ningbo Zhimei held by all the partners of Ningbo Zhimei are listed as follows:

 

No.

  

Name

  

Type of partner

  

Property share

proportion of limited

partnership enterprise

 
(1)    Li Shujun    Limited partner      96.67%  
(2)    Wu Zhiguang    General partner      3.33%  

((1) - (2) above are collectively referred to as “ Partners ”)

 

3. The aforesaid partners have acknowledged and agreed that Ningbo Zhimei preferably pledges the 3.6335% equity of the domestic company it holds to WFOE (“ equity pledge ”) for the guarantee of the fulfilment of a series of structural contracts among Ningbo Zhimei, the domestic company and WFOE (See “ Appendix I ” to this Letter of Commitment).

 

7


In order to guarantee the effectiveness of preference and stable implementation of the structural contracts and equity pledge, the aforesaid partners hereby irrevocably undertake as follows:

As of the date of issuing this Letter of Commitment, unless with the prior written consent of WFOE and Cayman Company, the aforesaid partners shall not, at present and in the future, set pledges, selling or disposals, guarantee right of other third parties, or right of priority of other third parties, or other disposals or transactions with the same economic results, which may affect the effectiveness of preference of the Equity Pledge and the stable implementation of the structural contracts, with the property share of Ningbo Zhimei held by them. In case of violation of this Letter of Commitment, the aforesaid partners shall assume liabilities of breach for the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company, and shall compensate the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company for all of their losses and damages.

The aforesaid partners further undertake that they will urge Ningbo Zhimei to fulfil the aforesaid undertakings.

This Letter of Commitment shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

(The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank)

 

8


(This page is the signature page of this Letter of Commitment)

Promisors:

 

Li Shujun    Signature: /s/ Li Shujun
Wu Zhiguang    Signature: /s/ Wu Zhiguang

Date: February 25, 2018

 

9


Appendix I Structural Contracts

 

1. The Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

2. The Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

3. The Equity Pledge Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Ningbo Zhimei, Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd. and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

4. The Power of Attorney issued by Ningbo Zhimei on February 25, 2018.

 

5. The Borrowing Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Zhimei on February 5, 2018.

 

10


Letter of Commitment

 

To: Puxin Limited (“Cayman Company” )

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“ WFOE ”)

Whereas:

 

1. Shanghai Trustbridge Investment Management Co., Ltd (hereinafter referred to as “ Shanghai Trustbridge ”) holds 3.6335% equity of Puxin Education Technology Group Co. Ltd (hereinafter referred to as the “ domestic company ”):

 

2. The equity of Shanghai Trustbridge held by all the shareholders of Shanghai Trustbridge are listed as follows:

 

No.

  

Name

  

Equity proportion

 
(1)    Li Shujun      99.9%  
(2)    Fan Chunling      0.1%  

((1) - (2) above are collectively referred to as “ Shareholders ”)

 

3. The aforesaid Shareholders have acknowledged and agreed that Shanghai Trustbridge preferably pledges the 3.6335% equity of the domestic company it holds to WFOE (“ equity pledge ”) for the guarantee of the fulfilment of a series of structural contracts among Shanghai Trustbridge, the domestic company and WFOE (See “ Appendix I ” to this Letter of Commitment).

 

11


In order to guarantee the effectiveness of preference and stable implementation of the structural contracts and equity pledge, the aforesaid Shareholders hereby irrevocably undertake as follows:

As of the date of issuing this Letter of Commitment, unless with the prior written consent of WFOE and Cayman Company, the aforesaid Shareholders shall not, at present and in the future, set pledges, selling or disposals, guarantee right of other third parties, or right of priority of other third parties, or other disposals or transactions with the same economic results, which may affect the effectiveness of preference of the Equity Pledge and the stable implementation of the structural contracts, with the equity of Shanghai Trustbridge held by them. In case of violation of this Letter of Commitment, the aforesaid Shareholders shall assume liabilities of breach for the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company, and shall compensate the domestic company, WFOE and Cayman Company for all of their losses and damages.

The aforesaid Shareholders further undertake that they will urge Shanghai Trustbridge to fulfil the aforesaid undertakings.

This Letter of Commitment shall be governed by and interpreted under the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

(The remainder of this page is deliberately left blank)

 

12


(This page is the signature page of this Letter of Commitment)

Promisors:

 

Li Shujun    Signature: /s/ Li Shujun
Fan Chunling    Signature: /s/ Fan Chunling

Date: February 25, 2018

 

13


Appendix I Structural Contracts

 

1. The Exclusive Call Option Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

2. The Exclusive Management Service and Business Cooperation Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

3. The Equity Pledge Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Sha Yunlong, Xiao Yun, Gao Liang, Li Gang, Tianjin Puxian Education and Technology Limited Partnership, Shanghai Trustbridge, Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership and the domestic company on February 25, 2018.

 

4. The Power of Attorney issued by Shanghai Trustbridge on February 25, 2018.

 

5. The Borrowing Agreement signed by Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and Ningbo Meishan Bonded Port Area Zhimei Phase V Equity Investment Limited Partnership on February 5, 2018.

 

14

Exhibit 10.17

16 August 2017

GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY (HK) LTD

PEARSON PLC

PREPSHINE HOLDINGS CO., LIMITED

YUNLONG SHA

 

 

 

AGREEMENT

for the sale and purchase of

BEIJING GLOBAL EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY CO. LTD

and

SHANGHAI GLOBAL CAREER EDUCATION & TECHNOLOGY HOLDINGS LIMITED

 

 

 


1.    SALE AND PURCHASE      1  
2.    PRICE      2  
3.    ONSHORE DEPOSIT AND SECOND INSTALMENT      2  
4.    CLOSING      3  
5.    NO LEAKAGE      3  
6.    POST-CLOSING REGULATORY FILINGS      4  
7.    TECHNOLOGY ASSETS      4  
8.    NO RIGHTS OF RESCISSION OR TERMINATION      5  
9.    SELLER’S GUARANTEE      5  
10.    PURCHASER’S GUARANTEE      5  
11.    SELLER’S REPRESENTATIVE      6  
12.    SELLER’S WARRANTIES      7  
13.    SELLER’S GUARANTOR WARRANTIES      7  
14.    PURCHASER WARRANTIES      7  
15.    PURCHASER’S GUARANTOR WARRANTIES      8  
16.    CONDUCT OF PURCHASER CLAIMS      8  
17.    INSURANCE      8  
18.    INTER-COMPANY LOANS AND TRADING DEBTS      9  
19.    CHANGES OF NAME      10  
20.    INFORMATION, RECORDS AND ASSISTANCE POST-CLOSING      10  
21.    POST-CLOSING PROTECTIVE COVENANT      12  
22.    PAYMENTS      13  
23.    COSTS AND TAX      13  
24.    ANNOUNCEMENTS      14  
25.    CONFIDENTIALITY      14  
26.    ASSIGNMENT      16  
27.    FURTHER ASSURANCES      16  
28.    NOTICES      16  
29.    CONFLICT WITH OTHER AGREEMENTS      17  
30.    WHOLE AGREEMENT      17  
31.    WAIVERS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES      18  
32.    COUNTERPARTS      19  
33.    VARIATIONS      19  
34.    INVALIDITY      19  
35.    THIRD PARTY ENFORCEMENT RIGHTS      19  

 

-i-


36.    GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION    20
SCHEDULE 1 COMPANY DETAILS   
SCHEDULE 2 CLOSING ARRANGEMENTS   
SCHEDULE 3 SELLER WARRANTIES   
SCHEDULE 4 PURCHASER WARRANTIES   
SCHEDULE 5 SELLER’S GUARANTOR WARRANTIES   
SCHEDULE 6 PROPERTY   
SCHEDULE 7 DETAILS OF INTER-COMPANY BALANCES TO BE WAIVED ON CLOSING   
SCHEDULE 8 DETAILS OF INTER-COMPANY BALANCES TO BE WAIVED OR REPAID AFTER CLOSING   
SCHEDULE 9 DETAILS OF PRE-CLOSING SETTLEMENTS   
SCHEDULE 10 PERMITTED LEAKAGE   
SCHEDULE 11 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION   

 

-ii-


AGREEMENT dated 16 August 2017

Parties

 

1. GLOBAL EDUCATION  & TECHNOLOGY (HK) LTD , a company incorporated in Hong Kong with registered number 1459771, whose registered office is at 28 th Floor, 1063 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong (the Seller );

 

2. PEARSON PLC , a company incorporated in England and Wales with registered number 00053723, whose registered office is at Shell Mex House, 80 Strand, London, WC2R 0RL, United Kingdom (the Seller’s Guarantor );

 

3. PREPSHINE HOLDINGS CO., LIMITED, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with registered number 2527217, whose registered office is at Unit 806, 8/F, Tower II, Cheung Sha Wan Plaza, 833 Cheung Sha Wan Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong (the Purchaser ); and

 

4. YUNLONG SHA , whose address is at 16 th Floor, Chuangfu Mansion, 18 Danling Street, Haidan District, Beijing, PRC (the Purchaser’s Guarantor ),

(each a Part y in this Agreement and together, the Parties ).

Words and expressions used in this Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with Schedule 11 ( Definitions and Interpretation ).

IT IS AGREED:

Preamble

 

(A) The Seller is the sole legal and beneficial shareholder of the Target and has the right, power and authority to sell the Equity Interests in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(B) The VIE Nominees are the registered and recorded shareholders of the VIE Holdco, while the VIE Holdco is under the control of the Target by and through the Control Documents.

 

(C) The Seller has agreed to sell and transfer the Equity Interests to the Purchaser and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase the Equity Interests in the manner and on and subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

1. Sale and Purchase

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Seller shall sell and transfer, and the Purchaser shall purchase and accept the transfer of, the Equity Interests, free from Third Party Rights and with all rights attaching to them including the right to receive all distributions and dividends declared, paid or made in respect of the Equity Interests after Closing. The sale and purchase of the Equity Interests shall be on the terms set out in this Agreement.


2. Price

 

2.1 The aggregate price for the Equity Interests shall be an amount of USD 72,300,000 (the Consideration ), which shall be payable by the Purchaser to the Seller as follows:

 

  (a) an amount equal to USD 60,000,000 (the First Instalment ) shall be paid by the Purchaser on the Closing Date in accordance with clause 4 and Schedule 2 ( Closing Arrangements ); and

 

  (b) an amount equal to USD 12,300,000 (the Second Instalment ) shall be paid by the Purchaser on or prior to the Deadline in accordance with clause 3.

 

2.2 Any payment made in satisfaction of a liability arising under a Seller Obligation shall be made by the Seller to the Purchaser, and the payment shall as far as possible adjust the Consideration.

 

2.3 Any payment made in satisfaction of a liability arising under a Purchaser Obligation shall be made by the Purchaser to the Seller, and the payment shall as far as possible adjust the Consideration.

 

3. Onshore Deposit and Second Instalment

 

3.1 The Purchaser shall:

 

  (a) procure on or prior to Closing that an amount equal to the Onshore Deposit is paid in RMB in immediately available funds to the Onshore Account as security for the performance of its obligations to pay the Second Instalment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, which the Parties acknowledge and agree shall be satisfied by the Target in accordance with the Security Side Letter; and

 

  (b) procure the Second Instalment is paid in USD in immediately available funds into the Seller’s Bank Account no later than 23:59 (Hong Kong time) on 23 August 2017 (the Deadline ).

 

3.2 The Seller shall procure that the Onshore Deposit is retained in the Onshore Account until the earlier of: (a) the receipt by the Seller of the Second Instalment (plus all accrued Second Instalment Interest, if any) into the Seller’s Bank Account; or (b) the Election Date.

 

3.3 If the Second Instalment has not been paid into the Seller’s Bank Account by the Deadline:

 

  (a) the Purchaser shall pay Default Interest on the Second Instalment from but excluding 23 August 2017 to and including the date of actual payment of the Second Instalment to the Seller’s Bank Account calculated on a daily basis (the Second Instalment Interest ); and

 

  (b) the Seller shall, without prejudice to any other remedies available to it as a result of such default by the Purchaser, be entitled in its sole discretion to:

 

  (i) if evidence is furnished to the Seller’s reasonable satisfaction prior to the Deadline that the Purchaser has unrestricted and immediate access to offshore USD financing equal to the amount required to settle the Second Instalment (plus any Second Instalment Interest that will accrue up until the payment date) (the Sufficient Evidence ), at any time after 23:59 (Hong Kong time) on 31 August 2017; or

 

-2-


  (ii) if Sufficient Evidence is not provided to the Seller, at any time after the Deadline,

and (in either case) provided the Second Instalment (plus all accrued Second Instalment Interest) has not been received into the Seller’s Bank Account at such time, give written notice (an Election ) to the Purchaser that the Onshore Deposit (together with any accrued interest) shall for all purposes be deemed to be forfeited (the date of such notice, the Election Date ). On and following the Election the Purchaser shall cease to have any rights in respect of the Onshore Deposit and ownership of the Onshore Deposit shall be deemed to have been transferred to the Seller.

 

3.4 Unless the Seller has made an Election pursuant to clause 3.3 above, immediately following the Seller’s receipt of the Second Instalment (plus all accrued Second Instalment Interest, if any) into the Seller’s Bank Account in immediately available funds, the Seller shall procure that the Onshore Deposit is paid into the Return Account.

 

4. Closing

 

4.1 Closing shall take place in the Seller’s solicitor’s office in Hong Kong immediately following the execution of this Agreement in Macau. On Closing, the Seller and the Purchaser shall have delivered or performed (or ensured that there is delivered or performed) all those documents, items and actions listed in relation to that Party or any of its Affiliates (as the case may be) in Schedule 2 ( Closing Arrangements ).

 

4.2 If either the Seller (on the one hand) or the Purchaser (on the other) fails to comply with any obligation in Schedule 2 ( Closing Arrangements ), then the other Party shall be entitled (in addition to and without prejudice to other rights and remedies available) by written notice to the Party in default, to:

 

  (a) require Closing to take place so far as practicable having regard to the defaults which have occurred; or

 

  (b) terminate this Agreement (other than the Surviving Provisions).

 

4.3 If this Agreement is so terminated, neither Party nor any of its Affiliates shall have any claim under this Agreement of any nature against the other Party or its Affiliates (except in respect of any rights and liabilities which have accrued before termination or under any of the Surviving Provisions).

 

5. No Leakage

 

5.1 The Seller undertakes to the Purchaser that if:

 

  (a) there has been any Leakage since 30 April 2017; or

 

  (b) any arrangement or agreement has been made or is made that has resulted in any Leakage since 30 April 2017,

 

-3-


then the Seller shall, subject to clause 5.2, following Closing, pay or procure payment in cash to the Purchaser on demand of a sum equal to the amount of such Leakage received by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, the Seller or any member of the Seller’s Group.

 

5.2 The liability of the Seller pursuant to this clause 5 shall terminate on the date falling six months after Closing unless before that date the Purchaser has notified the Seller in writing of a breach of the undertakings set out in clause 5.1, setting out the amount of such Leakage together with reasonable evidence thereof, in which case, in relation to any relevant breaches notified, the Seller shall remain liable until any relevant Claims have been satisfied, settled or withdrawn.

 

6. Post-Closing Regulatory Filings

 

6.1 The Seller shall provide such assistance to the Purchaser as the Purchaser may reasonably request to enable: (i) the Purchaser to register (at the Purchaser’s cost) the transfer of the Equity Interests with MOFCOM and SAIC; (ii) the Purchaser Nominee to deregister the pledge created over the VIE Equity Interests with SAIC and register (at the Purchaser’s cost) the transfer of the VIE Equity Interests with SAIC ((i) and (ii) together, the Transfer Registration ); and (iii) the Purchaser to replace any legal representative, director, supervisor, principal or other senior management of any Target Group Company to the extent such persons are employees of the Seller’s Group on Closing.

 

6.2 The Seller shall, as soon as practically possible but no later than seven (7) Business Days from the Seller’s receipt of the request from MOFCOM or SAIC, provide the Purchaser with any necessary information and documents reasonably required by MOFCOM and/ or SAIC (including, without limitation, delivering within three (3) Business Days from the Seller’s receipt of the request from MOFCOM or SAIC any re-executed documents set out in Part A of Schedule 2 with such amendments as may be requested by MOFCOM and/ or SAIC) for the purpose of making any submissions, notifications and filings with respect to the Transfer Registration.

 

7. Technology Assets

 

7.1 The Parties acknowledge that there may be certain:

 

  (a) end user computer devices used exclusively (in whole, not in part) by any employee of a Target Group Company; and

 

  (b) network assets and servers used exclusively (in whole, not in part) by a Target Group Company,

in each case which are both (i) wholly owned, on Closing, by the Seller or a member of the Seller’s Group and (ii) not used in connection with any business or activities of the Seller’s Group (the Transferrable IT ).

 

7.2 If the Seller or the Purchaser becomes aware of any Transferrable IT during the six month period immediately following Closing, the Seller or the Purchaser shall promptly give written notice to the other Party setting out the details of the Transferrable IT (a Transfer Notice ).

 

-4-


7.3 Within 10 Business Days after the Transfer Notice, the Purchaser shall have the right, by way of written notice to the Seller, to request for a transfer of the Transferrable IT set out in the Transfer Notice from the Seller’s Group to a Target Group Company, provided the Purchaser undertakes to the Seller and each member of the Seller’s Group that it shall, with effect from the date of transfer of such Transferrable IT, assume (or procure a Target Group Company assumes) responsibility for and pay, satisfy, perform or discharge when due all duties, liabilities and obligations relating to the Transferrable IT, whether actual or contingent.

 

8. No Rights of Rescission or Termination

Other than in accordance with clause 4.2(b), no Party shall be entitled to rescind or terminate this Agreement in any circumstances whatsoever (whether before or after Closing). This shall not exclude any liability for (or remedy in respect of) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

9. Seller’s Guarantee

 

9.1 In consideration of the Purchaser entering into this Agreement, the Seller’s Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Purchaser as a continuing obligation that the Seller will comply properly and punctually with its obligations under this Agreement and each Transaction Document.

 

9.2 The Seller’s Guarantor’s liability under clause 9.1 shall not be discharged or impaired by:

 

  (a) any amendment, variation or assignment of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any waiver of its or their terms;

 

  (b) any release of, or granting of time or other indulgence to, the Seller or any third party;

 

  (c) any winding up, dissolution, reconstruction, legal limitation, incapacity or lack of corporate power or authority or other circumstances affecting the Seller (or any act taken by the Purchaser in relation to any such event); or

 

  (d) any other act, event, neglect or omission (whether or not known to any Party) which would or might (but for this clause 9.2) operate to impair or discharge the Seller’s Guarantor’s liability or afford the Seller’s Guarantor or the Seller any legal or equitable defence.

 

10. Purchaser’s Guarantee

 

10.1 In consideration of the Seller entering into this Agreement, the Purchaser’s Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Seller as a continuing obligation that the Purchaser will comply properly and punctually with its obligations to pay the Second Instalment (plus any Second Instalment Interest, if any) in accordance with clauses 2.1 and 3.

 

-5-


10.2 The Purchaser’s Guarantor’s liability under clause 10.1 shall not be discharged or impaired by:

 

  (a) any amendment, variation or assignment of this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any waiver of its or their terms;

 

  (b) any release of, or granting of time or other indulgence to, the Purchaser or any third party;

 

  (c) any winding up, dissolution, reconstruction, legal limitation, incapacity or lack of corporate power or authority or other circumstances affecting the Purchaser (or any act taken by the Seller in relation to any such event); or

 

  (d) any other act, event, neglect or omission (whether or not known to any Party) which would or might (but for this clause 10.2) operate to impair or discharge the Purchaser’s Guarantor’s liability or afford the Purchaser’s Guarantor or the Purchaser any legal or equitable defence.

 

10.3 In consideration of the Seller entering into this Agreement as a separate, additional continuing and primary obligation, the Purchaser Guarantor undertakes to indemnify the Seller and each member of the Seller’s Group against any Costs suffered or incurred by any of them as a result of the Purchaser’s failure to comply properly and punctually with its obligations to pay the Second Instalment (plus any Second Instalment Interest, if any) in accordance with clauses 2.1 and 3.

 

11. Seller’s Representative

 

11.1 The Seller hereby appoints the Seller’s Guarantor as the Seller’s Representative, to act solely and exclusively on behalf of, and in the name of, the Seller and to act (without further consent of the Seller) in such capacity in relation to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, including the power to:

 

  (a) negotiate, execute and deliver any agreement, approval, waiver, undertaking, amendment, notice or other document in the performance of its obligations, rights and powers under or as contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents;

 

  (b) receive, and give good discharge in relation to, any payments due to the Seller;

 

  (c) terminate this Agreement if the Seller is entitled to do so;

 

  (d) give and receive all notices and communications to be given or received under this Agreement;

 

  (e) bring or defend any claim or action on behalf of the Seller to enforce their rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and

 

  (f) take all actions which under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents may be taken by or on behalf of the Seller and do or refrain from doing any further act or deed on behalf of the Seller which the Seller’s Representative deems necessary or appropriate relating to the subject matter of this Agreement as fully and completely as the Seller could do if personally present.

 

-6-


11.2 The Purchaser will be entitled to rely upon any acts by the Seller’s Representative in accordance with or as contemplated expressly by this Agreement as being legally binding acts of the Seller.

 

12. Seller’s Warranties

 

12.1 The Seller warrants to the Purchaser as at the date of this Agreement in the terms of the Warranties, where references to Target Group Company and Target Group Companies shall be construed to mean the Target and its subsidiaries (including for the avoidance of doubt the VIE Holdco and its subsidiaries) only. Except in the case of fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation by the Seller, the Warranties are given subject to the limitations set out in clause 12.3.

 

12.2 Each of the Warranties shall be construed separately and independently.

 

12.3 Each Party agrees that the maximum aggregate amount of the liability of the Seller for all Claims shall in no event exceed USD 1.

 

12.4 The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, except as provided under the Warranties, no other statement, promise or forecast made by or on behalf of the Seller or any member of the Seller’s Group or the Target Group Companies may form the basis of any Claim by the Purchaser or any other member of the Purchaser Group under or in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction Document. In particular, the Seller does not make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any forecasts, estimates, projections, statements of intent or opinion provided to the Purchaser or its Representatives on or before the date of this Agreement (including any documents in the Data Room).

 

12.5 Except in the case of and as against any individual or entity who has acted fraudulently, the Purchaser agrees and undertakes with the Seller that neither it nor any other member of the Purchaser Group has any rights against, and will waive and shall not make any claim against, any employee, director, officer, adviser or agent of: (a) any of the Target Group Companies; or (b) any other member of the Seller’s Group on whom the Purchaser may have relied before agreeing to any term of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or before entering into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

 

13. Seller’s Guarantor Warranties

The Seller’s Guarantor warrants to the Purchaser as at the date of this Agreement in the terms of the warranties set out in Schedule 5 ( Seller’s Guarantor Warranties ).

 

14. Purchaser Warranties

The Purchaser warrants to the Seller as at the date of this Agreement in the terms of the warranties set out in Schedule 4 ( Purchaser Warranties ).

 

-7-


15. Purchaser’s Guarantor Warranties

The Purchaser’s Guarantor warrants to the Seller as at the date of this Agreement that this Agreement will, when executed, constitute valid and binding obligations of the Purchaser’s Guarantor and be enforceable against the Purchaser’s Guarantor.

 

16. Conduct of Purchaser Claims

 

16.1 If the Purchaser becomes aware of any claim or potential claim, or of any other matter or circumstance that might result in a claim, by a third party that might result in a Claim being made by the Purchaser (a Third Party Claim ), the Purchaser shall:

 

  (a) promptly (and in any event within 30 Business Days of becoming aware of it) give notice of the Third Party Claim to the Seller and ensure that the Seller and its Representatives are given all reasonable information and facilities to investigate it;

 

  (b) (subject to the Purchaser or the relevant member of the Purchaser Group being indemnified by the Seller against all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in respect of that Third Party Claim) ensure that it and each member of the Purchaser Group shall:

 

  (i) take such action as the Seller may reasonably request to avoid, resist, dispute, appeal, compromise or defend the Third Party Claim; and

 

  (ii) provide such information and assistance as the Seller may reasonably require in connection with the preparation for and conduct of any proceedings and/or negotiations relating to the Third Party Claim.

 

16.2 In the event that the failure of the Purchaser to comply fully with its obligations under this clause 16 causes or increases the Seller’s liability in respect of a Claim, the Seller shall be released from its obligations and liability with regard to the relevant Claim to such extent.

 

17. Insurance

Upon Closing, all insurance cover arranged in relation to the Target Group Companies and their businesses by the Seller’s Group (whether under policies maintained with third party insurers or other members of the Seller’s Group) shall cease and no member of the Purchaser Group shall make any claim under any such policies in relation to insured events arising after Closing. For the avoidance of doubt, the Target Group Companies shall be entitled to make claims in relation to insured events taking place before Closing which are insured under “occurrence based” policies. The Seller shall be entitled to make arrangements with its insurers to reflect this clause 17.

 

-8-


18. Inter-Company Loans and Trading Debts

 

18.1 On Closing, the Seller shall procure that each member of the Seller’s Group and each of the Target Group Companies are released and fully discharged and shall have no further rights, liabilities or obligations in respect of:

 

  (a) the net inter-company balances owed by the Seller’s Group to the Target Group Companies equal to an aggregated amount of RMB 52,830,479 (the Inter-Company Loans ), details of which are listed in Part A of Schedule 7; and

 

  (b) the Inter-Company Trading Debts set out in Part B of Schedule 7.

 

18.2 In relation to Inter-Company Trading Debts that are not released and discharged in accordance with clause 18.1:

 

  (a) the Purchaser shall procure that any such Inter-Company Trading Debts which are owed by any Target Group Company are paid to the relevant member of the Seller’s Group within 90 days after the Closing Date; and

 

  (b) the Seller shall procure that:

 

  (i) the Inter-Company Trading Debts set out in Part A of Schedule 8 are waived;

 

  (ii) the Inter-Company Trading Debts set out in Part B of Schedule 8 and any other Inter-Company Trading Debts which are owed by any member of the Seller’s Group are paid to the relevant Target Group Company,

in each case within 90 days after the Closing Date.

 

18.3 If the release and discharge of the Inter-Company Loans or the Inter-Company Trading Debts in accordance with clause 18.1 is deemed after Closing, whether in whole or part, to be invalid or void or such release and discharge is otherwise revoked, whether in whole or part (a Revocation Event ), then:

 

  (a) to the extent the Seller or a member of the Seller’s Group is the debtor under the Inter-Company Loans and/or Inter-Company Trading Debts that are subject to a Revocation Event, the Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless:

 

  (i) the Seller for any losses suffered or incurred by the Seller; and

 

  (ii) any member of the Seller’s Group for any losses suffered or incurred by the relevant member of the Seller’s Group,

resulting from or arising out of such Revocation Event; and

 

  (b) to the extent a Target Group Company is the debtor under the Inter-Company Loans and/or Inter-Company Trading Debts that are subject to a Revocation Event, the Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless:

 

  (i) the Purchaser for any losses suffered or incurred by the Purchaser; and

 

  (ii) any Target Group Company for any losses suffered or incurred by the relevant Target Group Company,

resulting from or arising out of such Revocation Event.

 

-9-


18.4 All payments made pursuant to this clause 18 shall be made in accordance with clause 22.

 

19. Changes of Name

 

19.1 As soon as reasonably practicable after Closing and in any event within 90 days after the Closing Date, the Seller shall procure that the names of each of: (a) the Seller; and (b) Global Education & Technology Group Ltd (company number 233480 incorporated in the Cayman Islands) are changed to a name which does not consist of or include the phrase “Global Education & Technology”.

 

19.2 Subject to clause 19.3, as soon as reasonably practicable after Closing and in any event within 90 days after the Closing Date ( Grace Period ), the Purchaser shall procure that the Target Group Companies shall cease to use or display any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name that consists of or includes “Pearson”, “RICKY”, and “YAZOO” or any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name which, in the reasonable opinion of the Seller, is substantially the same or confusingly similar to any of them (the Tail Period IP ). Prior to the expiration of the Grace Period, the Seller shall not and shall procure its Affiliates not to claim against any Target Group Company (including any of its franchise schools) for any infringement of the Tail Period IP by any Target Group Company (including any of its franchise schools).

 

19.3 With effect from Closing, the Purchaser shall procure that the Target Group Companies shall not use or display any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name that consists of or includes “Longman” or is otherwise associated with the “Longman” brand or any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name which, in the reasonable opinion of the Seller, is substantially the same or confusingly similar to any of them.

 

19.4 Without limitation to clauses 19.2 and 19.3, if the Purchaser becomes aware (including by notification from a member of the Seller’s Group or its Representatives) that any Target Group Company is using or displaying any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name used or held by the Seller’s Group or any trade or service name or mark, business name, logo or domain name which, in the reasonable opinion of the Seller, is substantially the same or confusingly similar to any of them (a Seller Group IP ), the Purchaser shall promptly, and in any event within 30 days from the date the Purchaser becomes so aware, procure that the Target Group Companies cease to use or display such Seller Group IP.

 

19.5 With effect from Closing, the Target Group Companies shall not hold themselves out as being part of, or otherwise connected or associated with, the Seller’s Group.

 

20. Information, Records and Assistance Post-Closing

 

20.1 For two years following the Closing Date:

 

  (a) each member of the Purchaser Group shall provide the Seller (at the Seller’s cost) with reasonable access at reasonable times to (and the right to take copies of) the books, accounts, customer lists and all other records held by it after Closing to the extent that they relate to a Target Group Company or a member of the Seller’s Group (or the business carried on by a Target Group Company or a member of the Seller’s Group) and to the period up to Closing but only to the extent necessary for accounting, regulatory or Tax purposes (the Purchaser Records ); and

 

-10-


  (b) each member of the Seller’s Group shall provide the Purchaser (at the Purchaser’s cost) with reasonable access at reasonable times to (and the right to take copies of) the books, accounts, customer lists and all other records held by it after Closing to the extent that they relate to a Target Group Company or the business carried on by a Target Group Company but only to the extent necessary for accounting, regulatory or Tax purposes (the Seller Records ).

These obligations are subject to the provisions of clause 25.

 

20.2 For two years following the Closing Date:

 

  (a) no member of the Purchaser Group shall dispose of, or destroy any of, the Purchaser Records without first giving the Seller at least two months’ notice of its intention to do so and giving the Seller a reasonable opportunity to remove and retain any of them (at the Seller’s expense); and

 

  (b) no member of the Seller’s Group shall dispose of or destroy any of the Seller Records without first giving the Purchaser at least two months’ notice of its intention to do so and giving the Purchaser a reasonable opportunity to remove and retain any of them (at the Purchaser’s expense).

 

20.3 For two years following the Closing Date:

 

  (a) notwithstanding the obligations of clause 16, each member of the Purchaser Group shall (at the Seller’s expense) give such assistance to any member of the Seller’s Group as the Seller may reasonably request in relation to: (i) the Seller Group’s close period financial reporting to the extent it relates in whole or part to the Target Group Companies during the period prior to Closing; and/or (ii) any third party proceedings by or against any member of the Seller’s Group so far as they relate to the Target Group Companies or the business carried on by the Target Group Companies, including proceedings relating to employees’ claims or Taxation;

 

  (b) the Seller shall promptly give to the Purchaser all written notices, correspondence, information or enquiries received by it in relation to the Target Group Companies; and

 

  (c) the Purchaser shall promptly give to the Seller all written notices, correspondence, information or enquiries received by any member of the Purchaser Group in relation to any business of the Seller’s Group not comprised within the Target Group Companies.

 

20.4 The Purchaser shall procure that the Target Group Companies, for a period of one year after Closing, give such assistance (at the Seller’s expense) to any member of the Seller’s Group as the Seller may reasonably request in relation to the replacement of the legal representatives of the Shanghai WFOE.

 

-11-


20.5 The Purchaser shall procure that neither it nor any employee, director or legal representative of any Target Group Company accesses or attempts to access the Shanghai WFOE Bank Account.

 

21. Post-Closing Protective Covenant

 

21.1 The Seller shall not, and the Seller shall procure that none of its Affiliates shall (whether alone, jointly with another, directly or indirectly), for two years after Closing, offer to employ or seek to entice away from any Target Group Company any person who the Seller knew was employed by any Target Group Company at any time during the 12 months ending on the Closing Date, provided that this clause 21 shall not prevent either the Seller and/or any of its Affiliates from: (a) advertising any position of employment; or (b) recruiting any person in response to such advertisement or where the employee has initiated any contact with either the Seller and/or any of its Affiliates with a view to being employed by them.

 

21.2 The Purchaser shall not, and shall procure that none of its Affiliates shall (whether alone, jointly with another, directly or indirectly), for two years after Closing, offer to employ or seek to entice away from the Seller’s Group any person who was employed by any member of the Seller’s Group at any time during the 12 months ending on the Closing Date provided that this clause 21 shall not shall prevent the Purchaser and/or any of its Affiliates from: (a) advertising any position of employment; or (b) recruiting any person in response to such advertisement or where the employee has initiated any contact with the Purchaser and/or any of its Affiliates with a view to being employed by them.

 

21.3 Subject to clause 21.4, the Seller will not, and undertakes to procure that neither the Seller’s Guarantor nor any of its subsidiaries shall, for a period of eighteen months after the date of the Closing, carry on any English Test Business in the PRC.

 

21.4 Nothing in clause 21.3 shall prevent, after Closing, the Seller, the Seller’s Guarantor or any subsidiaries of the Seller’s Guarantor from:

 

  (a) carrying on or being engaged in any Permitted Business;

 

  (b) acquiring and subsequently carrying on or being engaged in any one or more companies and/or businesses (taken together, the Acquired Business ) where at the time of the acquisition the activities of the Acquired Business include any English Test Business in the PRC (the Acquired Competing Business ), if the turnover attributed to the Acquired Competing Business in its last financial year before the acquisition is less than USD 10,000,000;

 

  (c) owning securities, shares or similar interests in any listed entity that do not exceed 5 per cent. in nominal value of the securities, shares or similar interests of that entity or otherwise grant (directly or indirectly) management functions or any material influence in that company or partnership beyond that of other holders of similar securities;

 

  (d) entering into any transaction with or supplying, distributing, licensing or selling materials, resources or services on arms-length terms to any third party engaged in any English Test Business or the provision of Pearson Test of English (including PTE-Academic and PTE-Young Learners) and related services in the PRC; and/or

 

-12-


  (e) performing its obligations under the Transaction Documents and/or under any other agreement which it may enter into with a member of the Purchaser Group.

 

21.5 The Parties consider that the restrictions contained in this clause 21 are no greater than is reasonable and necessary for the protection of their legitimate interests. If any such restriction shall be held to be void but would be valid if deleted in part or reduced in application, then such restriction shall apply with such deletion or modification as may be necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

 

22. Payments

 

22.1 Any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement by the Purchaser (or any member of the Purchaser Group) shall be made to the Seller’s Bank Account, provided that the Onshore Deposit shall be paid to the Onshore Account.

 

22.2 Any payment to be made pursuant to this Agreement by the Seller (or any member of the Seller’s Group) shall be made to the Purchaser’s Bank Account. The Purchaser agrees to pay each member of the Purchaser Group that part of each payment to which it is entitled.

 

22.3 Payments under clause 22.1 and 22.2 shall be in immediately available funds by electronic transfer on the due date for payment. Receipt of the amount due shall be an effective discharge of the relevant payment obligation.

 

22.4 If any sum due for payment in accordance with this Agreement is not paid on the due date for payment, the person in default shall pay Default Interest on that sum from but excluding the due date to and including the date of actual payment calculated on a daily basis.

 

23. Costs and Tax

 

23.1 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (or any other Transaction Document), the Seller and the Purchaser shall each be responsible for its own Costs and charges incurred in connection with the Proposed Transaction.

 

23.2 Any stamp duty payable in the PRC in respect of the transfer of the Equity Interests and VIE Equity Interests shall be borne by the Seller.

 

23.3 The Parties agree that the Seller must submit any relevant documents to the competent tax authorities of the Target in the PRC (the PRC Tax Authorities ) in respect of the sale of the Equity Interests under this Agreement. The Seller undertakes to make all applicable filings and payments (if any) to the PRC Tax Authorities pursuant to all applicable tax rules and regulations as a result of its entry into and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (including as a result of receipt of the Consideration). In consideration of the foregoing, the Purchaser agrees not to make any deduction or withholding of any taxes from the Consideration and will ensure that the Seller receives the same amount which would have been received by it had no such deduction or withholding been required to be made. Within five (5) Business Days upon Seller’s payment of the taxes pursuant to this clause 23.3, the Seller shall provide the Purchaser with the receipt issued by the PRC Tax Authorities, evidencing the due payment of the taxes payable by the Seller in relation to the transfer of the Equity Interests.

 

-13-


23.4 The Seller shall indemnify and hold harmless the Purchaser and the Target for any losses suffered or incurred by it resulting from or arising out of any failure by the Seller to perform, in whole or in part, its obligations in clause 23.3 or any claims by the PRC Tax Authorities in connection with the taxes payable by the Seller under clause 23.3, provided always that the Seller shall not be required to indemnify the Purchaser or the Target in respect of any losses suffered or incurred to the extent that such losses relate to or arise out of any failure by the Purchaser or any Target Group Company to assist with any reasonable requests of the Seller in connection with the filings to the PRC Tax Authorities under clause 23.3.

 

24. Announcements

 

24.1 Notwithstanding clause 25, neither the Seller nor the Purchaser (nor any of their respective Affiliates) shall make any public announcement or issue any communication to shareholders in connection with the existence or subject matter of this Agreement (or any other Transaction Document) without the prior written approval of the other (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

24.2 The restriction in clause 24.1 shall not apply to:

 

  (a) the extent that the announcement or communication to shareholders is required by law or by any stock exchange or any regulatory, governmental or antitrust body having applicable jurisdiction (provided that the Party proposing to make the announcement or issue the communication to shareholders shall first inform the other Parties of its intention to do so and take into account the reasonable comments of the other Parties in relation to both the content and the timing for publication of the announcement or communication to shareholders); and

 

  (b) the Pearson Signing Announcement.

 

25. Confidentiality

 

25.1 For the purposes of this clause 25, Confidential Information means:

 

  (a) information relating to the provisions of, and negotiations leading to, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents;

 

  (b) (in relation to the obligations of the Purchaser) any information received or held by the Purchaser (or any of its Representatives) relating to the Seller’s Group or, before Closing, any of the Target Group Companies; and

 

  (c) (in relation to the obligations of the Seller) any information received or held by the Seller (or any of its Representatives) relating to the Purchaser Group or, following Closing, any of the Target Group Companies,

and includes written information and information transferred or obtained orally, visually, electronically or by any other means and any information which the Party has determined from information it has received including any forecasts or projections.

 

-14-


25.2 Each of the Seller, the Purchaser and their respective Representatives shall maintain Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose Confidential Information to any person except: (a) as permitted by clause 24 or this clause 25; or (b) as the other Parties (or, in the case of the Seller, the Seller’s Representative) approve in writing.

 

25.3 Subject to clause 25.4 below, clause 25.2 shall not prevent disclosure by a Party or any of its Representatives to the extent it can demonstrate that:

 

  (a) disclosure is required by law or by any stock exchange or any regulatory, governmental or antitrust body (including any Tax Authority) having applicable jurisdiction (provided that, the disclosing party shall first inform the other Parties of its intention to disclose such information and take into account the reasonable comments of the other Parties);

 

  (b) disclosure is of Confidential Information which was lawfully in the possession of that Party or any of its Representatives (in either case as evidenced by written records) without any obligation of secrecy before its being received or held;

 

  (c) disclosure is of Confidential Information which has previously become publicly available other than through that Party’s action or failure to act (or that of its Representatives);

 

  (d) disclosure is required for the purpose of any arbitral or judicial proceedings arising out of this Agreement (or any other Transaction Document); or

 

  (e) disclosure is made to lending banks, financial institutions or any other funding or prospective funding (whether debt or equity) parties of the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates or arrangers of such funding (or their respective Affiliates) or rating agencies engaged by or on behalf of the Purchaser, together with their directors, officers and advisers provided such parties are under a duty of confidentiality on substantially the same terms as this clause 25.

 

25.4 Each of the Seller and the Purchaser undertakes that it (and its Representatives) shall only disclose Confidential Information as permitted by this clause 25 if it is reasonably required and, in the case of disclosure under clause 25.3(e), only if the recipient is informed of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and is subject to an obligation to keep confidential any information so disclosed.

 

25.5 If this Agreement terminates, the Purchaser shall as soon as practicable on request by the Seller’s Representative:

 

  (a) return to the Seller all written documents and other materials relating to any member of the Seller’s Group, the relevant Target Group Company or this Agreement (including any Confidential Information) which the Seller (or its Representatives) have provided to the Purchaser (or its Representatives) without keeping any copies thereof;

 

-15-


  (b) destroy all information or other documents derived from such Confidential Information; and

 

  (c) so far as it is practicable to do so, expunge such Confidential Information from any computer, word processor or other device.

 

26. Assignment

 

26.1 Except as provided in this clause 26 or unless the Seller and the Purchaser specifically agree in writing, no person shall assign, transfer, hold on trust or encumber all or any of its rights under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document nor grant, declare, create or dispose of any right or interest in any of them. Any purported assignment in contravention of this clause 26 shall be void.

 

26.2 The Purchaser may assign (in whole or in part) the benefit of the Warranties with the consent of the Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to any member of the Purchaser Group which is the legal and beneficial owner from time to time of any or all of the Equity Interests as if it were the Purchaser under this Agreement. The Purchaser shall ensure that before any such assignee subsequently ceases to be a member of the Purchaser Group it shall re-assign that benefit to the Purchaser or to another continuing member of the Purchaser Group.

 

26.3 If an assignment is made in accordance with this clause 26, the liabilities of the members of the Seller’s Group to the Purchaser Group under this Agreement shall be no greater than such liabilities would have been if the assignment had not occurred.

 

27. Further Assurances

 

27.1 Each of the Seller and the Purchaser shall, from Closing, execute, or procure the execution of, such further documents as may be required by law or be necessary to implement and give effect to the Transaction Documents.

 

27.2 Each of the Seller and the Purchaser shall procure that its Representatives comply with all obligations under the Transaction Documents that are expressed to apply to any such Representatives.

 

28. Notices

 

28.1 Any notice to be given by one Party to the other Party in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing in English and Chinese and signed by or on behalf of the Party giving it. It shall be delivered by hand, email, registered post or courier using an internationally recognised courier company.

 

28.2 A notice shall be effective upon receipt and shall be deemed to have been received: (a) at the time of delivery, if delivered by hand, registered post or courier; or (b) at the time of transmission if delivered by email. Where delivery occurs outside Working Hours, notice shall be deemed to have been received at the start of Working Hours on the next following Business Day.

 

-16-


28.3 The addresses and email addresses of the Parties for the purpose of clause 28.1 are:

In relation to the Seller and Seller’s Guarantor (in its own right and as Seller’s Representative):

 

   Address:    Email:
For the attention of: Graeme Baldwin and Soren Kroon   

Pearson PLC

Shell Mex House

80 Strand

London

WC2R 0RL

United Kingdom

   graeme.baldwin@pearson.com and soren.kroon@pearson.com
Copy to: Philip Li   

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer

11/F, Two Exchange Square

Hong Kong

   philip.li@freshfields.com
In relation to the Purchaser and the Purchaser’s Guarantor:
   Address:    Email:
For the attention of: Tan Chunxiang    16/F, Chuangfu Mansion, 18 Danling Street, Haidian District, Beijing, PRC    tanchunxiang@pxjy.com
With a copy to: Li Haijiang   

10/F, China Pacific Insurance Plaza, 28 Fengsheng Hutong

Xicheng District, Beijing 100032, PRC

   lihj@tylaw.com.cn

 

28.4 Each Party shall notify the other Parties in writing of a change to its details in clause 28.3 from time to time.

 

29. Conflict with other Agreements

If there is any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall prevail (as between the Parties and as between any members of the Seller’s Group and any members of the Purchaser Group) unless: (a) such other agreement expressly states that it overrides this Agreement in the relevant respect; and (b) the Seller and the Purchaser are either also parties to that other agreement or otherwise expressly agree in writing that such other agreement shall override this Agreement in that respect.

 

30. Whole Agreement

 

30.1 This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents together set out the whole agreement between the Parties in respect of the sale and purchase of the Equity Interests and supersede any previous draft, agreement, arrangement or understanding, whether in writing or not, relating to the Proposed Transaction. It is agreed that:

 

  (a) no Party has relied on or shall have any claim or remedy arising under or in connection with any statement, representation, warranty or undertaking made by or on behalf of any of the other Parties (or any of its Connected Persons) in relation to the Proposed Transaction that is not expressly set out in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

 

-17-


  (b) any terms or conditions implied by law in any jurisdiction in relation to the Proposed Transaction are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law or, if incapable of exclusion, any right or remedies in relation to them are irrevocably waived;

 

  (c) the only right or remedy of a Party in relation to any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be for breach of this Agreement or the relevant Transaction Document; and

 

  (d) except for any liability in respect of a breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, no Party (or any of its Connected Persons) shall owe any duty of care or have any liability in tort or otherwise to any other Party (or its respective Connected Persons) in relation to the Proposed Transaction.

 

30.2 Nothing in this clause 30 shall limit any liability for (or remedy in respect of) fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

30.3 Each Party agrees to the terms of this clause 30 on its own behalf and as agent for each of its Connected Persons. For the purpose of this clause 30, Connected Persons means (in relation to a Party) the officers, employees, agents and advisers of that party or any of its Affiliates.

 

31. Waivers, Rights and Remedies

 

31.1 Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, no failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right or remedy relating to this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents shall affect or operate as a waiver or variation of that right or remedy or preclude its exercise at any subsequent time. No single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall preclude any further exercise of it or the exercise of any other remedy.

 

31.2 Following Closing, the Purchaser shall ensure that any indemnity and/or immunity provisions contained in the Constitutional Documents of each Target Group Company of which a Resigning Director/Secretary was an employee, officer or director immediately prior to Closing are not amended, repealed or modified in any manner that would affect adversely the rights of any Resigning Director/Secretary.

 

31.3 The Purchaser shall (and shall ensure that each Target Group Company shall), from and after Closing and to the fullest extent permitted in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, waive, release and discharge each Resigning Director/Secretary from any and all claims, demands, proceedings, causes of action, orders, obligations and liabilities arising out of an event occurring prior to Closing which each Target Group Company has or may at any time have had against any Resigning Director/Secretary, provided that such Resigning Director/Secretary acted in good faith in relation to any such event.

 

31.4 The provisions of clauses 31.2 and 31.3 are in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any Resigning Director/Secretary may have at law, by contract or otherwise.

 

-18-


31.5 Subject to clause 12.3, if a Party breaches any terms of this Agreement, such breaching Party shall indemnify the other Party losses that the Party will be entitled to recover from the breaching Party under the laws of Hong Kong as determined pursuant to clause 36.

 

31.6 The Seller and Purchaser acknowledge that any breach of this Agreement by the Seller or the Purchaser (the Breaching Party ) may result in serious and irreparable damage to the other party (the Non-Breaching Party ), the Non-Breaching Party may not be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone, and the Non-Breaching Party’s remedy at law may in certain circumstances not be adequate. Therefore, the Seller and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that, in the event of a breach by the Breaching Party, the Non-Breaching Party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity to which the Non-Breaching Party may be entitled, to seek equitable relief against the Breaching Party, including temporary restraining orders and preliminary and permanent injunctions to restrain the Breaching Party from such breach and to compel compliance with the obligations of the Breaching Party.

 

32. Counterparts

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by each Party on separate counterparts. Each counterpart is an original, but all counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart of this Agreement by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

 

33. Variations

No amendment of this Agreement (or of any other Transaction Document) shall be valid unless it is in writing and duly executed by or on behalf of all of the Parties to it.

 

34. Invalidity

Each of the provisions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents is severable. If any such provision is held to be or becomes invalid or unenforceable under the law of any jurisdiction, the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to replace it with a valid and enforceable substitute provision the effect of which is as close to its intended effect as possible.

 

35. Third Party Enforcement Rights

 

35.1 The individuals, entities and Representatives specified in clauses 12.5, 21, 30 and 31 shall each have the right to enforce the relevant terms of those respective clauses by reason of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Chapter 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong). This right is subject to: (a) the rights of the Parties to amend or vary this Agreement without the consent of any such persons; and (b) the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

35.2 Except as provided in clause 35.1, a person who is not a party to this Agreement shall have no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance (Chapter 623 of the Laws of Hong Kong) to enforce any of its terms.

 

-19-


36. Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

36.1 This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of Hong Kong.

 

36.2 Any dispute, controversy, difference or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination thereof or any dispute regarding non-contractual obligations arising out of or relating to it shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre ( HKIAC ) under the HKIAC Administered Arbitration Rules in force when the Notice of Arbitration is submitted. The law of this arbitration clause shall be Hong Kong law. The seat of arbitration shall be Hong Kong. The number of arbitrators shall be one. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English and Chinese.

 

36.3 Notwithstanding this clause 36, the Parties shall retain the right to seek injunctive or interlocutory relief from the English courts or the courts in the Hong Kong SAR.

 

-20-


SIGNATURE

This Agreement is signed by duly authorised representatives of the Parties:

 

SIGNED   )    SIGNATURE: /s/ David Kedwards
for and on behalf of   )     
GLOBAL EDUCATION &   )   
TECHNOLOGY (HK) LTD   )    NAME: David Kedwards


SIGNED   )    SIGNATURE: /s/ John J. Fallon
for and on behalf of   )   
PEARSON PLC   )    NAME: John J. Fallon


SIGNED by Mr. Haijiang Li    )      
by the authority of and as attorney    )      
for PREPSHINE HOLDINGS    )      
CO., LIMITED    )      
under a power of attorney    )   

/s/ Haijiang Li

  
dated 15 August 2017    )      
in the presence of:    )      

 

Witness Signature    :   

/s/ Abigail Gibb

  
Name    :    Abigail Gibb   
Title/occupation    :    Trainee Solicitor   
Address    :    11 th Floor, Two Exchange Square   


SIGNED by Mr. Haijiang Li    )      
by the authority of and as attorney    )      
for YUNLONG SHA    )      
under a power of attorney    )   

/s/ Haijiang Li

  
dated 15 August 2017    )      
in the presence of:    )      

 

Witness Signature    :   

/s/ Abigail Gibb

  
Name    :    Abigail Gibb   
Title/occupation    :    Trainee Solicitor   
Address    :    11 th Floor, Two Exchange Square   

Exhibit 10.18

Equity Transfer Agreement of

 

 

ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

(啄木鸟国际教育咨询(北京)有限公司)

 

 

Executed Between

Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京美通教育咨询有限公司)

and

the shareholders, among others, Chen Qiyong, Cao Yawei

March 2018


Table of Contents

 

Article   1.

   Definitions and Interpretations      4  

Article   2.

   Transfer of Rights and Obligations and Equity Transfer      5  

Article   3.

   Transfer Price      8  

Article   4.

   Closing Conditions, Payment and Post-closing      9  

Article   5.

   Management Transfer and Closing      16  

Article   6.

   Representations and Warranties of Party A      17  

Article   7.

   Representations and Warranties of Party B      17  

Article   8.

   Special Undertakings      20  

Article   9.

   Arrangement for Transition Period      21  

Article 10.

   Confidentiality      21  

Article 11.

   Expenses and Fees      22  

Article 12.

   Liabilities for Breach of this Agreement      22  

Article 13.

   Validity and Termination      23  

Article 15.

   Applicable Laws and Dispute Resolution      24  

Article 16.

   Miscellaneous      25  

Appendix   1:

  

Settlement Conditions

  

Appendix   2:

  

Representations and warranties

  

Appendix   3:

  

Transition arrangement

  

Appendix   4:

  

Letter of consent

  

Appendix   5:

  

List of transfer

  

Appendix   6:

  

List of assets and liabilities of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools

  

Appendix   7:

  

List of management members and core employee

  

Appendix   8:

  

Letter of disclosure of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools

  

Appendix   9:

  

Housing leasing

  

Appendix 10:

  

Self-prepared teaching materials

  

Appendix 11:

  

Trademark

  

Appendix 12:

  

List of creditor’s rights transferred from ZMN Education to Party B

  

Appendix 14:

  

List of B160 contracts

  

Equity Transfer Agreement

This Equity Transfer Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) was signed by the following Parties in Beijing, China on March 15, 2018:

Party A:

Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京美通教育咨询有限公司)(hereinafter referred to as “ Milestone ”), a company of limited liability incorporated in China with the address of 0616, 5th Floor, Building 1, No.113 Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing.

Party B:

 

(1)

   Chen Qiyong    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(2)

   Cao Yawei    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

 

1


(3)

   Cheng Laichuan    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(4)

   Yan Yarong    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(5)

   Zhou Pengfei    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(6)

   Jia Qian    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(7)

   Chen Qizhi    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(8)

   Chen Qisheng    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(9)

   Chen Qilun    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(10)

   Chen Qitao    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(11)

   Wang Chunlai    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(12)

   Liu Lei    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(13)

   Feng Gang    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(14)

   Wang Wentao    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(15)

   Fu Huamei    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(16)

   Zhang Lie    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(17)

   Zhang Tianyi    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

(18)

   Zhang Bo    Address: [            ]    ID No.: [            ]

Party C:

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Puxin”), a company of limited liability incorporated in China with the address of 05-535, 8th Floor, No. 18, Zhongguancun Street, Haidian District, Beijing.

 

2


(Each of these Parties or any party is referred to individually as a” Party ” and collectively as “ Parties ”)

WHEREAS:

 

(1) ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (啄木鸟国际教育咨询(北京)有限公司) (hereinafter referred to as “ Target Company ” or “ ZMN Education ”), is a company of limited liability incorporated and validly existing under the laws of China, with an unified social credit code of 91110108793436874R, Chen Qiyong being the legal representative, and address of No. 902-03, 3 Suzhou Street, Haidian District, Beijing.

 

(2) Party B agrees that the industrial and commercial registration (the “ AIC Registration ”) formalities for the change in registered capital and equity of the Target Company shall be completed within fifteen (15) days from the date of execution of this Agreement, and Party B holds 100% equity interests of the Target Company.

 

(3) Puxin and the Target Company have signed the Letter of Initial Intent for Investment on July 20, 2017.

 

(4) Puxin and all shareholders of the Target Company have signed the Equity Transfer Agreement of ZMN Education executed between Puxin and the shareholders of ZMN Education, among others, Chen Qiyong and Cao Yawei” (the “ Equity Transfer Agreement ”) on July 27, 2017.

 

(5) Puxin intends to transfer its rights and obligations under the Equity Transfer Agreement to Milestone, and Milestone agrees to take over Puxin’s rights and obligations under the Equity Transfer Agreement. Where Milestone is unable to perform its obligations under the Equity Transfer Agreement, Puxin shall also assume the corresponding responsibilities.

 

3


(6) Party B agrees to transfer 100% equity interests of the Target Company to Party A in accordance with the terms and conditions contemplated in this Agreement; Party A agrees to acquire the said equity.

Upon negotiation, all Parties have reached consensus on the following terms regarding the transfer of the equity of the Target Company between Party A and Party B:

Article 1. Definitions and Interpretations

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, unless otherwise provided by the context, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

  (1) “Target Company” means ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (啄木鸟国际教育咨询(北京)有限公司).

 

  (2) “Target Equity” means the 100% equity interests in the Target Company held by Party B which shall be acquired from Party B by Party A under this Agreement.

 

  (3) “Target Interest” means the 100% equity interests in the Target Company held by Party B which shall be acquired from Party B by Party A under this Agreement, for which Party A indirectly holds the equity interests and ownership of the subsidiaries, branches and schools of the Target Company.

 

  (4) “Equity Transfer” means Party A acquires and holds the transferred equity of the Target Company under this Agreement.

 

  (5) “This Transaction” means the transactions related to this Equity Transfer.

 

  (6) “Date of Management Transfer” means the date on which the business personnel of Party A are actually stationed in the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools pursuant to the provisions of Article 5.1 of this Agreement, that is, August 1, 2017.

 

4


  (7) “Closing Date” means the date contemplated in the Article 5.2 of this Agreement.

 

  (8) “Renminbi” means the lawful currency of China. Unless otherwise specified, “yuan” means “Renminbi yuan”.

 

1.2 Interpretations

 

  (1) References to the laws of China in this Agreement shall include any regulations, ordinances, legally binding policies or other ancillary legislation in the jurisdiction. References to laws shall include revisions and changes made thereto from time to time. References to this Agreement or any contract shall be construed as including revisions, changes or updates that may be made thereto.

 

  (2) The terms “of this Agreement”, “in this Agreement” and “under this Agreement” and phrases of similar meanings used in this Agreement shall mean the entire Agreement instead of any specific article of this Agreement.

 

  (3) The Parties may sign a simplified version of this Agreement for the purpose of AIC Registration for the Equity Transfer, as the case may be. Where such simplified agreement is inconsistent with this Agreement or such agreement does not provide otherwise, this Agreement shall prevail.

Article 2. Transfer of Rights and Obligations and Equity Transfer

 

2.1 General Transfer of Rights and Obligations and Equity Transfer

 

  (1) General transfer of rights and obligations

 

5


All Parties agreed that Puxin shall transfer all of its rights and obligations under the Equity Transfer Agreement to Milestone upon the execution of this Agreement, and Milestone shall take over Puxin’s status as a party to the Equity Transfer Agreement, and shall be entitled to the corresponding rights and assume the corresponding obligations. All Parties’ signing on this Agreement shall be deemed to have agreed the transfer of the above-mentioned rights and obligations in entirety.

 

  (2) Target Company’s equity structure under AIC Registration

 

Serial no.

  

Name of shareholder

  

Subscribed contribution

(RMB’0000)

  

Percentage of

contribution

1.    Chen Qiyong    519.128    37.618%
2.    Zhang Lie    233.110    16.892%
3.    Cao Yawei    197.340    14.300%
4.    Yan Yarong    93.467    6.773%
5.    Cheng Laichuan    78.232    5.669%
6.    Zhang Tianyi    49.680    3.600%
7.    Zhou Pengfei    28.044    2.032%
8.    Chen Qitao    26.951    1.953%
9.    Fu Huamei    24.191    1.753%
10.    Chen Qizhi    20.769    1.505%
11.    Wang Chunlai    19.886    1.441%
12.    Jia Qian    15.235    1.104%
13.    Liu Lei    14.308    1.037%
14.    Chen Qilun    13.151    0.953%
15.    Zhang Bo    12.268    0.889%
16.    Wang Wentao    11.923    0.864%
17.    Feng Gang    11.923    0.864%
18.    Chen Qisheng    10.391    0.753%
     

 

  

 

Total

   1380.000    100.000%
     

 

  

 

 

6


  (3) Equity Transfer

Party B agrees to transfer the equity interests it held in the Target Company to Party A in accordance with the terms and conditions stipulated in this Agreement. The details of the transfer are as follows:

 

Serial no.

  

Name of

transferor

  

Subscribed capital for transfer (RMB’0000)

  

Percentage of total

subscribed capital for

transfer

1.    Chen Qiyong    519.128    37.618%
2.    Zhang Lie    233.110    16.892%
3.    Cao Yawei    197.340    14.300%
4.    Yan Yarong    93.467    6.773%
5.    Cheng Laichuan    78.232    5.669%
6.    Zhang Tianyi    49.680    3.600%
7.    Zhou Pengfei    28.044    2.032%
8.    Chen Qitao    26.951    1.953%
9.    Fu Huamei    24.191    1.753%
10.    Chen Qizhi    20.769    1.505%
11.    Wang Chunlai    19.886    1.441%
12.    Jia Qian    15.235    1.104%
13.    Liu Lei    14.308    1.037%
14.    Chen Qilun    13.151    0.953%
15.    Zhang Bo    12.268    0.889%
16.    Wang Wentao    11.923    0.864%
17.    Feng Gang    11.923    0.864%
18.    Chen Qisheng    10.391    0.753%
     

 

  

 

Total

   1380.000    100.000%
     

 

  

 

Upon Closing, Party A shall become the sole shareholder of the Target Company, and Party A shall hold 100% equity interests in the Target Company.

 

7


2.2 Entitlement to interests

From the Date of Management Transfer, Party A shall directly or indirectly hold titles to all the assets, creditor’s rights, and other related interests of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools, including but not limited to:

 

  (1) Fixed assets, office equipment, existing hardware facilities, teaching materials and commodity materials in stock, all operations, enrollment and OA systems, technology platforms, and intellectual properties (including but not limited to the brands, logos, copyrights, trademarks, domain names, WeChat accounts and Weibo accounts, of the Target Company and the Target School) of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools; among which, the trademarks of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools to be entitled by Party A trademark shall be limited to the trademarks listed in Appendix 11.

 

  (2) Party A shall be entitled to the dividends of the Target Company and its subsidiaries and schools, and related rights and interests based on the Target Interest.

 

2.3 Liabilities commitment

The target of the Target Equity held by Party B transferred to Party A shall include all liabilities and contingent liabilities of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools up to the Date of Management Transfer, but excluding the potential administrative penalties, litigations and arbitrations under Article 7 of this Agreement.

Article 3. Transfer Price

The Parties agreed that, with reference to the registered capital, carried-over revenue and other factors of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools on the signing date of this Agreement, the transfer price was determined to be RMB65.25 million.

 

8


As the 100% controlling shareholder of Party A, Puxin agreed to grant Party B the share options as to 1% of the total share capital of Puxin, for which the Parties concerned shall sign a separate agreement.

Article 4. Closing Conditions, Payment and Post-closing

 

4.1 Payment

Party A shall pay the transfer price in cash. The specific payment arrangements are as follows:

 

  (1) The first installment of the transfer price payable by Party A is RMB18.25 million (the “ first installment ”). As of the date of the execution of this Agreement, Puxin has already paid the first installment of the transfer price, and Party B confirms that it has received the first installment of the transfer price paid by Puxin.

 

  (2) The second installment of the transfer price payable by Party A, that is, RMB42.00 million (the “ second installment ”), is subject to:

 

  a) Party B shall fully satisfy (or be exempted through written approval by Party A) all the conditions (hereinafter referred to as the “ Closing Conditions ”) stipulated in Appendix 1 to this Agreement as confirmed by both parties; Party B has already passed the shareholder resolution to change the shareholders of the Target Company to Party A, and has revised the Articles of Association of the Target Company; Party B has been responsible for submitting the application materials for the change of related Target Equity to the competent administration for industrial and commercial authority; and the competent administration for industrial and commercial authority has accepted the above materials and has issued a notice of acceptance.

 

  (b) Chen Qiyong, Zhang Lie, Dan Bin and ZMN Education have signed a four-party agreement in respect to the provision of an investment in the amount of RMB13,802,300 and return of interest to ZMN Education by Dan Bin on 22 October 2015, and the previous investment in ZMN Education by Zhang Lie. The four-party agreement stipulated that ZMN Education shall repay RMB10,693,024.66 to Dan Bin and shall repay RMB10 million to Zhang Lie. As such, the historical account transactions between Dan Bin, Chen Qiyong, Zhang Lie and ZMN Education have been fully cleared, and there shall not be any other creditor’s right, liability, or any dispute or potential dispute among the four parties.

 

9


c) Pursuant to the Loan and Warranty Agreement signed by Kunming AEUA International Academy (云南师大附中美华国际高中) and ZMN Education, as well as the Supplementary Agreement to the Loan and Warranty Agreement signed by ZMN Education and Chen Qiyong, the parties agreed that the amount of loan and interest between Kunming AEUA International Academy and ZMN Education were RMB0.3 million. Chen Qiyong shall take over the the corresponding creditor’s right to Kunming AEUA International Academy of the remaining RMB0.2 million . ZMN Education shall no longer be involved in any legal issues with such matter or any relevant unsettled debt transactions.

 

d) ZMN Education agreed to waive the recovery of the relevant creditor’s rights set out in Appendix 12 with the total amount of RMB362,640, and the creditor of such debt shall be changed to Party B from ZMN Education. In the course of recovery of creditor’s rights, Party B shall be entitled to all revenues and shall bear all legal liabilities incurred therefrom.

 

e) Party A has been provided with the approval documents of the Education Bureau and Civil Affairs Bureau in respect to the change of owner of Beijing Haidian ZMN Education Training School from Tian Jing to the Target Company, the board resolutions of the school on the change of the owner, the revised Articles of Association and the Private School Business Permit (《民办学校办学许可证》) and the Private Non-Enterprise Unit Registration Certificate (《民办非企业单位登记证书》) issued upon the change of the owner, proving that the necessary approval and registration procedures have been performed with regards to the change of owner to the Target Company from Tian Jing, without any disputes or potential disputes. Meanwhile, Chen Qiyong has issued a confirmation letter, confirming that he is not entitled to any ownership in Beijing Haidian ZMN Education Training School.

 

10


  f) Dalian Shahekou ZMN Education Training School and Xi’an Beilin ZMN Education Training Center have submitted the capital verification reports to Party A at the time of the establishment of the school; and it has been confirmed that the funds of RMB500,000 for establishment of ZMN Education Training School in Shahekou District, Dalian has been paid on time and in full by ZMN Education (Dalian) (啄木鸟教育咨询(大连)有限公司);

 

  g) The Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools have standardized the housing leasing (see Appendix 9 for details), and have provided Party A with the fire acceptance inspection documents and housing ownership certificates of all the leased houses, including, for the subleased houses, the written documents stipulating the agreement to sublet of the owner of the leased house;

 

  h) Chen Qiyong, Cheng Laichuan, Li Lin and ZMN Education have signed the Copyright Assignment Agreement for the self-developed teaching materials listed in Appendix 10 and agreed to transfer the copyright of such self-developed teaching materials to ZMN Education free of charge;

 

  i) Fu Huamei, the copyright holder of the artwork Dr. Woodpecker, has signed the Copyright Assignment Agreement with the Target Company and agreed to transfer the copyright of Dr. Woodpecker to the Target Company free of charge;

As of the date of the execution of this Agreement, Puxin has already waived the preconditions for payment of the second installment and has paid the second installment of equity transfer. Party B confirms that it has received the second installment of equity transfer paid by Puxin.

Exemption of the preconditions for the payment of the second installment by Puxin shall be deemed as such that these preconditions automatically convert to be preconditions to the payment of the third installment, and shall not be deemed that such preconditions have been fulfilled.

 

11


As of the Closing Date, where the Target Company or its subsidiaries, branches and schools are subject to administrative penalties or retrospective payment by the relevant competent authorities due to the non-fulfillment of the above-mentioned Closing Conditions, Party B shall bear the relevant liabilities.

 

  (3) Party A shall pay the third installment of transfer price, that is, RMB5 million (the “ third installment ”). The conditions to the payment are: (a) Party B has fulfilled its responsibility to complete the AIC Registration with regard to the transfer of the Target Equity, and Party B has provided Party A with a complete set of industrial and commercial archives and business licenses of the Target Company when the AIC registration is completed; (b) the constraints and requirements on Party B set out in Article 4.2 have been satisfied; (c) in accordance with the provisions of Article 4.1(2) of this Agreement, the preconditions for the second installment payment that are not satisfied but automatically converted into the preconditions for the third installment payment are satisfied or have been exempted by Party A. After all of the above (a), (b), and (c) were satisfied, Party A shall pay the third installment to Party B.

 

  (4) The Parties agree that, pursuant to Article 4.1 (2) of this Agreement, ZMN Education shall repay all the debts incurred by Zhang Lie and Dan B in according to the four-party agreement stipulated in Article 4.1(2)(b) within three working days after the preconditions for the second installment payment that are not satisfied but automatically converted into the preconditions for the third installment payment are satisfied.

 

4.2 Future matters on management transfer

The Parties further agree that:

 

  (1) Within six months after the Date of Management Transfer, Party B shall cooperate with the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools in continuing their operation in accordance with the laws, and make every effort to ensure the stability of the employees, businesses and customers of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools, and existing external partnership related to existing students before the Closing.

 

12


Where the Target Company or its subsidiaries, branches and schools are subject to administrative penalties by the relevant competent authorities or making retrospective payments after the Closing Date due to the non-fulfillment of the preconditions to the second installment as stipulated in Article 4.1 (2) of this Agreement, Party B shall bear the relevant liabilities for fines and retrospective payments, and Party A shall be entitled to make the deductions from the third installment accordingly.

Chen Qiyong and Cheng Laichuan of Party B shall continue to serve as special advisors for the Target Company for one year from the Date of Management Transfer, and shall participate in various marketing and promotion and student maintenance activities arranged by the Target Company, including but not limited to lectures, parent meetings and services for customers. Party A agrees that Chen Qiyong and Cheng Laichuan shall use the two Beijing car license plates of the Target Company for [            ] years free of charge, starting from the Date of Management Transfer, and each of them shall use one of the license plates. Chen Qiyong and Cheng Laichuan agree to bear various outlays and liabilities arising from the use of such license plates, while the Target Company shall not bear any outlays or liabilities arising therefrom. Where any of the above events cause the Target Company to suffer from any losses, Chen Qiyong and Cheng Laichuan shall be liable for compensation.

Where Chen Qiyong and Cheng Laichuan are using the license plate in compliance with the laws, ZMN Education shall actively cooperate with the annual inspection procedures and provide relevant supporting documents and formalities, if required.

 

  (2) Party B shall fully assist and cooperate with the Target Company’s affiliate, the Xi’an Beilin ZMN Education Training Center, to complete the change of address formalities, in order to make the addresses recorded in the Private School Business Permit (《民办学校办学许可证》) and the Private Non-Enterprise Unit Registration Certificate (《民办非企业单位登记证书》) be consistent with the actual schooling address;

 

13


  (3) Party B shall assist and cooperate with the Target Company’s affiliate, Wu De Pai Ke Foreign Language Training Center (伍德派克外语培训中心) in Jinshui District, Zhengzhou City of at Room 032, 8th Floor, No. 17 Building, Wanfenghuicheng, Dongbeijiao at the intersection of Yinping Road and Yingchun Road to obtain approval issued by the competent education authorities for its physical teaching center;

 

  (4) Party B shall assist and cooperate with the Target Company, ZMN Cultural Exchange (Shanghai) Company Limited (啄木鸟文化交流 (上海) 有限公司) and its Guangzhou branch, and Chengdu ZMN Education Cultural Exchange Company Limited (成都啄木鸟文化传播有限公司) to apply for working permit for their 10 foreign employees;

 

  (5) Party B shall assist and cooperate with the Target Company to complete deregistration of Zhongtianyihe (中天一合), a general partnership .

 

  (6) For the B160 contracts (see Appendix 13 for details) that still have binding force to ZMN Education as of December 31, 2017 , Chen Qiyong shall make due diligence and actively cooperate with ZMN Education to continue to provide free overseas consulting services for the B160 contracts to ensure that the customers obtain good admission results, and to avoid any disputes with customers.

 

  (7) The Parties agree that, after Puxin has completed the listing, ZMN Education shall assign the trademark “ LOGO ” with the number 8476442 and the trademark “ LOGO ” with the number 8476366 to Chen Qiyong or its designated entity.

 

4.3 Party A or Party A’s designated third party shall pay the purchase price to Party B’s designated bank account in accordance with the provisions of this Article after Party B satisfies the terms under this Agreement:

The individual income tax involved in this transaction shall be withheld by Party A, and Party A shall provide Party B with the proof of tax payment. The relevant individual income tax shall be paid by Party B to Party A. Party B, if natural person , shall provide Party A with receipts.

 

14


Party B confirms that the payment of final equity transfer price with the relevant individual income tax deducted to Party B’s designated bank account by Party A shall be deemed as that Party A has fulfilled its obligation to pay the entire equity transfer price to Party B under the Equity Transfer Agreement and there shall not have any disputes or potential disputes over the payment of such equity price.

 

Serial
no.
   Account name    Bank account no.    Bank information
1.    Chen Qiyong   

[●]

  

Zhongguancun Sub-branch of Beijing

Branch of China Merchants Bank

2.    Cao Yawei    [●]    Haidian West District Sub-branch of Beijing Branch of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China
3.    Cheng Laichuan    [●]   

Beijing Zhongguancun Branch of China

Merchants Bank

4.    Yan Yarong    [●]   

Dong Si Huan Sub-branch of Beijing

Branch of China Merchants Bank

5.    Zhou Pengfei    [●]   

Beijing Zhongguancun Branch of

China Merchants Bank

6.    Jia Qian    [●]   

Beijing Jingguang Bridge Branch of

China Merchants Bank

7.    Chen Qizhi    [●]   

Sales Department of Yizheng Rural

Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

8.    Chen Qisheng    [●]   

Sales Department of Yizheng Rural

Commercial Bank Co., Ltd.

9.    Chen Qilun    [●]   

Nanjing Liuhe Chaoyang Branch Office

of Industrial and Commercial Bank of

China

10.    Chen Qitao    [●]   

Beijing Yu Fa Branch Office of

Agricultural Bank of China Limited

11.    Wang Chunlai    [●]   

Nanjing Liuhe Branch of China

Construction Bank

12.    Liu Lei    [●]   

Haidian Sub-branch of Beijing Branch of

China Merchants Bank

13.    Feng Gang    [●]   

Henan Zhengzhou Huayuan Bei Road

Branch of Bank of Communications

14.    Wang Wentao    [●]   

Taiyuan Pingyang Road Branch of China

Merchants Bank

15.    Fu Huamei    [●]   

Donghu Sub-branch of Wuhan Branch of

China Merchants Bank

16.    Zhang Lie    [●]   

Xi’an City North Branch of China

Merchants Bank

17.    Zhang Tianyi    [●]   

Fenglin Luzhou Sub-branch of Xi’an

Branch of China Merchants Bank

18.    Zhang Bo    [●]   

Sales Department of Xi’an Branch of

China Merchants Bank

 

15


Article 5. Management Transfer and Closing

 

  5.1 As confirmed by the Parties, the “Date of Management Transfer” under this Agreement shall be the date on which the business personnel of Party A are actually stationed in the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools, that is, determined as 31 July 2017. From the Date of Management Transfer, Party A shall begin to substantively operate and manage the business, finance, personnel and other matters of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools, with the highest operational decision-making authorities and financial management authorities, and the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools shall, in the form of resolution documents, change the directors/executive directors, supervisors and senior management personnel of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, heads of branches, principals, legal representatives and members of the council/board of directors of the Target School to Party A’s designated persons.

The rights and interests and liabilities of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Articles 2.2 and 2.3 of this Agreement. The Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools shall be included in the financial consolidation of Party A. After the Date of Management Transfer, Party A shall be entitled to the entire equity interests of the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools and shall assume corresponding obligations.

 

  5.2 As confirmed by the Parties, the “Closing Date” under this Agreement shall be the date on which Party A has completed the registration with the competent industrial and commercial authority as the shareholder holding the 100% equity interests of the Target Company in accordance with the terms of Appendix 1 “Closing Conditions” of this Agreement.

 

  5.3 The Parties shall make their best effort to ensure that the Closing Conditions are met before 15 March 2018 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Long Stop Date ”).

 

16


Article 6. Representations and Warranties of Party A

 

  6.1 For the purpose of completing the transactions under this Agreement, Party A hereby represents and warrants that:

 

  (1) Party A is an enterprise established under the laws of China and is a validly existing company with an independent corporate status.

 

  (2) This Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations for Party A. Except for any reason on Party B’s part, Party A shall not arbitrarily terminate or suspend the performance of this Agreement.

Article 7. Representations and Warranties of Party B

 

  7.1 For the purpose of completing the transactions under this Agreement, Party B hereby represents and warrants that as of the Date of Management Transfer:

 

  (1) The matters set forth in Appendix 2 “Representations and Warranties” to this Agreement are true in all material respects.

 

  (2) Party B’s contribution to the Target Company has been fully paid in accordance with the provisions of the PRC Company Law and the Company’s Articles of Association. The Company’s shareholding structure is clear and there are no nominee equity holdings or relevant disputes. Party B is the legal holder of the equity held by it, and there are no pledges, guarantees, and other encumbrances on such equity, and nor is there any disputes involved third parties. Party B has full and legal ownership and disposal rights over the equity transferred to Party A under this Agreement. The process and results of acquiring the Target Equity are in compliance with laws and regulations, and shall not result in any legal or financial adverse effects or contingent liabilities of the Target Company and/or Party A. Where there is any compensation or any other kind of third-party claims arising from any dispute over the Target Company’s equity, resulting in any loss to the Target Company and Party A, Party B shall bear full responsibility for compensation to the Target Company and Party A.

 

17


  (3) The Target Company and its subsidiaries and branches have all the necessary permits, licenses and government approvals required for their current business operations, and shall have them remain fully effective until the date of completion of the closing; there is no matter that may cause or result in any derogation of the effect of any such permit, license or government approval, except that such derogation is resulted from such events that the subsidiaries, branches and schools of the Target Company have not yet obtained qualifications related to training, or that the business license of Shanghai subsidiaries of the Target Company does not include educational consultation business as of the Data of Management Transfer.

 

  (4) The operation of the Target School complies with requirements of the relevant laws and regulations. If any penalty is imposed and the Target School suffers any loss accordingly in case of violation of any laws and regulations including but not limited to failure to timely obtain documents such as, if applicable, approval documents from competent educational authorities and competent departments of civil affairs in relation to school incorporation and successive changes of school information, internal resolution documents, Private School Business Permit (《民办学校办学许可证》)” and the “Private Non-Enterprise Unit Registration Certificate (《民办非企业单位登记证书》), and discrepancy between the actual business address and the registered address set out in Private School Business Permit (《民办学校办学许可证》)” and the “Private Non-Enterprise Unit Registration Certificate (《民办非企业单位登记证书》), Party B shall be liable to the Target School and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation. As of the Date of Management Transfer, the following circumstances are exceptions: the Target Company’s subsidiaries, branches and schools have not obtained relevant training qualification and the Target Company’s Shanghai subsidiaries are subject to administrative penalty by relevant competent authorities and are ordered to make additional payment as the educational consultation business had not been included in their business license.

 

  (5) If administrative penalty is imposed on the Target Company’s schools due to failure to timely and fully make payment of start-up funds, Party B shall be liable to the Target Company and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation.

 

18


  (6) If the Target Company and its subsidiaries and schools are subject to administrative penalty due to failure to timely complete the annual inspection procedures of their motor vehicles, and failure to timely purchase compulsory liability insurance for the motor vehicles, Party B shall be liable to the Target Company and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation.

 

  (7) If defects of the property leased by the Target Company and its subsidiaries exist, including but not limited to defective title of the property, failure to complete the procedure of examination and acceptance of fire prevention measures, non-compliance of actual usage with the designed usage of the property, sublease of leased property without consent of property owner, resulting in loss suffered arising from imposition of administrative penalty, occurrence of safety lability incidents and relocation of school address, Party B shall be liable to Target Company and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation

 

  (8) If the Target School and Party A suffer any loss due to imposition of administrative penalty by tax authorities or is charged with criminal liabilities since the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools fail to fully report their taxes, Party B shall be liable to the Target School and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation.

 

  (9) If the Target Company is subject to any administrative penalty or suffers any loss accordingly due to part-time employment of public primary and secondary school teachers in the subsidiaries of the Target Company, Party B shall be liable to the Target Company and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation.

 

19


If the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools are subject to administrative penalty or are required to make retrospective payments due to non-compliance with requirements of laws and regulations in relation to their payments of social insurance or housing provident fund, or if any labor disputes arise accordingly, Party B shall undertake to be liable to Target School and Party A for the relevant liabilities and economic compensation.

This Agreement constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations for Party B. In case of any falseness or breach of the aforesaid representations and warranties by Party B, it shall be liable for the related compensation.

Article 8. Special Undertakings

 

  8.1 Non-competition

After the Date of Management Transfer, Party B shall not use or register trade names and trademarks listed in Appendix 11 (including homophone trade names and trademarks), and within 2 years from the date of the Management Transfer, Party B shall not be engaged in, invest, manage, operate and run any business that compete with the business conducted by the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools on the date of execution of this Agreement. However, Chen Qiyong may be engaged in business of “3+1 Planning Platform of Studying Abroad” and be given priority to cooperate with ZMN Education. Party B shall not procure, induce or persuade any employees of the Target Company and the Target School to leave in any way.

 

  8.2 Restriction on malicious acts

Upon the Date of Management Transfer, Party B shall not conduct any act in the names of the Target Company or its subsidiaries, branches, schools that may cause the said company, subsidiaries, branches and schools to suffer from any liabilities, losses, damages, claims, expenses and outlays, interests, judgements, awards and penalties.

 

20


  8.3 Restriction on material dishonest acts

Party A has not discovered the following acts by Party B, the Target Company and its subsidiaries, branches and schools during due diligence by Party A: (1) the information provided is materially false or contains material omission; or (2) the data provided contains significant error, that is, the difference between the provided data and the correct data exceeds 10%.

Article 9. Arrangement for Transition Period

Party B agrees to comply with the undertakings and arrangement set out in Appendix 3 from the date of execution of this Agreement to the Closing Date (hereinafter referred to as “ Transition Period ”)

Article 10. Confidentiality

All Parties to this Agreement shall keep the content and the existence of this Agreement confidential. Parties to this Agreement shall not disclose to the public any information of transaction under this Agreement without prior written consent from other Parties, provided that, each party may disclose such confidential information to its own directors, senior management, employees, professional consultants, or its affiliates (hereinafter referred to as “ Authorized Person ”), but such disclosing party shall procure those Authorized Persons to comply with said requirements, as if they were a party to this Agreement. Unless required by the laws or government or regulatory authorities, or unanimously agreed by all Parties, no party shall publicly disclose or announce any information relating to the relationship between the Parties or their participation in this Agreement.

 

21


Article 11. Expenses and Fees

Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, each party shall be responsible for its own expenses and fees related to this Equity Transfer transaction, including expenses and fees relating to legal, audit, tax, assessment and other miscellaneous aspects.

Article 12. Liabilities for Breach of this Agreement

 

  12.1 If either Party to this Agreement causes actual loss to other Parties due to breach or non-performance of its obligations under this Agreement in part or in all, the defaulting party is obliged to pay damages; in the event that multiple Parties are at fault for the loss, such Parties shall undertake their own liabilities for breach of agreement respectively based on actual conditions.

 

  12.2 If one or several persons of Party B breaches Article 4, Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11 and/or Article 13.2, or materially breaches this Agreement, which causes any direct or indirect loss to Party A or its affiliates, senior management, directors, employees, management staff, professional consultants, authorized persons and agents (each as “Indemnified Party of Party A”), including but not limited to:

 

  (1) any liabilities, loss, damage, claim, expenses and outlays, judgements, awards and penalty, excluding any incidental or indirect damage, loss and expenses;

 

  (2) reasonable legal and consulting cost and expenses.

Party A is entitled to request the responsible person of Party B to pay damages to Party A, and hold Party A harmless; Party A is entitled to deduct such loss and its related expenses or fees from the transfer price.

 

22


  12.3 Notwithstanding the aforesaid articles, any violation of special undertakings contemplated in the Article 8 of this Agreement by one person or several persons of Party B shall constitute a fundamental breach of this Agreement. In case of Party B’s fundamental breach of this Agreement, Party A is entitled to take any of the following measures, in addition to its rights to claim against the responsible person of Party B for liabilities for breach of agreement stipulated under the aforesaid Article 12.2 that:

 

  (1) Require Party B (the defaulting party) to cease the breach immediately;

 

  (2) Elects to terminate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without payment of any consideration of equity transfer and Party B (the defaulting party) shall return Party A all consideration of equity transfer that has been paid by Party A.

Article 13. Validity and Termination

 

  13.1 This Agreement shall be signed or sealed by all Parties, and shall be effective from the date mentioned in the preamble.

 

  13.2 All Parties agree that if closing conditions have not been fully satisfied within thirty (30) days after the Long Stop Date agreed by the Parties, except for the closing conditions that are waived by Party A in writing confirmation, Party A is entitled to terminate this Agreement at its discretion.

 

  13.3 All Parties agree that unless Party B breaches this Agreement, if Party A is in breach of its payment obligation under Article 4 of this Agreement, it shall pay to Party B additional damages of 0.05% of the amount payable and outstanding by Party A to Party B on the scheduled payment date until all payment obligation have been fully performed by Party A.

 

23


  13.4 All Parties agree that if Party B breaches the representations and warranties under Article 4, Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10, Article 11, Article 3 of Appendix 1, and Appendix 2, and such breach cannot be corrected or has not been corrected within ten (10) days after Party A serves a written notice to Party B regarding such breach, Party A may choose to terminate this Agreement.

 

  13.5 This Agreement, once executed, constitutes the final stipulation to each Parties for matters contemplated in this Agreement.

Article 14. Notice

All notice, demand or other communication issued under this Agreement shall be made in writing, delivered or posted to the valid address or fax number of the relevant party, and written communication by post shall be equally valid.

Article 15. Applicable Laws and Dispute Resolution

 

  15.1 The laws of the PRC that are officially issued and publicly available shall apply as to the entering, validity, interpretation, performance, amendment and termination and dispute resolution of this Agreement.

 

  15.2 If a dispute on the interpretation or performance of this Agreement arise among the Parties, solution shall be first sought through amicable negotiation. If the negotiation fails, either party may bring the case to arbitration. If the dispute fails to be settled within thirty (30) days after either party issues a written notice to request commencement of negotiation, either party may bring the case to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration (“ CIETAC ”) according to the prevailing effective arbitration rules of the CIETAC, and the place of arbitration shall be Beijing.

 

24


  15.3 During the process of arbitration, except for the part that are involved in the dispute and pending arbitration, the rest of this Agreement shall be continually performed.

 

  15.4 Unless otherwise provided by the arbitration awards, the arbitration cost shall be borne by the losing party.

Article 16. Miscellaneous

 

  16.1 This Agreement is an amendment and restatement to the Equity Transfer Agreement. This Agreement, once signed, shall supersede all prior undertakings, memoranda, agreements or any other documents between all Parties, including but not limited to the Equity Transfer Agreement; in case of conflict between the Equity Transfer Agreement and this Agreement and its appendix, this Agreement and its appendix shall prevail.

 

  16.2 For purpose of the relevant AIC registration and tax registration, Parties may enter into a simplified version of this Agreement. However, the rights and obligations of each party shall be subject to the stipulation of this Agreement. In case of any discrepancy between the simplified version and this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail, regardless whether the simplified version is signed after the execution of this Agreement.

 

  16.3 This Agreement is executed in quintuplicate (in 5 counterparts), two (2) for Party A, and one (1) for the Target Company, Chen Qiyong (representative of Party B) and Zhang Lie respectively, each of which shall have equal effect in law.

 

  16.4 A written supplemental agreement shall be signed by all Parties to amend this Agreement. In case of any discrepancy with this Agreement, the supplemental agreement shall prevail.

(The remained of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

25


(This page is intentionally left blank, only serving as a signature page of the Equity Transfer Agreement)

Party A: Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京美通教育咨询有限公司) (Seal)

Legal Representative: /s/ Sha Yunlong

                                     Name: Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

 

26


(This page is intentionally left blank, only serving as a signature page of the Equity Transfer Agreement)

Party B:

 

Chen Qiyong    Signature: /s/ Chen Qiyong
Cao Yawei    Signature: /s/ Cao Yawei
Cheng Laichuan    Signature: /s/ Cheng Laichuan
Yan Yarong    Signature: /s/ Yan Yarong
Zhou Pengfei    Signature: /s/ Zhou Pengfei
Jia Qian    Signature: /s/ Jia Qian
Chen Qizhi    Signature: /s/ Chen Qizhi
Chen Qisheng    Signature: /s/ Chen Qisheng
Chen Qilun    Signature: /s/ Chen Qilun
Chen Qitao    Signature: /s/ Chen Qitao
Wang Chunlai    Signature: /s/ Wang Chunlai
Liu Lei    Signature: /s/ Liu Lei
Feng Gang    Signature: /s/ Feng Gang
Wang Wentao    Signature: /s/ Wang Wentao
Fu Huamei    Signature: /s/ Fu Huamei
Zhang Lie    Signature: /s/ Zhang Lie
Zhang Tianyi    Signature: /s/ Zhang Tianyi
Zhang Bo    Signature: /s/ Zhang Bo

 

27


(This page is intentionally left blank, only serving as a signature page of the Equity Transfer Agreement)

Party C: Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

Legal Representative:  

/s/ Sha Yunlong

  Name: Sha Yunlong

/s/ Seal of Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

 

28

Exhibit 10.19

PUXIN LIMITED

2018 GRAND TALENT SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1 . Purpose.

The purpose of the Puxin Limited (“ Puxin ”) 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan (“ 2018 Grand Talent Plan ”) is to enhance the ability of Puxin to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals and to encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company.

Section 2 . Structure .

Each Award (as defined below) granted by the Company pursuant to the terms of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, shall be granted to each participant, and the corresponding Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Award (the “ Award Shares ”) shall be issued to the participants or an entity designated by the participants.

Section 3 . Definitions.

As used in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan and any Award Agreement (as defined below), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a)    “ 2018 Grand Talent Plan ” shall mean this Puxin 2018 Grand Talent Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(b)     “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

(c)    “ Applicable Laws ” shall mean all laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules or governmental requirements that are applicable to this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or any Award granted pursuant to this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, including but not limited to applicable laws of the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”), the United States and the Cayman Islands, and the rules and requirements of any applicable securities exchange.

(d)    “ Award ” shall mean any Option, award of Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit or Other Share-Based Award granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

(e)    “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

(f)    “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.


(g)    “ Cause ” shall mean an act or acts on the part of the Participant constituting a violation of the internal rules and procedures of the Company or an Affiliate that employs or retains such Participant.

(h)    “ Committee ” shall mean a compensation committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer this 2018 Grand Talent Plan. In the absence of any compensation committee or any other related designation by the Board, the Board shall assume all of the powers and responsibilities under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

(i)    “ Company ” shall mean Puxin Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, together with any successor thereto.

(j)    “ Consultant ” means any individual, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether or not compensated for such services.

(k)     “ Discharge ” shall mean that the relationship between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, whether it is employment or consultancy, is terminated due to economic layoffs or restructuring of the Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be.

(l)     “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities) the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.

(m)    “ IPO ” shall mean the initial public offering of the Shares (or securities representing the Shares) of the Company in the United States.

(n)    “ Option ” shall mean an option granted under Section 7 hereof.

(o)    “ Other Share-Based Award ” shall mean a right granted under Section 9 hereof.

(p)    “ Participant ” shall mean an individual granted an Award under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

(q)     “ Restricted Share ” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 hereof.

(r)    “ Restricted Share Unit ” shall mean a contractual right granted under Section 8 hereof that is denominated in Shares, each of which represents a right to receive the value of a Share (or a percentage of such value, which percentage may be higher than 100%) upon the terms and conditions set forth in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2


(s)    “ Shares ” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.00005 per share.

(t)    “ Substitute Awards ” shall mean Awards granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by, or held by the employees of, a company or other entity or business acquired (directly or indirectly) by the Company or with which the Company combines.

Section 4 . Eligibility.

(a)    Employees (each, an “ Employee ”) and the Consultants of the Company or an Affiliate are eligible to participate in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

(b)    An individual who has agreed to accept employment by, or to provide services to, the Company or an Affiliate shall be deemed to be eligible for Awards hereunder as of the date of such agreement.

Section 5 . Administration.

(a)    Before the Company’s IPO, this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be administered by the Board. After the Company’s IPO, this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be administered by the Committee formed in accordance with applicable stock exchange rules, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board or the Committee, as applicable. The Administrator may delegate its duties and powers under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan in whole or in part to a person or committee designated by it.

(b)    Subject to the terms of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan and Applicable Laws, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards (including Substitute Awards) to be granted to each Participant under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer this 2018 Grand Talent Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, this 2018 Grand Talent Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan; (ix) determine whether and to what extent Awards should comply or continue to comply with any requirement of statute or regulation; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

 

3


(c)    All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons, including the Company, the shareholders of the Company and the Participants and their beneficiaries.

Section 6 . Shares Available for Awards.

(a)    Subject to adjustment as provided below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all Awards shall not exceed 16,400,000 Shares.

(b)    If, after the effective date of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, any Shares covered by an Award, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, cancelled or if such an Award otherwise terminates without the delivery of Shares or of other consideration, then the Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be, or shall become, available for issuance under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

(c)    In the event that any Option or other Award granted hereunder (other than a Substitute Award) is exercised through the delivery of Shares, or in the event that withholding tax liabilities arising from such Option or Award are satisfied by the withholding of Shares by the Company, the number of Shares available for Awards under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be increased by the number of Shares so surrendered or withheld.

(d)    Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

(e)    In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, including the aggregate limit specified in Section 6(a) hereof, (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award, and (iv) the minimum number of Shares which may be purchased by the holder of an outstanding Award at any one time; provided, however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

 

4


(f)    Shares underlying Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of Shares remaining available for issuance under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

Section 7. Options .

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, as the Committee shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement:

(a)    The purchase price per Share under an Option shall be determined by the Committee.

(b)    The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee; provided, however, that the term shall not be longer than ten years from the date of grant thereof.

(c)    The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which, payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

Section 8 . Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units.

(a)    The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units to Participants.

(b)    Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, any limitation on the right to vote a Restricted Share or the right to receive any dividend or other right or property), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

5


(c)    Any Restricted Share granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a share certificate or certificates, creation of a new class of shares or amendment of the Memorandum and/or Articles of Association of the Company. In the event any share certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Shares granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Share.

Section 9 . Other Share-Based Awards.

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants such other Awards (including, without limitation, share appreciation rights and rights to dividends and dividend equivalents) that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares) as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan. Subject to the terms of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 9 shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, shall, except in the case of Substitute Awards, not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted.

Section 10 . General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a)    All Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and each Participant.

(b)    Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for such minimal cash consideration as may be required by Applicable Laws.

(c)    Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

(d)    Subject to the terms of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

 

6


(e)    Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, no Award and no right under any such Award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant. Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, if permissible under Applicable Laws, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Award and no right under any such Award, may be pledged, charged, mortgaged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, charge, mortgage, alienation, attachment or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Award which has been fully exercised, earned or paid, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Award in accordance with the terms thereof.

(f)    All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any Applicable Laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(g)    No Shares shall be delivered under the 2018 Grand Talent Plan to any Participant until such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any of its subsidiaries shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or its subsidiaries, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Participant’s payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of the 2018 Grand Talent Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sum required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2018 Grand Talent Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award after such Shares were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy any income and payroll tax liabilities applicable to the Participant with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall, unless specifically approved by the Committee, be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the applicable income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

 

7


Section 11 . Amendment and Termination.

(a)    Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Laws and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, or any Award Agreement hereunder or any portion hereof or thereof at any time; provided, however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval, if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the Committee deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or comply, (ii) shareholder approval as provided in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association for any amendment to this 2018 Grand Talent Plan that increases the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, and (iii) with respect to any Award Agreement, the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award.

(b)    The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or beneficiary of an Award; provided, however , that no such action shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any affected Participant or holder or beneficiary under any Award theretofore granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan; and provided further that, except as provided in Section 6(e) hereof, no such action shall reduce the exercise price of any Option established at the time of grant thereof.

(c)    The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 6(e) hereof affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles); whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

 

8


(d)    Any provision of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, with the affected Participant’s consent, the Committee may cause any Award granted hereunder to be canceled in consideration of a cash payment or alternative Award made to the holder of such canceled Award equal in value to the Fair Market Value of such canceled Award as of the time of the cancellation.

(e)    The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry this 2018 Grand Talent Plan into effect.

Section 12 .      Withholding Taxes . The exercise of each Award granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time, the Committee shall determine that the satisfaction of withholding tax is necessary or desirable in respect of such exercise, such exercise shall not be effective unless such withholding has been effected to the satisfaction of the Committee. In such circumstances, the Committee may require the exercising Participant to pay to the Company, in addition to and in the same manner as the Exercise Price for the Award Shares, such amount as the Company or any Affiliate is obliged to remit to the relevant taxing authority in respect of the exercise of the Awards. Alternatively, the Committee may direct the Company or an Affiliate thereof to withhold the appropriate amount of tax from the applicable Participant’s salary in connection with a requested exercise. Any such additional payment shall be due no later than the date as of which any amount with respect to the Award exercised first becomes includable in the gross income of the exercising Participant for tax purposes.

Section 13 . Miscellaneous.

(a)    No employee, independent contractor, Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of employees, independent contractors, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b)    Nothing contained in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

9


(c)    The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate. Further, the Company or the applicable Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or terminate the services of an independent contractor, free from any liability, or any claim under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or in any Award Agreement or in any other agreement binding the parties.

(d)    If any provision of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or any Award under any Applicable Laws, such provision shall (to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Laws) be construed or deemed amended to conform to Applicable Laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(e)    Awards payable under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be payable in Shares or from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such awards. No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including Shares, except as expressly otherwise provided) of the Company or one of its subsidiaries by reason of any award hereunder.

(f)    Neither this 2018 Grand Talent Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(g)    No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

(h)    This 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be submitted to the competent foreign exchange regulatory authority and tax authority of the PRC for registration if Applicable Laws require, and shall be implemented in accordance with the applicable rules of these authorities with respect to Participants who are PRC residents.

 

10


(i)    In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in various jurisdictions, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides or is employed. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, amendments, restatements or alternative versions of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this 2018 Grand Talent Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however , that no such supplements, restatements or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

(j)    The Company shall not be obligated to grant any Awards, permit the exercise of any Awards, issue any Award Shares upon the exercise of any Awards, make any payments or take any other action pursuant to this 2018 Grand Talent Plan if, in the opinion of the Committee, such action would conflict or be inconsistent with any Applicable Law, the Company’s trading policies or would result in any delay or other issues in connection with an IPO, and the Committee reserves the right to refuse to take such action for so long as such conflict or inconsistency or issue remains outstanding.

(k)    The Company shall maintain a register of Awards granted to the Participants and Award Shares issued to the Participants or an entity designated by the Participants, including the dates of grant of such Awards and the exercise of such Awards and any other details as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(l)    The 2018 Grand Talent Plan and all Award Agreements shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Section 14 . Effective Date of 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

The 2018 Grand Talent Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the Board of the Company.

Section 15 . Term of 2018 Grand Talent Plan.

No Award shall be granted under this 2018 Grand Talent Plan after the tenth anniversary of the effective date as determined in Section 14 hereof. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in this 2018 Grand Talent Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee to amend, alter, adjust, suspend, discontinue, or terminate any such Award, or to waive any conditions or rights under any such Award, and the authority of the Board to amend this 2018 Grand Talent Plan, shall extend beyond such date.

 

11

Exhibit 10.20

PUXIN LIMITED

2018 GREAT TALENT SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

Section 1 . Purpose.

The purpose of the Puxin Limited (“ Puxin ”) 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan is to enhance the ability of Puxin to attract and retain exceptionally qualified individuals and to encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the growth and performance of the Company.

Section 2 . Structure .

Each Award (as defined below) granted by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Share Incentive Plan (“ 2018 Great Talent Plan ”), shall be granted to each participant, and the corresponding Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Award (the “ Award Shares ”) shall be issued to the participants or an entity designated by the participants.

Section 3 . Definitions.

As used in this 2018 Great Talent Plan and any Award Agreement (as defined below), the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

(a)    “ 2018 Great Talent Plan ” shall mean this Puxin 2018 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(b)     “ Affiliate ” shall mean (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

(c)    “ Applicable Laws ” shall mean all laws, statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules or governmental requirements that are applicable to this 2018 Great Talent Plan or any Award granted pursuant to this 2018 Great Talent Plan, including but not limited to applicable laws of the People’s Republic of China (“ PRC ”), the United States and the Cayman Islands, and the rules and requirements of any applicable securities exchange.

(d)    “ Award ” shall mean any Option, award of Restricted Share, Restricted Share Unit or Other Share-Based Award granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

(e)    “ Award Agreement ” shall mean any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

(f)    “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.


(g)    “ Cause ” shall mean an act or acts on the part of the Participant constituting a violation of the internal rules and procedures of the Company or an Affiliate that employs or retains such Participant.

(h)    “ Committee ” shall mean a compensation committee of the Board designated by the Board to administer this 2018 Great Talent Plan. In the absence of any compensation committee or any other related designation by the Board, the Board shall assume all of the powers and responsibilities under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

(i)    “ Company ” shall mean Puxin Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, together with any successor thereto.

(j)    “ Consultant ” means any individual, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services, and any director of the Company whether or not compensated for such services.

(k)     “ Discharge ” shall mean that the relationship between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate, whether it is employment or consultancy, is terminated due to economic layoffs or restructuring of the Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be.

(l)     “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities) the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee.

(m)    “ IPO ” shall mean the initial public offering of the Shares (or securities representing the Shares) of the Company in the United States.

(n)    “ Option ” shall mean an option granted under Section 7 hereof.

(o)    “ Original Plan ” means the 2014 Great Talent Share Incentive Plan of Puxin Education Technology Group Co,. Ltd. adopted in December 2014.

(p)    “ Other Share-Based Award ” shall mean a right granted under Section 9 hereof.

(q)    “ Participant ” shall mean an individual granted an Award under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

(r)     “ Restricted Share ” shall mean any Share granted under Section 8 hereof.

 

2


(s)    “ Restricted Share Unit ” shall mean a contractual right granted under Section 8 hereof that is denominated in Shares, each of which represents a right to receive the value of a Share (or a percentage of such value, which percentage may be higher than 100%) upon the terms and conditions set forth in this 2018 Great Talent Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

(t)    “ Shares ” shall mean ordinary shares of the Company, par value $0.00005 per share.

(u)    “ Substitute Awards ” shall mean Awards granted in assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by, or held by the employees of, a company or other entity or business acquired (directly or indirectly) by the Company or with which the Company combines.

Section 4 . Eligibility.

(a)    Employees (each, an “ Employee ”) and the Consultants of the Company or an Affiliate are eligible to participate in this 2018 Great Talent Plan. An Employee or Consultant who has been granted an Award may, if he or she is otherwise eligible, be granted additional Awards.

(b)    An individual who has agreed to accept employment by, or to provide services to, the Company or an Affiliate shall be deemed to be eligible for Awards hereunder as of the date of such agreement.

Section 5 . Administration.

(a)    Before the Company’s IPO, this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be administered by the Board. After the Company’s IPO, this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be administered by the Committee formed in accordance with applicable stock exchange rules, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The term “Administrator” shall refer to the Board or the Committee, as applicable. The Administrator may delegate its duties and powers under this 2018 Great Talent Plan in whole or in part to a person or committee designated by it.

(b)    Subject to the terms of this 2018 Great Talent Plan and Applicable Laws, the Committee shall have full power and authority to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards (including Substitute Awards) to be granted to each Participant under this 2018 Great Talent Plan; (iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with) Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended, and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret and administer this 2018 Great Talent Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award made under, this 2018 Great Talent Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of this 2018 Great Talent Plan; (ix) determine whether and to what extent Awards should comply or continue to comply with any requirement of statute or regulation; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

 

3


(c)    All decisions of the Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons, including the Company, the shareholders of the Company and the Participants and their beneficiaries.

Section 6 . Shares Available for Awards.

(a)    Subject to adjustment as provided below, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to all Awards shall not exceed 6,592,538 Shares.

(b)    If, after the effective date of this 2018 Great Talent Plan, any Shares covered by an Award, or to which such an Award relates, are forfeited, cancelled or if such an Award otherwise terminates without the delivery of Shares or of other consideration, then the Shares covered by such Award, or to which such Award relates, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be, or shall become, available for issuance under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

(c)    In the event that any Option or other Award granted hereunder (other than a Substitute Award) is exercised through the delivery of Shares, or in the event that withholding tax liabilities arising from such Option or Award are satisfied by the withholding of Shares by the Company, the number of Shares available for Awards under this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be increased by the number of Shares so surrendered or withheld.

(d)    Any Shares delivered pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

4


(e)    In the event that the Committee shall determine that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this 2018 Great Talent Plan, then the Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of (i) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) which thereafter may be made the subject of Awards, including the aggregate limit specified in Section 6(a) hereof, (ii) the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the grant, purchase, or exercise price with respect to any Award or, if deemed appropriate, make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding Award, and (iv) the minimum number of Shares which may be purchased by the holder of an outstanding Award at any one time; provided, however , that the number of Shares subject to any Award denominated in Shares shall always be a whole number.

(f)    Shares underlying Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of Shares remaining available for issuance under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

Section 7. Options .

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Options to Participants with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions, in either case not inconsistent with the provisions of this 2018 Great Talent Plan, as the Committee shall determine and set forth in the Award Agreement:

(a)    The purchase price per Share under an Option shall be determined by the Committee.

(b)    The term of each Option shall be fixed by the Committee.

(c)    The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the relevant exercise price, in which, payment of the exercise price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

Section 8 . Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units.

(a)    The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Awards of Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units to Participants.

(b)    Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, any limitation on the right to vote a Restricted Share or the right to receive any dividend or other right or property), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

 

5


(c)    Any Restricted Share granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of a share certificate or certificates, creation of a new class of shares or amendment of the Memorandum and/or Articles of Association of the Company. In the event any share certificate is issued in respect of Restricted Shares granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan, such certificate shall be registered in the name of the Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Share.

Section 9 . Other Share-Based Awards.

The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Participants such other Awards (including, without limitation, share appreciation rights and rights to dividends and dividend equivalents) that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares) as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of this 2018 Great Talent Plan. Subject to the terms of this 2018 Great Talent Plan, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 9 shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms, including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, shall, except in the case of Substitute Awards, not be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted.

Section 10 . General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

(a)    All Awards shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and each Participant.

(b)    Awards shall be granted for no cash consideration or for such minimal cash consideration as may be required by Applicable Laws.

(c)    Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to or in tandem with any other Award or any award granted under any other plan of the Company. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards, or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any other plan of the Company, may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

 

6


(d)    Subject to the terms of this 2018 Great Talent Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company upon the grant, exercise or payment of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, or other property, or any combination thereof, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of dividend equivalents in respect of installment or deferred payments.

(e)    Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, no Award and no right under any such Award, shall be assignable, alienable, saleable or transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant, and to receive any property distributable, with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant. Each Award, and each right under any Award, shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or, if permissible under Applicable Laws, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. No Award and no right under any such Award, may be pledged, charged, mortgaged, alienated, attached, or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, charge, mortgage, alienation, attachment or encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to any Award which has been fully exercised, earned or paid, as the case may be, and shall not preclude forfeiture of an Award in accordance with the terms thereof.

(f)    All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this 2018 Great Talent Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under this 2018 Great Talent Plan or the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which such Shares or other securities are then listed, and any Applicable Laws, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.

(g)    No Shares shall be delivered under the 2018 Great Talent Plan to any Participant until such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any of its subsidiaries shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or its subsidiaries, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Participant’s payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of the 2018 Great Talent Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sum required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the 2018 Great Talent Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award after such Shares were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy any income and payroll tax liabilities applicable to the Participant with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall, unless specifically approved by the Committee, be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the applicable income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

 

7


Section 11 . Amendment and Termination.

(a)    Except to the extent prohibited by Applicable Laws and unless otherwise expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in this 2018 Great Talent Plan, the Committee may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate this 2018 Great Talent Plan, or any Award Agreement hereunder or any portion hereof or thereof at any time; provided, however , that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without (i) shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement for which or with which the Committee deems it necessary or desirable to qualify or comply, (ii) shareholder approval as provided in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association for any amendment to this 2018 Great Talent Plan that increases the total number of Shares reserved for the purposes of this 2018 Great Talent Plan, and (iii) with respect to any Award Agreement, the consent of the affected Participant, if such action would materially and adversely affect the rights of such Participant under any outstanding Award.

(b)    The Committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate, any Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, without the consent of any relevant Participant or holder or beneficiary of an Award; provided, however , that no such action shall materially and adversely affect the rights of any affected Participant or holder or beneficiary under any Award theretofore granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan; and provided further that, except as provided in Section 6(e) hereof, no such action shall reduce the exercise price of any Option established at the time of grant thereof.

(c)    The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section 6(e) hereof affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or of changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles); whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under this 2018 Great Talent Plan.

 

8


(d)    Any provision of this 2018 Great Talent Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, with the affected Participant’s consent, the Committee may cause any Award granted hereunder to be canceled in consideration of a cash payment or alternative Award made to the holder of such canceled Award equal in value to the Fair Market Value of such canceled Award as of the time of the cancellation.

(e)    The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this 2018 Great Talent Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry this 2018 Great Talent Plan into effect.

Section 12 .      Withholding Taxes . The exercise of each Award granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be subject to the condition that, if at any time, the Committee shall determine that the satisfaction of withholding tax is necessary or desirable in respect of such exercise, such exercise shall not be effective unless such withholding has been effected to the satisfaction of the Committee. In such circumstances, the Committee may require the exercising Participant to pay to the Company, in addition to and in the same manner as the Exercise Price for the Award Shares, such amount as the Company or any Affiliate is obliged to remit to the relevant taxing authority in respect of the exercise of the Awards. Alternatively, the Committee may direct the Company or an Affiliate thereof to withhold the appropriate amount of tax from the applicable Participant’s salary in connection with a requested exercise. Any such additional payment shall be due no later than the date as of which any amount with respect to the Award exercised first becomes includable in the gross income of the exercising Participant for tax purposes.

Section 13 . Miscellaneous.

(a)    No employee, independent contractor, Participant or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under this 2018 Great Talent Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of employees, independent contractors, Participants, or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under this 2018 Great Talent Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to each recipient.

(b)    Nothing contained in this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall prevent the Company from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

9


(c)    The grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or any Affiliate.    Further, the Company or the applicable Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment or terminate the services of an independent contractor, free from any liability, or any claim under this 2018 Great Talent Plan, unless otherwise expressly provided in this 2018 Great Talent Plan or in any Award Agreement or in any other agreement binding the parties.

(d)    If any provision of this 2018 Great Talent Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify this 2018 Great Talent Plan or any Award under any Applicable Laws, such provision shall (to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law) be construed or deemed amended to conform to Applicable Laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of this 2018 Great Talent Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of this 2018 Great Talent Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(e)    Awards payable under this 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be payable in Shares or from the general assets of the Company, and no special or separate reserve, fund or deposit shall be made to assure payment of such awards. No Participant, beneficiary or other person shall have any right, title or interest in any fund or in any specific asset (including Shares, except as expressly otherwise provided) of the Company or one of its subsidiaries by reason of any award hereunder.

(f)    Neither this 2018 Great Talent Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and a Participant. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company.

(g)    No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to this 2018 Great Talent Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash, other securities or other property shall be paid or transferred in lieu of any fractional Shares, or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

(h)    This 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be submitted to the competent foreign exchange regulatory authority and tax authority of the PRC for registration if Applicable Laws require, and shall be implemented in accordance with the applicable rules of these authorities with respect to Participants who are PRC residents.

 

10


(i)    In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in various jurisdictions, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides or is employed. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, amendments, restatements or alternative versions of this 2018 Great Talent Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of this 2018 Great Talent Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however , that no such supplements, restatements or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 6 hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

(j)    The Company shall not be obligated to grant any Awards, permit the exercise of any Awards, issue any Award Shares upon the exercise of any Awards, make any payments or take any other action pursuant to this 2018 Great Talent Plan if, in the opinion of the Committee, such action would conflict or be inconsistent with any Applicable Law, the Company’s trading policies or would result in any delay or other issues in connection with an IPO, and the Committee reserves the right to refuse to take such action for so long as such conflict or inconsistency or issue remains outstanding.

(k)    The Company shall maintain a register of Awards granted to the Participants and Award Shares issued to the Participants or an entity designated by the Participants, including the dates of grant of such Awards and the exercise of such Awards and any other details as the Committee may deem appropriate.

(l)    This Great Talent Plan and all Award Agreements shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Section 14 . Effective Date of 2018 Great Talent Plan.

(a)    This 2018 Great Talent Plan shall be effective as of the date of its approval by the Board of the Company (the “ Effective Date ”).

(b)    This 2018 Great Talent Plan shall replace the Original Plan in its entirety, and the Original Plan shall cease to be effective upon the Effective Date. The awards granted and outstanding under the Original Plan and the evidencing original award agreement shall be replaced by the Awards granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan, and shall cease to be effective upon the Effective Date.

Section 15 . Term of 2018 Great Talent Plan.

No Award shall be granted under this 2018 Great Talent Plan after the seventh anniversary of the effective date of the Original Plan.

 

11

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries, Consolidated Variable Interest Entity and Significant

Subsidiaries of Consolidated Variable Interest Entity of Puxin Limited

 

Subsidiaries

  

Place of

Incorporation

Prepshine Holdings Co., Limited

   Hong Kong

Beijing Global Education & Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Consolidated Variable Interest Entity

  

Place of

Incorporation

Puxin Education Technology Group Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Significant Subsidiaries of Consolidated Variable Interest Entity

  

Place of

Incorporation

Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holdings Limited

   PRC

ZMN International Education Consulting (Beijing) Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Taiyuan Puxin Culture and Arts Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Puda Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Dalian Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shenyang Meitong Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Pule Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Jinan Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Jiameixin Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Jinan Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Nanjing Diyu Investment Management Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Yunnan Pude Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC


Nanjing Dreams & Stars Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shenzhen Davis Information Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Pule Travel Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Dalian Pude Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Xi’an Shanghe Culture Development Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Luzhou Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shenyang Puxin Yingcai Education Consulting Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Chongqing Puxin Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Shenyang Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Jilin Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education Training Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

Hangzhou Puxin Technology Co., Ltd.

   PRC

 

* Other subsidiaries of the consolidated variable interest entity of Puxin Limited have been omitted from this list since, considered in the aggregate as a single entity, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of our report dated March 23, 2018 (April 27, 2018 as to the convenience translation described in Note 2) relating to the consolidated financial statements of Puxin Limited, its subsidiaries, its consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and VIE’s subsidiaries and schools as of and for the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the translation of Renminbi amounts into United States dollar amounts) appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP

Beijing, the People’s Republic of China

May 18, 2018

Exhibit 99.1

Puxin Limited

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Adopted May 17, 2018

Introduction

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “ Code ”) has been adopted by our Board of Directors and summarizes the standards that must guide our actions. This Code applies to all of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities (which, unless the context otherwise requires, are collectively referred to as the “ Company ” in this Code). Although the Code covers a wide range of business practices and procedures, these standards cannot and do not cover every issue that may arise, or every situation in which ethical decisions must be made, but rather set forth key guiding principles that represent Company policies and establish conditions for employment at the Company.

We must strive to foster a culture of honesty and accountability. Our commitment to the highest level of ethical conduct should be reflected in all of the Company’s business activities, including, but not limited to, relationships with employees, customers, suppliers, competitors, the government, the public and our shareholders. All of our employees, officers and directors must conduct themselves according to the language and spirit of this Code and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. Even well intentioned actions that violate the law or this Code may result in negative consequences for the Company and for the individuals involved.

One of our Company’s most valuable assets is our reputation for integrity, professionalism and fairness. We should all recognize that our actions are the foundation of our reputation and adhering to this Code and applicable law is imperative.

Conflicts of Interest

Our employees, officers and directors have an obligation to conduct themselves in an honest and ethical manner and to act in the best interest of the Company. All employees, officers and directors should endeavor to avoid situations that present a potential or actual conflict between their interest and the interest of the Company.

A “conflict of interest” occurs when a person’s private interest interferes in any way, or even appears to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole, including those of its subsidiaries and affiliates. A conflict of interest may arise when an employee, officer or director takes an action or has an interest that may make it difficult for him or her to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. A conflict of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or director (or a member of his or her family) receives improper personal benefits as a result of the employee’s, officer’s or director’s position in the Company.

Although it would not be possible to describe every situation in which a conflict of interest may arise, the following are examples of situations that may constitute a conflict of interest:

 

    Working, in any capacity, for a competitor, customer or supplier while employed by the Company.


    Accepting gifts of more than modest value or receiving personal discounts (if such discounts are not generally offered to the public) or other benefits as a result of your position in the Company from a competitor, customer or supplier.

 

    Competing with the Company for the purchase or sale of property, products, services or other interests.

 

    Having an interest in a transaction involving the Company, a competitor, customer or supplier (other than as an employee, officer or director of the Company and not including routine investments in publicly traded companies).

 

    Receiving a loan or guarantee of an obligation as a result of your position with the Company.

 

    Directing business to a supplier owned or managed by, or which employs, a relative or friend.

Situations involving a conflict of interest may not always be obvious or easy to resolve. You should report actions that may involve a conflict of interest to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

In order to avoid conflicts of interests, senior executive officers and directors must disclose to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to such a conflict.

In the event that an actual or apparent conflict of interest arises between the personal and professional relationship or activities of an employee, officer or director, the employee, officer or director involved is required to handle such conflict of interest in an ethical manner in accordance with the provisions of this Code.

Quality of Public Disclosures

The Company has a responsibility to provide full and accurate information in our public disclosures, in all material respects, about the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. Our reports and documents filed with or submitted to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and our other public communications shall include full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure, and the Company has established a Disclosure Committee consisting of senior management to assist in monitoring such disclosures.

Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

We are strongly committed to conducting our business affairs with honesty and integrity and in full compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. No employee, officer or director of the Company shall commit an illegal or unethical act, or instruct others to do so, for any reason.

Compliance with this Code and Reporting of Any Illegal or Unethical Behavior

All employees, directors and officers are expected to comply with all of the provisions of this Code. The Code will be strictly enforced and violations will be dealt with immediately, including by subjecting persons who violate its provisions to corrective and/or disciplinary action such as dismissal or removal from office. Violations of the Code that involve illegal behavior will be reported to the appropriate authorities.


Situations which may involve a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code may not always be clear and may require the exercise of judgment or the making of difficult decisions. Employees, officers and directors should promptly report any concerns about a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code to their supervisor or the General Counsel (or an officer with

similar duties and responsibilities), or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Interested parties may also communicate directly with the Company’s non-management directors through contact information located in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

Any concerns about a violation of ethics, laws, rules, regulations or this Code by any senior executive officer or director should be reported promptly to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. Reporting of such violations may also be done anonymously through email to the Company at a designated email address for compliance reporting. An anonymous report should provide enough information about the incident or situation to allow the Company to investigate properly. If concerns or complaints require confidentiality, including keeping an identity anonymous, the Company will endeavor to protect this confidentiality, subject to applicable law, regulation or legal proceedings.

The Company encourages all employees, officers and directors to report any suspected violations promptly and intends to thoroughly investigate any good faith reports of violations. The Company will not tolerate any kind of retaliation for reports or complaints regarding misconduct that were made in good faith. Open communication of issues and concerns by all employees, officers and directors without fear of retribution or retaliation is vital to the successful implementation of this Code. All employees, officers and directors are required to cooperate in any internal investigations of misconduct and unethical behavior.

The Company recognizes the need for this Code to be applied equally to everyone it covers. The General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities) of the Company will have primary authority and responsibility for the enforcement of this Code, subject to the supervision of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors, or, in the case of accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, and the Company will devote the necessary resources to enable the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities) to establish such procedures as may be reasonably necessary to create a culture of accountability and facilitate compliance with this Code. Questions concerning this Code should be directed to the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities).

The provisions of this section are qualified in their entirety by reference to the following section.

Reporting Violations to a Governmental Agency

Employees have the right under applicable laws to certain protections for cooperating with or reporting legal violations to governmental agencies or entities and self-regulatory organizations. As such, nothing in this Code is intended to prohibit any employee from disclosing or reporting violations to, or from cooperating with, a governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, and employees may do so without notifying the Company. The Company may not retaliate against an employee for any of these activities, and nothing in this Code or otherwise requires an employee to waive any monetary award or other payment that he or she might become entitled to from a governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory organization.

All employees of the Company have the right to:


    Report possible violations of applicable laws or regulations that have occurred, are occurring, or are about to occur to any governmental agency or entity, or self-regulatory organization;

 

    Cooperate voluntarily with, or respond to any inquiry from, or provide testimony before any self-regulatory organization or any other regulatory or law enforcement authority;

 

    Make reports or disclosures to law enforcement or a regulatory authority without prior notice to, or authorization from, the Company; and

 

    Respond truthfully to a valid subpoena.

All employees have the right to not be retaliated against for reporting, either internally to the Company or to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization, information which the employee reasonably believe relates to a possible violation of law. It is a violation of applicable laws to retaliate against anyone who has reported such potential misconduct either internally or to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization. Retaliatory conduct includes discharge, demotion, suspension, threats, harassment, and any other manner of discrimination in the terms and conditions of employment because of any lawful act the employee may have performed. It is unlawful for the company to retaliate against an employee for reporting possible misconduct either internally or to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Code or otherwise, employees may disclose confidential Company information, including the existence and terms of any confidential agreements between the employee and the Company (including employment or severance agreements), to any governmental agency or entity or self-regulatory organization.

The Company cannot require an employee to withdraw reports or filings alleging possible violations of applicable laws or regulations, and the Company may not offer employees any kind of inducement, including payment, to do so.

An employee’s rights and remedies as a whistleblower protected under applicable whistleblower laws, including a monetary award, if any, may not be waived by any agreement, policy form, or condition of employment, including by a pre-dispute arbitration agreement.

Even if an employee has participated in a possible violation of law, the employee may be eligible to participate in the confidentiality and retaliation protections afforded under applicable whistleblower laws, and the employee may also be eligible to receive an award under such laws.

Waivers and Amendments

Any waiver (including any implicit waiver) of the provisions in this Code for executive officers or directors may only be granted by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and will be promptly disclosed to the Company’s shareholders. Any such waiver will also be disclosed in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F. Amendments to this Code must be approved by the Board of Directors and will also be disclosed in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F.

Trading on Inside Information

Using non-public Company information to trade in securities, or providing a family member, friend or any other person with non-public Company information, is illegal. All non-public, Company information should be considered inside information and should never be used for personal gain. You are required to familiarize yourself and comply with the Company’s Policy Against Insider Trading, copies of which are distributed to all employees, officers and directors and are available from the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities). You should contact the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities) with any questions about your ability to buy or sell securities.


Protection of Confidential Proprietary Information

Confidential proprietary information generated by and gathered in our business is a valuable Company asset. Protecting this information plays a vital role in our continued growth and ability to compete, and all proprietary information should be maintained in strict confidence, except when disclosure is authorized by the Company or required by law.

Proprietary information includes all non-public information that might be useful to competitors or that could be harmful to the Company, its customers or its suppliers if disclosed. Intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks and copyrights, as well as business, research and new product plans, objectives and strategies, records, databases, salary and benefits data, employee medical information, customer, employee and suppliers lists and any unpublished financial or pricing information must also be protected.

Unauthorized use or distribution of proprietary information violates Company policy and could be illegal. Such use or distribution could result in negative consequences for both the Company and the individuals involved, including potential legal and disciplinary actions. We respect the property rights of other companies and their proprietary information and require our employees, officers and directors to observe such rights.

Your obligation to protect the Company’s proprietary and confidential information continues even after you leave the Company, and you must return all proprietary information in your possession upon leaving the Company.

The provisions of this section are qualified in their entirety by the section entitled “Reporting Violations to Governmental Agencies” above.

Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

Protecting Company assets against loss, theft or other misuse is the responsibility of every employee, officer and director. Loss, theft and misuse of Company assets directly impact our profitability. Any suspected loss, misuse or theft should be reported to a manager/supervisor or the Legal Department.

The sole purpose of the Company’s equipment, vehicles, supplies and electronic resources (including hardware, software and the data thereon) is the conduct of our business. They may only be used for Company business consistent with Company guidelines.

Corporate Opportunities

Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves business opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position. No employee, officer or director may use corporate property, information or position for personal gain, and no employee, officer or director may compete with the Company. Competing with the Company may involve engaging in the same line of business as the Company or any situation in which the employee, officer or director takes away from the Company opportunities for sales or purchases of property, products, services or interests. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.


Fair Dealing

Each employee, officer and director of the Company should endeavor to deal fairly with customers, suppliers, competitors, the public and one another at all times and in accordance with ethical business practices.

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws of the People’s Republic of China and any other regions and countries in which the Company operates. No one should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair dealing practice. No bribes, kickbacks or other similar payments in any form shall be made directly or indirectly to or for anyone for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or obtaining any other favorable action. In the event of a violation of these provisions, the Company and any employee, officer or director involved may be subject to disciplinary action as well as potential civil or criminal liability for violation of this policy.

Occasional business gifts to, or entertainment of, non-government employees in connection with business discussions or the development of business relationships are generally deemed appropriate in the conduct of Company business. However, these gifts should be given infrequently and their value should be modest. Gifts or entertainment in any form that would likely result in a feeling or expectation of personal obligation should not be extended or accepted.

Practices that are acceptable in a commercial business environment may be against the law or the policies governing national or local government employees. Therefore, no gifts or business entertainment of any kind may be given to any government employee without the prior approval of a manager/supervisor or the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities.

Except in certain limited circumstances, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “ FCPA ”) prohibits giving anything of value directly or indirectly to any “non-U.S. official” for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. When in doubt as to whether a contemplated payment or gift may violate the FCPA, contact a manager/supervisor or the Audit Committee of the Board before taking any action.

Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Fair Employment

The Company’s policies for recruitment, advancement and retention of employees forbid discrimination on the basis of any criteria prohibited by law, including but not limited to race, sex and age. Our policies are designed to ensure that employees are treated, and treat each other, fairly and with respect and dignity. In keeping with this objective, conduct involving discrimination or harassment of others will not be tolerated. All employees, officers and directors are required to comply with the Company’s policy on equal opportunity, non-discrimination and fair employment.

Compliance with Antitrust Laws

The antitrust laws prohibit agreements among competitors on such matters as prices, terms of sale to customers and the allocation of markets or customers. Antitrust laws can be complex, and violations may subject the Company and its employees to criminal sanctions, including fines, jail time and civil liability. If you have any questions about our antitrust compliance policies, consult the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities).


Political Contributions and Activities

Any political contributions made by or on behalf of the Company and any solicitations for political contributions of any kind must be lawful and in compliance with Company policies. This policy applies solely to the use of Company assets and is not intended to discourage or prevent individual employees, officers or directors from making political contributions or engaging in political activities on their own behalf. No one may be reimbursed directly or indirectly by the Company for personal political contributions.

Environment, Health and Safety

We are committed to conducting our business in compliance with all applicable environmental and workplace health and safety laws and regulations. We strive to provide a safe and healthy work environment for our employees and to avoid adverse impact and injury to the environment and the communities in which we conduct our business. Achieving this goal is the responsibility of all officers, directors and employees.

Doing Business with Others

We strive to promote the application of the standards of this Code by those with whom we do business. Our policies, therefore, prohibit the engaging of a third party to perform any act prohibited by law or by this Code, and we shall avoid doing business with others who intentionally and continually violate the law or the standards of this Code.

Accuracy of Company Financial Records

We maintain the highest standards in all matters relating to accounting, financial controls, internal reporting and taxation. All financial books, records and accounts must accurately reflect transactions and events and conform both to required accounting principles and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Records shall not be distorted in any way to hide, disguise or alter the Company’s true financial position.

Retention of Records

All Company business records and communications shall be clear, truthful and accurate. Employees, officers and directors of the Company shall avoid exaggeration, guesswork, legal conclusions and derogatory remarks or characterizations of people and companies. This applies to communications of all kinds, including email and “informal” notes or memos. Records should always be handled according to the Company’s record retention policies. If an employee, officer or director is unsure whether a document should be retained, consult a manager/supervisor or the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities) before proceeding.


Anti-Money Laundering

We are committed to preserving our reputation in the financial community by assisting in efforts to combat money laundering and terrorist financing. Money laundering is the practice of disguising the ownership or source of illegally obtained funds through a series of transactions to “clean” the funds so they appear to be proceeds from legal activities.

We have adopted measures to reduce the extent to which the Company’s facilities, products and services can be used for a purpose connected with market abuse or financial crimes. Additionally, where necessary, we screen customers, potential customers and suppliers to ensure that our products and services cannot be used to facilitate money laundering or terrorist activity. If you have any questions about our internal anti-money laundering process and procedure, consult the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities).

Social Media

Unless you are authorized by the Company, you are discouraged from discussing the Company as part of your personal use of social media. While business should only be conducted through approved channels, we understand that social media is used as a source of information and as a form of communicating with friends, family and workplace contacts.

When you are using social media and identify yourself as a Company employee, officer or director or mention the Company incidentally, for instance on a Facebook page or professional networking site, please remember the following:

 

    Never disclose confidential information about the Company or its business, customers or suppliers.

 

    Make clear that any views expressed are your own and not those of the Company.

 

    Remember that our policy on Equal Opportunity, Non-Discrimination and Fair Employment applies to social media sites.

 

    Be respectful of your colleagues and all persons associated with the Company, including customers and suppliers.

 

    Promptly report to the Company any social media content which inaccurately or inappropriately discusses the Company.

 

    Never respond to any information, including information that may be inaccurate about the Company.

 

    Never post documents, parts of documents, images or video or audio recordings that have been made with Company property or of Company products, services or people or at Company functions or events.

Professional Networking

Online networking on professional or industry sites, such as LinkedIn, has become an important and effective way for colleagues to stay in touch and exchange information. Employees, officers and directors should use good judgment when posting information about themselves or the Company on any of these services.


What you post about the Company or yourself will reflect on all of us. When using professional networking sites, you should observe the same standards of professionalism and integrity described in our code and follow the social media guidelines outlined above.

Drug-Free, Violence-Free Workplace

The use of alcohol and drugs can impair your ability to work effectively and productively. Except at approved Company functions, or with appropriate authorization, you may not drink alcohol on Company premises.

You are prohibited from working while your performance is impaired by alcohol or any other drug whether legal or illegal. Additionally, you may not possess any non-pharmaceutical drugs on Company premises or at work-related functions.

We strictly prohibit acts of hostility, intimidation or violence towards others in the workplace and in places where our business is being conducted. You may not bring firearms, explosives or any other weapons onto Company premises, or to any work-related setting, regardless of whether you are licensed to carry such weapons.

Government Inquiries

The Company cooperates with government agencies and authorities. Forward all requests for information, other than routine requests, to the General Counsel (or an officer with similar duties and responsibilities) immediately to ensure that we respond appropriately.

All information provided must be truthful and accurate. Never mislead any investigator. Do not ever alter or destroy documents or records subject to an investigation.

Review

The Board of Directors shall review this Code annually and make changes as appropriate.

Exhibit 99.2

May 18, 2018

 

To: Puxin Limited

16/F, Chuangfu Mansion, No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District,

Beijing, 100080, the People’s Republic of China

 

Re: Legal Opinion on Certain PRC Law Matters

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “ PRC ”) and are qualified to issue an opinion on the laws and regulations of the PRC (for the purposes of this opinion, excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan).

We have acted as PRC counsel to Puxin Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”). With respect to the proposed initial public offering (the “ Offering ”) of the Company’s American Depositary Shares (the “ ADSs ”), representing ordinary shares, par value $0.00005 per share, of the Company as set forth in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Registration Statement ”), and (ii) the Company’s proposed listing of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, you have requested us to furnish an opinion to you as to the matters hereinafter set forth.

 

A. Documents Examined, Definition and Information Provided

In connection with the furnishing of this opinion, we have examined copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of documents provided by the Company, and such other documents, the Registration Statement, corporate records, certificates, Approvals (as defined below) and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this opinion, including, without limitation, originals or copies of the certificates issued by PRC government authorities and officers of the Company. All of these documents are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Documents ”.

Unless the context of this opinion otherwise provides, the following terms in this opinion shall have the meanings set forth below:

Approvals ” means all necessary approvals, consents, waivers, sanctions, certificates, authorizations, filings, registrations, exemptions, permissions, endorsements, annual inspections, qualifications and licenses.

PRC Affiliated Entities ” means all the subsidiaries directly or indirectly established by the VIE under the PRC Laws which take the form of companies or schools as set out in Schedule I of this opinion.

 

1


PRC Laws ” means all laws, regulations, statutes, orders, decrees, guidelines, notices, judicial interpretations currently in force and publicly available in the PRC on the date hereof.

Prospectus ” means the prospectus, including all amendments or supplements thereto, that forms part of the Registration Statement.

Purong Beijing ” means Purong (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary located in the PRC.

Variable Interest Entity ” or “ VIE ” means Puxin Education Technology Group Company Limited, which is a domestic PRC company in which the Company does not have equity interests but whose financial results have been consolidated into the Company’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

 

B. Assumptions

In our examination of the aforesaid Documents, we have assumed, without independent investigation and inquiry that:

 

  1. all signatures, seals and chops are genuine and were made or affixed by representatives duly authorized by the respective parties, all natural persons have the necessary legal capacity, all Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic, and all Documents submitted to us as certified or photo static copies conform to the originals;

 

  2. no amendments, revisions, modifications or other changes have been made with respect to any of the Documents after they were submitted to us for the purposes of this opinion; and

 

  3. each of the parties to the Documents (except that we do not make such assumptions about the VIE and the PRC Affiliated Entities) is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and/or incorporation, and has been duly approved and authorized where applicable by the competent governmental authorities of the relevant jurisdiction to carry on its business and to perform its obligations under the Documents to which it is a party.

 

2


In expressing the opinions set forth herein, we have relied upon the factual matters contained in the representations and warranties set forth in the Documents.

 

C. Opinion

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

1. With Respect to the Corporate Structure and Contractual Arrangements between Purong Beijing, PRC Affiliated Entities, VIE and Their Respective Shareholders

(a)     Each of the parties to the contractual arrangements and agreements by and among Purong Beijing, VIE and their respective shareholders that has been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement (collectively, “ VIE Contracts ”) has full power, authority and legal right to enter into, execute, deliver and perform their respective obligations under each of the VIE Contracts and such obligations constitute valid, legal and binding obligations enforceable in accordance with the terms of each of the VIE Contracts against each of them. Each of the VIE Contracts and the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly authorized by the entities expressed to be parties thereto. No Approvals are required to be done or obtained for the performance of the respective parties of their obligations and the transactions contemplated under the VIE Contracts other than those already obtained, except when Purong Beijing decides to exercise the option granted under the Call Option Agreement to purchase the equity interests in VIE, such purchase shall be subject to prior approval by the Ministry of Commerce or its local counterpart and be further subject to registrations with the relevant government authorities.

(b)    The execution, delivery and performance by each of the relevant parties of their respective obligations under each of the VIE Contracts, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereunder, do not and will not (i) result in any violation of their respective articles of association, their respective business licenses or constitutive documents, (ii) result in any violation of any applicable PRC Laws, or (iii) to the best of our knowledge after due and reasonable inquiries, conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any agreement, instrument, arbitration award or judgment, order or decree of any court of the PRC having jurisdiction over the relevant parties of the VIE Contracts, as the case may be, any agreement or instrument to which any of them is expressed to be a party or which is binding on any of them.

(c)    The contractual arrangement, the description of the VIE Contracts and the ownership structure described under the caption “Prospectus Summary”, “Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate History and Structure” in the Prospectus are true and accurate in all material respects and nothing has been omitted from such description which would make the same misleading in any material respects. The ownership structures of Purong Beijing, VIE and the PRC Affiliated Entities as described in the Prospectus complies, and immediately after giving effect of this Offering will comply, with all applicable PRC Laws, and does not violate, breach, or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC Laws, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

 

3


2. With respect to the M&A Rules

On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, and the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or CSRC, jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rule, which became effective on September 8, 2006 and amended on June 22, 2009. M&A Rule which,requires, among other things, offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, formed for the purpose of acquiring PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals, to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to publicly listing their securities on an overseas stock exchange. The Company acquired contractual control rather than acquired any equity interests in the VIE and the PRC Affiliated Entities and is hence not a special purpose vehicle formed or controlled by PRC companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules. Therefore, the Company is not required to obtain the approval from CSRC for the listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on an overseas stock exchange.

3 . Taxation

The statements set forth under the caption “Taxation” in the Prospectus, insofar as they constitute statements of PRC tax law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in any material respects.

4. Enforceability of Civil Procedures

The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are subject to compliance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law and relevant civil procedure requirements in PRC. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in China will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands.

 

4


5. Statements in the Prospectus

The statements in the Prospectus under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Taxation – PRC,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Consolidation of Variable Interest Entity,” “Business,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Regulation,” “Management,” and “Dividend Policy,” insofar as such statements constitute summaries of the PRC legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein, in each case to the extent, and only to the extent, governed by the PRC Laws, fairly present the information and summarize in all material respects the matters referred to therein; and such statements are true and accurate in all material aspects, and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in any material respect.

 

D. Consent

We hereby consent to the use of our name under the captions “Risk Factors,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Corporate History and Structure,” “Taxation,” “Legal Matters,” and elsewhere in the Prospectus.

This opinion relates only to PRC Laws and we express no opinion as to any laws other than PRC Laws. PRC Laws as used in this opinion refers to the PRC Laws currently in force as of the date of this opinion and there is no guarantee that any of such PRC Laws will not be changed, amended or revoked in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retroactive effect.

We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Prospectus. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the person whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Tian Yuan Law Firm

Tian Yuan Law Firm

 

5


Schedule I – PRC Affiliated Entities

A- List of the Companies

 

1.    Shanghai Pukuan Education Technology Co., Ltd.(上海朴宽教育科技有限公司)
2.    Chongqing Puxin Technology Co., Ltd.(重庆朴新科技有限公司)
3.    Chongqing Puxin Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Co., Ltd.(重庆朴新无忧教育信息咨询服务有限公司)
4.    Chongqing Youfang Wuyou Education Information Consulting Services Co., Ltd. (重庆优方无忧教育信息咨询服务有限公司)
5.    Chongqing Jiulongpo District Wuyou Education Training Co., Ltd.(重庆市九龙坡区无忧教育培训有限公司)
6.    Beijing Xuezong Tianxia Education Technology Co., Ltd. (北京学纵天下教育科技有限公司)
7.    Beijing Puxing Education Technology Co., Ltd.(北京朴兴教育科技有限公司)
8.    Beijing Puxian Education Technology Ltd.(北京朴贤教育科技有限公司)
9.    Fuzhou Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd.(福州市朴德教育科技有限公司)
10.    Hangzhou Puxin Technology Ltd.(杭州朴新科技有限公司)
11.    Shenyang Meitong Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.(沈阳美通教育信息咨询有限公司)
12.    Dalian Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.(大连朴新教育科技有限公司)
13.    Dalian Dongfang Shenhua Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(大连东方神画教育咨询有限公司)
14.    Yancheng Tiantian Xiangshang Education Training Co., Ltd. (盐城市天天向上教育培训有限公司)
15.    Beijing Meitong Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京美通教育咨询有限公司)
16.    Taiyuan Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (太原朴新文化传播有限公司)
17.    Taiyuan Puxin Learning Culture and Arts Co., Ltd. (太原朴新学文化艺术有限公司)
18.    Jinan Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd. (济南朴德教育科技有限公司)
19.    Jinan Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd. (济南朴新教育科技有限公司)
20.    Nanjing Dreams & Stars Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (南京筑梦星辰信息咨询有限公司)
21.    Jinan Qifa Education Consulting Co., Ltd(济南启发教育咨询有限公司)
22.    Beijing Jiameixin Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京嘉美信教育咨询有限责任公司)
23.    Nanjing Diyu Investment Management Co., Ltd. (南京低语投资管理有限公司)

 

6


24.    Beijing Ruibao Tongqu Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (北京瑞宝童趣教育咨询有限公司)
25.    Chengdu Qidi Wanjuan Education Consulting Co.Ltd. (成都启迪万卷教育咨询有限公司)
26.    Shenyang Puxin Yingcai Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (沈阳朴新英才教育咨询有限公司)
27.    Tianjin Puxing Education Technology Co., Ltd.(天津朴兴教育科技有限公司)
28.    Beijing Shangxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.(北京上新教育科技有限公司)
29.    Beijing Hope Education Consulting Ltd.(北京厚谱教育咨询有限责任公司)
30.    Beijing Quakers Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(北京贵格教育咨询有限公司)
31.    Nanjing Xinshangxin Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(南京新上新教育咨询有限公司)
32.    Shanghai Shangxin Private-Purpose Entry-and-Exit Services Co., Ltd.(上海上新因私出入境服务有限公司)
33.    Beijing Pule Travel Co., Ltd. (北京朴乐旅游有限公司)
34.    Beijing Pule Education Technology Co., Ltd.(北京朴乐教育科技有限公司)
35.    Shenzhen Davis Information Consulting Co., Ltd.(深圳市戴维斯信息咨询有限公司)
36.    Shenzhen Meitong Education Technology Ltd. (深圳市美通教育科技有限公司)
37.    Beijing Puda Education Technology Co., Ltd. (北京朴达教育科技有限公司)
38.    Shaoxing Puxin Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (绍兴朴新教育信息咨询有限公司)
39.    Yunan Pude Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (云南朴德教育信息咨询有限公司)
40.    Luzhou Puxin Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (泸州朴新文化传播有限公司)
41.    Xi’an Puxin Shanghe Culture Development Co., Ltd. (西安朴新尚和文化发展有限公司)
42.    Guizhou Puxintian Education Technology Co., Ltd.(贵州朴歆田教育科技有限公司)
43.    Beijing Meikaida Education Technology Co., Ltd. (北京美凯达教育科技有限公司)
44.    Tianjin Xinsiyuan Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (天津欣思源文化传播有限公司)
45.    Dalian Pude Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (大连朴德教育咨询有限公司)
46.    Ningbo Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd. (宁波朴新教育科技发展有限公司)
47.    Shenyang Pude Education Technology Co., Ltd. (沈阳朴德教育科技有限公司)
48.    Jilin Puxin Education Technology Co., Ltd.(吉林市朴新教育科技有限公司)

 

7


49.    Luoyang Pucai Education Technology Co., Ltd.(洛阳朴彩教育科技有限公司)
50.    Guangzhou Yingxun Lixiang Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.(广州英讯理想教育信息咨询有限公司)
51.    Beijing ZMN International Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (啄木鸟国际教育咨询(北京)有限公司)
52.    Henan ZMN Education Consulting Ltd.(河南省啄木鸟教育咨询有限公司)
53.    Kunming ZMN Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd.(昆明啄木鸟教育信息咨询有限公司)
54.    Shaanxi ZMN Culture Exchange Co., Ltd.(陕西啄木鸟文化交流有限责任公司)
55.    Shanghai ZMN Culture Exchange Co., Ltd.(啄木鸟文化交流(上海)有限公司)
56.    Dalian ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(啄木鸟教育咨询(大连)有限公司)
57.    Qingdao ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(青岛啄木鸟教育咨询有限公司)
58.    Chengdu ZMN Culture Communication Co., Ltd.(成都啄木鸟文化传播有限公司)
59.    Wuhan Woodpecker Culture Exchange Co., Ltd.(武汉市伍德派克文化交流有限公司)
60.    Taiyuan ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (太原啄木鸟教育咨询有限公司)
61.    Beijing Shaonianxing Technology Co., Ltd.(北京少年行科技有限公司)
62.    Shenyang ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(沈阳啄木鸟教育咨询有限公司)
63.    Hangzhou ZMN Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (杭州啄木鸟教育咨询有限公司)
64.    Chongqing ZMN Education Information Consulting Services Co., Ltd.(重庆啄木鸟教育信息咨询服务有限公司)
65.    Shanghai Global Career Education & Technology Holding Co., Ltd.(上海环球前途教育科技控股有限公司)
66.    Wuhan Tianxia Jingying Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (武汉天下精英教育咨询有限公司)
67.    Suzhou Yisi Career Education Consulting Co., Ltd.(苏州易思前途教育咨询有限公司)
68.    Wuxi Global Career Education Consulting Co., Ltd. (无锡环球前途教育咨询有限公司)
69.    Tianjin Global Career Education Technology Co., Ltd. (环球前途(天津)教育科技有限公司)
70.    Beijing Global Zhuoer Yingcai Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (北京环球卓尔英才文化传播有限公司)
71.    Guangzhou Tianxia Career Education Information Consulting Co., Ltd. (广州天下前途教育信息咨询有限公司)
72.    Changchun Hafu Culture Communication Co., Ltd. (长春市哈孚文化交流传播有限公司
73.    Beijing Global Wuhu Study-abroad Consulting Co., Ltd. (环球五湖(北京)留学咨询有限公司)

 

8


74.    Beijing Global Zoubian Tianxia Travel Agency Co., Ltd.(北京环球走遍天下旅行社有限公司)
75.    Nantong Qiantu Yisi Consulting Co., Ltd. (南通前途易思咨询有限公司)
76.    Foshan Puxin Business Information Consulting Co.,Ltd.(佛山朴新商务信息咨询有限公司)
77.    Hangzhou Global IELTS Education Techonology Co., Ltd.(杭州环雅教育科技有限公司)
B- List of the Schools
1.    Shanghai Jinshan District Xinkebiao Education Training Center(上海金山区新课标教育培训中心)
2.    Chongqing Shapingba District Wuyou Education Training School(重庆市沙坪坝区无忧教育培训学校)
3.    Chongqing Beibei District Wuyou Education Training School(重庆市北碚区无忧教育培训学校)
4.    Beijing Haidian District Puxin Training School*(北京市海淀区朴新培训学校)
5.    Fuzhou Gulou District Xueyoufang Training School(福州市鼓楼区学有方培训学校)
6.    Hangzhou Feiyue Foreign Language Training School (杭州飞越外语培训学校)
7.    Hangzhou Yulan Specialty School(杭州育澜专修学校)
8.    Shenyang Huanggu District Dongfang Shenhua Art Training School(沈阳市皇姑区东方神画美术培训学校)
9.    Shenyang Shenhe District Dongfang Shenhua Education Training Center (沈阳市沈河区东方神画教育培训中心)
10.    Shenyang Heping District Dongfang Shenhua Art Training Center(沈阳市和平区东方神画美术培训中心)
11.    Shenyang Tiexi District Dongfang Shenhua Art Training Center (沈阳市铁西区东方神画美术培训中心)
12.    Shenyang Being Modern Foreign Language School (沈阳市冰英现代外语培训学校)
13.    Shenyang Heping District Being Education Training Center (沈阳市和平区冰英教育培训中心)
14.    Shenyang Shenhe District Being Education Training Center (沈阳市沈河区冰英教育培训中心)
15.    Shenyang Tiexi District Being Education Training Center (沈阳市铁西区冰英教育培训中心)
16.    Dalian Shahekou Dongfang Shenhua Children Art Training School (大连沙河口东方神画少儿美术培训学校)
17.    Taiyuan Mercan Training School (太原美康培训学校)
18.    Taiyuan Fubusi Education Training School(太原福布斯教育培训学校)

 

9


19.    Jinan Delin Education Training School(济南市德林教育培训学校)
20.    Shandong Daozhen English Training School(山东道真英语专修学校)
21.    Jinan Tianqiao District Puxin Education Training School(济南市天桥区朴新教育培训学校)
22.    Jinan Qiru Education Training School(济南启儒教育培训学校)
23.    Nanjing Innovation Training School(南京市创新专修学校)
24.    Chengdu Wuhou District Shucai Education Training School*(成都市武侯区树才教育培训学校)
25.    Chengdu Jinniu District Shucai School(成都市金牛区树才学校)
26.    Chengdu Jinjiang District Shucai Training School(成都市锦江区树才培训学校)
27.    Shenzhen Futian District Davis English Training Center(深圳市福田区戴维斯英语培训中心)
28.    Shaoxing Yuecheng District Lingxian Education Training School(绍兴市越城区领先教育培训学校)
29.    Luzhou Hanlin Assistant Education Center(泸州市翰林辅教中心)
30.    Xi’an Yangjian Culture Training Center(西安杨健文化培训中心)
31.    Xi’an Changan District Yangjian Culture Education Training Center(西安市长安区杨健文化教育培训中心)
32.    Qingzhen Tiantian English Training School(清镇田田英语培训学校)
33.    Baiyun District Tiantian Foreign Language School(白云区田田外语学校
34.    Guiyang Wudang District Tiantian Foreign Language School(贵阳市乌当区田田外语学校)
35.    Guiyang Huaxi District Tiantian Training School(贵阳市花溪区田田培训学校)
36.    Guiyang Yunyan District Tiantian Education Training School(贵阳市云岩区田田教育培训学校)
37.    Tianjin Nankai District Shengjia Training Center(天津市南开区晟嘉培训中心)
38.    Dalian Xigang Tongfang Technology Culture Training School(大连西岗同芳科技文化培训学校)
39.    Ningbo Yinzhou District Puxin Wei’en Education Training School(宁波市鄞州区朴新维恩教育培训学校)
40.    Ningbo Haishu District Wei’en Education Training School(宁波市海曙区维恩教育培训学校)
41.    Ningbo Haishu Xiaoxingxing Foreign Language Training School(宁波市海曙小星星外语培训学校)
42.    Ningbo Jiangbei District Wei’en Education Training School(宁波市江北区维恩教育培训学校)

 

10


43.    Ningbo Yinzhou District Wei’en Education Training School(宁波市鄞州区维恩教育培训学校)
44.    Shenyang Tiexi District Zhongying Yulong Education Training Center(沈阳市铁西区忠英育龙教育培训中心)
45.    Shenyang Huanggu District Zhongying Yulong Education Training School(沈阳市皇姑区忠英育龙教育培训学校)
46.    Jilin Chuanying District Shiji Dongfang Training School(吉林市船营区世纪东方培训学校)
47.    Luoyang Luolong District Caihong Education Training School(洛阳市洛龙区彩虹教育培训学校)
48.    Luoyang Jianxi District Education Training School(洛阳市涧西区彩虹教育培训学校)
49.    Luoyang Gaoxin District Caihong Education Training School(洛阳市高新区彩虹教育培训学校)
50.    Guangzhou Yuexiu District Lixiang Training Center(广州市越秀区理想培训中心)
51.    Guangzhou Yingxun English Training Center(广州英讯英语培训中心)
52.    Beijing Haidian District ZMN Education Training School(北京市海淀区啄木鸟教育培训学校)
53.    Zhengzhou Jinshui District Woodpecker Foreign Language Training Center(郑州市金水区伍德派克外语培训中心)
54.    Dalian Shahekou District ZMN Education Training School(大连市沙河口区啄木鸟教育培训学校)
55.    Qingdao ZMN Foreign Language Training School(青岛啄木鸟外语培训学校)
56.    Wuhan Global English Training School(武汉环球英语培训学校)
57.    Nanjing Global Education Training School(南京市环球教育培训学校)
58.    Suzhou Global Elite Training Center(苏州市环球精英培训中心)
59.    Nantong Chongchuan District Global IELTS Training Center(南通市崇川区环球雅思培训中心)
60.    Wuxi Global IELTS Training Center(无锡市环球雅思培训中心)
61.    Ningbo Haishu District Elite IELTS Training School(宁波市海曙区精英雅思培训学校)
62.    Ningbo Yinzhou District Elite IELTS Training School(宁波市鄞州区精英雅思培训学校
63.    Wuhan Global English Training School(武汉环球英语培训学校)
64.    Beijing Chaoyang District Global IELTS Training School(北京市朝阳区环球雅思培训学校)
65.    Beijing Haidian Global IELTS Training School(北京市海淀区环球雅思培训学校)
66.    Shanghai Yangpu District Global IELTS Training School(上海市杨浦区环球雅思培训学校)

 

11


67.    Tianjin Heping District Global IELTS Training School(天津市和平区环球雅思培训学校)
68.    Shenzhen Global IELTS Training Center(深圳市环球雅思培训中心)
69.    Shenyang Global IETLS Training School(沈阳环球雅思培训学校)
70.    Guangzhou Yuexiu District Global Elite Training Center(广州市越秀区环球精英培训中心)
71.    Changchun Chaoyang District Global IELTS Education Training School(长春市朝阳区环球雅思教育培训学校)
72.    Chengdu Global English School(成都环球英语学校)
73.    Xi’an Yanta District Aobo Foreign Language Training School(西安市雁塔区澳博外国语培训学校)
74.    Changsha Furong District Global IELTS Training School(长沙市芙蓉区环球雅思培训学校)
75.    Pingyin Daozhen Education Training School(平阴县道真教育培训学校)
76.    Tianjin Beichen District Shengjia Training School (天津市北辰区晟嘉培训学校)
77.    Dalian New Jinpu District Tongfang Culture Training School(大连金普新区同芳文化培训学校)
78.    Dalian Ganjingzi District Tongfang Education Culture Training School(大连市甘井子区同芳教育文化培训学校)
79.    Dalian Zhongshan District Puxin Culture Training School Co., Ltd(大连市中山区朴新文化培训学校有限公司)
80.    Dalian Shahekou District Tongfang Culture Training School Co., Ltd(大连市沙河口区同芳文化培训学校有限公司)
81.    Shenyang Dadong District Dongfang Shenhua Training Center(沈阳市大东区东方神画美术培训中心)

 

12

Exhibit 99.3

 

LOGO    1018, Tower B

500 Yunjin Road

Shanghai, 200232, China

Tel: 86 (21) 5407 5836

Fax: 86 (21) 3209 8500

www.frost.com

March 18, 2018

Puxin Limited

Floor 16, Chuangfu Mansion

No. 18 Danling Street, Haidian District

Beijing, 100080, the People’s Republic of China

Re: Consent of Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.

We hereby consent to (1) the use of and references to our name and the inclusion of information, data and statements from our research reports and amendments thereto, including, without limitation, the English version of the industry report titled “China After-school Education Market - Market Study” and any subsequent amendments thereto, (i) in the prospectus included in the registration statement on Form F-1 of Puxin Limited (the Compa ny ) and any amendments thereto (the Re gis trat i o n Sta t eme nt ) , including, but not limited to, under the Industry Overview and Business sections; (ii) in any written correspondence with the SEC; (iii ) in any other filings with the SEC by the Company, including g filings on Form 20-F, Form 6-K and other SEC filings (collectively, the S EC Fi li ngs ) ; (iv) in institutional and retail roadshows and other activities in connection with the Company’s initial public offering; and (v) in other materials in connection with the Company’s initial public offering; and (2) the filing of this consent as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings by the Company for the use of our data and information cited for the above-mentioned purposes.

Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.

/s/ Yves Wang                    

Name: Yves Wang

Title: Managing Director, China

/s/ Seal of Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.